ZS11 Overseas ISRAEL Troubleshooting Measuring DTC Manual en 20171212

Troubleshooting & Measuring Manual
MG ZS
The Troubleshooting & Measuring Manual provides information about the specification, system introduction, service
procedure and adjustment of the new MG ZS vehicle.
After mastering the content of this manual and materials in the service bulletins of SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co.,
the technicians of Authorised Repairers of SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co. can provide better service for MG ZS
vehicle owners.
For relevant information about product brands, part number or special tools mentioned in this manual, we recommend
you to contact with SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co.
SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co.
All Rights Reserved.
Information is due in August, 2017.
Without prior written approval from SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co., no part of the manual shall be reproduced,
stored in retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means (including but not limited to electronic, mechanical,
photocopy and recording). The statement above applies to all texts, illustrations and tables.
Contents
General Information ........................... 1 Abnormal Exhaust (with black fume) ............ 46
Diagnoses Strategy ...............................................1 Engine Misfire, without Internal Noise ........... 47
Description on Diagnostic Procedure.................. 1 Engine Misfire, with Abnormal Noise from
Lower Internal Part of Engine........................ 49
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle...................... 2
Engine Misfire, with Abnormal Noise from
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection .................... 3 Valve Train ................................................... 50
Diagnosis Repair Verification............................... 8 Engine Misfire With Coolant
Vibration ................................................................9 Consumption ............................................... 51
Vibration Analysis............................................... 9 Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil
Vibration Diagnostic Aid................................... 10 Consumption ............................................... 52
Noise.....................................................................13 Engine Noise at Start-up, But Only Lasting
Few Seconds ................................................ 53
Air/Wind Noise ............................................... 13
Noise from Upper Part of Engine,
Tracing Powder or Chalk Test ....................... 13 Regardless of Engine Speed ........................... 54
Air Pressure Test .......................................... 14 Noise from Lower Part of Engine,
Soap Suds or Bubble Test .............................. 14 Regardless of Engine Speed ........................... 56
Squeak and Click .............................................. 15 Noise from Engine under Load...................... 57
Water Leak ..........................................................16 Engine Unable to Start - Crankshaft
Water Leak Test Preparation ............................ 16 Stuck ........................................................... 58
Dust Leaks ................................................... 17 Ingress of Coolant into Combustion
Chamber...................................................... 59
Water Hose Test .......................................... 17
Ingress of Coolant into Engine Oil ................. 60
Air Hose Test............................................... 18
Oil Leakage Diagnosis ................................... 61
Precaution Information ......................................19
Crankcase Ventilation System
General Precautions ......................................... 19 Check/Diagnosis........................................... 63
Safety Precautions ............................................ 20 Diagnosis on Drive Belt Chirp, Squeal and
Environmental Precautions................................ 21 Whine ......................................................... 64
Fuel Handling Precautions................................. 23 Diagnosis on Drive Belt Rumbling and
Electrical Precautions ....................................... 24 Vibration...................................................... 65
SRS Precautions ............................................... 25 Diagnosis on Drive Belt Falling-off and
Excessive Wear ............................................ 67
Air Conditioning System Precautions ................ 28
Diagnosis on Drive Belt Tensioner................. 69
Fuse Box Information .........................................30
Engine Cooling System ..................................... 70
Engine Compartment Fuse Box......................... 30
Check and Confirmation............................... 70
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box.................... 31
Symptom Table............................................. 71
Phenomena-based Diagnosis ........... 33 Cooling Fan Running All the Time ................. 72
Engine ...................................................................33 Cooling Fan Not Working Well / Not
Working....................................................... 73
Engine mechanical system-1.5L.......................... 33
Overheated Engine ....................................... 74
Engine Compression Pressure Test ................ 33
Coolant Leakage........................................... 76
Cylinder Leakage Test ................................... 34
Engine Cannot Reach Normal Operating
Oil Consumption Diagnosis .......................... 35 Temperature ................................................ 77
Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Test..................... 36 Engine Fuel & Management ............................... 78
Check and Confirmation............................... 37 Low Pressure Fuel System Pressure
Symptom Table............................................. 38 Test ............................................................. 78
Engine Backfire ............................................. 41 Check and Confirmation............................... 79
Engine Blowout ............................................ 43 Symptom Table............................................. 80
Abnormal Exhaust (with white fume) ............ 44 Fuel Pump Does Not Work .......................... 81
Abnormal Exhaust (with blue fume) .............. 45 Low Fuel System Pressure............................. 82
1.0 1
Contents
Low Fuel System Pressure (High Pressure Check and Confirmation............................. 118
Oil Circuit) .................................................. 83 Symptom Table........................................... 119
Low Fuel System Pressure No Response to Shift Lever Action ............. 120
Maintenance................................................. 84
Automatic Transmission-4 Speed..................... 121
High Fuel System Pressure ............................ 85
Road Test................................................... 121
Intense Smell of Fuel..................................... 86
Harness/Connector Check ......................... 123
Surge During Driving .................................... 87
Sensor/Solenoid Check ............................... 128
EVAP System Leakage ................................... 88
Check and Confirmation............................. 131
Low Fuel System Pressure (Low Pressure
Oil Circuit) .................................................. 89 Symptom Table........................................... 132
Engine Electrical System-1.5L ............................ 90 Vehicle Unable to Run or Slip ...................... 137
Check and Confirmation............................... 90 Static Shift Delay......................................... 143
Symptom Table............................................. 91 Engine Start Failure..................................... 145
Alternator Noise.......................................... 93 Engine Flameout ......................................... 146
Starter Motor Unable to Run ........................ 94 Insufficient Acceleration.............................. 149
Starter Motor Unable to Stop Running........... 95 Upshift/Downshift Failure............................ 151
Starter Motor Running Slowly ....................... 96 Kick-down Failure....................................... 161
Abnormal Starter Motor Noise..................... 97 Irregular Gear Shift..................................... 162
Engine Unable to Start at Normal Tiptronic\Sport Mode Access Failure........... 163
Speed........................................................... 98 Fluid Leak................................................... 164
Hard Cold Start ........................................... 99 Shift Impact ................................................ 165
Hard Warm Start ....................................... 100 Vibration or Noise ..................................... 176
Normal Start, But Idle Speed Unstable at Shift Lock Control-Manual .............................. 185
All Times ................................................... 101 Check and Confirmation............................. 185
Normal Start, with Unstable Idle Speed and Symptom Table........................................... 186
Flameout Under Partial Load....................... 102
Hard Movement of Gear Shift
Normal Start, With High Idle Speed ............ 103 Mechanism ................................................. 187
Engine Speed Not Increase or Flameout Manual Transmission....................................... 188
in Acceleration, with Difficulties
in Acceleration, Slow Acceleration Check and Confirmation............................. 188
Response, Weak Acceleration, Poor Symptom Table........................................... 189
Performance............................................... 104 Hard or Incorrect Gear Shift....................... 190
Engine Running Unstable ............................. 105 Fluid Leak................................................... 191
Easy to Flameout at Start-off ....................... 106 Off Gear .................................................... 192
Engine Chugs During Driving....................... 107 Abnormal Sounds During Driving ................ 193
Charging System Malfunction Indicator Clutch ........................................................... 194
Lamp ON................................................... 109
Engine Manifold & Exhaust-1.5L....................... 110
Symptom Table........................................... 195
Engine Intake System Vacuum Test............... 110
Fluid Leak................................................... 197
Exhaust Back Pressure Test ......................... 111
Clutch Slip ................................................. 198
Clutch Clattering or Shivering ..................... 199
Symptom Table........................................... 113
Clutch Dragging ......................................... 200
Intake Air Leakage ...................................... 114
Clutch Pedal Pulsation ................................ 201
Intake Blockage .......................................... 115
Clutch Vibration......................................... 202
Blocked Exhaust System.............................. 116
Rattling ...................................................... 203
Exhaust System Leakage.............................. 117
Clutch Seized (pedal hardly pushed) ............ 204
Transmission ......................................................118
Clutch Failure (driven plate unable to be
Shift Lock Control-Auto ................................. 118 separated) or Serious Odour ...................... 205
2 1.0
Contents
HVAC System....................................................206 Acceleration Deviation ............................... 248
HVAC System ................................................ 206 Abnormal Noises During Driving ................ 249
Leak Testing ............................................... 206 Rear Suspension............................................. 250
A/C Compressor Oil Diagnosis................... 208 Check and Confirmation............................. 250
Odour Diagnosis ........................................ 210 Symptom Table........................................... 251
Check and Confirmation............................. 211 Vehicle Off-track ........................................ 252
Symptom Table........................................... 212 Unusual Noises .......................................... 253
A/C Cooling Capacity Insufficient ................ 214 Body Shake ................................................ 254
A/C Heating Capacity Insufficient ................ 217 Body Tilted ................................................ 255
Compressor Does Not Work ..................... 218 Braking System..................................................256
Compressor Cannot Automatically Brake............................................................. 256
Stop........................................................... 219 Check and Confirmation............................. 256
Compressor Clutch Intermittent Symptom Table........................................... 257
Engagement................................................ 220
Braking Deviation ....................................... 259
Abnormal Refrigerant Pressure ................... 222
Brake Shaking ............................................. 260
A/C Condensed Water Leakage .................. 223
Brake Pedal Downward Rapidly................... 261
Air Outlet Insufficient ................................. 224
Brake Pedal Low or Soft ............................. 262
Blower Inoperative ..................................... 225
Braked Locked and ABS Starts to Work
Noise......................................................... 226 When Brake Is Slightly Depressed ............... 263
Steering System ................................................227 Long Brake Pedal Travel .............................. 264
Steering System.............................................. 227 Step On the Pedal and Hold, the Pedal
Check and Confirmation............................. 227 Goes Down Slowly..................................... 265
Symptom Table........................................... 228 Brake Dragging ........................................... 266
Shaking When Braking ................................ 229 Poor Effect of Brake Boost.......................... 267
Steering Wheel off Centre Position ............ 230 Abnormal Sound in Braking System ............. 268
Vehicle Off-track ........................................ 231 Park Brake ..................................................... 269
Steering Wheel Vibration During Check and Confirmation............................. 269
Steering ..................................................... 232 Symptom Table........................................... 270
Poor Steering Wheel Poor Effect of Parking Brake........................ 271
Return-to-Centre ....................................... 233
Driveline/Axle ....................................................272
Noises from Steering Gear ......................... 234
Driveline Axle................................................ 272
Abnormal Sounds from Steering
Column...................................................... 235 Check and Confirmation............................. 272
Hard Steering ............................................. 236 Symptom Table........................................... 273
Suspension System............................................237 Abnormal Sound with Half Shaft.................. 274
Front Suspension............................................ 237 Clunk Noise When Accelerating During
Coast......................................................... 275
Vibration During High Speed Driving........... 276
Symptom Table........................................... 238
Sway or Vibration During
Vehicle Off-track ........................................ 240 Acceleration............................................... 277
Abnormal Driving Track (The vehicle can Click Noise In Turns ................................... 278
not keep straight) ....................................... 242
Exterior Fitting..................................................279
Abnormal Wear in Tyres............................. 243
Fixed Windows .............................................. 279
Hard Steering ............................................. 244
Poor Steering Wheel
Return-to-Centre ....................................... 245 Symptom Table........................................... 280
Vehicle Swings During Driving ..................... 246 Heated Rear Window Failure...................... 281
Vehicle Jitters During Driving ...................... 247 Mirrors.......................................................... 282
1.0 3
Contents
Check and Confirmation............................. 282 Lamps............................................................ 332
Symptom Table........................................... 283 Check and Confirmation............................. 332
Exterior Mirror Fails to Rotate.................... 284 Symptom Table........................................... 333
Exterior Mirror Heat Failure ....................... 285 Low Beam not Illuminated .......................... 335
Roof .............................................................. 287 Low Beam Normally On ............................. 338
Check and Confirmation............................. 287 High Beam not Illuminated .......................... 339
Symptom Table........................................... 288 High Beam Normally On............................. 342
Sunroof Glass Inoperative ........................... 289 Headlamp Height Adjustment Failure........... 343
Sunroof Sunshade Inoperative ..................... 291 Front Position Lamp not Illuminated ............ 345
Sunroof Glass Unable to Fully Open/Close Front Fog Lamp not Illuminated................... 347
(by sliding and tilting) .................................. 293 Front Fog Lamp Normally On ..................... 349
Sunroof Sunshade Unable to Fully Daytime Running Lamp not
Open/Close ............................................... 294 Illuminated ................................................. 351
Abnormal Noise of Sunroof Glass Front Direction Indicator not
Motor ........................................................ 295 Illuminated ................................................. 352
Abnormal Noise of Sunroof Sunshade Side Direction Indicator not
Motor ........................................................ 296 Illuminated ................................................. 354
Sunroof Anti-pinch Function Failure............. 297 Rear Direction Indicator not
Sunroof Sunshade Anti-pinch Function Illuminated ................................................. 356
Failure........................................................ 298 Hazard Warning Lamp not
Sunroof Leak .............................................. 299 Illuminated ................................................. 358
Wipers and Washer ....................................... 300 All Hazard Warning Lamps Keeping
Check and Confirmation............................. 300 Flashing ...................................................... 361
Symptom Table........................................... 301 Brake Lamp not Illuminated......................... 362
Front Wiper Fails to Operate ..................... 302 Brake Lamp Normally On ........................... 363
Front Wiper Fails to Wipe Clean ................ 306 Rear Fog Lamp not Illuminated.................... 364
Front Wiper Fails to Stop ........................... 307 Reverse Lamp not Illuminated ..................... 366
Abnormal Noise/Shake during Front Wiper Reverse Lamp Normally On........................ 367
Movement.................................................. 310 High Mounted Stop Lamp not
Front Wiper Fails to Return to Original Illuminated ................................................. 368
Position...................................................... 311 Rear Position Lamp not Illuminated ............. 369
Front Washer Sprays Insufficiently ............... 312 License Plate Lamp not Illuminated .............. 371
Front Washer Inoperative ........................... 313 Door System......................................................373
Rear Wiper Fails to Operate....................... 316 Check and Confirmation............................. 373
Rear Wiper Fails to Stop ............................ 320 Symptom Table........................................... 374
Abnormal Noise/Shake during Rear Wiper Power Window Inoperative ........................ 375
Movement.................................................. 322 Window Regulator Stuck ............................ 378
Rear Wiper Fails to Return to Original Body System ......................................................379
Position...................................................... 323
Horn ............................................................. 379
Rear Washer Sprays Insufficiently ................ 324
Rear Washer Inoperative ............................ 325
Symptom Table........................................... 380
Lighting Systems ...............................................328
Horn Keeping Honk ................................... 381
Lighting.......................................................... 328
Horn Inoperative........................................ 383
Abnormal Horn Sound (cracking
Symptom Table........................................... 329 voice)......................................................... 385
Front Reading Lamp not Illuminated ............ 330 Safety and Restraints ........................................386
Luggage Compartment Lamp not Vehicle Access................................................ 386
Illuminated ................................................. 331
4 1.0
Contents
Check and Confirmation............................. 386 Poor or No GPS Signal Received ................. 418
Symptom Table........................................... 387 Display Indicating Improperly or Indication
Remote Key Unlocking/Locking/Tailgate Failure........................................................ 419
Opening Function Failure ............................ 388 Bluetooth Connection Failure ..................... 420
Fuel Filler Flap Release Failure ..................... 389 When Using On-board Telephone, the
Single Inner Door Handle Open Other Side Cannot Hear You ...................... 421
Failure........................................................ 390 Cannot Hear Each Other When Talking on
Single Outer Door Handle Open On-board Telephone .................................. 422
Failure........................................................ 391 Displays and Gages......................................... 423
Tailgate Release Failure (manual open Check and Confirmation............................. 423
failure) ....................................................... 393 Symptom Table........................................... 424
Tailgate Release Failure (remote key open Tachometer Indicating Improperly ............... 425
failure) ....................................................... 395
Speedometer Indicating Improperly ............. 426
Alarm System................................................. 396
Fuel Gauge Indicating Improperly ................ 427
Instrument Pack Blank Screen ..................... 428
Symptom Table........................................... 397
Buzzer Failure ............................................ 429
Door Ajar Warning Function Unavailable
During Locking........................................... 398 Power and Signal ...............................................430
IMMO Triggered, Horn Inoperative ............. 400 Data Communication ..................................... 430
Seat Belts....................................................... 401 Check and Confirmation............................. 430
Check and Confirmation............................. 401 Symptom Table........................................... 431
Symptom Table........................................... 402 Scan Tool Does Not Power On................... 432
Seat Belt Failure (Unable to retract/pull out Scan Tool Failing to Communicate with
or limited pull-out) ..................................... 403 Bus ............................................................ 433
Park Assistant System..................................... 404 Cigar Lighter and Power Outlet ...................... 434
Check and Confirmation............................. 404 Check and Confirmation............................. 434
Symptom Table........................................... 405 Symptom Table........................................... 435
No Warning Given for Obstacle During Cigar Lighter Head not Heating................... 436
Parking....................................................... 406 Cigar Lighter Not Popping Up
No Obstacle Alarm During Parking ............. 407 Automatically ............................................. 437
Inaccurate Measured Distance from the Power Outlet Supplying no Power............... 438
Obstacle During Parking ............................. 408
DTC Troubleshooting ..................... 439
Rear View Camera Displaying Failure........... 409
Passive Start System ....................................... 410 Troubleshooting Process Description..............439
Check and Confirmation............................. 410 Troubleshooting Process Description
................................................................. 439
Symptom Table........................................... 411
Integrity Inspection of CAN Network.............440
SSB Failure, IMMO Indicator Illuminated
................................................................. 412 Integrity Inspection of CAN
Network.................................................... 440
Information and Entertainment ......................413
DTC Overall List ...............................................441
Entertainment and Navigation ......................... 413
DTC Overall List........................................ 441
ECM-1.5VCT......................................................474
Symptom Table........................................... 414
DTC Category............................................... 474
Failure to Start Up, Function Failure ............ 415
DTC Category ........................................... 474
No or Unclear Sound during Multimedia
Player or Radio Working (display, operation, DTC List ....................................................... 479
multimedia playing or channel search are List ............................................................ 479
normal)...................................................... 416 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 485
Poor or No Radio Signal Received and P000A, P0011, P0012, P0016 and
Radio Channel Cannot Be Locked ............... 417 P0026 ........................................................ 485
1.0 5
Contents
P0014, P0015, P0017 and P0027.................. 487 P1427, P1428, P1429 and P1479.................. 568
P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053.................. 489 P14A1, P14A2 and P14A3 ........................... 570
P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054.................. 491 P14A6, P14A7, P14A8 and P14A9 ............... 572
P0076 and P0077........................................ 493 P1511, P1512 and P1513............................. 574
P0079 and P0080........................................ 495 P1523 ........................................................ 576
P0111, P0112 and P0113............................. 497 P1541, P1542 and P1543............................. 578
P0116, P0117 and P0118............................. 499 P1545 ........................................................ 580
P0122 and P0123........................................ 501 P1559, P1564 and P1579............................. 582
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P1610, P1613 and P1614............................. 584
P2A00........................................................ 503 P1683 and U0151 ....................................... 586
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2101 and P2106........................................ 588
P2A01........................................................ 506
P300B ........................................................ 590
P0171 and P0172........................................ 508
U0073........................................................ 591
P0197 and P0198........................................ 510
U0101........................................................ 592
P0201, P0261 and P0262............................. 512
U0126........................................................ 594
P0202, P0264 and P0265............................. 514
U0129........................................................ 596
P0203, P0267 and P0268............................. 516
U0140........................................................ 598
P0204, P0270 and P0271............................. 518
U0155........................................................ 600
P0219 ........................................................ 520
ECM-1.0T ...........................................................602
P0222, P0223, P2127, P2128, P2132,
P2133, P2135, P2138 and P2140.................. 522 DTC Category............................................... 602
P025A, P025C and P025D .......................... 525 DTC Category ........................................... 602
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and DTC List ....................................................... 607
P0304 ........................................................ 527 List ............................................................ 607
P0313 ........................................................ 530 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 616
P0318 ........................................................ 531 P000A and P0026 ....................................... 616
P0322 ........................................................ 532 P000B and P0027........................................ 618
P0325, P0327 and P0328............................. 534 P0016 ........................................................ 620
P0341 ........................................................ 537 P0017 ........................................................ 622
P0366 ........................................................ 539 P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053.................. 624
P0420 ........................................................ 541 P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261.................. 626
P0444, P0458 and P0459............................. 542 P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054.................. 628
P0480, P0691 and P0692............................. 544 P006D ....................................................... 630
P0481, P0693 and P0694............................. 546 P0075, P0076 and P0077............................. 631
P0500 ........................................................ 548 P0078, P0079 and P0080............................. 633
P0504 ........................................................ 549 P0087 and P0088........................................ 635
P0506 and P0507........................................ 551 P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 and
P0555, P0557 and P0558............................. 554 P0254 ........................................................ 637
P0560, P0562 and P0563............................. 556 P0097 and P0098........................................ 639
P0601 and P0606........................................ 558 P0100, P0101, P0102 and P0103.................. 641
P0615, P0616 and P0617............................. 559 P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108.................. 643
P061F ........................................................ 561 P0112 and P0113........................................ 645
P0645, P0646 and P0647............................. 562 P0116, P0117 and P0118............................. 647
P0689 ........................................................ 564 P0122 and P0123........................................ 649
P0700 ........................................................ 565 P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and
P2A00........................................................ 651
P0805 ........................................................ 566
6 1.0
Contents
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P0851 and P0852........................................ 734
P2A01........................................................ 654 P1523 ........................................................ 736
P0169 ........................................................ 656 P1545 ........................................................ 738
P0171 and P0172........................................ 657 P1559 ........................................................ 740
P0191, P0192 and P0193............................. 659 P1564 ........................................................ 741
P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263 and P1579 ........................................................ 742
P2146 ........................................................ 661
P1610, P1613 and P1614............................. 743
P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266 and
P2149 ........................................................ 663 P1683 and U0151 ....................................... 745
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2101 and P2106........................................ 747
P2152 ........................................................ 665 P2226 and P2227........................................ 749
P0219 ........................................................ 667 P2600, P2602 and P2603............................. 750
P0222, P0223, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2620 ........................................................ 752
P2133, P2135 and P2140............................. 669 P300B ........................................................ 754
P0234, P0236, P0237, P0238 and P304B and P304C....................................... 755
P0299 ........................................................ 672
U0073........................................................ 757
P0243, P0245 and P0246............................. 675
U0101........................................................ 758
P025A, P025C and P025D .......................... 677
U0129........................................................ 760
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and
P130A........................................................ 679 U0164........................................................ 762
P0321 and P0322........................................ 682 U0155........................................................ 764
P0325, P0327, P0328 and P1386.................. 684 U0301........................................................ 766
P0336 ........................................................ 686 TCM-4AT ...........................................................767
P0341, P0342 and P0343............................. 688 DTC List ....................................................... 767
P0351, P2300 and P2301............................. 690 List ............................................................ 767
P0352, P2303 and P2304............................. 693 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 769
P0353, P2306 and P2307............................. 696 P0218 ........................................................ 769
P0366, P0367 and P0368............................. 699 P0562, P0563, U1562 and U1563 ................ 771
P0420 ........................................................ 701 P0601, P0603 and P0604............................. 773
P0444, P0458 and P0459............................. 702 P0705 and P0706........................................ 774
P0480, P0691 and P0692............................. 704 P0711, P0712 and P0713............................. 776
P0481, P0693 and P0694............................. 706 P0715 and P0717........................................ 778
P0500 ........................................................ 708 P0720 and P0722........................................ 780
P0504 ........................................................ 709 P0741 and P0766........................................ 782
P0506 and P0507........................................ 711 P0742 ........................................................ 784
P0522 and P0523........................................ 714 P0751 ........................................................ 786
P0560, P0562 and P0563............................. 716 P0761, P0762 and P0867............................. 788
P0597, P0598 and P0599............................. 718 P0767 ........................................................ 791
P0600 ........................................................ 720 P0826 ........................................................ 793
P0601 and P0606........................................ 721 P0973 and P0974........................................ 795
P0615, P0616 and P0617............................. 723 P0978, P0979 and P0980............................. 797
P061F ........................................................ 725 P0981, P0982 and P0983............................. 799
P0634 ........................................................ 726 P0997, P0998 and P0999............................. 801
P0641, P0651 and P0659............................. 727 P1731 ........................................................ 803
P0645, P0646 and P0647............................. 728 P1897 and P1899........................................ 804
P0686 and P0690........................................ 730 P2707 and P2708........................................ 806
P06DA, P06DB and P06DC......................... 732 P2762, P2763 and P2764............................. 808
1.0 7
Contents
U0001........................................................ 810 B1433 ........................................................ 880
U0100........................................................ 812 B1434 ........................................................ 882
U0121........................................................ 814 B1437 ........................................................ 884
U0140........................................................ 816 B1438 ........................................................ 886
U0155........................................................ 818 B143B and B143C ...................................... 888
TCM-6AT ...........................................................820 B1441 and B1442 ....................................... 889
DTC List ....................................................... 820 B144B ........................................................ 890
List ............................................................ 820 B1472 ........................................................ 891
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 823 B1481 and B14B0 ....................................... 893
P0218 ........................................................ 823 B14B3, B14B4 and B14B6 ........................... 895
P0562 and P0563........................................ 824 B14B8 ........................................................ 897
P0601, P0603 and P0604............................. 826 B14B9 ........................................................ 899
P0702 ........................................................ 827 B14BA ....................................................... 901
P0705, P0707, P0708 and P2806.................. 828 B14BB........................................................ 903
P0711, P0712 and P0713............................. 830 B14BC ....................................................... 905
P0715, P0716 and P0717............................. 832 B14BD ....................................................... 907
P0720, P0721 and P0722............................. 833 B14BE ........................................................ 909
P0729 and P1729........................................ 835 B14BF ........................................................ 911
P0731, P1701 and P1731............................. 837 B14E7 ........................................................ 913
P0732 and P1732........................................ 839 B14F1 and B14F2........................................ 915
P0733 and P1733........................................ 841 U0073........................................................ 916
P0734 and P1734........................................ 843 U0100........................................................ 918
P0735 and P1735........................................ 845 U0140........................................................ 920
P0741 and P0742........................................ 847 U0155........................................................ 922
P0748, P0962 and P0963............................. 848 U0245........................................................ 924
P0777, P0778, P0965, P0966 and U1562 and U1563 ...................................... 926
P0967 ........................................................ 850 U2001 and U2002 ...................................... 928
P0797, P0798, P0970 and P0971.................. 852 TPMS ..................................................................929
P0973 and P0974........................................ 854 DTC List ....................................................... 929
P0976 and P0977........................................ 855 List ............................................................ 929
P1897 and P1899........................................ 856 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 930
P2715, P2716, P2719, P2720 and C1A00 ....................................................... 930
P2721 ........................................................ 858
C1A01 ....................................................... 931
P2724, P2725, P2729 and P2730.................. 860
C1A02 ....................................................... 932
P2759, P2763 and P2764............................. 862
C1A03 ....................................................... 933
U0073........................................................ 864
C1A04 ....................................................... 934
U0100........................................................ 866
C1A05 ....................................................... 935
U0121........................................................ 868
U0073........................................................ 936
U0140........................................................ 870
U0100........................................................ 938
U0155........................................................ 872
U0122........................................................ 940
HVAC..................................................................874
U0140........................................................ 942
DTC List ....................................................... 874
U0155........................................................ 944
List ............................................................ 874
U0245........................................................ 946
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 876
U1562 and U1563 ...................................... 948
B1419 ........................................................ 876
ESCL ...................................................................950
B1431 ........................................................ 878
8 1.0
Contents
DTC List ....................................................... 950 C0010 and C0011 .....................................1007
List ............................................................ 950 C0014 and C0015 .....................................1008
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 952 C0018 and C0019 .....................................1009
B170C ....................................................... 952 C001C and C001D....................................1010
B1832 ........................................................ 953 C0020.......................................................1011
B1833 and B1834 ....................................... 954 C0031 and C0032 .....................................1012
B1835 ........................................................ 955 C0034 and C0035 .....................................1014
B1836 and B1837 ....................................... 956 C0037 and C0038 .....................................1016
B1838 ........................................................ 957 C003A and C003B ....................................1018
B1839, B183A and B183B ........................... 958 C0040.......................................................1020
B183C ....................................................... 959 C0044.......................................................1022
B183D, B183E, B183F and B1840 ................ 960 C0047.......................................................1023
U0073........................................................ 961 C0049.......................................................1024
U0100........................................................ 963 C0051, U0126 and U0428..........................1026
U0122........................................................ 965 C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107..............1028
U0140........................................................ 967 C006B ......................................................1029
U0155........................................................ 969 C1104.......................................................1030
U1562 and U1563 ...................................... 971 C1105 and C1106 .....................................1032
U2001, U2002, U2004 and U2010............... 973 C1109.......................................................1033
EPS......................................................................974 C1112.......................................................1035
DTC List ....................................................... 974 U0073.......................................................1036
List ............................................................ 974 U0100 and U0401 .....................................1038
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ............ 976 U0101 and U0402 .....................................1040
C1624........................................................ 976 U0140, U0146, U0422 and U0447..............1042
C1630........................................................ 977 U0155 and U0423 .....................................1044
C1631........................................................ 979 U1562 and U1563 .....................................1046
C1640........................................................ 981 U2000 and U2003 .....................................1048
C1650........................................................ 982 TBOX ...............................................................1049
C1660, U2001, U2002 and U2005............... 983 DTC List ......................................................1049
C1666........................................................ 985 List ...........................................................1049
C1671........................................................ 986 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1050
C1672........................................................ 987 B1521 and B1522 ......................................1050
C1680........................................................ 988 B1525 and B1526 ......................................1052
U0073........................................................ 989 B1529 .......................................................1054
U0100 and U0401 ...................................... 991 B1533 .......................................................1056
U0121 and U0415 ...................................... 993 B1534 .......................................................1058
U0140........................................................ 995 B1541 and B1542 ......................................1060
U0155........................................................ 997 B1562 .......................................................1061
U0245........................................................ 999 B1570 .......................................................1062
U1562 and U1563 .....................................1001 U0073.......................................................1063
SCS ...................................................................1003 U1500.......................................................1065
DTC List ......................................................1003 U1562 and U1563 .....................................1066
List ...........................................................1003 U2001.......................................................1067
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1006 SDM ..................................................................1068
C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004..............1006 DTC List ......................................................1068
1.0 9
Contents
List ...........................................................1068 U1500.......................................................1150
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1071 U1562 and U1563 .....................................1151
B0001 .......................................................1071 U2001 and U2005 .....................................1153
B0010 .......................................................1073 FICM-L..............................................................1154
B0020 .......................................................1075 DTC List ......................................................1154
B0021 .......................................................1077 List ...........................................................1154
B0028 .......................................................1079 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1155
B0029 .......................................................1081 B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07,
B0079 .......................................................1083 B1A08, B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B .............1155
B007A ......................................................1085 B1A10 ......................................................1157
B0090 .......................................................1087 B1A24 ......................................................1159
B0091 .......................................................1089 B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37 and
B1A3B ......................................................1161
B0095 .......................................................1091
B1A43 ......................................................1163
B0096 .......................................................1093
U0073.......................................................1165
B1932, B1933, B1934, B193E and
B193F .......................................................1095 U010F.......................................................1167
U0073.......................................................1096 U0140.......................................................1169
U0100.......................................................1098 U0155.......................................................1171
U0122.......................................................1100 U1031.......................................................1173
U0131.......................................................1102 U1562 and U1563 .....................................1175
U0140.......................................................1104 FICM-H.............................................................1177
U0155.......................................................1106 DTC List ......................................................1177
U1562 and U1563 .....................................1108 List ...........................................................1177
IPK ....................................................................1110 Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1179
DTC List ......................................................1110 B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07,
B1A08, B1A39, B1A3A, B1A3E, B1A3F and
List ...........................................................1110 B1A4B ......................................................1179
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1112 B1A10 ......................................................1182
B1200 .......................................................1112 B1A1D and B1A1E ....................................1184
B1201 .......................................................1114 B1A20 ......................................................1186
B1220 and B1221 ......................................1116 B1A21 ......................................................1188
B1752 .......................................................1118 B1A22 ......................................................1190
B1753 and B1764 ......................................1120 B1A23 ......................................................1192
B1955 and B1956 ......................................1122 B1A24 ......................................................1194
B1957 .......................................................1124 B1A25 ......................................................1196
B1959 .......................................................1126 B1A26 ......................................................1198
B195A ......................................................1128 B1A27 ......................................................1200
P0564 and P0589.......................................1130 B1A28 ......................................................1202
P0955 .......................................................1132 B1A43 ......................................................1204
U0073.......................................................1134 B1A44 ......................................................1206
U0100.......................................................1136 B1A49 ......................................................1208
U0101.......................................................1138 B194A ......................................................1209
U0121.......................................................1140 B1AA0 ......................................................1210
U0131.......................................................1142 U0073.......................................................1212
U0140.......................................................1144 U010F.......................................................1214
U0151.......................................................1146 U0140.......................................................1216
U0245.......................................................1148
10 1.0
Contents
U0155.......................................................1218 B1107 .......................................................1301
U1031.......................................................1220 B1109 .......................................................1303
U1500.......................................................1222 B110B .......................................................1305
U1562 and U1563 .....................................1223 B110C ......................................................1307
U2020.......................................................1225 B1111 .......................................................1309
BCM ..................................................................1226 B1112 and B1122 ......................................1311
DTC List ......................................................1226 B1113 and B1123 ......................................1313
List ...........................................................1226 B1114 and B1124 ......................................1315
Diagnostic Information and Procedure ...........1232 B1115 .......................................................1317
B1041 .......................................................1232 B1116 .......................................................1319
B1042 .......................................................1234 B1117 .......................................................1321
B1043 .......................................................1236 B1121 .......................................................1323
B1045 .......................................................1238 B112A ......................................................1325
B1049 .......................................................1240 B1131 and B1132 ......................................1327
B104A ......................................................1242 B1155 .......................................................1329
B104B .......................................................1244 B115C ......................................................1331
B104C ......................................................1246 B115D ......................................................1333
B1051 .......................................................1248 B115E .......................................................1335
B1053 .......................................................1249 B1162 .......................................................1336
B1059 .......................................................1251 B1166 .......................................................1338
B105C ......................................................1253 B1169 .......................................................1340
B105D ......................................................1255 B11A0 ......................................................1341
B1060 .......................................................1257 B11A5 ......................................................1343
B1061 .......................................................1259 B11C0 ......................................................1345
B1062 .......................................................1261 B11C1 and B11C3 .....................................1347
B1066 .......................................................1263 B11C4 ......................................................1349
B1067 .......................................................1266 B11C9 ......................................................1351
B1071 .......................................................1268 B1701, B1702 and B1705 ...........................1353
B1077 .......................................................1270 B1706, B1707 and B1708 ...........................1355
B1078 .......................................................1272 B170A, B170B and U0198..........................1357
B1081 .......................................................1274 B170D and U0236 .....................................1359
B1083 .......................................................1276 B1B05 and B1B06 ......................................1361
B1084 .......................................................1278 B1B42 and U1116......................................1363
B1089 .......................................................1280 B1B80 and B1B81 ......................................1364
B108A ......................................................1282 P1900, P1901 and U1008 ...........................1365
B10A1, B10A2 and B10A4 .........................1283 P1910 .......................................................1367
B10A6 ......................................................1284 U0073.......................................................1369
B10AA and B10AB ....................................1286 U0075.......................................................1370
B10AC and B10AD....................................1288 U0100.......................................................1371
B10B1 .......................................................1290 U0101.......................................................1373
B10B2 .......................................................1292 U010F.......................................................1375
B1101 .......................................................1293 U0120.......................................................1377
B1102 .......................................................1295 U0121 and U0122 .....................................1379
B1103 .......................................................1297 U0127.......................................................1381
B1105 .......................................................1299 U0151.......................................................1383
1.0 11
Contents
U0155.......................................................1385
U0169 and U1169 .....................................1387
U0222.......................................................1389
U0245.......................................................1391
U1500 and U1501 .....................................1393
U1562 and U1563 .....................................1394
U2001, U2002 and U2004..........................1395
U2020 and U2021 .....................................1396
Appendix ........................................ 1397

Real-time Display ............................................1397
ECM-1.5VCT ................................................1397
Real-time Display Parameter List ................1397
ECM-1.0T .....................................................1418
TCM-4AT .....................................................1431
TCM-6AT .....................................................1434
HVAC...........................................................1438
TBOX...........................................................1443
TPMS............................................................1444
ESCL ............................................................1449
SDM .............................................................1450
EPS...............................................................1453
SCS ..............................................................1455
IPK ...............................................................1456
FICM-L .........................................................1457
FICM-H ........................................................1458
BCM.............................................................1459
Glossary List ....................................................1473
12 1.0
General Information
Diagnoses Strategy
Description on Diagnostic Procedure
1. Understand and confirm the problem reported by the 5. Check and refer to the relevant service technical
customer: The first step of this procedure is to know information.
as much as possible about the customer. Working 6. Diagnostic category:
conditions while the failure occurs, frequency of the
a. Current DTC: Diagnose according to the designated
failure and service history shall be inquired. The
DTC so as to make a effective repair. Refer to "DTC
technician shall have a good knowledge of the normal
Troubleshooting" .
working condition of the system prior to confirming any
customer claimed problem. For details, please refer to b. Symptom - No DTC is detected: Select a
User Manual or Service Manual. proper symptom diagnosis procedure. Refer to "
Phenomena-based Diagnosis" .
2. The driving condition meets the design requirement: this
condition exists during normal driving. The condition c. Intermittent DTC: Intermittent failure is a failure that
described by the customer may be a normal condition. does not occur consecutively, is difficult to reappear
Under the same condition as described by the customer, and only occurs when the relevant conditions
compare with the similar vehicles which are in normal are met. Normally, intermittent failures are
operation. Explain the check results and system caused by electrical connector and harness failure,
operation conditions to the customer. component failure, electromagnetic/radio frequency
3. Preliminary Check: Perform an overall visual check. interference, driving condition or aftermarket add-on
Review the service history. Check for any abnormal equipments.
noise or smell. Collect the DTC information so as to 7. Find out the root cause of the failure, then make repair
make effective repair. and verify the result: after finding out the root cause of
4. Perform a diagnostic system check - vehicle, confirm if the failure, repair it and verify if the problem is solved in
the system works normally. This can help the technician a proper way. Confirm that the DTC or symptom has
to take systematic diagnostic actions and determine been solved, it may be required to perform a road test
which diagnostic category shall be performed. Refer to on the vehicle.
"Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle". 8. Recheck the problem reported by the customer: If the
technician fails to find out the cause of the problem,
1.0 1
General Information
recheck as necessary. Reconfirm the problem claimed Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
by the customer. The problem could be an intermittent Perform the diagnostic procedure in this manual on condition
failure, or a normal condition. that all functions below conform to the design conventions
9. Confirm that the customer claimed problem has been
• 12 V battery is fully charged, cable is clean and secure.
solved, and clear the relevant DTC.
• The fuse is not blown.
• The ground circuit in the area where the customer claims
repair is clean, firm and in proper position.
• All the connections/connectors of the faulty section are
in place.
• No after-sale add-on equipments affect the system
operation.
• The scan tool is powered on.
Diagnostic System Check
1. Confirm customer claimed problems - understand and
confirm customer claimed problems. Check the visible
system parts for apparent damage or failure which has
caused the problem.
2. Check the service technical information - read the
relevant maintenance manual, maintenance bulletin
information.
3. Mechanical system malfunction - Confirm if this symptom
is not caused by malfunction of the mechanical system
only.
4. Vehicle energize check - Place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, and confirm the vehicle is powered on.
5. Control module - use the scan tool, confirm there's at
least one control module can communicate with the scan
tool; confirm that the control module communication
DTCs is not set; confirm whether the vehicle has control
module that cannot communicate.
6. Control module internal performance failure - Confirm
that DTCs for the control module internal hardware
performance failure have not been set.
7. Power mode failure - Confirm that no DTCs for control
module power mode have been set at the moment
8. Engine startup and run verification - Confirm engine
startup and run.
9. Check for other DTCs - Confirm that no other DTCs
are set.
10. Emission related check/maintenance failure - If the vehicle
has recently been checked and maintained, confirm
that customer claimed problem is irrelevant to the
check/maintenance.
1.0 2
General Information
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 5. The digital multimeter will display the voltage drop
The basic method of circuit inspection contains the following between two points.
basic inspection information. Using this information along Frequency Measurement
with the diagnostic procedures will identify the cause of the
Apply a oscilloscope or other special frequency meter to
electrical malfunction.
measure the frequency. The following part only introduces
• Voltage Measurement the measuring method with a digital multimeter.
• Voltage Drop Measurement The following procedure is available to determine the
• Frequency Measurement frequency of a signal.
• Inspection of Ground and Low Level Reference Voltage 1. Power the circuit on.
Circuit
2. Set the digital multimeter at V (AC) position.
• Conductivity Test
3. Connect the positive lead of the DMM to the circuit to
• Inspection of Short to Ground be tested.
• Inspection of Short to Voltage 4. Connect the negative lead of the digital multimeter to
• Inspection of Intermittent Failure or Poor Contact a good ground.
Voltage Measurement 5. Set the digital multimeter to Hz.
The following procedure measures the voltage at a selected 6. The DMM will display the frequency measured.
point in a circuit. Inspection of Ground and Low Level Reference
Voltage Circuit
1. Disconnect the electrical harness connector for the
circuit being tested, if necessary. When a digital multimeter is applied, there are many vehicle
conditions affecting the conductivity test of ground and low
2. Enable the circuit and/or system being tested. Use the
level voltage reference circuit. If these conditions have not
following methods:
been met, testing the ground on a good circuit or the low level
a. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON" reference voltage circuit may fail. It may result in extended
position. diagnostic time and incorrect component replacement.
b. Start the engine. During the test, any current flowing through the ground or low
c. Connect the circuit and/or system with the "Forced level reference voltage circuit may result in the conductivity
Output" function of a scan tool. reading deviation of the digital multimeter, or displaying a
reading higher than when there is no current flowing through.
d. Turn ON the switch for the circuit and/or system When performing conductivity test for ground or low level
being tested. reference voltage circuit, compared with any other ground
3. Select V (AC) or V (DC) position on a digital multimeter. reference points, the good ground or low level reference
4. Connect the positive lead of the digital multimeter to the voltage circuit test is most likely to fail at the vehicle battery
point of the circuit to be tested. negative terminal. The optimum ground test points should
be at the control module housing (if the control module has
5. Connect the negative lead of the digital multimeter to
a metal housing and is grounded), the door pillar lock catch
a good ground.
(if connected with metal), lower part of the instrument panel
6. The digital multimeter displays the voltage measured at metal framework, the engine cylinder block or body ground
that point. stud (positions other than that at the battery negative cable
Voltage Drop Measurement connection).
The following procedures are used to determine the voltage The typical ground or low level reference circuit conductivity
drop between two points. readings of a digital multimeter shall be 100Ω with the ignition
1. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position. switch in "ON" position, and drop to 15～25Ω with the ignition
2. Connect the positive lead of the digital multimeter to a switch in "OFF" position. The reading will drop below 10Ω
point to be tested in the circuit. after 30～40s and will drop below 5Ω after 60s. Once the
vehicle completely enters into suspend state (normally 3 - 10
3. Connect the negative lead of the digital multimeter to
minutes), the reading will drop below 0.3Ω.
another point to be tested in the circuit.
4. Power the circuit on.
1.0 3
General Information
The following conditions may be required to ensure the 5. If the resistance shown on the digital multimeter is not
conductivity readings of ground or low level reference voltage infinite, it indicates that the circuit is short to ground.
circuit run valid.
Fuse Powering Several Loads:
• Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
1. Review the system schematic and locate the fuse that is
• The key is pulled out of the ignition switch (no remote fused.
door lock and remote starter equipped)
2. Disconnect all connectors or switches between the fuse
• Retained accessory power is turned off (after the ignition and each load.
switch is turned off, open the driver door and then close
3. Connect the digital multimeter with both terminals of the
it)
fuse (ensure the fuse is energized).
• Charging rate of the battery charger is set to 2 A or lower
If the digital multimeter shows a voltage when connecting
• Scan tool has no communication with any vehicle control
the first connector or switch, it indicates that the circuit
module (sometimes it is required to disconnect it from
to the first connector or switch is short-circuited.
the DLC)
• All Doors Closed 4. Close the connector or switch one by one, till the digital
multimeter shows a voltage, so as to find the shorted
• Headlamp goes off (auto headlamp disabled)
circuit.
• Any Delay Lamp Off
Test the circuit for short to battery
• HVAC System Off
The following procedure available to test a circuit for short to
• Any accessories which can work when the ignition switch
battery.
is off
1. Disconnect the connectors on both ends of suspected
• Waiting for 60s (after all other conditions have been met)
circuit.
Conductivity Test
2. Set the digital multimeter at V (DC) position.
The following procedures are available to verify good
3. Connect the positive of the digital multimeter to one end
conductivity in a circuit.
of the circuit to be tested.
Use a digital multimeter 4. Connect the negative of the digital multimeter to a good
1. Set the digital multimeter in Ω position. ground.
2. Disconnect the connectors on both ends of suspected 5. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and have all
circuit. accessories operating.
3. Connect a lead of the digital multimeter to one end of 6. If the measured voltage value is higher than 1 V, it
the circuit to be tested. indicates that the circuit is short to battery.
4. Connect the other lead of the digital multimeter to the Inspection of Intermittent Failure and Poor
Contact
other end of the circuit.
5. If the digital multimeter displays little resistance or no Conditions Causing Intermittent Failure
resistance, it indicates that the circuit conductivity is Many intermittent open circuit and short circuit failure are
good. arising from the movement of harness/connector due to
Inspection of Short to Ground vibration, engine torque, jerk/rough road etc. If the failure
seems arising from vibration, harness operations may be
The following procedures are used to test if the circuit is short
required to reappear the failure reported by the customer.
to ground.
Circuit operation can consist of a wide variety of actions,
Take the use of a digital multimeter as an example: including:
1. Disconnect the connectors on both ends of suspected • Wiggling the harness.
circuit. • Disconnecting a connector and reconnecting it.
2. Set the digital multimeter in Ω position. • Squeezing the mechanical connection of a connector.
3. Connect a lead of the digital multimeter to one end of • Pull the harness or wire to judge if the wire inside the
the circuit to be tested. insulating layer is disconnected/broken.
4. Connect the other lead of the digital multimeter to a • Relocating a harness or wires.
good ground.
1.0 4
General Information
All these actions should be performed with some goal in mind. Once the vehicle, component, or harness has
For example, with the scan tool connected, shake the wire been sufficiently cooled, manipulate the harness or
to find the failures in respect of control module input signal. components in an effort to duplicate the concern.
It is possible to observe data information of corresponding Duplicating Failure Conditions
components via "Real-time Display". 1. If none of the previous tests are successful, attempt
Another method is: connect, shut off and shift related to duplicate and/or capture the failure conditions.
connector and harness with "Force Output" component of 2. "Freeze Frame" data includes conditions appearing in
the scan tool and observe component operations. Keep the setting of DTC (if applicable).
the engine running, move related connector and harness,
Inspection of Intermittent Failure and Poor Contact
meanwhile monitor the engine operation. If the movement
of harness or connector affects the indicated data, the If a fault does not occur at current time, but DTC history
component/system operation or the engine operation, record shows that it has occurred once, then it may be an
then inspect the harness/connector and repair them when intermittent fault. Intermittent failure may also be the reason
necessary. why customer reported to repair, but the symptom cannot be
reappeared.
It may be required to load the vehicle to reappear the failure.
It is available to use heavy load, floor jack, jack support, lift etc. Most intermittent failures are caused by electrical connection
Above methods can be used to control suspension or frame or wiring failure. Check the following items:
so as to reappear the failure. This method can effectively find • Wiring broken inside the insulation.
those harnesses which are too short, the connector on the • Positive terminal and negative terminal of connector is in
harness may be pulled open if the harness is too short, which poor contact or not.
may result in poor contact.
• Poor terminal to wire connection - some conditions
Certainly, using the senses of sight, smell, and hearing while which fall under this description are poor crimps, poor
manipulating the circuit can provide good results as well. solder joints, crimping over the wire insulation rather
than the wire itself, and corrosion in the wire to terminal
Sometimes, the target of reappearing failure cannot be
contact area, etc.
achieved only by circuit operation. In this case, it is required
to expose the suspected circuit under other conditions • Piercing or destroying insulating layer may result in
simultaneously when operating the harness. This kind of moisture into wire then cause corrosion. Conductor
conditions include high humidity condition and extreme high in insulating layer may corrode, but it cannot be found
or low temperature condition. apparently. Search if there are inflatable and hardened
wires in suspected circuit.
The following introduces how to expose the circuit under this
• Wire stuck, cut or insulation layer abrasion may result in
kind of conditions.
intermittent open circuit or short circuit (since exposed
• High Temperature Conditions
part contacts with other harness or component on
If the failure customer reported seems to have vehicle).
connection with overheat, then heat gun can be applied • Wire may contact with hot or exhaust components.
to simulate the failure condition. Use the heat gun to
• Reappear the failure to verify the failure customer
heat up the suspected area or component.
reported.
Operate the harness under high temperature while • Learn the testing procedures of intermittent open circuit,
monitoring the scan tool or digital multimeter to find high resistance, short to ground and short to voltage
out the failure. failure.
The high temperature condition may be achieved simply 1. Check terminal for fretting wear
by road test at normal operating temperature.
Some intermittent failures may be caused by wire terminal
If without a heat gun, consider this option to enhance contact corrosion. When there is a minor movement
your diagnosis. Whereas, this method is inconvenient for between electrical connectors, contact corrosion is
related operations of components (such as harnesses) formed by insulating accumulation - oxidation wear
• Low Temperature Conditions fragment. When oxidation wear fragment accumulated at
electrical connector to a certain degree, the resistance
Place a fan in the front of vehicle according to the failure at connector shall increase. A minor movement from 10
nature, and park the vehicle in the shade, then the desired to 100 micron on contact surface will result in contact
effect can be achieved.
1.0 5
General Information
corrosion. Imagine a piece of paper with a thickness of Follow the procedure below in order to test terminal
100 micron, it turns out the contact corrosion is too contact:
small to be seen. Vibration as well as expansion and
• Remove suspected component.
contraction are the main causes for contact corrosion
movement. Vehicle vibration and wide temperature • Visually check if two sides of the connector have a sign
fluctuation are also sources for contact corrosion of contamination. Avoid contacting with any side of the
movement. Tin, copper, nickel and metal surface are easy connector, since grease on skin may also contaminate the
to be contact corrosion. Contact corrosion is difficult connector.
to be seen, but it seems like a small and black stain on • Visually check if the connector binding face at wire side
terminal contact surface. In order to prevent corrosion, has defects like disconnection, cracking or others that may
disconnect suspected connector and add lubricant at two cause poor connection of terminal. Visually check the
sides of connector terminal (insulating lubricating grease). connector at component side, ensure all terminals are
Then reconnect connector and wipe off excessive consistent and without damage or deformation.
lubricant. This may reduce terminal contact additional
resistance caused by terminal contact corrosion. • Insert corresponding adapter into harness connector to
test suspected circuit.
2. Check for a good terminal contact
4. Control Module/Component Voltage and Ground
Before replacing suspicious components, test contact
conditions of terminal on component connector and Poor power supply or ground contact will result in many
in-line connector. Mating terminals must be inspected different symptoms.
to ensure good terminal contact. Negative and positive • Test power supply circuit of all control modules. On many
terminal of connector may be in poor connection due vehicles, a control module is powered by several circuits.
to contamination or deformation. Improper connection Other component in the system may have individual supply
of two halves of a connector may cause contamination. voltage circuit, which also needs to be tested. Check
Absence or damage of connector seal element, damage connector between battery and module/component, fuse
of connector itself or expose of terminal in moisture connection and any intermediate junction. Test lamp or
or dust may also cause contamination. Contamination, digital multimeter can display whether it has voltage or
usually in the underhood or underbody connectors, not, but cannot be used to test if the circuit can transmit
leads to terminal corrosion, causing an open circuit a large enough current. Operate the component to test
or intermittently open circuit. Other reasons causing the circuit for capacity of transmitting enough current.
terminal deformation include: improper connection of
• Test all control module ground and system ground circuit.
connector two halves or repeated removal and refit of
A control module may has several ground circuits. Other
connector two halves. Deformation (often occurs in
component in the system may have individual ground,
contact tab on parent plug) will cause poor contact of
which may also need to be tested. Ensure that ground
terminal and result in open circuit or intermittent open
at all grounding points are clean and firmly connected.
circuit failure.
If possible, check connections on component and star
3. Test if bus electrical centre terminal is in good contact connector. Operate the component to test the circuit for
Test connector contact according to below procedures: capacity of transmitting enough current.
• Disconnect the connector. 5. Temperature Sensitivity
• Visually check if connector is contaminated. Once component/connection reaches normal working

Contamination may result in a white or green build-up temperature, intermittent failure may occur. The failure
within the connector body or between terminals. This may only occur where component/connection is cold or
causes high terminal resistance, intermittent contact, hot.
or an open circuit. If there is a sign of contamination If corresponding "Freeze Frame", "DTC" or other data
on connector under engine compartment or at vehicle of vehicle data recorder exists, it would be helpful for
bottom, it should be replaced entirely: terminal, seal determination of this kind intermittent failure.
element and connector body.
If the intermittent is related to heat, review the data for a
• Connect the connector same with suspected connector relationship with the following:
with the known good connector, check if there is obvious
• High ambient temperatures.
difference, replace the suspected connector.
1.0 6
General Information
• Underhood/engine generated heat programming is found, apply the latest version of
software/calibration files to reprogramme the control
• Heat generated due to poor contact or large electrical
module.
load.
• Vehicle overload, for example, towing a vehicle, etc.
If the intermittent failure occurs in cold, review if the
data is related to the following:
• Low ambient temperatures - In extremely low
temperatures, ice may form in a connection or
component. Inspect for water intrusion.
• The condition only occurs at cold start.
• After vehicle warm up, this failure disappears.
Information provided by customer is helpful for
determining if the failure pertains to temperature-related
type.
If you suspect that temperature may be the premise of
intermittent failure, try to reappear the failure condition.
6. Electromagnetic interference and electrical noise
Some electrical components/circuits are sensitive to
electromagnetic interference (EMI) or other types of
electrical noise. Check for the following conditions:
• Improper harness wiring, too close with high voltage/high
current devices (e.g. secondary ignition component,
motor, alternator etc.) - such components will induce
electrical noise in the circuit and interfere its normal
operation.
• Electrical system interference caused by the failure of relay,
solenoid valve or switch which is driven by control module
- all these may result in intense surge. Normally, the failure
will occur when faulty part works.
• Improper refit of non-genuine after sales accessories
(e.g.car lamp, interphone, amplifier, motor, remote
starter, warning system, onboard telephone etc.) - these
accessories may generate interference during operation,
but no failure occurs when they are not in use.
• Test for an open diode across the A/C compressor clutch
and for other open diodes. Some relays may have clamping
diode.
• Alternator may bring AC noise in the electrical system.
7. Incorrect Control Module
• Control modules needs to be reprogrammed only under
the following situations: a new control module is fitted
during the service; control module from other vehicles
is fitted; upgrade software/calibration files specific to this
vehicle are released.
• Ensure that control module is equipped with correct
standardization or configuration files. If an incorrect
1.0 7
General Information
Diagnosis Repair Verification
1. Refit all components or connectors removed or replaced
during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustment, programming, or setup
procedures that are required when a component or
module is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTC.
4. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and turn off all
vehicle systems for at most 2 minutes.
5. In case the repair is related with the DTC, reproduce
the operation conditions for running the DTC and
apply "Frozen Failure State/Failure Record" (if applied)
in order to confirm not to set the DTC. If the DTC
resets, or another DTC is present, refer to the "DTC
Troubleshooting" and perform the appropriate diagnostic
procedure.
6. In case the repair is related with the symptom, reproduce
the occurrence conditions of failure claimed by customer
to verify repair effects. In case problems claimed by
customer reoccur or another symptom occurs, return
to "Phenomena-based Diagnosis" and perform related
symptom diagnosis procedure.
1.0 8
Vibration General Information
Vibration engine, transmission, etc.), vibration transmitter (consisting of
Vibration Analysis suspension system and connector) and noise emitters (body).
Noise and Vibration from Vehicle Vehicle noise sources mainly include: engine, exhaust system,
Mechanical vibration is usually accompanied by noise and wind noise, tyre noise and any other moving parts possibly
roughness. They occur simultaneously and dependently. making noise.
Symptom Table
Vehicle vibration sources mainly include: engine, transmission,
drive system, rough roads, etc. Sound is generated by object According to the most important features felt or heard
vibration, thus noise and vibration will not occur individually when the customer's vibration problem occurs, refer to the
in most occasions. Vehicle is a system composed by excitation "Vibration Analysis" table in the following symptom tables.
source (the source generating noise and vibration, e.g.
Vibration Symptoms that are Felt
Typical
Type Note Frequency Occurrence Conditions Key Parts
Range
Vehicle Speed Sensitive
Can sometimes be seen Tyres and Wheels
Still occurs during coast down in
or felt in the steering
NEUTRAL
wheel, seat or console.
Shudder 5～20Hz Vehicle Speed Sensitive
Related terminologies: Propeller Shaft or
shimmy, wobble, waddle, Affected by torque/load or steering Suspension
shudder, hop input
Engine Speed Sensitive Engine
Still occurs during coast down in Tyres and Wheels

NEUTRAL
Similar to the feeling of
Roughness 20～50Hz Vehicle Speed Sensitive
holding a jigsaw
Propeller Shaft or
Affected by torque/load or steering Suspension
input
Similar to the feeling Vehicle Speed Sensitive
of holding an electric Propeller Shaft or
razor. May be felt in Affected by torque/load or steering Suspension
Surge the hands through the 50～100Hz input
steering wheel, in the
feet through the floor, or Engine Speed Sensitive Engine
in the seat of the pants
May produce a "pins and Vehicle Speed Sensitive
needles" sensation or may Propeller Shaft or
put hands or feet "to
Higher than input
Tingling sleep"
100Hz
Highest vibration
frequency range that can
be felt
1.0 9
General Information Vibration
Vibration Symptoms that are Heard
Typical
Type Note Frequency Occurrence Conditions Key Parts
Range
Usually heard as an Vehicle Speed Sensitive
interior noise similar to Tyres and Wheels
Still occurs during coast down in
the noise of a bowling ball
NEUTRAL
rolling down an alley, deep
thunder, or a bass drum
• Related
terminologies -
Boom droning, growling, 20～60Hz
moaning, roaring, Propeller Shaft or
rumbling, humming Affected by torque/load or steering Suspension
• May not be input
accompanied by
a perceptible
vibration or
roughness
Similar to the sound of Vehicle Speed Sensitive
bumblebee or blowing Propeller Shaft or
into the bottle neck
input
• Related
Moaning or terminologies - 60～120Hz
Droning humming, droning
and resonance Engine Speed Sensitive Engine
• May be accompanied
by perceptible
vibration, e.g. surge
Propeller Shaft or
Similar to the sound of Affected by torque/load or steering Suspension
Howl 120～300Hz
the wind howling input
Similar to the sound
of mosquitoes, turbine Vehicle Speed Sensitive
Whine 300～500Hz Transmission
engines, or vacuum
Affected by torque/load
cleaners
Vibration Diagnostic Aid Specific Conditions Affects the Condition

Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated Consider the following conditions which may not have been
If you have not been able to duplicate the vibration concern present while attempts were made to duplicate the vibration
or have only been able to duplicate the concern intermittently, concern. Attempt to obtain more specific information from
review the following information. the customer as to the exact conditions that are present
when they experience the vibration which they are concerned
Most vibration concerns that cannot be duplicated are due
about. Attempt to duplicate the vibration concern again while
to either specific conditions that are not present during the
recreating the exact conditions necessary, except those which
duplicating attempts, or due to not following the procedures
pose a safety concern or are outside the boundaries of normal
designed to duplicate concerns properly and in the sequence
operating conditions, such as loading the vehicle beyond its
indicated.
designed weight ratings, etc.
1.0 10
Vibration General Information
Most attempts to duplicate a vibration concern are made after fluid contained in the system of which the accessory is a
the vehicle has been driven to the repair facility and perhaps part.
even sat inside the building for a time; the vehicle may be
For example:
too warm to detect the concern during duplication efforts.
The opposite could also occur; perhaps the vehicle has sat – An improper refrigerant level or an excessive
out in the cold for a time and fails to reach full operating refrigerant oil could produce noises or possibly
temperatures during attempts to duplicate the concern. vibrations in the air conditioning system.
Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load – Incorrect Fluid Type in Accessory Systems -

Accessories could exhibit a noise condition due to
Flat Spots on Tyres
the incorrect type of fluid contained in the system of
Tyres which have sat and been cool for a time can develop flat which the accessory is a part.
spots.
Vehicle Payload
Irregular Wear on Tyre Treads
The vibration concern may only occur when the vehicle is
Tyres which have sat and been cool for a time will be stiffer carrying heavy payloads or towing a trailer. The vehicle may
and any irregular wear conditions will be more noticeable than have been empty during duplication efforts.
they will be once the tyres have warmed and softened.
Heavy Payload
Exhaust System Growth
The vehicle may have been empty during attempts to
Exhaust systems may exhibit a ground-out condition when duplicate the vibration concern, but the customer may actually
cool which goes away once the system is hot. The opposite experience the vibration concern while the vehicle is carrying
may be true that the exhaust system is fine when cool but a large payload.
a ground-out condition occurs once the system reaches
Trailer towing
operating temperatures.
The customer may experience the vibration concern only
Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
while towing a trailer.
A stethoscopes equipped with a probe can be used as an
Roadway Selection
additional means to assist in identifying accessories which may
be causing or contributing to a vibration concern. The selection of roadways used to perform the vibration
duplication procedures is likely to be in the near vicinity of
• Belt Whipping - An engine accessory drive belt, or
the repair facility and may not provide a road surface that is
belts could exhibit a whipping condition if a belt is
similar enough to the surface on which the customer usually
deteriorating and deposits are building up on the
drives the vehicle.
underside of the belt.
The customer may only experience the vibration on a
• Loose Mounting Brackets or Component Ground-out -
particular roadway. Perhaps the roadway is overly crowned
Engine-driven accessories such as a generator, or an air
or is very bumpy or rough.
conditioning compressor could exhibit noise conditions
due to either loose mounting brackets or due to related Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
components of the system in a ground-out condition Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
during certain operation of that accessory system.
Aftermarket accessories which have been added to the
• Cold State or Hot State - Accessories could exhibit noise
vehicle can actually transmit and magnify inherent component
conditions when cool which go away once they are fully
rotational frequencies, if the accessories were not fitted
warmed-up, or the opposite may be true.
correctly.
• Load on an Accessory Component - Accessories could
An accessory should be fitted in such a way that it is isolated
exhibit a noise condition while under a heavy load -
from becoming a possible transfer path into the rest of the
perhaps when combined with a cool or fully warmed-up
vehicle by way of vibration isolation. For example, if a set
condition.
of pedals has been fitted improperly and they are sensitive
• Bent or Misaligned Pulleys - Bent or mis-aligned pulleys
to a particular frequency of a rotating component, the pedals
in one or more engine-driven accessory systems could
could begin to respond to the frequency and actually create
contribute to a noise or vibration condition.
a disturbance once the amplitude of the frequency reaches a
• Fluid Level in Accessory Systems - Accessories could high enough point, probably at a higher vehicle speed.
exhibit a noise condition due to an abnormal amount of
1.0 11
General Information Vibration
If the same set of pedals were fitted properly- isolated

properly- the transfer path would be removed and the
disturbance would no longer be present.
Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance
Component
If you have duplicated the vibration concern but have had
difficulty in balancing a component or isolating a component,
refer to the following information.
Most vibration concerns are corrected or eliminated through

correcting excessive runout of a component, correcting
balance of a component, or isolating a component which has
come into abnormal contact with another object/component.
Components which can generate a lot of energy and are

experiencing excessive runout, imbalance, or ground-out can
produce a vibration with a strong enough amplitude that
the vibration can transmit to components which are closely
related. This type of a condition is usually related to and
sensitive to torque-load. The most likely system that could
exhibit this type of a condition is the driveline.
Vibration Duplicated, Appears to be Potential
Operating Characteristic
If both of the following statements are true, then refer to
Service Bulletin for the condition identified. If the condition
has already been identified and investigated prior to this
vehicle, and has been determined to be something that is
not truly an operating characteristic or that perhaps is not
design-intent, there will likely be adjustments or corrections
identified which will address the condition.
• You carefully followed the steps indicated through

reviewing the Vibration Analysis tables identified and
you have duplicated the vibration concern.
• You have come to the conclusion through comparison
with a same model, model year, equally-equipped, known
good vehicle that the customer's concern is a condition
that appears to be a potential operating characteristic of
the vehicle.
1.0 12
Noise General Information
Noise 3. Test drive the vehicle and determine if the wind noise is
Air/Wind Noise external or internal.
To analyze a reported wind noise condition, test the driving 4. Perform a visual inspection of the following components:
vehicle to determine the origin of the noise. • Loose fasteners
Drive on normal flat straight road along four directions • Cracked weatherstrips
respectively: north, south, east and west. This area must be
• Broken welding points
of low traffic flow or low environmental noise to eliminate
outside interference to test. • Sealer and/or adhesive skips
Caution: The noise may be caused by one main leakage Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
source and one or more secondary leakage source.If only Clean the weatherstrips and the contact surfaces with cleaning
on leakage source is repaired, the noise can be reduced solvent.
only but not completely eliminated.
1. Apply powder or chalk in an unbroken line to the
Drive the vehicle at the speed that the noise is most noticeable, contact surface of the weatherstrip surrounding the
or until the noise is heard. Maintain safe and legal speeds. perimeter of the suspected areas.
Many of the water leak diagnosis tests are also used for the 2. Close the panel completely without slamming the panel.
wind noise diagnosis. Closing the panel completely presses the weatherstrip
firmly against the mating surface.
Most wind noise is caused either by leaking seals or by
3. Inspect the applied line on the weatherstrip. The
misaligned body surfaces.
applied line is marred where contact is good. A
You can diagnose the following types of wind noise with the corresponding imprint is on the mating surface.
aid of proper Chassis Ear or Leak Detector.
4. Gaps or irregularities in the powder or the chalk line
• Wind whistle on the mating surface indicate the area with a poor seal.
• Wind roar
• Wind rush
When moving at highway speeds, air pressure inside the vehicle

becomes greater than the air pressure outside. When a leak
occurs, the escaping air causes a hiss or a wind whistle.
Wind roar occurs when air passes over or through an opening

between the 2 body surfaces. To correct the condition, adjust
the alignment to the body panel.
Wind rush occurs when air presses over the vehicle's body, and
is related to the aerodynamics of the vehicle. Wind whistle and
wind roar are eliminable. Rule out wind whistle and wind roar
before concluding that the wind noise is due to wind rush.
Use the following inspections in order to aid in diagnosing wind

whistle or wind roar:
1. Note the details for wind noise:
• The perceived location
• The location where the noise is the loudest
• The time when noise occurs
• Speed
• The interior fan speed
• The position of the windows
• What the noise sounds like
2. Inspect the vehicle for the possible cause of the wind noise.
1.0 13
General Information Noise
Air Pressure Test Soap Suds or Bubble Test

1. Mask off both the pressure relief valves. 1. Mask off the pressure relief valve.
2. Close all the windows. 2. Close all the windows and the doors.
3. Turn the vehicles ventilation fan to the on position, with 3. Turn the vehicles ventilation fan to the on position, with
the selector on high speed and in the defrost mode. the selector on high speed and in the defrost mode.
4. Unlock and close the door. 4. Unlock and close the door.
5. Listen for escaping air along the door and the window 5. Apply the soap solution to the potential leak areas.
seals with a stethoscope. 6. Look for bubbles.
1.0 14
Noise General Information
Squeak and Click
Caution: The squeak and click are caused by the improper
control of the relative movement between the parts.There
are 4 ways to prevent the squeak and click.
Use proper chassis ear or leak detector for auxiliary diagnosis.
• Attach the component that squeaks or clicks securely.

• Separate the components that squeak or click to prevent
contact.
• Insulate the components that squeak or click.
• Insulate uniform friction surfaces to eliminate stick-slip
movement.
1.0 15
General Information Water Leak
Water Leak 5. Cross Fitting, Right Stand Only

Water Leak Test Preparation 6. Pipe to Hose Nipple, Right Stand Only
• This vehicle is designed to operate under normal 7. Female Hose Coupling
environmental conditions. 8. Input Hose, Right Stand Only
• The design criteria for sealing materials and components 9. Close Nipple
takes into consideration the sealing forces required to 10. Cross with Weld-On Cap
withstand the natural elements. These specifications
11. Nipple
cannot take into consideration all artificial conditions,
e.g. , high pressure car washes. 12. Cap
• The water leak test procedure has been correlated to 13. Female Hose Coupling
the natural elements and will determine the ability of a 14. Cross Hose
vehicle to perform under normal operating conditions. 15. Hose Quick Connect
• The first step of water leak test is to determine leakage 16. Pipe to Hose Nipple
conditions. If the general leak area can be found, the
17. Pipe
exact entry point can be isolated using a water hose or
18. Water Pressure Gage, Right Stand Only
an air hose. Some trim panels or components may need
to be removed in order to repair the leak. 19. Full Jet Spray Nozzle
• If leaks are found around the door, window, truck lid 20. Pipe Fitting
or liftgate area, this does not necessarily indicate a poor Preparation Procedure
weatherstrip. An adjustment to these areas may resolve
1. Assemble water spray stands as shown in the figure.
the condition.
2. Position the stands as shown in the figure.
Water Spray Test Stand Assembly
The water spray from the stands should overlap the
vehicle as shown.
3. Have an assistant inside of the vehicle during the test in

order to locate any leaks.
4. The water pressure at the nozzle should maintain a 155
kPa for at least 4 minutes.
5. In order to check the windscreen, aim the water spray 30
degrees down and 45 degrees toward the rear.
Aim the water towards the corner of the windshield.
Icon
1. Pipe
2. Reducer Tee Fitting, Right Stand Only
3. Pipe Fitting, Left Stand Only
4. Tee Fitting, Left Stand Only
1.0 16
Water Leak General Information
Water Hose Test
Caution: Use the water hose without nozzle.
1. Have an assistant inside of the vehicle in order to locate

the leak.
2. Begin testing at the base of the window or the
windshield.
3. Slowly move the hose upward and across the top of
the vehicle.
6. In order to check the side windows for leaks, position

the water spray test stand towards the centre of the rear
quarter, aiming the water spray 30 degrees down and
45 degrees toward the rear.
7. In order to check the rear window, aim the water spray
30 degrees down and 30 degrees toward the front.
Dust Leaks
Dust may leak into the vehicle where water will not. This
happens particularly in the lower portion of the interior.
Forward motion of the vehicle can create a slight vacuum which

pulls air and dust into the vehicle.
In order to determine the location of dust leaks, perform the

following steps:
1. Remove the carpet from the floor.

2. Remove the carpet from the running board.
3. Remove the vibration isolator from the floor.
4. Remove the vibration isolator from the running board.
5. Drive the vehicle on a dusty road.
6. Examine the interior.
Dust in the shape of a small cone or slit will usually be found

at the point of leakage.
7. Mark the points of leakage.

8. Illuminate the lamps on the underside of the floor and
the cowl panel.
Caution: Keep the vehicle dark inside in this step.
9. Have an assistant mark any points inside of the vehicle

for any points where the light shines through.
• Inspect the weld joints.

• Inspect the body mounts.
10. Seal any leaks with an air-drying, body-sealing
compound.
1.0 17
General Information Water Leak
Air Hose Test

Caution: The air hose test is used only for the
polyurethane adhesive completely solidified.Otherwise,
the sub of the polyurethane adhesive may be damaged
and leakage points may be increased.
1. Using a liquid detergent, diluted with water in a spray

bottle, spray the window at the edges. Begin at the
bottom and gradually move up and across the top.
2. Have an assistant inside of the vehicle with an air hose.
Tip: The compressed air should not exceed 205 kPa (30
psi).
3. Have the assistant aim the compressed air at the
suspected areas.
Bubbles will form in the soap solution at the location of the

leak.
1.0 18
Precaution Information General Information
Precaution Information Preventive Measures
General Precautions Always pay attention to the followings:
Hazardous Substances • Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves
Modern vehicles have many substances or liquids, if handled when practicable.
improperly, they may pose potential risk to human health and • Avoid over-exposure or repeated exposure to oils,
environment. especially used engine oils.
Warning: Many liquids and other substances used in • Do not put oily rags in pockets.
vehicles are poisonous and should under no circumstances • Avoid contaminating clothes (especially the underwear)
be consumed and should, as far as possible, be kept with oil.
from contact with the skin. These liquids and substances • Comprehensive cleaning shall be done on a regular
include acid, antifreeze, brake fluid, fuel, windscreen basis. Properly handle the contaminated clothes and oil
washer additives, lubricants, refrigerants and various impregnated shoes.
adhesives.
• Open wounds shall be handled at the earliest possible
Warning: Always read carefully the instructions printed time.
on labels or stamped on components and obey them • Before each operation, apply skin cream to avoid oil
implicitly. Such instructions are included for reasons of contamination.
your health and personal safety. Never disregard them.
• Clean with soap and water, make sure all the oil
Synthetic Rubber contaminants are removed (any skin cleaner and nail
Many O-rings, sealing parts, hoses, flexible pipes and other brush will be useful).
similar items which appear to be natural rubber，but in fact, • After cleaning, apply skin lotion, prepare some wool
are made of a kind of synthetic rubber (fluororubber). Under grease to compensate natural oil loss of the skin.
normal conditions, these substances are safe and do not cause • Do not wash the skin with petroleum/gasoline, kerosene,
harm. However, these substances may dissolve and produce diesel, engine oil, diluent or solvent.
highly corrosive fluorinated acid when they are damaged due
• If possible, remove the oil contaminant before handling.
to combustion or high temperature.
• In case of skin damage due to imprudence, seek
When contacting with skin, these fluorinated acids may cause immediate medical care and follow the medical advice.
severe burns. In case of skin contact, please observe the
• If the operation will hurt eyes, wear eye protection (for
followings:
example, goggles or face shield). Eye cleaning device shall
• Take away the contaminated clothes immediately. be close to the working area.
• Wash the injured skin with plenty of cold water or lime
water for 15 - 60 minutes.
• Seek medical assistance immediately.
If the substance is burning or overheating, handle with great

care and wear protective clothing (seamless industrial gloves,
protective apron, etc.).
After use, clean and handle with the gloves immediately.

Lubricating Fluid
Avoid excessive contact with used lubricating fluids, always
follow the health protection precautions.
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with used engine
oil. Used engine oil contains potentially harmful
contaminants which may cause skin cancer or other
serious skin disorders.
Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with mineral oil.

Mineral oils remove the natural fats from the skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis.
1.0 19
General Information Precaution Information
Safety Precautions Cooling System Caps and Plugs

Lift When the engine is still hot, especially when it is overheated,
Caution: It is best to use the lift when working under the take particular care when removing expansion tank cap,
vehicle. Be sure to hold the wheels with chocks and apply coolant drain pipe or air bleed screws. To avoid the possibility
parking brake. of burns, you should wait for the engine to cool down before
removal.
Always use the recommended jacking points.
Ensure that the lift has sufficient load capacity for the weight
to be lifted.
Ensure the lift is standing on level ground during the lifting or

jacking work.
Apply hand brake and wedges to fix the wheels.
Warning: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported

only by a jack.Always support the vehicle on safety stands.
Do not leave tools, lifting equipment and spilt oil, etc. around
or in the work area. Always keep a clean and tidy work area.
Brake Shoes and Pads
Always use the correct gear and brake pads. When replacing
brake pads and brake shoes, always replace as complete axle
sets.
Brake Hydraulic System
Observe the following procedures when working on the brake
system:
• Apply two spanners to loosen or tighten brake pipes or
pipe fittings.
• Ensure that hoses run in a natural curve and are not
twisted or deformed.
• Fix brake pipes securely with retaining clips and ensure
that the pipe will not contact a potential chafing point.
• Containers for containing brake fluid must be kept clean.
• Do not store brake fluid in an unsealed container,
otherwise it will absorb moisture in the air, which may
lower its burning point, and in this condition it is likely
to cause danger in its use.
• Do not allow brake fluid to be contaminated by mineral
oil, or put new brake fluid in a container which has
previously contained mineral oil.
• Do not re-use the brake fluid drained from the brake
system.
• Always use clean brake fluid or a recommended
alternative to clean hydraulic components.
• After disconnecting brake pipes and hoses, immediately
fit suitable end caps or plugs to prevent the ingress of
dirt.
• Only use brake fittings with proper threads.
• Maintain absolute cleanliness when working with
hydraulic components.
1.0 20
Environmental Precautions Water Discharge
Overview Oil, petrol, solvent, acids, hydraulic oil, antifreeze and other
This section provides general information which can help to such substances should never be poured down the drain and
reduce the environmental impacts from the activities carried every precaution must be taken to prevent spillage reaching
out in workshops. the drains.
Emissions to Air Handling of such materials must take place well away from the
Many of the activities that are carried out in workshops emit drains and preferably in an area with a kerb or wall around it, to
gases and fumes which contribute to global warming, depletion prevent discharge into the drain. If a spillage occurs, it should
of the ozone layer and/or the formation of photochemical be soaked up immediately. Having a spill kit available will make
smog at ground level. By considering how the workshop this easier.
activities are carried out, these gases and fumes can be Precautions
minimized, thus reducing the impact on the environment.
Always observe the following disposal and spillage prevention
Exhaust Fumes instructions.
Running car engines is an essential part of workshop activities • Never pour anything down a drain without first checking
and it shall be carried out in a well ventilated environment. that it is environmentally safe to do so, and that it does
However, the amount of time engines are running and the not contravene any local regulations.
position of the vehicle should be carefully considered at all
• Store liquids in a walled area.
times, to reduce the release of poisonous gases and minimize
• Make sure that taps on liquid containers are secure and
the inconvenience to people living nearby.
cannot be accidentally turned on.
Solvents
• Protect bulk storage tanks from vandalism by locking the
Some of the cleaning agents used are solvent based and will valves.
evaporate to atmosphere if used improperly, or if cans are • Sealed pipelines are preferred to transfer liquids from one
left unsealed. All solvent containers should be firmly closed container to another.
when not needed and solvent should be used sparingly. Suitable
• Ensure lids are replaced securely on containers.
alternative materials may be available to replace some of the
commonly used solvents. Similarly, many paints are solvent • Have spill kits available near to the spot of storage and
based and the spray should be minimized to reduce solvent handling of liquids.
emissions. Spill Kits
Refrigerant Special materials are available to absorb a number of different
substances. They can be in granular form, ready to use and
Discharge and replacement of refrigerant from air conditioning
bought in convenient containers for storage.
units should only be carried out by using the correct
equipment. Land Contamination
Engine Oils, fuels, solvents, etc. can contaminate any soil that they are
allowed to contact. Such materials should never be disposed
Always observe the following operations: of by pouring onto soil. Every precaution must be taken to
• Minimize the unnecessary running of the engine; prevent spillage reaching soil. Waste materials stored on open
• Minimize testing times and check where the exhaust ground could also leak, or may contaminate the land due to
fumes being blown. the washout of contaminants. Always store these materials in
suitable robust containers.
Thinners:
• Keep lids on containers of solvents. Precautions
• Only use the minimum quantity. Always observe the following operations:
• Consider alternative materials. • Don't pour or spill anything onto the soil or bare ground.
• Minimize over-spray when painting. • Don't place waste materials on bare ground.
Gas: Local Issues
• Use the correct equipment for collecting refrigerants. A number of environmental issues will be of particular concern
• Don't burn rubbish on site. to residents and other neighbors close to the site. The
sensitivity of these issues will depend on the distance between
1.0 21
the site and their residences, the layout of the site and amount • Refrigerant: collect in special equipment and reuse.
of activity carried on at the site. • Detergent: safe to pour down the foul drain if diluted.
Car alarm testing, panel beating, hammering and other such • Paint, thinners: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
noisy activities should, whenever possible, be carried out contractor for disposal.
indoors with doors and windows shut or as far away from • Components: send back to supplier for refurbishment,
residential area as possible. or disassemble and reuse any suitable parts. Dispose the
Be sensitive to the time when these activities are carried out remainder as ordinary waste.
and minimize the time of the noisy operation, particularly in • Small parts: reuse any suitable parts, dispose the
the early morning and late evening. remainder in the ordinary way.
Another local concern will be the smell from the various • Metals: can be sold after being classified from general
materials used. Using less solvent, paint and petrol could help waste.
prevent this annoyance. • Tyres: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
contractor for disposal.
Local residents and other business users will also be concerned
about traffic congestion, noise and exhaust fumes, be sensitive • Packaging: compact as much as possible and dispose in
to these concerns and try to minimize inconvenience from the ordinary way.
deliveries and servicing operations. • Asbestos material: keep separate and deliver to a
specialist contractor for disposal.
Checklist
• Oily and fuel wastes (e.g. rags, used spill kit material):
Always observe the following operations:
keep separate and deliver to a specialist contractor for
• Identify where the neighbors who are likely to be affected disposal.
are situated.
• Air filters: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
• Minimize noise, smells and traffic nuisance. contractor for disposal.
• Prevent waste pollution by disposing the wastes in the • Rubber/plastics: dispose in the ordinary way.
correct container.
• Water pipes: dispose in the ordinary way.
• Have waste containers emptied regularly.
• Batteries: keep separate and deliver to a specialist
Waste Management contractor for disposal.
One of the major ways that pollution can be reduced is by the • Airbags - explosives: keep separate and deliver to a
careful handling, storage and disposal of all waste materials that specialist contractor for disposal.
occur on sites. This means that it is necessary to not only know • Electrical components: send back to supplier for
what the waste materials are, but also to have the necessary refurbishment, or disassemble and reuse any suitable
documentation and to know local regulations that apply. parts. Dispose the remainder as ordinary waste.
Handling and Storage of Waste • Catalysts: can be sold after being classified from general
waste.
Waste should be stored in a reasonable way as to prevent the
escape of the material to land, water or air. • Used spill-absorbing material: keep separate and deliver
to a specialist contractor for disposal.
They must also be segregated into different types of waste
e.g. oil, metals, batteries, used vehicle components. This will
prevent any reaction between different materials and assist in
disposal.
Disposal of Waste
Disposal of waste materials must only be to waste carriers who
are authorized to carry those particular waste materials and
have all the necessary documentation. The waste carrier is
responsible for ensuring that the waste is taken to the correct
disposal sites.
Dispose of waste in accordance with the following guidelines:

• Fuel, hydraulic fluid, anti-freeze and oil: appoint a special
contractor for separate disposal.
1.0 22
Fuel Handling Precautions Fuel Tank Repair
Overview Do not try to repair a plastic fuel tank. If the structure of the
Gasoline vapour is highly flammable and poisonous, which is fuel tank is damaged, fit a new one.
readily explosive in confined spaces. The vapour is heavier Body Repair
than air, so it always floats below. The vapour can be easily
Plastic fuel pipes are especially susceptible to heat. It can be
distributed throughout the workshop with air flow, therefore,
melt down by heat from a long distance, even at a relatively
even a small spillage of fuel can be very dangerous.
low temperature.
The following information is the basic precautions for handling
When body repairs involve the use of heat, all fuel pipes near
fuel safely. Matters that may lead to danger and shall not be
the repair area must be removed and the tank outlet must be
neglected are also indicated. This information is only a basic
blocked.
introduction, if you have any question, please consult your local
fireman. Warning: If welding is to be carried out in the vicinity of
the fuel tank, the fuel system must be drained and the tank
When handling or draining the fuel, or removing the fuel
removed before welding commences.
system, always have a fire extinguisher containing foam, carbon
dioxide, gas or powder close at hand. Fire extinguishers
should also be located in areas where fuel containers are
stored.
Always disconnect the battery before removing or draining the

fuel system.
When handling, draining or storing the fuel, or removing the

fuel system, please turn off or remove all the ignition devices;
all the working lamps must be fireproof and leakage-free.
Warning: No one should be permitted to repair
components associated with fuel without first having
specialist training.
Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

the vehicle is over a pit.
Fuel Tank Draining
Fuel tank draining should be carried out in accordance with the
procedure outlined in the Fuel Delivery section of this manual
and observing the following precautions.
Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

the vehicle is over a pit. Extraction or draining of fuel
must be carried out in a well ventilated area.
The capacity of the container must be larger than the fuel to

be drained. The name of the stored liquid shall be clarified on
the container. The liquid shall be stored in a safe area which
meets the local regulations and standards.
Removal of Fuel Tank
When fixing the fuel pipe to the outlet of the fuel tank with
a spring steel clip, release the clip before the fuel pipe is
disconnected or the fuel tank is removed. By doing so, the
vapour in the fuel tank will not be lit when the clip is released.
Additional attention: A warning sign of "Gasoline Vapour" shall

be attached to the fuel tank when it is removed from the
vehicle.
1.0 23
Electrical Precautions Disconnecting the Battery

Overview Before disconnecting the battery, turn off the alarm system and
The following instructions are intended to guarantee the all the electrical equipments.
safety of operators and protect the electrical and electronic
Caution: To prevent damage to electrical components,
components on the vehicle from damage. When necessary,
always disconnect the battery when working on the
please refer to the specific precautions described in this
vehicle's electrical system. The ground lead must be
manual.
disconnected first and reconnected last.
Device
Caution: Always ensure that battery leads are routed
Before starting any test on the vehicle, ensure that the correctly and are not close to any potential chafing
related test equipments work properly and all harnesses and points.
connectors are in good state. In particular, check the wire and
Battery Charging
plug of the operating equipment.
Always ensure that the battery charging area is well ventilated,
Polarity
special care should be taken to keep it away from open flame
Do not reverse the battery polarity. Always ensure the correct and spark.
polarity is connected when testing.
Rules
High-voltage Circuit
Connect or disconnect other systems after the ignition
Use insulating pliers to disconnect the alive circuit, do not allow system is turned off, so as to avoid the surge generated by
the exposed wire to contact any components, especially the disconnecting the "live" connection which may damage the
ECU. Measure voltage of the ignition coil terminal when the electronic components.
engine is running. Special care shall be taken since the terminal
Ensure that hands and working surface are clean and free of oil,
may generate high voltage.
swarf, etc. Grease and dust may lead to leakage of electricity
Connectors and Harnesses (short circuit) or open circuit.
For electrical components and connectors, the operating
Do not remove or fit the connectors by force, especially
environment in the engine compartment is awfully harsh:
the internal connectors. Damaged circuits may lead to short
• Before disconnecting and connecting the test equipment, circuit or open circuit.
make sure that the relevant electrical components is dry
Before starting any test and when the periodical test is
and oil-free.
performed, touch vehicle body to release the static electricity.
• Ensure the disconnected multi-plugs and sensors are
Static electricity on operator's body is liable to cause damage
free of oil, coolant or other liquids. Contamination may
to some electronic components.
impair working performance or result in catastrophic
failures. When handling the PCB, only hold the edge of the PCB
with care. Note that some electronic components are quite
• Do not disconnect the connector by force with tools or
susceptible to static electricity from the body.
by pulling the harness.
• Before disconnecting the connector, ensure that the Electrical Connector Lubrication
locking mechanism is unlocked and in the right position To avoid corrosion, a special grease has been applied to some
for reconnection. connectors under the engine hood and vehicle body during
• Ensure that all the protective devices (cap, insulating the vehicle production. If the grease is spoiled during the
material, etc.) are in good condition. Once damaged, maintenance, repair or replacement, it should be applied again.
replace it immediately.
If any assembly fails:

• Turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the battery
negative.
• Remove the assembly, and secure the disconnected
harness.
• When replacing the assembly, keep greasy hands away
from the electrical connection area. Push the connector
all the way down until it is locked.
1.0 24
SRS Precautions In order to ensure the integrity of system, it is required to
General Precautions check and maintain SRS system on a regular basis so that it can
work more effectively while impact occurs. Check the SRS
If without correct service and handling, some parts in the
component carefully before refit. Do not fit any part showing
system will cause potential dangers to servicemen. The
signs of falling or improperly handled, such as depression, crack
following instructions remind servicemen to be alert to these
or deformation.
potential dangers, and address the importance of complete
parts installed on SRS. Warning: The integrity of the SRS system is critical for
safety reasons.
Warning: It is imperative that before any work
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Make sure to comply with the following operations:
information is read thoroughly. • Do not fit the SRS component previously used on other
Warning: It is imperative that before any work vehicle, nor try to repair the SRS component.
is undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate • Do not use any SRS component without mark or with
information is read thoroughly. illegible mark.
Warning: The airbag module contains sodium azide which • The airbag or SRS ECU that has already fallen off must
is poisonous and extremely flammable. Contact with not be used.
water, acid or heavy metals may produce harmful or • While repairing SRS system, only brand new original
explosive compounds. Do not dismantle, incinerate or components can be used.
bring into contact with electricity, before the unit has • Do not power on SRS component, unless such test is
been deployed. otherwise specified in the instructions.
Warning: Always replace a seat belt assembly that has • Ensure the tightening torque of screw is correct. While
withstood the strain of a severe vehicle impact, or if the replacing SRS component, new fasteners must be used.
webbing shows signs of fraying. • Make sure SRS ECU is correctly fit. Gap is not allowed
Warning: Always disconnect the vehicle battery before between SRS ECU and its bracket. Improper installation
carrying out any electric welding on a vehicle fitted with of SRS ECU may lead to system failure.
an SRS system. • Do not power on SRS ECU before all SRS components
are connected.
Caution: Do not expose an airbag module or seat belt
pre-tensioner to heat exceeding 85℃. Caution: Ensure SRS components are not contaminated
with oil, grease, detergent or water.
Pay attention to operation cautions when maintaining SRS as
well as operating auxiliary system and components around SRS Caution: Torque wrenches should be regularly checked for
component. accuracy to ensure that all fixings are tightened to the
correct torque.
Keep System Secure
Caution: Following seat belt pretensioner deployment,
When conducting the operation on and around the SRS
the seat belts can still be used as conventional seat
component, ensure the security of system according to the
belts, but will need to be replaced as soon as possible to
following steps:
re-establish full SRS protection.
• Take the key from ignition switch.
Caution: If the SRS component is to be replaced, the bar
• Disconnect the battery negative first, and then
code of the new unit must be recorded.
disconnect the positive.
• Wait for 10 minutes to discharge SRS ECU backup circuit. SRS Component Test Precautions
SRS system uses energy storage capacitor so that the system SRS component is designed to be triggered with low working
can still work in case of power failure due to accident. The current, please always follow the precautions as below:
discharge time of capacitor shall be long enough (at least 10 Warning: Do not use a multimeter or other general
minutes) to prevent the airbag from unexpected deployment. purpose test equipment on SRS system components
Caution: Disconnect the battery before starting the SRS or accidental deployment may occur. Only use the
operation. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first. recommended diagnostic equipment to diagnose system
DO NOT disconnect the battery in the reverse order. faults.
Refit
1.0 25
Warning: Do not use electrical test equipment on the SRS Warning: Store the airbag module or seat belt
harness while it is connected to any of the SRS system pre-tensioners in a designated storage area.
components. It may cause accidental deployment and
Caution: Improper handling or storage can internally
personal injury.
damage the airbag module, making it inoperative. If you
Handling and Storage suspect the airbag module has been damaged, install
Always comply with the following handling precautions: a new module and refer to theDeployment/Disposal
Procedures for disposal of the damaged module.
Warning: The SRS components are sensitive and
potentially hazardous if not handled correctly; always SRS Harness and Connector
comply with the following handling precautions: When handling the harness of SRS system, comply with the
• ECU and airbag must be stored in a cabinet in a dry following operation steps:
room at normal room temperatures not exceeding • Do not try to modify, connect or repair SRS harness.
85° C. Ensure that heating, fire, water and other
• Do not fit any extra electronic equipment (e.g., mobile
chemical corrosive substances cannot contaminate
phone, two-way broadcast or on-board entertainment
the stored SRS components.
system), which will cause electromagnetic interference
• For safety reasons, do not store inflammable goods to airbag circuit. Consult professional personnel for
close to the area where the SRS components are suggestions prior to the fit of similar devices.
stored.
Note: SRS system wiring can be identified by a special
• Keep new airbag module in the original packaging,
yellow outer sleeve protecting the wires (black with yellow
until just before fitting.
stripe protective coverings are sometimes used).
• The storage area must comply with all legal
Warning: Always ensure SRS wiring is routed correctly.
requirements. It must have suitable fire extinguishers
Be careful to avoidtrapping or pinching the SRS wiring.
or other fire extinguishing equipment.
Do not leave the connectors hanging loose or allow SRS
• Never drop an SRS component. The airbag
components to hang from their harnesses. Look for
diagnostic control unit is a particularly shock
possible points of chafing.
sensitive device and must be handled with extreme
Precautions during User's Operation
care.
• Never wrap your arms around an airbag module. If In order to ensure the airbag to restrain, users shall pay
an airbag module has to be carried, hold it by the attention to the following precautions related to the use of
cover, with the cover uppermost and the base away airbag.
from your body. The driver and passenger must use seat belt in a correct
• Never transport airbag modules or seat belt manner. Proper use of seat belt may protect human body and
pre-tensioners in the cabin of a vehicle. reduce the damage to body during accident.
Warning: Never attach anything to an airbag cover or any Do not fit any additional device that may hinder or damage seat
trim componentcovering an airbag module. Do not allow belt pretensioner or airbag without permission.
anything to rest on top of an airbag module.
Do not place any articles on the steering wheel and instrument
Warning: Store the airbag module with the deployment panel, otherwise they will cut the airbag while inflating or
side uppermost. If it is stored deployment side down, become projectile to hurt human body.
accidental deployment will propel the airbag module with
The seat cover is not allowed to add or incorrectly fit on seat
enough force to cause serious injury.
with side airbag.
Warning: Airbag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners are
Children under the age of 12 is not allowed to be seated in
classed as explosive devices. For overnight and longer
front seat.
term storage, they must be stored in a secure steel cabinet
which has been approved as suitable for the purpose and Only original accessories are allowed to install.
has been registered by the local authority. Only authorized personnel can remove the harness and
Warning: When recovering the seat belt pretensioner, DO connector of airbag module, SRS ECU and SRS system.
NOT aim the piston pipe at yourself or others. Keep the If the airbag and seat belt pretensioner are used in accident,
pistons facing the ground. Hold the case instead of the then SRS ECU must be replaced and the old one shall be
seat belt. discarded.
1.0 26
SRS system on each vehicle is matched and verified, and adding Warning: Contact with chemicals from deployed and
or modifying SRS system and harness at will may harm human damaged SRS components could present a health hazard,
body. wear protective clothing when handling. DO NOT eat,
drink or smoke when handling SRS components.
Change in vehicle structure or SRS system is strictly prohibited,
otherwise it may result in false explosion or non-explosion of Warning: Deployment of airbag modules and seat belt
airbag. pre-tensioners can cause injury to personnel in the close
Rotary Coupler Protection vicinity of the deploying unit. In case of injury seek urgent
medical advice. Possible sources of injury include:
Caution: Always follow the procedure for fitting and
• impact - due to inflating airbag or pretensioner
checking the rotary coupler as instructed in the SRS
operation causing component 'kick'.
repairs section. Comply with all safety and installation
procedures to ensure the system functions correctly. • hearing - due to noise produced by deploying airbags
and seat belt pretensioner units.
Follow the following operation precautions:
• burns - hot component parts and gases.
• Do not unlock or rotate while removing rotary coupler.
• irritation to eyes and lungs - from deploying gases or
• Do not rotate wheels while removing rotary coupler.
combustion residue.
• Ensure that the rotary coupler is in the centre with front
Warning: Ensure the SRS component to be deployed is
wheel pointing to right ahead when carrying out removal
securely fastened to its mounting.
and refit. For correct removal and refit procedures,
please refer to SRS Service section. Warning: Compliance with the following precautions
• Ensure the locking piece is in good condition while fitting MUST be ensured:
new rotary coupler; do not use if it is damaged. • Only use deployment equipment approved for the
Roadside Assistance intended purpose.
Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment • Before commencing deployment procedure, ensure

the deployment tool functions properly.
Normal traction will not lead to airbag deployment. However,
• Deployment of airbag/pre-tensioner modules should
as an preventive measure, it is required to turn off the ignition
be performed in a well ventilated area which has
switch and disconnect the battery positive and negative.
been designated for the purpose.
Disconnect the negative first at the time of disconnection.
• Ensure airbag/pre-tensioner modules are not
Traction - SRS Component Deployment damaged or ruptured before attempting to deploy.
Once the driver airbag deploys, the vehicle must be drawn • Notify the relevant authorities of intention to deploy
with front wheel lifted. However, as an preventive measure, airbag and pretensioner units.
it is required to turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the • When deploying airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner
battery positive and negative. Disconnect the negative first at units, ensure that all personnel are at least 15 metres
the time of disconnection. away from the deployment zone.
SRS Component Deployment • When deploying seat belt pretensioners in the
If the vehicle has unexpanded airbag module while being vehicle, ensure the pre-tensioner unit is fully secured
scraped, deploy it manually. to its fixing point.
• When removing deployed airbag and seat belt
Comply with the following precautions:
pre-tensioner modules, wear protective clothing.
Warning: Only personnel who have undergone the Use gloves and seal deployed units in a plastic bag.
appropriate training should undertake deployment of • Following deployment of any component of the SRS
airbag and seat belt pre-tensioner modules. system within the vehicle, all SRS components must
Warning: A deployed airbag or seat belt pre-tensioner is be replaced. DO NOT re-use or salvage any parts of
very hot, DO NOT return to a deployed airbag module the SRS system.
until at least 30 minutes have elapsed since deployment. • Do not lean over airbag modules or seat belt
pre-tensioner units when connecting deployment
Warning: Only use approved deployment equipment,
equipment.
and only deploy SRS components in a well-ventilated
designated area. Ensure SRS components are not
damaged or ruptured before deployment.
1.0 27
Air Conditioning System Precautions Warning: Due to its low evaporating temperature, R134a
Overview must be handled with care. R134a splashed on any part
of the body will cause immediate freezing of that area.
The fluids and components of air conditioning system could
Also, refrigerant cylinders and replenishment trolleys
be potentially hazardous to the service technician or the
when discharging will freeze skin to them if contact is
environment if they are not serviced or handled correctly.
made.
The following guidelines are intended to alert the service
engineer to potential sources of danger and emphasize the Service Precautions
importance of ensuring the integrity of the air conditioning Observe the following precautions when handling components
operating conditions and components fitted to the vehicle. used in the air conditioning system:
Where necessary, additional specific precautions are detailed • Air conditioning units must not be lifted by their hoses,
in the relevant sections of this Manual which should be referred pipes or capillary lines.
to prior to commencing repair operations. • Hoses and lines must not be subjected to any twist or
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is HFC-134a stress; the efficiency of the system will be impaired by
(Hydrofluorocarbon) R134a. kinks or restrictions. Ensure that hoses are correctly
positioned before tightening couplings, and ensure that
Warning: Servicing must only be carried out by personnel all clips and supports are utilized.
familiar with both the vehicle system and the charging and
• Flexible hoses should not be positioned close to the
testing equipment. All operations must be carried out in
exhaust manifold (no less than 100 mm) unless protected
a well ventilated area away from open flame and heat
by heat shielding.
sources.
• Completed assemblies must be checked for refrigeration
Warning: R134a is a hazardous liquid and when handled lines touching metal panels. Any direct contact of
incorrectly can cause serious injury. Suitable protective components and panels may transmit noise and so must
clothing, consisting of face protection, heat-proof gloves, be eliminated.
rubber boots and rubber apron or waterproof overalls,
• The appropriate torque wrench must be used when
must be worn when carrying out operations on the air
tightening refrigerant connections to the stipulated
conditioning system.
value. An additional spanner must be used to hold the
First-aid Measures union to prevent twisting of the pipe when tightening
If an accident involving R134a should occur, conduct the connections.
following first-aid measures: • Before connecting any hose or pipe, ensure that
• If liquid R134a enters the eye, do not rub it. Gently run refrigerant oil is applied to the seat of the new O-rings,
large quantities of eye wash over affected eye to raise the but not to the threads of the connection.
temperature. If an eye wash is not available, cool clean • All air conditioning system components must be stored
water may be used to flush the eye. After rinsing, cover under seal until immediately prior to connection.
the eye with a clean pad and seek immediate medical • Ensure components are at room temperature before
attention. uncapping, to prevent condensation of moisture from
• If liquid R134a is splashed onto the skin, run large the air that enters it.
quantities of water over the affected area to raise • Component seal must not remain uncapped for more
the temperature. Carry out the same measure if than 15 minutes. In the event of a delay, the sealing
the skin comes in contact with discharge. Wrap component must be fitted.
the contaminated body parts in blankets (or similar
• When disconnecting, immediately cap all air conditioning
materials) and seek immediate medical attention.
pipes to prevent ingress of dirt and moisture into the
• If inhalation of R134a vapour causes persons to be system.
unconscious, move them away from the contaminated
• The receiver/drier contains desiccant which absorbs
area to fresh air and apply artificial respiration and/or
moisture. It must be positively sealed at all times. A
oxygen and seek immediate medical attention.
receiver/drier that has been left uncapped must not be
used, and fit a new unit.
• The receiver/drier should be the last component
connected to the system to ensure optimum dehydration
and maximum moisture protection of the system.
1.0 28
• Whenever the refrigerant system is opened, the Warning: Refrigerant R134a from domestic and
desiccant must be renewed immediately before refilling commercial sources must not be used in motor vehicle air
the refrigerant. conditioning systems.
• Use alcohol and a clean lint-free cloth to clean dirty Caution: The system must be evacuated immediately
connections. before recharging commences. Delay between evacuation
• Ensure that all new parts fitted are marked for use with and recharging is not permitted.
R134a.
Refrigerant Oil
Refrigerant oil easily absorbs water and must not be stored for
long periods. Do not pour unused refrigerant oil back into the
container. Always use an approved refrigerant oil.
When replacing components in the A/C system, drain the

refrigerant oil from the component being replaced into
a graduated container. On assembly, add the quantity of
lubricating oil drained to the new component.
Compressor
A new compressor is sealed and pressurized with nitrogen gas.
When fitting a new compressor, slowly release the sealing cap;
gas pressure should be heard to vent as the seal is broken.
Caution: Do not remove the cap(s) until immediately
prior to connecting the air conditioning pipes to the
compressor.
Rapid Refrigerant Discharge
If the air conditioning system is involved in accident damage
and the system is punctured, the refrigerant will discharge
rapidly. The rapid discharge of refrigerant will also result in
the loss of most of the oil from the system. While removing
the compressor, drain the rest lubricating oil, and operate as
instructed in the air conditioning section of this manual.
Precautions for Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling
and Recharging
When the air conditioning system is recharged with
refrigerant, any existing refrigerant is first recovered from the
system and recycled. The system is then charged with the
required refrigerant and volume of lubricating oil.
Warning: Refrigerant must always be recycled before

re-use to ensure that the purity of the refrigerant is high
enough for safe use in the air conditioning system.
Warning: Recycling should always be carried out with

equipment which is design certified by Underwriter
Laboratory Inc. for compliance with SAE J1991. Other
equipment may not recycle refrigerant to the required
level of purity.
Warning: A R134a Refrigerant Recovery Recycling
Recharging Station must not be used with any other type
of refrigerant.
1.0 29
General Information Fuse Box Information
Fuse Box Information

Engine Compartment Fuse Box
F23
FL2 F14 RLY18 RLY19
RLY6 F22 RLY2
FL17
FL14
FL3 F12 F2 F6 F15 F8 F27 F4 F13 F5

RLY3
FL16
RLY17
FL4
FL12 FL8 FL10 F28 FL13
F3 F1 F21 F25 F29 RLY20
RLY9
F26 F30
F9
F17
RLY1 RLY4
F11 F10 F24 FL9 RLY16 FL7
FL5 F19 F18
RLY8
F20
FL6
FL1 RLY10 F7 RLY5
RLY7
FL15
F16 FL11
NO. Specs Function Resistance

RLY1 Ultra Micro 4 Pins Fuel Pump Relay 123Ω±10%
RLY2 Mini 4 Pins EVP Relay 71Ω±10%
RLY3 Mini 4 Pins Main Relay 71Ω±10%
RLY4 Mini 4 Pins Starter Relay 71Ω±10%
RLY5 Mini 4 Pins Blower Relay 71Ω±10%
RLY6 - - -
RLY7 Micro 4 Pins Ignition Relay 110Ω±10%
RLY8 Ultra Micro 4 Pins Main Beam Relay 123Ω±10%
RLY9 Ultra Micro 4 Pins Dipped Beam Relay 123Ω±10%
RLY10 Mini 4 Pins KLR Relay 71Ω±10%
RLY16 Ultra Micro 4 Pins Front Fog Relay 123Ω±10%
RLY17 - - -
RLY20 - - -
1.0 30
Fuse Box Information General Information
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
F1 F8 F15 F24
F2 F9 F16 F25
F3 F10 F17 F26
F4 F11 F18 F27
F5 F12 F19 F28
F6 F13 F20 F29
F7 F14 F21 F30
F22 F31
F23 F32
F33
F34
F42 R1
F35
F36
F43
R2
F37
F38 F44
R3
F39
F40
R4
F41
R5
1.0 31
General Information Fuse Box Information
NO. Specs Function Resistance

R1 Micro 5 Pins HRW Relay 105Ω±10%
R2 Micro 5 Pins Rear Wash Relay 105Ω±10%
R3 Micro 5 Pins Front Wash Relay 105Ω±10%
R4 — — —
R5 — — —
1.0 32
Engine Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Engine and gradually increase in the subsequent strokes, however,
Engine mechanical system-1.5L it will never reach the normal value. After oil refilling,
the compression pressure will increase substantially. Refill
Engine Compression Pressure Test
engine oil (about 15ml) through the spark plug hole, and
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating
retest the cylinder pressure.
temperature. The battery must be fully charged or
almost fully charged. • If the low compression pressure is caused by valves, the
measured value will be low in the 1st stroke, and the
2. Stop the engine.
compression pressure will not increase even after oil
3. Disable the fuel system (e.g, pull out the harness
refilling.
connector of the fuel pump).
• The cylinder head gasket leakage may produce the same
4. Start the engine again until it stops so as to consume the
consequence as worn valves, but engine coolant may be
fuel remaining in the fuel rail.
found in the crankcase. In addition,the cylinder head
5. Disable the ignition system (e.g, disconnect the
gasket leakage will result in low compression pressure
connectors of all cylinder ignition coils and engine
readings for the cylinders in pairs.
harness).
12. Resume the ignition system.
6. Remove the ignition coils of all cylinders.
13. Resume the fuel system.
7. Remove the spark plugs of all cylinders.
8. Measure the engine compression pressure with the
following procedures:
• Screw the spark plug hole adapter into the spark plug hole.
• Screw the compression pressure gauge into the spark plug
hole adapter.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Have an assistant turn the key to start the starter until the
compression pressure gauge no longer shows the pressure
rise.
Note: Do not keep the starter motor running for more

than 5s at a time, and the interval for next start shall not
be less than 10s.
• Check and record the readings on the pressure gauge.
• Remove the compression pressure gauge from the spark
plug hole adapter.
• Remove the spark plug hole adapter from the spark plug
hole.
9. Repeat step 8 to complete the pressure test of other
cylinders. The lower limit of compression pressure for
engine cylinders (under normal pressure/temperature) is
7 Bar.
10. Difference between each cylinder pressure and average
pressure for each cylinder: for gasoline engines, it shall
not be greater than 8%.
11. Followings are some examples of issues related to
measurement:
• When the measured compression pressure value is
normal, the compression pressure of each cylinder will
increase quickly and evenly to the specified value.
• If the low compression pressure is caused by piston ring,
the compression pressure will be low in the 1st stroke,
1.0 33
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Engine
Cylinder Leakage Test or scratched, the engine cylinder block is damaged or the
Caution: To inspect the leakage of the cylinder head is damaged.
cylinder/combustion chamber, leakage test may be • When the bubbles appear in the cooling system, it
required.If the leakage is serious, one or more faults may indicates that the cylinder head or cylinder head gasket
exist: may be damaged.
• Valve wearing or burnt
7. Perform the leakage test on the remaining cylinders and
• Valve spring broken
record the values.
• Valve tappet seized
• Valve clearance/adjustment improper
• Piston wearing
• Piston ring wearing
• Cylinder hole wearing or damage
• Cylinder head cushion damaged
• Cylinder head crack or damaged
• Engine cylinder crack or damaged
Warning: Before repairing any electrical parts, ignition
and start switch must be turned to OFF or LOCK and all
the electrical load must be turned off unless otherwise
specified in the procedure. Disconnect the cathode cable
of the battery to prevent the tool or equipment from
contacting the exposed electrical terminal to generate
spark. Failure to follow the safety instructions may cause
personal injury and/or damage to the vehicle or parts.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the spark plug.
3. Turn the crankshaft, place the cylinder piston tested to
the TDC of the compression stroke.
4. Fit the cylinder head leakage tester or equivalent.
5. Apply the workshop compressed air pressure to the
cylinder head leakage tester, and make adjustments
according to manufacturer's instruction.
Caution: The crankshaft balance tester bolt may be

tightened to prevent the engine operation.
6. Record the cylinder leakage value. If the cylinder leakage

exceeds 25%, it shall be deemed as excessive leakage,
and the component may need repair. In case of excessive
leakage, check for the following conditions:
• If the throttle body or intake hose makes a sound of air

leakage, it indicates that the intake valve may be worn,
burnt or the intake valve spring is cracked.
• If the exhaust system tail pipe makes a sound of air leakage,

it indicates that the exhaust valve may be worn, burnt or
the exhaust valve spring is cracked.
• If the crankcase, dipstick conduit or oil filling pipe makes

a sound of air leakage, it indicates that the piston ring is
worn, the piston is damaged, the cylinder bore is worn
1.0 34
Oil Consumption Diagnosis
Excessive oil consumption caused by non-leakage factors refers
to the situation where an amount of 0.6 L engine oil or more
is consumed within 1000 km. The causes of excessive oil
consumption are as follows:
• Oil leakage
Tighten the bolt, replace the gasket and oil seal as

necessary.
• Improper oil level measurement and incorrect oil dipstick

reading
With the vehicle parked on a level ground, wait long

enough for oil return, and check whether the oil level
is correct.
• Inappropriate oil viscosity
According to local temperature conditions, use the

recommended oil with a viscosity of SAE.
• Continuous high speed driving and overuse

• Crankcase ventilation system blockage or component
failure
• Valve guide or valve stem oil seal worn, or seals missing
• Piston ring fractured, worn or improperly fitted
If necessary, replace the broken or worn piston ring.
• Piston improperly fitted or misaligned
1.0 35
Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Test

1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the engine oil pressure sensor.
3. Remove the oil pressure switch.
4. Remove the seal ring from the oil pressure switch, and fit
it to the connector of oil pressure gauge.
5. Refit and tighten the connector of oil pressure gauge to
the original oil pressure switch position.
6. Fit the special tool T10002 and T10001.
7. Check the engine oil, and refill as necessary.
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
9. Start the vehicle, the oil pressure must be 540-660KPa
at idle speed.
10. Turn off the engine, unscrew the pressure gauge
connector and remove the gauge.
11. Unscrew the connector.
12. Wipe off the spilled oil.
13. Refit the oil pressure switch.
14. Connect the connector of oil pressure switch.
15. If the pressure of engine oil is below the specified value,
check the engine for one or more of the following
conditions:
• Oil filter and filter cylinder block side O-ring missing or

damaged
• Worn or contaminated oil pump.
• Oil pump to lower crankcase O-ring missing or damaged
• Oil strainer loose, clogged or damaged
• Oil strainer O-ring missing or damaged
• Oil pump pressure regulating valve failure
• Large bearing gap
• Oil passage cracked, porous or clogged
• Oil passage plug missing or improperly fitted
1.0 36
Check and Confirmation
1. Communicate with the customer to confirm the failure
situation and the specific operating condition when the
failure occurs, and carry out relevant checks.
2. Check the accessible or visible system components for
any obvious damages or failures which may lead to such
symptom, including but not limited to the items specified
in the Visual Inspection List.
Visual Inspection List
Oil Level
Oil Viscosity
Oil Filter
Remaining Fuel
Mechanical
Coolant Level
Damaged/Worn Part
Aftermarket Add-on Device that may

Affect Engine Operation
3. If any obvious damage or failure is found during visual

inspection, repair/replace the faulty parts and confirm
if the failure situation disappears. If the failure remains
there, perform the next check.
4. If the failure cause still can not be identified after the
visual inspection, confirm the failure symptom first and
then make further checks as per the Symptom Table.
1.0 37
Symptom Table
If a fault occurs, but the related control module does not store the DTC, and the cause for the fault cannot be determined by
visual inspection, then carry out the diagnosis and troubleshooting according to the possible cause listed in the table below.
Symptom Possible Faulty Parts

Intake System Leakage
Cylinder Pressure
Exhaust System
Fuel Pressure
Engine Backfire Fuel Injector
Ignition Timing and Timing Mechanism
Spark Plug
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Fuel Injector
Spark Plug
Engine Blowout
Fuel System Pressure
Cylinder Pressure
Improperly Sealed Exhaust Valve
Engine Temperature
Cylinder Head Gasket
Abnormal Exhaust (with white fume)
Cylinder Head
Cylinder Block/Cylinder Head
Piston Ring
Abnormal Exhaust (with blue fume) Valve Seal
Positive Crankcase Ventilation
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
MAP Sensor
Abnormal Exhaust (with black fume) Fuel Pressure
Fuel Injector
Spark Plug
MAP Sensor
Worn/Loose Rocker Arm
Stuck Valve
Engine Misfire, without Internal Noise Excessively Worn or Misaligned Timing Chain
Worn Camshaft Lobe
Cracked Cylinder Head Gasket/Cylinder Head and Cooling System
Passage of Engine Cylinder Block
Worn Piston Ring
Loose/improperly Fitted Flywheel
Engine Misfire, with Abnormal Noise from Lower
Worn Piston Ring
Internal Part of Engine
Worn Crankshaft Thrust Bearing
1.0 38
Loose/Worn Rocker Arm
Stuck Valve
Engine Misfire, with Abnormal Noise from Valve Train Excessively Worn or Misaligned Timing Chain
Worn Camshaft Lobe
CMP Actuator
Cracked Cylinder Head Gasket/Cylinder Head and Cooling System
Engine Misfire With Coolant Consumption Passage of Engine Cylinder Block
Valve Stem Seal Aging/Damage
Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil Consumption
Worn Piston Ring
Improper Oil Filter (without Anti-return Function)
Incorrect Oil Viscosity
Valve Lash Adjuster Leaked too Fast
Engine Noise at Start-up, But Only Lasting Few Seconds
Worn Crankshaft Thrust Bearing
Oil Filter Bypass Valve Damage
CMP Actuator
Low Oil Pressure
Worn/improperly lubricated Valve Rocker Arm
Valve Spring Broken
Worn Valve Lash Adjuster
Noise from Upper Part of Engine, Regardless of Engine
Timing Chain Stretched or Sprocket Tooth Damaged
Speed
Timing Chain Tensioner
Worn Cam Lobe
Valve Guide or Valve Stem Worn
Stuck Valve
Low Oil Pressure
Loose Flywheel
Noise from Lower Part of Engine, Regardless of Engine Excessive Clearance between Piston and Cylinder
Speed Excessive Clearance between Piston Pin and Pin Hole
Large Side Clearance of Connecting Rod
Large Gap between Connecting Rod Bearing and Crankshaft Pin
Low Oil Pressure
Abnormal Noise from Engine Accessories
Noise from Engine under Load Large Side Clearance of Connecting Rod
Large Gap between Connecting Rod Bearing and Crankshaft Pin
CMP Actuator
Accessory Drive System Component Stuck
Cylinder Lock due to Hydraulic Pressure/Foreign Material
Timing Chain/Gear Fractured
Engine Unable to Start - Crankshaft Stuck
Crankshaft or Connecting Rod Bearing Gets Stuck
Bent/Broken Connecting Rod

High Oil Viscosity
1.0 39

Cylinder Head Warped
Ingress of Coolant into Combustion Chamber
Cylinder Block, Cylinder Head Cracked
Pore Found on Cylinder Head or Cylinder Block
Cylinder Head Warped
Ingress of Coolant Into Engine Oil
Cylinder Block, Cylinder Head Cracked
Pore Found on Cylinder Head or Cylinder Block
1.0 40
Engine Backfire
Test Condition Detail/Result/Action
Check the vacuum level of intake system to determine if the intake system has
air leakage,
Engine Intake System Vacuum Test
make repairs/replacements when necessary.
1. Check the vacuum level of intake system
After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.
• Yes → Diagnosis is completed.

• No → Go to Step 2.
Check if the cylinder pressure reaches the standard,
2. Check cylinder pressure

Perform the exhaust back pressure test, check if the exhaust system is blocked,
3. Check exhaust system After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
With the scan tool, read if the parameter Fuel Rail Pressure is within the rational
range (refer to the Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control Module - Fuel
Rail Pressure for the rational range).
4. Check fuel pressure Low Pressure Fuel System Pressure Test
If the parameter is not within the rational range, make repairs/replacements,

then confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check fuel injectors for contamination and blockage, make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
5. Check fuel injectors After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the ignition timing and timing mechanism are correct, adjust/replace
the faulty parts when necessary.
6. Check ignition timing and timing
After eliminating the ignition timing failure, confirm if the symptom disappears.
mechanism
1.0 41

Check if the spark gap of spark plugs is within 0.8-0.9mm, make
repairs/replacements when necessary.
7. Check spark plugs After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

With the scan tool, read if the parameter Engine Coolant Temperature is within
the rational range (refer to the Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control
Module - Engine Coolant Temperature for the rational range).
8. Check the coolant temperature sensor
If the parameter is not within the rational range, repair/replace the ECT sensor,
• Yes → Check for other possible causes.

• No → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 42
Engine Blowout
Check fuel injectors for leakage, conduct checks/repairs when necessary.
After eliminating the fuel injector leakage, confirm if the symptom disappears.
1. Check fuel injectors

Check if the ignition timing and timing mechanism are correct, if it is wrong,
then check/adjust the ignition timing, replace the timing chain and sprocket when
necessary.
After eliminating the ignition timing and timing mechanism failure, confirm if the
mechanism
symptom disappears.

4. Check the fuel system pressure Low Pressure Fuel System Pressure Test


Check whether the cylinder pressure reaches the standard.
Make repairs/replacements when necessary.

Check the exhaust valve for improper sealing.
6. Check the exhaust valve sealing • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
• No → Check for other possible causes.
1.0 43
Abnormal Exhaust (with white fume)

Check the engine cooling system to determine if the engine is overheated, and
repair/replace the faulty parts of the engine cooling system when necessary.
After eliminating the engine cooling system failure, confirm if the symptom
1. Check engine temperature
disappears.

Check the cylinder head gasket for damage, check/replace it when necessary.

2. Check cylinder head gasket
Check the cylinder head for warping, replace the cylinder head and cylinder
head gasket when necessary.
3. Check cylinder head After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the cylinder block or cylinder head for crack or pore.
4. Check cylinder block or cylinder head • Yes → Replace the cylinder block or cylinder liner.
1.0 44
Abnormal Exhaust (with blue fume)
Check the cylinder compression pressure to determine if the piston ring is
excessively worn,
1. Check piston ring

Check the valve oil seal for aging or damage, make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
2. Check valve oil seal After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the crankcase ventilation component for failure.
3. Check crankcase ventilation • Yes → Replace the crankcase ventilation component.
1.0 45
Abnormal Exhaust (with black fume)

1. Check coolant temperature sensor

With the scan tool, read if the parameter Intake MAP Sensor is within the
rational range (refer to the Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control
Module - Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure for the rational range).
2. Check the intake air pressure sensor
If the parameter is not within the rational range, repair/replace the MAP sensor,



Check fuel injectors for leakage, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

Check if the spark gap of spark plug is within 0.8-0.9mm.
5. Check spark plugs • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
1.0 46
Engine Misfire, without Internal Noise
Check the intake system for leakage,
1. Check the intake system for leakage

With the scan tool, read if the parameter Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure
is within the rational range (refer to the Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine
Control Module - Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure fro the rational range).
2. Check the Intake MAP sensor
• Yes → Make repairs/replacements.

Check if the rocker arm is worn or loose, make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
3. Check if the rocker arm is worn or loose After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the valve is stuck, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

4. Check if the valve is stuck
Check the timing chain for excessive wear or misalignment, make
5. Check the timing chain for excessive wear
or misalignment
Check the cam lobe for excessive wear, make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
6. Check the cam lobe for wear After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 47

Check the cylinder head gasket, cylinder head and cooling system passages of
the engine cylinder block for any crack, which causes coolant to enter into the
7. Check the cylinder head gasket, cylinder combustion chamber, make repairs/replacements when necessary.
head and cooling system passages of the
engine cylinder block for crack
Check the piston ring for excessive wear.
8. Check the piston ring for wear
• Yes → Make replacements.
1.0 48
Engine Misfire, with Abnormal Noise from Lower
Internal Part of Engine
Check if the engine flywheel is Loose or improperly fitted, refit it when
necessary.
1. Check engine flywheel After the refit, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the piston ring for excessive wear,
2. Check piston ring

Check the crankshaft thrust bearing for abnormal wear.
3. Check crankshaft thrust bearing • Yes → Replace the crankshaft thrust bearing.
1.0 49
Engine Misfire, with Abnormal Noise from Valve

Train
Check the rocker arm for wear or improper lubrication, make
1. Check rocker arm After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the valve is stuck, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

2. Check valve
Check the timing chain for excessive wear or misalignment, adjust/replace the
timing chain when necessary.
3. Check timing chain After the adjustment/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the cam lobe for excessive wear, replace it when necessary.
After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

4. Check cam lobe
With the scan tool, read if the parameter Intake Camshaft Phase is within
Module - Intake Camshaft Phase for the rational range).
With the scan tool, read if the parameter Exhaust Camshaft Phase is within
5. Check CMP actuator the rational range (refer to the Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control
Module - Exhaust Camshaft Phase for the rational range).
If the parameter is not within the rational range, replace the CMP actuator, then
confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 50
Engine Misfire With Coolant Consumption
Check whether the spark plugs are saturated by coolant.
1. Check the cylinder head gasket, cylinder Check the cylinder heads and cylinder block for coolant passage damage or
head and cooling system passages of the cylinder head gasket failure.
cylinder block. • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 51
Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil Consumption

Check if the valve, valve guide is severely worn, and if the valve stem seal is aged,
1. Check valve, valve guide or valve stem seal After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the piston ring for excessive wear.
2. Check the piston ring
1.0 52
Engine Noise at Start-up, But Only Lasting Few
Seconds
Check if the oil filter is applicable to this model, replace it with a filter applicable
for this model when necessary.
1. Check if the oil filter is unqualified After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the oil viscosity reaches the standard, change with the oil of specified
grade.
2. Check oil viscosity After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the valve lash adjuster for rapid leakage, repair/replace it when necessary.

3. Check the valve lash adjuster
Check the crankshaft thrust bearing for abnormal wear, repair/replace it when
necessary.
4. Check the crankshaft thrust bearing After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the oil filter bypass valve is normally open, repair/replace it when
necessary.
5. Check oil filter bypass valve After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

With the scan tool, read if the parameter Intake Camshaft Phase is within
Module - Intake Camshaft Phase for the rational range).
With the scan tool, read if the parameter Exhaust Camshaft Phase is within
6. Check the CMP actuator the rational range (refer to the Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control
Module - Exhaust Camshaft Phase for the rational range).
If the parameter is not within the rational range, replace the CMP actuator, then
confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 53
Noise from Upper Part of Engine, Regardless of

Engine Speed
With the scan tool, read if the parameter Engine Oil Pressure is within the
Module - Engine Oil Pressure for the rational range).
1. Check oil pressure

Check the valve rocker arm for excessive wear, replace it when necessary.

2. Check the valve rocker arm for wear
Check if the valve spring is broken, repair/replace it when necessary.

3. Check valve spring
Check the valve lash adjuster for excessive wear, repair/replace it when
necessary.
4. Check valve lash adjuster After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the timing chain is stretched, broken or if the sprocket tooth is
damaged, repair/replace them when necessary.
5. Check timing chain and sprocket After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the timing chain tensioner is worn or damaged, repair/replace it when
necessary.
6. Check timing chain tensioner After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the engine cam lobe for excessive wear, repair/replace it when necessary.

7. Check the engine cam for wear
1.0 54
Check the valve guide or valve stem for excessive wear, repair/replace it when
necessary.
8. Check the valve guide or valve stem for
wear
Check if the valve is stuck due to carbon deposit on the valve stem or valve seat.
9. Check if the valve is stuck • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 55
Noise from Lower Part of Engine, Regardless of

Engine Speed
1. Check for low engine oil pressure

Check if the flywheel is loose or improperly fitted, refit it when necessary.
2. Check if the flywheel is loose or After the refit, confirm if the symptom disappears.
improperly fitted • Yes → Diagnosis is completed.
Check if the clearance between the piston ring and the cylinder is excessive.
3. Check for excessive clearance between
the piston ring and the cylinder After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the clearance between the piston pin and pin hole is around
0.005-0.013mm, make repairs/replacements when necessary.
4. Check for excessive clearance between
the piston pin and the pin hole
Check if the connecting rod side clearance is around 0.18-0.38mm, make
5. Check the connecting rod side clearance After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the gap between the connecting rod bearing and the crankshaft pin is
6. Check the gap between the connecting around 0.26-0.07mm.
rod bearing and the crankshaft pin • No → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 56
Noise from Engine under Load
1. Check oil pressure

Check the engine accessories for damage, make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
2. Check the engine accessories for
abnormal noise
Check if the connecting rod side clearance is around 0.18-0.38mm, make
3. Check the connecting rod side clearance After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the gap between the connecting rod bearing and the crankshaft pin is
around 0.26-0.07mm, make repairs/replacements when necessary.
4. Check the gap between the connecting
rod bearing and the crankshaft pin
Check the CMP actuator for damage
5. Check CMP actuator • Yes → Replace the CMP actuator.
1.0 57
Engine Unable to Start - Crankshaft Stuck

Check if the components of the accessory drive system are stuck, make
1. Check the components of the accessory
drive system
Check if the cylinder is stuck due to hydraulic pressure (coolant, oil.
fuel) or foreign material (fractured valve, piston material, etc), make
2. Check the internal conditions of the
cylinder After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the timing chain and timing drive gear are cracked, make
3. Check the timing chain or timing drive
gear
Check if the crankshaft and connecting rod bearing are stuck, make
4. Check crankshaft/connecting rod bearing After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the connecting rod is bent or broken, replace it if necessary.

5. Check connecting rod
Check for high oil viscosity.
6. Check oil viscosity • Yes → Change oil.
1.0 58
Ingress of Coolant into Combustion Chamber
Check the cylinder head gasket for damage, corrosion or crack, replace it when
necessary.
1. Check cylinder head gasket After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the cylinder head is warped, cracked or has any pore, repair/replace it
when necessary.
2. Check cylinder head After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the cylinder block for cracks or pores.
3. Check cylinder block • Yes → Replace the cylinder block or cylinder head.
1.0 59
Ingress of Coolant into Engine Oil

Note: The oil is foamy and discoloured.

Check the cylinder head gasket for damage, replace it when necessary.

1. Check cylinder head gasket
Check if the cylinder head is warped, repair/replace it when necessary.

2. Check cylinder head
Check if the cylinder block or cylinder head is cracked, repair/replace it when
necessary.
3. Check cylinder block or cylinder head After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the cylinder block or cylinder head for pores.
4. Check cylinder block or cylinder head • Yes → Replace the cylinder block or cylinder head.
1.0 60
Oil Leakage Diagnosis
Operate the vehicle until it reaches normal operating temperature, park the
vehicle on a level surface, and place a large piece of paper or other clean surfaces,
1. Confirm fluid leakage and check for oil drops after 15min.
• Yes → Go to Step 2.
• No → System OK.
Observe if the type of the fluid and the possible leaking location can be
determined.
2. Determine possible leaking location
Visually check the suspected location, if it is inaccessible, use a small mirror. Pay
much attention to leakages at the following locations:
• Sealing surfaces
• Fittings
3. Visually check the suspected leaking • Fractured/damaged components
location
Observe if the type of the fluid and the possible leaking location can be
determined.
Thoroughly rinse the engine and surrounding components, under normal
operating temperature, drive for several kilometres at different speeds, park
the vehicle on a level surface, and place a large piece of paper or other clean
surfaces, and wait for 15min.
4. Determine the leaking location
Observe if the possible leaking location can be determined.
Thoroughly rinse the engine and surrounding components, apply spray powder
to the suspected location, under normal operating temperature, drive for
several kilometres at different speeds.
5. Determine the exact leaking location Identify the type of the fluid, and check if the exact leaking location can be
determined by the discolouration of the powder surface.
Identify the type of the fluid and the possible leaking location with a high
6. Identify the type of the fluid and the
intensity black-light lamp. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions when using
possible leaking location with a high intensity
the tool. Check if you can identify the type of the fluid and the possible
black-light lamp
leaking location.
1.0 61

Check the engine for mechanical damage, especially the following locations:
• Fluid level higher than recommended value.
• Oil pressure higher than recommended value.
• Fluid filter or pressure bypass valve blockage or failure.
• Engine ventilation system blockage or failure.
7. Check/repair the leaking location • Improperly tightened or damaged fasteners.
• Cracked or porous components.
• Incorrect sealant/gasket.
• Sealant or gasket is improperly fitted.
• Damaged or worn gasket or seal.
• Damaged or worn sealing surfaces.
1.0 62
Crankcase Ventilation System Check/Diagnosis
Check for the following conditions:
• Restricted or kinked crankcase vent hose or engine vent hose

1. External Oil Leakage
• The crankcase vent hose is damaged, wrong or improperly fitted.
• Excessive crankcase pressure.
Check for the following conditions:
• Restricted or kinked crankcase vent hose or engine vent hose

2. Unstable Idling
• Crankcase vent hose is leaking (damaged).
• Vacuum hoses is worn or improperly fitted.
3. High Idling Check the crankcase vent hose for leakage (damage).
4. Oil Sludge Found in Engine Check for restricted or kinked crankcase vent hose or engine vent hose.
1.0 63
Diagnosis on Drive Belt Chirp, Squeal and Whine operated to their maximum capacity. It is recommended
Diagnostic Aid to check whether the air-conditioning system is overfilled
and whether there is a alternator failure.
• Due to the moisture on the drive belt or pulley, the
chirp or squeal noise may be intermittent. It may be • The chirp, scream or whine may be caused by loose
necessary to spray a small amount of water on the drive or improperly fitted components of the vehicle body or
belt to reproduce the failure described by the customer. suspension system. Other components of the vehicle
If spraying water on the drive belt reproduces the may also cause noise.
symptom, cleaning the belt pulleys may be the probable • The drive belts will not cause a whine noise.
solution.
• If the noise is intermittent, verify the loads on the
accessory drive components to make sure that they are
Definition: the following items are indications of chirping:
• A high pitched noise is heard once per revolution of the drive belt or a pulley.
• Chirping may occur when starting in a cold and wet condition and will subside once the vehicle reaches normal operating
temperature.
Definition: the following items are indications of drive belt squeal:

• A loud screeching noise that is caused by a slipping drive belt. This is unusual for a drive belt with multiple ribs.
• The noise occurs when a heavy load is applied to the drive belt, such as the engagement of air conditioning compressor,
quick throttle opening, or the belt slipping on a seized pulley or a faulty accessory drive component.
Definition: the following items are indications of drive belt whine:

• Continuous high-frequency noise.
• The noise may be caused by the faulty bearing of the accessory drive component.
Remove the drive belt, if the engine has more than one drive belt, then remove
1 at a time, when one drive belt is removed, allow the engine to operate for
30-40s, and check if the chirp, squeal or whine remains there, if it disappears,
replace the corresponding belt.
1. Check the drive belt

Check if the pulley is misaligned, curved, and if the bracket is bent or cracked,
or if the fastener is incorrect, loose or missing, etc, repair/replace the
corresponding parts when necessary.
2. Check the pulley

Check if the bearing of the accessory drive component is stuck, or if the
accessory drive components are OK.
3. Check the bearing of the accessory drive
components • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
• No → Repair/replace the corresponding components.
1.0 64
Diagnosis on Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration • The drive belt may have a rumbling condition that can not
Diagnostic Aid be heard or felt. Sometimes replacing the drive belt may
be the only repair for the symptom.
• The accessory drive components may have an effect
on engine vibration. Vibration from the running engine • If replacing the drive belt, completing the diagnostic table,
may cause a body component or another part of the and the noise is only heard when the drive belts are fitted,
vehicle to make rumbling noise. The cause of vibration there might be an accessory drive component with a
includes but is not limited to excessive A/C refill and failure. Varying the load on the different accessory drive
overloaded alternator. To help identify an intermittent or components may aid in identifying which component is
an improper condition, vary the loads on the accessory causing the rumbling noise.
drive components.
Definition: The following situations are indications of drive belt rumbling:
• A low pitch tapping, knocking, or thumping noise is heard at or just above the idler.
• Above noise is heard once per revolution of the drive belt or a pulley.
• Rumbling may be caused by:
– Pilling, the accumulation of rubber dust that forms small balls (pills) or strings in the drive belt pulley groove
– Drive belt separation
– A damaged drive belt
Definition: The following situations are indications of drive belt vibration:

• The vibration is engine-speed related.
• The vibration may be sensitive to accessory load.
Check and verify that the rumbling or vibration is related to the engine.
1. Confirm the source of the noise • Yes → Go to Step 2.
• No → Check/repair the vibration noise of other parts.
30-40s, and check if the rumbling or vibration remains there, if it disappears,
replace the related belt.

3. Check the pulley

Check if the bearing of the accessory drive components is stuck or if the

4. Check the bearing of the accessory drive accessory drive components are faulty.
components
• Yes → Repair/replace the corresponding components.
1.0 65

• No → Operate the system, and check for other possible causes.
1.0 66
Diagnosis on Drive Belt Falling-off and Excessive • Excessive wear on a drive belt is usually caused by
Wear improper fitting or use of wrong belt.
Diagnostic Aid • Minor misalignment of the drive belt pulleys will not cause
• If the drive belt repeatedly falls off from the drive belt excessive wear, but will probably cause the drive belt to
pulley, it may be caused by pulley misalignment. make a noise or to fall off.
• If there is an extra load quickly applied and released by • Severe misalignment of the drive belt pulleys will cause
accessory drive components, it may result in drive belt excessive wear but may also make the drive belt fall off.
falling-off from the pulley. Confirm that the accessory
drive components operate normally.
• If the drive belt length is incorrect, the drive belt
tensioner will not be able to keep the drive belt in an
appropriate tension.
Definition: The drive belt falls off from the pulley or cannot be correctly fitted to the pulley.
Definition: Outside edge of drive belt is worn due to incorrect mounting of the drive belt.
Check and verify that the rumbling or vibration is related to the engine.
1. Confirm the source of the noise • Yes → Go to Step 2.
• No → Check/repair the vibration noise of other parts.
30-40s, and check if the rumbling or vibration remains there, if it disappears,
replace the related belt.

3. Check the pulley

1.0 67

Check if the bearing of the accessory drive components is stuck or if the
accessory drive components are faulty.
4. Check the bearing of the accessory drive
components • Yes → Repair/replace the corresponding components.
• No → Operate the system, and check for other possible causes.
1.0 68
Diagnosis on Drive Belt Tensioner
Check if the belt tensioner fitting is loose or misaligned, tighten/replace the
1. Check the belt tensioner fitting After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Remove the drive belt, and check if the belt tensioner pulley is loose or
misaligned, tighten/replace the corresponding parts when necessary.
2. Check the drive belt tensioner pulley After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Rotate the tensioner, and check if the drive belt tensioner has abnormal
resistance or is stuck, replace the tensioner when necessary.
3. Check the drive belt tensioner. After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

• No → Replace the belt.
1.0 69
Engine Cooling System 3. If any obvious damage or failure is found during visual
Check and Confirmation inspection, repair/replace the faulty parts and confirm
failure occurs, and carry out relevant checks. 4. If the failure cause still can not be identified after the

Low Coolant State or Leak
Correlative Gasket
Hose
Hose Connector
Expansion Tank Cap
Mechanical Expansion Tank
Radiator
Water Pump
Thermostat
Cooling Fan
Pipe Clamp
Fuse EF5
Electrical
Fuse EF54
1.0 70
Symptom Table

Cooling Fan Running All the Time Related lines or connectors of cooling fan
Related lines or connectors of cooling fan
Cooling Fan Not Working Well / Not Working
Cooling Fan Assembly
Coolant
Radiator
Expansion Tank Cap
Expansion Tank
Overheated Engine Accessory Drive Belt
Cooling System Pipeline
Water Pump
Thermostat
Shroud
Engine
Cooling Water Pipe, Clamp
Radiator
Water Pump
Thermostat Housing
Coolant Leakage
Expansion Tank Cap or Seal
Expansion Tank
Heater Core
Engine
Thermostat
Engine Cannot Reach Normal Operating Temperature
1.0 71
Cooling Fan Running All the Time

A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector EB090 of the cooling fan, and connect the
battery negative cable.
1. Check related lines or connectors of the
C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage or resistance between the
cooling fan
following cooling fan harness connector and the ground is within the specified
range:
Terminal Voltage (V) Resistance (Ω)
1 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
2 Ground - ＜5
Abnormal voltage/resistance: after repairing/replacing the related lines, confirm

if the symptom disappears.

1.0 72
Cooling Fan Not Working Well / Not Working
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector EB090 of the cooling fan, and connect the
C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage or resistance between the
cooling fan
following cooling fan harness connector and the ground is within the specified
range:
1 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
2 Ground - ＜5


Check if the cooling fan assembly is working normally.
2. Check cooling fan assembly • No →Replace cooling fan assembly.
1.0 73
Overheated Engine
Check if the coolant is missing or loss of effectiveness and make replacements
when necessary.
1. Check coolant After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the cooling fan assembly is working normally, and check/repair the
cooling fan assembly failure when necessary.
2. Check cooling fan assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the radiator is blocked or leaking, and clear the radiator or
make replacements when necessary.
3. Check radiator After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the pressure of pressure relief valve of the expansion tank cap is
140-160 KPa(high-pressure on), or 0-10 KPa (low-pressure on), and make
4. Check pressure relief valve of the
expansion tank cap After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the expansion tank for leakage, and make replacements when necessary.

5. Check expansion tank
Check accessory driver belt for slipping, and make replacements when
necessary.
6. Check accessory drive belt After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the cooling system pipeline is blocked or leaking, and make
7. Check cooling system pipeline After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 74
Check if the water pump is seized or leaking, and replace water pump assembly
when necessary.
8. Check water pump After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

With the scan tool, read if the parameter of "Engine I/O Status - Electronic
Thermostat PWM Duty Ratio" is within the rational range (refer to the
Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control Module - Engine I/O Status -
Electronic Thermostat PWM Duty Ratio for the rational range).
9. Check thermostat
If the parameter is not within the rational range, repair/replace the thermostat,

Check whether the shroud is deformed or damaged, and replace the cooling
system shroud assembly when necessary.
10. Check shroud After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the engine is in good state.
• No → Check/replace the engine related accessories (cylinder gasket,

11. Check engine
cylinder head and cylinder block).
1.0 75
Coolant Leakage

Check the cooling water pipe and clamp for aging and damage, and make
1. Check the cooling water pipe and clamp After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the radiator for damage; if any damage is found, repair/replace the
radiator assembly.
2. Check radiator After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the water pump for improper sealing, and replace the engine water pump
assembly when necessary.
3. Check water pump After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the thermostat housing for damage, and replace the thermostat and
housing assembly when necessary.
4. Inspect the thermostat housing After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the pressure of pressure relief valve of the expansion tank cap is
140-160 KPa(high-pressure on), or 0-10 KPa (low-pressure on), and make
5. Check pressure relief valve of the
expansion tank cap After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the expansion tank for damage, and make replacements when necessary.

6. Check Expansion Tank
Check heater core for leakage, replace the heater core when necessary.

7. Check Heater Core
Check the cylinder gasket for damage, and check the cylinder head and the
cylinder block for holes or cracks.
8. Check engine • Yes → Repair/replace engine related accessories (cylinder gasket, cylinder
head, cylinder block etc.).
1.0 76
Engine Cannot Reach Normal Operating
Temperature
With the scan tool, read if the parameter of "Engine I/O Status - Electronic
Thermostat PWM Duty Ratio" is within the rational range (refer to the
Appendix, Real-time Display - Engine Control Module - Engine I/O Status -
Electronic Thermostat PWM Duty Ratio for the rational range).
1. Inspect the thermostat
If the parameter is not within the rational range, repair/replace the thermostat,

Check whether the cooling fan assembly keeps working.
2. Check Cooling Fan Assembly • Yes → Repair cooling fan assembly failure.
1.0 77
Engine Fuel & Management 6. Disconnect the high pressure fuel pump from the fuel
Low Pressure Fuel System Pressure Test supply pipe, then connect them to the quick connectors
Engine - 1.5L of the TCH00106.
1. Release the fuel filler cap to release the steam pressure 7. Fix the T18002 to the other connector of the TCH00106.
in the fuel tank. 8. Start the engine to allow the fuel pump to work, observe
2. Remove the fuel pump fuse from the engine compartment the readings on the fuel pressure test gauge within 1min
fuse box. (normal range: about 3.5-4.2bar).
3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and keep the 9. Stop the engine to disable the fuel pump, observe the
engine idle until the engine stops. pressure of the fuel system after 20min, normally, it shall
not be below 2bar.
4. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, restart the
engine and keep it running for 10s, then confirm there 10. Remove the T18002 and TCH00106 from the fuel system.
is no fuel. 11. Connect the quick connector of the fuel rail to the fuel
5. Fit the fuse of the fuel pump. supply pipe.
1.0 78

Fuel Pipeline
Fuel Leak
Fuel Tank Filler Cap

Mechanical
Fuel Tank Filler Pipe
Gasoline Filter
Fuel Tank
Electrical Engine Compartment Fuse Box F9

1.0 79
Symptom Table

Fuel pump relay
Fuel Pump Does Not Work Fuel Pump
Related lines or connectors of the fuel pump
Fuel pipelines or fittings
Low Fuel System Pressure (Low Pressure Oil Circuit) Fuel filter
Fuel Pump
High Pressure Oil Pipe Connector
Low Fuel System Pressure (High Pressure Oil Circuit) Low Fuel Supply Pressure With Low Pressure Oil Circuit
High-pressure fuel pump
Low Fuel System Pressure Maintenance
Fuel Pump
High Fuel System Pressure
Fuel Pump
Canister
Fuel filter
Intense Smell of Fuel
Fuel pump unit seal
Fuel Tank
Canister Purge Solenoid
Surge During Driving Fuel filter
Fuel Pump
Fuel evaporative pipes
EVAP System Leakage
Canister
Canister
EVAP System Blockage
Fuel evaporative pipes
1.0 80
Fuel Pump Does Not Work
A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the negative battery
cable, and remove relay R1 in the engine compartment fuse box.
B. Test the relay component:

Terminal Resistance (Ω)
85 86 80±10
30 86 ∞
30 87 ∞
1. Check fuel pump relay 30 85 ∞
85 87 ∞
Test whether the resistance between the above relay terminals is within the
specified range, if not, replace the fuel pump relay.
C. After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the fuel pump is stuck or damaged, replace the fuel pump unit when
necessary.
2. Check fuel pump After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

3. Check related lines or connectors of the battery cable.
fuel pump
B. Disconnect harness connector BY045 from the fuel pump, and connect the
negative battery cable.
C. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, with a multimeter, check if the
voltage/resistance between the following terminals of the fuel pump harness
connector and the ground is within the specified range:
BY045-1 Ground 11~14 -
BY045-2 Ground - ＜5


1.0 81
Low Fuel System Pressure

Check fuel pipelines or fittings for damage, and repair/replace fuel pipelines or
fittings when necessary.
1. Check fuel pipelines or fittings After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the fuel filter is blocked, misfitted or damaged, and replace the fuel
filter when necessary.
2. Check fuel filter After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the fuel pump is in badly worn.
Low Pressure Fuel System Pressure Test
3. Check fuel pump
• Yes→ Repair/replace the fuel pump unit.
1.0 82
Low Fuel System Pressure (High Pressure Oil
Circuit)
Check high pressure oil pipe connector for damage, repair/replace fuel pipeline
or fitting when necessary.
1. Check high pressure oil pipe connector After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if low pressure oil supply pressure is too low, make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
2. Check low pressure oil pipeline After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the fuel pump is in badly worn.
3. Check fuel pump
• Yes → Replace high-pressure fuel pump
1.0 83
Low Fuel System Pressure Maintenance

Check if the fuel pipelines or fittings are broken or the joints are loose, and
repair/replace the fuel filler pipes or fittings clip when necessary.

Check if the fuel pump is in normal condition.
2. Check fuel pump
• No→ Repair/replace the fuel pump unit.
1.0 84
High Fuel System Pressure
Check if the fuel pipelines or fittings are normal, and repair/replace the fuel
pipelines or fittings clip when necessary.

Check if the fuel pump is in normal condition.
2. Check fuel pump
• No→ Repair/replace the fuel pump unit.
1.0 85
Intense Smell of Fuel

Note: First of all, locate the area or location with intense smell of fuel by identifying the order; and make the key inspection
on such area.
Check the fuel pipelines or fittings for looseness or leakage, and repair/replace
the fuel pipelines or fittings clip when necessary.

Check canister for damage, leakage or looseness, and repair/replace it when
necessary.
2. Check canister After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the fuel filter for poor fit or leakage, and repair/replace it when necessary.

3. Check fuel filter
Check whether the fuel pump unit seal is loose, poorly sealed or damaged,
and repair/replace the fuel pump unit seal or nut - fuel pump locking nut when
necessary.
4. Check fuel pump unit seal

Check fuel tank for damage or leakage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
5. Check fuel tank After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.
• Yes→ Repair/replace the fuel tank.

• No → Diagnosis is completed.
Check the canister purge solenoid valve for damage or leakage.
6. Check canister purge solenoid • Yes→ Repair/replace the fuel tank.
1.0 86
Surge During Driving
Check if the fuel pipelines or fittings are bent or misfitted, and repair/replace
the fuel pipelines or fittings clip when necessary.

Check if the fuel filter is blocked or misfitted, and repair/replace the fuel filter
when necessary.
2. Check fuel filter After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the fuel pump working pressure is up to standard.
3. Check fuel pump • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
• No → Replace the fuel pump.
1.0 87
EVAP System Leakage

Check fuel evaporative pipes for damage, and replace the evaporative pipes when
necessary.
1. Check fuel evaporative pipes After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check canister for damage.
2. Check canister • Yes→Replace the canister.
1.0 88
Low Fuel System Pressure (Low Pressure Oil
Circuit)
Check whether the fuel evaporative pipes are bent or damaged, and
repair/replace the fuel evaporative pipes when necessary.
1. Check fuel evaporative pipes After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check canister for blockage.
2. Check canister • Yes→Replace the canister.
1.0 89
Engine Electrical System-1.5L


Alternator Belt
Mechanical
Battery
Engine Compartment Fuse F12
Electrical Engine Compartment Fuse F2

1.0 90
Symptom Table

Alternator Belt
Alternator Noise
Alternator
Battery
Starter Unable to Run Starter-related Line or Connector
Starter
Starter Relay
Starter Unable to Stop Running Starter-related Line
Starter
Battery
Starter-related Line and Connector
Starter Motor Running Slowly
Starter
Large Engine Running Resistance
Starter
Abnormal Starter Motor Noise
Flywheel Tooth
Spark Plug
Fuel Injector
Engine Unable to Start at Normal Speed Ignition Coil
Fuel Pressure
Cylinder Pressure
Spark Plug
Hard Cold Start Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Check cylinder carbon deposit
Spark Plug
Hard Warm Start Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
Throttle Body
Spark Plug
Able to Start, But Idle Speed Unstable at All Times Fuel Pressure
Cylinder Pressure
Ignition Timing
Air Conditioning System
Normal Start, with Unstable Idle Speed and Flameout Throttle Body
Under Partial Load Fuel Injector
Ignition Timing
Accessory Load intervention
Normal Start, With High Idle Speed Coolant Sensor
Fuel Pressure
1.0 91

Restricted Intake
MAP Sensor
Engine Speed Not Increase or Flameout in Acceleration, Fuel Injector
With Difficulties in Acceleration, Slow Acceleration
Response, Weak Acceleration, Poor Performance Fuel Pressure
Exhaust Blockage
Throttle Body
Spark Plug
Fuel Pressure
Engine Running Unstable Cylinder Pressure
Ignition Timing
Engine Mount
Poor Fuel Quality
Restricted Intake
MAP Sensor
Spark Plug
Easy to Flameout at Start-off Fuel Injector
Fuel Pressure
Ignition Timing
Poor Fuel Quality
Overheated Engine
MAP Sensor
Spark Plug
Fuel Injector
Engine Chugs During Driving Ignition Coil
Fuel Pressure
Restricted Exhaust
Poor Fuel Quality
Cylinder Pressure
Alternator Belt
Alternator Charging Voltage
Charging System MIL ON
Alternator Control Line Voltage
Instrument Pack
1.0 92
Alternator Noise
Check if the alternator belt is too tight or has foreign material, repair/replace it
when necessary.
1. Check alternator belt After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the alternator for damage.
2. Check the alternator • Yes → Replace the alternator.
1.0 93
Starter Motor Unable to Run

Check for low battery, charge/replace it when necessary.

1. Check the battery
battery cable.
2. Check the related line or connector of the
B. Disconnect starter harness connector EM15 or EM15A, and connect the
starter
C. Place the ignition switch in START position, with a multimeter, test if the
voltage between the following terminals of the starter harness connector and
the ground is within the specified range:
Terminal Voltage (V)
1 Ground 11~14
Abnormal voltage: after repairing/replacing the related line, confirm if the

symptom disappears.

Check if the starter is in good state.
3. Check the starter • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
• No → Replace the starter.
1.0 94
Starter Motor Unable to Stop Running
A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the battery negative
cable, and remove relay RLY4 in the engine compartment fuse box.

85 86 80 ± 10
30 86 ∞
30 87 ∞
1. Check starter relay 30 85 ∞
85 87 ∞
specified range, if it is not within the specified range, replace the starter relay.

battery cable.
2. Check starter line B. Disconnect starter harness connector EM15 or EM15A, and connect the
C. Place the ignition switch in ON position, with a multimeter, test if the

1 Ground 0

symptom disappears.

Inspect the starter for damage.
3. Check the starter • Yes → Replace the starter.
1.0 95
Starter Motor Running Slowly

Check for low battery, charge/replace it when necessary.
After the charge/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1. Check the battery
battery cable.
2. Starter-related Line or Connector B. Disconnect starter harness connector EM15 or EM15A, and connect the
C. Place the ignition switch in START position, with a multimeter, test if the
1 Ground 11~14

symptom disappears.

Check if the starter runs weakly, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

3. Check the starter
Check for large engine running resistance.
4. Check for large engine running resistance • Yes → Repair the large engine running resistance failure.
1.0 96
Abnormal Starter Motor Noise
Check the starter for damage, if any damage is found, repair/replace it.

1. Check starter
Check whether the flywheel tooth is damaged.
2. Check flywheel tooth • Yes → Replace the flywheel.
1.0 97
Engine Unable to Start at Normal Speed

Check if the intake system is restricted, and if the air filter is dirty and blocked,
1. Check the intake system After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


Check fuel injectors for contamination and blockage, rinse/replace them when
necessary.
3. Check fuel injectors After the rinse/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the ignition coil is damaged, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

4. Check ignition coil


Check whether the cylinder pressure is correct.
1.0 98
Hard Cold Start


Check for severe cylinder carbon deposit.
3. Check cylinder carbon deposit • Yes → Repair/rinse it.
1.0 99
Hard Warm Start



Check the canister purge solenoid for damage.
3. Check canister purge solenoid • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 100
Normal Start, But Idle Speed Unstable at All
Times
Check if the throttle body is dirty, repair/rinse it when necessary.
After the repair/rinse, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1. Check throttle body



Check whether the cylinder pressures are uniform.

Check if the ignition timing is wrong.
5. Check ignition timing • Yes → Make repairs/adjustments.
1.0 101
Normal Start, with Unstable Idle Speed and

Flameout Under Partial Load
Check if the air conditioning system is enabled, repair/replace the related parts
when necessary.
1. Check the air conditioning system After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the throttle body is dirty, or if the self-learning value is missing,
repair/replace it when necessary.
2. Check throttle body After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the fuel injector is dirty, replace it when necessary.

Check if the ignition timing is correct.
4. Check ignition timing • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
• No → Adjust ignition timing.
1.0 102
Normal Start, With High Idle Speed
Check and turn off the intervened accessory load, make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
1. Check for accessory load intervention After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.




• No → Repair the fuel system related failures.
1.0 103
Engine Speed Not Increase or Flameout in

Acceleration, with Difficulties in Acceleration,
Slow Acceleration Response, Weak Acceleration,
Poor Performance
Check if the intake is restricted, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

1. Check if the intake is restricted

necessary.



Check the exhaust back pressure.
Exhaust Back Pressure Test
Repair/replace the exhaust system when necessary.
5. Check exhaust system

Check if the ignition timing and timing mechanism are wrong.
• Yes → make adjustments/replacements.
mechanism
1.0 104
Engine Running Unstable
Check if the throttle body is dirty, repair/rinse it when necessary.
After the repair/rinse, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1. Check throttle body



Check whether the cylinder pressures are uniform.

Check if the ignition timing is correct, make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
5. Check ignition timing After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the engine mount is loose or damaged, repair/replace it when necessary.

6. Check engine mount
Check for poor fuel quality.
7. Check fuel quality • Yes → change fuel.
1.0 105
Easy to Flameout at Start-off

Check if the intake is restricted, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

1. Check if the intake is restricted

rinses/replacements when necessary.
3. Check spark plugs After the rinse/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

necessary.



Check if the ignition timing is correct, make adjustments/replacements when
necessary.
6. Check ignition timing After the adjustment/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check for poor fuel quality.
7. Check fuel quality • Yes → Change fuel.
1.0 106
Engine Chugs During Driving
Check if the engine operating temperature is too high, make
1. Overheated engine After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the intake system components for leakage,
2. Check the intake system for leakage



Check if the fuel injector is dirty, repair/replace it when necessary.

Check the ignition coil for damage, make repairs/replacements when necessary.

6. Check ignition coils
Check if the canister purge solenoid is normally open, repair/replace it when
necessary.
7. Check for canister purge solenoid failure After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 107



Check if the exhaust system is blocked,
9. Check for restricted exhaust

Check for poor fuel quality, change fuel/rinse fuel pipeline when necessary.
After the change/rinse, confirm if the symptom disappears.

10. Check for poor fuel quality
Check whether the cylinder pressure reaches the standard.
1.0 108
Charging System Malfunction Indicator Lamp
ON
Turn off the Malfunction Indicator Lamp by a forced output, then check if the
lamp can be turned off:
• Yes → Go to Step 2;
1. Check the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
• No → Replace the IPK, and confirm if the symptom disappears;
– Yes → Diagnosis is completed.
– No → Go to Step 2;
Check if the alternator belt can work properly:
2. Check alternator belt • No → Replace the belt, and confirm if the symptom disappears;
Start the engine and increase the engine speed to 2000 rpm. Check if the voltage
between the battery positive polarity and the ground point is within 12.5 - 14.5
3. Check alternator charging voltage V:
• No → Go to Step 5;
4. Check alternator control circuit
resistance
Harness Connector FC006
Disconnect the alternator and instrument harness connectors, check if the

resistances between the terminal of alternator harness connector EM04 and
the terminal of instrument harness connector FC006/the ground are within the
specified range.
EM04-1 FC006-6 ＜5
EM04-1 Ground ∞
Harness Connector EM04 • Yes → Go to Step 5;

• No → Repair/replace the related harness, and confirm if the symptom
disappears;
5. Replace the alternator. After replacement, confirm that the system can work normally.
1.0 109
Engine Manifold & Exhaust-1.5L

1. Stop the engine, turn the ignition switch to LOCK
position.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose of the canister purge
solenoid from the intake manifold.
3. Connect a proper vacuum hose to the connector for
canister purge solenoid, and connect a tee pipe to the
disconnected vacuum hose, connected vacuum hose for
testing and vacuum gauge test hose respectively.
4. Start the engine, and measure the intake system vacuum
level when the engine is idling.
Standard vacuum: around -70kPa
5. Remove the vacuum gauge, and reconnect the vacuum

pipe.
1.0 110
1. Remove the front oxygen sensor.
2. Fit the exhaust back pressure gauge.
3. Start the engine.
4. Measure the exhaust back pressure when the engine
speed is 6000 rpm.
Standard exhaust back pressure: 1.5L: 45±5Kpa
5. Turn off the ignition switch and stop the engine.

6. Remove the exhaust back pressure gauge, and fit the
oxygen sensor.
1.0 111


Air Filter Element
Air Filter Intake Pipe Assembly

Mechanical
Air Filter Assembly
Outlet Pipe

1.0 112
Symptom Table

Electronic Throttle Body and Gasket
Evaporative Emission Pipe of Fuel Tank
Crankcase Vent Pipe
Intake Air Leakage
Component Connector
Intake Manifold and Gasket
Intercooler
Air Filter
Intake Blockage
Foreign Material Found in Inlet Pipe
Three-way Catalytic Converter
Blocked Exhaust System
Muffler
Rusted/Cracked Exhaust Pipe
Misaligned or Improperly Fitted Exhaust Component
Exhaust System Leakage
Seal/Gasket Leakage
Oxygen Sensor Leakage
1.0 113
Intake Air Leakage

Start the engine, and check the electronic throttle body and gasket for air leakage
, repair/replace the leaking component when necessary.
1. Check electronic throttle body and gasket

Check if the evaporative emission pipe of the fuel tank is aged or improperly
sealed, repair/replace it when necessary.
2. Check evaporative emission pipe of the
fuel tank
Check if the crankcase vent pipe is aged or improperly sealed, repair/replace it
when necessary.
3. Check crankcase vent pipe After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the component connector is aged or improperly sealed, repair/replace
it when necessary.
4. Check component connector After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the intake manifold and gasket are aged or improperly sealed,
repair/replace the leaking parts when necessary.
5. Check intake manifold and gasket After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the intercooler is improperly sealed, damaged or leaking.
6. Check intercooler • Yes → Repair the improperly sealed, damaged or leaking intercooler.
1.0 114
Intake Blockage
Check if the air filter is blocked or dirty, replace it when necessary.

1. Check air filter
Check the inlet pipe for foreign material.
2. Check intake pipe for foreign material • Yes → Repair/handle the foreign material.
1.0 115
Blocked Exhaust System

Check if the three-way catalytic converter is dirty and blocked,
replace the three-way catalytic converter when necessary.
1. Check three-way catalytic converter

Check if the muffler is in good state.
2. Check muffler • No → Repair/replace the muffler.
1.0 116
Exhaust System Leakage
Check for rusted/cracked exhaust pipe, replace the affected part when
necessary.
1. Check for rusted/cracked exhaust pipe After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check for misaligned or improperly fitted exhaust system component,
check/refit the faulty exhaust system components when necessary.
2. Check for misaligned or improperly fitted
exhaust system component
Check the exhaust system for any leaking seal/gasket, repair/replace related
components when necessary.
3. Check for seal/gasket leak After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check for leaking oxygen sensor.
4. Check for oxygen sensor leak • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 117
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Transmission
Transmission
Shift Lock Control-Auto

Mechanical Gear Shift Cable Connection
Electrical Fuse

1.0 118
Transmission Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Symptom Table

Connector Disconnected
Cable Stuck
No Response to Shift Lever Action
Shift Lever Stuck
Transmission Internal Parts
1.0 119
No Response to Shift Lever Action

Check the shift lever for falling-off connector, if any, repair/replace the shift lever
connector and harness.
1. Check shift lever connector and harness After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the shift cable is stuck, loose or improperly adjusted, if any of
the mentioned situations occurs, adjust the connection between the cable
connector and shift lever knob of the automatic transmission. If the shift cable
is damaged, replace the gear shift control mechanism assembly.
2. Check shift cable

Check if the shift lever is bent, deformed or if the base is disconnected, if any,
replace the gear shift control mechanism assembly.
3. Check shift lever After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the transmission for internal failure.
4. Check the transmission • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 120
Automatic Transmission-4 Speed Warning: To prevent accidental start of the vehicle,
Road Test ensure the vehicle is locked before function test.
Road tests can be used for precise fault symptom diagnosis and Delay test
fault symptom check after the handling procedures, ensure that Delay refers to the duration of the slight vibration when
road tests are carried out under the following conditions: switching the shift lever from N gear to D/R gear under idle
• After engine check and adjustment. engine condition.
• When the ATF temperature is 50-80℃ and the driving Caution: Make 3 measurements and average the value.
condition is normal. Ensure there is an interval longer than 1min
• A/C, lamps, etc are off. for each delay test so that the pressure of the
• Cruise control function is OFF.
clutch/brake can be fully released.
1. Block four vehicle wheels with wood wedges and firmly
Warning: When performing the road test on common
apply the parking brake to lock the vehicle.
roads, check road safety first.
2. With the stopwatch, record the duration of the slight
Item Steps vibration when switching the shift lever from N gear to
Drive under normal D/R gear.
conditions, check the
Gear Shift Function (D
gear shift, 1st to 2nd gear, N-D gear Less than 1.5s
Gear)
2nd to 3rd gear and 3rd to
4th gear. N-R gear Less than 1.5s
Drive under normal
Horizontal Vibration During
conditions, check if the Delay test results Failure Cause
Driving
upshift is smooth.
Valve body failure (SLC1
Check the kick-down
function of each gear or SLC2 hydraulic system)
Kick-down Function
and check for horizontal Delay from N gear to C1 failure (slip)
vibration.
D gear is longer than
Check the operating state F2 failure
standard value
Engine Braking of engine braking in the 1st
gear of sport mode. Oil pump failure
With the shift lever at sport Oil filter failure (blockage)

Gear Shift Control Function
mode, check if it can shift to
at Sport Mode Valve body failure (SLC1,
any gear manually.
SLC2 or S1 hydraulic
When driving on level
roads, slightly depress the system)
accelerator pedal within the Delay from N gear to
Lock-up Control Function C3 failure (slip)
lock-up speed range to see R gear is longer than
if the engine speed changes standard value B3 failure (slip)
dramatically.
When the vehicle is parking Oil pump failure
on the slope (greater than Oil filter failure (blockage)
5% or 3°), place the shift
lever in P gear and release
P Gear Test Stall Test
the parking brake, the
vehicle shall not move under The stall test applies the stall speed of the D/R gear to
the action of the parking
pawl. check the overall performance of the automatic transmission
and engine. Prior to test, ensure the ATF temperature is
After road test, check each
Oil Leak within 50-80℃, and the electrical equipment is off such as air
component for oil leak.
conditioning, headlamp etc.
Function Test
Warning: The operation shall not be longer than
Carry out the road test under the following conditions: 5s, or the ATF will become hot. Ensure there is
• After engine check and adjustment. an interval longer than 1min for each stall test.
Test for at least 3 times and calculate the average
• A/C, lamps, etc are off.
value.
• Cruise control function is OFF.
1.0 121
1. Block four vehicle wheels with wood wedges and firmly Stall Test Results Failure Cause
apply the parking brake to lock the vehicle.
Low oil line pressure (shift
2. Depress the brake pedal with the left foot heavily, place solenoid valve SLC2/primary
the shift lever in D or R gear, and depress the accelerator pressure regulating valve
pedal with the right foot to measure the max. speed at failure)
idling or stalling. Only the value at R gear is
above the standard value Valve failure (SLC2 hydraulic
Stall Speed Around 2631±150rpm
system)
C3 failure (slip)
Stall Test Results Failure Cause
Low engine power B3 failure (slip)
Both values at D and R gear
are below the standard value Hydraulic torque converter Low oil line pressure (shift
one-way clutch failure solenoid valve SLC1 or
Low oil line pressure (shift SLC2/primary pressure
Both values at D and R gear
solenoid valve SLC1/primary are above the standard value regulating valve failure)
pressure regulating valve Oil pump failure
failure)
Only the value at D gear is Filter failure (blockage)
above the standard value Valve failure (SLC1 hydraulic
system)
C1 failure (slip)
F2 failure
1.0 122
Harness/Connector Check Check the conductivity according to the instructions in
Warning: Observe the following operation guides in the following table
the check Standard:
•When disconnecting the connector, do not pull the Terminal No. [Name] Conductivity
harness hard.
A24 [IG] - Body GND No
•When checking the harness, place the tester on the
harness side instead of the connector terminal side. Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
•When connecting the battery, ensure correct polarity, CAN Communication System
because wrong polarity can damage the component.
Step 1
•Handle with great care, do not damage or impact the 1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM.
component.
2. Disconnect the connector from the ECM.
•When it is necessary to connect the tester to the terminal,
3. With the resistance measurement function of a
do not damage or bend the terminal.
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the
combined connector terminals.
Check the conductivity according to the instructions in

the following table
Standard:
TCM Side - ECM Side Conductivity
Terminal No. [Name]
A7 [CANL] - [ECM Side/ CANL]
A17 [CANL] - [ECM Side/ Yes
CANL]
Caution: Do not damage the terminal.

TCMConnector (Harness Side) Step 2
Ignition Switch Power Supply System 1. With the resistance measurement function of a
Step 1 multimeter, measure the conductivity between the
combined connector terminals or between the combined
1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM.
terminals and the body ground.
2. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
3. With the voltage measurement function of a multimeter,
the following table
measure the voltage between the combined connector
terminals. Standard:
Check the voltage according to the instructions in the TCM Side Terminal Conductivity
following table No. [Name]
Standard: A17 [CANL] - A7 [CANL]
Terminal No. [Name] Voltage [V] A7 [CANL] - Body GND No
A24 [IG] - A1 [GND] 10-14 A17 [CANL] - Body GND
A24 [IG] - A23 [GND] 10-14
Caution: Do not damage the terminal. Battery Power Supply System
Step 2 Step 1
1. Turn the ignition switch to OFF position. 1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM.
2. With the resistance measurement function of a 2. With the voltage measurement function of a multimeter,
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the measure the voltage between the combined connector
combined connector terminals and the body ground. terminals.
1.0 123
Check the voltage according to the instructions in the Tiptronic

following table Yes No No
Mode ON
Standard: Upshift Yes Yes No
Terminal No. [Name] Voltage [V] Downshift Yes No Yes
A6 [B+] - A1 [GND] 10-14
A6 [B+] - A23 [GND] 10-14
Oil Temperature Sensor System
Caution: Do not damage the terminal. Step 1
Step 2 1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM.
1. With the voltage measurement function of a multimeter, 2. With the resistance measurement function of
measure the voltage between the combined connector a multimeter, measure the resistance between
terminals. the combined connector terminals at various oil
Check the voltage according to the instructions in the temperatures.
following table Check the resistance according to the instructions in the
Standard: following table
Terminal No. [Name] Voltage [V] Standard:
A6 [B+] - Body GND 10-14 Automatic

Transmission
Terminal No.
Caution: Do not damage the terminal. Fluid Resistance [KΩ]
[Name]
Step 3 Temperature
[℃]
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the -40℃ 161 (MAX)
combined connector terminals and the body ground. -30℃ 36.3-52.1
Check the conductivity according to the instructions in 10℃ 5.626-7.303
the following table A11 [OT] - A12
(25℃) (3.5)
Standard: [OTG]
110℃ 0.224-0.271
Terminal No. [Name] Conductivity
145℃ 0.102-0.121
A1 [GND] - Body GND Yes
150℃ 0.087 (MIN)
A23 [GND] - Body GND Yes
Step 2
Tip Gear Shift Switch System
Tip Gear Shift Switch System multimeter, measure the conductivity between the
Steps combined connector terminals and the body ground.
1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM. Check the conductivity according to the instructions in
2. With the resistance measurement function of a the following table
Standard:
combined connector terminals and the body ground.
the following table A11 [OT] - Body GND No
Standard: A12 [OTG] - Body GND No
Tiptronic B9 [MS] - B21 [MS+] - B22 [MS-] - Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
Mode Body GND Body GND Body GND
Tiptronic
No No No
Mode OFF
1.0 124
Gear Shift Solenoid Valve S1 System Terminal No. [Name] Conductivity
Steps A2 [SLB1G] - Body GND No
1. Disconnect the connector of the valve body harness and
A5 [SLU] - Body GND No
body harness.
A3 [SLUG] - Body GND No
multimeter, measure the resistance between the terminal Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
of valve body harness connector 10 [S1] and the body
Speed Sensor System
ground.
Steps
Check the resistance according to the instructions in the
following table 1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM.
Standard:
Terminal No. [Name] Resistance [Ω] (at 20℃) combined connector terminals.
10 [S1] - Body GND 11-15 Check the conductivity according to the instructions in
the following table
Standard:
Linear Solenoid System
Step 1
B14 [SP+] - B5 [SP-] Yes
2. With the resistance measurement function of a B16 [NC2+] - B6 [NC2-] Yes
multimeter, measure the resistance between the
Neutral Start Switch (NSW)
following table Steps
Standard:
Terminal No. [Name] Resistance [Ω] 20℃
A22 [SLC1] - A9 [SLC1G] 5.0-5.6 combined connector terminals.
A21 [SLC2] - A19 [SLC2G] 5.0-5.6 Check the conductivity according to the instructions in
A4 [SLB1] - A2 [SLB1G] 5.0-5.6 the following table
A5 [SLU] - A3 [SLUG] 5.0-5.6 Standard:

B20 [P] B1 [R] B8 [N] B7 [D] B19 [W]
Caution: Do not damage the terminal. Gear - A24 - A24 - A24 - A24 - A24
Step 2 [IG] [IG] [IG] [IG] [IG]
1. With the resistance measurement function of a P Yes No No No No
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the R No Yes No No No
combined connector terminals and the body ground.
N No No Yes No No
the following table D No No No Yes No
W No No No No Yes
Standard:
Terminal No. [Name] Conductivity Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
A22 [SLC1] - Body GND No Electromagnetic Oil Pump (EMOP) System
A9 [SLC1G] - Body GND No Step 1
A21 [SLC2] - Body GND No 1. Disconnect the connector from the TCM.
A19 [SLC2G] - Body GND No 2. With the resistance measurement function of a

multimeter, measure the resistance between the
A4 [SLB1] - Body GND No
1.0 125
Check the resistance according to the instructions in the Step 1

following table 1. Disconnect the connector of the valve body harness and
Standard: body harness.
Terminal No. [Name] Resistance [Ω] 20℃ 2. Heat the ATF and immerse the oil temperature sensor
into it.
A15 [EMOP+] - A10
5.0-5.6 3. Corresponding to the temperature of ATF, with the
[EMOP-]
resistance measurement function of a multimeter,
Caution: Do not damage the terminal. measure the resistance between terminal 1 [OT] and 7
[OTG] of the valve body harness connector.
Step 2
1. With the resistance measurement function of a Standard:
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the Automatic Transmission
Resistance [KΩ]
combined connector terminals and the body ground. Fluid Temperature [℃]
Check the conductivity according to the instructions in -40℃ 161 (MAX)
the following table
-30℃ 36.3-52.1
Standard:
10℃ 5.626-7.303
(25℃) (3.5)
A15 [EMOP+] - Body GND No
110℃ 0.224-0.271
A10 [EMOP-] - Body GND No
145℃ 0.102-0.121
Caution: Do not damage the terminal. 150℃ 0.087 (MIN)
Valve Body Harness Check
Step 2
combined terminals of the valve body harness connector
and the body ground.

the following table
Standard:
1 [OT] - Body GND
No
• Valve Body Harness Connector 7 [OTG] - Body GND
Oil Temperature Sensor (OT) System
Gear Shift Solenoid Valve S1
body harness.
multimeter, measure the resistance between the terminal
of valve body harness connector 10 [S1] and the body
ground.

following table
Standard:
1.0 126
Terminal No. [Name] Resistance [Ω] (at 20℃) Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
10 [S1] - Body GND 11-15 Electromagnetic Oil Pump (EMOP)

Step 1
Linear Solenoid body harness.
Step 1 2. With the resistance measurement function of a
1. Disconnect the connector of the valve body harness and multimeter, measure the resistance between the
body harness. terminals of the valve body harness connector.
2. With the resistance measurement function of a Check the resistance according to the instructions in the
multimeter, measure the resistance between the following table
terminals of the valve body harness connector.
Standard:
Terminal No. [Name] Resistance [Ω] (at 20℃)
following table
2 [EMOP+] - 8 [EMOP-] 5.0 - 5.6
Standard:
Terminal No. [Name] Resistance [Ω] (at 20℃) Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
6 [SLC1] - 13 [SLC1G] 5.0 - 5.6 Step 2

5 [SLC2] - 12 [SLC2G] 5.0 - 5.6 1. With the resistance measurement function of a
4 [SLB1] - 11 [SLB1G] 5.0 - 5.6 combined terminals of the valve body harness connector
3 [SLU] - 9 [SLUG] 5.0 - 5.6 and the body ground.

the following table
Step 2
Standard:
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the Terminal No. [Name] Conductivity
combined terminals of the valve body harness connector 2 [EMOP+] - Body GND No
and the body ground.
8 [EMOP-] - Body GND No
the following table Caution: Do not damage the terminal.
Standard:
6 [SLC1] - Body GND
13 [SLC1G] - Body GND
5 [SLC2] - Body GND
12 [SLC2G] - Body GND
No
4 [SLB1] - Body GND
11 [SLB1G] - Body GND
3 [SLU] - Body GND
9 [SLUG] - Body GND
1.0 127
Sensor/Solenoid Check Signal Current [mA]

Output Speed Sensor (SP)
High 12.0 - 16.0
Step 1
Low 4.0 - 8.0
1. Disconnect the connector of the output speed sensor
(SP) and body harness. Input Speed Sensor (NC2)
2. With the resistance measurement function of a Step 1
multimeter, measure the conductivity between the 1. Disconnect the connector of the input speed sensor
terminals of the output speed sensor (SP). (NC2) and body harness.
Check the conductivity according to the instructions in 2. With the resistance measurement function of a
the following table: multimeter, measure the conductivity between the
Standard: terminals of the input speed sensor (NC2).
Terminal No. [Name] Conductivity Check the conductivity according to the instructions in
the following table:
1 [SP-] - 2 [SP+] Yes
Standard:
Caution: Do not damage the output speed sensor (SP)
and terminal.
1 [NC2-] - 2 [NC2+] Yes
Step 2
Caution: Do not damage the input speed sensor (NC2)
and terminal.
Step 2
1. Release the connector of the output speed sensor,

connect terminal 2 to the positive battery (see the
figure), and connect terminal 1 to the negative battery via
the resistance (100Ω) and ampere meter.
1. Remove the input speed sensor (NC2).
Caution: 2. Release the connector of the input speed sensor, connect
•Do not mix the polarity. terminal 2 to the battery positive polarity as shown in
•Do not damage the output speed sensor (SP). the figure, and connect terminal 1 to the battery negative
polarity via a resistor (100Ω) and ampere meter.
•Do not damage the terminal.
Caution:
2. When waving the metal piece (magnetic object) back and
forth at the end of the output speed sensor (SP) (less •Do not mix the polarity.
than 5mm), measure the current. •Do not damage the input speed sensor (NIN).
Standard: •Do not damage the terminal.
1.0 128
3. When waving a sheet metal (magnetic material) back and
forth at the end of the input speed sensor (NC2) (less
than 5mm), measure the current.
Standard:
Signal Current [mA]
High 12.0 - 16.0
Low 4.0 - 8.0
Gear Shift Solenoid Valve S1

Test the resistance of gear shift solenoid valve S1
Caution: DO NOT damage the strainer when checking the

operation condition of each solenoid valve.
Check the resistance of the gear shift control
solenoid valve (SLC1, SLC2, SLB1), lock-up control
solenoid valve (SLU) or electromagnetic oil pump
(EMOP)
Temperature [℃] Resistance [Ω]

20 11-15
1. Remove the automatic transmission valve body cap,

and remove the gear shift solenoid valve S1 of the
transmission.
Caution:
•Do not impact the solenoid valve. Temperature [℃] Resistance [Ω]
20℃ 5.0-5.6Ω
•Do not damage the terminal.
2. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between the 1. Remove the automatic transmission valve body cap, and
solenoid terminal and the solenoid valve body. remove the valve assembly.
Check the operating condition of gear shift solenoid Caution:

valve S1
•Do not remove the gear shift control solenoid valve or
1. Connect the battery positive polarity to the solenoid lock-up control solenoid valve or EMOP from the valve
terminal, and the negative polarity to the solenoid valve assembly.
housing, and check the solenoid valve operation.
•Do not impact the solenoid valve.
2. Connect the battery positive polarity to the solenoid
terminal, and the negative polarity to the solenoid valve 2. With a multimeter, measure the resistance between
housing, operate the solenoid valve and apply air, then terminal 1 and 2 of each solenoid valve.
check if air is flowing in the direction as shown in the
figure.
1.0 129
Check the operating condition of each solenoid Connect the battery positive polarity to terminal 1 of each
valve solenoid valve via 1 bulb (12 - 21 W), when connecting the
battery negative polarity to terminal 2 of the solenoid valve,
check the operation of the solenoid valve.
1.0 130

Fluid Leak
Mechanical
Gear Shift Cable Connection
Electrical Fuse

1.0 131
Symptom Table

Drive Plate Jump Failure
Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Failure
Shift Solenoid Valve SLC1 Failure
Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Failure
Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve SLU Failure
EMOP Failure
Unable to Run or Slip Automatic Transmission Control Module Failure
Shift Cable or Neutral Start Switch Needs to be Adjusted
Burnt Fluid
Insufficient Fluid
Fluid Contains Moisture or Wrong Fluid is Used
Hydraulic Torque Converter Failure
Valve Failure
Automatic Transmission Internal Part Failure
Input Speed Sensor Failure
Automatic Transmission Control Module Failure
Static Shift Delay Burnt Fluid
Valve Failure
Neutral Start Switch Failure
Engine Start Failure
Shift Cable or Neutral Start Switch Needs to be Adjusted
1.0 132
Engine Failure
Engine Flameout Shift Cable or Neutral Start Switch Needs to be Adjusted
Oil Cooler Pipe Failure
Valve Failure
Engine Failure
Wrong Position Signal of Accelerator Pedal
Insufficient Acceleration
Burnt Fluid
Valve Failure
1.0 133

Engine Failure
High/Low Battery Voltage
Input Speed Sensor Failure
Output Speed Sensor Failure
Oil Temperature Sensor Failure
Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Failure
Upshift/Downshift Failure Shift Solenoid Valve SLB1 Failure
Brake Switch Fault
Burnt Fluid
Insufficient Fluid
Valve Failure
Kick-down Failure
1.0 134
Irregular Gear Shift
Manual Mode Switch (Shift Lever) Failure
Tiptronic\Sport Mode Access Failure
Engine Failure
Drive Plate Jump
Oil Cooler Pipe Failure
Oil Cooler Pipe Improperly Fitted or Damaged
Oil Seal Failure
Fluid Leak
Housing Gasket Failure
O-ring Failure
Valve Failure
Engine Failure
Engine and Transmission Mount Failure
Suspension Failure
High/Low Battery Voltage
Oil Temperature Sensor Failure
Shift Impact Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve SLU Failure
Engine Coolant Temperature Signal Wrong
Engine Speed Signal Wrong
Engine Torque Signal Wrong
Burnt Fluid
Insufficient Fluid
Valve Failure
1.0 135

Engine Failure
Drive Plate Jump
Exhaust Pipe Resonance
Vibration
Propeller Shaft Jump or Noise
Imbalanced Tyre
Drive System and Body Interference
Suspension Failure
Engine Failure
Exhaust Pipe Resonance
Propeller Shaft Jump or Noise
Imbalanced Tyre
Noise Drive System and Body Interference
Suspension Failure
Oil Cooler Pipe Resonance
Burnt Fluid
1.0 136
Vehicle Unable to Run or Slip
Vehicle Unable to Run or Slip at D Gear
1. Check drive plate Check if the drive plate is loose or damaged, replace it when necessary.

2. Check shift solenoid valve S1 Check shift solenoid valve S1 for damage, replace the valve assembly when necessary.

3. Check shift solenoid valve SLC1 Check shift solenoid valve SLC1 for damage, replace the valve assembly when
necessary.

4. Check electromagnetic oil pump Check the EMOP for damage, replace the valve when necessary.
(EMOP)

5. Check automatic transmission Check the automatic transmission control module for any damage, replace it when
control module necessary.

6. Check shift cable or neutral start Check the shift cable or neutral start switch for adjustment.
switch

7. Check the fluid for burning smell Check if the fluid is burnt, change fluid when necessary.

8. Check fluid level Check the fluid level of the automatic transmission, if insufficient, refill it.

1.0 137

9. Check fluid Check if the fluid contains moisture or if wrong fluid is used, change fluid when
necessary.

10. Check hydraulic torque converter Check the hydraulic torque converter for damage, replace it when necessary.

11. Check valve Check the valve for damage, replace it when necessary.

12. Check parts in automatic Check the parts in the automatic transmission for any damage, replace the automatic
transmission transmission assembly when necessary.
1.0 138
Vehicle Unable to Run or Slip at R Gear
1. Check drive plate Check if the drive plate is loose or damaged, replace it when necessary.


necessary.


switch



necessary.

1.0 139



1.0 140
Slip at Acceleration


necessary.

necessary.

4. Check shift solenoid valve SLB1 Check shift solenoid valve SLB1 for damage, replace the valve assembly when
necessary.

5. Check lock-up clutch control Check lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU for damage, replace the valve
solenoid valve SLU assembly when necessary.

6. Check automatic transmission Check the automatic transmission control module for any damage, replace the valve
control module assembly when necessary.

switch


1.0 141


necessary.



1.0 142
Static Shift Delay
Shift Delay at N Gear => D Gear

1. Check input speed sensor Check the input speed sensor for damage, replace it when necessary.

necessary.





necessary.


1.0 143

Shift Delay at N Gear => R Gear





necessary.


1.0 144
Engine Start Failure
Check the neutral start switch for damage, replace it when
necessary.
After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom

1. Check neutral start switch
disappears.

2. Check shift cable Check the shift cable or neutral start switch for adjustment.
1.0 145
Engine Flameout
Engine Flameout at N Gear => D Gear Or N Gear
=> R Gear
1. Check engine Check for engine failure, disassemble and repair the engine
when necessary.

disappears.

2. Check shift solenoid valve SLC1 Check shift solenoid valve SLC1 for damage, replace the valve

disappears.


disappears.

4. Check automatic transmission control module Check the automatic transmission control module for any
damage, replace it when necessary.

disappears.

5. Check shift cable or neutral start switch Check the shift cable or neutral start switch for adjustment.

disappears.

6. Check oil cooler pipe Check the oil cooler pipe for damage, replace it when
necessary.

disappears.

1.0 146
7. Check hydraulic torque converter Check the hydraulic torque converter for damage, replace it
when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

9. Check parts in automatic transmission Check the parts in the automatic transmission for any damage,
replace the automatic transmission assembly when necessary.
Engine Flameout at Deceleration

when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.


disappears.


disappears.

1.0 147
5. Check shift cable or neutral start switch Check the shift cable or neutral start switch for adjustment.

disappears.

6. Check oil cooler pipe Check the oil cooler pipe for damage, replace it when
necessary.

disappears.

7. Check hydraulic torque converter Check the hydraulic torque converter for damage, replace it
when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

1.0 148
Insufficient Acceleration

1. Check engine Check for engine failure, disassemble and repair the engine when necessary.

2. Check shift solenoid valve SLC1 Check shift solenoid valve SLC1 for damage, replace the valve assembly when necessary.


4. Check shift solenoid valve SLB1 Check shift solenoid valve SLB1 for damage, replace the valve assembly when necessary.

5. Check accelerator pedal position Check if the position signal of the accelerator pedal is wrong, correct it when necessary.
signal



necessary.


1.0 149


1.0 150
Upshift/Downshift Failure
Unable to Upshift from 1st Gear to 2nd Gear or
Downshift from 2nd Gear to 1st Gear

2. Check battery voltage Check if the battery voltage is too high/low, replace the battery when necessary.


4. Check output speed sensor Check the output speed sensor for damage, replace it when necessary.

5. Check neutral start switch Check the neutral start switch for damage, replace it when necessary.

6. Check oil temperature sensor Check the oil temperature sensor for damage, replace it when necessary.

necessary.

necessary.

1.0 151



11. Check accelerator pedal position Check if the position signal of the accelerator pedal is wrong, correct it when necessary.
signal



necessary.


1.0 152
Unable to Upshift from 2nd Gear to 3rd Gear or
Downshift from 3rd Gear to 2nd Gear







necessary.

1.0 153

necessary.

necessary.


12. Check accelerator pedal position Check if the position signal of the accelerator pedal is wrong, correct it when
signal necessary.



necessary.


1.0 154
Unable to Upshift from 3rd Gear to 4th Gear or
Downshift from 4th Gear to 3rd Gear






necessary.

necessary.

1.0 155

necessary.


signal necessary.



necessary.


1.0 156
Lock-up Clutch Control Solenoid Valve Unable to
Open/Close





6. Check brake switch Check the brake switch for damage, replace it when necessary.


signal necessary.

1.0 157



1.0 158
No Engine Braking



necessary.

necessary.

necessary.




1.0 159


1.0 160
Kick-down Failure

disappears.


disappears.


disappears.

4. Check accelerator pedal position signal Check if the position signal of the accelerator pedal is wrong,
correct it when necessary.
1.0 161
Irregular Gear Shift


disappears.


disappears.


disappears.

4. Check accelerator pedal position signal Check if the position signal of the accelerator pedal is wrong,
correct it when necessary.
1.0 162
Tiptronic\Sport Mode Access Failure
1. Check manual mode switch (shift lever) Check if the manual mode switch (shift lever) is loose, worn
or damaged, replace it when necessary.

disappears.

1.0 163
Fluid Leak For the fluid leak from the side cover junction: re-apply the
Check ATF sealant.
When the automatic transmission internal failure occurs, the For the fluid leak from the junction between oil pan and
quality of ATF will change accordingly, therefore the condition housing: repair the oil pan sealing washer.
of ATF will be the key element in failure diagnosis.
1. Low fluid level: oil pump will inhale air which can
result in low oil pressure and functional malfunction of
transmission.
2. High fluid level: a large number of bubbles produced by
the stir of the gear set will overflow from the vent pipe.
3. Normal ATF: red, with moderate viscosity. Abnormal
ATF: water (white emulsion) or a mixture of different
ATF will lead to "shift shock" and "rough running",
degrading the performance.
Check ATF Level
Check ATF Quality
1. Check the quality of ATF (with or without metal
particles, powder of friction plate, burning smell, white Fluid Leaked from the Outside of Oil Seal
emulsion and nigrescence). Excessive metal chips and a. Check if the oil seal is properly fitted. Replace the oil seal
bushing powder could cause the automatic transmission and fit it properly if necessary.
internal wear.
b. Check the condition of the contact surface between
2. Check if the ATF discolors. If yes, it indicates that ATF transmission housing and oil seal, ensure there is no scratch
may be mixed with water, special attention shall be paid or dent. Replace the automatic transmission assembly if
and the cooling system will be inspected. necessary.
3. If required, replace the automatic transmission assembly
Fluid Leaked from the Inside of Oil Seal
(with AT internal failure).
Fluid Leak a. Check the drive shaft for any scratch, dent or wear. Replace
the oil seal and fit it properly if necessary.
Check the following components for fluid leak: mating face
between automatic transmission and engine, housing junction, b.Check and ensure there is no foreign material, cutting mark
oil seal and O-ring. or wear on the oil seal lip. Replace the oil seal and fit it properly
if necessary.
For the fluid leak from the mating face between automatic
transmission and engine: check the fluid leak and determine Caution: When fitting the drive shaft, it should
whether it leaks from the engine or the automatic be erectly inserted into the spline hole of the
transmission. If it is automatic transmission fluid, it is probably transmission differential.
leaked from the fuel pump oil seal or O-ring.
For the fluid leak from the housing junction: re-apply the
sealant.
1.0 164
Shift Impact
Shift Impact at N Gear => D Gear

2. Check engine and transmission Check if the bolts of engine and transmission mount are loose or damaged, tighten or
mount replace when necessary.

3. Check suspension Check if the suspension is loose or damaged, repair/replace when necessary.






1.0 165


10. Check engine coolant After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.
temperature signal
11. Check engine speed signal Check if the engine speed signal is correct, repair when necessary.



necessary.


1.0 166
Shift Impact at N Gear => R Gear








1.0 167


10. Check engine coolant After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.
temperature signal
11. Check engine speed signal Check if the engine speed signal is correct, repair when necessary.



necessary.


1.0 168
Shift Impact During Upshift







8. Check lock-up clutch control Check lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU for damage, replace the valve assembly
solenoid valve SLU when necessary.

1.0 169


10. Check engine coolant Check if the engine coolant temperature signal is correct, repair when necessary.
temperature signal



necessary.


1.0 170
Shift Impact at Coasting








1.0 171

9. Check engine coolant temperature Check if the engine coolant temperature signal is correct, repair when necessary.
signal



necessary.


1.0 172
Shift Impact During Kick-down








1.0 173

9. Check engine coolant temperature Check if the engine coolant temperature signal is correct, repair when necessary.
signal

10. Check engine torque signal Check if the engine torque signal is correct, repair when necessary.



necessary.


1.0 174
Shift Impact When Accelerator Pedal Depressed
or Released (Unable to Upshift or Downshift)


1.0 175
Vibration or Noise
Idle Vibration

when necessary.

disappears.

2. Check drive plate Check if the drive plate is loose or damaged, replace it when
necessary.

disappears.

3. Check engine and transmission mount Check if the bolts of engine and transmission mount are loose
or damaged, tighten or replace when necessary.

disappears.

4. Check exhaust pipe Check the exhaust pipe for resonance, repair it when
necessary.

disappears.

5. Check propeller shaft After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom
disappears.

6. Check drive system and body Check the drive system and body for interference, repair it
when necessary.

disappears.

7. Check suspension Check if the suspension is loose or damaged, repair/replace
when necessary.
Driving Vibration
1.0 176
when necessary.

disappears.

2. Check drive plate Check if the drive plate is loose or damaged, replace it when
necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

necessary.

disappears.

5. Check propeller shaft Check if the propeller shaft is jumped due to looseness or
makes noises itself, repair it when necessary.

disappears.

6. Check tyres Check the tyres for imbalance.

disappears.

1.0 177
when necessary.

disappears.

when necessary.
Idle Noise

when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

necessary.

disappears.

when necessary.

disappears.

when necessary.

disappears.

1.0 178
6. Check oil cooler pipe Check the oil cooler pipe for resonance, repair it when
necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

8. Check fluid Check if the fluid contains moisture or if wrong fluid is used,
change fluid when necessary.
1.0 179
Shift Impact Noise

when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

necessary.

disappears.


disappears.


disappears.


disappears.

Driving Noise
1.0 180
when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

necessary.

disappears.


disappears.


disappears.

when necessary.

disappears.

1.0 181

when necessary.

disappears.

Upshift/Downshift Noise

when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

when necessary.

disappears.

1.0 182
when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.


disappears.

1.0 183
Noise When Acceleration Starts/Stops

when necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

necessary.

disappears.


disappears.

when necessary.

disappears.

when necessary.

disappears.

1.0 184
Shift Lock Control-Manual

Fluid Leak
Obviously Damaged or Worn

Mechanical Parts
Loose or Missing Nut or Bolt

1.0 185
Symptom Table

Exterior gear shift mechanism connection deformed
Hard Movement of Gear Shift Mechanism Gear Shift Cable
Transmission
1.0 186
Hard Movement of Gear Shift Mechanism
Separate the gear selection lever and the gear shift cable to confirm if the
movement of external shift mechanism is hard, and make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
1. Check exterior gear shift mechanism
connection for deformation After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Remove shift cable from the transmission and confirm if the gear shift cable is
stuck.
2. Check shift cable After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the whether inside of the transmission is normal.
3. Check the transmission • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
1.0 187
Manual Transmission

Brake Fluid Insufficient
Obviously damaged or worn parts

Mechanical
Loose or missing nut or bolt

1.0 188
Symptom Table

Clutch Brake Fluid Shortage or Air Existence in Pipeline
Free Travel of Clutch Pedal
Hard or Incorrect Gear Shift
Clutch Cover Assembly
Manual transmission
Oil filler plug and oil drain plug and oil plug gasket
Half shaft oil seal
Input shaft oil seal
Fluid Leak
Front and rear housing joint of the transmission
Air plug
Gear selection/shift shaft oil seal
Shift Operating Mechanism
Off Gear
Transmission
General check
Wind Noise
Abnormal Sounds During Driving
Clutch System
Transmission
1.0 189
Hard or Incorrect Gear Shift

Check whether the clutch system is completely separated and firmly joint, and
1. Check clutch system make repairs/replacements when necessary.
Note: Clutch hydraulic oil is from brake After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.
master cylinder. • Yes → Diagnosis is completed.
Check whether the shift operating mechanism is problematic and deformed,
and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
2. Check shift operating mechanism After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch cover is deformed, or the diaphragm spring is failed,
3. Check clutch cover assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Remove and disassemble transmission, check whether the shifting fork in the
4. Check the shifting fork in the transmission, transmission, fork shaft, synchronizer assembly and self-locking mechanism are
fork shaft and synchronizer assembly and normal.
self-locking mechanism • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
• No → Repair the transmission for internal failure.
1.0 190
Fluid Leak
Check whether oil filler plug, oil drain plug and oil plug gasket are loose or
poorly sealed, and repair/replace them when necessary.
1. Check oil filler plug, and oil drain plug and
oil plug gasket.
Check half shaft oil seals for damage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
2. Check half shaft oil seals After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check input shaft oil seals for damage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
3. Check input shaft oil seals After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front and rear housing joint of the transmission is with glue
coating defects, insufficient curing time and is mix with impurities during glue
coating, make repairs/replacements when necessary.
4. Check the front and rear housing joint of
the transmission After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the oil level is too high for the air plug and the ventilation is
blocked, and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
5. Check air plug After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check gear selection/shift shaft oil seal for damage, and make
6. Check gear selection/shift shaft oil seal
1.0 191
Off Gear
Check whether shift operating mechanism is seized, loose or misadjusted, and
1. Check shift operating mechanism After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether transmission self-locking mechanism and synchronizer assembly
are normal
2. Check the transmission for internal failure.
1.0 192
Abnormal Sounds During Driving
Check whether tyre pressure, tyre tread, model, tightening bolts, rubber
bushing and ball head are normal, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
1. General check

2. Check wind noise
Warning: In order to avoid personal injury Road test vehicles, check if there is a situation where wind noise varies with
caused by loss of control over the operation, vehicle speed exists, and repair the wind nose fault when necessary.
road test shall be carried out by two people After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.
to maintain a safe driving condition. Be
sure to maintain proper control of the
steering wheel. Failure to comply with these • No → Go to Step 3.
instructions may result in personal injury.
Start the engine, keep the gear in neutral, operate the clutch to check whether
abnormal sounds exist when the clutch is engaged or separated, and make
3. Check clutch system

4. Check the transmission
Warning: In order to avoid personal injury

Road test vehicles, check if the transmission produce abnormal sounds when
caused by loss of control over the operation,
shifting through each gear.
road test shall be carried out by two people
to maintain a safe driving condition. Be • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
sure to maintain proper control of the • No → Check for other possible causes.
steering wheel. Failure to comply with these
instructions may result in personal injury.
1.0 193
Clutch

Mechanical Clutch Pedal

1.0 194
Symptom Table

Clutch Master Cylinder
Fluid Leak Central Release Cylinder
Clutch Hydraulic Pipe
Clutch Pedal Bonding
Central Release Cylinder
Clutch Slip
Clutch Driven Plate Surface
Flywheel
Engine/Transaxle Bracket
Clutch Pedal
Clutch Clattering or Shivering Central Release Cylinder
Clutch Driven Plate Surface
Clutch Fluid Shortage or Air Existence in Pipeline
Clutch Dragging
Diaphragm Spring
Clutch Driven Plate Assembly
Clutch Driven Plate
Clutch Pedal Pivot
Clutch Pedal Pulsation
Flywheel
Clutch Cover Assembly Spring Fatigue
Engine Component Contacts with Frame
Accessory Drive Vibration
Clutch Vibration Clutch Driven Plate
Flywheel
Clutch Cover Assembly Imbalance
Clutch Pedal Return Spring
Clutch Rattling Clutch Driven Plate Damper Spring
Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly
Clutch Seized (pedal hardly pushed)
Clutch Hydraulic Pipe Twisted or Damaged
1.0 195

Clutch Hydraulic Pipe
Clutch Master Cylinder
Clutch Failure (driven plate unable to be separated) or
Serious Odour
Clutch Cover
Clutch Driven Plate
1.0 196
Fluid Leak
Check whether the clutch master cylinder is poorly sealed, Make
1. Check clutch master cylinder After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the central release cylinder is poorly sealed, Make
2. Check central release cylinder After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch hydraulic pipe is broken.
3. Check clutch hydraulic pipe • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 197
Clutch Slip
Check whether the free travel of clutch pedal is short. Make
1. Check free travel of clutch pedal After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch pedal shaft is lubricated well. Make
2. Check clutch pedal After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the central release cylinder is seized ， Make

Check whether the clutch cover assembly is contaminated by leaking oil. Make

Check whether the clutch driven plate is contaminated by leaking oil. Make
5. Check clutch driven plate After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the flywheel is contaminated by leaking oil.
6. Check flywheel • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 198
Clutch Clattering or Shivering
Check whether the engine/transaxle mounting insulator and roll cage are
damaged. Make repairs/replacements when necessary.
1. Check engine/transaxle bracket After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the clutch pedal for excessive gap. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.


Check whether the clutch cover assembly is worn. Make repairs/replacements
when necessary.

Check whether the clutch driven plate has oil stain or any sign of scorch.
5. Check clutch driven plate • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 199
Clutch Dragging
Check whether the free travel of clutch pedal is short. Make
1. Check free travel of clutch pedal After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch fluid is insufficient or air exists in the pipeline. Make
2. Check clutch fluid for shortage or pipeline
for air existence
Check whether the clutch cover assembly or diaphragm spring support is
damaged. Make repairs/replacements when necessary.
3. Check clutch driven plate spline After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch driven plate spline and transmission input shaft spline
are damaged.
4. Check clutch driven plate spline
1.0 200
Clutch Pedal Pulsation
Check whether the clutch pedal mechanism is damaged. Make

Check whether the end face run-out of the clutch cover assembly or the worn
height of the release lever is serious or not. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
2. Check clutch cover assembly

Check whether the clutch driven plate is hard, damaged or excessively worn.

Check whether the flywheel has the indications of bluing, groove abrasion,
cracked mating face, excessive end face run-out, etc.
4. Check flywheel
1.0 201
Clutch Vibration
Check whether the engine mounting device, exhaust manifold or other
engine components interfere with the vehicle body or frame. Make
1. Check engine component and vehicle body
for interference After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

When the engine torque changes, with the clutch engaged or disengaged, check
whether the vibration stops while releasing the accessory drive belt. Make
2. Check accessory drive vibration

when necessary.

Check whether the clutch driven plate has oil stain or any sign of scorch. Make

Check whether the flywheel has the indications of bluing, groove abrasion,
cracked mating face, excessive end face run-out, etc.
5. Check flywheel
1.0 202
Rattling
Check whether the clutch pedal return spring is too soft. Make
1. Check clutch pedal return spring After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch driven plate damper spring is damaged. Make
2. Check clutch driven plate damper spring After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch cover assembly spring is deformed.
3. Check clutch cover assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 203
Clutch Seized (pedal hardly pushed)

Check whether the clutch hydraulic pipe is twisted or damaged. Make
1. Check clutch hydraulic pipe After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


Check whether the clutch master cylinder assembly is seized. Make
3. Check clutch master cylinder assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch cover assembly is deformed or seized.
4. Check clutch cover assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 204
Clutch Failure (driven plate unable to be
separated) or Serious Odour
Check whether the clutch hydraulic pipe is twisted or damaged. Make
1. Check clutch hydraulic pipe After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch master cylinder is seized. Make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
2. Check clutch master cylinder After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


when necessary.
4. Check clutch cover After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the clutch driven plate has oil stain or any sign of scorch.
5. Check clutch driven plate • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 205
Phenomena-based Diagnosis HVAC System
HVAC System
HVAC System
Leak Testing

The Refrigerant leak is generally accompanied with leakage of compressor oil.
Check for any leaks with naked eyes.
• All fittings or connections that use seal washers or O-rings.

• A/C refrigerant pipelines.
1. Visually check for leakage • A/C compressor.
• Air-conditioning condenser.
• The A/C hoses and pressure switches.
• A/C condensate draining pipe.
• Service port (refrigerant high/low pressure filling port).
After injecting nitrogen into the system, apply soapy water to the following
possible leaks to see if there is any bubble formed:

2. Foam leak detection • A/C compressor.
• Service port (refrigerant high/low pressure filling port).
Note: Only use the fluorescent dyes approved by SAIC Motor.
Note: Not all of the fluorescent dyes are compatible with PAG oil. Some types of dye
decrease the oil viscosity or may chemically react with the oil.
• Add the fluorescent dye to the air conditioning system through the
3. Fluorescent dye leak detection high/low pressure pipeline service port, be sure to wipe clean the service
port of the fluorescent agent, so as to avoid the wrong diagnosis.
• Do NOT overcharge the A/C system with dye, so as not to affect the
cooling effect.
• Leak detection dye requires time to work depending on the different
leakage speed.
Place the electronic detector leak detection probe near possible leakage
location, and move back and forth. When the leak detector sends out an alarm,
it indicates that there is a leak.

4. Electronic detector leak detection
• A/C compressor.
• Service Port (Refrigerant high/low pressure filling port).
1.0 206
HVAC System Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Warning: Since the leak detector sensor is operating at high temperatures, do not
operate the leak detector in a flammable environment, as this may result in personal
injury or damage to the equipment.
5. Halogen Lamp leak detection This method is not applicable for air conditioning systems with R134a refrigerant
added.
Turn on the lamp, when the nozzle is close to the leakage of the system, the
color of the flame becomes purple blue, indicating that there is a leak.
The refrigerant is evacuated by means of a refrigerant filling device, and then
stay pressurize in a vacuum for a certain period of time.
6. Vacuum leak detection
Check whether it stay pressurized, in order to determine whether there is a
leak. However, the leakage location cannot be determined.
1.0 207
A/C Compressor Oil Diagnosis

1. The oil is clean and free from debris • No improvement operation is required.
Check and clean the refrigeration system:
• Replace the liquid storage drying tank if necessary.

• Clean or replace the condenser if necessary.
• Clean or replace the compressor if necessary.
2. The oil is clean but with debris
• Clean or replace the expansion valve if necessary.
• Clean or replace the evaporator if necessary.
• Clean or replace A/C pipeline if necessary.
• Clean or replace the pressure switch/sensor if necessary.

3. Dark brown/black colour and/or with • Clean or replace the compressor if necessary.
pungent/unusual smell and no debris • Clean or replace the expansion valve if necessary.
Check and clean the refrigeration System:

4. Dark brown/black colour and/or with • Clean or replace the compressor if necessary.
pungent/unusual smell and debris • Clean or replace the expansion valve if necessary.
5. Excessive oil filling • Fill oil as required.

• Clean or replace the compressor if necessary.
6. Refrigerant Contamination
• Clean or replace the expansion valve if necessary.
1.0 208

7. Mixed polyester (POE) refrigerant oil • Clean or replace the compressor if necessary.
contamination • Clean or replace the expansion valve if necessary.
1.0 209
Odour Diagnosis
• Sit inside the vehicle. Close all of the doors and windows.
• Start the engine and allow the engine to run at idle at normal operating
1. Determine the odour type temperatures.
• Turn on A/C.
To determine odour type

• Check whether the air inlet grille is dirty or moldy.
• Check whether the A/C filter is dirty or moldy.
2. Moldy odour
• Check whether the A/C evaporator is dirty or moldy.
• Check whether the A/C air duct is dirty or moldy
• Check heater core for leakage.
3. Coolant smell
• Check the engine compartment coolant unit for any leaks.
• Check the engine oil for leakage.
4. Oil smell
• Check the transmission oil for leakage.
1.0 210

Compressor
Compressor accessory belt
A/C high and low pressure pipeline

Mechanical
A/C high and low pressure filling valve
Condenser
Cooling fan
Passenger Compartment Fuse CF22
Electrical Engine Compartment Fuse EF47
Switch

1.0 211
Symptom Table

Refrigerant
Blower Speed Control Module
Blower
Blend Damper
A/C Filter
Engine Accessory Belt
Compressor
A/C Cooling Capacity Insufficient Condenser
Cooling Fan
A/C Pipeline
Expansion Valve
Evaporator
A/C Pressure Switch Sensor
Ambient Temperature Sensor
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Coolant
Blower
A/C Heating Capacity Insufficient Blend Damper
A/C Filter
Heater Water Pipe
Heater Core
Compressor Relay
Refrigerant
Compressor Does Not Work
Compressor
Compressor Cannot Automatically Stop Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Related Lines or Connectors
1.0 212
Compressor Relay
Refrigerant
Compressor
Condenser
Compressor Clutch Intermittent Engagement
Expansion Valve
Ambient Temperature Sensor
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Refrigerant
Condenser
Abnormal Refrigerant Pressure Cooling Fan
Compressor
Expansion Valve
Drain Pipe
A/C Condensed Water Leakage
A/C Box Housing
Blower
Blend Damper
Air Outlet Insufficient
A/C Filter
Intake Grille
Vents
Blower Inoperative Blower
Compressor
Noise
Cooling Fan
Blower
1.0 213
A/C Cooling Capacity Insufficient

Check if the refrigerant is excessive or insufficient, and make refills/repairs when
necessary.
1. Check refrigerant After the refill/repair, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the blower speed control module for damage and make replacements
when necessary.
2. Check blower speed control module After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the blower for damage and make replacements when necessary.

3. Check blower
Check the blend damper for damage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
4. Check blend damper After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the A/C filter for filthy blockage, make replacements when necessary.

5. Check A/C filter
Check if the engine accessory belt tension is normal, and make
adjustments/replacements when necessary.
6. Check engine accessory belt After the adjustment/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the compressor clutch for slipping, and replace the compressor
7. Check compressor After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 214
Check the condenser for blockage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
8. Check condenser After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Inspect the cooling fan for damage and make replacements when necessary.

9. Check cooling fan
Check if the A/C pipeline for leakage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
10. Check A/C pipeline After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the expansion valve for blockage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
11. Check expansion valve After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the evaporator for blockage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
12. Check evaporator After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

With the scan tool, read the ECM Pressure Sensor Signal, determine whether
the A/C pressure parameter is within the rational value range, if it is not
within the specified range, repair/replace the A/C pressure sensor (refer to
13. Check A/C pressure switch sensor the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
(HVAC)" - "ECM Pressure Sensor Signal" for rational value range).

1.0 215

With the scan tool, read the "Temperature Of Exterior Temperature Sensor",
determine whether the ambient temperature parameter is within the rational
value range, if it is not within the specified range, repair/replace the ambient
temperature sensor (refer to the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Heating,
14. Check ambient temperature sensor Ventilation And Air Conditioning (HVAC)" - "Temperature Of Exterior
Temperature Sensor" for rational value range).

With the scan tool, read the "Temperature Of Evaporator Temperature

Sensor", determine whether the evaporator temperature parameter is within
the rational value range, if it is not within the specified range, repair/replace the
evaporator temperature sensor (refer to the Appendix, "Real-time Display"
15. Check evaporator temperature sensor - "Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning (HVAC)" - "Temperature Of
Evaporator Temperature Sensor" for rational value range).
• No →Replace the ambient temperature sensor.

1.0 216
A/C Heating Capacity Insufficient
Check the coolant for leakage, and refill/repair when necessary.
After the repair, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1. Check coolant
when necessary.


3. Check blower
necessary.
4. Check blend damper After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


5. Check A/C filter
Check the heater water pipe for blockage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
6. Check heating water pipe After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check heater core for blockage.
7. Check heater core • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 217
Compressor Does Not Work

cable, and remove relay ER12 in the engine compartment fuse box.
B. Externally connect a 12 V power supply to the relay terminals 85 and 86. Test
whether the resistance between the following relay terminals is in the specified
range:
1. Check compressor relay Terminal Resistance (Ω)
30 87 <5

Check the refrigerant for leakage and make refills/repairs when necessary.
After the refill/repair, confirm if the symptom disappears.

2. Check refrigerant
Check if the engine accessory belt is broken, and make
3. Check engine accessory belt After the repair, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the Compressor for damage
4. Check compressor • Yes → Replace the compressor
1.0 218
Compressor Cannot Automatically Stop
1. Check pressure Switch the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

With the scan tool, read the "Temperature of Evaporator Temperature Sensor
", determine whether the evaporator temperature parameter is within the
rational value range, if it is not within the specified range, repair/replace the
evaporator temperature sensor (refer to the Appendix, "Real-time Display"
2. Check Evaporator Temperature Sensor - "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)" - "Temperature of

Check the related harness or connector of A/C system for short circuit.
3. Check related lines or connectors • Yes → Repair/replace the related harness.
1.0 219
Compressor Clutch Intermittent Engagement

cable, and remove relay ER12 in the engine compartment fuse box.

85 86 80 ± 10
30 86 ∞
30 87 ∞
1. Check compressor relay 30 85 ∞
85 87 ∞
Test if the resistance between the above relay terminals is within the specified
range, if it is not within the specified range, replace the compressor relay.

With a pressure gauge, read whether A/C refrigerant pressure is within the
specified range, if it is not within the specified range, check/repair refrigerant
pressure failure.
2. Check refrigerant



necessary.

necessary.

1.0 220
7. Check A/C pressure switch sensor the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning

With the scan tool, read the "Temperature Of Exterior Temperature Sensor",
determine whether the ambient temperature parameter is within the rational
value range, if it is not within the specified range, repair/replace the ambient
temperature sensor (refer to the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Heating,
8. Check ambient temperature sensor Ventilation And Air Conditioning (HVAC)" - "Temperature Of Exterior
Temperature Sensor" for rational value range).

With the scan tool, read the "Temperature Of Evaporator Temperature

Sensor", determine whether the evaporator temperature parameter is within
the rational value range, if it is not within the specified range, repair/replace
the evaporator temperature sensor (refer to the Appendix, "Real-time Display"
9. Check evaporator temperature sensor - "Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning (HVAC)" - "Temperature Of

Check the elated harness or connector of A/C system for poor connections.
10. Check related lines or connectors • Yes → Repair/replace the related harness.
1.0 221
Abnormal Refrigerant Pressure

Check whether the refrigerant is filled excessively or insufficiently, and make
refills/repairs when necessary.
1. Check refrigerant After the repair, confirm if the symptom disappears.


necessary.

Inspect the cooling fan for damage and make replacements when necessary.


necessary.

7. Check A/C pressure switch sensor
the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

• No → Replace the pressure switch
1.0 222
A/C Condensed Water Leakage
Check whether the heating water pipe is disconnected, damaged and blocked,
1. Check drain pipe After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check A/C Box Housing for damage
2. Check A/C Box Housing • Yes → Replace A/C box housing
1.0 223
Air Outlet Insufficient

when necessary.


2. Check blower
necessary.
3. Check Blend Damper After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


4. Check the A/C Filter
Check if the intake grille is blocked, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
5. Check intake grille After the replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check vents for blockage and damage.
6. Check vents • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 224
Blower Inoperative
when necessary.


2. Check blower
Check the blower related lines or connectors for short circuit or break circuit.
3. Check related lines or connectors • Yes → Repair/replace the blower related lines.
1.0 225
Noise
Visually check whether the A/C system and its related system are loosely fitted,
interfere with each other and damaged, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
1. General check

Check if the engine accessory belt is loose and worn, and make
2. Check engine accessory belt After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Start and preheat the engine, turn on the A/C and pick the most obvious working
area, place the noise monitor in the A/C compressor and change the state of
the switch in the A/C, determine whether the sound is generated in the A/C
compressor, and repair/replace it when necessary.
3. Check compressor

Check whether there are foreign matters in the cooling fan and whether
there is abnormal sound with the motor, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.

Check whether the blower motor has abnormal sound, and whether there are
foreign matters in it.
5. Check blower
1.0 226
Steering System Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Steering System
Steering System

Steering gear subassembly
Steering gear outer tie rod
Mechanical Steering gear inner tie rod
Steering gear boot kit
Tyres and wheels

inspection, repair/replace the faulty parts and confirm if
the failure situation disappears. If the failure still remains,
perform the next check in accordance with the Symptom
Table.
4. If no obvious damaged or faulty parts can be identified
after the visual inspection, make further checks as per
the Symptom Table.
1.0 227
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Steering System
Symptom Table

Steering gear inner tie rod
Shaking When Braking
Steering intermediate shaft
Steering Wheel off Centre Position Steering gear inner tie rod
Vehicle Off-track Steering gear inner tie rod
Steering gear inner tie rod
Steering Wheel Vibration During Steering
Poor Steering Wheel Return-to-Centre
Steering gear retaining bolt
Noises from Steering Gear
Upper steering column assembly tightening bolts
Noises from Steering Column
Upper steering column assembly
Hard Steering Steering gear subassembly
Upper steering column assembly
1.0 228
Shaking When Braking
Check whether the steering gear outer tie rod is worn, and make
1. Check steering gear outer tie rod After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the steering gear inner tie rod is worn, and make
2. Check steering gear inner tie rod After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the steering intermediate shaft is worn or loose, and make
3. Check steering intermediate shaft After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the steering gear subassembly is worn.

4. Check steering gear subassembly
• No → Go to: Brake System - Shaking When Braking.
Brake System - Shaking When Braking
1.0 229
Steering Wheel off Centre Position

Check whether the steering gear outer tie rod is deformed, and make

Check whether the steering gear inner tie rod is deformed, and make

3. Steering gear subassembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 230
Vehicle Off-track
Check whether the steering gear outer tie rod is deformed, and make

Check whether the steering gear inner tie rod is worn or deformed, and make


3. Steering gear subassembly
• No → Go to: Suspension System - Vehicle Off-track.
Vehicle Off-track - Front Suspension
1.0 231
Steering Wheel Vibration During Steering

Check whether the steering gear outer tie rod is worn, and make

Check whether the steering gear inner tie rod is worn, and make


4. Check steering gear subassembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 232
Check steering gear tightening bolts for looseness, and repair them when
necessary.
1. Check steering gear tightening bolts After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.



3. Steering gear subassembly • No → Go to: Suspension System - Poor Steering Wheel
Return-to-Centre.
Suspension System - Poor Steering Wheel Return-to-Centre.
1.0 233
Noises from Steering Gear

Check steering gear tightening bolts for looseness, and repair them when
necessary.
1. Check steering gear tightening bolts After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the steering gear subassembly is worn or damaged.
2. Steering gear subassembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 234
Abnormal Sounds from Steering Column
Check upper steering column tightening bolts for looseness, and repair them
when necessary.
1. Check upper steering column tightening
bolts
Check whether the upper steering column assembly is poorly lubricated or
worn.
2. Check upper steering column assembly
1.0 235
Hard Steering
Check whether the steering intermediate shaft is seized, and make

Check whether the steering gear subassembly is worn, and make
2. Steering gear subassembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the upper steering column assembly is stuck

3. Check upper steering column assembly
• No → Go to: Suspension System - Hard to Steer
Suspension System - Hard to Steer
1.0 236
Suspension System Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Suspension System
Front Suspension

Tyres and Wheels
Front Lower Arm Assembly
Front Lower Swing Arm Rear Bushing
Front Lower Arm Outer Ball Joint
Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar

Mechanical Bushing
Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar

Connecting Rod
Front Suspension Spring
Front Shock Absorber
Front Suspension Subframe Assembly

Table.
the Symptom Table.
1.0 237
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Suspension System
Symptom Table

Tyres
Front Suspension Control Arm Rear Bushing
Front Lower Control Arm Ball Head Connector Assembly
Vehicle Off-track
Front Shock Absorber Assembly
Front Steering Knuckle
Front Wheel Hub Assembly
Front Subframe
Wheel Alignment
Abnormal Driving Track (The Vehicle Can Not Keep Front Wheel Hub Assembly
Straight) Front Subframe
Wheel Alignment
Tyres
Tyres Dynamic Balance
Abnormal Wear in Tyres
Front Shock Absorber Assembly
Front Steering Knuckle Assembly
Front Subframe
Wheel Alignment
Tyres
Hard Steering Bearing at the top of the Front Shock Absorber
Wheel Alignment
Tyres
The Direction Cannot Be Automatically Corrected
Bearing at the top of the Front Shock Absorber
Front Steering Knuckle Assembly
Wheel Alignment
Vehicle Swings During Driving
Wheel Alignment
Tyres
Tyres Dynamic Balance
Vehicle Jitters During Driving
1.0 238
Tyres
Acceleration Deviation
Wheel Alignment
Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar Bushing
Front Horizontal Stabilizer Bar Connecting Rod
Abnormal Noises During Driving Front Suspension Control Arm Rear Bushing
Front Subframe Assembly
1.0 239
Vehicle Off-track
Check the wheels and tyres, change the position of tyres, and make
1. Check wheels and tyres After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the front lower swing arm assembly for deformation, and make
2. Check the front lower swing arm
assembly.
Check whether the front suspension control arm rear bushing is worn or
damaged, and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
3. Check front suspension control arm rear
bushing
Check whether the front lower control arm ball head connector assembly is
worn or damaged, and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
4. Check front lower control arm ball head
connector assembly
Check whether the front suspension spring has abnormal elasticity, and make
5. Check Front Suspension Spring After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front shock absorber assembly leaks oil or is deformed, and
6. Check Front Shock Absorber Assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front steering knuckle is misaligned, and make
7. Check front steering knuckle After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 240
Check whether the front steering knuckle is seized or deformed, and make
8. Check Front Hub Assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front subframe is misaligned or damaged, and make
9. Check Front Subframe After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the wheel alignment data are abnormal.
• Yes → Make adjustments/replacements.

10. Check wheel alignment
• No → Go to: Steering System - Vehicle Off-track.
Vehicle Off-track - Rear suspension
1.0 241
Abnormal Driving Track (The vehicle can not

keep straight)
connector assembly
Check whether the front hub assembly is loose, and make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
2. Check front hub assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front subframe is misaligned and make repairs/replacements
when necessary.

4. Check wheel alignment • Yes → Make adjustments/replacements.
1.0 242
Abnormal Wear in Tyres
Check whether the tyre pressure is within the specified range, and make
adjustment when necessary.
1. Check tyres After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the tyre dynamic balance is within the specified range, and make
2. Check tyre dynamic balance After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

connector assembly
Check the front lower swing arm assembly for deformation, and make
4. Check the front lower swing arm assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front shock absorber assembly is deformed, and make
5. Check Front Shock Absorber Assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front steering knuckle assembly is deformed, and make
6. Check front steering knuckle assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front subframe is misaligned or damaged, and make

Check whether the wheel alignment data is accurate
8. Check wheel alignment • Yes → make adjustments/replacements.
1.0 243
Hard Steering
Check whether the tyre pressure is within the specified range, and make
1. Check tyre pressure After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether bearing at the top of the front shock absorber is stuck, and
2. Check the bearing at the top of the front
shock absorber.

• No → Go to: Steering System - Hard to Steer
Steering System - Hard to Steer
1.0 244
Check whether the tyre pressure is too low, and make adjustment when
necessary.

worn, loose or damaged, and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
connector assembly
Check whether the front suspension control arm rear bushing is worn, and make
bushing
Check whether bearing at the top of the front shock absorber is stuck, and
4. Check the bearing at the top of the front
shock absorber.
Check whether the front steering knuckle assembly is deformed, and make
5. Check front steering knuckle assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


Steering System - Poor Steering Wheel Return-to-Centre
1.0 245
Vehicle Swings During Driving

bushing
worn, loose or damaged, and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
connector assembly
Check whether the front hub assembly is loose or damaged, and make

4. Check wheel alignment • Yes → make adjustments/replacements.
1.0 246
Vehicle Jitters During Driving
Check whether the tyre tread is smooth, and with no foreign body, make
1. Check tyres After the adjustment/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the tyre dynamic balance is within the specified range, and make
2. Check tyre dynamic balance After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the front suspension spring has abnormal elasticity, and make
3. Check Front Suspension Spring After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check Front Shock Absorber for leakage or damage.
4. Check Front Shock Absorber • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
1.0 247
Acceleration Deviation
Check whether the tyre pressures are balanced, and make adjustment when
necessary.

2. Check wheel alignment • Yes → Make adjustments/replacements.
1.0 248
Abnormal Noises During Driving
Check whether the front horizontal stabilizer bar bushing is worn, and make
1.Check front horizontal stabilizer bar
bushing
Check whether the front horizontal stabilizer bar connecting rod is worn or
damaged, and make repairs/replacements when necessary.
2 Check front horizontal stabilizer bar
connecting rod
connector assembly
bushing
Check whether the hub assembly is loose or damaged, and make

Check whether the front shock absorber is worn or damaged, and make
6. Check Front Shock Absorber After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

• No → Go to Step 7
Check whether the front subframe assembly is loose or damaged.
7. Check front subframe assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 249
Rear Suspension

Tyres and wheels
Rear shock absorber assembly
Rear suspension spring assembly

Mechanical
H torsion beam assembly
Torsion beam mounting bracket

assembly

1.0 250
Symptom Table

Tyres
Rear suspension spring
Vehicle Off-track H torsion beam bushing
Rear wheel hub assembly
Wheel alignment
Unusual Noises
H torsion beam bushing
Tyres
Body Shake
Rear suspension spring assembly
Tyres
Body Tilted Rear shock absorber assembly
Rear suspension spring
1.0 251
Vehicle Off-track
Check the wheels and tyres, change the position of tyres, and make
1. Check wheels and tyres After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the H torsion beam bushing is worn or damaged, and make

2. Check H torsion beam bushing
Check whether the rear suspension spring has abnormal elasticity, and make
3. Check rear suspension spring After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the rear shock absorber assembly leaks oil or is deformed, and
4. Check rear shock absorber assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the rear hub is seized or deformed, and make
5. Check rear hub assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the H torsion beam is misaligned or damaged, and make
6. Check H torsion beam After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

• Yes → Make adjustments/replacements.

• No → Go to: Steering System - Vehicle Off-track.
Vehicle Off-track - Steering System
1.0 252
Unusual Noises
Check whether the rear shock absorber assembly leaks oil, and make

Check whether the rear hub assembly is loose, and make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
2. Check rear hub assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the H torsion beam bushing is worn or damaged, and make
3. Check H torsion beam bushing After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the H torsion beam assembly is loose or damaged.
4. Check H torsion beam assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 253
Body Shake
Check whether tyres are evenly worn, and make replacement when necessary.

1. Check tyres

Check whether the rear suspension spring assembly is aged or damaged, and
3. Check rear suspension spring assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the rear hub assembly is loose.
4. Check rear hub assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 254
Body Tilted
Check whether the tyre pressures are balanced, and make adjustment when
necessary.
1. Check tyre pressure After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


Check whether the rear suspension spring assembly is soft.
3. Check rear suspension spring • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 255
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Braking System
Braking System
Brake

Wheels and Tyres
Brake Pads
Mechanical Brake Fluid Leakage
Brake Rotor
Brake Pipelines

Table.
the Symptom Table.
1.0 256
Braking System Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Symptom Table

Brake Pads
Brake Rotor
Braking Deviation Brake Caliper
Brake Pipelines
Brake Master Cylinder
Brake Pads
Brake Shaking Brake Rotor
Brake Caliper
Brake Pipelines Leakage
Brake Pedal Downward Rapidly Brake Caliper
Brake Pads
Brake Rotor
Brake Pedal
Brake Pedal Low or Soft
Brake Fluid
Brake Caliper
Air Existence Within Brake System
Brake Pads
Braked Locked and ABS Starts to Work When Brake Is
Brake Caliper
Slightly Depressed
Brake Rotor
Long Brake Pedal Travel Brake Pads
Brake Pipelines Leakage
Step On the Pedal and Hold, the Pedal Goes Down
Slowly
Brake Pedal
Brake Pipelines
Brake Rotor
Brake Dragging
Brake Caliper
Brake Master Cylinder Assembly
Vacuum Booster Assembly
Vacuum Brake Hose Assembly
Poor Effect of Brake Boost
1.0 257

Brake Pedal
Brake Pads
Brake Caliper
Abnormal Sound With Brake System
Brake Rotor
1.0 258
Braking Deviation
Check whether brake pad has dirt or oil stain. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
1. Check brake pad After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the brake disc is abnormally worn:
• Whether the thickness of front brake disc is less than 20mm.
• Whether the thickness of rear brake disc is less than 7mm.
• Whether the maximum run-out amount (with wheel) of front brake disc
is less than 0.05mm.
2. Check brake disc • Whether the maximum run-out amount (with wheel) of rear brake disc is
less than 0.025mm.

Check whether the brake caliper is seized or deformed. Make
3. Check brake caliper After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether brake pipeline is blocked or leaking. Make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
4. Check brake pipeline After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the brake master cylinder is seized or leaking.
5.Check brake master cylinder • Yes → Make replacements.
1.0 259
Brake Shaking
Check whether brake pad has dirt or oil stain. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.

less than 0.025mm.

Check whether the brake caliper is damaged.

3. Check brake caliper
• No → Go to: Steering System - Shaking When Braking.
Steering System - Shaking When Braking
1.0 260
Brake Pedal Downward Rapidly
Check the brake pipeline for leakage. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
1. Check for brake pipeline leakage After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the brake caliper for leakage. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.

Check whether the brake master cylinder is damaged.
3.Check brake master cylinder • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 261
Brake Pedal Low or Soft

Check whether the thickness of brake pad is less than 2mm. Make

less than 0.025mm.

Check whether the brake pedal is deformed. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
3. Check brake pedal After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the brake fluid deteriorates. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
4. Check brake fluid After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the brake caliper is deformed or seized. Make

Check whether air exists in the brake system or not.
6. Check brake system for air existence • Yes → Bleed air / replace brake fluid.
1.0 262
Braked Locked and ABS Starts to Work When
Brake Is Slightly Depressed
Check whether brake pad is correctly installed. Make repairs/replacements
when necessary.

Check whether the brake caliper is seized. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.

Check whether the brake master cylinder is damaged.
3.Check brake master cylinder • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 263
Long Brake Pedal Travel

less than 0.025mm.

Check whether the thickness of brake pad is less than 2mm. Make

Check whether air exists in the brake system or not.
3. Check brake system for air existence • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 264
Step On the Pedal and Hold, the Pedal Goes
Down Slowly
Check the brake pipeline for leakage. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
1. Check for brake pipeline leakage After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether there is air in the brake system . Make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
2. Check brake system for air existence After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check brake master cylinder assembly for leakage.
3.Check brake master cylinder assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 265
Brake Dragging
Check whether the brake pedal and spring are deformed or aged. Make

Check whether the brake pipeline is blocked in one direction. Make
2. Check brake pipeline After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

less than 0.025mm.

Check whether the brake caliper is deformed or seized. Make

Check whether the brake master cylinder is stuck. Make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
5.Check brake master cylinder assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the vacuum booster assembly is damaged.
6. Check vacuum booster assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 266
Poor Effect of Brake Boost
Check the vacuum boost hose for leakage, and make repairs/replacements when
necessary.
1. Check vacuum boost hose After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the vacuum booster is damaged.
2. Check vacuum booster • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 267
Abnormal Sound in Braking System

Check whether the brake pedal is deformed or seized. Make

Check whether the brake pad meets the manufacturer's manufacturing standard
and whether the surface of brake pad is carbonized due to long-term use. Make
2. Check brake pad

Check whether the brake caliper is seized. Make repairs/replacements when
necessary.

less than 0.025mm.

Check whether the brake master cylinder is damaged. Make
5.Check brake master cylinder After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the vacuum booster assembly is damaged.
6. Check vacuum booster assembly • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 268
Park Brake

Parking Brake Control Lever Travel
Mechanical
Distance

1.0 269
Symptom Table

Rear Brake Pad
Poor Effect of Parking Brake Parking brake cable
Parking Brake Control Lever Travel Distance Too Large
1.0 270
Poor Effect of Parking Brake
Check whether the rear brake pad is worn to the limit, and make
1. Check rear brake pad
• Yes → Repair Rear Brake Pad
Check if the parking brake cable is stuck or broken, and make
2. Check parking brake cable After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if parking brake control lever travel distance is too large.
3. Check parking brake control lever travel • Yes → Adjust parking brake cable adjustment nut / replace parking brake
distance cable assembly.
1.0 271
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Driveline/Axle
Driveline/Axle
Driveline Axle

Tripod Joint Assembly Sleeve
Constant Velocity Joint Assembly

Mechanical
Sleeve
Drive Shaft Assembly

Table.
the Symptom Table.
1.0 272
Driveline/Axle Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Symptom Table

Outer Joint Assembly
Abnormal Sounds with Half shaft failure Inner Joint Assembly
Half Shaft
Outer Joint Assembly
Clunk Noise When Accelerating From Coast Inner Joint Assembly
Half Shaft
Half Shaft
Vibration During High Speed Driving
Front wheel transmission intermediate shaft bracket
Outer joint assembly
Sway or Vibration During Acceleration Inner joint assembly
Front wheel transmission intermediate shaft bracket
Outer joint assembly
Click Noise In Turns
Inner joint assembly
1.0 273
Abnormal Sound with Half Shaft

Check if the outer joint assembly is seriously worn or missing oil, repair/replace
when necessary.
1. Check outer joint assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check if the inner joint assembly is seriously worn or missing oil, repair/replace
when necessary.
2. Check inner joint assembly After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check the half shaft for damage.
3. Check half shaft • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 274
Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Coast
when necessary.

when necessary.

Check the half shaft for damage.
3. Check half shaft • Yes → Make repairs/replacements.
1.0 275
Vibration During High Speed Driving

Check if the front wheel transmission intermediate shaft bracket is loose,
repair/replace when necessary.
1. Check front wheel transmission
intermediate shaft bracket
Check whether the half shaft is normal.
2. Check half shaft • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
1.0 276
Sway or Vibration During Acceleration
when necessary.

when necessary.

Check if front wheel transmission intermediate shaft bracket is normal.
3. Check front wheel transmission
intermediate shaft bracket
1.0 277
Click Noise In Turns

when necessary.

Check whether outer joint assembly is normal.
2. Check outer joint assembly • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
1.0 278
Exterior Fitting Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Exterior Fitting
Fixed Windows

Passenger Compartment Fuse F23
Electrical
Switch

4. If the failure cause still can not be identified after
the visual inspection, make further checks as per the
Symptom Table.
1.0 279
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Exterior Fitting
Symptom Table

1. Window/rearview mirror heater relay failure
Rear Window Does Not Heat, Defog Function Failure 2. Rear window heating wire failure
3. Related lines or connectors of rear window
1.0 280
Heated Rear Window Failure
A. Put the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the negative battery
cable, and remove the relay R1 in passenger compartment fuse box.
B. Externally connect a 12V power supply to the relay terminals 85 and 86. Test
range:
1. Check window heater relay Terminal Resistance (Ω)
30 87 <5
• If the resistance is abnormal: replace the relay. After replacement, check

whether the rear mirror heats or not. If it heats, diagnosis is completed;
if not, check for other possible causes continuously.
• If the resistance is normal: check for other possible causes.
Externally connect 12V power supply to the rear window heating wire and check
whether the rear window can be properly heated.
2. Check rear window heating wire • If it cannot work normally: replace the rear window glass assembly. Check
whether the window heater is normal again. If the heater is normal,
diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
• If it can work normally: check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the heated rear window harness connectors BY051 and BY105.
C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
3. Check related lines or connectors of D. Press the heated rear window switch, and use a multimeter to measure
heated rear window whether the voltage and resistance between the following terminals of heated
rear window connector and the ground are in the specified range respectively.
Harness Connector BY051/BY105
BY051-1 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
• If the voltage or resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines; after

the repair/replacement, check whether the rear window can be properly
heated. If it resumes to work, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
other possible causes.
• If the voltage or resistance is normal: check the rear window defog switch
and other related systems for failure.
1.0 281
Mirrors 3. If any obvious damage or failure is found during visual

Check and Confirmation inspection, repair/replace the faulty parts and confirm
failure occurs, and carry out relevant checks. 4. If the failure cause still can not be identified after
Symptom Table.

Exterior Mirror Assembly
Mechanical Exterior Mirror Glass
Exterior Mirror Cover

Passenger Compartment Fuse
F2 (Exterior Mirror Switch)
Electrical Passenger Compartment Fuse

F22 (Exterior Mirror Heater)
Exterior Mirror Adjusting Switch
1.0 282
Symptom Table

Exterior mirror adjusting switch
Exterior mirror Fails to Rotate Related lines or connectors from exterior mirror to adjusting switch
Exterior mirror adjusting motor and its related lines or connectors
Window/rearview mirror heater relay
Related lines or connectors from exterior mirror to passenger
Exterior Mirror Heat Failure compartment fuse box
Exterior mirror heating wire
Related lines or connectors in exterior mirror
1.0 283
Exterior Mirror Fails to Rotate

battery cable.
B. Remove the original exterior mirror adjusting switch from the vehicle and fit
a new one in good condition.
1. Check the exterior mirror adjusting C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
switch position.
D. Press the exterior mirror adjusting switch and check whether the rearview
mirror on corresponding failure side can work normally.
• If it can work normally, diagnosis is completed.

• If it still cannot work normally, check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector PD006 or DD006 from the exterior

mirror that fails to rotate.
2. Check related lines or connectors from C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
exterior mirror to adjusting switch position.
Harness Connector DD006 D. Press the exterior mirror adjusting switch, and use a multimeter to measure
whether the voltage between the following terminals of exterior mirror harness
connector on the corresponding failure side is within the specified range.
Terminal
Exterior
Connector Horizontal Voltage (V)
Mirror Vertical motor
motor
Left side DD006 6 7 7 8

Harness Connector PD006
11～14
Right side PD006 6 7 7 8
• If the voltage is abnormal: repair/replace the related lines. After

repair/replacement, check again whether the exterior mirror can rotate
normally. If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates
that the exterior mirror motor and its related lines or connectors are
failed, replace the exterior mirror assembly. Confirm the system works
normally after replacement.
• If the voltage is normal, it indicates that the exterior mirror motor and its
related lines or connectors are failed, replace the exterior mirror assembly.
Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
1.0 284
Exterior Mirror Heat Failure
range:
Relay Terminal Resistance (Ω)
1. Check rearview mirror heater relay R1 30 87 ＜5
specified range:

again whether the exterior mirror can heat. If it heats, diagnosis is
completed; if still not, check for other possible causes.
2. Check related lines or connectors from
battery cable.
exterior mirror to passenger compartment
fuse box B. Disconnect the harness connector DD006 or PD006 from exterior mirror
with heat failure.
Harness Connector DD006
position.
D. Press the rear window heater switch, and use a multimeter to measure
whether the voltage and resistance between the following terminals of exterior
mirror harness connector on the corresponding failure side and the ground is
within the specified range respectively.
Exterior
Mirror
Harness Connector PD006
Left side DD006-3 Ground

11~14 -
Right side PD006-3 Ground
Left side DD001-4 Ground
- ＜5
Right side PD001-4 Ground
• If the voltage or resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines. After

repair/replacement, check again whether the exterior mirror can heat. If
it heats, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other possible causes.
• If the voltage or resistance is normal: check for other possible causes.
1.0 285

battery cable.
B. Remove the exterior mirror.
C. Externally connect a 12V power supply to the mirror connector, and check
whether the heating wire can work normally.
• If it cannot work normally: replace the exterior mirror. After replacement,

3. Check exterior mirror heating wire
check again whether the exterior mirror can heat. If it heats, diagnosis is
completed; if not, it indicates that related lines or connectors in exterior
mirror are failed, replace the exterior mirror assembly. Confirm the
system works normally after replacement.
• If it can work normally: it indicates that related lines or connectors in
exterior mirror are failed, replace the exterior mirror assembly. Confirm
the system works normally after replacement.
1.0 286
Roof if the failure situation disappears. If the failure remains
Check and Confirmation there, perform the next check.
1. Communicate with the customer to confirm the failure 4. If the failure cause still can not be identified after
situation and the specific operating condition when the the visual inspection, make further checks as per the
failure occurs, and carry out relevant checks. Symptom Table.

Sunroof Assembly
Mechanical
Sunroof Glass Weatherstrip
(Sunroof Sunshade Control Unit)
Electrical Passenger Compartment Fuse F29

(Sunroof Glass Control Unit)
Sunroof Switch

1.0 287
Symptom Table

Sunroof switch
Related lines or connectors from sunroof glass motor to engine
compartment fuse box
Sunroof Glass Inoperative
Related lines or connectors from sunroof switch to sunroof glass
motor
Sunroof glass motor
Sunroof switch
Related lines or connectors from sunroof sunshade motor to engine
Sunroof Sunshade Inoperative
Related lines or connectors from sunroof switch to sunroof
sunshade motor
Sunroof sunshade motor
Sunroof frame
Sunroof Glass Unable to Fully Open/Close (by sliding and
Tightening bolts of sunroof frame
tilting)
Sunroof glass motor
Sunroof frame
Sunroof Sunshade Unable to Fully Open/Close Tightening bolts of sunroof frame
Tightening bolts of sunroof glass
Tightening bolts of sunroof glass motor
Abnormal Noise of Sunroof Glass/Motor Sunroof frame
Sunroof glass motor
Tightening bolts of sunroof sunshade
Tightening bolts of sunroof sunshade motor
Abnormal Noise of Sunroof Sunshade/Motor Sunroof frame
Sunroof Anti-pinch Function Inoperative Sunroof control module
Sunroof frame drain gutter

Sunroof Leak
Drain pipe
1.0 288
Sunroof Glass Inoperative
battery cable.
B. Replace the sunroof switch with a new one.

1. Check sunroof switch C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
D. Operate the sunroof switch. If the sunroof works normally, diagnosis is

completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
2. Check related lines or connectors from B. Disconnect harness connector SR003 of the sunroof glass motor.
sunroof glass motor to engine compartment
fuse box
position.
Harness Connector SR003
D. Operate the sunroof switch, and use a multimeter to measure whether the
voltage and resistance between the following terminals of sunroof glass motor
harness connector and the ground are within the specified range.
SR003-1 Ground 11~14 -
SR003-2 Ground - ＜5
• If the voltage or resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines;

after the repair/replacement, check again whether the sunroof can work
normally. If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
1.0 289

battery cable.
B. Disconnect the sunroof switch harness connector SR002 and sunroof glass
motor harness connector SR003.
C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
sunroof switch to sunroof glass motor
of the sunroof switch harness connector and sunroof glass motor harness
Harness Connector SR003 connector is within the specified range:
Harness Connector SR002 Terminal Resistance (Ω)

SR002-4 SR003-2 ＜5
SR002-4 Ground ∞
SR002-4 Power supply ∞
SR003-2 Ground ∞
• If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace the related lines. After the

repair/replacement, check again whether the sunroof can work normally.
If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates that the
sunroof glass motor is failed, replace the sunroof glass motor assembly.
• If the resistance is normal: It indicates that the sunroof glass motor is failed,
replace the sunroof glass motor assembly. Confirm the system works
1.0 290
Sunroof Sunshade Inoperative
battery cable.
B. Replace the sunroof switch with a new one.

1. Check sunroof switch C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
D. Operate the sunroof switch. If the sunroof works normally, diagnosis is

battery cable.
2. Check related lines or connectors B. Disconnect harness connector SR004 of the sunroof sunshade motor.
from sunroof sunshade motor to engine
position.
Harness Connector SR004
D. Operate the sunroof switch, and use a multimeter to measure whether the
voltage and resistance between the following terminals of sunroof sunshade
motor harness connector and the ground are within the specified range.
1 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
2 Ground - ＜5
• If the voltage or resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines;

after the repair/replacement, check again whether the sunroof can work
normally. If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
1.0 291

3. Check related lines or connectors from A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
sunroof switch to sunroof sunshade motor battery cable.
Harness Connector SR004 B. Disconnect the sunroof switch harness connector SR002 and sunroof
sunshade motor harness connector SR004.

of the sunroof switch harness connector and sunroof motor harness connector
is within the specified range:
SR002-4 SR004-2 ＜5
SR002-4 Ground ∞
SR004-2 Ground ∞
Harness Connector SR002 SR004-2 Power supply ∞
• If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace the related lines. After the

repair/replacement, check again whether the sunroof can work normally.
If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates that
the sunroof sunshade motor is failed, replace the sunroof sunshade motor
assembly. Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
• If the resistance is normal: It indicates that the sunroof sunshade motor is
failed, replace the sunroof sunshade motor assembly. Confirm the system
works normally after replacement.
1.0 292
Sunroof Glass Unable to Fully Open/Close (by
sliding and tilting)
Check the sunroof frame for any signs of deformation, displacement or seizing.
• If any signs found: After repairing or replacing the sunroof frame assembly,
1. Check sunroof frame determine whether the sunroof can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is
• If no such signs: Check for other possible causes.
Check the tightening bolts of sunroof frame for any signs of looseness, damage
or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening or fitting tightening bolts of sunroof

frame, determine whether the sunroof can work normally. If yes, diagnosis
is completed; if not, it indicates that the sunroof glass motor is failed,
2. Check the fitting of sunroof frame
replace the sunroof glass motor assembly. Confirm the system works
• If no such signs: It indicates that the sunroof glass motor is failed, replace
the sunroof glass motor assembly. Confirm the system works normally
after replacement.
1.0 293
Sunroof Sunshade Unable to Fully Open/Close

Check the sunroof frame for any signs of deformation, displacement or seizing.
1. Check sunroof frame determine whether the sunroof can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is
or missing.

frame, determine whether the sunroof can work normally. If yes, diagnosis
is completed; if not, it indicates that the sunroof sunshade motor is failed,
replace the sunroof sunshade motor assembly. Confirm the system works
• If no such signs: It indicates that the sunroof sunshade motor is failed,
1.0 294
Abnormal Noise of Sunroof Glass Motor
Check the tightening bolts of sunroof glass for any signs of looseness, damage
or missing.

1. Check the fitting of sunroof glass glass, determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof glass motor
disappears. If the noise disappears, diagnosis is completed; if not, check
for other possible causes.
Check the tightening bolts of sunroof glass motor for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting tightening bolts of sunroof glass

2. Check the fitting of sunroof glass motor motor, determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof glass motor
Check the sunroof frame for any signs of deformation or damage.
determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof glass motor disappears.
3. Check sunroof frame
If the noise disappears, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other
possible causes.
or missing.

frame, determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof glass motor
disappears. If the noise disappears, diagnosis is completed; if not, it
indicates that the sunroof glass motor is failed, replace the sunroof glass
motor assembly. Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
• If no such signs: It indicates that the sunroof glass motor is failed, replace
the sunroof glass motor assembly. Confirm the system works normally
after replacement.
1.0 295
Abnormal Noise of Sunroof Sunshade Motor

Check the tightening bolts of sunroof sunshade for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.

1. Check the fitting of sunroof sunshade sunshade, determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof sunshade
motor disappears. If the noise disappears, diagnosis is completed; if not,
check for other possible causes.
Check the tightening bolts of sunroof sunshade motor for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting tightening bolts of sunroof

2. Check the fitting of sunroof sunshade
sunshade motor, determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof
motor
sunshade motor disappears. If the noise disappears, diagnosis is
Check the sunroof frame for any signs of deformation or damage.
determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof sunshade motor
3. Check sunroof frame
or missing.

frame, determine whether the abnormal noise of sunroof sunshade
motor disappears. If the noise disappears, diagnosis is completed; if not,
4. Check the fitting of sunroof frame it indicates that the sunroof sunshade motor is failed, replace the sunroof
sunshade motor assembly. Confirm the system works normally after
replacement.
• If no such signs: It indicates that the sunroof sunshade motor is failed,
1.0 296
Sunroof Anti-pinch Function Failure
A. Operate the sunroof switch until the sunroof moves to full open position.
B. Close the sunroof, pull down the sunroof switch and hold it for approximate
10 seconds, and the sunroof will automatically open by sliding for a distance
during which the switch shall keep being pulled down and then close
1. Conduct initialization operation automatically.
After taking the above 2 steps for sunroof initialization, check whether the
sunroof anti-pinch function works normally; if yes, diagnosis is completed; if
not, it indicates that the sunroof control module is failed, replace the sunroof
motor assembly.
1.0 297
Sunroof Sunshade Anti-pinch Function Failure

A. Operate the sunroof switch until the sunroof moves to full tilt-open position.
B. Close the sunshade, press the close button of sunshade and hold for 10
seconds, and the sunshade will automatically open by sliding for a distance during
which the switch shall keep being pulled down and then close automatically.
1. Conduct initialization operation
After taking the above 2 steps for sunroof initialization, check whether the
sunroof sunshade anti-pinch function works normally; if yes, diagnosis is
completed; if not, it indicates that the sunroof control module is failed, replace
the sunroof sunshade motor assembly.
1.0 298
Sunroof Leak
Check the sunroof frame drain gutter for any signs of deformation or damage.
• If any signs found: After repairing/replacing the sunroof frame, determine

1. Check sunroof frame drain gutter whether the sunroof leaks. If not, diagnosis is completed; if still leaks,
check the drain pipe.
• If no such signs: Check the drain pipe.
After above causes are excluded, the possible cause might be that the sunroof
drain pipe is loose, blocked, damaged, worn or aged, tighten/repair or replace
2. Check drain pipe
the drain pipe. Confirm the system works normally after tightening/repairing or
replacing the drain pipe.
1.0 299
Wipers and Washer


Windshield
Windshield Washing Nozzle
Windshield Wiper Blade
Windshield Wiper Arm
Mechanical Rear Window
Rear Window Wiper Blade
Rear Window Wiper Arm
Rear Window Washer Nozzle
Windshield Washer Fluid

(Rear Window Washer Pump)
Engine Compartment Fuse F7 (Front

Wiper Motor)
Electrical Passenger Compartment Fuse F1

(Rear Wiper Motor)

(Windshield Washer Pump)
Wiper/Washer Stalk Switch

Symptom Table.
1.0 300
Symptom Table

Front wiper linkage mechanism
Wiper relay
Related lines or connectors of front/rear wiper motor
Related lines or connectors from wiper/washer stalk switch to body
Front/Rear Wiper Fails to Operate
control module
Wiper/washer stalk switch
Front/rear wiper motor
Body control module
Front Wiper Fails to Wipe Clean
Tightening bolts of front wiper mechanism
Wiper relay
Related lines or connectors of windshield wiper motor
Front/Rear Wiper Fails to Stop control module
Front/rear wiper motor
Body control module
Abnormal Noise/Shake During Front/Rear Wiper Tightening bolts of front wiper linkage mechanism
Movement Tightening bolts of front/rear wiper motor
Windshield wiper motor
Tightening bolts of front wiper linkage mechanism or rear wiper
Front/Rear Wiper Fails to Return to Original Position
motor
Related lines from front/rear wiper motor to body control module
Windshield washer nozzle hose
Front/Rear Washer Sprays Insufficiently Windshield washer reservoir hose
Windshield washer pump
Windshield washer relay
Related lines or connectors of windshield washer pump
Windshield/Rear Window Washer Spray Failure control module
Windshield washer pump
Body control module
1.0 301
Front Wiper Fails to Operate

Check the front wiper linkage mechanism for any signs of deformation or
damage.
• It any signs found: After replacing the front wiper linkage mechanism and
1. Check front wiper linkage mechanism
motor assembly, determine whether the wiper can work normally. If yes,
diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other possible causes.
cable, and remove the front wiper enabling relay RLY11 and front wiper high/low
speed relay RLY12 in the engine compartment fuse box.
range:
30 87a ∞
RLY11
2. Check front wiper relay 30 87 ＜5
30 87a ∞
RLY12
30 87 ＜5
specified range:
• If the resistance is abnormal: replace corresponding relay. After

replacement, determine whether the wiper can normally work. If yes,
1.0 302
battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY009 from the windshield wiper motor.
position.
D. Respectively turn the wiper/washer stalk switch to low and high speed
positions, use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage and resistance
3. Check related lines or connectors of
between the terminals of motor harness connector and the ground are within
windshield wiper motor
the specified range.
Connector BY009
Position Terminal Voltage (V) Resistance (Ω)
Low speed
2 Ground
position
11～14 -
High speed
1 Ground
position
- 3 Ground -
＜5
- 4 Ground -

repair/replacement, determine whether the wiper can normally work. If
yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other possible causes.
1.0 303

battery cable.
B. Disconnect the wiper/washer stalk switch harness connector BY167 and body
4. Check related lines or connectors from control module harness connector BY002.
wiper/washer stalk switch to body control
C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the following
module
terminals of the wiper/washer stalk switch harness connector and body control
Connector BY167 module harness connector is within the specified range:
BY167-10 BY002-41
BY167-12 BY002-47 ＜5
BY167-11 BY002-27
Ground
BY167-10
Power supply
Ground
BY002-41
Power supply
Connector BY002 Ground

BY167-12
Power supply ∞
Ground
BY002-47
Power supply
Ground
BY167-11
Power supply
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply
• If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines from

wiper/washer stalk switch to body control module. After
1.0 304
After determining the linkage, relay and lines are free of failure, use the scan
tool to perform the forced output of "Front wiper enabling relay control / front
wiper speed relay control", and check whether the wiper can work normally.
5. Check wiper/washer stalk switch • If the wiper can work normally, replace the wiper/washer stalk switch; if
it determines that the system works normally, the diagnosis is completed.
• If the wiper cannot work normally, the possible cause might be the
windshield wiper motor or body control module failure.
battery cable.
B. Remove the original windshield wiper motor from the vehicle and fit a new
one in good condition.
6. Check windshield wiper motor position.
D. Turn the wiper/washer stalk switch, and check whether the wiper can work
normally.

• If it still cannot work normally, the possible cause might be the body
control module failure, replace the body control module.
1.0 305
Front Wiper Fails to Wipe Clean

damage.
• If any signs found: After replacing the front wiper linkage mechanism and
motor assembly, check whether the wiper can wipe clean. If yes, diagnosis
1. Check front wiper linkage mechanism
is completed; if still not, check the mounting position of wiper linkage
mechanism.
• If no such signs: Check the mounting position of front wiper linkage
mechanism.
After above causes are excluded, it can be judged that the tightening bolts of
2. Check the fitting of front wiper linkage front wiper linkage mechanism are loose, damaged or missing, tighten/fit the
mechanism tightening bolts of front wiper linkage mechanism. Confirm the system works
normally after tightening/fitting bolts.
1.0 306
Front Wiper Fails to Stop
cable, and remove the relays RLY11 and RLY12 in the engine compartment fuse
box.
range:
30 87a ∞
RLY11
1. Check front wiper relay 30 87 ＜5
30 87a ∞
RLY12
30 87 ＜5
specified range:

battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY009 from the windshield wiper motor.
windshield wiper motor
Connector BY009 C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage between the terminals of

motor harness connector and the ground is within the specified range.
BY009–2 Ground
0
BY009–1 Ground

• If the voltage is normal: check for other possible causes.
1.0 307

wiper/washer stalk switch to body control
battery cable.
module
Connector BY167
control module harness connector BY002.

module harness connector is within the specified range:
Ground
BY167-10
Power supply
Ground
BY002-41
Power supply
∞
BY167-12
Power supply
Ground
BY002-47
Power supply

After determining the linkage, relay and lines are free of failure, use the scan
tool to perform the forced output of "Front wiper enabling relay control / front
wiper speed relay control", and check whether the wiper can work normally.
• If the wiper can work normally, replace the wiper/washer stalk switch; if
4. Check wiper/washer stalk switch
• If the wiper cannot work normally, the possible cause might be the
windshield wiper motor or body control module failure, replace the front
wiper motor or body control module.
1.0 308
battery cable.
B. Remove the original front wiper motor from the vehicle and fit a new one in
good condition.
5. Check front wiper motor position.
normally.

1.0 309
Abnormal Noise/Shake during Front Wiper

Movement
Check the front wiper motor for any signs of deformation or damage.
• If any signs found: After replacing the front wiper motor and motor
assembly, determine whether the abnormal noise/shake during front
1. Check front wiper motor
wiper movement disappears. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not,
Check the tightening bolts of front wiper linkage for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting tightening bolts of wiper

2. Check the fitting of front wiper motor linkage, determine whether the abnormal noise/shake during front wiper
movement disappears. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for
Check the tightening bolts of front wiper motor for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting tightening bolts of front wiper

motor, determine whether the abnormal noise/shake during front wiper
3. Check the fitting of windshield wiper movement disappears. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, it indicates
motor that the windshield wiper motor is failed, replace the windshield wiper
motor. Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
• If no such signs: It indicates that the windshield wiper motor is failed,
replace the windshield wiper motor. Confirm the system works normally
after replacement.
1.0 310
Front Wiper Fails to Return to Original Position
damage.
• If any signs found: After replacing the windshield linkage mechanism and
1. Check front wiper linkage mechanism the motor assembly, determine whether the front wiper can return to the
original position. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other
possible causes.
Check the tightening bolts of front wiper linkage for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting the tightening bolts of front wiper
2. Check the fitting of front wiper linkage
linkage mechanism, determine whether the wiper can return to the original
mechanism
position. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible
causes.
1.0 311
Front Washer Sprays Insufficiently

Check the windshield washer nozzle hose for any signs of damage.
• If any signs found: After repairing/replacing the windshield washer nozzle

1. Check windshield washer nozzle hose hose, determine whether the windshield washer can spray sufficiently. If
yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
Check the windshield washer reservoir hose for any signs of damage.
• If any signs found: After repairing/replacing the windshield washer

reservoir hose, determine whether the windshield washer can spray
2. Check windshield washer reservoir hose
sufficiently. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible
causes.
After above causes are excluded, it indicates that the windshield washer pump is
3. Check windshield washer pump failed, replace the windshield washer pump. Confirm the system works normally
after replacement.
1.0 312
Front Washer Inoperative
range:
30 87a ∞
1. Check front windshield washer relay R3
30 87 ＜5
specified range:

whether the washer can normally work. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if
not, check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY019 from the windshield washer pump.

windshield washer pump C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
Connector BY019 position.
D. Turn and hold the wiper/washer stalk switch to spray positions, use a
multimeter to measure whether the voltage and resistance between the
terminals of windshield washer pump harness connector and the ground are
within the specified range.
BY019–1 Ground 11～14 -
BY019–2 Ground - ＜5

repair/replacement, check whether the washer can normally work. If yes,
1.0 313

battery cable.
3. Check related lines or connectors from B. Disconnect the wiper/washer stalk switch harness connector BY167 and body
wiper/washer stalk switch to body control control module harness connector BY002.
module
Connector BY167 terminals of the wiper/washer stalk switch harness connector and body control
BY167-3 BY167-44 ＜5
BY002-11 BY167-27 ＜5
Ground
BY167-3
Power supply
Ground
BY002-44
Connector BY002 Power supply
∞
Ground
BY167-11
Power supply
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply

After determining the relay and line are free of failure, use the scan tool to
perform the forced output of "Front washer relay", and check whether the
washer can work normally.
• If the washer can work normally, replace the wiper/washer stalk switch; if
• If the washer cannot work normally, the possible cause might be the
windshield washer pump or body control module failure, replace the
windshield washer pump or body control module.
1.0 314
battery cable.
B. Remove the original windshield washer pump from the vehicle and fit a new
5. Check windshield washer pump position.
D. Turn the wiper/washer stalk switch, and check whether the washer can work
normally.

1.0 315
Rear Wiper Fails to Operate

Check the rear wiper motor assembly for any signs of deformation or damage.
• It any signs found: After replacing the rear wiper motor assembly,
1. Check rear wiper motor assembly determine whether the rear wiper can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is
cable, and remove the rear wiper relay in the D-pillar trim panel.
range:
30 87a ∞
2. Check rear wiper relay Rear wiper relay
30 87 ＜5
specified range:

1.0 316
battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY049 from the rear wiper motor.
3. Check related lines or connectors of rear C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
wiper motor position.
Connector BY049 D. Turn the wiper/washer stalk switch to intermittent position, use a multimeter
to measure whether the voltage and resistance between the terminals of motor
Position Terminal Voltage (V) Resistance (Ω)
Intermittent
3 Ground 11～14 -
position
- 1 Ground - ＜5

wiper/washer stalk switch to body control battery cable.
module
Connector BY167 control module harness connector BY002.

BY167-7 BY002-52
＜5
BY167-11 BY002-27
Ground
BY167-7
Power supply
Connector BY002
Ground
BY002-52
Power supply
∞
Ground
BY167-11
Power supply
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply

repair/replacement, determine whether the rear wiper can normally
1.0 317
work. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other possible
causes.
1.0 318
After determining the linkage, relay and lines are free of failure, use the scan tool
to perform the forced output of "Rear wiper relay control", and check whether
the wiper can work normally.
5. Check wiper/washer stalk switch • If the rear wiper can work normally, replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
if it determines that the system works normally, the diagnosis is completed.
• If the wiper cannot work normally, the possible cause might be the rear
wiper motor or body control module failure.
battery cable.
B. Remove the original rear wiper motor from the vehicle and fit a new one in
good condition.
6. Check rear wiper motor position.
normally.

1.0 319
Rear Wiper Fails to Stop

cable, and remove the rear wiper relay in the D-pillar trim panel.
range:
30 87a ∞
1. Check rear wiper relay Rear wiper relay
30 87 ＜5
specified range:

battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY049 from the rear wiper motor.
2. Check related lines or connectors of rear
position.
wiper motor
Connector BY049 D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage between the terminals of
motor harness connector and the ground is within the specified range.
Position Terminal Voltage (V)
Intermittent
3 Ground 0
position

causes.
• If the voltage is normal: check for other possible causes.
1.0 320
wiper/washer stalk switch to body control battery cable.
module
Connector BY167 control module harness connector BY002.

BY167-7 Ground
BY167-7 Power supply
∞
BY002-52 Ground
Connector BY002 • If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines from

causes.
After determining the linkage, relay and lines are free of failure, use the scan tool
to perform the forced output of "Rear wiper relay control", and check whether
the wiper can work normally.
• If the rear wiper can work normally, replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
if it determines that the system works normally, the diagnosis is completed.
• If the rear wiper cannot work normally, the possible cause might be the
rear wiper motor or body control module failure, replace the wiper motor
or body control module.
battery cable.
B. Remove the original rear wiper motor from the vehicle and fit a new one in
good condition.
5. Check rear wiper motor position.
D. Turn the rear wiper/washer stalk switch, and check whether the rear wiper
can work normally.

If above causes are excluded, it indicates that the body control module is failed,
6. Check body control module replace the body control module. Confirm the system works normally after
replacement.
1.0 321
Abnormal Noise/Shake during Rear Wiper

Movement
Check the tightening bolts of rear wiper motor for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting tightening bolts of rear wiper

motor, determine whether the abnormal noise/shake during rear wiper
1. Check the mounting position of rear
movement disappears. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, it indicates
wiper motor
that the rear wiper motor is failed, replace the rear wiper motor. Confirm
the system works normally after replacement.
• If no such signs: It indicates that the rear wiper motor is failed, replace the
rear wiper motor. Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
1.0 322
Rear Wiper Fails to Return to Original Position
Check the tightening bolts of rear wiper motor for any signs of looseness,
damage or missing.
• If any signs found: After tightening/fitting the tightening bolts of rear

1. Check the mounting position of rear
wiper motor, determine whether the rear wiper can return to the original
wiper motor
position. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible
causes.
Check the rear wiper motor for any signs of deformation or damage.
• If any signs found: After replacing the rear wiper motor assembly,
determine whether the rear wiper can return to the original position.
If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates that the body control
2. Check rear wiper motor module is failed, replace the body control module. Confirm the system
works normally after replacement.
• If no such signs: It indicates that the body control module is failed, replace
the body control module. Confirm the system works normally after
replacement.
1.0 323
Rear Washer Sprays Insufficiently

Check the rear window washer nozzle hose for any signs of blockage or damage.
• If any signs found: After repairing/replacing the rear window washer nozzle
1. Check rear window washer nozzle hose hose, determine whether the rear window washer can spray sufficiently.
If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
Check the rear window washer reservoir hose for any signs of blockage or
damage.
• If any signs found: After repairing/replacing the rear window washer

reservoir hose, determine whether the rear window washer can spray
2. Check rear window washer reservoir sufficiently. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates that the
hose windshield washer pump is failed, replace the windshield washer pump.
• If no such signs: It indicates that the windshield washer pump is failed,
replace the windshield washer pump. Confirm the system works normally
after replacement.
1.0 324
Rear Washer Inoperative
cable, and remove the rear window washer relay RLY15 in the passenger
compartment fuse box.
range:
30 87a ∞
1. Check rear window washer relay
RLY15
30 87 ＜5
specified range:

battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY019 from the windshield washer pump.
position.
D. Turn and hold the wiper/washer stalk switch to spray positions, use a
multimeter to measure whether the voltage and resistance between the
windshield washer pump
terminals of windshield washer pump harness connector and the ground are
Connector BY019 within the specified range.
BY019–1 Ground 11～14 -
BY019–2 Ground - ＜5

1.0 325

battery cable.
3. Check related lines or connectors from B. Disconnect the wiper/washer stalk switch harness connector BY167 and body
wiper/washer stalk switch to body control control module harness connector FA047.
module
Connector BY167 terminals of the wiper/washer stalk switch harness connector and body control
BY167-7 BY002-52
＜5
BY167-11 BY002-27
Ground
BY167-7
Power supply
Ground
BY002-52
Connector BY002 Power supply
∞
Ground
BY167-11
Power supply
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply

After determining the relay and line are free of failure, use the scan tool to
conduct the forced output of "Rear washer relay", and check whether the
washer can work normally.
• If the rear washer can work normally, replace the wiper/washer stalk
4. Check wiper/washer stalk switch switch; if it determines that the system works normally, the diagnosis is
completed.
• If the rear washer cannot work normally, the possible cause might be
the windshield washer pump or body control module failure, replace the
windshield washer pump or body control module.
1.0 326
battery cable.
B. Remove the original windshield washer pump from the vehicle and fit a new
5. Check windshield washer pump position.
D. Turn the wiper/washer stalk switch, and check whether the rear washer can
work normally.

1.0 327
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Lighting Systems
Lighting Systems
Lighting

Front Reading Lamp Switch
Front Reading Lamp Bulb

Electrical
Luggage Compartment Lamp
Assembly

Symptom Table.
1.0 328
Lighting Systems Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Symptom Table

Related external lines or connectors of front reading lamp
Front Reading Lamp not Illuminated Front reading lamp switch and its internal lines
Body control module
Related external lines or connectors of luggage compartment lamp
Luggage compartment lamp assembly
Luggage Compartment Lamp not Illuminated
Luggage compartment contact switch
Body control module
1.0 329
Front Reading Lamp not Illuminated

battery cable.
B. Remove the original front reading lamp assembly from the vehicle and fit a
new one in good condition.
1. Check the front reading lamp switch and
its internal lines
position.
D. Press the front reading lamp switch and check whether it can be illuminated.
• If yes, diagnosis is completed.

• If not, check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY070 from the front reading lamp.
2. Check related external lines or C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
connectors of front reading lamp position.
D. Press the front reading lamp switch, use a multimeter to measure whether
the voltage or resistance between the front reading lamp harness connector and
the ground is within the specified range.
BY070-3 Ground 11~14 -

repair/replacement, check whether the front reading lamp illuminates. If
yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates that BCM is failed, replace
the BCM. Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
• If the voltage or resistance is normal: It indicates that BCM is failed, replace
the BCM. Confirm the system works normally after replacement.
1.0 330
Luggage Compartment Lamp not Illuminated
battery cable.
B. Remove the original luggage compartment lock body from the vehicle and fit
a new one in good condition.
1. Check luggage compartment contact C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ACC"
switch position.
D. Open the luggage compartment and check whether the luggage compartment
lamp is illuminated.

battery cable.
B. Remove the original luggage compartment lamp assembly from the vehicle
and fit a new one in good condition.
2. Check the internal contact of luggage C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
compartment lamp position.
D. Open the luggage compartment and check whether the luggage compartment
lamp is illuminated.

battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connector BY094 from the luggage compartment lamp.
position.
luggage compartment lamp
D. Open the luggage compartment, and use a multimeter to measure whether
the resistance between the luggage compartment lamp harness connector and
BY094-2 Ground 11–14 -
• If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace the related lines. After

repair/replacement, check whether the luggage compartment lamp
illuminates. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, it indicates that BCM
is failed, replace the BCM. Confirm the system works normally after
replacement.
• If the resistance is normal: It indicates that BCM is failed, replace the BCM.
1.0 331
Lamps

Engine Compartment Fuse F1 (Right
Front Low Beam)
Engine Compartment Fuse F3 (Left

Front Low Beam)

(Right Front High Beam)
Engine Compartment Fuse F11 (Left

Front High Beam)
Engine Compartment Fuse F6 (Brake

Signal Sensor)

(Reverse Lamp Switch)
Light Stalk Switch
Electrical High/Low Beam Integrated Bulb
Reverse Lamp Bulb
Front Fog Lamp Bulb
Rear Fog Lamp Bulb
Rear Direction Indicator Bulb
Rear License Plate Lamp Bulb
Front Direction Indicator Bulb
Rear Position Lamp Bulb
Front Position Lamp Bulb
Daytime Running Lamp/Front

Position Lamp (LED)
Brake Lamp Bulb
High Mounted Stop Lamp Assembly

Symptom Table.
1.0 332
Symptom Table

Light stalk switch
Relay
Low Beam not Illuminated
Related lines or connectors of light stalk switch
Related lines or connectors of low beam
Light stalk switch
Low Beam Normally On Relay
Light stalk switch
High Beam not Illuminated Relay
Related lines or connectors of high beam
Light stalk switch
High Beam Normally On Relay
Related lines or connectors of high beam
Related lines or connectors of headlamp
Headlamp Height Adjustment Failure Headlamp height adjustment switch
Headlamp height adjustment motor
Light stalk switch
Front Position Lamp not Illuminated
Related lines or connectors of front position lamp
Light stalk switch
Relay
Front Fog Lamp not Illuminated
Related lines or connectors of front fog lamp
Light stalk switch
Front Fog Lamp Normally On Relay
Related lines or connectors of front fog lamp
Daytime Running Lamp not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of light stalk switch
Related lines or connectors of daytime running lamp
Light stalk switch
Front Direction Indicator not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of light stalk switch
Related lines or connectors of front direction indicator
Light stalk switch
Side Direction Indicator not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of light stalk switch
Related lines or connectors of direction indicator
Light stalk switch
Rear Direction Indicator not Illuminated
1.0 333

Hazard warning lamp switch
Hazard Warning Lamp not Illuminated
Related lines or connectors of hazard warning lamp switch
Hazard warning lamp switch
All Hazard Warning Lamps Keeping Flashing
Related lines or connectors of hazard warning lamp
Brake Lamp not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of brake lamp
Brake Lamp Normally On Related lines or connectors of brake lamp
Light stalk switch
Rear Fog Lamp not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of light stalk switch
Related lines or connectors of rear fog lamp
Transmission reverse lamp switch
Reverse Lamp not Illuminated
Related lines or connectors of reverse lamp
Transmission reverse lamp switch
Reverse Lamp Normally On
Related lines or connectors of reverse lamp
High Mounted Stop Lamp not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of high mounted stop lamp
Light stalk switch
Rear Position Lamp not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of rear position lamp
Light stalk switch
License Plate Lamp not Illuminated Related lines or connectors of license plate lamp
1.0 334
Low Beam not Illuminated
battery cable.
B. Remove the original light stalk switch from the vehicle and fit a new one in
good condition.
1. Check light stalk switch
position.
D. Turn on the low beam, and check whether the low beam on the
corresponding side is illuminated.

range:
2. Check relay RLY9 30 87 ＜5
specified range:

whether the low beam can be illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed;
if not, check for other possible causes.
1.0 335
3. Check related lines or connectors of light A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
stalk switch battery cable.
Connector BY166 B. Disconnect the body control module harness connector BY002 and light stalk
switch harness connector BY166.
C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between terminals of

the body control module harness connector and the light stalk switch harness
connector is within the specified range:
BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27 Ground
Power supply
Connector BY002
Ground
BY166-1 ∞
Power supply

repair/replacement, check whether the low beam can be illuminated. If
1.0 336
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY016 or BY005 (with daytime running

lamp), BY225 or BY226 (without daytime running lamp) on the same side of low
4. Check related lines or connectors of low
beam not illuminated.
beam
Connector BY016 or BY005
position.
D. Turn on the low beam, and use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage
or resistance between the terminals of harness connector on the same side of
low beam not illuminated and the ground is within the specified range:
Low Resistance
Configuration Terminal Voltage (V)
beam (Ω)
Low beam Left side BY005-A Ground
(with 11～14 –
Right side BY016-A Ground
daytime
running Left side BY005-G Ground
Connector BY225 or BY226 – ＜5
lamp) Right side BY016-G Ground
Low beam Left side BY226-F Ground
(without – ＜5
Right side BY225-F Ground
daytime
running Left side BY226-A Ground
11～14 –
lamp) Right side BY225-A Ground

yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the headlamp assembly, and
confirm the system works normally.
• If the voltage or resistance is normal: replace the headlamp assembly, and
1.0 337
Low Beam Normally On

battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the low beam, and check whether the low beam on the
corresponding side can be lighted up or off normally.

• If it cannot work normally, check the low beam relay.
range:
RLY9 30 87 ＜5
2. Check relay
specified range:

whether the low beam can be illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed;
if not, replace the headlamp assembly, and confirm the system works
normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the headlamp assembly, and confirm
the system works normally.
1.0 338
High Beam not Illuminated
A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative battery
cable.
B. Remove the original light stalk switch from the vehicle and fit a new one in good
condition.
position.
D. Turn on the high beam, and check whether the high beam on the corresponding
side is illuminated.

A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect the negative battery cable,
and remove relay RLY8 in the engine compartment fuse box.
range:
Test whether the resistance between the above relay terminals is within the specified
range:

whether the high beam can be illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if
1.0 339
3. Check related lines or connectors of A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative battery
light stalk switch cable.
C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between terminals of the

body control module harness connector and the light stalk switch harness connector
is within the specified range:
BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27 Ground
Power supply
Connector BY002
Ground
BY166-1 ∞
Power supply

repair/replacement, check whether the high beam can be illuminated. If yes,
1.0 340
cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY016 or BY005 (with daytime running lamp),
BY225 or BY226 (without daytime running lamp) on the same side of high beam not
illuminated.
high beam
position.
D. Turn on the high beam, and use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage
or resistance between the terminals of harness connector on the same side of high
beam not illuminated and the ground is within the specified range.
High Resistance
beam (Ω)
High beam Left side BY005-B Ground
(with 11～14 –
Right side BY016-B Ground
daytime
running Left side BY005-H Ground
Connector BY225 or BY226 – ＜5
lamp) Right side BY016-H Ground
High beam Left side BY226-G Ground
(without – ＜5
Right side BY225-G Ground
daytime
running Left side BY226-B Ground
11～14 –
lamp) Right side BY225-B Ground

repair/replacement, check whether the high beam can be illuminated. If yes,
diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the headlamp assembly, and confirm the
system works normally.
• If the voltage or resistance is normal: replace the headlamp assembly, and
1.0 341
High Beam Normally On

battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the high beam, and check whether the high beam on the
corresponding side can be lighted up and off normally.

range:
RLY8 30 87 ＜5
2. Check relay
specified range:

whether the high beam can be illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed;
if not, replace the headlamp assembly, and confirm the system works
normally.
1.0 342
Headlamp Height Adjustment Failure
cable, and remove low beam relay RLY9 in the engine compartment fuse box.
range:
1. Check low beam relay RLY9 30 87 ＜5
specified range:

whether headlamp height adjustment can work normally. If it resumes to
work, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other possible causes.
1.0 343

battery cable.
headlamp height adjustment B. Disconnect the harness connector BY016 or BY005 (with daytime running
lamp), BY225 or BY226 (without daytime running lamp) on the same side of
headlamp not illuminated and master lighting/rearview mirror adjusting switch
harness connector BY083.
position.
D. Turn the headlamp height adjustment switch, and use a multimeter to

measure whether the voltage or resistance between the following related
harness connectors and the ground is within the specified range.
Resistance
(Ω)
Connector BY225 or BY226 Left side BY005-K
11~14 –
Headlamp Right side BY016-K
(with Ground
Left side BY005-L
daytime
running Right side BY016-L
– ＜5
lamp) Left side BY005-M
BY083-6
Right side BY016-M
Left side BY226-K
BY083-6
Headlamp Right side BY225-K
Connector BY083 (without – ＜5
Left side BY226-J
daytime
running Right side BY225-J
Ground
lamp) Left side BY226-H
11~14 –
Right side BY225-H

repair/replacement, check again whether the headlamp height adjustment
can work normally. If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if still
After replacement of the headlamp height adjustment switch, determine
3. Check the headlamp height adjustment
whether the headlamp leveling can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed;
switch
if still not, check for other possible causes.
After replacement of the headlamp assembly, determine whether the headlamp
4. Check headlamp height adjustment motor leveling can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for
1.0 344
Front Position Lamp not Illuminated
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the front position lamp, and check whether the front position lamp
on the corresponding side is illuminated.

2. Check related lines or connectors of light A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
stalk switch battery cable.

BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27
Ground
Ground
Connector BY002 BY166-1
Power supply
∞

1.0 345

battery cable.

front position lamp not illuminated.
position.
3. Check related lines or connectors of front D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
position lamp of harness connector on the same side of front position lamp not illuminated
and the ground is within the specified range.
Resistance
Configuration Position lamp Terminal
(Ω)
Left side BY005-E Ground

Front position
lamp (with
daytime running
lamp)
Right side BY016-E Ground
＜5
Left side BY226-E Ground

Front position
lamp (without
daytime running
lamp)
Right side BY225-E Ground

repair/replacement, check whether the front position lamp can be
illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the headlamp
assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
1.0 346
Front Fog Lamp not Illuminated
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the front fog lamp, and check whether the front position lamp on
the corresponding side can be lighted up and off normally.

range:
specified range:
• If the resistance is abnormal: replace the relay. After replacement,

check whether the front fog lamp can be illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is
1.0 347

3. Check related lines or connectors of light
stalk switch A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
battery cable.
Connector BY166
B. Disconnect the body control module harness connector BY002 and light stalk

BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
Ground
Power supply
∞
Ground
BY166-1
Power supply

repair/replacement, check whether the front fog lamp can be illuminated.
If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY020 or BY010 on the same side of front
fog lamp not illuminated.
position.
D. Turn on the front fog lamp, and use a multimeter to measure whether the
voltage or resistance between the terminals of harness connector on the same
side of front fog lamp not illuminated and the ground is within the specified
range.
4. Check related lines or connectors of front
fog lamp Front Fog Resistance
Configuration Terminal Voltage
Harness Connector BY020 Lamp (Ω)
Harness Connector BY010

Left side BY020-1
11~14 –
Front Fog Lamp Right side BY010-1 Ground
Left side BY020-2
– ＜5
Right side BY010-2

repair/replacement, check whether the front fog lamp can be lighted up
and off normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the front
fog lamp assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the front fog lamp assembly, and confirm
1.0 348
Front Fog Lamp Normally On
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the front fog lamp, and check whether the front fog lamp on the
corresponding side can be lighted up and off normally.

range:
specified range:

whether the front fog lamp can be lighted up and off normally. If yes,
diagnosis is completed; if not, check related lines or connectors of the
front fog lamp.
1.0 349

fog lamp

battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY020 or BY010 on the same side of front
fog lamp normally on.

of front fog lamp harness connector and the power supply is within the specified
range.
BY010-1 Power supply ∞
Harness Connector BY010 BY020-1 Power supply ∞

repair/replacement, check whether the reverse lamp can be lighted up
and off normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the front
fog lamp assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the front fog lamp assembly, and confirm
1.0 350
Daytime Running Lamp not Illuminated
1. Check related lines or connectors of light A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative battery
stalk switch cable.
Connector BY166

BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply
BY166-1 ∞
Power supply

repair/replacement, check whether the daytime running lamp can be
illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible
causes.
cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY016 or BY005 on the same side of

2. Check related lines or connectors of daytime running lamp not illuminated.
daytime running lamp
of harness connector on the same side of daytime running lamp not illuminated
Resistance
Configuration Daytime running lamp Terminal
(Ω)
Daytime running Left side BY005-E Ground
＜5
lamp Right side BY016-E Ground

repair/replacement, check whether the daytime running lam can be
• If the resistance is normal: replace the headlamp assembly, and confirm the
1.0 351
Front Direction Indicator not Illuminated

battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the front direction indicator, and check whether the front direction
indicator on the corresponding side is illuminated.

battery cable.

2. Check related lines or connectors of light connector is within the specified range:
stalk switch
Connector BY166
BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply
Ground
BY166-1 ∞
Power supply

repair/replacement, check whether the front direction indicator can be
Connector BY002 illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other
possible causes.
1.0 352
battery cable.

3. Check related lines or connectors of front front direction indicator not illuminated.
direction indicator
D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
Connector BY016 or BY005 of harness connector on the same side of front direction indicator not
illuminated and the ground is within the specified range.
Front direction Resistance

Configuration Terminal
indicator (Ω)
Left side BY005-E

Front direction
indicator (with
daytime running Right side BY016-E
lamp)
Ground ＜5
Left side BY226-E
Front direction
indicator (without
daytime running Right side BY225-E
lamp)

1.0 353
Side Direction Indicator not Illuminated
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the side direction indicator, and check whether the front direction


stalk switch
battery cable.
Connector BY166

BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27
Ground
BY166-1
∞
BY002-27
Power supply
BY002-8
BY166-7

repair/replacement, check whether the side direction indicator can be
illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other
possible causes.
1.0 354
3. Check related lines or connectors of side

direction indicator A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
battery cable.
Connector PD006
B. Disconnect harness connectors PD006 (front passenger side) and DD006
(driver side) on the same side of side direction indicator not illuminated.

of harness connector on the same side of side direction indicator not illuminated
Configuration Terminal Resistance (Ω)
Side direction indicator
PD006-4 Ground
(driver side)
＜5
Connector DD006 DD006-4 Ground
(front passenger side)

illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, replace the side
direction indicator assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the side direction indicator assembly,
and confirm the system works normally.
1.0 355
Rear Direction Indicator not Illuminated
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the rear direction indicator, and check whether the rear direction


stalk switch
battery cable.
Connector BY166

BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
Ground
BY002-27
Power supply
BY166-1 ∞
Power supply

repair/replacement, check whether the rear direction indicator can be
causes.
1.0 356
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY047 or BY048 on the same side of rear
direction indicator not illuminated.
3. Check related harnesses or connectors of
rear direction indicator C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
of the rear direction indicator harness connector and the ground is within the
specified range:
Resistance
Rear direction indicator Terminal
(Ω)
Right side BY047-3 Ground

＜5
Left side BY048-3 Ground

illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, replace the tail lamp
• If the resistance is normal: replace the tail lamp assembly, and confirm the
1.0 357
Hazard Warning Lamp not Illuminated

battery cable.
B. Remove the original hazard warning lamp switch from the vehicle and fit a
1. Check hazard warning lamp switch C. Connect the negative battery cable.
D. Press the hazard warning lamp switch and check whether the hazard warning
lamp can be illuminated normally.

• If not, check related lines or connectors of hazard warning lamp.
2. Check related lines or connectors of battery cable.
hazard warning lamp switch B. Disconnect harness connector FC004 from the hazard warning lamp switch.
of the hazard warning lamp harness connector and the ground is within the
specified range.
FC004-3 Ground ＜5

repair/replacement, check again whether the hazard warning lamp can
work normally. If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not,
1.0 358
battery cable.

front direction indicator not illuminated.
direction indicator
of harness connector on the same side of front direction indicator not
illuminated and the ground isFront
Configuration direction Terminal Resistance (Ω)
indicator
Left side BY005-E
Front direction
indicator (with
daytime running
lamp)
Right side BY016-E
Connector BY225 or BY226 Ground ＜5
Front direction Left side BY226-E

indicator (without
daytime running
lamp) Right side BY225-E

1.0 359

battery cable.
B. Disconnect harness connectors PD006 (front passenger side) and DD006

4. Check related lines or connectors of side (driver side) on the same side of side direction indicator not illuminated.
direction indicator D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
Connector PD006 of harness connector on the same side of side direction indicator not illuminated
Configuration Terminal Resistance (Ω)

PD006-4 Ground
(driver side)
＜5
DD006-4 Ground
(front passenger side)

Connector DD006 illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, replace the side
direction indicator assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the side direction indicator assembly,
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the harness connector BY047 or BY048 on the same side of rear
5. Check related harnesses or connectors of direction indicator not illuminated.
rear direction indicator C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
Connector BY047 or BY048 of the rear direction indicator harness connector and the ground is within the
specified range:
Rear direction indicator Terminal Resistance (Ω)

＜5

illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, replace the tail lamp
1.0 360
All Hazard Warning Lamps Keeping Flashing
battery cable.
B. Remove the original hazard warning lamp switch from the vehicle and fit a
Check hazard warning lamp switch C. Connect the negative battery cable.
D. Press the hazard warning lamp switch and check whether it can be turned off
normally.

• If not, check for other causes.
1.0 361
Brake Lamp not Illuminated

Check related lines or connector of brake A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
lamp battery cable.
B. Disconnect the brake lamp harness connector BY047 or BY048 and the brake
pedal harness connector BY042 on the same side of the lamp not illuminated.

of the corresponding brake lamp harness connector and the brake pedal harness
Brake lamp Terminal Resistance (Ω)

Connector BY042
＜5
- BY042-2 BY047-2
- BY042-2 BY048-2

repair/replacement, check whether the brake lamp can be illuminated. If
yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, replace the tail lamp assembly, and
1.0 362
Brake Lamp Normally On
Check related lines or connector of brake
lamp
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the brake lamp harness connector BY047 or BY048 and the brake
pedal harness connector BY042 on the same side of the lamp normally on.

of the corresponding brake lamp harness connector and the power supply is
within the specified range:
Brake lamp Terminal Resistance (Ω)
Connector BY042
- BY042-2 Power supply ∞

repair/replacement, check whether the brake lamp can be lighted up and
off normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the tail lamp
1.0 363
Rear Fog Lamp not Illuminated

battery cable.
good condition.
1. Check light stalk switch C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
D. Turn on the rear fog lamp and check whether it can be illuminated.

battery cable.

2. Check related lines or connectors of light connector is within the specified range:
stalk switch
Connector BY166
BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27
Ground
BY166-1
∞
BY166-1
Power supply
BY002-27

repair/replacement, check whether the rear fog lamp can be illuminated.
Connector BY002
1.0 364
3. Check related lines or connectors of rear A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
fog lamp battery cable.
Harness Connector BY193 B. Disconnect the body control module harness connector BY026 and the rear
fog lamp harness connectors BY179 and BY193.

of rear fog lamp harness connector and the power supply or the ground is within
the specified range:
BY179-1
Harness Connector BY179 BY026-28
BY179-2
Ground ＜5
BY193-2

repair/replacement, check whether the rear fog lamp can be illuminated
normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the rear fog lamp
• If the resistance is normal: replace the rear fog lamp assembly, and confirm
Harness connector BY026
1.0 365
Reverse Lamp not Illuminated

battery cable.
B. Remove the original transmission reverse lamp switch from the vehicle and
fit a new one in good condition.
1. Check transmission reverse lamp switch C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
D. Turn on the reverse lamp, and check whether it can be illuminated.

• If not, check related lines or connectors of the reverse lamp.
2. Check related lines or connectors of the A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
reverse lamp battery cable.
Connector BY194 or BY113 B. Disconnect the reverse lamp harness connector BY194 or BY113, the reverse
lamp harness connector BY021 and the body control module harness connector
BY026.

the harness connector is within the specified range:
BY194-3 Ground
BY113-3 Ground
BY021-2 BY194-2
＜5
BY021-2 BY113-2
Connector BY021 BY026-26 BY194-2
BY026-26 BY113-2
BY021-2
BY026-26
Power supply
BY194-2
∞
BY113-2
BY194-2
Ground
BY113-2

repair/replacement, check whether the reverse lamp can be illuminated.
Connector BY026
If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the rear combination lamp
• If the resistance is normal: replace the rear combination lamp assembly,
1.0 366
Reverse Lamp Normally On
battery cable.
B. Remove the original transmission reverse lamp switch from the vehicle and
fit a new one in good condition.
1. Check transmission reverse lamp switch
position.
D. Turn on the reverse lamp, and check whether it can be lighted up and off
normally.

• If not, check related lines or connectors of the reverse lamp.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the reverse lamp harness connectors BY194 and BY113 and the
reverse lamp
body control module harness connector BY026.
Connector BY026 of the reverse lamp harness connector and the power supply is within the
specified range:

repair/replacement, check whether the reverse lamp can be lighted up
and off normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the rear
combination lamp assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the rear combination lamp assembly,
1.0 367
High Mounted Stop Lamp not Illuminated

Check related lines or connectors of high
mounted stop lamp
Connector BY068 A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the high mounted stop lamp harness connector BY068 and the
brake pedal harness connector BY042.

of high mounted stop lamp harness connector and the brake pedal harness
connector or the ground is within the specified range:
BY068-2 Ground
＜5
Connector BY042 BY042-2 BY068-1
• If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace the related circuits. After

repair/replacement, check whether the high mounted stop lamp can be
illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the high mounted
stop lamp assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the high mounted stop lamp assembly,
1.0 368
Rear Position Lamp not Illuminated
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the rear position lamp, and check whether the rear position lamp
on the corresponding side can be illuminated.

2. Check related lines or connectors of light battery cable.
stalk switch
Connector BY166

BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27
Ground
BY166-1
∞
BY002-27
Power supply
BY166-3
BY002-46

repair/replacement, check whether the rear position lamp can be
illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, check for other
possible causes.
1.0 369

battery cable.
3. Check related lines or connectors of rear
position lamp B. Disconnect the right tail lamp harness connector BY047, left tail lamp harness
connector BY048, right combination lamp harness connector BY113 or left
combination lamp harness connector BY194 on the same side of the lamp not
illuminated.

of the corresponding left and right tail lamp harness connectors or left and right
combination lamp harness connectors and the ground is within the specified
range:
Rear lamp Terminal Resistance (Ω)
Right tail lamp BY047-3
Left tail lamp BY048-3
Connector BY194 or BY113 Ground ＜5
Right combination lamp BY113-3
Left combination lamp BY194-3

repair/replacement, check again whether the rear position lamp can be
illuminated normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the tail
lamp or rear combination lamp assembly on the corresponding side, and
• If the resistance is normal: replace the tail lamp or rear combination
lamp assembly on the corresponding side, and confirm the system works
normally.
1.0 370
License Plate Lamp not Illuminated
battery cable.
good condition.
position.
D. Turn on the license plate lamp, and check whether the license plate lamp on
the corresponding side is illuminated.

2. Check related lines or connectors of light battery cable.
stalk switch
Connector BY166

BY002-27 BY166-1 ＜5
BY002-27
Ground
BY166-1
∞
BY002-27
Power supply
BY166-3
BY002-46

repair/replacement, check whether the rear license plate lamp can be
causes.
1.0 371

battery cable.
license plate lamp B. Disconnect the license plate lamp harness connector BY053.
Connector BY053 C. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistance between the terminals
of the license plate lamp harness connector and the ground is within the specified
range:
BY053-2 Ground ＜5

repair/replacement, check whether the license plate lamp can be
illuminated. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if still not, replace the license
plate lamp assembly, and confirm the system works normally.
• If the resistance is normal: replace the license plate lamp assembly, and
1.0 372
Door System Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Door System
Window Chute Weatherstrip
Mechanical Door Window Outer Weatherstrip
Door Window Inner Weatherstrip
Engine Compartment Fuse FL4

(driver window regulator switch and
driver combination switch)

(front passenger window regulator
Electrical switch)
Passenger Compartment Fuse F18 (left

rear window regulator switch)

(right rear window regulator switch)
Window Regulator Switch

Symptom Table.
1.0 373
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Door System
Symptom Table

Power window regulator cable
Power window regulator switch
Power Window Inoperative
Related lines or connectors of window motor
Power window regulator motor
Glass guide rail
Window Regulator Stuck
Window chute weatherstrip
1.0 374
Power Window Inoperative
Check the power window regulator cable for any signs of disengagement,
breakage, etc.
• If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the power window

1. Check power window regulator cable regulator, check whether the power window can work normally. If
it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other
possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Remove the original power window regulator switch on the corresponding

failure side from the vehicle and fit a new one in good condition.
2. Check power window regulator switch
position.
D. Operate the corresponding power window regulator switch and check

whether the power window can work normally.
• If it resumes to normal, diagnosis is completed.

1.0 375

battery cable.
D. Disconnect the window regulator motor harness connector

DD002/PD002/RD002 on the corresponding failure side, and disconnect the
window regulator switch harness connector DD004/PD004/RD004.

3. Check related lines or connectors of of window regulator motor harness connector and window regulator switch
window motor harness connector on the corresponding failure side is within the specified
Window Regulator Motor Harness range.
Connector DD002, PD002 or RD002
Window Motor Terminal Resistance (Ω)
DD002-1 DD004-2
＜5
DD002-2 DD004-1
DD002-1 Ground
DD004-2 Ground
DD002-1 Power supply
Driver side
∞
DD002-2 Ground
Driver Window Combination Switch
Harness Connector DD004 DD004-1 Ground
PD002-1 PD004-10
＜5
PD002-2 PD004-4
PD002-1 Ground
PD004-10 Ground
Front passenger PD002-1 Power supply

side PD004-10 Power supply
∞
PD002-2 Ground
PD004-4 Ground
PD002-2 Power supply
PD004-4 Power supply
1.0 376
Window Motor Terminal Resistance (Ω)

RD002-1 RD004-10
＜5
RD002-2 RD004-4
RD002-1 Ground
RD004-10 Ground
RD002-1 Power supply
Left rear
∞
RD002-2 Ground
window motor RD004-4 Ground
Passenger Window Regulator Switch RD002-2 Power supply

Harness Connector PD004 or RD004 RD004-4 Power supply
RD002-1 RD004-4
＜5
RD002-2 RD004-10
RD002-1 Ground
RD004-10 Ground
Right rear
∞
RD002-2 Ground
RD004-4 Ground
• If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace related lines or connectors of

the window motor. After repair/replacement, check whether the power
window can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
If the above causes are excluded, the possible cause might be the power window
regulator motor failure. After replacement of the window regulator motor
5. Check power window regulator motor assembly, check whether the power window can work normally. If yes, diagnosis
is completed; if not, check whether the front lines of window motor lines are
normal.
1.0 377
Window Regulator Stuck

Check the glass guide rail for any signs of stuck by foreign matters, deformation,
damage, etc.
• If any signs found: After cleaning/replacement of the glass guide rail,

1. Check glass guide rail
confirm whether the power window can work normally. If yes, diagnosis
is completed; if not, check the window chute weatherstrip.
• If no such signs: Check the window chute weatherstrip.
If the above causes are excluded, the possible cause might be that the window
chute weatherstrip is stuck by foreign matters, deformed or damaged. After
2. Check window chute weatherstrip
cleaning/replacement of the window chute weatherstrip, confirm the system
works normally.
1.0 378
Body System Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Body System
Horn
Electrical Engine Compartment Fuse F13

Symptom Table.
1.0 379
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Body System
Symptom Table

Horn relay
Horn switch
Horn Keeping Honk
Clock spring assembly - steering column combination switch
Related lines or connectors
Horn relay
Horn
Horn Inoperative Horn switch
Clock spring assembly - steering column combination switch
Horn
Abnormal Horn Sound (cracking voice) Related lines or connectors
Horn supply voltage
1.0 380
Horn Keeping Honk
A. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, and disconnect the negative
battery cable.

BT001–2 to Engine BY146–6 to Engine
80±10
Fusebox Male PIN Fusebox Male PIN
1. Check horn relay BT001–2 to Engine BY146–4 to Engine

∞
Fusebox Male PIN Fusebox Male PIN
specified range; if not, replace Engine Fusebox.

Check whether the horn contact switch between the driver airbag and steering
wheel is eroded or poorly connected. If yes, repair/replace the driver airbag or
steering wheel.
2. Check horn switch

battery cable.
3. Check horn line or connector B. Disconnect the horn harness connector BY022.
C. Test whether the resistance between the terminal of the horn harness
connector and the power supply is within the specified range.
If it is not within the specified range, repair/replace related harness or

connectors.
D. After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 381

4. Check BCM line or connector A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
Harness Connector BY026 battery cable.
B. Disconnect the body control module harness connector BY026 and the clock
spring harness connectors BY163.
C. Test whether the resistance between the terminal of body control module
harness connector and the ground is infinite.
BY026-18 Ground
∞
BY163-7 Ground
Harness Connector BY163 • Yes → Check for other possible causes.

• No → Repair/replace the related lines.
1.0 382
Horn Inoperative
battery cable.
B. Externally connect a 12V power supply to the BT001–2 and BY146–6 to the
engine fusebox male PIN. Test whether the resistance between the following
relay terminals is in the specified range:
1. Check horn relay BT001–2 to

BY146–4 to Engine
Engine Fusebox ＜ 5Ω
Fusebox Male PIN
Male PIN
If it is not within the specified range, replace the engine fusebox.

Check whether the horn is cracked or damaged or has water intrusion, and
repair/replace the horn as necessary.
2. Check horn After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the horn contact switch between the driver airbag and steering
wheel is eroded or poorly connected. If yes, repair/replace the driver airbag or
steering wheel.
3. Check horn switch

1.0 383

A. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, disconnect the negative battery
cable, and remove relay R13 in the engine compartment fuse box.
B. Disconnect the horn harness connector BY022.
C. Test the resistance between the following terminal of horn relay R13 and the
4. Check horn line or connector
terminal of horn harness connector and between the terminal of horn harness
connector and the ground.
BY146–4 to Engine Fusebox
BY022-2
Male PIN ＜ 5Ω
BY022-1 Ground
Test whether the resistance between the above connector terminals is within
the specified range; if not, repair/replace related harness.

5. Check BCM line or connector A. Place the ignition switch in “OFF” position, disconnect the negative battery
Harness Connector BY026 cable, and disconnect the engine fusebox wire harness.
B. Disconnect the body control module harness connector BY026 and the clock
spring harness connectors BY163.
C. Test whether the resistance between the terminals of the body control
module harness connector or clock spring harness connector and the relay is
BY026-18 ＜5
Male PIN
Harness Connector BY163 BY146–6 to Engine Fusebox
BY163-7 ＜5
Male PIN
Test whether the resistance between the above connector terminals is within
the specified range; if not, repair/replace related harness.

1.0 384
Abnormal Horn Sound (cracking voice)

A. Disconnect the horn harness connector BY022.
B. Disconnect engine compartment fuse box wire harness.
C. Test whether the resistance between the R13 terminal 87 to engine

2. Check horn line or connector compartment fuse box male PIN terminal and the terminal of horn harness
connector BY022 is within the specified range.
BY022-2
Male PIN ＜ 5Ω
BY022-1 Ground
• No → Check/repair the horn line for open circuit/high resistance.

Check whether the horn supply voltage is between 11V and 14V.
3. Check horn supply voltage • Yes → Check for other possible causes.
• No → Repair the battery voltage failure.
1.0 385
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Safety and Restraints
Safety and Restraints

Vehicle Access

Fuel Filler Flap
Fuel Filler Flap Open Handle

Mechanical
Inner Handle
Outer Handle
Battery
Electrical Remote Key
Tailgate Open Switch

Symptom Table.
1.0 386
Safety and Restraints Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Symptom Table
Remote Key Unlocking/Locking/Tailgate Opening Remote key battery

Function Failure Remote key
Fuel filler flap
Fuel Filler Flap Release Failure
Fuel filler flap open cable
Inner handle and its cable
Single Inner Door Handle Open Failure
Door lock body
Outer handle and its connecting rod and lining plate
Door lock body
Single Outer Door Handle Open Failure
Related lines or connectors of door lock motor
Body control module
Tailgate open switch
Tailgate lock body
Tailgate Release Failure (manual open failure) Related lines or connectors of tailgate open motor
Related lines or connectors of tailgate open switch
Body control module
Tailgate lock body
Tailgate Release Failure (remote key open failure) Related lines or connectors of tailgate open motor
Body control module
1.0 387
Remote Key Unlocking/Locking/Tailgate Opening

Function Failure
Move the remote key in the effective distance and confirm there is no
1. Check the distance or interference source interference source nearby. Check whether the remote key function resumes
of remote key to normal. If it can work normally, diagnosis is completed; if not, check the
remote key battery.
Make sure the remote key battery (positive pole upward) is properly fitted and
sufficiently charged (no anti-theft system warning lamp flashing on the display
screen of the message centre). Check whether the remote key function resumes
2. Check remote key battery
to normal. If it can work normally, diagnosis is completed; if not, replace the
remote key, and reconfirm whether the system can work normally. If not, check
other corresponding mechanical parts.
1.0 388
Fuel Filler Flap Release Failure
Check the fuel filler flap for any signs of deformation, blockage, etc.
• If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the fuel filler flap, confirm
1. Check fuel filler flap whether it can be released normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not,
check the fuel filler flap open cable.
• If no such signs: Check the fuel filler flap open cable.
If the above causes are excluded, the possible cause might be the fuel filler flap
open cable damage or breakage, or both ends of the fuel filler flap open cable are
2. Check fuel filler flap open cable misaligned with the open handle and the fuel filler flap mounting groove. After
replacement or refitting of the fuel filler flap open cable, confirm the system
works normally.
1.0 389
Single Inner Door Handle Open Failure

Check whether the inner handle cable on the corresponding failure side is
damaged, broken or too long, and whether insufficient travel or deformation
occurs to the inner handle.
• If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the inner handle cable or

1. Check inner handle and its cable
inner handle, confirm whether the door can be opened normally from
inside. If it can be opened normally, diagnosis is completed; if not, check
the door lock body.
• If no such signs: Check the door lock body.
After the above causes are excluded, the possible cause might be door lock body
2. Check door lock body failure. After replacing the door lock body on the corresponding side, confirm
that the system can work normally.
1.0 390
Single Outer Door Handle Open Failure
Check whether the outer handle connecting rod on the corresponding failure
side is damaged or cracked, whether the outer handle lining plate is not fitted in
place, and whether insufficient travel or deformation occurs to the outer handle.
1. Check outer handle and its connecting rod • If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the outer handle, its
and lining plate connecting rod or lining plate, confirm whether the door can be opened
normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible
causes.
Check the door lock body on the corresponding failure side for any signs of
looseness, blockage or deformation.
• If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the door lock body on the
2. Check door lock body
corresponding failure side, confirm whether the door can work normally.
If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
1.0 391
BY085-13 RD003-6
＜5
BY085-6 RD003-7
BY085-13 Ground
3. Check related lines or connectors of door
RD003-6 Ground
lock motor
BCM Harness Connector BY085 Right rear
∞
BY085-6 Ground
RD003-7 Ground
BY085-13 RD003-2
＜5
BY085-6 RD003-1
Central Control Door Lock Motor BY085-13 Ground

Harness Connector DD003, PD003 RD003-2 Ground
and RD003
Left rear
∞
BY085-6 Ground
RD003-1 Ground

repair/replacement, confirm whether the door can be opened normally
from inside. If it can be opened normally, diagnosis is completed; if not,
After the above causes are excluded, the possible cause might be BCM failure.
4. Check body control module
After replacing the BCM, confirm that the system can work normally.
1.0 392
Tailgate Release Failure (manual open failure)
battery cable.
B. Remove the original tailgate open switch from the vehicle and fit a new one
in good condition.
1. Check tailgate open switch C. Connect the negative battery cable.
D. After unlocking the vehicle, turn the tailgate open switch, and check whether
the tailgate can be released normally.

Check the tailgate lock body for any signs of looseness, blockage or deformation.
• If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the tailgate lock body,

2. Check tailgate lock body confirm whether the tailgate can be released normally. If yes, diagnosis
is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
3. Check related lines or connectors of A. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
tailgate open motor battery cable.
BCM Harness Connector BY085 B. Disconnect the BCM harness connector BY085 and tailgate open motor

of the BCM harness connector and the tailgate open motor harness connector
and between the terminals of the tailgate open motor harness connector and
BY085-12 BY050-1
＜5
BY050-2 Ground
Tailgate Open Motor Harness
Connector BY050
∞
BY085-12 Ground
BY050-1 Ground

repair/replacement, confirm whether the tailgate can be released normally.
1.0 393

4. Check related lines or connectors of • If the resistance is abnormal: repair/replace the related lines. After
tailgate open switch repair/replacement, confirm whether the tailgate can be released normally.
Tailgate Open Switch Harness
Connector BY037 • If the resistance is normal: check for other possible causes.
1.0 394
Tailgate Release Failure (remote key open
failure)
Check the tailgate lock body for any signs of looseness, blockage or deformation.
• If any signs found: After repair/replacement of the tailgate lock body,

1. Check tailgate lock body confirm whether the tailgate can be released normally. If yes, diagnosis
is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the BCM harness connector BY085 and tailgate open motor

of BCM harness connector and the tailgate open motor harness connector, and
the resistance between the terminals of tailgate open motor harness connector
and the ground are within the specified range:
2. Check related lines or connectors of Terminal Resistance (Ω)

tailgate open motor BY085-12 BY050-1
＜5
BCM Harness Connector BY085 BY050-2 Ground
Tailgate Open Motor Harness
Connector BY050
∞
BY085-12 Ground
BY050-1 Ground

repair/replacement, confirm whether the tailgate can be released normally.
1.0 395
Alarm System

Electrical
Remote Key

1.0 396
Symptom Table

Door lock
Horn
Door Ajar Warning Function Unavailable During
Horn relay
Locking
Body control module
Horn
Horn relay
IMMO Triggered, Horn Inoperative
Body control module
1.0 397
Door Ajar Warning Function Unavailable During

Locking
Check whether the door lock is stuck or moved, and make repairs/replacements
when necessary.
1. Check door lock After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.


battery cable .
B. Externally connect a 12V power supply to the BT001–2 and BY146–6 to the
engine fusebox male PIN. Test whether the resistance between the following
3. Check horn relay BT001–2 to engine BY146–4 to engine
＜5
fusebox male PIN fusebox male PIN
If it is not within the specified range, replace the horn relay.

1.0 398
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the horn harness connector BY022.
4. Check related lines or connectors C. Connect the negative battery cable.
C. Lock the vehicle with the door not closed, and use a multimeter to measure
whether the voltage and resistance between the following terminals of horn
harness connector and the ground is within the specified range.
Terminal Resistance (Ω) Voltage (V)
BY022-1 Ground ＜5 -
BY022-2 Ground - 11 ～ 14
If it is not within the specified range, repair/replace related lines or connectors.
E. After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Replace BCM with a new one in good condition, check whether the horn can
work normally and replace BCM as necessary.
5. Check body control module After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 399
IMMO Triggered, Horn Inoperative

battery cable.
B. Externally connect a 12V power supply to the BT001–2 and BY146–6 to

Engine Fusebox Male PIN. Test whether the resistance between the following
1. Check horn relay BT001–2 to

BY146–4 to Engine
Engine Fusebox ＜5
Fusebox Male PIN
Male PIN
If it is not within the specified range, replace the horn relay.


cable and disconnect the horn harness connector.
B. Connect the negative battery cable.

3. Check related lines or connectors
C. With IMMO triggered, use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage and
resistance between the following terminals of horn harness connector and the
ground is within the specified range.
Terminal Resistance (Ω) Voltage (V)
BY022-1 Ground ＜5 -
BY022-2 Ground - 11 ～ 14
If it is not within the specified range, repair/replace related lines or connectors.

Replace BCM with a new one in good condition, check whether the horn can
work normally and replace BCM as necessary.
4. Check body control module After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

1.0 400
Seat Belts

Mechanical Seat Belt Assembly

Table.
the Symptom Table.
1.0 401
Symptom Table

Seat Belt Failure (Unable to retract/pull out or limited Seat Belt Stuck
pull-out) Retractor
1.0 402
Seat Belt Failure (Unable to retract/pull out or
limited pull-out)
Check whether the belt has any signs of being tied, having foreign matter stuck
or damaged.
1. Check Seat Belt for Stuck
• If any signs found, replace the seat belt assembly.
Check if the seat belt retractor has signs of stuck or not retracting.
2. Check the retractor • If any signs found, replace the seat belt assembly.
1.0 403
Park Assistant System


Electrical Rear Ultrasonic Sensor
Rear Camera

1.0 404
Symptom Table

Parking assist sensor
No Warning Given for Obstacle During Parking
Instrument pack
Dirt or foreign material on sensor surface
Sensor improperly fitted
No Obstacle Alarm During Parking
Instrument pack
Obstacles
Inaccurate Measured Distance from the Obstacle During Obstacle too small
Parking Dirt or foreign material on sensor surface
Camera
Rear View Camera Displaying Failure Entertainment head unit
Reverse signal line between BCM and camera
1.0 405
No Warning Given for Obstacle During Parking

A. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
B. Read "Distance from Rear Obstacle" with the scan tool, and confirm whether
1. Check the parking assist sensor the parking assist sensor parameter is within rational range. If yes, check for
other possible causes; if not, replace the parking assist sensor (for rational range,
refer to the Appendix, "Real-time Display" - "Parking Distance Control (PDC)"
- "Distance from Rear Obstacle".
After replacing the instrument pack with a new one in good condition, confirm
2. Check the instrument pack whether the parking assist system can alarm normally. If yes, diagnosis is
1.0 406
No Obstacle Alarm During Parking
1. Check the sensor surface for dirt or Keep the sensor surface clean, and remove the dirt from the surface. If it cannot
foreign material work normally, check for other possible causes.
Check whether the sensor is fitted in place, and check whether the system
2. Check whether the sensor is fitted
can work normally after adjusting the mounting angle. If it can work normally,
improperly
Read "Distance from Rear Obstacle" with the scan tool, and confirm whether
After replacing the instrument pack with a new one in good condition, confirm
4. Check the instrument pack whether the parking assist system can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is
1.0 407
Inaccurate Measured Distance from the Obstacle

During Parking
Check whether the obstacle is of acoustic material ( spongy, foam, etc.). Sensor
1. Check the obstacle characteristic: unable to return the sound wave. If not, check for other possible
causes.
If the obstacle is too small, the sensor cannot detect it. If not, check for other
2. Check whether the obstacle is too small
possible causes.
3. Check the sensor surface for dirt or Keep the sensor surface clean, and remove the dirt from the surface. If the
foreign material sensor surface is normal, check for other possible causes.
Read "Distance from Rear Obstacle" with the scan tool, and confirm whether
1.0 408
Rear View Camera Displaying Failure
After replacing the camera with a new one in good condition, confirm whether
1. Check camera the rear view camera can display normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not,
After replacing the entertainment head unit with a new one in good condition,
2. Check entertainment head unit confirm whether the rear view camera can display normally. If yes, diagnosis is
3. Check the reverse signal line between
reverse lamp switch and camera (MT
models) For MT models, place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the
Check the resistance between the terminals of reverse lamp switch harness
connector and camera harness connector, and the resistance between the
terminals of camera harness connector and the ground are within the specified
range.
BY021-2 BY118-1
＜5
BY118-2 Ground
• If they are within the specified range, it indicates that the harness is normal.
Check for other causes.
• If not, after replacement of the body harness, check whether the rear view
camera can display normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check
4. Check the reverse signal lines between

BCM and camera (AT models)

For AT models, place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and disconnect the
Check the resistance between the terminals of BCM harness connector and
camera harness connector, and the resistance between the terminals of camera
BY026-26 BY118-1
＜5
BY118-2 Ground
Harness Connector BY118 • If they are within the specified range, it indicates that the harness is normal.
Check for other causes.
• If not, after replacement of the body harness, check whether the rear view
camera can display normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check
1.0 409
Passive Start System


Electrical
Smart Key

1.0 410
Symptom Table

Too long sensing distance of smart key or strong interference sources
nearby
SSB Failure, IMMO Indicator Illuminated Smart Key Low Battery
Smart Key Damaged
BCM
1.0 411
SSB Failure, IMMO Indicator Illuminated

Make sure the smart key is in the vehicle, keep it away from strong interference
1. Exclude too long distance of smart key or sources and confirm whether the failure disappears.
strong interference sources nearby • Yes → Diagnosis is completed.
Check the voltage of smart key button battery, and replace the button battery
when necessary.
2. Check smart key After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the smart key is damaged, and replace it when necessary.

3. Check smart key
Check whether BCM can work normally, and replace BCM when necessary.

4. Check BCM
1.0 412
Information and Entertainment Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Information and Entertainment
Entertainment and Navigation
Engine Compartment Fuse FL5
Fuse on Entertainment Head Unit
Whether the entertainment head unit,

antenna, feeder harness connectors
Electrical
have any signs of breakage, poor
connection, aging or looseness.
Panel Switch
Steering Wheel Entertainment Button
Front Display

1.0 413
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Information and Entertainment
Symptom Table

Failure to Start Up, Function Failure Entertainment head unit
No or Unclear Sound during Multimedia Player or One or more loudspeakers
Radio Working (display, operation, multimedia playing
or channel search are normal) Entertainment head unit
Poor radio workplace signal

Poor or No Radio Signal Received and Radio Channel
Entertainment head unit
Cannot Be Locked
Radio antenna
Poor GPS workplace signal
Poor or No GPS Signal Received Communication antenna
Display
Display Indicating Improperly or Indication Failure
Entertainment head unit and mobile phone Bluetooth function are on
Bluetooh Connection Failure normally or not
Mobile phone mute or mobile phone
When Using Onboard Telephone, the Other Side
Microphone
Cannot Hear You
Entertainment head unit failure
Entertainment head unit set to mute
Cannot Hear Each Other When Talking on Onboard Loudseaker

Telephone Entertainment head unit
Mobile phone
1.0 414
Failure to Start Up, Function Failure
1. Check entertainment head unit confirm whether it can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not,
1.0 415
No or Unclear Sound during Multimedia

Player or Radio Working (display, operation,
multimedia playing or channel search are
normal)
Place the ignition switch in "ACC" or "ON" position, turn on the entertainment
head unit, set all the sound channel output, cancel the mute function, enter into
playing condition, and check whether all loudspeakers do not work.
If one or more (not all) loudspeakers do not work, replace the loudspeaker
1. Check one or more loudspeakers
with a new one in good condition, confirm whether it can work normally. If yes,
If all loudspeakers do not work, the possible cause might be entertainment head
unit failure.
2. Check entertainment head unit confirm whether it can sound normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not,
1.0 416
Poor or No Radio Signal Received and Radio
Channel Cannot Be Locked
Move the vehicle to a suitable place, and re-search for the channel of
1. Check whether the radio workplace signal entertainment head unit after the vehicle is parked outdoor with radio signal,
is poor far away from the metal building and power supply line. If it can work normally,
2. Check entertainment head unit confirm whether the radio can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if
After replacing the radio antenna with a new one in good condition, confirm
3. Check radio antenna whether the radio can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not,
1.0 417
Poor or No GPS Signal Received

Move the vehicle to a suitable place, and search for GPS signal after the vehicle
1. Check whether the GPS workplace signal is parked outdoor far away from the underground garage, tunnel or beneath the
is poor viaduct. If it can work normally, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other
possible causes.
After replacing the communication antenna with a new one in good condition,
2. Check communication antenna confirm whether the GPS signal can be searched normally. If yes, diagnosis is
3. Check entertainment head unit confirm whether the GPS signal can be searched normally. If yes, diagnosis is
1.0 418
Display Indicating Improperly or Indication
Failure
After replacing the display with a new one in good condition, confirm whether
1. Check display the display can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
2. Check entertainment head unit confirm whether the display can show messages normally. If yes, diagnosis is
1.0 419
Bluetooth Connection Failure

1. Check entertainment head unit and Check entertainment head unit and mobile phone Bluetooth function can be
mobile phone Bluetooth function can be turned on normally or not, if a normal connection cannot be obtained after
turned on normally or not these functions are turned on, check for other possible causes.
confirm whether it works normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check
2. Check entertainment head unit
1.0 420
When Using On-board Telephone, the Other
Side Cannot Hear You
Check whether the cellphone is mute or failed, after troubleshooting cellphone

1. Check mobile phone mute or mobile
failure, if the normal call can be made, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
phone
After replacing the microphone with a new one in good condition, confirm
2.Check microphone whether it can work normally. If yes, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
1.0 421
Cannot Hear Each Other When Talking on

On-board Telephone
Check whether entertainment head unit is set to mute, after canceling the mute,
1. Check entertainment head unit set to
if the normal call can be made, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other
mute
possible causes.
If one or more (not all) loudspeakers do not work, replace the loudspeaker
with a new one in good condition, confirm whether it can work normally. If yes,
2. Check the speaker diagnosis is completed; if not, check for other possible causes.
If all loudspeakers do not work, the possible cause might be entertainment head
unit failure.
Check whether the cellphone is failed, after troubleshooting the cellphone
4. Check cellphone failure, if the normal call can be made, diagnosis is completed; if not, check for
1.0 422
Displays and Gages
2. Check if the accessible or visible system components
have any obvious damages or failures which may lead to
such symptom, including but not limited to the items
specified in the Visual Inspection List.
Passenger Compartment Fuse-box

Fuse F9
Passenger Compartment Fuse-box

Electrical
Fuse F26
Engine Compartment Fuse-box

Fuse F30

1.0 423
Symptom Table

Instrument pack
Tachometer Indicating Improperly
Engine control module
Instrument pack
Speedometer Indicating Improperly
Stability control system module
Related circuits
Fuel Gauge Indicating Improperly Fuel level sensor assembly
Instrument pack
Related circuits
Instrument Pack Blank Screen / All Indicators OFF
Instrument pack
Related circuits
Buzzer Failure
Instrument pack
1.0 424
Tachometer Indicating Improperly
A. Place the ignition switch in the "ON" position, use the diagnosis instrument to
implement a scan test for the instrument pack and confirm that the tachometer
is scanned from the low point to the high point.
• If the instrument cannot be scanned → Replace the instrument pack.

Check again whether the failure is excluded after replacement. If not,
go to Step B.
1. Check instrument pack • If the instrument can be scanned normally → Go to Step B.
B. Start up the engine, confirm whether the tachometer value matches the
engine speed parameter of the diagnosis instrument.
• No → Replace the instrument pack. Check again whether the failure is

excluded after replacement. If not, go to Step 2.
Repair or replace ECM.
2. Repair/replace the ECM.
After replacement, confirm that the system can work normally.
1.0 425
Speedometer Indicating Improperly

A. Place the ignition switch in the "ON" position, use the diagnosis instrument to
implement a scan test for the instrument pack and confirm that the speedometer
is scanned from the low point to the high point.
• If the instrument cannot be scanned → Replace the instrument pack.

Check again whether the failure is excluded after replacement. If not,
go to Step B.
1. Check instrument pack • If the instrument can be scanned normally →Go to Step B.
B. Start up the engine, confirm whether the speedometer value matches the
vehicle speed parameter of the diagnosis instrument.
• No → Replace the instrument pack. Check again whether the failure is

2. Repair/replace the stability control Repair/replace the stability control system module.
system module
1.0 426
Fuel Gauge Indicating Improperly
Place the ignition switch in the "ON" position, and confirm whether the fuel
gauge value matches the vehicle fuel level parameter of diagnosis instrument.
1. Check instrument pack • No → Replace the instrument pack. Check again whether the failure is
2. Check related circuits
A. Place the ignition switch in the "OFF" position, and disconnect the negative
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the instrument pack harness connector FC006 and the fuel pump
C. Connect the negative battery cable.
D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the resistances between the terminals

of instrument pack harness connector FC006 and the terminals of fuel pump
harness connector BY045 are within the specified range.
FC006-22 BY045-3
＜5
FC006-23 BY045-4
• No → Repair/replace the related lines. Check again whether the failure is
Replace the fuel level sensor assembly, and check again whether the failure is
3. Repair/replace the fuel level sensor excluded again.
assembly • Yes → Confirm repair is completed.
Repair/replace the instrument pack.
4. Replace the instrument pack
1.0 427
Instrument Pack Blank Screen

battery cable.
B. Disconnect the instrument pack harness connector FC006.
D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage between the terminal of

instrument pack harness connector FC006 and the ground is within the specified
range. Measure whether the resistance between terminal of FC006 and the
1. Check related circuits ground is within the specified range.
FC006-1 Ground 11～14 -
FC006-2 Ground - ＜5
• Yes → Go to Step E.
excluded after replacement. If not, go to Step E.
E. Place the ignition switch in the "ON" position.
F. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage between the terminal of

FC006 and the ground is within the specified range.
FC006-5 Ground 11 ～ 14
2. Replace the instrument pack After replacement, confirm that the system can work normally.
1.0 428
Buzzer Failure
battery cable.
B. Disconnect the instrument pack harness connector FC006.
D. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage and the resistance between
the terminals of instrument pack harness connector FC006 and the ground are
1. Check related circuits Terminal Voltage (V) Resistance (Ω)
FC006-1 Ground 11～14 -
FC006-2 Ground - ＜5
Check whether the voltage and resistance value are within the normal range:
• Yes → Go to Step E.
• No → Repair the harness failure and replace the harness. Check again
whether the failure is excluded after replacement. If not, go to Step E.
E. Place the ignition switch in the "ON" position.
F. Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage between the terminal of

FC006 and the ground is within the specified range.
FC006-5 Ground 11 ～ 14
• If the voltage is normal → Go to Step 2.

• If not → Repair the harness failure and replace the harness. Check again
whether the failure is excluded after replacement. If not, go to Step 2.
2. Replace the instrument pack After replacement, confirm that the system can work normally.
1.0 429
Phenomena-based Diagnosis Power and Signal
Power and Signal

Data Communication

Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
Electrical
Fuse F2

1.0 430
Power and Signal Phenomena-based Diagnosis
Symptom Table
Symptom Possible Causes

Scan Tool Does Not Power On Related lines or connectors
Scan tool
Scan Tool Failing to Communicate with Bus Gateway
Terminal resistance
1.0 431
Scan Tool Does Not Power On

Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage and resistance between
the terminals of DLC harness connector BY087 and the ground is within the
1. Check related lines or connectors specified range.
16 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
5 Ground
- ＜5
4 Ground

• No → Repair/replace the related lines.
1.0 432
Scan Tool Failing to Communicate with Bus
Check whether the scan tool is in good condition, and replace it when necessary.
After replacing the scan tool, confirm whether it can communicate with the bus.
1. Check scan tool
1.0 433
Cigar Lighter and Power Outlet


Mechanical Cigar Lighter
Battery
Electrical

1.0 434
Symptom Table

Cigar lighter head
Cigar Lighter Head not Heating Cigar lighter base
Cigar lighter head
Cigar Lighter Head Not Popping Up
Cigar lighter base
Automatically
Power outlet
Power Outlet Supplying no Power
1.0 435
Cigar Lighter Head not Heating

Check whether the cigar lighter head is damaged, eroded, oxidized or poorly
connected, and repair/replace it when necessary.
1. Check cigar lighter head After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

Check whether the cigar lighter base is damaged, eroded, oxidized or poorly
2. Check cigar lighter base After the repair/replacement, confirm if the symptom disappears.

battery cable.
B. Disconnect the cigar lighter harness connector BY035.
C. Connect the negative battery cable, and place the ignition switch in "ACC"
position.
D.Use a multimeter to measure whether the voltage and resistance between

the terminals of cigar lighter harness connector and the ground is within the
specified range.
2 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
1 Ground - ＜5

• No → Repair/replace related lines.
1.0 436
Cigar Lighter Not Popping Up Automatically


battery cable.
position.
specified range.
2 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
1 Ground - ＜5

After repair/replacement, check again whether the failure is excluded. If it

cannot work normally, check for other possible causes.
1.0 437
Power Outlet Supplying no Power



battery cable.
position.
specified range.
2 Ground 11 ～ 14 -
1 Ground - ＜5

After repair/replacement, check again whether the failure is excluded. If it

cannot work normally, check for other possible causes.
1.0 438
Troubleshooting Process Description DTC Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Process Description test and component test). However, the first implementation
Troubleshooting Process Description of circuit/system test helps to determine whether the current
vehicle failure exists
The following is a brief description of DTC troubleshooting
process. Circuit/system check is a non-interference procedure,
outlining how to confirm normal operation of a system or a
DTC Description
system port. During the check, vehicle shall be kept intact
It describes the DTC diagnosed in this procedure. DTC and be tested as a complete system. This check is used to
No. and failure description with symptom description will be help technicians to determine whether the failure is current
provided in writing when appropriate. or intermittent.
Subsystem Principle
When appropriate, technicians shall be able to confirm that
Circuit/system description determines how the circuit/system the failure appears on input circuit (signal) or output circuit
works properly. (control). Technicians need to determine whether the system
Conditions for Running DTCs works normally from confirmation results, or whether the
system needs further diagnosis in circuit/system test and/or
Conditions for running DTCs, it confirms which conditions
component test.
must appear to allow the running of failure diagnosis.
As a gradual process, circuit/system test is carried out in test
Unordered list in this procedure shows that the conditions for
sequence of positive number, technicians are allowed to carry
running DTCs are in “and” relation with each other.
out every test step in sequence, until a failure is found. If
Conditions for Setting DTCs the result of the test step in this number has been reached,
Conditions for setting DTCs, it confirms which conditions proceed with the test step in next number according to normal
must appear when diagnosis fails and when this DTC is set. flow. If the result of the test step in this number does not be
reached, inspection and servicing suggestion after this test will
Unordered list in this procedure shows that the conditions for confirm which operation will be taken.
setting DTCs are in “and” relation with each other.
Carry out interference diagnosis to confirm system failure.
Operations of ECU after Failure
Disconnect system harness connector from the module
Action taken when the DTC is set, it confirms the default or component to test single circuit function. Module or
operation when the control module has a DTC set. component helps to confirm the circuit function. When the
Unordered list in this procedure shows that actions taken inspection fails, suggestion after servicing step will indicate
when the DTC is set are in “and” relation with each other. the circuit failure need to be tested. For example, short to
voltage, short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs
When inspecting single circuit failure, technicians shall also
Conditions for clearing DTCs, it confirms the conditions that
carry out terminal inspection, such as connecting surface and
must be met to clear DTCs.
terminal tension on harness and component/module.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that conditions for
When those test steps are carried out, the control module and
clearing DTCs/MILs are in “or” relation with each other.
component will also be diagnosed. Before the replacement,
Diagnostic Aid always re-test the control module or component. For
Diagnostic aid is a suggestion, and it explains in other ways for example, re-connect all components and module, re-test
diagnosing this failure. It also provides special information to system, and confirm that the failure still exists before the
aid technicians in looking for and repairing vehicle failures. module or component replacement.
Possible Causes Service Guide
Failure Causes have all factors that may cause this DTC listed, Service guide provides relevant link for components to be
so that the technician can narrow down the servicing range, repaired or replaced, and this link describes how to identify
and repair vehicle failures quickly and effectively. the repaired vehicle.
Unordered list in this procedure shows that failure causes are

in "or" relation with each other.
Diagnostic Test Steps
Diagnosis mode does not enforce technicians to carry out any
of three diagnosis types (circuit/system check, circuit/system
1.0 439
DTC Troubleshooting Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
Integrity Inspection of CAN Network

Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
Note: Please confirm the followings:
• Control module and LAN device equipped on the vehicle
• Position of the control module on the HS CAN circuit of
vehicle body
• Control module B+, ignition, grounding, communication
enabling and serial data circuit terminals
1. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication

between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
diagnose it first.
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and disconnect
the battery negative cable.
3. Test the resistance between DLC terminals CAN H (6)
and CAN L (14) according to the following conditions:
A: With all connectors connected, check if the resistance

is 60±5Ω.
B: With 1 control module of the ECM or SDM

disconnected, check if the resistance is 120±5Ω.
C: With all connectors of the ECM and SDM

disconnected, check if the resistance is infinite.
4. If the above resistance fails to meet the standard value,

disconnect the harness connector from the control
module which is unable to communicate.
5. Test if the resistance between the ground circuit terminal
of each control module and the ground is less than 10Ω.
If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground

circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
6. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition

switch in "ON" position, and confirm if the test lamp
between the B+ circuit terminal of each control module
and the ground illuminates.
If the test lamp fails to illuminate, test the B+ circuit for

short to ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the

control module for short to ground.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
7. Confirm if the test lamp between each ignition circuit

terminal and the ground illuminates.
If it fails to illuminate, test the ignition circuit for short to

ground or open circuit/high resistance.
If the circuit fuse is blown, test the control circuit of the

control module for short to ground.
If the circuit test is normal, replace the control module.
1.0 440
DTC Overall List DTC Troubleshooting
DTC Overall List
DTC Overall List
DTC FTB Description Module

B0001 11 Driver Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B0001 12 Driver Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B0001 1A Driver Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B0001 1B Driver Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B0001 56 Driver Airbag Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0010 11 Passenger Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B0010 12 Passenger Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B0010 1A Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B0010 1B Passenger Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B0010 56 Passenger Frontal Airbag Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0020 11 Left Side Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B0020 12 Left Side Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B0020 1A Left Side Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B0020 1B Left Side Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B0020 56 Left Side Airbag Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0021 11 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B0021 12 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B0021 1A Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B0021 1B Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B0021 56 Left Curtain Airbag Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0028 11 Right Side Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B0028 12 Right Side Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B0028 1A Right Side Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B0028 1B Right Side Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B0028 56 Right Side Airbag Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0029 11 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Ground SDM
B0029 12 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Battery SDM
B0029 1A Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low SDM
B0029 1B Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too High SDM
B0029 56 Right Curtain Airbag Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0079 11 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground SDM
B0079 12 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery SDM
B0079 1A Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low SDM
B0079 1B Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High SDM
B0079 56 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Incompatible Configuration SDM
B007A 11 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground SDM
1.0 441
DTC Troubleshooting DTC Overall List

B007A 12 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery SDM
B007A 1A Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low SDM
B007A 1B Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High SDM
B007A 56 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0090 49 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Internal Fault SDM
B0090 56 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Type Mismatch SDM
B0090 87 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication SDM
B0090 86 Left Front Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid SDM
B0091 49 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault SDM
B0091 87 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Lost Communication SDM
B0091 86 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid SDM
B0091 56 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Incompatible Configuration SDM
B0095 49 Right Front Side Impact Sensor Internal Fault SDM
B0095 56 Right Front Side Impact Sensor Type Mismatch SDM
B0095 87 Right Front Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication SDM
B0095 86 Right Front Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid SDM
B0096 49 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault SDM
B0096 87 Right B-Pillar Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication SDM
B0096 86 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid SDM
B0096 56 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Incompatible Configuration SDM
B1041 13 Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1041 11 Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1042 13 Right Brake Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1042 11 Right Brake Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1043 12 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1043 11 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1043 13 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1045 11 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1045 13 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1049 12 Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1049 11 Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1049 13 Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B104A 13 Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B104A 11 Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B104B 13 Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B104B 11 Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B104C 71 Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck BCM
B1051 12 Front Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
1.0 442
B1051 13 Front Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1053 11 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1053 13 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1059 14 Dipped Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1059 12 Dipped Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B105A 13 Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B105A 12 Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B105A 11 Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B105B 13 Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B105B 12 Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B105B 11 Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B105C 14 Main Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B105C 12 Main Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B105D 11 Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam Headlamp Switch Short to Ground BCM
B105D 1E Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam Headlamp Switch Resistance out of Range BCM
B1060 13 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1060 12 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1060 11 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1061 13 Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1061 11 Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1062 13 Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1062 12 Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1066 73 Brake Pedal Switch Stuck BCM
B1067 16 Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Below Threshold BCM
B1067 17 Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Above Threshold BCM
B1071 1E Light Function Column Switch: Direction Indicator Switch Resistance out of Range BCM
B1071 11 Light Function Column Switch: Direction Indicator Switch Short to Ground BCM
B1077 11 Main Light Switch Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1077 15 Main Light Switch Circuit Short to Battery or Open BCM
B1077 1C Main Light Switch Circuit Resistance out of Range BCM
B1078 11 Fog Light Switch Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1078 15 Fog Light Switch Circuit Short to Battery or Open BCM
B1078 1C Fog Light Switch Circuit Resistance out of Range BCM
B1081 11 Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1083 13 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1083 11 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1084 13 Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B1084 11 Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator Circuit Short to Ground BCM
1.0 443

B1089 12 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1089 11 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B1089 13 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B108A 12 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B108A 11 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B108A 13 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B10A1 71 All Door Unlock Relay Stuck BCM
B10A2 71 All Door Lock Relay Stuck BCM
B10A4 71 Driver Door Unlock Relay Stuck BCM
B10A6 13 Door Lock Status LED Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B10A6 11 Door Lock Status LED Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B10AA 71 Driver Door Key Lock Switch Stuck BCM
B10AB 71 Driver Door Key Unlock Switch Stuck BCM
B10AC 71 Master Lock Switch Stuck BCM
B10AD 71 Master Unlock Switch Stuck BCM
B10B1 71 Trunk/Boot Release Switch Stuck BCM
B10B2 71 Trunk/Boot Release Relay Stuck BCM
B1101 14 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1101 12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to Battery BCM
B1102 14 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1102 12 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to Battery BCM
B1103 14 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1103 12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to Battery BCM
B1105 71 Front Wiper Park Switch Actuator Stuck BCM
B1107 71 Rear Wiper Park Switch Actuator Stuck BCM
B1109 1E Column Switch Potentiometer for Wiper Delay Resistance out of Range BCM
B110B 12 Rear Washer Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B110B 14 Rear Washer Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B110C 14 Front Washer Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B110C 12 Front Washer Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1111 14 Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1111 12 Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1112 14 Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1112 12 Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1113 14 Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1113 12 Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1114 14 Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1114 12 Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
1.0 444
B1115 71 Local Passenger Door Window Switch Stuck Switch BCM
B1116 71 Local Rear Left Door Window Switch Stuck BCM
B1117 71 Local Rear Right Door Window Switch Stuck BCM
B1121 14 Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1121 12 Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1122 14 Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1122 12 Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1123 14 Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1123 12 Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1124 14 BCM
Circuit
B1124 12 Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B112A 71 Driver Window Switch Stuck BCM
B1131 71 Driver Window Motor Relay Fault BCM
B1132 96 Driver Window Sensing System Fault BCM
B1155 14 Horn Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B1155 12 Horn Relay Driver Short to Battery BCM
B115C 14 Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B115C 12 Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B115D 13 P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B115D 12 P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B115D 11 P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B115E 14 Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B115E 12 Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1162 11 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Short to Ground (SSB) BCM
B1162 13 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Open Circuit (SSB) BCM
B1162 1E Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Resistance out of Range (SSB) BCM
B1162 73 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Stuck BCM
B1166 11 Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground (IGN1) BCM
B1166 13 Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit Open Circuit (IGN1) BCM
B1169 13 Accessory HSD Output Circuit Open Circuit BCM
B11A0 11 Hood Ajar (Bonnet Open Switch) Circuit Short to Ground BCM
B11A0 13 Hood Ajar (Bonnet Open Switch) Circuit Open circuit BCM
B11A5 09 Light Sensor Hardware Failure BCM
B11C0 71 Sunroof Switch Stuck BCM
B11C1 71 Sunroof Motor Relay Fault BCM
B11C3 96 Sunroof Sensing System Fault BCM
B11C4 71 Sunroof Sunshade Switch Stuck BCM
1.0 445

B11C9 14 Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BCM
B11C9 12 Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to Battery BCM
B1200 29 Fuel Sender Resistance out of Upper Range IPK
B1201 00 Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Lamp Fail IPK
B1220 00 Distance Count Signal Error IPK
B1221 86 Count Signal Error IPK
B1419 11 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Ground HVAC
B1419 15 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit HVAC
B1431 12 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B1431 11 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B1433 12 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B1433 11 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B1434 15 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit HVAC
B1434 11 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B1437 12 Right Temperature Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B1437 11 Right Temperature Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B1438 15 Right Temperature Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit HVAC
B1438 11 Right Temperature Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B143B 05 Right Temperature Actuator Calibration Error HVAC
B143C 01 Right Temperature Actuator Blockage Error HVAC
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator Calibration Error HVAC
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator Blockage Error HVAC
B144B 54 Actuator Calibration Not Learned HVAC
B1472 01 Front Blower Analog Control Error HVAC
B1481 88 No LIN Communication HVAC
B14B0 87 LIN Slave Node Missing - Front Panel HVAC
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error HVAC
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error HVAC
B14B5 00 Front Panel ON OFF Switch Error HVAC
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error HVAC
B14B7 00 Front Panel Recirculation Switch Error HVAC
B14B8 00 Compressor ON/OFF Switch Error HVAC
B14B9 00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error HVAC
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error HVAC
B14BB 00 Diver Air Mode Foot Defrost Switch Error HVAC
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error HVAC
B14BD 00 Defrost Switch Error HVAC
B14BE 00 Driver Air Mode Face Foot Switch Error HVAC
1.0 446
B14BF 00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error HVAC
B14E7 11 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Ground HVAC
B14E7 12 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Battery HVAC
B14F1 88 Configuration Error HVAC
B14F2 00 Initialisation Error HVAC
B1521 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to GND Fault TBOX
B1521 12 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to Battery TBOX
B1521 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Open Fault TBOX
B1522 31 GPS Module Fault TBOX
B1525 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Ground. TBOX
B1525 12 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Battery. TBOX
B1525 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Open Fault TBOX
B1526 31 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Module Fault TBOX
B1529 31 Infotainment Control Module (FICM) Communication Fault TBOX
B1533 11 Microphone Input Short to Ground TBOX
B1533 13 Microphone Input Open TBOX
B1534 11 Microphone Output Short to Ground TBOX
B1534 13 Microphone Output Open TBOX
B1541 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card Status - Not Present TBOX
B1542 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card - Invalid TBOX
B1562 00 Body Control Module (BCM) Authentication Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Failure TBOX
B1570 31 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal Bluetooth Module Fault TBOX
B1701 95 Transponder Antenna Fault BCM
B1702 96 Invalid Key Present BCM
B1705 96 Loss Communication with Base Station BCM
B1706 95 Attack State is Triggered during EMS Authentication BCM
B1707 95 No EMS Challenge Rx BCM
B1708 87 CAN Communication Error during Authentication BCM
B170A 96 Body Control Module does not Receive Telematic Box's Response BCM
B170B 96 Telematic Box Authentication Failure BCM
The Authentication Is Failure Between Electronic Steering Column Lock ECU (ESCL) and
B170C 00 ESCL
Body Control Module (BCM)
B170D 96 Body Control Module does not Receive Electrical Steering Column Lock's Challenge BCM
B1752 11 Stop Start Button Input Voltage Short to Ground IPK
B1752 15 Stop Start Button Input Voltage Open or Short to Battery IPK
B1753 71 Stop Start Button Stuck IPK
B1764 00 Stop Start Button Sensing Fault IPK
B1832 01 Position Sensor Error ESCL
1.0 447

B1833 01 Motor High Side Short Error ESCL
B1834 01 Motor Low Side Short Error ESCL
B1835 13 ECU Internal Error - Motorbridge Open Circuit ESCL
B1836 42 ECU Error - RAM Error (Slave Controller ) ESCL
B1837 42 ECU Error - ROM Error (Slave Controller ) ESCL
B1838 04 A/D Converter Error ESCL
B1839 04 ECU Slave Controller Incorrect Enable ESCL
B183A 04 ECU Slave Controller Is Not Enable ESCL
B183B 04 ECU Slave Controller Reset Error ESCL
B183C 04 ECU System-Basis-Chip Reset Error ESCL
B183D 04 ECU Main Controller Error ESCL
B183E 04 ECU Main Controller Program Sequence Error ESCL
B183F 04 ECU Slave Controller Error ESCL
B1840 04 ECU Slave Controller Program Sequence Error ESCL
B1932 00 Frontal Deployment Data Record Exist SDM
B1933 00 Side Deployment Data Record Exist SDM
B1934 00 Rear Deployment Data Record Exist SDM
B193A 12 Crash Out Short to Battery SDM
B193A 14 Crash Out Short to Ground or Open SDM
B193C 56 System Configuration Mismatch SDM
B193E 00 Deployment Data Record Full: No Over-Write-Able Records Exist SDM
B193F 00 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block SDM
B193F 49 SDM Internal Faults-Power SDM
B193F 09 SDM Internal Faults-Acceleration Sensors SDM
B193F 96 SDM Internal Faults-Firing Circuit SDM
B1955 17 PDC Voltage High IPK
B1956 16 PDC Voltage Low IPK
B1957 31 PDC Rear Left Sensor Fault IPK
B1959 31 PDC Rear Middle Sensor Fault IPK
B195A 31 PDC Rear Right Sensor Fault IPK
B1A01 71 Call/Reject Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A01 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A02 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A02 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck FICM-L
1.0 448
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A10 12 Tuner's Antenna Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open FICM-H
B1A10 19 Tuner's Antenna Over Current FICM-H
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open FICM-L
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground FICM-L
B1A1D 87 Lost Display Communication with LCD Panel via LVDS FICM-H
B1A1E 87 Lost Display Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) via LVDS FICM-H
B1A20 11 FR Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A20 12 FR Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A20 1A FR Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A20 1B FR Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A21 11 FL Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A21 12 FL Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A21 1A FL Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A21 1B FL Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A22 11 RR Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A22 12 RR Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A22 1A RR Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A22 1B RR Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A23 11 RL Speaker Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A23 12 RL Speaker Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A23 1A RL Speaker Short Circuit FICM-H
B1A23 1B RL Speaker Open FICM-H
B1A24 01 Power of USB1 Port Error FICM-H
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to Ground FICM-L
B1A25 12 Microphone1 Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A25 11 Microphone1 Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A25 13 Microphone1 Open FICM-H
B1A26 01 Power of USB2 Port Error FICM-H
B1A27 01 Power of USB Port for TBOX Error FICM-H
B1A28 12 Microphone2 Short to Battery FICM-H
B1A28 11 Microphone2 Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A28 13 Microphone2 Open FICM-H
1.0 449

B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A39 71 "Volume Up" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A3A 71 "Volume Down" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A3E 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A3E 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A3F 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A3F 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open FICM-H
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-L
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open FICM-L
B1A44 11 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground FICM-H
B1A44 12 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open FICM-H
B1A49 71 "Defrost" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A4A 71 "Heated Rear Window" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck FICM-H
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck FICM-L
B1AA0 12 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Battery FICM-H
B1AA0 11 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Ground FICM-H
B1AE9 12 Camera Power Short to Battery FICM-H
B1AE9 11 Camera Power Short to Ground FICM-H
B1B05 16 Low Battery Voltage during Engine Running (Low Risk) BCM
B1B06 16 System Voltage Low BCM
B1B42 00 Current Sensor Polarity Inverted BCM
B1B80 07 Alternator Mechanical Failure BCM
B1B81 01 Alternator Electrical Failure BCM
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1 (SCS Only) SCS
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2 (SCS Only) SCS
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1 (SCS Only) SCS
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2 (SCS Only) SCS
C0010 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL SCS
C0011 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL SCS
C0014 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR SCS
C0015 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR SCS
1.0 450
C0018 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL SCS
C0019 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL SCS
C001c 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR SCS
C001d 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR SCS
C0020 71 Antilock Brake System (ABS)/ Stability Control System (SCS) Pump Motor Stuck SCS
C0031 02 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C0031 11 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C0032 12 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C0032 13 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit SCS
C0034 02 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C0034 11 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C0035 12 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C0035 13 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit SCS
C0037 02 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C0037 11 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C0038 12 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C0038 13 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit SCS
C003a 02 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures SCS
C003A 11 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground SCS
C003B 12 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ubatt SCS
C003B 13 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit SCS
C0040 64 Brake Light Switch Fault SCS
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault SCS
C0047 08 Vacuum Sensor Fault SCS
C0049 7B Brake Fluid Level Low SCS
C0051 54 Steering Angle Sensor Calibration Fault SCS
C0051 28 Steering Angle Sensor Fault SCS
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault SCS
C0062 29 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault SCS
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault SCS
C006b 06 Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Stability Control System (SCS) Implausible Control SCS
C1104 04 Wheel Speed Sensor General Failure SCS
C1105 04 Valve Relay Failure SCS
C1106 04 Valve General Failure SCS
C1107 54 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Missing Calibration SCS
C1107 04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure SCS
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Implausible SCS
C1112 00 Variant Coding Error SCS
1.0 451

C1624 16 Temperature Sensor Signal too Low EPS
C1624 17 Temperature Sensor Signal too High EPS
C1630 23 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps at Low Level EPS
C1630 24 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps at High Level EPS
C1630 49 TAS T1/T2/(T1+T2) Signal Duty out of Normal Range EPS
C1630 38 TAS T1/T2 Signal Period out of Normal Range EPS
C1631 23 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps at Low Level EPS
C1631 24 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps at High Level EPS
C1631 29 Angle Signal Invalid EPS
C1631 49 TAS P/S Signal Duty out of Normal Range EPS
C1631 38 TAS P/S Signal Period out of Normal Range EPS
C1640 72 Motor or Its Related Driver Circuit Failure EPS
C1640 71 Motor Drive Circuit Diagnostic Failed When ECU Is Initializing EPS
C1650 00 Motor Position Sensor Failure EPS
C1660 00 ECU Inner Power - Supply Related Circuit Module Failure EPS
C1660 49 ECU Inner Electrical Failure EPS
C1660 61 ECU Calculation Failure EPS
C1666 54 ECU Don't Perform Steering Angle Offset Calibration and RES Function Calibration. EPS
C1671 62 Double Check Error - Parameters Mismatch Between Main MCU & Slave MCU EPS
C1672 64 Torque Monitoring Error EPS
C1680 00 ECU Over Temperature Failure EPS
C1A00 55 Standard Tyre Pressure Not Configured TPMS
C1A01 55 Sensor ID Not Configured TPMS
C1A02 16 Front Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A02 31 RF Signal Not Received From Left Front Tyre Sensor TPMS
C1A03 16 Front Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A03 31 RF Signal Not Received From Right Front Tyre Sensor TPMS
C1A04 16 Rear Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A04 31 No RF Signal Received From Right Rear Tyre Sensor TPMS
C1A05 16 Rear Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low TPMS
C1A05 31 RF Signal Not Received From Left Rear Tyre Sensor TPMS
P000A 26 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Slow) ECM-1.0T
P000A 29 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Stuck) ECM-1.0T
P000A 26 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Slow) ECM-1.5VCT
P000A 29 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Stuck) ECM-1.5VCT
P000B 26 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Slow) ECM-1.0T
P000B 29 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Stuck) ECM-1.0T
P0011 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Advanced ECM-1.5VCT
1.0 452
P0012 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Retarded ECM-1.5VCT
P0014 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Retarded ECM-1.5VCT
P0015 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Advanced ECM-1.5VCT
P0016 76 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Intake Camshaft Refit Failure ECM-1.0T
P0016 78 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Intake Camshaft Position Runout ECM-1.0T
P0016 00 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Intake Camshaft Position Runout ECM-1.5VCT
P0017 76 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Refit Failure ECM-1.0T
P0017 78 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position Runout ECM-1.0T
P0017 00 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position Runout ECM-1.5VCT
P0026 77 Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0026 77 Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0027 77 Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0027 77 Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0030 13 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0030 13 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0031 11 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0031 11 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0032 12 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0032 12 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0033 13 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0034 11 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0035 12 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0036 13 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0036 13 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0037 11 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0037 11 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0038 12 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0038 12 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0053 1B Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0053 1B Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0054 1B Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0054 1B Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
Ambient Pressure And Turbocharger Inlet Pressure Correlation-Ambient Pressure Sensor
P006D 17 ECM-1.0T
Circuit Short To Battery
Ambient Pressure And Turbocharger Inlet Pressure Correlation-Ambient Pressure Sensor
P006D 16 ECM-1.0T
Circuit Short To Ground
P0075 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
1.0 453

P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0076 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0078 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0079 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0087 84 High Pressure Fuel Rail Low Pressure ECM-1.0T
P0087 00 High Pressure Fuel Supply PID Control Large Deviation ECM-1.0T
P0088 85 High Pressure Fuel Rail High Pressure ECM-1.0T
P0088 00 High Pressure Fuel Supply PID Control Small Deviation ECM-1.0T
P0090 12 Fuel Pressure Regulator Flow Control Valve Control Circuit Short ECM-1.0T
P0097 16 Intake Air Pressure And Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0098 17 Intake Air Pressure And Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0100 13 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0100 00 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Heater Drive Failure ECM-1.0T
P0101 24 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Exceeding Upper Limit Of Rational Range ECM-1.0T
P0101 23 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Exceeding Lower Limit Of Rational Range ECM-1.0T
P0102 16 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0103 17 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0105 2A Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Unchanged ECM-1.0T
P0106 22 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Higher Than Threshold ECM-1.0T
P0106 21 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Lower Than Threshold ECM-1.0T
P0106 85 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Higher Than Rational Range ECM-1.0T
P0106 84 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Lower Than Rational Range ECM-1.0T
P0107 16 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0108 17 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0111 29 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0116 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0116 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
1.0 454
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0122 11 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0122 11 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0123 12 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0123 12 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0131 16 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0131 16 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0132 17 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0132 17 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0133 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Aged ECM-1.0T
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Bilateral Aged Exceeding Lower
P0133 25 ECM-1.0T
Limit
P0133 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Aged ECM-1.5VCT
P0134 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Rich ECM-1.0T
P0134 25 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Lean ECM-1.0T
P0134 25 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Lean ECM-1.5VCT
P0134 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains Rich ECM-1.5VCT
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0137 16 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0137 16 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0138 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0138 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal Remains
P0139 24 ECM-1.0T
Lean
P0139 23 ECM-1.0T
Rich
P0139 23 ECM-1.5VCT
Rich
P0139 24 ECM-1.5VCT
Lean
P0169 94 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Air Charge Predication ECM-1.0T
P0169 93 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Fuel Cut-Off Mode ECM-1.0T
P0169 92 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Fuel Supply Mode ECM-1.0T
P0169 64 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Air Mixture ECM-1.0T
1.0 455

P0169 29 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Operating Mode ECM-1.0T
P0169 61 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Air Charge Comparison ECM-1.0T
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Multiplication Self-Learning Exceeding Upper
P0171 00 ECM-1.0T
Limit
P0171 27 Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Addition Self-Learning Exceeding Upper Limit ECM-1.0T
P0171 00 Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Upper Limit ECM-1.5VCT
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Multiplication Self-Learning Exceeding Lower
P0172 00 ECM-1.0T
Limit
P0172 26 Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Addition Self-Learning Exceeding Lower Limit ECM-1.0T
P0172 00 Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Lower Limit ECM-1.5VCT
P0191 22 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Exceeding Threshold ECM-1.0T
P0192 16 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0193 17 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0197 16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0198 17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0201 13 Fuel Injector Control Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P0201 13 Fuel Injector Control Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.5VCT
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning TCM-4AT
P0218 00 Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Condition TCM-6AT
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition ECM-1.0T
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition ECM-1.5VCT
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0234 00 Turbocharger Overboost Condition ECM-1.0T
P0236 22 Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Greater Than Threshold ECM-1.0T
P0236 21 Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Less Than Threshold ECM-1.0T
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Greater Than Upper Limit Of
P0236 24 ECM-1.0T
Rational Range
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Less Than Lower Limit Of
P0236 23 ECM-1.0T
Rational Range
P0237 16 Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0238 17 Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
1.0 456
P0243 13 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0245 11 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0246 12 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0251 13 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Positive Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0251 11 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Positive Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0252 12 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Positive Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0253 11 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Negative Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0254 12 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Negative Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0261 11 Injector Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P0261 11 Injector Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.5VCT
P0262 12 Injector Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P0262 12 Injector Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.5VCT
P0263 00 Injector Control Circuit Contribution/Balance-Cylinder 1 Boost Time Out ECM-1.0T
P0299 00 Turbocharger Underboost ECM-1.0T
P0300 00 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder ECM-1.0T
P0300 F0 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Harmful To Catalyst ECM-1.5VCT
P0300 F1 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate Emission ECM-1.5VCT
P0300 F2 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Implausible Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0301 00 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P0301 F0 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Harmful To Catalyst ECM-1.5VCT
1.0 457

P0301 F1 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate Emission ECM-1.5VCT
P0301 F2 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Implausible Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0313 00 Misfire Detected With Low Fuel ECM-1.5VCT
P0318 81 Rough Road Detected Acceleration Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0321 00 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor Signal Fluctuation ECM-1.0T
P0322 00 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor No Signal ECM-1.0T
P0322 29 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor No Signal ECM-1.5VCT
P0325 17 Knock Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0325 16 Knock Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0325 00 Knock Sensor Circuit Signal Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0327 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0327 14 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0327 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0327 14 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0328 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0328 15 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0328 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0328 15 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
Crankshaft Position Sensor DGI Signal Error/Engine Shutdown Position Error/DGI Signal
P0336 00 ECM-1.0T
Reverse Pulse Length Irrational
P0341 00 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0341 29 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0342 00 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0343 00 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0351 13 Ignition Coil Primary Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
1.0 458
P0366 00 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0366 29 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0367 00 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0368 00 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged ECM-1.0T
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged ECM-1.5VCT
P0444 13 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0444 13 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0458 11 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0458 11 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0459 12 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0459 12 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0480 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (Low Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0480 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (Low Speed) ECM-1.5VCT
P0481 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (High Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0481 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (High Speed) ECM-1.5VCT
P0500 22 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Vehicle Speed Exceeding Maximum Range ECM-1.0T
P0500 26 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Vehicle Speed Value In Sticking State ECM-1.0T
Vehicle Speed Sensor-Irrational Vehicle Speed Detection Value Under Fuel Cut-Off
P0500 23 ECM-1.0T
Condition
P0500 2F Vehicle Speed Sensor-Irrational Vehicle Speed Detection Value Under Fuel Supply Condition ECM-1.0T
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Signal Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0504 62 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake Signal Unsynchronised ECM-1.0T
P0504 62 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake Signal Unsynchronised ECM-1.5VCT
P0504 1C Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Signal Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0506 00 Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Expected ECM-1.0T
P0506 23 Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Expected ECM-1.5VCT
P0507 00 Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Expected ECM-1.0T
P0507 24 Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Expected ECM-1.5VCT
P0522 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0523 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0555 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0557 16 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0558 17 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational ECM-1.0T
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold TCM-4AT
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold TCM-6AT
1.0 459

P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low ECM-1.0T
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low ECM-1.5VCT
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM-4AT
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM-6AT
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High ECM-1.0T
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High ECM-1.5VCT
P0564 11 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Short to Ground IPK
P0564 12 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Short to Battery IPK
P0564 96 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Component Internal Failure IPK
P0564 1C Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Circuit Voltage Out of Range IPK
P0589 11 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit Short to Ground IPK
P0589 12 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit Short to Battery IPK
P0589 96 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B” Circuit Component Internal Failure IPK
P0589 1C Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit Component Internal Failure IPK
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0598 11 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0599 12 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0600 00 TLE8888 Chip Communication Error ECM-1.0T
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure TCM-4AT
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure TCM-6AT
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration DID_C050 Checksum(Write)Check
P0601 00 ECM-1.0T
Error
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration EEPROM Checksum Calculation
P0601 43 ECM-1.0T
Failure(Read Error)
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration EEPROM Checksum Calculation
P0601 49 ECM-1.0T
Failure(Write Error)
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration DID_C050 Checksum(Write)Check
P0601 00 ECM-1.5VCT
Error
P0603 00 Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) error TCM-4AT
P0603 00 Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) error TCM-6AT
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure TCM-4AT
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure TCM-6AT
P0604 44 Internal Control Module Error-Random Access Memory (RAM) Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0605 45 Internal Control Module Error-Read Only Memory (ROM) Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 64 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Zero Test Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 97 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Given Voltage Test Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 47 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Feedback Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 29 ECM Processor Error-Layer 1 Safe Fuel Cut-Off Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 93 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Safe Fuel Cut-Off Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
1.0 460
P0606 63 ECM Processor Error-Stop/Start Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 44 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 65 ECM Processor Error-Ignition Angle Signal, Harness Or ECU Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 17 ECM Processor Error-5V Overvoltage Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 16 ECM Processor Error-5V Undervoltage Monitoring Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 49 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Inquiry Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 48 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Fault Response Error ECM-1.0T
P0606 91 ECM Processor Error-Throttle Driver Off Caused By Overvoltage ECM-1.0T
P0606 42 ECM Processor Error-Software Reset Type 1 ECM-1.0T
P0606 45 ECM Processor Error-Software Reset Type 2 ECM-1.0T
P0606 44 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 45 ECM Processor Error-Deformation Code Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 46 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Throttle Body Signal Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 64 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 65 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Ignition Angle Signal Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 66 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Load Signal Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 67 ECM Processor Error-ECU Error Response Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 92 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Inquiry Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 93 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Feedback Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 94 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Response Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0606 95 ECM Processor Error-Closed Loop Test Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0616 11 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0616 11 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0617 12 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0617 12 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
Layer 2 Monitoring Failure-Throttle Actuator Controller-Accelerator Pedal Signal
P061F 62 ECM-1.0T
Rationality
P061F 64 Layer 2 Monitoring Failure-Throttle Actuator Controller-Engine Speed ECM-1.0T
P061F 62 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Electronic Accelerator Pedal ECM-1.5VCT
P061F 64 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Engine Speed Sensor ECM-1.5VCT
P061F 68 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Safe Fuel Cut-off ECM-1.5VCT
P0630 00 VIN Not Programmed or Incompatible – ECM/PCM ECM-1.0T
P0634 91 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Air Conditioning Compressor Chip Overtemperature ECM-1.0T
P0634 98 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Thermostat Drive Chip Overtemperature ECM-1.0T
P0634 4B ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Cooling Fan Drive Chip Overtemperature(Low Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0634 49 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Cooling Fan Drive Chip Overtemperature(Low Speed) ECM-1.0T
1.0 461

P0634 48 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-5V Voltage Overtemperature Failure ECM-1.0T
P0634 00 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Drive Chip Overtemperature ECM-1.0T
P0641 00 Sensor Reference Voltage“A”Circuit-5V1 Voltage Failure ECM-1.0T
P0645 13 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P0645 13 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P0646 11 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0646 11 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P0647 12 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0647 12 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P0651 00 Sensor Reference Voltage“B”Circuit-5V2 Voltage Failure ECM-1.0T
P0659 00 Actuator Supply Voltage“A”Circuit-Chip Overvoltage ECM-1.0T
P0686 00 Ecm Power Relay Sense Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0689 17 ECM Main (Power) Relay Sense Circuit Output Voltage Signal Fault ECM-1.5VCT
P0690 00 Ecm Power Relay Sense Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0691 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground(Low Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0691 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (Low Speed) ECM-1.5VCT
P0692 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (Low Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0692 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (Low Speed) ECM-1.5VCT
P0693 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground(High Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0693 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (High Speed) ECM-1.5VCT
P0694 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (High Speed) ECM-1.0T
P0694 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (High Speed) ECM-1.5VCT
P06DA 13 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P06DB 11 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P06DC 12 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0700 00 Transmission Control System Error-TCM Requests MIL On ECM-1.5VCT
P0702 00 Transmission Control System Electrical TCM-6AT
P0705 00 Selector position switch GND short/Open (No signal) TCM-4AT
P0705 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit error TCM-6AT
P0706 00 Selector position switch B+ short (Multi position signal) TCM-4AT
P0707 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P0708 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High TCM-6AT
P0711 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance error TCM-4AT
P0711 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance error TCM-6AT
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low TCM-4AT
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High TCM-4AT
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High TCM-6AT
1.0 462
P0715 00 Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open) TCM-4AT
P0715 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit error TCM-6AT
P0716 00 Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open) TCM-6AT
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal TCM-4AT
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal TCM-6AT
P0720 00 Output revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open) TCM-4AT
P0720 00 Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery TCM-6AT
P0721 00 output speed sensor short circuit to ground or open pin TCM-6AT
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal TCM-4AT
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal TCM-6AT
P0729 00 Gear ratio fault at 6th gear (C2 or B1 not engage) TCM-6AT
P0731 00 Gear ratio fault at 1st gear (B1, C2 or C3 not release) TCM-6AT
P0732 00 Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear (C1 or B1 not engage) TCM-6AT
P0733 00 Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear (C1 or C3 not engage) TCM-6AT
P0734 00 Gear ratio fault at 4th gear (C1 or C2 not engage) TCM-6AT
P0735 00 Gear ratio fault at 5th gear (C2 or C3 not engage) TCM-6AT
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLU MIN),Shift
P0741 00 TCM-4AT
solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) OFF Stuck (SLU MIN or S1 MAX)
P0741 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Performance/Stuck Off TCM-6AT
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On TCM-4AT
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On TCM-6AT
P0748 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Electrical TCM-6AT
P0751 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN pressure stuck TCM-4AT
P0761 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MIN pressure TCM-4AT
P0762 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MAX pressure TCM-4AT
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLC2 MIN),Shift
P0766 00 TCM-4AT
solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MIN pressure
P0767 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MAX pressure TCM-4AT
P0777 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Stuck On TCM-6AT
P0778 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical error TCM-6AT
P0805 00 Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Error ECM-1.5VCT
P081A 00 Starter Disable Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P081B 00 Starter Disable Circuit High TCM-6AT
P081D 00 Neutral Switch Input Signal Circuit Error ECM-1.5VCT
P0826 00 Manual switch Out of service TCM-4AT
P0830 00 Clutch Pedal Switch Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
1.0 463

P0851 11 Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P0852 12 Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P0867 00 Complete neutral TCM-4AT
P0867 00 Transmission Fluid Pressure High TCM-6AT
P0955 96 Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Component Internal Failure IPK
P0955 1C Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Voltage Out of Range IPK
P0962 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P0963 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
P0965 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit Range/Performance TCM-6AT
P0966 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P0967 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
P0971 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low TCM-4AT
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High TCM-4AT
P0980 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control Circuit High TCM-4AT
P0997 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current Stick TCM-4AT
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short TCM-4AT
P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short TCM-4AT
P130A 00 Cylinder Selective Fuel Cut-Off Active Due To Catalyst Damaging Misfire ECM-1.0T
P1386 00 Diagnostic Fault Check Knock Control Signal Evaluation ECM-1.0T
P1427 12 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P1428 11 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
P1479 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit-Vacuum Chamber Pressure Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P14A1 00 Crank Relay R1 or Powertrain State Relay R2 Open Error ECM-1.5VCT
P14A2 00 Powertrain State Relay R2 Stick Error ECM-1.5VCT
P14A3 00 Crank Relay R1 Stick Error ECM-1.5VCT
P14A6 00 Blocked Engine With Drop Of Battery Voltage ECM-1.5VCT
1.0 464
P14A7 00 KL50R Wire Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P14A8 00 KL50R Wire Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P14A9 00 Blocked Engine Without Drop Of Battery Voltage ECM-1.5VCT
P14AD 00 KL50 Switch Cranking Signal Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P1511 00 Electrical Battery Sensor(EBS)-LIN Communication Load Ratio High ECM-1.5VCT
P1512 00 Electrical Battery Sensor(EBS) Or Battery Error ECM-1.5VCT
P1513 00 Battery Is Inconsistency ECM-1.5VCT
P1523 81 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal ECM-1.0T
P1523 00 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal ECM-1.5VCT
P1541 00 Generator LIN Bus Communication Error ECM-1.5VCT
P1542 00 Generator Mechanical Error ECM-1.5VCT
P1543 00 Generator Electrical Error ECM-1.5VCT
P1545 35 The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding Maximum ECM-1.0T
P1545 34 The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding Minimum ECM-1.0T
P1545 34 The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding Minimum ECM-1.5VCT
P1545 35 The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding Maximum ECM-1.5VCT
P1559 78 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Error ECM-1.0T
P1559 78 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Error ECM-1.5VCT
P1564 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low Voltage During Adaptation ECM-1.0T
P1564 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low Voltage During Adaptation ECM-1.5VCT
P1579 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Not Started ECM-1.0T
P1579 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Not Started ECM-1.5VCT
P1610 51 Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And Security Pin Not Programmed ECM-1.0T
P1610 51 Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And Security Pin Not Programmed ECM-1.5VCT
P1613 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Challenge Period Expired ECM-1.0T
P1613 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Challenge Period Expired ECM-1.5VCT
P1614 05 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK ECM-1.0T
P1614 05 Immobilizer Status-Authentication Error Response Received ECM-1.5VCT
P1614 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK ECM-1.5VCT
P1683 81 Invalid Data Received From Sensing Diagnostic Module ECM-1.0T
P1683 86 Invalid Data Received From Sensing Diagnostic Module ECM-1.5VCT
P1701 00 Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake stuck 4th: (C2 not release) TCM-6AT
P1729 00 Gear ratio fault at 6th gear Stuck (C1 or C3 not release) TCM-6AT
P1731 00 No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or SLU MIN) TCM-4AT
P1731 00 Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake (B2 not engage) TCM-6AT
P1732 00 Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear stuck (C2 or C3 not release) TCM-6AT
P1733 00 Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear Stuck (C2, B1 not release) TCM-6AT
P1734 00 Gear ratio fault at 4th gear Stuck (C3 or B1 not release) TCM-6AT
1.0 465

P1735 00 Gear ratio fault at 5th gear Stuck (C1 or B1 not release) TCM-6AT
P1897 15 EMOP B+ short TCM-4AT
P1897 11 EMOP GND short TCM-4AT
P1897 17 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM-4AT
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control TCM-4AT
P1897 15 EMOP B+ short TCM-6AT
P1897 11 EMOP GND short TCM-6AT
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control TCM-6AT
P1897 17 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM-6AT
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP TCM-4AT
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP TCM-6AT
Remote PRND Display Module (RPD) LIN Communication Checksum Error with Master
P1900 41 BCM
Node
P1901 87 Remote PRND Display Module (RND) LIN Communication Time Out with Master Node BCM
P1910 1C PRND Display Module Power Voltage out of the Range of Regular Function BCM
P1911 29 The Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal Invalid BCM
P1911 28 Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal out of the Range of Regular Function BCM
P2101 72 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Return Spring Check Minimum Error ECM-1.0T
P2101 74 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Return Spring Check Maximum Error ECM-1.0T
P2101 22 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Opening Spring Check Maximum Error ECM-1.0T
P2101 21 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Opening Spring Check Minimum Error ECM-1.0T
P2101 29 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure ECM-1.0T
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center Initialization
P2101 28 ECM-1.0T
Self-Learning Failure
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center Repeated
P2101 26 ECM-1.0T
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center Repeated
P2101 26 ECM-1.5VCT
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center Initialization
P2101 28 ECM-1.5VCT
P2101 29 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure ECM-1.5VCT
P2101 74 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure ECM-1.5VCT
P2106 12 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Short ECM-1.0T
P2106 4B Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Overheated or Overcurrent ECM-1.0T
P2106 29 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Irrational ECM-1.0T
P2106 13 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P2106 00 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Load Monitoring Error ECM-1.5VCT
P2106 12 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Short ECM-1.5VCT
P2106 13 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Open ECM-1.5VCT
1.0 466
P2106 29 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P2106 4B Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Overheated or Overcurrent ECM-1.5VCT
P2127 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Ground ECM-1.0T
P2127 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P2128 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Battery ECM-1.0T
P2128 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P2132 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Ground ECM-1.0T
P2132 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Ground ECM-1.5VCT
P2133 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Battery ECM-1.0T
P2133 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Short to Battery ECM-1.5VCT
P2135 00 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ECM-1.0T
P2135 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ECM-1.0T
P2135 00 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ECM-1.5VCT
P2135 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ECM-1.5VCT
P2138 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation-Idle Near Pedal Displacement Detection ECM-1.5VCT
P2140 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation ECM-1.0T
P2140 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation ECM-1.5VCT
P2146 15 Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P2146 14 Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P2146 00 Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Short-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
Positive Deviation Between Ambient Pressure Value and Rationality Value Greater than
P2226 24 ECM-1.0T
Threshold
Negative Deviation Between Ambient Pressure Value and Rationality Value Greater than
P2226 23 ECM-1.0T
Threshold
P2227 22 Ambient Pressure Value Exceeding Maximum Threshold ECM-1.0T
P2227 21 Ambient Pressure Value Below Minimum Threshold ECM-1.0T
P2261 00 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Error ECM-1.0T
P2300 11 Ignition Coil Primary Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
P2301 12 Ignition Coil Primary Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ECM-1.0T
1.0 467

P2600 13 Coolant Pump Control Circuit Open ECM-1.0T
P2602 11 Coolant Pump Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P2603 12 Coolant Pump Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P2620 85 Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Maximum Failure ECM-1.0T
P2620 84 Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Minimum Failure ECM-1.0T
P2620 86 Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Irrational Failure ECM-1.0T
P2620 81 Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Signal Failure ECM-1.0T
P26E5 11 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground ECM-1.0T
P26E6 12 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery ECM-1.0T
P2707 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN pressure TCM-4AT
P2708 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MAX pressure TCM-4AT
P2719 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control Circuit Range/Performance TCM-6AT
P2724 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Stuck On TCM-6AT
P2725 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Electrical error TCM-6AT
P2729 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P2730 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
P2759 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical error TCM-6AT
P2762 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical error TCM-4AT
P2763 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit High TCM-4AT
P2763 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit High TCM-6AT
P2764 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit Low TCM-4AT
P2764 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit Low TCM-6AT
P2806 00 Transmission Range Sensor Alignment TCM-6AT
P2A00 00 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.0T
P2A00 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P2A01 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.0T
P2A01 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ECM-1.5VCT
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit ECM-1.0T
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit ECM-1.5VCT
P304B 00 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Characteristic Rationality Check Positive Offset ECM-1.0T
P304C 00 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Characteristic Rationality Check Negative Offset ECM-1.0T
U0001 00 CAN Bus Off TCM-4AT
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off IPK
1.0 468
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off SCS
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off EPS
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ESCL
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off TPMS
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off TBOX
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off FICM-H
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off FICM-L
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off SDM
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off HVAC
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on "Diagnostic CAN" BCM
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off TCM-6AT
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ECM-1.0T
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ECM-1.5VCT
U0075 88 CAN Bus Off BCM
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) IPK
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) SCS
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) EPS
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) ESCL
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) TPMS
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) SDM
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) HVAC
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) BCM
U0100 00 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) TCM-4AT
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) TCM-6AT
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) IPK
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) SCS
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) BCM
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) ECM-1.0T
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) ECM-1.5VCT
U0103 87 Lost Communication with Gear Shift Control Module (SCU) BCM
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) FICM-H
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) FICM-L
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) BCM
U0120 87 Lost Communication With Alternator BCM
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) IPK
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) EPS
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) BCM
U0121 00 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) TCM-4AT
1.0 469

U0121 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) TCM-6AT
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) ESCL
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) TPMS
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) SDM
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) BCM
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) SCS
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) ECM-1.5VCT
U0127 87 Lost Communication with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) BCM
U0129 87 Lost Communication With Brake System Control Module(BS) ECM-1.0T
U0129 87 Lost Communication With Brake System Control Module(BS) ECM-1.5VCT
U0131 87 Lost Communication with Power Steering Control Module (EPS) IPK
U0131 87 Lost Communication with Power Steering Control Module (EPS) SDM
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) IPK
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) SCS
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) EPS
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) ESCL
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) TPMS
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) FICM-H
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) FICM-L
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) SDM
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) HVAC
U0140 00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) TCM-4AT
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) TCM-6AT
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) ECM-1.5VCT
U0146 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) SCS
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) IPK
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) BCM
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) ECM-1.0T
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) ECM-1.5VCT
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) SCS
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) EPS
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) ESCL
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) TPMS
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) FICM-H
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) FICM-L
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) SDM
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) HVAC
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) BCM
1.0 470
U0155 00 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) TCM-4AT
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) TCM-6AT
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) ECM-1.0T
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) ECM-1.5VCT
U0164 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) ECM-1.0T
U0169 87 Lost Communication with Sunroof Control Module BCM
U0198 87 Lost Communication with Telematic Control Module (TBOX) BCM
U0215 87 Lost Communication with Drive Door Switch Pack(DDSP) BCM
U0222 87 Lost Communication with "Door Window Motor (Driver) BCM
U0236 87 Lost Communication with Column Lock Module (ESCL) BCM
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) IPK
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) TPMS
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) HVAC
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) BCM
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) EPS
U0282 87 Lost Communication With Master Light Switch (MLS) BCM
U0301 62 Software Incompatibility with Engine Control Module(ECM) ECM-1.0T
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Module (ECM) SCS
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Module (ECM) EPS
U0402 81 Invalid Data Received from Transmission Control Module (TCM) SCS
U0415 81 Invalid Data Received from Antilock Brake System (ABS) EPS
U0415 85 Implausible Data Received from Antilock Brake System (ABS) EPS
U0422 81 Invalid Data Received from Body Control Module (BCM) SCS
U0423 81 Invalid Data Received from Instrument Panel Cluster Control Module (IPK) SCS
U0428 81 Invalid Data Received from Steering Angle Sensor (SAS) Module SCS
U0447 81 Invalid Data Received from Body Control Module (BCM) SCS
U1008 87 Lost Communication with Remote PRND Display Module (RPD) BCM
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) FICM-H
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) FICM-L
U1116 87 Lost Communication with Electronic Battery Sensor (EBS) BCM
U1169 87 Lost Communication with Sunroof Sunshade Control Module BCM
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) IPK
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) TBOX
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) FICM-H
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) BCM
U1501 00 BCM(or IPK) Redundant Data Resync Failure BCM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High IPK
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High SCS
1.0 471

U1562 17 Battery Voltage High EPS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High ESCL
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High TPMS
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High TBOX
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High FICM-H
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High FICM-L
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High SDM
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High HVAC
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High BCM
U1562 17 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold TCM-4AT
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low IPK
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low SCS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low EPS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low ESCL
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low TPMS
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low TBOX
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low FICM-H
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low FICM-L
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low SDM
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low HVAC
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low BCM
U1563 16 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold TCM-4AT
U2000 04 ECU Error-Hardware Error SCS
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error IPK
U2001 42 ECU Error - EEPROM Error EPS
U2001 42 ECU Error - EEPROM Error ESCL
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error TBOX
U2001 41 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error HVAC
U2001 41 ECU Error - Hardware Error BCM
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error EPS
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error ESCL
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error HVAC
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error BCM
U2003 04 ECU Error-Software Error SCS
U2004 42 ECU Error - ROM Error ESCL
U2004 42 ECU Error - ROM Error BCM
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error IPK
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error EPS
1.0 472
U2010 00 ECU Error - I2C Communication Error ESCL
U2020 47 ECU Error - Internal Watchdog Error FICM-H
U2020 47 ECU Error - Internal Watchdog Error BCM
U2021 47 ECU Error - External Watchdog Error BCM
1.0 473
DTC Troubleshooting ECM-1.5VCT
ECM-1.5VCT Driving cycle has such two types as running cycle and warm-up
DTC Category cycle.
DTC Category • Running cycle: One running cycle includes engine startup,
There are 11 DTC categories in total used in this project, running working condition (vehicle failure, if any, shall be
which have been defined by system uniformly. DTC categories detected) and engine shutdown.
include: Category-2 DTC, Category-3 DTC, Category-4 • Warm-up cycle: Refers to full running of the vehicle,
DTC, Category-5 DTC, Category-6 DTC, Category-7 DTC, allowing engine coolant temperature at least 22K higher
Category-11 DTC, Category-12 DTC, Category-13 DTC, than that of startup, which reaches at least 343K (70℃).
Category-36 DTC and Category-39 DTC.
DTC Category Description

Actions Taken When the DTC is Set:
• Failures are put into failure memory once generated.

• For the misfire related failures, the failure category of the failure diagnostic path is
usually defined as Category-2.
• For misfire failure resulting in catalyst damage, flash MIL lamp at once to remind the
driver.
• For misfire failure resulting in deteriorative discharge, if such misfire failure is fully
detected to the same extent in 3 consecutive driving cycles, turn on MIL lamp.
• The scan tool is visible.
Conditions for Clearing DTC:

Category-2 DTC
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 driving cycles and does not disappear, its
failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40 driving
cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
• If the failure does not disappear until confirmation, the failure information can be
deleted from failure memory only when it will not appear again within 40 warm-up
cycles.
• Priority is 20 (the lower the value, the higher the priority).
• SVS lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
after confirmation. If the failure is not detected during full detection within 3 driving
cycles, then failure shall be repaired.

• MIL lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation.
• It requires 3 driving cycles for failure confirmation.

Category-3 DTC • If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40
warm-up cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
cycles.
• Priority is 30.
1.0 474
ECM-1.5VCT DTC Troubleshooting
after confirmation and be repaired after 3 driving cycles.

• Turn on MIL lamp after failure occurring for 250ms.
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 warm-up cycles and does not disappear, its
Category-4 DTC
cycles.
• Priority is 30.

• MIL lamp will not illuminate after failure confirmation.
Category-5 DTC failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
cycles.
• Priority is 40.

• Failure is confirmed once occurring.
Category-6 DTC
• The scan tool is invisible.
1.0 475

cycles.
• Priority is 50.
after confirmation and be repaired after 120ms.


cycles.
• Priority is 50.

cycles.
• Priority is 20.
• SVS lamp will not illumine after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
1.0 476

cycles.
• Priority is 50.
• SVS lamp will illuminate after failure confirmation, the failure will disappear after
confirmation and be repaired after 120ms, and SVS lamp will go out.

cycles.
• Priority is 30.
confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles, and SVS lamp will go out.
• Failure is confirmed and repaired in time mode.

Category-36 DTC • Scan tools are readable, and lamp does not illuminate.
• It requires to run 20 driving cycles to delete failure from memory.
1.0 477


Category-39 DTC • General scan tools are readable, and lamp does not illuminate.
• Failure will be deleted from failure memory through time trigger after it disappears.
*remarks:
• MIL lamp: Engine Emission Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate emission failures
which have effect on engine performance and emission.
• SVS lamp: Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate the failures which are detected
by the engine management system and the failures have serious effect on engine performance.
1.0 478
DTC List
List
DTC
DTC FTB Description MIL*
Category
P000A 26 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Slow) ON 3
P000A 29 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Stuck) ON 3
P0011 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Advanced ON 3
P0012 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft Position Retarded ON 3
P0014 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Retarded ON 3
P0015 78 Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Position Advanced ON 3
Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Intake Camshaft
P0016 00 ON 3
Position Runout
Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft
P0017 00 ON 3
Position Runout
Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation
P0026 77 OFF 5
Irrational
Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock Position
P0027 77 OFF 5
Operation Irrational
P0030 13 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ON 3
P0031 11 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0032 12 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0036 13 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ON 3
P0037 11 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0038 12 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0053 1B Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ON 3
P0054 1B Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ON 3
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0076 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ON 3
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0079 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ON 3
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0111 29 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0116 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0122 11 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 13
P0123 12 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 13
1.0 479
DTC
Category
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ON 3
P0131 16 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0132 17 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0133 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Aged ON 3
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal
P0134 25 ON 3
Remains Lean
P0134 26 ON 3
Remains Rich
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ON 3
P0137 16 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0138 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected-Sensor
P0139 23 ON 3
Aged-Signal Remains Rich
P0139 24 ON 3
Aged-Signal Remains Lean
P0171 00 Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Upper Limit ON 11
P0172 00 Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Exceeding Lower Limit ON 11
P0197 16 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 5
P0198 17 Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 5
P0201 13 Fuel Injector Control Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ON 3
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition OFF 6
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 13
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 13
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open OFF 3
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 3
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 3
P0261 11 Injector Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ON 3
P0262 12 Injector Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ON 3
1.0 480
DTC
Category
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Harmful ON or
P0300 F0 2
To Catalyst Blink
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Misfire Rate That ON or
P0300 F1 2
Deteriorate Emission Blink
ON or
P0300 F2 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder-Implausible Fault 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 F0 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Harmful To Catalyst 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 F1 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate Emission 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 F2 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Implausible Fault 2
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
ON or
Blink
P0313 00 Misfire Detected With Low Fuel OFF 9
P0318 81 Rough Road Detected Acceleration Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0322 29 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor No Signal ON 3
P0325 00 Knock Sensor Circuit Signal Fault ON 3
P0327 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0327 14 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0328 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0328 15 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0341 29 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0366 29 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged ON 3
1.0 481
DTC
Category
P0444 13 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open ON 3
P0458 11 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0459 12 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0480 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (Low Speed) OFF 5
P0481 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (High Speed) OFF 5
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Signal Fault ON 3
P0504 62 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake Signal Unsynchronised OFF 12
P0504 1C Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Signal Fault OFF 12
P0506 23 Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Expected OFF 5
P0507 24 Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Expected OFF 5
P0555 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Open OFF 5
P0557 16 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0558 17 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational OFF 5
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low OFF 5
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High OFF 5
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration DID_C050
P0601 00 OFF 6
Checksum(Write)Check Error
P0604 44 Internal Control Module Error-Random Access Memory (RAM) Fault ON 13
P0605 45 Internal Control Module Error-Read Only Memory (ROM) Fault ON 13
P0606 44 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 45 ECM Processor Error-Deformation Code Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 46 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Throttle Body Signal Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 64 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 65 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Ignition Angle Signal Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 66 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Load Signal Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 67 ECM Processor Error-ECU Error Response Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 92 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Inquiry Error ON 13
P0606 93 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Feedback Error ON 13
P0606 94 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Response Error ON 13
P0606 95 ECM Processor Error-Closed Loop Test Error ON 13
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open OFF 5
P0616 11 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0617 12 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Electronic Accelerator
P061F 62 ON 13
Pedal
P061F 64 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Engine Speed Sensor ON 13
1.0 482
DTC
Category
P061F 68 ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe Monitoring Error-Safe Fuel Cut-off ON 13
P0645 13 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Open OFF 5
P0646 11 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0647 12 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P0689 17 ECM Main (Power) Relay Sense Circuit Output Voltage Signal Fault OFF 5
P0691 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (Low Speed) OFF 5
P0692 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (Low Speed) OFF 5
P0693 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground (High Speed) OFF 5
P0694 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (High Speed) OFF 5
P0700 00 Transmission Control System Error-TCM Requests MIL On ON 4
P0805 00 Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Error OFF 5
P081D 00 Neutral Switch Input Signal Circuit Error OFF 5
P1427 12 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Battery OFF 3
P1428 11 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To Ground OFF 3
P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open OFF 3
P1479 00 Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit-Vacuum Chamber Pressure Irrational OFF 5
P14A1 00 Crank Relay R1 or Powertrain State Relay R2 Open Error OFF 5
P14A2 00 Powertrain State Relay R2 Stick Error OFF 5
P14A3 00 Crank Relay R1 Stick Error OFF 5
P14A6 00 Blocked Engine With Drop Of Battery Voltage OFF 5
P14A7 00 KL50R Wire Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P14A8 00 KL50R Wire Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P14A9 00 Blocked Engine Without Drop Of Battery Voltage OFF 5
P1511 00 Electrical Battery Sensor(EBS)-LIN Communication Load Ratio High OFF 5
P1512 00 Electrical Battery Sensor(EBS) Or Battery Error OFF 5
P1513 00 Battery Is Inconsistency OFF 5
P1523 00 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal OFF 5
P1541 00 Generator LIN Bus Communication Error OFF 5
P1542 00 Generator Mechanical Error OFF 5
P1543 00 Generator Electrical Error OFF 5
The Deviation Of Target Position And Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding
P1545 34 ON 13
Minimum
P1545 35 ON 13
Maximum
P1559 78 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Error OFF 6
P1564 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low Voltage During Adaptation OFF 6
P1579 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Not Started OFF 6
1.0 483
DTC
Category
P1610 51 Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And Security Pin Not Programmed OFF 6
P1613 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Challenge Period Expired OFF 6
P1614 05 Immobilizer Status-Authentication Error Response Received OFF 6
P1614 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK OFF 9
P1683 86 Invalid Data Received From Sensing Diagnostic Module OFF 12
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center
P2101 26 ON 3
Repeated Self-Learning Failure
P2101 28 ON 13
Initialization Self-Learning Failure
P2101 29 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure ON 13
P2106 00 Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Load Monitoring Error ON 13
P2106 12 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Short ON 13
P2106 13 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Open ON 13
P2106 29 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Irrational ON 13
P2106 4B Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Overheated or Overcurrent ON 13
P2127 21 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Ground ON 13
P2128 22 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Short to Battery ON 13
P2135 00 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage Correlation ON 13
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation-Idle Near Pedal
P2138 29 OFF 6
Displacement Detection
P2140 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation ON 13
P2A00 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P2A01 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit OFF 6
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ON 3
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) ON 3
U0126 87 Lost Communication with Steering Angle Sensor Module (SAS) OFF 5
U0129 87 Lost Communication With Brake System Control Module(BS) ON 3
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) OFF 5
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) OFF 5
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF 5
*Remarks:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
1.0 484
Diagnostic Information and Procedure P0026 77:
P000A, P0011, P0012, P0016 and P0026 • Engine speed is no less than 560rpm.
DTC Description
• 2＜obtained camshaft position times≤5, which lasts for
DTC FTB Failure Description 4s.
Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Conditions for Setting DTCs
26
Failure(Slow) P000A 26:
P000A
Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation
29 • Deviation between actual value and target value is greater
Failure(Stuck)
than 9°CA, and the failure lasts for 2s.
Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft • Measured camshaft angle variation is greater than |3.00|.
P0011 78
Position Advanced
P000A 29:
Variable Camshaft Timing-Intake Camshaft
P0012 78
Position Retarded • Deviation between actual value and target value is greater
than 9°CA, and the failure lasts for 3.5s.
Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position
P0016 00 Correlation-Intake Camshaft Position P0011 78: the adjustment value of the intake camshaft
Runout regulator is greater than 24°CA.
Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake P0012 78: the adjustment value of the intake camshaft
P0026 77 Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation regulator is less than -24°CA.
Irrational
P0016 00: the camshaft/crankshaft adaption adjustment angle
Subsystem Principle limitation check, adaption adjustment exceeds the jumping
identification threshold, greater than 14°CA.
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according
to the input information such as crankshaft position to control P0026 77: the difference between the average angle and the
the intake camshaft solenoid. Power is supplied by the power locking position angle is greater than 10°CA.
supply through the main relay. The solenoid valve control of Operations of ECU after Failure
camshaft position actuator is used to apply oil pressure so as
• DTC P000A, P0011, P0012 and P0016 are Category-3
to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. By monitoring the
DTCs.
information of crankshaft position sensor and intake camshaft
position sensor, ECM provides driver PWM signals to the • DTC P0026 is a Category-5 DTC.
solenoid valve according to the information so that the timing Conditions for Clearing DTCs
control requirements of the intake camshaft can be met. • DTC P000A, P0011, P0012 and P0016 are Category-3
Conditions for Running DTCs DTCs.
P000A 26 and P000A 29: • DTC P0026 is a Category-5 DTC.
• 600rpm＜Engine Speed≤5520rpm. Possible Causes
• Oil temperature is between 10 ~ 130℃. • Related circuits failure.

• Coolant temperature is between 10 ~ 120℃. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• It runs for 10s after starting. • VVT valve (intake) failure.
• The camshaft regulator is activated. • Engine control module failure.
• It runs for 10s after starting. Reference Information
• The failure counter is greater than 3. Reference Circuit Information
P0011 78: the side adaptation is canceled. Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
P0012 78: the side adaptation is canceled. Reference Connector End View Information
P0016 00: EM11 and EM27
• Engine speed sensor is free from failure. Reference Electrical Information

• Reference mark sensor is free from failure. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The side adaptation is completed.
1.0 485
Diagnostic Test Steps If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
for open circuit/high resistance.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch terminal EM27-2 of the VCT valve or harness
in "ON" position. connector terminal EM11-7 of the ECM and the
ground is infinite.
b. Read "VCT Intake Actuator Ready" to check
whether it is within the rational value range (refer If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
to the Appendix for rational value range). for short to ground.
c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Intake Actuator" h. Test if the resistance between harness connector
to observe the VCT valve for relevant response or terminal EM27-2 of the VCT valve or harness
action. connector terminal EM11-7 of the ECM and the
power supply is infinite.
• Yes → Test/replace the VCT valve or ECM;
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• No → Go to Step 2. for short to battery.
2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check the harness connector EM27 of the VCT ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
valve and the harness connector EM11 of the and confirm if there remains any DTC.
engine control module for looseness, poor contact,
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 4. Test/replace the VCT valve or ECM：
found in visual check. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the test/replace the VCT valve or ECM.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again Service Guide
and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
• Yes → Go to Step 3; Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
• No → Diagnosis is completed. (ECM)".
3. Test related circuits:
Mechanical System - 1.5L" - "Camshaft Phase Adjustment
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and Solenoid".
disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM27 of intake to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
VCT valve. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
c. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
ignition switch in "ON" position.
d. Measure if the voltage between harness connector
terminal EM27-1 of the intake VCT valve and the
ground is the battery voltage.
for open circuit/high resistance or short circuit.
e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector EM11 of the ECM.
f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM27-2 of the VCT valve and harness
connector terminal EM11-7 of the ECM is less than
5Ω.
1.0 486
P0014, P0015, P0017 and P0027 P0027 77: the difference between the average angle and the
DTC Description locking position angle is greater than 10°CA.
DTC FTB Failure Description Operations of ECU after Failure
Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft • DTC P0014, P0015 and P0017 are Category-3 DTCs.
P0014 78
Position Retarded • DTC P0027 is a Category-5 DTC.
Variable Camshaft Timing-Exhaust Camshaft Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0015 78
Position Advanced • DTC P0014, P0015 and P0017 are Category-3 DTCs.
Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position • DTC P0027 is a Category-5 DTC.
P0017 00 Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position
Possible Causes
Runout
• Related circuits failure.
Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust
• Connector failure or poor fit.
P0027 77 Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation
Irrational • VVT valve (exhaust) failure.
• Engine control module failure.
Subsystem Principle
Reference Information
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according
to the input information such as crankshaft position to control Reference Circuit Information
the exhaust camshaft solenoid. Power is supplied by the power Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
supply through the main relay. The solenoid valve control of
Reference Connector End View Information
the camshaft position actuator is used to apply the oil pressure
so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. ECM monitors EM11 and EM02
the information of the crankshaft position sensor and exhaust Reference Electrical Information
camshaft position sensor, providing drive-type PWM signals for
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the solenoid valve according to the information so that the
timing control requirements of the exhaust camshaft can be Diagnostic Test Steps
met. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Conditions for Running DTCs with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0014 78: The side adaptation is canceled. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0015 78: The side adaptation is canceled.
b. Read "VCT Exhaust Actuator Ready" to check
P0017 00:
whether it is within the rational value range (refer
• Engine speed sensor is free from failure. to the Appendix for rational value range).
• Reference mark sensor is free from failure. c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Exhaust
• The side adaptation is completed. Actuator" to observe the VCT valve for relevant
response or action.
P0027 77:
• Engine speed is no less than 560rpm.
• 2＜obtained camshaft position times≤5, which lasts for
4s. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check the harness connector EM02 of the VCT
valve and the harness connector EM11 of the
P0014 78: the adjustment value of the exhaust camshaft
regulator is greater than 24°CA.
P0015 78: the adjustment value of the exhaust camshaft etc.
regulator is less than -24°CA.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0017 00: the camshaft/crankshaft adaption adjustment angle found in visual check.
limitation check, adaption adjustment exceeds the jumping c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
identification threshold, greater than 14°CA. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
1.0 487
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine

• No → Diagnosis is completed. Mechanical System - 1.5L" - "Camshaft Phase Adjustment
Solenoid".
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
disconnect the battery negative cable. "Engine Control Module (NSE)-SGE 1.5L".
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM02 of VCT
valve.
c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
terminal EM02-1 of the exhaust VCT valve and the
5Ω.
g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM02-2 of the VCT valve or harness
connector terminal EM11-5 of the ECM and the
ground is infinite.
for short to ground.
h. Test if the resistance between harness connector
for short to battery.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
4. Test/replace the VCT valve or ECM：
If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the VCT valve or ECM.
Service Guide
Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 488
P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Engine control module failure.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Reference Information
P0030 13
Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Engine Management System - 1.5L (4)
P0031 11
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control
P0032 12 EM11 and EM06
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Reference Electrical Information
P0053 1B
Resistance Irrational Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Subsystem Principle Diagnostic Test Steps
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
the oxygen content in engine exhaust to determine if the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information in "ON" position.
to ensure that three-way catalytic converters have a high b. Read "Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater State" and
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, "Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater PWM Duty
CO and NOx in the exhaust. Ratio" to check whether they are within the rational
Conditions for Running DTCs value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
P0030 13, P0031 11 and P0032 12:
c. Perform the forced output of "Upstream Oxygen
• Upstream catalyst temperature exceeds the dew point
Sensor Heating" to observe the upstream oxygen
temperature, the system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16V,
sensor for relevant response or action.
and the engine runs for more than 10s.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 15V, and the engine • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
runs. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0053 1B: Exhaust temperature is in the diagnosis range of 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
350～550℃.
a. Check the harness connector EM06 of the upstream
Conditions for Setting DTCs oxygen sensor and the harness connector EM11
P0030 13: Oxygen sensor voltage is between 2.5 ~5.8V, which of the engine control module for looseness, poor
lasts for 0.5s. contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
P0031 11: Oxygen sensor voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts
for 0.5s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
found in visual check.
P0032 12: Oxygen sensor current is greater than 10A, which
lasts for 0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0053 1B: The current internal resistance of the oxygen sensor
is monitored as 3,600Ω based on different working conditions.
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs 3. Test related circuits:
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Possible Causes disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Related circuits failure. b. Disconnect harness connector EM06 of the

upstream oxygen sensor.
1.0 489
c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
ignition switch in "ON" position. Control System - 1.5L" - "Oxygen Sensor".
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminal EM06-2 of the upstream oxygen sensor and to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
the ground is the battery voltage. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
EM06 terminal of the upstream oxygen sensor and
harness connector EM11 terminal of the ECM is less
than 5Ω.
• Terminal EM06-1 and Terminal EM11-9
EM06 terminal of the upstream oxygen sensor or
harness connector EM11 terminal of the ECM and
the ground is infinite.
• Terminal EM06-1 or Terminal EM11-9
EM06 terminal of the upstream oxygen sensor or
the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or ECM.
test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 490
DTC Description • Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Reference Information
P0036 13
Control Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Engine Management System - 1.5L (4)
P0037 11
Control Circuit Short To Ground
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
P0038 12 EM11 and EM09
Control Circuit Short To Battery
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Reference Electrical Information
P0054 1B
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information in "ON" position.
to ensure that three-way catalytic converters have a high b. Read "Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater PWM
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, Duty Ratio" and "Downstream Oxygen Sensor
CO and NOx in the exhaust. Heater State" to check whether they are within
Conditions for Running DTCs the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
rational value range).
P0036 13, P0037 11 and P0038 12:
c. Perform the forced output of "Downstream Oxygen
• Downstream catalyst temperature exceeds the dew
Sensor Heating" to observe the downstream oxygen
point temperature, the system voltage is between 10.7
~ 16V, and the engine runs for more than 10s.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 15V, and the engine • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
runs. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0054 1B: Exhaust temperature is within the diagnosis range 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
of 350℃ ~ 550℃.
a. Check the harness connector EM09 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs downstream oxygen sensor and the harness
P0036 13: Oxygen sensor voltage is between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which connector EM11 of the engine control module for
lasts for 0.5s. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
contamination, deformation, etc.
P0037 11: Oxygen sensor voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts
for 0.5s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0038 12: Oxygen sensor current is greater than 10A, which
lasts for 0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0054 1B: The current internal resistance of the oxygen sensor
is monitored as 2,100Ω based on different working conditions.
DTC P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and

downstream oxygen sensor.
1.0 491
c. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the downstream oxygen sensor, and allow it to cool
ignition switch in "ON" position. down at room temperature till it achieves the room
temperature.
terminal EM09-2 of the downstream oxygen sensor c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 and 3 of
and the ground is the battery voltage. the rear oxygen sensor is about 15.8Ω by using
digital multimeter.
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
disconnect the battery negative cable and harness If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
connector EM11 of the ECM. test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or ECM.
f. Test if the resistance between harness connector Service Guide
EM09 terminal of the downstream oxygen sensor • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
and harness connector EM11 terminal of the ECM Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
is less than 5Ω. (ECM)".
• Terminal EM09-1 and Terminal EM11-46 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Control System - 1.5L" - "Oxygen Sensor".
to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
"Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
EM09 terminal of the downstream oxygen sensor or
EM09 terminal of the downstream oxygen sensor or
4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or ECM.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
b. Disconnect harness connector EM09 of the
downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
1.0 492
P0076 and P0077 Diagnostic Test Steps
DTC Description 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
DTC FTB Failure Description with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
11
P0076 To Ground in "ON" position.
13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open b. Read "VCT intake actuator readiness" and "intake
camshaft phase" to check whether they are within
Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short
P0077 12 the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
To Battery
Subsystem Principle
c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Intake Actuator"
Receive signals from the sensor and CMP sensor. With these to observe the VCT valve for relevant response or
signals, the determines the valve timing by consulting the action.
control chart. Then operates the engine oil control valve on
one side of the cylinder head. These solenoids adjust the valve
timing by controlling the oil to flow into the phase modulator • No → Go to Step 2.
and changing the position of the phase modulator relative to 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
the camshaft.
a. Check the harness connector EM27 of the VCT
Conditions for Running DTCs valve and the harness connector EM11 of the
P0077 12: the ignition switch is in "ON" position. engine control module for looseness, poor contact,
P0076 11 and P0076 13: the ignition switch is in "OFF" position. etc.
Conditions for Setting DTCs
P0076 11 and P0076 13: Intake camshaft output circuit voltage found in visual check.
is less than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0077 12: Intake camshaft output circuit current is greater ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
than 6A, which lasts for 0.5s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Go to Step 3;
DTC P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Related circuits failure. b. Disconnect the harness connector EM27 of intake

VCT valve.
• VVT valve (intake) failure. c. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
Reference Information d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information ground is the battery voltage.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
EM11 and EM27 e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Reference Electrical Information connector EM11 of the ECM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
5Ω.
1.0 493


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Camshaft Phase Modulator".
1.0 494
P0079 and P0080 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
DTC FTB Failure Description
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit
11 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Short To Ground
P0079 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
13
Open a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0080 12
Short To Battery b. Read "VCT exhaust actuator readiness" and "exhaust
camshaft phase" to check whether they are within
Subsystem Principle the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according rational value range).
to the input information such as crankshaft position to control
c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Exhaust
the exhaust camshaft solenoid. Power is supplied by the
Actuator" to observe the VCT valve for relevant
power supply of main relay. Solenoid control of camshaft
response or action.
position actuator is used to apply pressure to the oil so as to
advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. ECM monitors position • Yes → Test/replace the VCT valve or ECM;
sensor information of the crankshaft and exhaust camshaft, • No → Go to Step 2.
providing drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid according
to the information so that the timing control requirements of
the exhaust camshaft can be met. a. Check the harness connector EM02 of the VCT
Conditions for Running DTCs valve and the harness connector EM11 of the
P0080 12: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
P0079 11 and P0079 13: Place the ignition switch in "OFF" etc.
position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs found in visual check.
P0079 11 and P0079 13: Exhaust camshaft output circuit c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0080 12: Exhaust camshaft output circuit current is greater and confirm if there remains any DTC.
than 6A, which lasts for 0.5s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Operations of ECU after Failure • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0079 and P0080 are Category-3 DTCs. 3. Test related circuits:
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
DTC P0079 and P0080 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Possible Causes b. Disconnect the harness connector EM02 of VCT
• Related circuit failure. valve.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
• VVT valve (exhaust) failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Engine control module failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
Reference Information terminal EM02-1 of the VCT valve and the ground is
the battery voltage.
Reference Circuit Information
Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
EM11 and EM02 disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
1.0 495

5Ω.


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Camshaft Phase Modulator".
1.0 496
P0111, P0112 and P0113 • Connector failure or poor fit.
DTC Description • Intake air temperature sensor failure.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Reference Information
P0111 29
Signal Irrational Reference Circuit Information
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Engine Management System - 1.5L (5)
P0112 16
Short To Ground
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0113 17 EM11 and EM16
Short To Battery
Subsystem Principle Reference Electrical Information
The intake air temperature measurement portion of the intake Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
temperature/pressure sensor is a type (Negative Temperature Diagnostic Test Steps
Coefficient) sensor, whose resistance changes with the intake
air temperature and which transfers a voltage showing the
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
change of intake air temperature to the controller. The
pressure is proportional to the output voltage and the a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
temperature is inversely proportional to the output resistance. in "ON" position.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Read "Failure Occurrence-Intake Temperature
Signal" to check whether it is within the rational
P0111 29, P0112 16 and P0113 17:
value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. range).
• The vehicle speed is no greater than 10km/h. • Yes → Test/replace the IAT sensor or ECM;
• Coolant temperature is no less than 60℃.
• The air flow is no greater than 24kg/h.
a. Check the harness connector EM16 of the engine
P0111 29: intake air temperature sensor and the harness
• The measurement value of intake manifold temperature connector EM11 of the engine control module for
sensor depends on different engine temperatures. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• The difference between the highest and lowest intake contamination, deformation, etc.
manifold temperatures during a driving cycle is less than b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
1.5℃. found in visual check.
P0112 16: Intake air temperature sensor voltage value is less c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
than 0.1V, which lasts for 1s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0113 17:
• Intake air temperature sensor voltage value is greater
than 4.90V, which lasts for 2s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The jumping voltage of intake manifold temperature 3. Test related circuits:

sensor is greater than 1.0V, which lasts for 5s. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
DTC P0111, P0112 and P0113 are Category-3 DTCs.
b. Test if the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector EM16 of the intake
DTC P0111, P0112 and P0113 are Category-3 DTCs. air temperature sensor and terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector EM11 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM16-C and Terminal EM11-45
• Terminal EM16-B and Terminal EM11-38
1.0 497

c. Test if the resistance between the following

air temperature sensor or terminals of harness
connector EM11 of the ECM and the ground is
infinite.
• Terminal EM16-C or Terminal EM11-45
• Terminal EM16-B or Terminal EM11-38

d. Test if the resistance between the following

connector EM11 of the ECM and the power supply
is infinite.
• Terminal EM16-C or Terminal EM11-45
• Terminal EM16-B or Terminal EM11-38

e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the IAT sensor or ECM:

test/replace the intake air temperature sensor or the
engine control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System-1.5L" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure and
Temperature Sensor".
1.0 498
P0116, P0117 and P0118 Reference Information
DTC Description Reference Circuit Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Engine Management System - 1.5L (5)
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
P0116 29
Signal Irrational
EM11 and EM21
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0117 16
Short To Ground Reference Electrical Information
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0118 17
Short To Battery
Subsystem Principle 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
The coolant temperature signal of the engine is measured by with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
the sensor. Monitor the coolant temperature signal of the a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
sensor to achieve the functions such as cooling fan control. in "ON" position.
The coolant temperature signal of the engine is sent to Power
CAN and then transfered to Body CAN and instrument b. Read the "Engine Coolant Temperature" to check
pack controller for the coolant temperature display and high whether it is within the rational value range (refer
temperature alarm. If the coolant sensor fails or coolant to the Appendix for rational value range).
temperature is abnormally high, the instrument pack will alert • Yes → Test/replace the engine coolant temperature sensor
the driver by the warning lamp and message. or ECM;
Conditions for Running DTCs • No → Go to Step 2.
P0116 29: Engine runs. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0117 16 and P0118 17: Place the ignition switch in "ON" a. Check the harness connector EM21 of the engine
position. coolant temperature sensor and the harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector EM11 of the engine control module for
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
P0116 29:
• The difference value between engine water temperature b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
and the default water temperature is no less than 15°C. found in visual check.
• The voltage jump of water temperature sensor is greater
than 1V, which lasts for 5s.
P0117 16: The measured voltage of the engine coolant sensor and confirm if there remains any DTC.
is less than 0.1V, which lasts for 2s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0118 17: The measured voltage of the engine coolant sensor • No → Diagnosis is completed.
is greater than 4.92V, which lasts for 2s.
DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs connector EM11 of the ECM.
DTC P0116, P0117 and P0118 are Category-3 DTCs. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector EM21 of the engine coolant
temperature sensor and terminals of harness
connector EM11 terminal of the ECM is less than
• Connector failure or poor fit. 5Ω.
• Engine coolant sensor failure. • Terminal EM21-1 and Terminal EM11-21
1.0 499

terminals of harness connector EM21 of the engine
coolant temperature sensor or terminals of harness
infinite.


is infinite.


4. Test/replace the engine coolant temperature sensor or

ECM:
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM21 of the water

temperature sensor.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of

the coolant temperature sensor is between 2.45 ~
2.55kΩ (at 20℃) and is 0.424KΩ (engine warm up).

test/replace the engine coolant temperature sensor or
the engine control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor".
1.0 500
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To a. Connect the scan tool place the ignition switch in
P0122 11
Ground "ON" position, and use the scan tool to observe
if the voltage parameter of throttle position varies
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To
P0123 12 with the accelerator pedal input within a reasonable
Battery
range.
Subsystem Principle • Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.8V)
Both throttle position sensor and throttle actuator are • Position Sensor 2 (4.8 ~ 0.2V)
integrated into the electronic throttle body, and the throttle
position sensor is an angle potentiometer characterized by the b. Read "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Signal Voltage" and
linear output. The potentiometer rotor arm and throttle are "Throttle Position Sensor 2 Signal Voltage" to check
fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the potentiometer whether they are within the rational value range
rotor arm will be driven to slide into a certain position (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
and the potentiometer output a voltage signal proportional • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
to the throttle position. One throttle body includes two • No → Go to Step 2.
potentiometers which are fitted in reverse phase, and signals
from both potentiometers are used by the ECM to judge the
throttle rotation angle. The 5V supply voltage and reference a. Check the harness connector EM17 of the throttle
ground of both potentiometers are provided by the ECM. position sensor and the harness connector EM11
Conditions for Running DTCs of the engine control module for looseness, poor
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
P0122 11 and P0123 12: Engine runs for more than 12s. deformation, etc.
P0122 11: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage found in visual check.
is lower than 0.176V. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0123 12: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
is higher than 4.629V. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
DTC P0122 and P0123 are Category-13 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
• Related circuits failure. b. Disconnect harness connector EM17 of the throttle

position sensor.
• Throttle position sensor failure.
terminal EM17-3 of the throttle position sensor and
Reference Circuit Information the ground is 5V.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
EM11 and EM17
Reference Electrical Information connector EM11 of the ECM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM17 of the throttle position
1.0 501
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM11 of plate is moved by hands, the resistance shall change
the ECM is less than 5Ω. continuously.
• Terminal EM17-3 and Terminal EM11-43 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• Terminal EM17-6 and Terminal EM11-13 test/replace the throttle position sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit (ECM)".
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector EM17 of the throttle position "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM11 of
the ECM and the ground is infinite.
h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the throttle position sensor or ECM:
a. The valve plate shall be in "OFF" position without
being energized. The valve plate shall smoothly
rotate if it is moved by hand. If it is stuck, there may
be damage of internal components.
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
connector EM17 of electronic throttle body.
c. Place the digital multimeter in ohm range.
d. Connect the two probes to terminal 3 and 2 of
electronic throttle respectively, when the valve
1.0 502
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 • Valid count cycle is above 7.
DTC Description • Front oxygen sensor closed-loop control is activated.
DTC FTB Failure Description • No failure with the pressure sensor.
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open • No failure with the coolant temperature sensor.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To • No failure with intake temperature sensor.
P0131 16
Ground • The initialization of basic gas mixture is valid.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To • No condition for diagnosis prevention.
P0132 17
Battery • The engine speed is within the diagnosis range of 1,400
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow ～ 3,000rpm.
P0133 26
Response-Sensor Aged • The load is 25% ～ 60%.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No • Exhaust temperature model value is above 350℃.
26 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal • The front oxygen sensor passes heating diagnosis.
Remains Rich • Diagnosis function is enabled.
P0134
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No P0134 25:
25 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal
Remains Lean • Diagnosis function is enabled.
• Rear oxygen sensor control is activated.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit
P2A00 00
Signal Irrational P0134 26:
Subsystem Principle • The catalytic converter is free from failure.
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures • No condition for diagnosis prevention.
the oxygen content in engine exhaust to determine if the • Diagnosis time counter lasts for 20s.
gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic Conditions for Setting DTCs
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at
P0130 29:
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information
to ensure that three-way catalytic converters have a high • Upstream oxygen sensor voltage is between 0.06V ~
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, 0.401V.
CO and NOx in the exhaust. • The downstream oxygen sensor voltage is greater than
Conditions for Running DTCs 0.5V.
P0130 29 and P2A00 00: the oxygen sensor is hot enough, P0131 16: The upstream oxygen sensor output voltage is less
which lasts for 90s. than 0.06V.
P0131 16: P0132 17: The upstream oxygen sensor output voltage is
greater than 1.2V.
• The downstream oxygen sensor output voltage is greater
than 0.5V. P0133 26: The delay-time of filtered upstream signal cycle is
• Cold start of engine. more than 0.64s.
• Lamsons is less than 1.005. P0134 25: Integral value of the rear oxygen sensor control is
• The downstream oxygen sensor monitors that the greater than 0.026s.
oxygen content is greater than 500g. P0134 26: Integral value of the rear oxygen sensor control is
P0132 17: less than -0.017s.
• Battery voltage is greater than 11V. P2A00 00:
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm. • The difference value of front oxygen sensor voltage is
• Lamsons is greater than 0.995. greater than 2V.
• The upstream oxygen sensor monitors that the exhaust • The front oxygen sensor has long been within the
temperature is less than 800°C. specified low voltage range, and the output voltage of
the upstream and downstream oxygen sensor is 0.06 ～
P0133 26: 0.4V.
1.0 503
• The voltage of the sensor leaks, and the output voltage of • Yes → Go to Step 3;
the upstream/downstream oxygen sensor is 0.6 ～ 1.2V. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 are
Category-3 DTCs.
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 are upstream oxygen sensor.
Category-3 DTCs.
Possible Causes ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Related circuits failure. d. Measure if the voltage between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal EM06-2 of the upstream oxygen sensor and
the ground is the battery voltage.
• Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
• Engine control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position disconnect
the battery negative cable and harness connector
Engine Management System - 1.5L (4) EM11 of the ECM.
Reference Connector End View Information f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM06 of the upstream oxygen
EM11, EM06 and BY147
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM11 of
Reference Electrical Information the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM06-1 and Terminal EM11-9
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal EM06-2 and Terminal BY147-4
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal EM06-4 and Terminal EM11-40
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal EM06-3 and Terminal EM11-16
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
in "ON" position. for open circuit/high resistance.
b. Read "Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage" to check g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
whether it is within the rational value range (refer of harness connector EM06 of the upstream oxygen
to the Appendix for rational value range). sensor or terminals of harness connector EM11 of
c. Perform the forced output of "Upstream Oxygen the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Sensor Heating" to observe the upstream oxygen • Terminal EM06-1 or Terminal EM11-9
• Terminal EM06-2 or Terminal BY147-4
• Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
a. Check the harness connector EM06 of the upstream for short to ground.
oxygen sensor and the harness connector EM11
of the engine control module for looseness, poor
deformation, etc.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Terminal EM06-4 or Terminal EM11-40
and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Terminal EM06-3 or Terminal EM11-16
1.0 504

4. Test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or ECM.


upstream oxygen sensor, remove the upstream
oxygen sensor, allow it to cool down at room
temperature till it achieves the room temperature.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and

terminal 4 of the upstream oxygen sensor is around
20Ω with a digital multimeter.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the


test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Upstream Oxygen Sensor".
1.0 505
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 P0138 17: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is greater
DTC Description than 1.2V.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0139 23: The rear oxygen sensor voltage is less than 0.588V.
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open P0139 24: The rear oxygen sensor voltage is greater than
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short 0.614V.
P0137 16
To Ground P2A01 29: The difference value of rear oxygen sensor voltage
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short change is greater than 2V.
P0138 17
To Battery Operations of ECU after Failure
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3
24 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal DTCs.
Remains Lean
P0139 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No
DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3
DTCs.
Remains Rich
Possible Causes
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control
P2A01 29 • Related circuits failure.
Circuit Signal Irrational
Subsystem Principle
• Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
The oxygen sensor is a heated oxygen sensor which measures
the oxygen content in engine exhaust to determine if the
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at Reference Circuit Information
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information Engine Management System - 1.5L (4)
to ensure that three-way catalytic converters have a high
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, Reference Connector End View Information
CO and NOx in the exhaust. EM11, EM09 and BY147
Conditions for Running DTCs
Reference Electrical Information
P0136 29 and P0137 16: the oxygen sensor is hot enough,
which lasts for 90s.
P0138 17:
• Battery voltage is greater than 11V.
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm.
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• The catalyst temperature is higher than 320℃.
in "ON" position.
• The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for
90s. b. Read "Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage" to
check whether it is within the rational value range
P0139 24 and P0139 23: Enter into diagnosis request. (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
P2A01 29: The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts c. Perform the forced output of "Downstream Oxygen
for 90s. Sensor Heating" to observe the downstream oxygen
Conditions for Setting DTCs sensor for relevant response or action.
P0136 29: • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
• The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is greater than • No → Go to Step 2.
2.0V.
• The times of heating is greater than 4.
a. Check the harness connector EM09 of the
P0137 16: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is less than downstream oxygen sensor and the harness
0.06V. connector EM11 of the engine control module for
1.0 506
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
contamination, deformation, etc. of harness connector EM09 of the downstream
oxygen sensor or terminals of harness connector
EM11 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Terminal EM09-1 or Terminal EM11-46
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Terminal EM09-2 or Terminal BY147-4
3. Test related circuits: for short to battery.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
disconnect the battery negative cable. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
b. Disconnect harness connector EM09 of the and confirm if there remains any DTC.
downstream oxygen sensor. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or ECM.
terminal EM09-2 of the downstream oxygen sensor a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
and the ground is the battery voltage. disconnect the battery negative cable.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit b. Disconnect harness connector EM09 of the
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
downstream oxygen sensor, and allow it to cool
e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position disconnect
down at room temperature till it achieves the room
the battery negative cable and harness connector
temperature.
EM11 of the ECM.
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the downstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with
of harness connector EM09 of the downstream
a digital multimeter.
oxygen sensor and terminals of harness connector
EM11 of the ECM is less than 5Ω. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
• Terminal EM09-2 and Terminal BY147-4
test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
for open circuit/high resistance. (ECM)".
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
of harness connector EM09 of the downstream Control System - 1.5L" - "Downstream Oxygen Sensor".
oxygen sensor or terminals of harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
EM11 of the ECM and the ground is infinite. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• Terminal EM09-1 or Terminal EM11-46 "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".

1.0 507
P0171 and P0172 • Engine coolant temperature sensor fault.

DTC Description • Engine intake and exhaust system mechanical failure.
Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Reference Information
P0171 00
Exceeding Upper Limit Reference Circuit Information
Lambda Closed Loop Control Adaptation Engine Management System - 1.5L (4)
P0172 00
Exceeding Lower Limit
Subsystem Principle
EM09, EM11 and EM06
ECM uses the closed-loop fuel supply system as a part of the
whole strategy. Whether the three-way catalytic converter Reference Electrical Information
can work efficiently depends on whether ECM can regulate Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the from rich to lean in the Lambda frame. Lambda frame is
1.00±0.03. The oxygen sensor produces a voltage of inverse
proportion after comparing the oxygen quantity (through 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
sensor probe) in the exhaust gas to that in the ambient with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
air. ECM processes voltage obtained from the sensor and
a. Use special instrument to check whether there is
calculates corresponding AFR. If ECM receives the voltage
leakage or blockage in the fuel injector. If there is
corresponding to AFR lean limit value in Lambda frame, the
leakage, replace the fuel injector.
supplied fuel quantity will increase. When the air-fuel ratio
reaches the rich limit value, the fuel quantity decreases, until b. Check the fuel and ask the customer whether to
the air-fuel ratio reaches the lean limit value. refill the designated grade gasoline; after fueling,
check the vehicle for any abnormal operation. If any,
replace the fuel.
P0171 00: Air-fuel ratio self-learning starts.
c. Check the air intake pipe for blockage, air leakage,
P0172 00: flattening or damage; the canister control valve for
• Engine speed and load is located in self-learning area (25 seizing; the valve lash for anomaly; the throttle body
＜ML＜80, 25＜RL＜60, 1,400＜NMOT＜4,000). for contamination, which leads to blocked air path.
If there is any damage to the throttle body, inspect,
• Closed loop control is activated.
repair and clean it.
• Water temperature is above 75℃.
d. Check the ignition coil, cylinder line and spark plug
• Purification control is not activated.
for abnormal operation. Replace the corresponding
• 0.95＜lambda set value＜1.05. damaged component if any.
e. Read "Target Air-fuel Ratio" to check whether
P0171 00: Fuel Trim Multiplication Self-learning value〉1.2, it is within the rational value range (refer to the
which occurs continuously. Appendix for rational value range).
P0172 00: Fuel Trim Multiplication Self-learning value〈0.8, • Yes → Test/replace front oxygen sensor, rear oxygen
which lasts for 20s. sensor, intake pressure/temperature sensor, engine
Operations of ECU after Failure coolant temperature sensor or ECM;
DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs. • No → Go to Step 2.

Conditions for Clearing DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs. a. Check the harness connector EM06/EM09 of the
Possible Causes oxygen sensor and the harness connector EM11
• Front oxygen sensor failure.
deformation, etc.
• Rear oxygen sensor failure.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
• Intake air pressure/temperature sensor failure.
check.
1.0 508
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Yes → Go to Step 4;
4. Test/replace the ECM or oxygen sensor.
carry out self-learning and adjustment, programme and
3. Test related circuits: encode/replace the ECM or the upstream oxygen sensor
a. Connect the fuel pressure gauge (the connecting or the downstream oxygen sensor.
point is the front end of the oil inlet pipe of fuel rail Service Guide
assembly) and start the engine to check whether
the fuel pressure is normal under two separate
conditions: when the engine is idling and when the
(ECM)".
fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose is disconnected.
If abnormalities occur, check the fuel supply system.
Control System - 1.5L" - "Upstream Oxygen Sensor".
b. The oxygen sensor connector shall not be • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
disconnected. Measure if the voltage between the Control System - 1.5L" - "Downstream Oxygen Sensor".
harness terminal EM06-2 of the upstream oxygen
sensor and the terminal EM06-3 is the battery
voltage.
c. Use the red probe of the multimeter to pierce the
wire 16 insulation of the harness connector at the
end near ECU and the black probe to pierce the
wire 2 insulation of the harness connector at the
end to measure if the voltage between both ends
is battery voltage.
d. The oxygen sensor connector shall not be
disconnected. Measure if the voltage between
harness terminal EM09-4 and EM09-3 of the
downstream oxygen sensor is around 0.45V.
e. Start the vehicle to make it operate until the coolant
temperature reaches normal value and then idle it.
Use the red probe of the multimeter to pierce the
insulation of the harness connector at the end near
the terminal EM11-40 and the black probe to pierce
the insulation of the harness connector at the end
near the terminal EM06-4 to check whether the
voltage jumps between 0V ~ 1V.
f. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector
and use the multimeter to measure if terminal
EM06-3 and EM06-4 of the sensor is short circuit.
for short to battery or to ground.
g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1.0 509

Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
P0197 16
Short To Ground in "ON" position.
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit b. Read the "Engine Oil Temperature" to check
P0198 17
Short To Battery whether it is within the rational value range (refer
to the Appendix for rational value range).
Subsystem Principle
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
The coolant temperature signal of the engine is measured by
the sensor. Monitor the coolant temperature signal of the
sensor to achieve the functions such as cooling fan control. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
The coolant temperature signal of the engine is sent to Power a. Check the harness connector EM08 of the engine
CAN and then transfered to Body CAN and instrument oil temperature sensor and the harness connector
pack controller for the coolant temperature display and high EM11 of the engine control module for looseness,
temperature alarm. If the coolant sensor fails or coolant poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
temperature is abnormally high, the instrument pack will alert deformation, etc.
the driver by the warning lamp and message.
Conditions for Running DTCs found in visual check.
P0197 16 and P0198 17: c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Engine temperature is above 60℃.
P0197 16 and P0198 17: the engine oil temperature is between
-40℃ ~ 140℃. 3. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
disconnect the battery negative cable harness
DTC P0197 and P0198 are Category-3 DTCs.
b. Test if the resistance between the following
DTC P0197 and P0198 are Category-3 DTCs. terminals of harness connector EM08 of the engine
Possible Causes oil temperature sensor and terminals of harness
connector EM11 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Engine coolant sensor failure.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal EM08-2 and Terminal BY190-60
Reference Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information oil temperature sensor or terminals of harness
EM11, EM08 and BY190
infinite.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal EM08-1 or Terminal EM11-21
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM08-2 or Terminal EM11-39
1.0 510
oil temperature sensor or terminals of harness
is infinite.


4. Test/replace the engine oil temperature sensor or ECM:
b. Disconnect harness connector EM08 of the water

temperature sensor.

the engine oil temperature sensor is between 2.45 ~

test/replace the engine oil temperature sensor or the
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Oil Temperature
Sensor".
1.0 511

Fuel Injector Control Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
P0201 13
Open-Cylinder 1
EM11 and EM26
Injector Control Circuit Short To
P0261 11
Ground-Cylinder 1 Reference Electrical Information
Injector Control Circuit Short To Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0262 12
Battery-Cylinder 1
According to the instructions of the , the injector injects fuel with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
atomizes it. It energizes the injector coil to form magnetic in "ON" position.
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome
b. Perform the forced output of "Fuel Injector 1" to
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve
observe the fuel injector 1 for relevant response or
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel
action.
injection process starts. When the fuel injection pulse ends,
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
again. • No → Go to Step 2.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0201 13, P0261 11 and P0262 12 a. Check the harness connector EM26 of the fuel
• The system voltage is between 8 ~ 18V. injector and the harness connector EM11 of the
• The engine speed is above 50rpm.
• The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are etc.
activated.
P0201 13 and P0262 12:
• Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 1 is ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
more than 0.02s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Storage voltage is less than 35mA. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0261 11: Intermittent circuit failure is valid, which lasts for • No → Diagnosis is completed.
0.5s. 3. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
DTC P0201, P0261 and P0262 are Category-13 DTCs. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect the harness connector EM26 of the fuel
injector.
Possible Causes c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 1.
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel injector 1.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.
• Fuel injector failure. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal EM26-2 of the fuel injector and harness
5Ω.
1.0 512
terminal EM26-2 of the fuel injector or harness
ground is infinite.



h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

4. Test/replace the fuel injector or ECM:

b. Disconnect the harness connector of fuel injector 1.

the fuel injector 1 is around 2.8Ω (20℃).
d. If it is not within the specified range, replace fuel

injector 1.

test/replace the fuel injector or the engine control
module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Fuel Injector".
1.0 513

Fuel Injector Control Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
P0202 13
Open-Cylinder 2
EM11 and EM25
P0264 11
Ground-Cylinder 2 Reference Electrical Information
Injector Control Circuit Short To Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0265 12
Battery-Cylinder 2
According to the instructions of the , the injector injects fuel with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
atomizes it. It energizes the injector coil to form magnetic in "ON" position.
b. Perform the forced output of "Fuel Injector 2" to
observe the fuel injector 2 for relevant response or
action.
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
again. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0202 13, P0264 11 and P0265 12: a. Check the harness connector EM25 of the fuel
• The system voltage is between 8 ~ 18V. injector and the harness connector EM11 of the
• The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are etc.
activated.
P0202 13 and P0265 12:
• Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 2 is ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
more than 0.02s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Storage voltage is less than 35mA, and lasts for 0.5s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0264 11: Intermittent circuit failure is valid, which lasts for • No → Diagnosis is completed.
0.5s. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect the harness connector EM25 of fuel
injector 2.
Possible Causes c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 2.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.
• Fuel injector 2 failure. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal EM25-2 of the fuel injector 2 and harness
5Ω.
1.0 514
terminal EM25-2 of the fuel injector 2 or harness
ground is infinite.


terminal EM25-2 of following fuel injector 2 or
harness connector terminal EM11-10 of the ECM
and the power supply is infinite.





injector 2.

module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 515
P0203, P0267 and P0268 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
EM11 and EM24
Fuel Injector Control Circuit
P0203 13
Open-Cylinder 3 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Injector Control Circuit Short To Diagnostic Test Steps

P0267 11
Ground-Cylinder 3
Injector Control Circuit Short To with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0268 12
Battery-Cylinder 3
Subsystem Principle in "ON" position.
According to the instructions of the , the injector injects fuel b. Perform the forced output of "Fuel Injector 3" to
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and observe the fuel injector 3 for relevant response or
atomizes it. It energizes the injector coil to form magnetic action.
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
injection process starts. When the fuel injection pulse ends, 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close a. Check the harness connector EM24 of the fuel
again. injector and the harness connector EM11 of the
Conditions for Running DTCs engine control module for looseness, poor contact,
P0203 13, P0267 11 and P0268 12: distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
• The system voltage is between 8 ~ 18V.
• The anti-theft system is activated, and all fuel injectors
are activated.
Conditions for Setting DTCs and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0203 13 and P0268 12: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 3 is • No → Diagnosis is completed.
more than 0.02s.
• Storage voltage is less than 35mA, and lasts for 0.5s.
P0267 11: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s. disconnect the battery negative cable.
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM24 of the fuel
P0203, P0267 and P0268 are Category-13 DTCs. injector.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 3.
P0203, P0267 and P0268 are Category-13 DTCs. d. Disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.
Possible Causes e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Related circuits failure. terminal EM24-2 of the fuel injector and harness
5Ω.
• Cylinder 3 fuel injector failure.
Reference Circuit Information terminal EM24-2 of the fuel injector or harness
Engine Management System - 1.5L (4) connector terminal EM11-4 of the ECM and the
ground is infinite.
1.0 516






injector 3.

module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 517
P0204, P0270 and P0271 Diagnostic Test Steps

Fuel Injector Control Circuit a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
P0204 13
Open-Cylinder 4 in "ON" position.
Injector Control Circuit Short To b. Perform the forced output of "Fuel Injector 4" to
P0270 11
Ground-Cylinder 4 observe the fuel injector 4 for relevant response or
action.
P0271 12
Battery-Cylinder 4 • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
Subsystem Principle • No → Go to Step 2.

ECM energizes the coil of fuel injector to form a magnetic
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome a. Check the harness connector EM23 of the fuel
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve injector and the harness connector EM11 of the
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel engine control module for looseness, poor contact,
injection process starts. When the fuel injection pulse ends, distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close etc.
again. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0204 13, P0270 11 and P0271 12: c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the
engine.
• Once the condition that results in DTC setting occurs, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
DTC will continuously appear. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Test related circuits:
P0204 13, P0270 11 and P0271 12: The control module detects a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
an incorrect voltage on the fuel injector control circuit. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect the harness connector EM23 of the fuel
P0204, P0270 and P0271 are Category-3 DTCs. injector.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 4.
P0204, P0270 and P0271 are Category-3 DTCs. d. Disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.

terminal EM23-2 of the fuel injector and harness
• Fuel injector 4 failure.
• Engine control module failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information terminal EM23-2 of the fuel injector or harness
ground is infinite.
EM11 and EM23 for short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information g. Test if the resistance between harness connector

1.0 518


b. Disconnect the harness connector EM23 of fuel

injector 4.

fuel injector 4 is around 2.8Ω (20℃).

injector 4.

module.
Service Guide
Fuel Control System - 1.5L" - "Fuel Injector".
Fuel Control System-1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 519
P0219 • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;

DTC Description • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC FTB Failure Description 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition a. Check the harness connector EM14 of the crankshaft
Subsystem Principle position sensor and the harness connector EM11
The sensor provides information of the engine speed and contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
crankshaft TDC. It is a hall-effect sensor and used in deformation, etc.
conjunction with the pulse wheel. The pulse wheel is a tooth
plate, with 58 small teeth spaced at an interval of 6°on the
magnetic ring and with 2 teeth absent. The pulse wheel is
fitted on the crankshaft, which rotates with the crankshaft. c. Check the following components for damage
When the tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the pulse wheel or corrosion, repair or replace the affected
made of steel magnetic materials cuts the magnetic force line components/connectors as required:
of the permanent magnets in the sensor and produces induced • Measure if there is external electromagnetic
voltage in the coil, which will be output as the speed signal. interference on signal or harness.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Check whether the speed signal gear tooth is
P0219 00: The engine keeps running. damaged or attached with other metal parts.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
P0219 00: Engine speed is greater than 7,000rpm for 2s. • Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or
Operations of ECU after Failure misalignment.
DTC P0219 is a Category-6 DTC. • Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Check the crankshaft for damage.
DTC P0219 is a Category-6 DTC. • Inquire whether the engine speed is increased
artificially to exceed the minimum safe speed.
Possible Causes
If yes, clear the DTC. Confirm that DTC doesn't
appear again.
• Check whether the electronic accelerator pedal is
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. stuck in the position with larger opening and can't
• Engine control module failure. return to zero position.
Reference Information If yes, repair the electronic accelerator pedal.
Reference Circuit Information • Check whether the throttle is stuck in the position
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) with larger opening and can't close.
Reference Connector End View Information If yes, repair the throttle body.
EM11 and EM14 • Check the speed sensor and the calculation of its
speed for error.
• Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Diagnostic Test Steps d. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
in "ON" position. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Read "Engine Speed" to check whether it is within 3. Test related circuits:

the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
rational value range). disconnect the battery negative cable.
1.0 520
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM14 of the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
crankshaft position sensor and harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
EM11 of the ECM. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM14 of the crankshaft
position sensor and terminals of harness connector
EM11 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
position sensor or terminals of harness connector
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
position sensor or terminals of harness connector
EM11 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or ECM:
test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
1.0 521
P0222, P0223, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, • Signal voltage of pedal position sensor 2 is higher than
P2135, P2138 and P2140 1.27V.
DTC Description
P2132 21, P2133 22:
• The deviation between pedal signal 1 and 2 is too large.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short
P0222 11 • Signal voltage of pedal position sensor 1 is higher than
To Ground
1.27V.
P0223 12 P2140 29:
To Battery
• Signal voltage of pedal position sensor 1 is higher than
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit
P2127 21 0.957.
Short to Ground
P2128 22 1.25V.
Short to Battery
P2132 21 3.066V.
Short to Ground
P2133 22 P0222 11: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage
Short to Battery
is lower than 0.156V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage
00 P2127 21: Signal voltage is lower than 0.488V.
Correlation
P2135
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage P2128 22: Signal voltage is higher than 4.824V.
29
Correlation P2132 21: Signal voltage is lower than 0.293V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage P2133 22: Signal voltage is higher than 4.824V.
P2138 29 Correlation-Idle Near Pedal Displacement
Detection P0223 12: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage
is higher than 4.883V.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage
P2140 29 P2135 00 and P2135 29:
Correlation
Subsystem Principle • |wdk1-wdk2|>6.3%.

• |wdk1g-wdk3g|>|wdk2g-wdk3g|.
Both throttle position sensor and throttle actuator are
integrated into the electronic throttle body, and the throttle • |wdk1g-wdk3g|>9.0196.
position sensor is an angle potentiometer characterized by the P2138 29: the failure detection counter along moving direction
linear output. The potentiometer rotor arm and throttle are is equal to 10.
fitted coaxially. When the throttle rotates, the potentiometer
P2140 29:
rotor arm will be driven to slide into a certain position
and the potentiometer output a voltage signal proportional • The difference between signal voltage of pedal position
to the throttle position. One throttle body includes two sensor 1 and 2 is higher than 0.410V.
potentiometers which are fitted in reverse phase, and signals • The difference between signal voltage of pedal position
from both potentiometers are used by the ECM to judge the sensor 1 and 2 is higher than 1.211V.
throttle rotation angle. The 5V supply voltage and reference
• The difference between signal voltage of pedal position
ground of both potentiometers are provided by the ECM.
sensor 1 and 2 is higher than 0.371V.
P0222 11, P0223 12: At least 12s after the engine is started.
DTC P0222, P0223, P2135, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and
P2138 29: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P2140 are Category-13 DTCs.
P2135 00, P2135 29: Engine speed exceeds 1,200rpm. DTC P2138 is a Category-6 DTC.
P2127 21, P2128 22: Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• The deviation between pedal signal 1 and 2 is too large. DTC P0222, P0223, P2135, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and
P2140 are Category-13 DTCs.
1.0 522
DTC P2138 is a Category-6 DTC. throttle for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Possible Causes corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
• Related circuits failure. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Electronic throttle failure. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
EM11 and EM17
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM17 of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection electronic throttle body.
Diagnostic Test Steps c. Perform the component test on the electronic

throttle.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: If the test is abnormal, replace the electronic
throttle.
in "ON" position. d. Disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.
b. Read "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Voltage" and e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
"Throttle Position Sensor 2 Voltage " to check of harness connector EM17 of electronic throttle
whether they are within the rational value range and terminals of harness connector EM11 of ECM
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). is less than 5Ω.
• Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch • Terminal EM17-3 and Terminal EM11-43
in "ON" position, read and then clear the DTCs.
Perform the self-learning for the electronic throttle,
depress the accelerator pedal with quick stepping • Terminal EM17-5 and Terminal EM11-14
and slow stepping respectively for several times, and • Terminal EM17-2 and Terminal EM11-22
observe if any DTC reappears.
If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic for open circuit or high resistance.
throttle.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and use of harness connector EM17 of the electronic throttle
the scan tool to observe if the voltage parameter or terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
of throttle position varies with the accelerator pedal and the ground is infinite.
input within a reasonable range.
• Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.8V)
If it is not normally displayed, go to "Test related
circuits". • Terminal EM17-2 or Terminal EM11-22
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM; If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM17 of the electronic throttle
a. Check the harness connector EM11 of the ECM or terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
and the harness connector EM17 of the electronic and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 523


4. Test/replace the electronic throttle or ECM:


d. Connect the two probes to terminal EM17-3 and

Pin 2 of electronic throttle respectively. When the
valve plate is moved by hands, the resistance shall
change continuously.
e. If the resistance does not change, replace the

electronic throttle assembly.

test/replace the electronic throttle or engine control
module.
Service Guide
Fuel Control System-1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 524
P025A, P025C and P025D Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY144 and BY190
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To
P025C 11
Ground Diagnostic Test Steps
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
P025D 12
Battery with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Subsystem Principle a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
The electric fuel pump transfers the fuel from the fuel tank
to the engine and provides sufficient fuel pressure and rich b. Read "Fuel Pump Relay State" to check whether
fuel. It is a DC motor driven vane pump, which is located it is within the rational value range (refer to the
in the fuel tank and immersed in fuel. It utilizes fuel for heat Appendix for rational value range).
dissipation and lubrication. The battery supplies power for c. Perform the forced output of "Fuel Pump Relay" to
the electric low-pressure fuel pump via the low-pressure fuel observe the fuel pump relay for relevant response
pump relay which connects the electric low-pressure fuel pump or action.
circuit only when the power is on and the engine is starting or
running. When the engine stops due to accident, the fuel pump
will stop automatically. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check the harness connector BY190 of the engine
control module and the harness connector BY144
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.1V.
of the engine compartment fuse box for looseness,
Conditions for Setting DTCs poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
P025A 13: ECM detects that low-pressure fuel pump relay deformation, etc.
control circuit voltage is greater than 2.5V and less than 5.8V, b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
which lasts for 0.5s. found in visual check.
P025C 11: ECM detects that low-pressure fuel pump relay c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
control circuit voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P025D 12: ECM detects that low-pressure fuel pump relay
control circuit current is greater than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
DTC P025A, P025C and P025D are Category-12 DTCs. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
DTC P025A, P025C and P025D are Category-12 DTCs.
b. Remove the low-pressure fuel pump relay and
Possible Causes
perform the component test on it.
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel pump relay.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY144 of the engine
• Fuel pump relay failure.
compartment fuse box and harness connector
• Fuel pump failure. BY190 of the ECM.
• Engine control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Information terminal BY144-4 of the engine compartment fuse
Reference Circuit Information box and harness connector terminal BY190-41 of
the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Fuel tank
1.0 525
e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY144-4 of the engine compartment fuse
box or harness connector terminal BY190-41 of the
ECM and the ground is infinite.


ECM and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the fuel pump relay or ECM:
• Test if the resistance between the following terminals of

the fuel pump relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the fuel pump

relay.
• Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal

85 of fuel pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
wire between relay terminal 86 and ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 of fuel pump relay
is less than 5Ω.

relay.

test/replace the engine control module or fuel pump.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Fuel System" - "Fuel Pump".
1.0 526
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 • Fuel cut-off status is not activated.
DTC Description • Engine speed is between 520 and 5800 rpm.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Intake air temperature is above -9.75℃.
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple • Torque interference is not activated.
F0 Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Harmful To Conditions for Setting DTCs
Catalyst
• The misfire rate of catalyst damage-related misfire failure
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple for each cylinder is greater than 6% ～ 23%.
P0300
F1 Cylinder-Misfire Rate That Deteriorate • The misfire rate of emission-related misfire failure
Emission resulting in emission deterioration for each cylinder is
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple greater than 3.4%.
F2
Cylinder-Implausible Fault Operations of ECU after Failure
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 are Category-2
F0
That Harmful To Catalyst DTCs.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Misfire Rate Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
P0301 F1
That Deteriorate Emission
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P0304 are Category-2
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1-Implausible DTCs.
F2
Fault
Failure Causes
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 2-Misfire Rate
F0 • Related circuits failure.
That Harmful To Catalyst
P0302 F1 • Spark plug failure.
That Deteriorate Emission
• High voltage wire failure.
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 2-Implausible
F2 • Ignition coil failure.
Fault
• Fuel injector failure.
F0 • Engine control module failure.
P0303 F1
That Deteriorate Emission Reference Circuit Information
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 3-Implausible Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
F2
Fault Reference Connector End View Information
F0 EM11, EM31, EM30, EM29 and EM28
P0304 F1
That Deteriorate Emission Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Misfire Detected-Cylinder 4-Implausible Diagnostic Test Steps
F2
Fault
Subsystem Principle with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
The ignition coil converts the battery low voltage DC to high a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
voltage and uses the spark by spark plug discharge to ignite in "ON" position.
the gas mixture in the cylinder. Each ignition coil consists of
b. Read "Misfire Number of Cylinder 1", "Misfire
a pair of coil windings around the laminated iron core, and
Number of Cylinder 2", "Misfire Number of
the primary resistance is 0.7Ω, and the secondary resistance is
Cylinder 3", "Misfire Number of Cylinder 4",
10kΩ.
"Misfire Monitoring State" and "Misfire Monitoring
Conditions for Running DTCs Supported" to check whether they are within the
• The engine keeps running. rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
• Rough road status is not activated.
1.0 527
• Yes → Test/replace the main relay; the cylinder having misfire, and observe if there is any
• No → Go to Step 2. spark and the intensity of spark.
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: If there is spark and the spark is intense. Check the
corresponding fuel injector referring to the detection
a. Check the harness connector EM30, EM31, EM29 of relevant DTCs.
and EM28 of the ignition coil and the harness
connector EM11 of the engine control module for If there is spark but the spark is weak, replace the
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, corresponding ignition coil.
contamination, deformation, etc. If there is no spark, perform the following test.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts i. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
found in visual check. switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the terminal 2 of harness connector EM30, EM31, EM29
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again and EM28 of the ignition coil and ground is the battery
and confirm if there remains any DTC. voltage respectively.
• Yes→ Go to Step 3; If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
for break circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
j. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
a. With the engine running, observe the DTC
k. Disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.
information with a scan tool. Confirm the DTC, and
be clear which cylinder or cylinders have misfire. l. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector of the ignition coil and terminals
b. Confirm that the following conditions have not
of harness connector of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
occurred:
• Cracking, twisting or improper connection of vacuum • Terminal EM31-1 and Terminal EM11-24
hose. • Terminal EM31-1 and Terminal EM11-9
• Engine vacuum leakage. • Terminal EM30-1 and Terminal EM11-12
• Crankcase ventilation system leakage. • Terminal EM30-1 and Terminal EM11-19
• The fuel pressure is too low or too high. • Terminal EM29-1 and Terminal EM11-36
If any, repair invalid/faulty components when • Terminal EM29-1 and Terminal EM11-17
necessary.
c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
d. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having misfire
for open circuit or high resistance.
DTC for damage, and replace it when necessary.
Meanwhile measure if the corresponding cylinder m. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
pressure meets standards, if not, check and repair. of harness connector of the ignition coil or terminals
e. Perform component test on high voltage wire related of harness connector of the ECM and the power
to cylinder having misfire. supply is infinite.
If the test is abnormal, replace the high voltage wire. • Terminal EM31-1 or Terminal EM11-24
f. Disconnect harness connector EM31 of the ignition • Terminal EM31-1 or Terminal EM11-9
coil 1, harness connector EM30 of the ignition coil • Terminal EM30-1 or Terminal EM11-12
2, harness connector EM29 of the ignition coil 3 and
harness connector EM28 of the ignition coil 4.
g. Perform the component test on ignition coil.
If the test is abnormal, replace the ignition coil.
h. Fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of
cylinder having misfire, perform spark over test for • Terminal EM28-1 or Terminal EM11-18
1.0 528
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Name Specified Value
Primary
n. Test if the resistance between the following terminals 0.7Ω ～ 0.9Ω
Resistance
of harness connector of the ignition coil or terminals
Secondary
of harness connector of the ECM and the ground is 9.68KΩ ～ 12.32KΩ
Resistance
infinite.
• Terminal EM31-1 or Terminal EM11-24 If it is not within the specified range, replace the
ignition coil.
test/replace the ECM.
• Terminal EM30-1 or Terminal EM11-19 Service Guide
• Terminal EM29-1 or Terminal EM11-36 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
• Terminal EM29-1 or Terminal EM11-17 Fuel Control System-1.5L" - "Ignition Coil".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module ( ECM
• Terminal EM28-1 or Terminal EM11-18 )".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
for short to ground. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
o. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Yes → Go to Step 4
4. Test/replace the high voltage wire, ignition coil or ECM:
High Voltage Wire

b. Remove the high voltage wire.
c. Measure the resistance of high pressure wire (20℃).
Name Specified Value

Cylinder 1 1.3 ～ 3.35kΩ
Cylinder 3 0.65 ～ 1.7kΩ
If it is out of the specified range, replace the high

voltage wire.
Ignition coil

b. Remove the ignition coil.
c. Measure the primary resistance and secondary

resistance of ignition coil respectively (at 20℃).
1.0 529
P0313 3. Check the operating condition of the engine at idle and

DTC Description acceleration under normal temperature to confirm there
is no abnormity.
P0313 00 Misfire Detected With Low Fuel If the engine operates normally, clear the DTCs with the
scan tool.
Subsystem Principle
If the engine operates abnormally, check whether there
Extreme low fuel level will result in insufficient pressure in the is engine misfire.
engine fuel system, and thus reduce the engine performance.
4. Check whether there is relevant misfire DTC.
The control module monitors the fuel level, meanwhile it will
illuminate the fuel level warning lamp, and illuminate the engine Test the relevant misfire DTC if it is set.
warning lamp when misfire occurs.
5. Test the fuel pressure to check whether it is within
Conditions for Running DTCs normal range. If not, check the fuel pipeline, fuel pressure
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. regulator and fuel pump and replace the damaged
components.
6. Clear the DTCs with the scan tool.
Fuel level is below 7L.
7. Restart the engine to check if the DTC has been cleared.
If the DTC has not been cleared, test or replace the
DTC P0313 is a Category-9 DTC.
engine control module or fuel pump.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs
Service Guide
Failure Causes Fuel System" - "Fuel Pump".
• Fuel pump failure. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
• Fuel pipeline failure. Fuel Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module (
ECM )".
• Fuel pressure regulating valve failure.
• High voltage wire failure.
• Fuel injector failure.
• Low fuel volume failure.


in "ON" position.
b. Read "Fuel Tank Level" to check whether it is within

the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
2. Check if the fuel volume is in normal condition.
If the fuel level is too low, add fuel to keep the fuel level
in its normal condition.
1.0 530
P0318
DTC Description
Rough Road Detected Acceleration Sensor
P0318 81
Subsystem Principle
The ECM receives the vehicle speed signal from the wheel
speed sensor of the CAN system via the network architecture
ABS bus.
When the ignition is on, the ECM performs the self-diagnosis
and stores all faults detected by the EEPROM as the display of
DTCs. Errors within the CAN Bus are also stored.
If the vehicle bumps, the ECM will store the DTC.
Failure Causes
• Vehicle speed sensor failure.

1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P0318 has been
set. If other DTCs related to ABS/SCS have been set,
diagnose these DTCs first.
3. If other DTCs have not been set, set and match the ECM
and ABS/SCS control module.
Service Guide
)".
to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Fuel
Control System-NSE" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1.0 531
P0322 a. Read "Engine Speed" to check whether it is within

DTC Description the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft
P0322 29 • No → Go to Step 2.
Speed Sensor No Signal
Subsystem Principle
CKPThe sensor provides information of the engine speed
speed sensor and the harness connector EM11 of
and crankshaft TDC. It is a hall-effect sensor and used in
the engine control module for looseness, poor
plate, with 58 small teeth spaced at an interval of 6°on the
deformation, etc.
magnetic ring and with 2 teeth absent. The pulse wheel is
fitted on the crankshaft, which rotates with the crankshaft. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
When the tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the pulse wheel found in visual check.
made of steel magnetic materials cuts the magnetic force line c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
of the permanent magnets in the sensor and produces induced ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
voltage in the coil, which will be output as the speed signal. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The engine keeps running. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The crankshaft revolution counter is no less than 10, which a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
fails in realizing synchronization. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect the harness connector EM14 of engine
DTC P0322 is a Category-3 DTC. speed sensor and harness connector EM11 of ECM.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM14 of the engine speed
Failure Causes the corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM14-1 and Terminal EM11-44
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal EM14-2 and Terminal EM11-32
• Engine speed sensor failure. • Terminal EM14-3 and Terminal EM11-20
• Speed signal gear tooth failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Electromagnetic interference failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Idle speed is too high. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Engine control module failure. of harness connector EM14 of the engine speed
Reference Information sensor or terminals of harness connector EM11 of
EM11 and EM14
Reference Electrical Information for short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM14 of the following engine
Diagnostic Test Steps speed sensor or terminals of harness connector
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output EM11 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal EM14-1 or Terminal EM11-44
1.0 532


4. Test/replace the engine speed sensor or ECM:

test/replace the engine speed sensor or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
1.0 533
P0325, P0327 and P0328 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC Description P0325: Knock identification reference voltage is 0.2 ~ 2.35V,
DTC FTB Failure Description which occurs for no less than 30 times continuously (different
speed corresponds to different threshold).
P0325 00 Knock Sensor Circuit Signal Fault
P0327: Knock sensor port average voltage is less than -0.7V,
Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To which is monitored continuously.
00
Ground P0328: Knock sensor port average voltage is greater than 1V,
P0327
Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To which is monitored continuously.
14
Ground Operations of ECU after Failure
Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To DTC P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Category-3 DTCs.
00
Battery
P0328 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To
15 DTC P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Category-3 DTCs.
Battery
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
The knock sensor is used to provide electronic controller
with engine knock information to carry out knock control.
The knock sensor is a vibration acceleration sensor. It is fitted • Knock sensor failure.
on the engine block. The sensitive element of the sensor is • Engine control module failure.
a piezoelectric crystal. The vibration of the engine block is Reference Information
transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the mass block
in the sensor. The vibration of the mass block can produce
pressure which helps the piezoelectric crystal to generate Engine Management System - 1.5L (3)
voltage on both pole surfaces and transform the vibration Reference Connector End View Information
signal into voltage signal output.
EM11 and EM18
P0325 00:
• Engine speed is non-dynamic.
• Engine load is non-dynamic. Diagnostic Test Steps
• Knock control circuit has no failure. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Limp home is not activated. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Engine load is greater than 35%. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• Engine coolant water temperature is above 35.25℃. in "ON" position.
• Engine speed is above 2,400r/min. b. Read "Failure Occurrence-Knock Sensor" and

"Correction Value of Knock Ignition Angle" to check
P0327 00 and P0327 14:
whether they are within the rational value range
• Engine speed is non-dynamic. (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
• Engine load is non-dynamic. • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
• Limp home is not activated. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Engine speed is above 1,000r/min.
P0328 00 and P0328 15:
• Engine speed is non-dynamic. control module and the harness connector EM18
• Engine load is non-dynamic. of the knock sensor for looseness, poor contact,
• Limp Home is activated.
etc.
• Engine speed is above 1,000r/min.
1.0 534
c. Check the following mechanical components for • Terminal EM18-2 and Terminal EM11-25
damage or incorrect fitting. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Inspect the knock sensor for physical damage. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Inspect the knock sensor for proper fitting. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM18 of the knock sensor or
• The mounting surface of the knock sensor shall be
terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
free of burr, casting fin and foreign material.
and the ground is infinite.
If above failures exist, repair/replace the
corresponding components.
d. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, confirm
if the parameters in the real-time display of the scan If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
tool are within the specified range. for short to ground.
If it is not normally displayed, go to "Test related f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
circuits". of harness connector EM18 of the knock sensor or
terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
e. Check the following mechanical components for
damage or incorrect fitting.
• Inspect the knock sensor for physical damage.
• Inspect the knock sensor for proper fitting.
• The mounting surface of the knock sensor shall be
f. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, confirm
if the parameters in the real-time display of the scan
tool are within the specified range. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
If it is not normally displayed, go to "Test related 4. Test/replace the knock sensor or ECM:
circuits". a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the disconnect the battery negative cable.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again b. Disconnect harness connector EM18 of the knock
and confirm if there remains any DTC. sensor.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of
• No → Diagnosis is completed. the knock sensor is around 1MΩ (20℃).
3. Test related circuits: d. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
knock sensor.
disconnect the battery negative cable. e. When tapping near the knock sensor with a small
hammer, test the voltage between terminal 1 and 2
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM18 of the of the knock sensor. At the moment, there shall be
knock sensor and harness connector EM11 of the a millivolt-level voltage signal output.
ECM.
c. Perform the component test on the knock sensor. test/replace the knock sensor or the engine control
If the component test is abnormal, replace the knock module.
sensor. Service Guide
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
of harness connector EM18 of the knock sensor Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
and terminals of harness connector EM11 of the (ECM)".
corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
• Terminal EM18-1 and Terminal EM11-26 Control System - 1.5L" - "Knock Sensor".
1.0 535

1.0 536
P0341 b. Read "Intake Camshaft Phase" to check whether
DTC Description it is within the rational value range (refer to the
Appendix for rational value range).
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
P0341 29 Actuator" to observe the variable camshaft timing
Signal Irrational
valve for relevant response or action.
Subsystem Principle
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with
the rotational speed sensor in the circumstances without the
electricity distributor, so as to provide with the camshaft phase 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre a. Check the harness connector EM11 of the engine
and exhaust top dead centre of the 1st cylinder. The camshaft control module and the harness connector EM22
position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made of the intake camshaft sensor for looseness, poor
of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with a 36° contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The magnetic field inside the deformation, etc.
hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, which leads to
change of the output signal voltage. In this way, two top dead
centres are identified.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Phase signal failure counter is no less than 10. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
P0341 is a Category-3 DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable.
P0341 is a Category-3 DTC. b. Disconnect the harness connector EM22 of intake
Possible Causes phase sensor and harness connector EM11 of the
ECM.
of harness connector EM22 of the intake camshaft
• Intake phase sensor failure.
• Engine control module failure. the corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω.
Reference Information • Terminal EM22-1 and Terminal EM11-31
EM11 and EM22 for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Electrical Information d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Diagnostic Test Steps the ECM and the ground is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal EM22-1 or Terminal EM11-31
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal EM22-2 or Terminal EM11-29
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch • Terminal EM22-3 or Terminal EM11-34
in "ON" position.
1.0 537



4. Test/replace the intake camshaft sensor or ECM:

test/replace the camshaft position sensor or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
1.0 538
P0366 b. Read the "Exhaust Camshaft Phase" to check
DTC Description whether it is within rational value range (refer to the
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
P0366 29
Signal Irrational • No → Go to Step 2.
Subsystem Principle
a. Check the harness connector EM05 of the phase
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with
position sensor and the harness connector EM11
electricity distributor, so as to provide with the camshaft phase
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre
deformation, etc.
and exhaust top dead centre of the 1st cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with a 36° found in visual check.
arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The magnetic field inside the c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, which leads to ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
change of the output signal voltage. In this way, two top dead and confirm if there remains any DTC.
centres are identified.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
Phase signal failure counter is no less than 10. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect the harness connector EM05 of the
DTC P0366 is a Category-3 DTC. exhaust phase sensor and harness connector EM11
of the ECM.
of harness connector EM05 of the exhaust camshaft
Possible Causes sensor and terminals of harness connector EM11 of
• Related circuits failure. the corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Exhaust phase sensor failure. • Terminal EM05-2 and Terminal EM11-41
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal EM05-3 and Terminal EM11-44
Reference Circuit Information for open circuit/high resistance.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
EM11 and EM05 the ECM and the ground is infinite.

in "ON" position.
1.0 539


4. Test/replace the exhaust phase sensor or ECM:

test/replace the exhaust phase sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.5L" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
1.0 540
P0420 3. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in
DTC Description exhaust system:
DTC FTB Failure Description • Exhaust system leakage
Catalyst System Efficiency Below • Exhaust system component damage
P0420 00
Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged
• Looseness and missing of metal components in exhaust
Subsystem Principle system
Three-way catalytic converter controls the emission of • Oxygen sensor fitted improperly
hydrocarbon, carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxide. Catalyst
If any failure is found, repair the exhaust system failure.
in the converter can quicken chemical reaction, oxidize
hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide in exhaust gas. This 4. If physical tests are normal, start the engine, and read
process converts hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide into oxygen sensor parameters with a scan tool.
water vapor and carbon dioxide, and converts nitrogen oxides If the oxygen sensor can work normally, replace the
into nitrogen, so as to reduce the content of nitrogen oxides. three-way catalytic converter.
Conditions for Running DTCs Service Guide
• The ambient temperature is no lower than 10℃. Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake
• The dew point temperature is reached and Exhaust System-1.5L" - "Front Exhaust Pipe Assembly".
• 1320rpm≤Engine Speed≤3000rpm.
• 20.3%＜Engine Load＜70%.
• 6.11g/sec≤Exhaust Fume Flow≤33.3g/sec.
• 500°C≤Catalytic Converter Temperature≤800°C.
• The diagnosis and monitoring activation time of the
catalytic converter is more than 30s.
Oxygen storage capacity of the catalytic converter is less than
0.2.
Possible Causes
Three-way catalytic converter failure.
1. Read DTC information with a scan tool when engine is
idling.
If there are other DTCs, repair them first.
2. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in the

catalytic converter:
• Dent deformation
• Severe discoloration caused by excessive temperature
• Looseness inside the three-way catalytic converter
• Three-way catalytic converter blockage
If any of the conditions is found, replace the three-way

catalytic converter.
1.0 541

Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Reference Connector End View Information
P0444 13
Valve Circuit Open
EM11 and EM20
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0458 11
Valve Circuit Short To Ground Reference Electrical Information
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0459 12
Valve Circuit Short To Battery
The canister control valve is applied to control the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
regeneration air flow of the fuel evaporation control system. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
The canister in the fuel evaporation control system absorbs in "ON" position.
fuel steam from fuel tank till it cannot absorb any more.
It controls the canister control valve to open and allows b. Read "Canister Solenoid Status", "Canister Solenoid
fresh air and the saturated fuel steam in the canister to PWM Duty Ratio" and "Canister Load" to check
form the regeneration air flow, then sends it to the intake whether they are within the rational value range
pipe of the engine. The electronic controller, based on the (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
different working conditions of engine, changes the duty c. Perform the forced output of "Canister Solenoid" to
ratio of the pulse signal transmitted to the canister control observe the canister solenoid for relevant response
valve electromagnetic coil to control the regeneration air or action.
flow. Moreover, the flow is also influenced by the pressure
difference on both ends.
P0459 12: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
a. Check the harness connector EM20 of the canister
P0444 13 and P0458 11: Place the ignition switch in "OFF"
solenoid and the harness connector EM11 of the
position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
P0444 13: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is etc.
between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0458 11: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is less found in visual check.
than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0459 12: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is
greater than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0444, P0458 and P0459 are Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Possible Causes
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM20 of the
canister solenoid.
• Canister solenoid failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
d. Measure if the voltage between the harness
connector terminal EM20-1 of the canister solenoid
and the ground is the battery voltage.
1.0 542
e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector EM11 of the ECM.

terminal EM20-2 of the canister solenoid and
is less than 5Ω.


terminal EM20-2 of the canister solenoid or harness
ground is infinite.


terminal EM20-2 of the canister solenoid or harness

4. Test/replace the canister solenoid:


canister control valve.

the canister control valve is about 26Ω (20℃).

test/replace the canister solenoid or the ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 543
P0480, P0691 and P0692 b. Read "Relay State of Cooling Fan 1" and "Relay State
DTC Description of Cooling Fan 2" to check whether they are within
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open
P0480 13 c. Perform the forced output of "Relay State of Cooling
(Low Speed)
Fan 1" and "Relay State of Cooling Fan 2" to observe
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To the cooling fan for relevant response or action.
P0691 11
Ground (Low Speed)
Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0692 12 • No → Go to Step 2.
Battery (Low Speed)
Subsystem Principle
a. Check the harness connector BY221 of the cooling
Engine control module controls the cooling fan high/low speed
fan relay box and the harness connector BY190
relay to realize the high/low speed of the cooling fan.
Conditions for Running DTCs contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. deformation, etc.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0480: ECM detects that cooling fan relay control circuit is
open. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
short to ground.
short to battery. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Operations of ECU after Failure 3. Test related circuits:
DTC P0480, P0691 and P0692 are Category-5 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
connector BY190 of the ECM and harness connector
BY221 of the cooling fan relay box.
Possible Causes
b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
• Connector failure or poor fit. box and terminal of harness connector BY190 of
• Engine control module failure. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Reference Information • Terminal BY221-6 and Terminal BY190-56
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY221-4 and Terminal BY190-31
Cooling fan • Terminal BY221-4 and Terminal BY190-51

Reference Connector End View Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY190 and BY221
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection box or terminals of harness connector BY190 of the
ECM and the ground are infinite.
• Terminal BY221-6 or Terminal BY190-56
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal BY221-4 or Terminal BY190-31
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch • Terminal BY221-4 or Terminal BY190-51
in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
1.0 544
of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
box or terminals of harness connector BY190 of the
ECM and the power supply are infinite.


4. Test/replace the cooling fan relay box:

b. Disconnect the harness connector BY221 of the

cooling fan relay box.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4/6 of

the cooling fan relay is around 26Ω (20℃).

test/replace the cooling fan relay box or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 545
(High Speed)
P0693 11
Ground (High Speed)
P0694 12 • No → Go to Step 2.
Battery (High Speed)
Subsystem Principle
a. Check the harness connector BY221 of the cooling
Engine control module controls the cooling fan high/low speed
fan relay box and the harness connector BY190
relay to realize the high/low speed of the cooling fan.
Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. deformation, etc.
open. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
short to ground.
short to short to battery. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0481, P0693 and P0694 are Category-5 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
BY221 of the cooling fan relay box.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
• Connector failure or poor fit. box and terminals of harness connector BY190 of
• Engine control module failure. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Cooling fan • Terminal BY221-4 and Terminal BY190-51

BY190 and BY221
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection box or terminals of harness connector BY190 of the
ECM and the ground are infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal BY221-4 or Terminal BY190-31
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch • Terminal BY221-4 or Terminal BY190-51
1.0 546
box or terminals of harness connector BY190 of the
ECM and the power supply are infinite.



b. Disconnect the harness connector BY221 of cooling

fan relay box.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 3 and 4/6 of

the cooling fan relay is around 26Ω (20℃).

test/replace the cooling fan relay box or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 547
P0500 Service Guide

DTC Description • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
DTC FTB Failure Description Fuel Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module (
ECM )".
P0500 29 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Signal Fault
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
Subsystem Principle "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
Acceleration sensor signal and vehicle speed sensor signal • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
are the wheel speed signal gathered from wheel speed to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
sensor, which are calculated by ABS/SCS control module, and "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
transmitted to ECM via CAN bus. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Conditions for Running DTCs to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• Fuel cut-off state is activated and lasts for 5s. "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
• Coolant temperature is above 40℃ for 5s.

• Engine speed is between 1320 ~ 3000 rpm for 5s.
• Water temperature sensor and engine speed sensor are
free from failure.
• Vehicle speed is greater than 10km/h for 10s.
• ECM detects that the minimum vehicle speed is below
5km/h for 3.3s when the fuel is cut off.
• ECM detects that the vehicle speed is above 250km/h for
3.3s.
• ECM detects that the Freeze Frame (vehicle speed
change is 0) lasts for 10s.
Possible Causes
Engine control module failure.

1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, connect the
scan tool, check the ABS/SCS control module for failures
of the wheel speed sensor or the ABS/SCS control
module itself, and eliminate these failures first.
2. Check if any other DTCs have been set except DTC
P0500 in engine control system. If there are any other
DTCs, diagnose and eliminate them first.
3. Clear off the DTC P0500. Diagnose the engine control
system again to check if the DTC P0500 still exists. If it
still exists, test/replace the ECM.
1.0 548
P0504 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC Description ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake
62
P0504 Signal Unsynchronised • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1C Brake Lamp Switch Circuit Signal Fault 2. Test related circuits:
Subsystem Principle
The brake pedal assembly consists of 2-way switch and 1-way
b. Disconnect harness connector BY042 of the brake
brake position sensor. The brake switch is fitted on the brake
lamp signal sensor.
pedal assembly and cannot be repaired separately. The brake
switch signal varies with the position of brake pedal, which can c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
provide the system with expected redundancy protection. ignition switch in "ON" position.
Conditions for Running DTCs d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
terminal BY042-1 of the brake lamp signal sensor is
Brake switch failure counter is 20, which lasts for 1s.
the battery voltage.
0.469V＜The ratio of brake lamp switch signal pin feedback for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
voltage to battery voltage＜1.133V.
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the negative cable of the battery, the
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC. harness connector BY042 of the brake lamp signal
Conditions for Clearing DTCs sensor and the harness connector BY190 of the
ECM.
Possible Causes of harness connector BY042 of the brake lamp signal
• Related circuits failure. sensor and terminals of harness connector BY190 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Brake lamp signal sensor failure. • Terminal BY042-2 and Terminal BY190-25
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY042-2 and Terminal BY190-26
Reference Circuit Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Brake Lamp for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY042 of the brake lamp signal
BY042 and BY190 sensor or terminals of harness connector BY190 of
a. Check the harness connector BY042 of the brake for short to ground.
lamp signal sensor and the harness connector
BY190 of the engine control module for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
sensor or terminals of harness connector BY190 of
deformation, etc.
check.
1.0 549


3. Test/replace the brake lamp signal sensor or ECM.

test/replace the brake lamp signal sensor or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 550
P0506 and P0507 Reference Information
Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Reference Connector End View Information
P0506 00
Expected
EM11 and EM17
Idle Speed Control System Higher Than
P0507 00
Expected Reference Electrical Information
Subsystem Principle Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
The throttle position sensor is used to provide the throttle Diagnostic Test Steps
with angle information. The engine load information and 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
condition, part load, full load, acceleration and deceleration)
can be available according to this information. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Engine Idling Phase", "Engine Control State
P0506 00: - Idle Speed", "Target Idle Speed", "Target Idle Speed
• Engine coolant temperature is above 74.3°C for 14s. with A/C ON" to check whether they are within
• Engine intake air temperature is above 0°C. the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
P0507 00:
c. Perform the forced output of "Idle Speed Regulation"
• In idle state. to observe the throttle for relevant response or
• Canister is not in high scour rate for 8s. action.
• The vehicle speed diagnose is completed without any • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
failure.
• Plateau correction factor is greater than 0.734.
a. Check the harness connector EM17 of the electronic
P0506 00: throttle position sensor and the harness connector
• Difference of static target idle speed and actual speed is EM11 of the engine control module for looseness,
greater than 100rpm. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
• The integral part of idle control reaches the maximum.
P0507 00:
check.
• Difference of static target idle speed and actual speed is
c. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position read the
less than -200rpm.
DTC with a scan tool.
• The integral part of idle control reaches the minimum.
d. Confirm no DTC of the ECM other than DTC P0506
Operations of ECU after Failure and P0507 has been set.
DTC P0506, and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs. If other ECM DTCs has been set, diagnose these
Conditions for Clearing DTCs DTCs first.
DTC P0506, and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs. e. Perform visual check for the following components
Possible Causes and system. If there's any failure, repair or replace
the failed components.
• Check if the throttle actuator is stuck in locations
with narrow openings due to freeze or oil
• Electronic throttle failure. contaminants, etc.
• Engine control module failure. • Check if the throttle actuator has excessive carbon
deposition, which causes abnormal operation of
throttle actuator.
1.0 551
• Check the fuel injector for blockage. • Terminal EM17-1 and Terminal EM11-23
• Exhaust resistance is too high. • Terminal EM17-2 and Terminal EM11-22
• Fuel supply pressure is too low. • Terminal EM17-3 and Terminal EM11-43
• Check the intake manifold for leakage. • Terminal EM17-4 and Terminal EM11-11
f. Check if the alternator can work properly. • Terminal EM17-5 and Terminal EM11-14
If the alternator output voltage is not within the • Terminal EM17-6 and Terminal EM11-13
specified range, repair the alternator.
g. With the scan tool, observe if parameters of the for open circuit/high resistance.
intake pressure sensor and the air flow meter are
normal.
If the sensor parameter is abnormal, check the or terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
intake/exhaust system for blockage and air leak, or and the ground is infinite.
check the throttle for excessive carbon deposits.
h. Read the engine idle speed with a scan tool. Idle
speed shall rise to about 150rpm when the air
conditioner is turned on. • Terminal EM17-1 or Terminal EM11-23
If the idle speed does not change within the specified • Terminal EM17-2 or Terminal EM11-22
range, check the intake/exhaust system for blockage
and air leak, or check the throttle for excessive
carbon deposits. • Terminal EM17-4 or Terminal EM11-11
i. Remove the engine accessory belt, engage in neutral • Terminal EM17-5 or Terminal EM11-14
gear, rotate the crankshaft, and check the engine • Terminal EM17-6 or Terminal EM11-13
mechanical parts for blockage.
If blockage occurs, repair the engine mechanical for short to ground.
system failure.
j. Rotate the engine accessory pulley and A/C pump, of harness connector EM17 of the electronic throttle
engine and other accessories, etc. to check for or terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
blockage. and the power supply is infinite.
If blockage occurs, test and repair the mechanical • Terminal EM17-1 or Terminal EM11-36
failure in the accessory drive system.
k. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Terminal EM17-1 or Terminal EM11-23
and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Terminal EM17-2 or Terminal EM11-22
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Terminal EM17-3 or Terminal EM11-43
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Terminal EM17-4 or Terminal EM11-11
3. Test related circuits: • Terminal EM17-5 or Terminal EM11-14
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and • Terminal EM17-6 or Terminal EM11-13
disconnect the battery negative cable, the harness
connector EM11 of the ECM and the harness
connector EM17 of the throttle position sensor.
and terminals of harness connector EM11 of the
ECM is less than 5Ω. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
• Terminal EM17-1 and Terminal EM11-36 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Terminal EM17-4 and Terminal EM11-35 4. Test/replace the electronic throttle or ECM:
1.0 552
test/replace the electronic throttle or engine control
module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Intake and Exhaust System-1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle".
Intake and Exhaust System-1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle
Self-learning".
1.0 553

Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit a. Check and visually observe the vacuum booster or
P0555 00
Open vacuum pipe for leakage, damage, etc.
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace
P0557 16
Short To Ground relevant failure components.
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor Circuit b. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
P0558 17
Short To Battery in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle Read "Failure Occurrence - Brake Vacuum Sensor",

"Stop-Start - Insufficient Brake Vacuum", "Start-Stop
Engine control module monitors the pressure of brake booster - Brake Vacuum Pressure" to check whether they
vacuum cavity with the brake booster pressure sensor. ECM are within the rational value range (refer to the
provides 5V reference voltage and low level reference voltage Appendix for rational value range).
for the sensor. The sensor signal transmitted to ECM will vary
with the brake booster vacuum cavity pressure.
Engine is running. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check the harness connector BY190 of the engine
control module and the harness connector BY209
P0555 00: Sensor vacuum level is above 50hPa. of the brake booster pressure sensor for looseness,
P0557 16: Signal voltage is lower than 0.11V. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
P0558 17: Signal voltage is higher than 4.92V.
check.
DTC P0557 and P0558 are Category-12 DTCs. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Conditions for Clearing DTCs and confirm if there remains any DTC.
DTC P0555 is a Category-5 DTC. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Possible Causes 3. Test related circuits:
• Related circuits failure. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
disconnect the negative cable of the battery, the
harness connector BY209 of the brake booster
• No failure with the brake booster pressure sensor. pressure sensor and the harness connector BY190
• Engine control module failure. of the ECM.
Reference Information b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Reference Circuit Information of harness connector BY190 of the ECM and
terminals of harness connector BY209 of the brake
booster pressure sensor is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY190-12 and Terminal BY209-1
BY190 and BY209 • Terminal BY190-19 and Terminal BY209-3
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY190-47 and Terminal BY209-2
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or
1.0 554
booster pressure sensor and the ground is infinite.


of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or
booster pressure sensor and the power supply is
infinite.


4. Test/replace the brake booster pressure sensor or ECM:

test/replace the brake booster pressure sensor or the
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 555
P0560, P0562 and P0563 a. Check the harness connector EM11 of the ECM
DTC Description and the harness connector EM04 of the alternator
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
contamination, deformation, etc. Clean, repair or
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational replace the faulty parts found in visual check.
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low b. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Subsystem Principle
Engine control module can perform A/D conversion for the
power supply input by the battery and determine if the battery
voltage is normal. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check if the fuse FL1 is blown.
P0560 1C: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
disconnect the negative cable of the battery, the
P0562 16: The duration after startup is longer than 180s.
harness connector EM04 of the alternator and the
P0563 17: harness connector EM11 of the ECM.
• The duration after startup is longer than 180s. c. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
• Vehicle speed is greater than 25km/h. terminal EM11-42 of the ECM and harness connector
terminal EM04-3 of the alternator is less than 5Ω.
P0560 1C: ADC value of the battery voltage is less than 2.5V.
P0562 16: ADC value of the battery voltage is less than 9V.
d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
P0563 17: ADC value of the battery voltage is greater than terminal EM11-42 of the ECM or harness connector
16V. terminal EM04-3 of the alternator and the ground
Operations of ECU after Failure is infinite.
P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. terminal EM11-42 of the ECM or harness connector
Possible Causes terminal EM04-3 of the alternator and the power
• Related circuits failure. supply is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Battery failure.
• Alternator failure. f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Starting and Charging (1)-ignition switch & alternator
3. Test/replace the ECM or alternator.
EM04 and EM11 test/replace the engine control module or alternator.
Service Guide
Diagnostic Test Steps (ECM)".
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Electrical System - 1.5L" - "Alternator".
1.0 556
1.0 557
P0601 and P0606 P0606 64: The voltage of pedal signal 2 during the digital analog
DTC Description converter test is greater than 0.215V
DTC FTB Failure Description P0606 67: Engine speed is greater than 1960 rpm.
Internal Control Module Error-Offline P0606 45: Internal logic check is wrong.
P0601 00 Configuration DID_C050
P0606 46:
• The voltage of signal 1 of mechanical bottom dead center
ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque
44 is greater than 0.957V.
Monitoring Error
• The voltage of signal 2 of mechanical bottom dead center
ECM Processor Error-Deformation Code
45 is less than 4.043V.
Monitoring Error
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Throttle Body
46 DTC P0601 is a Category-3 DTC.
Signal Monitoring Error
ECM Processor Error-AD Converter DTC P0606 is a Category-13 DTC.
64
Monitoring Error Conditions for Clearing DTCs
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Ignition Angle DTC P0601 is a Category-3 DTC.
65
Signal Monitoring Error
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Load Signal
P0606 66 Possible Causes
Monitoring Error
• Low battery voltage.
ECM Processor Error-ECU Error Response
67 • Engine control module failure.
Monitoring Error
ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module
92
Inquiry Error Reference Electrical Information
ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

93
Feedback Error
94 1. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch in
Response Error
"ON" position.
ECM Processor Error-Closed Loop Test 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P0601 and P0606
95
Error has been set.
Subsystem Principle If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
ECM includes an erasable, programmable read-only memory, 3. Clear DTCs, and set and programme the ECM.
which is programmed with the data necessary for starting
4. Confirm that DTC P0601 and P0606 have not been set.
the engine. During manufacturing, it receives and stores the
vehicle-specific security code from the locking module. In case If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
of internal failures, for example, the processor or the drive Service Guide
circuit stops working, there is no backup system or function
of driving during failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs (ECM)".
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, or run the engine. • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Refer to Module Self-learning and Programming Manual,
P0601 00: Checksum calculation failure of logoff configuration
EEPROM.
P0606 92, 93, 94 and 95: Internal logic check failure.
P0606 44: Internal logic check is wrong.
P0606 65 and 66: Internal logic check is wrong.
1.0 558
P0615, P0616 and P0617 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open
Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To
P0616 11 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Ground
P0617 12 in "ON" position.
Battery
b. Read "Starter Relay 1" and "Starter Relay 2" to check
Circuit/System Description whether they are within the rational value range
When the ignition key is in "ON" position, the engine locking (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
device in the instrument pack will compare the code stored in • Yes → Test/replace the engine compartment fuse box
the ignition key and that stored in the locking device. If these starter relay or ECM;
codes are matched, the signal will be sent by to the starter
motor relay in the engine compartment fuse box. The starter
motor relay supplies power to the starter motor solenoid. The 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
solenoid winding is powered on, allowing the pinion to engage a. Check the harness connector BY146 of the engine
with the flywheel tooth ring. The engaging lever will drive the compartment fuse box and the harness connector
pinion to engage with the flywheel tooth ring. BY190 of the engine control module for looseness,
Conditions for Running DTCs poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. deformation, etc.
P0615 13: Starter control relay circuit is open, which lasts for
0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0616 11: Starter control relay circuit is short to ground, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
which lasts for 0.5s.
P0617 12: Starter control relay circuit is short to the power
supply, which lasts for 0.1s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Test related circuits:
b. Disconnect harness connector BY146 of engine
Failure Causes
• Related circuits failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Measure if the voltage between harness connector
• Starter relay failure. terminal BY148-11 of the engine compartment fuse
• Engine control module failure. box and the ground is the battery voltage.
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY190 of the ECM.
BY148, BY146 and BY190 f. Test if the resistance between the following
harness connector terminal BY146-15 of the engine
terminal BY190-58 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 559

g. Test if the resistance between the following

compartment fuse box or harness connector
terminal BY190-58 of the ECM and the ground is
infinite.

h. Test if the resistance between the following

compartment fuse box or harness connector
terminal BY190-58 of the ECM and the power
supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the ECM:

Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 560
P061F Diagnostic Test Steps
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
DTC FTB Failure Description the scan tool.
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P061F has been
62 Monitoring Error-Electronic Accelerator set.
Pedal If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
P061F ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe 3. After the DTC is read or cleared, place the ignition
64
Monitoring Error-Engine Speed Sensor switch in "ON" position, perform the self-learning for
ECM Processor Error-Level 2 Safe the electronic throttle, and then gently depress the pedal
68
Monitoring Error-Safe Fuel Cut-off position sensor to confirm if the DTC reappears.
Subsystem Principle If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Engine control module consists of the microcontroller and 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
external circuit. Programs inside the microcontroller can Service Guide
detect ECM failures. When security monitoring-related
failures are detected, internal programs of ECM can guide
the engine to make prompt adjustment, take appropriate
(ECM)".
measures according to failures and output DTCs required for
equipment service. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
P061F 62: Layer 2 pedal monitoring signal is less than 3.047V, to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
which lasts for 0.48s. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
P061F 64: Engine speed is greater than 520 rpm.
P061F 68: Engine is running.

P061F 62:
• Difference between 2 signals from steps in 2 layers is
greater than 0.469V.
greater than 1.270V.
P061F 64: Speed difference between the 1st and 2nd layer is
greater than 320rpm.
P061F 68: Engine torque is over the limit.

DTC P061F is a Category-13 DTC.
Possible Causes
• Low battery voltage failure.
• Electronic throttle failure.
1.0 561

DTC Description
Air Conditioning Compressor Relay
P0645 13 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Control Circuit Open
P0646 11
Control Circuit Short To Ground a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0647 12
Control Circuit Short To Battery b. Read the "A/C Clutch Relay State" to check whether
it is within the rational value range (refer to the
Subsystem Principle Appendix for rational value range).
A 12V power is supplied to the A/C compressor clutch via c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Compressor
engine compartment fuse. When the main relay is energized, Relay" and observe the A/C compressor relay for
the relay coil of A/C compressor may be activated. The relevant response or action.
relay coil ground is controlled by ECM, which completes the
grounding when an A/C ON request message is received.
P0645 13 and P0646 11: Place the ignition switch in "OFF" 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
position. a. Check the harness connector BY190 of the engine
P0647 12: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module and the harness connector BY146
of the engine compartment fuse box for looseness,
P0645 13: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage deformation, etc.
is between 2.5 - 5.8V, and the system voltage between
10.7V-16.01V, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0646 11: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is less
than 2.5V, and the system voltage is between 10.7V ~ 16.01V,
P0647 12: A/C compressor relay control circuit current is • Yes → Go to Step 3;
greater than 4A, and the system voltage is between 10.7V ~
16.01V, which lasts for 0.5s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. a. Check if fuse F8 is blown.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Test the DTC information with the scan tool.
DTC P0645, P0646 and P0647 are Category-5 DTCs. If there are other DTCs, repair those DTCs first.
Possible Causes c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Remove the A/C compressor relay and perform the
component test on it.
• A/C compressor relay failure.
• Engine control module failure. If the test is abnormal, replace the A/C compressor
relay.
e. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and test if the
voltage between terminal 85 of the A/C compressor
Manual Temperature Control - MTC (1) clutch relay base and the ground is the battery
Reference Connector End View Information voltage.
BY190 and BY146 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
1.0 562
f. Disconnect the battery negative cable, harness Fit a jumper wire between terminal 86 of the
connector BY190 of the engine control module A/C compressor relay and the ground. Test if the
and harness connector BY146 of the engine resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than
compartment fuse box. 5Ω.
g. Test if the resistance between harness connector f. If it is not within the specified range, test/replace the
terminal BY190-42 of the ECM and harness A/C compressor relay or ECM.
connector terminal BY146-3 of the engine Service Guide
compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
for open circuit/high resistance. (ECM)".
h. Test if the resistance between harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminal BY190-42 of the ECM or harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
terminal BY146-3 of the engine compartment fuse "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
box and the ground is infinite.
i. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY190-42 of the ECM or harness connector
box and the power supply is infinite.
j. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the ECM or A/C relay:
b. Remove the A/C compressor relay.
the A/C compressor relay is between 80 ~ 90Ω.
If the resistance is not within the specified range,
replace the A/C compressor relay.
of the A/C compressor relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
compressor relay.
e. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal
85 of the A/C compressor relay and the 12V voltage.
1.0 563
P0689 a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

DTC Description disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
connector BY190 of the engine control module
and harness connector BY147 of the engine
ECM Main (Power) Relay Sense Circuit compartment fuse box.
P0689 17
Output Voltage Signal Fault
b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Subsystem Principle terminal BY147-1 of the engine compartment fuse
The ECM controls the operation of the main relay so as to box and harness connector terminal BY190-5 of the
control the operation of most on-board electrical appliances. ECM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and the engine runs.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Signal voltage is lower than 3V. box or harness connector terminal BY190-5 of the
Operations of ECU after Failure ECM and the ground is infinite.
DTC P0689 is a Category-5 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Conditions for Clearing DTCs for short to ground.
DTC P0689 is a Category-5 DTC. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY147-1 of the engine compartment fuse
• Related circuits failure. ECM and the power supply is infinite.
• Engine control module failure. for short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Engine Management System - 1.5L (1) and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Reference Connector End View Information • Yes → Go to Step 3;
BY190 and BY147 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Electrical Information 3. Test/replace the engine compartment fuse box or ECM:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the engine compartment fuse box or the
Diagnostic Test Steps engine control module.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: Service Guide
a. Check the harness connector BY190 of the engine • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
control module and the harness connector BY147 Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
of the engine compartment fuse box for looseness, (ECM)".
deformation, etc.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
1.0 564
P0700 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
DTC Description to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Transmission Control System Error-TCM
P0700 00 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Requests MIL On
"Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
Subsystem Principle
ECU monitors the information from various sensors, and
controls various systems influencing the vehicle performance.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and the engine runs.
TCU sends the signal of illuminating MIL lamp, and the failure
is reported after a delay of 2.5s since receipt of TCU request.
Failure Causes
• Transmission control module failure.
Possible Causes
1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, and check if DTC P0700 is a history DTC.
2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than DTC P0700
has been set.
If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
3. Check the appearance of ECM connectors and automatic

transmission ECU for damage or corrosion. Repair when
necessary.
4. Clear the history DTC P0700, and start the engine to
observe whether the DTC reappears.
If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM or

transmission control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
"Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
4AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
1.0 565
P0805 a. Check the harness connector BY190 of the engine

DTC Description control module and the harness connector BY208
and BYO43 of the clutch position sensor for
P0805 00 Clutch Position Sensor Circuit Error contamination, deformation, etc.
Subsystem Principle b. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
The clutch position sensor is fitted on the master cylinder to
detect the position of the clutch master cylinder piston and
clutch position signal for activating the functions such as start • Yes → Go to Step 3;
and stop, cruise, etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Running DTCs 3. Test related circuits:
The engine keeps running. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable.
P0805 00: b. Check if fuse F15 is blown.

• Incorrect DGI pulse counter is greater than 10. c. Disconnect the harness connector BY208 and
• Incorrect shutdown position counter is greater than 10. BYO43 of the clutch position sensor and harness
connector BY190 of the ECM.
P0805 is a Category-5 DTC.
of harness connectors BY208 and BYO43 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs clutch position sensor and terminals of harness
P0805 is a Category-5 DTC. connector BY190 of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
Possible Causes • Terminal BY208-2 and Terminal BY190-11
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal BY208-2 and Terminal BY190-22
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY208-4 and Terminal BY190-26

• Clutch position sensor failure. • Terminal BY043-1 and Terminal BY190-44
Engine Management System - 1.5L (6) e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
clutch position sensor or terminals of harness
BY208, BY190 and BY043 connector BY190 of the ECM and the ground is
infinite.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY208-4 and Terminal BY190-26
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal BY043-1 and Terminal BY190-44
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
b. Read "Clutch Pedal Position" to check whether
clutch position sensor or terminals of harness
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM; connector BY190 of the ECM and the power supply
• No → Go to Step 2. is infinite.
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY208-2 and Terminal BY190-11
1.0 566


4. Test/replace the clutch position sensor or ECM:

test/replace the clutch position sensor or the engine
control module.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 567
P1427, P1428, P1429 and P1479 Diagnostic Test Steps

Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To a. Check and visually observe the vacuum booster or
P1427 12
Battery vacuum pipe for leakage, damage, etc.
Brake Booster Pump Circuit Short To If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace
P1428 11
Ground relevant failure components.
P1429 13 Brake Booster Pump Circuit Open b. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
Brake Booster Pressure Sensor in "ON" position.
P1479 00 Circuit-Vacuum Chamber Pressure Read "Failure Occurrence - Brake Vacuum Sensor",
Irrational "Stop-Start - Insufficient Brake Vacuum", "Start-Stop
- Brake Vacuum Pressure" to check whether they
Subsystem Principle
are within the rational value range (refer to the
The operation of engine compartment fuse box is realized Appendix for rational value range).
through the opening/closing of relay controlled by ECM.
Perform the forced output of "Brake Vacuum Pump
Conditions for Running DTCs Relay" and observe brake vacuum pump for relevant
P1427 12 and P1479 13: Place the ignition switch in "ON" response or action.
position. • Yes→ Test/replace the main relay;
P1428 11 and P1429 00: Place the ignition switch in "OFF" • No → Go to Step 2.
position.
a. Check harness connector BY190 of ECM and harness
P1427 12, P1428 11 and P1429 00: None connector BY145 of engine compartment fuse box
P1479 13: for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• Pump works more than 0.1s.
• Pressure difference before and after the pump operation b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
is less than 5 ~ 20Hpa. check.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC P1427, P1428, P1429 and P1479 are Category-12 DTCs.
Possible Causes
disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
• Electronic vacuum pump failure. connector BY145 of the engine compartment fuse
• Engine control module failure. box and harness connector BY190 of the ECM.
Reference Information b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY190-54 of the ECM and harness
connector terminal BY145-15 of the engine
BY190 and BY145 for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Electrical Information c. Test if the resistance between harness connector

1.0 568



4. Test/replace the engine compartment fuse box or the

ECM:

test/replace the engine compartment fuse box or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
"Service Brake" - "Electronic Vacuum Pump".
1.0 569
P14A1, P14A2 and P14A3 b. Read "Starter Relay 1 State", "Stop-Start - Second
DTC Description Starter Relay Adhesion Failure", "Failure Occurrence
- Starter Relay Feedback", "Failure Occurrence -
Starter Relay 1" and "Stop-Start - Abnormal Second
Crank Relay R1 or Powertrain State Relay Starter Relay" to check whether they are within
P14A1 00
R2 Open Error the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
P14A2 00 Powertrain State Relay R2 Stick Error rational value range).
P14A3 00 Crank Relay R1 Stick Error • Yes → Test/replace the engine compartment fuse box
starter relay or ECM;
Circuit/System Description
ECM detects the starter control status in real time, and detects
the working conditions of starter relay through the starter 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
feedback voltage signal wire. a. Check harness connectors BY146 and BY148
Conditions for Running DTCs of engine compartment fuse box and harness
connector BY190 of ECM for looseness, poor
Engine is started.
Conditions for Setting DTCs deformation, etc.
P14A1 00: Start switch closed for a certain time, the engine b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
does not rotate (with battery voltage drop), which lasts for found in visual check.
0.5s.
P14A2 00: Starter feedback voltage signal wire is short to ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
ground, which lasts for 0.3s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P14A3 00: Starter feedback voltage signal wire is short to • Yes → Go to Step 3;
battery, which lasts for 5s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
P14A1, P14A2 and P14A3 are Category-5 DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs disconnect the battery negative cable.
P14A1, P14A2 and P14A3 are Category-5 DTCs. b. Disconnect harness connectors BY146 and BY148
Failure Causes of the engine compartment fuse box.
• Related circuits failure. c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
• Connector failure or poor fit. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Starter relay failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector

• Engine control module failure. terminal BY148-11 of the engine compartment fuse
box and the ground is the battery voltage.
Reference Connector End View Information disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
BY146, BY148 and BY190 connector BY190 of the ECM.
of harness connectors BY146 and BY148 of the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection engine compartment fuse box and terminals of
harness connector BY190 of the ECM is less than
5Ω.
in "ON" position. • Terminal BY148-5 and Terminal BY190-50
1.0 570

engine compartment fuse box or terminals of
harness connector BY190 of the ECM and the
ground is infinite.




4. Test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
Fuel Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 571
P14A6, P14A7, P14A8 and P14A9 Diagnostic Test Steps

Blocked Engine With Drop Of Battery a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
P14A6 00
Voltage in "ON" position.
P14A7 00 KL50R Wire Circuit Short To Ground b. Read "Starter Relay 1 State", "Stop-Start - Second
P14A8 00 KL50R Wire Circuit Short To Battery Starter Relay Adhesion Failure", "Failure Occurrence
- Starter Relay Feedback", "Failure Occurrence -
Blocked Engine Without Drop Of Battery Starter Relay 1" and "Stop-Start - Abnormal Second
P14A9 00
Voltage Starter Relay" to check whether they are within
ECM detects the starter control status in real time, and detects
the working conditions of starter relay through the starter • Yes → Test/replace the engine compartment fuse box
feedback voltage signal wire. starter relay or ECM;
Engine is started. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:

Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connectors BY146 and BY148
of engine compartment fuse box and harness
P14A6 00: Start switch closed for a certain time, the engine
connector BY190 of ECM for looseness, poor
does not rotate (with battery voltage drop), which lasts for
0.5s.
deformation, etc.
P14A7 00: Starter feedback voltage signal wire is short to
ground, which lasts for 0.3s.
P14A8 00: Starter feedback voltage signal wire is short to
battery, which lasts for 5s.
P14A9 00: Start switch closed for a certain time, the engine and confirm if there remains any DTC.
does not rotate (without battery voltage drop), which lasts for
0.5s.
P14A6, P14A7, P14A8 and P14A9 are Category-5 DTCs.
P14A6, P14A7, P14A8 and P14A9 are Category-5 DTCs.
b. Disconnect harness connectors BY146 and BY148
Failure Causes of the engine compartment fuse box.
• Connector failure or poor fit. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Starter relay failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Engine control module failure. terminal BY148-11 of the engine compartment fuse
Reference Information box and the ground is the battery voltage.
BY146, BY148 and BY190 connector BY190 of the ECM.
Reference Electrical Information f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
engine compartment fuse box and terminals of
1.0 572
harness connector BY190 of the ECM is less than
5Ω.


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
Fuel Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 573
P1511, P1512 and P1513 a. Check harness connector BY187 of battery sensor
DTC Description and harness connector BY027 of BCM for looseness,
deformation, etc.
Electrical Battery Sensor(EBS)-LIN
P1511 00 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Communication Load Ratio High
Electrical Battery Sensor(EBS) Or Battery
P1512 00 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Error
P1513 00 Battery Is Inconsistency
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Go to Step 2;
The electronic throttle is composed of the throttle actuator, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc.
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence 2. Test related circuits:
the opening of throttle through the drive mechanism; at the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
same time, the throttle can give a feedback signal indicating the disconnect the battery negative cable.
current position of the throttle to realize the throttle feedback
b. Disconnect harness connector BY187 of the battery
regulation.
sensor and harness connector BY027 of the BCM.
c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
P1511 00 and P1512 00: Place the ignition switch in "ON" terminal BY187-1 of the battery sensor and harness
position. connector terminal BY027-13 of the BCM is less
P1513 00: LIN diagnosis error zone bit. than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
None
Operations of ECU after Failure d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY187-1 of the battery sensor or harness
connector terminal BY027-13 of the BCM and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ground is infinite.
DTC P1511, P1512 and P1513 are Category-5 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Possible Causes for short to ground.
• Related circuits failure. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY187-1 of the battery sensor or harness
• Battery sensor failure.
• BCM failure.
Bus System - LIN(2) and confirm if there remains any DTC.
BY187 and BY027 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Electrical Information 3. Test/replace the battery sensor or BCM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs, try to
test/replace the battery sensor or BCM.
Service Guide
Control System - 1.5L" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1.0 574
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Power Supply and
Signal Distribution" "Low-voltage Battery and Battery
Management System" - "Battery Sensor".
to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
Control Module (BCM)".
1.0 575
P1523 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".

DTC Description If other module tests are normal, continue the
following inspection procedures.
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
P1523 00 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal
Subsystem Principle connector BY190 of the ECM and harness connector
Engine control module (ECM) communicates with the SDM via BY036 of the SDM.
the CAN bus, and the communication failure codes are used c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
to indicate the failure type of CAN communications. of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and
Conditions for Running DTCs terminals of harness connector BY190 of the
corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω.
Cut off the fuel when the signal from the SDM is received.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
DTC P1523 is a Category-5 DTC. of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and the
ground is infinite.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal BY190-1
• SDM failure.
Reference Information e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and the
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) power supply is infinite.
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal BY036-1 or Terminal BY190-17
BY190 and BY036 • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal BY190-1
Reference Electrical Information If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Diagnostic Test Steps ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: and confirm if there remains any DTC.
a. Check harness connector BY190 of ECM and • Yes → Go to Step 3;

harness connector BY036 of SDM for looseness, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
3. Test/replace the SDM or ECM:
deformation, etc.
test/replace the SDM or ECM.
Service Guide
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
and confirm if there remains any DTC. Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Safety and
• No → Diagnosis is completed. Protection" - "Airbag" - "Supplemental Restraint System
2. Test related circuits: Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)".
1.0 576
"Supplemental Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic
Module (SDM)".
1.0 577
P1541, P1542 and P1543 poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,

DTC Description deformation, etc.
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P1541 00 found in visual check.
Generator LIN Bus Communication Error
Generator Mechanical Error
P1543 00 Generator Electrical Error and confirm if there remains any DTC.
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc. 2. Test related circuits:
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence
the opening of throttle through the drive mechanism; at the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
same time, the throttle can give a feedback signal indicating disconnect the battery negative cable.
the current position of the throttle to realize the throttle b. Disconnect harness connector EM04 of the
feedback regulation. alternator and harness connector EM11 of ECM.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
P1541 00: none. terminal EM04-3 of the alternator and harness
P1542 00: Battery voltage is greater than 10V, which lasts for 5Ω.
120s.
P1543 00: LIN diagnosis error zone bit lasts for 120s. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Setting DTCs d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
None terminal EM04-3 of the alternator or harness
Operations of ECU after Failure connector terminal EM11-42 of the ECM and the
ground is infinite.
Possible Causes terminal EM04-3 of the alternator or harness
• Related circuits failure. connector terminal EM11-42 of the ECM and the
• Alternator failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Starting and Charging (1) - Ignition Switch & Alternator • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Reference Connector End View Information • No → Diagnosis is completed.
EM04 and EM11 3. Test/replace the alternator or ECM:
Reference Electrical Information If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs, try to
test/replace the alternator or ECM.
Service Guide
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
a. Check harness connector EM04 of alternator and (ECM)".
harness connector EM11 of ECM for looseness, • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
1.0 578
1.0 579
P1545 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
The Deviation Of Target Position And
34 Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Minimum with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P1545
The Deviation Of Target Position And a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
35 Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding in "ON" position.
Maximum b. Read "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Signal Voltage",
"Throttle Position Sensor 2 Signal Voltage", "Failure
Subsystem Principle
Occurrence - Throttle Position Sensor 2" and
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, "Failure Occurrence - Throttle Position Sensor 1"
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc. to check whether they are within the rational value
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
the opening of throttle through the drive mechanism; at the range).
same time, the throttle can give a feedback signal indicating
c. Perform the forced output of "Throttle Actuator"
the current position of the throttle to realize the throttle
and observe throttle actuator for relevant response
feedback regulation.
or action.
• Yes→ Test/replace the main relay;
P1545 34:
• Engine is running.
• Direction of PID controller is 0.
a. Check harness connector EM17 of electronic throttle
• DVE power drive stage is free of failure.
and harness connector EM11 of ECM for looseness,
P1545 35: poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
The duty ratio is greater than 79.9988%. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
DTC P1545 is a Category-13 DTC. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P1545 is a Category-13 DTC. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
• Connector failure or poor fit. electronic throttle and harness connector EM11 of
the ECM.
• Engine control module failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
and terminals of harness connector EM11 of the
Reference Circuit Information corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (2) • Terminal EM17-1 and Terminal EM11-23
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal EM17-4 and Terminal EM11-11
EM17 and EM11 • Terminal EM17-1 and Terminal EM11-35

1.0 580
• Terminal EM17-2 and Terminal EM11-22 Service Guide
(ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Intake and Exhaust System - 1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle".
for open circuit/high resistance. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector EM17 of the electronic throttle "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
or terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs, try to
test/replace the electronic throttle or ECM.
1.0 581
P1559, P1564 and P1579 • Engine control module failure.

DTC Description Reference Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
Idle Speed Control Throttle Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P1559 78
Position-Adaptation Error
Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low
Voltage During Adaptation
Idle Speed Control Throttle
P1579 00 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Position-Adaptation Not Started
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read "Throttle Self-learning" and "Stop and
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, Start-Throttle Self-learning not Completed" to check
throttle driver (DC motor) and throttle position sensor, etc. whether they are within the rational value range
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
the opening of throttle through the drive mechanism; at the
the current position of the throttle to realize the throttle • No → Go to Step 2.
feedback regulation. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and check if
Conditions for Running DTCs fuse EF16 is blown and check the electronic throttle for
P1559 78: carbon deposit or blockage.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If carbon deposit is found in the electronic throttle, clean
it.
• Self-learning is activated.
If internal stuck is found in the electronic throttle,
P1564 00 and P1579 00: Place the ignition switch in "ON"
repair/replace the electronic throttle.
position and the engine is not started.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Check with a scan tool:
P1559 78: Limp home position is less than 1.8006% or greater a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
than 13.0785%. "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
P1564 00:
b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
• The zone bit of ambient condition detection is 27.
tool: between 11 ~ 14V.
• The zone bit of successful self-learning is incorrect.
4. Component check: Check battery status.
• The zone bit of self-learning disabled is accurate.
If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
P1579 00: above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
• The zone bit of ambient condition detection is greater properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
than 0 and not equal to 27. between 10.6 ~ 15V, check the charging system.
• The zone bit of successful self-learning is incorrect. If the battery is normal, confirm if the "Battery Voltage",
• The zone bit of self-learning disabled is accurate. "Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery Voltage Over
Operations of ECU after Failure Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan tool are within
the range of 9 ～ 16V.
5. Check if the following throttle self-learning conditions
are met:
• Engine intake air temperature is above 5℃.
Possible Causes
• Engine coolant temperature is between 5℃ ～ 100℃.
• The engine speed is 0rpm.
• Low battery voltage.
• Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
• Mechanical failure.
• Accelerator pedal opening is 0.
1.0 582
If any of the throttle self-learning conditions cannot be
met, test or repair the relevant failure first.
6. After DTCs are read and cleared, place the ignition switch
in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the electronic
throttle, and then gently depress the accelerator pedal
for several times to confirm the DTC for reappearance.
If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
(ECM)".
Intake and Exhaust System-1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle
Self-learning- UAES System".
1.0 583

DTC Description 1. Generally, for the vehicles which have been sold and
DTC FTB Failure Description successfully matched with an immobilizer, this failure may
not occur, unless the newly replaced has no code written
Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And
P1610 51 in or hasn't learnt the CipheKey from the body control
Security Pin Not Programmed
module. (Learn the CipherKey from on condition that
Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton and share a same code. Otherwise, the engine cannot be
P1613 06
Challenge Period Expired started. Low battery voltage, low remote key power,
Immobilizer Status-Authentication Error sudden disappearance of the instrument pack power
05
Response Received supply or ground may lead to DTC setting. Confirm the
P1614 following items:
Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between
06
Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK • Battery cable shall be clean and secure, and the battery
shall be fully charged. Please refer to Refit and Remove
Subsystem Principle
Manual "General Information" - "Electrical Precautions".
When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, the engine
• When the alarm lamp of low remote key power is normally
control module communicates with the body control module
on, replace the battery, refer to "Display and Instrument"
via the CAN HS bus for mutual information verification,
- "Low Remote Key Power".
when passing the verification, BCM will allow the operation
of starter motor; ECM will control ignition and fuel injection • ECM ground circuit is open circuit or has a high resistance.
when the key is turned for requesting start, and the engine
• ECM power supply is open circuit, short to ground or has
will be started. If the BCM cannot receive the verification
a high resistance.
information from the ECM, the starter motor will not work,
and the engine will not start. 2. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
position, and confirm that no DTC other than DTC
P1610, P1613 and P1614 has been set.
If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
3. Check if the immobilizer is configured, and if there's any
P1610 51: ECM does not match with immobiliser.
aftermarket add-on equipment may affect the operation
P1613 06: Authentication response from immobiliser is not of the immobilizer system.
received.
If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
P1614 05 and P1614 06: Wrong immobiliser identification
4. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
response is received.
for any obvious damages or failures of the immobilizer
Operations of ECU after Failure system.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTC. 5. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position and clear the
DTC information with a scan tool. And set and match
the immobilizer system.
6. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTC. that DTC P1610, P1613 and P1614 are not set.
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs. 7. If the DTC has been reset, set and programme the
Possible Causes immobiliser system after the ECM is replaced.
Service Guide
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
• BCM failure.
(ECM)".
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
Reference Information "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
Reference Electrical Information • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
1.0 584
Control Module".
1.0 585
P1683 and U0151 for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,

DTC Description contamination, deformation, etc.
Invalid Data Received From Sensing
Diagnostic Module
Lost Communication with Sensing
U0151 87 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Diagnostic Module (SDM)
Subsystem Principle
ECM communicates with SDM via the CAN bus.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, or run the engine. disconnect the battery negative cable, and then
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect harness connector BY190 of the ECM
and harness connector BY036 of the SDM.
P1683 81: The DTC will be set if the signal transmitted from
airbag to ECU is unreasonable within 2 driving cycles. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY190 of the ECM and
U0151 87: The DTC will be set if the specified data frames
terminals of harness connector BY036 of the SDM is
sent from supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic
less than 5Ω.
module (SDM) cannot be received within given time.
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
DTC P1683 is a Category-12 DTC. of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC.
ground is infinite.
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal BY036-1
times.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. for short to ground.
• SDM failure. of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
• Engine control module failure. of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and the
Reference Information power supply is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal BY036-1
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) • Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal BY036-2
BY036 and BY190
Reference Electrical Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
3. Test/replace the ECM or SDM:
a. Check the harness connector BY190 of the ECM
and the harness connector BY036 of the SDM
test/replace the engine control module or SDM.
1.0 586
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Supplemental Restraint System
Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)".
(ECM)".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 587
P2101 and P2106 P2101 28:

DTC Description • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not
DTC FTB Failure Description start the engine.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor • Electronic throttle self-learning is activated.
26 Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center • Electronic throttle initial self-learning is not completed.
P2101 74:
Throttle Actuator Control Motor
28 • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not
Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center
P2101 start the engine.
• Engine speed is less than or equal to 250 rpm.
29 • Engine coolant temperature is higher than or equal to
Circuit-Throttle Position Deviation Failure
5.3℃.
74 • Intake air temperature is higher than or equal to 5.3℃.
• Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
00
Circuit-Load Monitoring Error P2106: Engine is Running.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Conditions for Setting DTCs

12
Short P2101 28 and P2101 26:
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit • Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is
P2106 13
Open below 0.2124V or above 0.8655V.
29
Irrational below 4.1418V or above 4.8413V.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit P2101 29: The comparison between throttle opening and
4B
Overheated or Overcurrent calculation value depends on the change of throttle opening
set point.
Subsystem Principle
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence P2101 74:
the opening of throttle through drive mechanism. The two • Opening time is more than 0.56s.
potentiometers function as position sensors which are fitted • Test threshold value is 3%.
in reverse phase. When the position of the throttle changes,
the two resistances vary linearly, one increases and the other P2106 00: Internal logic and checksum error.
decreases. When a +5V voltage is added, the position of the P2106 12, P2106 4B, P2106 13 and P2106 29: DVE power drive
sensor will be transformed into a voltage output which varies stage signal error.
with the resistance value.
These two potentiometers along with two potentiometers on
DTC P2101 26 is a Category-3 DTC.
the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the stroke
of the accelerator pedal form part of the whole electronic DTC P2101 28, P2101 29 and P2101 74 are Category-13
throttle control system monitoring function, which can provide DTCs.
the redundancy protection expected by the system control. DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC.
Conditions for Running DTCs Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P2101 29: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do DTC P2101 26 is a Category-3 DTC.
not start the engine.
P2101 26:
DTC P2101 28, P2101 29 and P2101 74 are Category-13
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not DTCs.
start the engine.
• Electronic throttle self-learning is activated.
Possible Causes
• Electronic throttle initial self-learning is completed.
• Mechanical failure.
1.0 588
• Electronic throttle body failure. • Terminal EM17-1 or Terminal EM11-23
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal EM17-1 or Terminal EM11-35
Diagnostic Test Steps for short to ground.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: of harness connector EM17 of the electronic throttle
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch or terminals of harness connector EM11 of the ECM
in "ON" position. and the power supply is infinite.
b. Read "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Signal Voltage" and • Terminal EM17-1 or Terminal EM11-35
"Throttle Position Sensor 2 Signal Voltage" to check • Terminal EM17-4 or Terminal EM11-36
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
c. Perform the forced output of "Throttle Actuator" • Terminal EM17-4 or Terminal EM11-11
and observe the throttle for relevant response or If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
action. for short to battery.
• Yes → Go to Step 4; f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• No → Go to Step 2. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and check the
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blockage. • Yes → Go to Step 5;
If carbon deposit is found in the electronic throttle, clean • No → Diagnosis is completed.

it. 4. After DTCs are read and cleared, place the ignition switch
If internal stuck is found in the electronic throttle, check in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the electronic
the electronic throttle. throttle, and then gently depress the accelerator pedal
disconnect the battery negative cable. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM17 of electronic Service Guide
throttle and harness connector EM11 of ECM. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
of harness connector EM17 of the electronic throttle (ECM)".
and terminals of harness connector EM11 of the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
corresponding ECM is less than 5Ω. Intake and Exhaust System - 1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle".
Intake and Exhaust System - 1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle
Self-Learning - UAES System".
• Terminal EM17-1 and Terminal EM11-35 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal EM17-4 and Terminal EM11-36 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
1.0 589
P300B • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine

DTC Description Intake and Exhaust System - 1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle
Self-Learning - UAES System".
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit
Intake and Exhaust System - 1.5L" - "Electronic Throttle".
Subsystem Principle • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
The potentiometers of the electronic throttle along with the to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
two potentiometers fitted on the accelerator pedal module "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
used for monitoring the stroke of accelerator pedal, form
the part of the whole electronic throttle control system
monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy
protection expected by system control.
2s after the engine runs.
Difference between the 1st layer required torque and the
allowable torque is greater than 0, which lasts for 600s.
DTC P300B is a Category-6 DTC.
Possible Causes
• Electronic throttle unmatched or self-learning error.

1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
that no DTC other than DTC P300B has been set.
2. Check if DTC P300B is a history DTC.

3. If only DTC P300B is set, match the ECM with the throttle
actuator and perform throttle actuator self-learning.
4. Clear the history DTC P300B.
5. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appears again.
6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 590
U0073 a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
DTC Description disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector BY190 of the ECM.
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Subsystem Principle terminals of harness connector BY087 of the
ECM communicates with other control modules via the CAN corresponding DLC is less than 5Ω.
bus. • Terminal BY190-1 and Terminal BY087-6
Conditions for Running DTCs • Terminal BY190-17 and Terminal BY087-14
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine.
Conditions for Setting DTCs for open circuit/high resistance.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. of harness connector BY087 of the DLC and the
Operations of ECU after Failure ground is infinite.
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC. • Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal BY087-6

Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal BY087-14
"Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Related circuits failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY087 of the DLC and the
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3)
BY087 and BY190
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection and confirm if there remains any DTC.
a. Check harness connector BY190 of ECM for
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
contamination, deformation, etc. test/replace the ECM.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts Service Guide
found in visual check. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module".
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
and confirm if there remains any DTC. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
1.0 591
U0101 • Yes → Go to Step 2;

DTC Description • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Lost Communication with transmission
U0101 87 a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Control Module (TCM)
Subsystem Principle connector BY190 of the ECM and harness connector
GB006 of the automatic transmission control
ECM communicates with the automatic transmission control
module.
module via the CAN bus.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. terminals of harness connector GB006 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs automatic transmission control module is less than
5Ω.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from
transmission control module (TCM) cannot received within • Terminal BY190-17 and Terminal GB006-7
the given time.
• Terminal BY190-1 and Terminal GB006-17
DTC U0101 is a Category-3 DTC. for open circuit/high resistance.
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
times. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
Possible Causes transmission control module and the ground is
infinite.
• Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal GB006-7
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal GB006-17
Reference Information for short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
Reference Connector End View Information transmission control module and the power supply
is infinite.
GB006 and BY190
Diagnostic Test Steps for short to battery.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check harness connector BY190 of ECM and ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
harness connector GB006 of automatic transmission and confirm if there remains any DTC.
control module for looseness, poor contact,
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 3. Test/replace the ECM or the automatic transmission
found in visual check. control module:
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again test/replace the ECM or automatic transmission control
and confirm if there remains any DTC. module.
1.0 592
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Transmission/
Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission - 4AT" -
"Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
(ECM)".
1.0 593

Lost Communication with Steering Angle
U0126 87 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
Sensor Module (SAS)
If other module tests are normal, continue the
Subsystem Principle following inspection procedures.
ECM communicates with electric power steering (EPS) control b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
module via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY190 of the ECM and harness connector
FC005 of the EPS control module.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from EPS terminals of harness connector FC005 of the EPS
control module cannot received within the given time. control module is less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY190-17 and Terminal FC005-7
• Terminal BY190-1 and Terminal FC005-8
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive for open circuit/high resistance.
times.
Failure Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector FC005 of the EPS control
• Connector failure or poor fit. module and the ground is infinite.
• Electric power steering system failure. • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal FC005-7
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal FC005-8
Reference Circuit Information for short to ground.
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector FC005 of the EPS control
BY190 and FC005 module and the power supply is infinite.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal FC005-7
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal FC005-8
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: for short to battery.
a. Check harness connector FC005 of EPS control f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
module and harness connector BY190 of ECM for ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
contamination, deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • No → Diagnosis is completed.
3. Test/replace the EPS control module or ECM:
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
and confirm if there remains any DTC. test/replace the EPS control module or ECM.
1.0 594
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
"Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
Protection" - "Engine Control Module" - "Engine Control
Module (ECM)".
"Electric Power Steering (EPS) Module".
1.0 595

DTC FTB Failure Description 2. Test related circuits:
Lost Communication With Brake System a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of Power HS CAN
U0129 87
Control Module(BS) Network". If other module tests are normal,
Subsystem Principle continue the following inspection procedures.
ECM communicates with brake system control module via the b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
BY200 of the body stability control system.
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector BY190 of the ECM and
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from anti-lock terminals of harness connector BY200 of the body
brake system (ABS) cannot received within the given time. stability control system is less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY190-17 and Terminal BY200-14
DTC U0129 is a Category-3 DTC. • Terminal BY190-1 and Terminal BY200-26

Conditions for Clearing DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive
times. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Failure Causes of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY200 of the body stability
• Related circuits failure. control system and the ground is infinite.
• Body stability control system failure.
Bus System and DLC (3) of harness connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals
Reference Connector End View Information of harness connector BY200 of the body stability
control system and the power supply is infinite.
BY190 and BY200
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check harness connector BY200 of the body
stability control system and harness connector
BY190 of the ECM for looseness, poor contact, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
etc.
3. Test/replace the body stability control system or ECM:
test/replace the body stability control system or ECM.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the Service Guide
"Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
1.0 596
Protection" - "Engine Control Module" - "Engine Control
Module (ECM)".
"Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
1.0 597
U0140 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

Lost Communication with Body Control
U0140 87
Module (BCM) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle 2. Check related circuits (MT):
ECM communicates with BCM via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable and the
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. terminal of harness connector BY190 of the ECM.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector BY190 of the ECM and
terminals of harness connector BY027 of the BCM
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from body
is less than 5Ω.
control module (BCM) cannot be received within given time.
Apply the default value. • Terminal BY190-17 and Terminal BY027-52
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100
consecutive times. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
of harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
cycles.
ground is infinite.
Possible Causes
• BCM failure.
e. Connect the battery negative cable and test if the
voltage between the following terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Bus System and DLC (2) connector BY027 of the BCM and the ground is
between 2V ~ 3V.
BY190 and BY027
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for short to battery.
Diagnostic Test Steps f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
a. Check harness connector BY190 of ECM and
harness connector BY027 of BCM for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the BCM or ECM:
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
found in visual check. test/replace the BCM or ECM.
1.0 598
Service Guide
(ECM)".
"Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1.0 599
U0155 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

DTC Description found in visual check.
DTC FTB Failure Description c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Lost Communication with Instrument Pack
(IPK)
• Yes → Go to Step 2 or 3;
Subsystem Principle
ECM communicates with the instrument pack via the CAN bus.
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. following inspection procedures.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs the terminals of harness connector BY190 of the
ECM and terminals of harness connector FC006 of
the instrument pack.
instrument pack (IPK) cannot be received within the given
time. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
Apply the default value. instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY190-1 and Terminal FC006-26
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY190-17 and Terminal FC006-27
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector FC006 of the instrument pack
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the ground is infinite.
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal FC006-27
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
Reference Connector End View Information ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
BY190 and FC006 connector BY190 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector FC006 of the instrument pack and the
ground is between 2V ~ 3V.
• Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal FC006-26
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the instrument for short to battery.
pack and harness connector BY190 of the ECM f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
contamination, deformation, etc. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 600
3. Test/replace the ECM or the instrument pack:

test/replace the ECM or instrument pack.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driver Information
and Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" -
"Instrument Pack".
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 601
DTC Troubleshooting ECM-1.0T
ECM-1.0T Driving cycle has such two types as running cycle and warm-up
DTC Category cycle.
DTC Category • Running cycle: One running cycle includes engine startup,
There are 11 DTC categories in total used in this project, running working condition (vehicle failure, if any, shall be
which have been defined by system uniformly. DTC categories detected) and engine shutdown.
include: Category-2 DTC, Category-3 DTC, Category-4 • Warm-up cycle: Refers to full running of the vehicle,
DTC, Category-5 DTC, Category-6 DTC, Category-7 DTC, allowing engine coolant temperature at least 22K higher
Category-11 DTC, Category-12 DTC, Category-13 DTC, than that of startup, which reaches at least 343K (70℃).
Category-36 DTC and Category-39 DTC.


• For the misfire related failures, the failure category of the failure diagnostic path is
usually defined as Category-2.
• For misfire failure resulting in catalyst damage, flash MIL lamp at once to remind the
driver.
• For misfire failure resulting in deteriorative discharge, if such misfire failure is fully
detected to the same extent in 3 consecutive driving cycles, turn on MIL lamp.

Category-2 DTC
• If failure cannot be confirmed within 40 driving cycles and does not disappear, its
• If the failure disappears before confirmation and will not appear again within 40 driving
cycles, the failure information will be deleted from failure memory.
cycles.
• Priority is 20 (the lower the value, the higher the priority).
after confirmation. If the failure is not detected during full detection within 3 driving
cycles, then failure shall be repaired.


cycles.
• Priority is 30.
1.0 602
ECM-1.0T DTC Troubleshooting

• Turn on MIL lamp after failure occurring for 250ms.
Category-4 DTC
cycles.
• Priority is 30.

cycles.
• Priority is 40.

Category-6 DTC
1.0 603

cycles.
• Priority is 50.


cycles.
• Priority is 50.

cycles.
• Priority is 20.
• SVS lamp will not illumine after failure confirmation, and the failure will disappear
1.0 604

cycles.
• Priority is 50.
confirmation and be repaired after 120ms, and SVS lamp will go out.

cycles.
• Priority is 30.
confirmation and be repaired after 4 driving cycles, and SVS lamp will go out.

Category-36 DTC • Scan tools are readable, and lamp does not illuminate.
• It requires to run 20 driving cycles to delete failure from memory.
1.0 605


Category-39 DTC • General scan tools are readable, and lamp does not illuminate.
• Failure will be deleted from failure memory through time trigger after it disappears.
*remarks:
• MIL lamp: Engine Emission Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate emission failures
which have effect on engine performance and emission.
• SVS lamp: Engine Malfunction Indicator Lamp, which is used to indicate the failures which are detected
by the engine management system and the failures have serious effect on engine performance.
1.0 606
DTC List
List
DTC
Category
P000A 26 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Slow) OFF 5
P000A 29 Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation Failure(Stuck) OFF 5
P000B 26 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Slow) OFF 5
P000B 29 Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation Failure(Stuck) OFF 5
P0016 76 ON 3
Refit Failure
P0016 78 ON 3
Position Runout
P0017 76 ON 3
Refit Failure
P0017 78 ON 3
Position Runout
Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake Camshaft Deadlock Position Operation
P0026 77 OFF 5
Irrational
Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust Camshaft Deadlock Position
P0027 77 OFF 5
Operation Irrational
P0030 13 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ON 3
P0031 11 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0032 12 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0033 13 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Open ON 3
P0034 11 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0035 12 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0036 13 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Open ON 3
P0037 11 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0038 12 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0053 1B Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ON 3
P0054 1B Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Resistance Irrational ON 3
Ambient Pressure And Turbocharger Inlet Pressure Correlation-Ambient
P006D 17 ON 3
Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery
Ambient Pressure And Turbocharger Inlet Pressure Correlation-Ambient
P006D 16 ON 3
Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground
P0075 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ON 3
P0076 11 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0077 12 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0078 13 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open ON 3
P0079 11 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0080 12 Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
1.0 607
DTC
Category
P0087 84 High Pressure Fuel Rail Low Pressure ON 3
P0087 00 High Pressure Fuel Supply PID Control Large Deviation ON 3
P0088 85 High Pressure Fuel Rail High Pressure ON 3
P0088 00 High Pressure Fuel Supply PID Control Small Deviation ON 3
P0090 12 Fuel Pressure Regulator Flow Control Valve Control Circuit Short ON 13
P0097 16 Intake Air Pressure And Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0098 17 Intake Air Pressure And Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0100 13 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Open ON 3
P0100 00 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Heater Drive Failure ON 3
P0101 24 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Exceeding Upper Limit Of Rational Range ON 3
P0101 23 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Exceeding Lower Limit Of Rational Range ON 3
P0102 16 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0103 17 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0105 2A Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Unchanged ON 3
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Higher Than
P0106 22 ON 3
Threshold
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Lower Than
P0106 21 ON 3
Threshold
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Higher Than
P0106 85 ON 3
Rational Range
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Lower Than Rational
P0106 84 ON 3
Range
P0107 16 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0108 17 Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0112 16 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0113 17 Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0116 29 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0117 16 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0118 17 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0122 11 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 13
P0123 12 Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 13
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ON 3
P0131 16 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0132 17 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0133 26 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Aged ON 3
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response-Sensor Bilateral Aged
P0133 25 ON 3
1.0 608
DTC
Category
P0134 26 ON 3
Remains Rich
P0134 25 ON 3
Remains Lean
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open ON 3
P0137 16 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0138 17 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0139 23 ON 3
Aged-Signal Remains Rich
P0139 24 ON 3
Aged-Signal Remains Lean
P0169 29 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Operating Mode ON 13
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Air Charge
P0169 61 ON 13
Comparison
P0169 64 Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Air Mixture ON 13
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Fuel Supply
P0169 92 ON 13
Mode
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Fuel Cut-Off
P0169 93 ON 13
Mode
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit Monitoring Failure-Air Charge
P0169 94 ON 13
Predication
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Multiplication Self-Learning
P0171 00 ON 11
Exceeding Upper Limit
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Addition Self-Learning Exceeding
P0171 27 ON 11
Upper Limit
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Multiplication Self-Learning
P0172 00 ON 11
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Addition Self-Learning Exceeding
P0172 26 ON 11
Lower Limit
P0191 22 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal Exceeding Threshold ON 3
P0192 16 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0193 17 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition OFF 5
P0222 11 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 13
P0223 12 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 13
P0234 00 Turbocharger Overboost Condition ON 3
1.0 609
DTC
Category
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Less Than
P0236 21 ON 3
Threshold
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Greater Than
P0236 22 ON 3
Threshold
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Less Than
P0236 23 ON 3
Lower Limit Of Rational Range
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit-Boost Pressure Greater Than
P0236 24 ON 3
Upper Limit Of Rational Range
P0237 16 Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0238 17 Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0243 13 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Open ON 3
P0245 11 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0246 12 Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0251 11 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Positive Circuit Short To Ground ON 13
P0251 13 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Positive Circuit Open ON 13
P0252 12 Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Positive Circuit Short To Battery ON 13
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Negative Circuit Short To
P0253 11 ON 13
Ground
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Negative Circuit Short To
P0254 12 ON 13
Battery
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open ON 13
P025C 11 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Ground ON 13
P025D 12 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0263 00 Injector Control Circuit Contribution/Balance-Cylinder 1 Boost Time Out ON 13
P0299 00 Turbocharger Underboost OFF 5
ON or
P0300 00 Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Cylinder 2
Blink
ON or
P0301 00 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1 2
Blink
ON or
Blink
1.0 610
DTC
Category
ON or
Blink
P0321 00 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor Signal Fluctuation ON 3
P0322 00 Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft Speed Sensor No Signal ON 3
P0325 17 Knock Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0325 16 Knock Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0327 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0327 14 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0328 00 Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0328 15 Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
Crankshaft Position Sensor DGI Signal Error/Engine Shutdown Position
P0336 00 OFF 5
Error/DGI Signal Reverse Pulse Length Irrational
P0341 00 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0342 00 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0343 00 Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0351 13 Ignition Coil Primary Circuit Open-Cylinder 1 ON 3
P0366 00 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P0367 00 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0368 00 Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0420 00 Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged ON 3
P0444 13 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open ON 3
P0458 11 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Ground ON 3
P0459 12 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Short To Battery ON 3
P0480 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (Low Speed) OFF 5
P0481 13 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Open (High Speed) OFF 5
P0500 22 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Vehicle Speed Exceeding Maximum Range ON 3
P0500 26 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Vehicle Speed Value In Sticking State ON 3
Vehicle Speed Sensor-Irrational Vehicle Speed Detection Value Under Fuel
P0500 23 ON 3
Cut-Off Condition
Vehicle Speed Sensor-Irrational Vehicle Speed Detection Value Under Fuel
P0500 2F ON 3
Supply Condition
P0504 62 Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake Signal Unsynchronised OFF 12
P0506 00 Idle Speed Control System Lower Than Expected OFF 5
P0507 00 Idle Speed Control System Higher Than Expected OFF 5
P0522 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0523 00 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
1.0 611
DTC
Category
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational OFF 5
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low OFF 5
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High OFF 5
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Open OFF 5
P0598 11 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0599 12 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P0600 00 TLE8888 Chip Communication Error ON 13
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration DID_C050
P0601 00 OFF 6
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration EEPROM Checksum
P0601 43 OFF 6
Calculation Failure(Read Error)
Internal Control Module Error-Offline Configuration EEPROM Checksum
P0601 49 OFF 6
Calculation Failure(Write Error)
P0606 64 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Zero Test Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 97 ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Given Voltage Test Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 47 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Feedback Error ON 3
P0606 29 ECM Processor Error-Layer 1 Safe Fuel Cut-Off Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 93 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Safe Fuel Cut-Off Monitoring Error ON 3
P0606 63 ECM Processor Error-Stop/Start Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 44 ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque Monitoring Error ON 13
P0606 65 ECM Processor Error-Ignition Angle Signal, Harness Or ECU Error ON 13
P0606 17 ECM Processor Error-5V Overvoltage Monitoring Error ON 3
P0606 16 ECM Processor Error-5V Undervoltage Monitoring Error ON 3
P0606 49 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Module Inquiry Error ON 13
P0606 48 ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Fault Response Error ON 13
P0606 91 ECM Processor Error-Throttle Driver Off Caused By Overvoltage ON 13
P0606 42 ECM Processor Error-Software Reset Type 1 ON 3
P0606 45 ECM Processor Error-Software Reset Type 2 ON 3
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open OFF 5
P0616 11 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0617 12 Starter Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
Layer 2 Monitoring Failure-Throttle Actuator Controller-Accelerator Pedal
P061F 62 ON 13
Signal Rationality
P061F 64 Layer 2 Monitoring Failure-Throttle Actuator Controller-Engine Speed ON 13
P0630 00 OFF 6
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Air Conditioning Compressor Chip
P0634 91 OFF 5
Overtemperature
1.0 612
DTC
Category
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Thermostat Drive Chip
P0634 98 OFF 5
Overtemperature
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Cooling Fan Drive Chip
P0634 4B OFF 5
Overtemperature(Low Speed)
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Cooling Fan Drive Chip
P0634 49 OFF 5
P0634 48 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-5V Voltage Overtemperature Failure ON 13
P0634 00 ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Drive Chip Overtemperature ON 13
P0641 00 Sensor Reference Voltage“A”Circuit-5V1 Voltage Failure ON 13
P0645 13 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Open OFF 5
P0646 11 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0647 12 Air Conditioning Compressor Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P0651 00 Sensor Reference Voltage“B”Circuit-5V2 Voltage Failure ON 13
P0659 00 Actuator Supply Voltage“A”Circuit-Chip Overvoltage ON 13
P0686 00 Ecm Power Relay Sense Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 6
P0690 00 Ecm Power Relay Sense Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P0691 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground(Low Speed) OFF 5
P0692 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (Low Speed) OFF 5
P0693 11 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Ground(High Speed) OFF 5
P0694 12 Cooling Fan Relay Control Circuit Short To Battery (High Speed) OFF 5
P06DA 13 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Open OFF 5
P06DB 11 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P06DC 12 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
P0851 11 Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Short To Ground OFF 5
P0852 12 Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Short To Battery OFF 5
ON or
P130A 00 Cylinder Selective Fuel Cut-Off Active Due To Catalyst Damaging Misfire 2
Blink
P1386 00 Diagnostic Fault Check Knock Control Signal Evaluation ON 3
P1523 81 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal OFF 12
P1545 35 ON 13
Maximum
P1545 34 ON 13
Minimum
P1559 78 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Error OFF 6
P1564 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low Voltage During Adaptation OFF 6
P1579 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Adaptation Not Started OFF 6
P1610 51 Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And Security Pin Not Programmed OFF 6
P1613 06 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Challenge Period Expired OFF 6
1.0 613
DTC
Category
P1614 05 Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton Between Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK OFF 6
P1683 81 Invalid Data Received From Sensing Diagnostic Module OFF 12
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Return Spring Check Minimum
P2101 72 OFF 6
Error
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Return Spring Check Maximum
P2101 74 ON 13
Error
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Opening Spring Check Maximum
P2101 22 ON 13
Error
Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit-Opening Spring Check Minimum
P2101 21 ON 13
Error
P2101 28 ON 13
P2101 26 ON 3
P2106 12 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Short ON 13
P2106 4B Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Overheated or Overcurrent ON 13
P2106 29 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Irrational ON 13
P2106 13 Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Open ON 13
P2140 29 Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage Correlation ON 13
P2146 15 Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 ON 13
P2146 14 Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Short To Ground-Cylinder 1 ON 13
P2146 00 Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Short-Cylinder 1 ON 13
Positive Deviation Between Ambient Pressure Value and Rationality Value
P2226 24 ON 3
Greater than Threshold
Negative Deviation Between Ambient Pressure Value and Rationality Value
P2226 23 ON 3
Greater than Threshold
P2227 22 Ambient Pressure Value Exceeding Maximum Threshold ON 3
P2227 21 Ambient Pressure Value Below Minimum Threshold ON 3
P2261 00 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Error ON 3
1.0 614
DTC
Category
Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Maximum
P2620 85 ON 13
Failure
Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Minimum
P2620 84 ON 13
Failure
Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Irrational
P2620 86 ON 13
Failure
Throttle Position Output Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip Signal
P2620 81 ON 13
Failure
P2A00 00 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P2A01 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit Signal Irrational ON 3
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit OFF 6
P304B 00 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Characteristic Rationality Check Positive Offset ON 3
P304C 00 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Characteristic Rationality Check Negative Offset ON 3
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ON 3
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) ON 3
U0129 87 Lost Communication With Brake System Control Module(BS) ON 3
U0301 62 Software Incompatibility with Engine Control Module(ECM) OFF 5
*Remarks:
MIL indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the confirmation state
during the running.
1.0 615
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • The measured angle variation of camshaft is less than
P000A and P0026 2KW, which lasts for 3s, and the failure counter is not
DTC Description less than 6.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0026 77: Difference between the intake VVT real angle and
default angle (at starting moment) is greater than 15KW.
Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation
26 Operations of ECU after Failure
Failure(Slow)
P000A
Variable Valve Timing-Intake Operation DTC P000A and P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
29
Failure(Stuck) Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Intake Valve Control Circuit-Intake DTC P000A and P0026 are Category-5 DTCs.
Possible Causes
Irrational
Subsystem Principle
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according • VVT valve (intake) failure.
to the input information such as crankshaft position to control
the intake camshaft solenoid valve. Power is supplied by the
power supply through the main relay. The solenoid valve Reference Information
control of camshaft position actuator is used to apply oil Reference Circuit Information
pressure so as to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. By
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2)
monitoring the information of crankshaft position sensor and
intake camshaft position sensor, ECM provides driver PWM Reference Connector End View Information
signals to the solenoid valve according to the information so EM114 and EM102
that the timing control requirements of the intake camshaft
can be met. Reference Electrical Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P000A 26 and P000A 29: Diagnostic Test Steps

• Engine speed is less than 6,480rpm. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Oil temperature is between -10 ~ 120℃. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Coolant temperature is between -10 ~ 120℃. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• Operation time after start-up depends on different in "ON" position.
starting water temperature. b. Read "VCT Intake Actuator Ready" to check
P0026 77: whether it is within the rational value range (refer
• Start-up is completed within 2s.
c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Intake Actuator"
• Self-learnings of crankshaft and camshaft have completed.
and observe VCT valve for relevant response or
• Engine is running. action.
P000A 26:
• Deviation between actual value and target value is greater
than or equal to 8KW, and the failure lasts for 2s.
• The measured angle variation of camshaft is greater than a. Check harness connector EM114 of VCT valve and
2KW, which lasts for 3s, and the failure counter is not harness connector EM102 of ECM for looseness,
less than 6. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
P000A 29:
1.0 616
Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
• Yes → Go to Step 3; (ECM)".
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Mechanical System - 1.0T" - "Camshaft Phase Adjustment
Solenoid Valve".
b. Disconnect the intake VCT valve harness connector "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
EM114.
connector EM102 of ECM.
connector terminal EM102-50 of the ECM is less
than 5Ω.
ground is infinite.
4. Test/replace the VCT valve or the ECM:
1.0 617
P000B and P0027 P0027 77: Difference between the exhaust VVT real angle and
DTC Description default angle (at starting moment) is greater than 15KW.
Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation DTC P000B and P0027 are Category-5 DTCs.
26
Failure(Slow) Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P000B
Variable Valve Timing-Exhaust Operation DTC P000B and P0027 are Category-5 DTCs.
29
Failure(Stuck)
Possible Causes
Exhaust Valve Control Circuit-Exhaust
Irrational • Connector failure or poor fit.
• VVT valve (exhaust) failure.
Subsystem Principle
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according Reference Information
to the input information such as crankshaft position and so
on to control the exhaust camshaft solenoid valve. Power is Reference Circuit Information
supplied by the power supply through the main relay. The Engine Management System - 1.0T (2)
solenoid valve control of the camshaft position actuator is
used to apply the oil pressure so as to advance or delay
the camshaft oil flow. ECM monitors the information of the EM116 and EM102
crankshaft position sensor and exhaust camshaft position
sensor, providing drive-type PWM signals for the solenoid
valve according to the information so that the timing control Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
requirements of the exhaust camshaft can be met. Diagnostic Test Steps
P000B 26 and P000B 29: with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Engine speed is less than 6,480rpm. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• Oil temperature is between -10 ~ 120℃. in "ON" position.
• Coolant temperature is between -10 ~ 120℃. b. Read "VCT Exhaust Actuator Ready" to check
• Operation time after start-up depends on different whether it is within the rational value range (refer
starting water temperature. to the Appendix for rational value range).
P0027 77:
Actuator" and observe VCT valve for relevant
• Start-up is completed within 2s. response or action.
• Self-learnings of crankshaft and camshaft have completed. • Yes → Test/replace the VCT valve or ECM;
P000B 26:
a. Check harness connector EM116 of VCT valve and
harness connector EM102 of ECM for looseness,
• The measured angle variation of camshaft is greater than poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
2KW, which lasts for 3s, and the failure counter is not deformation, etc.
less than 6.
P000B 29: found in visual check.
• Deviation between actual value and target value is greater c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
than 8KW, and the failure lasts for 2s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• The measured angle variation of camshaft is less than and confirm if there remains any DTC.
2KW, which lasts for 3s, and the failure counter is not • Yes → Go to Step 3;
less than 6.
1.0 618
3. Test related circuits: • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Mechanical System - 1.0T" - "Camshaft Phase Adjustment
Solenoid Valve".
b. Disconnect the VCT valve harness connector
EM116.
"Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
5Ω.
ground is infinite.
4. Test/replace the VCT valve or ECM:
Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 619

DTC Description
Correlation-Intake Camshaft Refit Failure
P0016 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position
78 Correlation-Intake Camshaft Position a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
Runout in "ON" position.
b. Read "Intake Camshaft Phase" to check whether
Subsystem Principle
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with Appendix for rational value range).
electricity distributor, to provide with the camshaft phase
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre • No → Go to Step 2.
and intake top dead centre of the cylinder 1. The camshaft 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made
a. Check harness connector EM111 of intake camshaft
of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with
position sensor and harness connector EM102
a 36° arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The magnetic field
of ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
inside the hall sensor will change when the boss passes it,
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
which leads to change of the output signal voltage. In this way,
two top dead centres are identified. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0016 76: The average deviation between the mounting • Yes → Go to Step 3;
position self-learning value of all camshaft signal falling edge
and the calibration value is greater than 20KW or less than
-20KW. 3. Test related circuits:
P0016 78: Aged torque deviation of all camshaft signal falling a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
edge is greater than 15KW or less than -15KW. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect harness connector EM111 of the intake
camshaft position sensor.
Possible Causes terminal EM111-2 and EM111-1 of the intake
• Related circuits failure. camshaft position sensor is 5V.
• Intake camshaft sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance or short circuit.
• Engine control module failure. e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Reference Information disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
terminal EM111-3 of the intake camshaft position
Reference Connector End View Information sensor and harness connector terminal EM102-53 of
EM111 and EM102
1.0 620
sensor or harness connector terminal EM102-53 of


sensor or harness connector terminal EM102-53 of


4. Test/replace the intake camshaft position sensor or ECM:

test/replace the intake camshaft position sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Camshaft Position Sensor".
1.0 621

DTC Description
Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Refit Failure
P0017 Crankshaft Position And Camshaft Position
78 Correlation-Exhaust Camshaft Position a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
Runout in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle b. Read the "Exhaust Camshaft Phase" to check

whether it is within rational value range (refer to the
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with Appendix for rational value range).
electricity distributor, so as to provide with the camshaft phase • Yes → Test/replace the exhaust camshaft sensor or
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre ECM;
and exhaust top dead centre of the 1st cylinder. The camshaft • No → Go to Step 2.
of steel plate. The hall sensor is fixed, and the rotor with a 36°
arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The magnetic field inside the a. Check harness connector EM105 of exhaust
hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, which leads to camshaft sensor and harness connector EM102
change of the output signal voltage. In this way, the two top of ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
dead centres are identified. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. found in visual check.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0017 76: The average deviation between the mounting
position self-learning value of all camshaft signal falling edge
and the calibration value is greater than 20KW or less than • Yes → Go to Step 3;
-20KW. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
P0017 78: Aged torque deviation of all camshaft signal falling 3. Test related circuits:
edge is greater than 15KW or less than -15KW.
b. Disconnect the exhaust camshaft sensor harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs connector EM105.
DTC P0017 is a Category-3 DTC. c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
• Related circuits failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal EM105-2 and EM105-1 of the exhaust
• Exhaust camshaft sensor failure. camshaft sensor is 5V.
Reference Information for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
EM105 and EM102 terminal EM105-3 of the exhaust camshaft sensor
and harness connector terminal EM102-54 of the
ECM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 622

terminal EM105-3 of the exhaust camshaft sensor or


terminal EM105-3 of the exhaust camshaft sensor or


4. Test/replace the exhaust camshaft sensor or ECM:

test/replace the exhaust camshaft sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 623

DTC Description • Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Reference Information
P0030 13
Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
P0031 11
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Control
P0032 12 BY205 and EM109
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Reference Electrical Information
P0053 1B
in "ON" position.
to ensure that three-way catalytic converters have a high b. Read "Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater State" and
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, "Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater PWM Duty
CO and NOx in the exhaust. Ratio" to check whether they are within the rational
Conditions for Running DTCs value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
P0030 13, P0031 11 and P0032 12:
• Upstream catalyst temperature exceeds the dew point Sensor Heating" and observe the upstream oxygen
temperature, the system voltage is between 10.7 ~16V, sensor for relevant response or action.
and the engine runs for more than 10s.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 15V , and the
engine runs.
P0053 1B: Exhaust temperature is within the diagnosis range
(250℃ ~ 550℃). a. Check harness connector EM109 of upstream
oxygen sensor and harness connector BY205
P0030 13: Oxygen sensor voltage is between 2.5 ~5.8V, which corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
lasts for 0.5s.
P0031 11: Oxygen sensor voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts found in visual check.
for 0.5s.
P0032 12: Oxygen sensor current is greater than 10A, which ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
lasts for 0.5s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0053 1B: Current oxygen sensor internal resistance is • Yes → Go to Step 3;
monitored to be greater than 4300Ω. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032 and P0053 are Category-3 DTCs. b. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor harness
Possible Causes connector EM109.
1.0 624
terminal EM109-2 of the upstream oxygen sensor


connector BY205 of ECM.

and harness connector terminal BY205-73 of the


terminal EM109-1 of the upstream oxygen sensor or
harness connector terminal BY205-73 of the ECM

terminal EM109-1 of the upstream oxygen sensor or
harness connector terminal BY205-73 of the ECM


4. Test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or ECM:

Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
1.0 625
P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Engine Management System - 1.0T (2)
Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
P0033 13
Open
EM117 and EM102
Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit
P0034 11
P2261 00 Turbocharger Bypass Valve Error Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Turbocharger Bypass Valve Control Circuit Diagnostic Test Steps
P0035 12
Short To Battery
To precisely control the air inflow, the boost pressure sensor, a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
intake air pressure sensor and air flow meter are configured in "ON" position.
in the engine management system, which are used to obtain b. Read "Turbocharger Relief Valve State" to check
the air inflow information. After the air inflow information is whether it is within the rational value range (refer
obtained, on one hand, turbocharging system can be controlled to the Appendix for rational value range).
through the intake booster bleeder valve and boost pressure
c. Perform the forced output of "Relief Valve" and
control valve; on the other hand, the intake and exhaust valves
observe the turbocharger relief valve for relevant
can be controlled based on the signal from intake and exhaust
response or action.
camshaft position sensor for optimal control on the air inflow.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes→ Test/replace the main relay;
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • No → Go to Step 2.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0033 13: ECM detects turbocharging system booster bleeder a. Check harness connector EM117 of turbocharger
valve open circuit. relief valve and harness connector EM102 of ECM
P0034 11: ECM detects turbocharging system booster bleeder contamination, deformation, etc.
valve signal circuit short to ground.
P0035 12: ECM detects turbocharging system booster bleeder found in visual check.
valve signal circuit short to battery.
P2261 00: Pulse count is greater than 7 caused by air ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
turbulence in the outlet of supercharger impeller, which lasts and confirm if there remains any DTC.
for 1s.
DTC P0033, P0034, P0035 and P2261 are Category-3 DTCs. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Possible Causes b. Disconnect the turbocharger relief valve harness
• Related circuits failure. connector EM117.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
• Turbocharger relief valve failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Engine control module failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
terminal EM117-1 of the turbocharger relief valve
1.0 626
terminal EM117-2 of the turbocharger relief valve
and harness connector terminal EM102-21 of the
terminal EM117-2 of the turbocharger relief valve or
terminal EM117-2 of the turbocharger relief valve or
4. Test/replace the turbocharger relief valve or ECM:
b. Disconnect the turbocharger relief valve harness
connector EM117.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of the
turbocharger relief valve is around 12.6 Ω (20℃).
turbocharger relief valve.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Turbocharger Relief Valve".
1.0 627

DTC Description • Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Reference Information
P0036 13
Control Circuit Open Reference Circuit Information
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
P0037 11
Control Circuit Short To Ground
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater
P0038 12 BY205 and BY216
Control Circuit Short To Battery
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater Reference Electrical Information
P0054 1B
in "ON" position.
to ensure that three-way catalytic converters have a high b. Read "Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater PWM
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC, Duty Ratio" and "Downstream Oxygen Sensor
CO and NOx in the exhaust. Heater State" to check whether they are within
Conditions for Running DTCs the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
P0036 13, P0037 11 and P0038 12:
• Downstream catalyst temperature exceeds the dew Sensor Heating" and observe the downstream
point temperature, the system voltage is between 10.7 oxygen sensor for relevant response or action.
~ 16V, and the engine runs for more than 10s.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 15V , and the
engine runs.
P0054 1B: Exhaust temperature is within the diagnosis range
(250℃ ~ 550℃). a. Check harness connector BY216 of downstream
P0036 13: Oxygen sensor voltage is between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
lasts for 0.5s.
P0037 11: Oxygen sensor voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts found in visual check.
for 0.5s.
P0038 12: Oxygen sensor current is greater than 10A, which ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
lasts for 0.5s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0054 1B: Current oxygen sensor internal resistance is • Yes → Go to Step 3;
monitored to be greater than 4300Ω. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0036, P0037, P0038 and P0054 are Category-3 DTCs. b. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor harness
Possible Causes connector BY216.
1.0 628
d. Test if the voltage between harness connector Service Guide
terminal BY216-2 of the downstream oxygen sensor
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit (ECM)".
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and Control System - 1.0T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
disconnect the battery negative cable and harness • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
connector BY205 of ECM. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
or harness connector terminal BY205-29 of the
4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or ECM:
b. Disconnect harness connector BY216 of
the downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
temperature.
c. With a digital multimeter, test if the resistance
between terminal 1 and 2 of the front oxygen sensor
is around 15.8Ω.
1.0 629
P006D 3. Clear the DTC P006D. Diagnose the engine control

DTC Description system again to check if the DTC P006D still exists. If the
DTC P006D still exists, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guide
Ambient Pressure And Turbocharger Inlet
17 Pressure Correlation-Ambient Pressure • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Sensor Circuit Short To Battery Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
P006D (ECM)".
Ambient Pressure And Turbocharger Inlet
16 Pressure Correlation-Ambient Pressure • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Sensor Circuit Short To Ground to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Subsystem Principle
Within the certain measurement range, the pressure applied
on the sensor is linear with the measurement signal (voltage
signal), internally transfers the voltage signal measured by the
sensor to ambient pressure. If the voltage signal measured by
ambient pressure sensor exceeds the rational voltage range
(excessive high/low) during the normal sensor operation, it
shall be deemed as max./min. circuit failure.
P006D 16: Ambient pressure sensor signal voltage is less than
0.2002V, which lasts for 1s.
P006D 17: Ambient pressure sensor signal voltage is greater

than 4.9V, which lasts for 1s.
DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC.
DTC P006D is a Category-3 DTC.
Possible Causes

1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, observe the
"ambient air pressure" parameters in the real-time display
of a scan tool. Such parameters should be within the
standard range of atmospheric pressure at its altitude.
2. Check if any other DTCs have been set except DTC
P006D. If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these
DTCs first.
1.0 630
DTC Description
P0075 13 Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Open
To Ground
To Battery
b. Read "VCT Intake Actuator Ready" to check
Subsystem Principle whether it is within the rational value range (refer
Receive signals from sensor and CMP sensor. With these to the Appendix for rational value range).
signals, the determines the valve timing by consulting the c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Intake Actuator"
control chart. Then operates the engine oil control valve on and observe VCT valve for relevant response or
one side of the cylinder head. These solenoids adjust the valve action.
timing by controlling the oil to flow into the phase modulator
and changing the position of the phase modulator relative to • Yes→ Test/replace the main relay;
the camshaft. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check harness connector EM114 of VCT valve and
• The system voltage is greater than 10.7V. harness connector EM102 of ECM for looseness,
• The intake camshaft power supply control cycle is poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
between 6.25% ~ 90%. deformation, etc.
P0075 13: Intake camshaft output circuit voltage is between
2.5V ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0076 11: Intake camshaft output circuit voltage is less than
2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0077 12: Intake camshaft output circuit current is greater
than 6A, which lasts for 0.5s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0075, P0076 and P0077 are Category-3 DTCs. b. Disconnect the intake VCT valve harness connector
EM114.
Possible Causes
• VVT valve (intake) failure.
Reference Circuit Information for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2) e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Reference Connector End View Information disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
EM114 and EM102
1.0 631
connector terminal EM102-50 of the ECM is less

than 5Ω.


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Camshaft Phase Adjustment
Solenoid Valve".
1.0 632
DTC Description
EM116 and EM102
P0078 13
Open Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Diagnostic Test Steps

P0079 11
Short To Ground
Exhaust Valve Control Solenoid Circuit with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0080 12
Short To Battery
With the engine running, ECM outputs PWM signals according b. Read "VCT Exhaust Actuator Ready" to check
to the input information such as crankshaft position to control whether it is within the rational value range (refer
the exhaust camshaft solenoid valve. Power is supplied by to the Appendix for rational value range).
the power supply of main relay. The solenoid valve control of c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Exhaust
camshaft position actuator is used to apply oil pressure so as Actuator" and observe VCT valve for relevant
to advance or delay the camshaft oil flow. By monitoring the response or action.
information of crankshaft position sensor and intake camshaft
position sensor, ECM provides driver PWM signals to the
solenoid valve according to the information so that the timing • No → Go to Step 2.
control requirements of the exhaust camshaft can be met. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check harness connector EM116 of VCT valve and
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector EM102 of ECM for looseness,
• The system voltage is greater than 10.7V. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
• The exhaust camshaft power supply control cycle is
between 6.25% ~ 90%. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0078 13: Exhaust camshaft output circuit voltage is between c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
2.5V ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0079 11: Exhaust camshaft output circuit voltage is less than
2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0080 12: Exhaust camshaft output circuit current is greater
than 6A, which lasts for 0.5s. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect the VCT valve harness connector
EM116.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal EM116-2 of the VCT valve and the ground
• VVT valve (exhaust) failure. is the battery voltage.
1.0 633

5Ω.


ground is infinite.





Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Camshaft Phase Adjustment
Solenoid Valve".
1.0 634
P0087 and P0088 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description DTC P0087 and P0088 are Category-13 DTCs.
DTC FTB Failure Description Possible Causes
84 High Pressure Fuel Rail Low Pressure • Related circuits failure.
P0087 High Pressure Fuel Supply PID Control • Connector failure or poor fit.
00
Large Deviation • Fuel rail pressure sensor failure.
85 High Pressure Fuel Rail High Pressure • Engine control module failure.
P0088 High Pressure Fuel Supply PID Control Reference Information
00
Small Deviation
Subsystem Principle Engine Management System - 1.0T (2)
The control of high-pressure fuel flow can be realized by Reference Connector End View Information
controlling the opening or closing of the fuel control valve.
For the front half of the rising part of the high-pressure fuel EWB005 and EM102
pump plunger, the fuel control valve is open, and the fuel Reference Electrical Information
cannot generate pressure, so part of the fuel returns to the
low-pressure oil circuit by the fuel control valve. After the
solenoid valve is energized, the fuel control valve starts being Diagnostic Test Steps
closed, and completely closed after a period, and then the
plunger cavity is completely closed; the plunger continues to
ascend, when the pressure in the plunger cavity continues to
rise and exceeds the fuel rail pressure, and the high-pressure a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
fuel is pumped into the fuel rail. in "ON" position.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Read "Fuel Rail Pressure" to check whether it
P0087 00, P0088 00 and P0087 84: is within the rational value range (refer to the
• The system voltage is less than or equal to 16V.
• Yes → Test/replace the fuel rail pressure sensor or
• Engine running time is more than 8s after starting.
ECM;
• The target fuel quality is 5％ ~ 200％.
• The rail pressure sensor voltage is 0.2V ~ 4.8V.
P0088 85: Engine running time is more than 8s after starting
and the relative target fuel quality is greater than or equal to a. Check harness connector EWB005 of fuel rail
10%. pressure sensor and harness connector EM102
Conditions for Setting DTCs of ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
P0087 00: High-pressure control system PID output is greater
than 5,000 KPa, which lasts for 6s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0087 84: High-pressure fuel rail pressure deviation (target
pressure minus actual pressure) is greater than 4,000 KPa, c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
which lasts for 4s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0088 00: High-pressure control system PID output is less
than -5,000 KPa, which lasts for 6s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0088 85: High-pressure fuel rail pressure deviation (target • No → Diagnosis is completed.
pressure minus actual pressure) is less than -4000 KPa, which 3. Test related circuits:
lasts for 4s.
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the battery negative cable, harness
DTC P0087 and P0088 are Category-13 DTCs. connector EM102 of the ECM and harness
connector EWB005 of fuel the rail pressure sensor.
1.0 635

of harness connector EWB005 of the fuel rail
pressure sensor and terminals of harness connector
• Terminal EWB005-2 and Terminal EM102-13


pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector
• Terminal EWB005-2 or Terminal EM102-13




4. Test/replace the fuel rail pressure sensor or ECM:

test/replace the fuel rail pressure sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 636
P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 P0254 12: Negative control circuit current of flow control
DTC Description valve is greater than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Flow Control Valve DTC P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 are Category-13
P0090 12
Control Circuit Short DTCs.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Conditions for Clearing DTCs
13
Positive Circuit Open DTC P0090, P0251, P0252, P0253 and P0254 are Category-13
P0251
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve DTCs.
11
Positive Circuit Short To Ground Possible Causes
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve • Related circuits failure.
P0252 12
Positive Circuit Short To Battery • Connector failure or poor fit.
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve • Fuel control valve failure.
P0253 11
Negative Circuit Short To Ground
Injection Pump Fuel Metering Control Valve Reference Information
P0254 12
Negative Circuit Short To Battery
Subsystem Principle
ECM can control high-pressure fuel flow by controlling the
opening or closing of the fuel control valve. For the front half of
the rising part of the high-pressure fuel pump plunger, the fuel EM123 and EM102
control valve is open, and the fuel cannot generate pressure,
so part of the fuel returns to the low-pressure oil circuit by the
fuel control valve. After the solenoid valve is energized, the fuel Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
control valve starts being closed, and completely closed after Diagnostic Test Steps
a period, and then the plunger cavity is completely closed; the
plunger continues to ascend, when the pressure in the plunger 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
cavity continues to rise and exceeds the rail pressure, the high a. Check harness connector EM123 of fuel control
pressure fuel is pumped into the fuel rail. valve and harness connector EM102 of ECM for
Conditions for Running DTCs looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
P0090 12: Engine is running, and the system voltage is between
10.7V ~ 16V. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0251 13, P0251 11, P0252 12, P0253 11 and P0254 12:
• Read the fuel control valve with a scan tool. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Engine startup is completed. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The system voltage is between 10.7V ~ 16V. • Yes→ Go to Step 2;
• No→ Diagnosis is completed.
P0090 12: MSV valve high and low sides are short to each
other, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0251 11: Positive control circuit current of flow control valve
is 40A, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0251 13: Positive control circuit current of flow control valve
is less than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s.
of harness connector EM123 of the fuel control
P0252 12: Positive control circuit current of flow control valve valve and terminals of harness connector EM102 of
is greater than 2A, which lasts for 0.5s. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
P0253 11: Negative control circuit current of flow control • Terminal EM123-2 and Terminal EM102-3
valve is 40A, which lasts for 0.5s. • Terminal EM123-1 and Terminal EM102-4
1.0 637


valve or terminals of harness connector EM102 of


valve or terminals of harness connector EM102 of


3. Test/replace the fuel control valve or ECM:
b. Disconnect harness connector EM120 of the fuel

control valve.

the fuel control valve is around 1.4Ω.

test/replace the fuel control valve or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 638
P0097 and P0098 a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
DTC Description in "ON" position.
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read "Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure" to check
Intake Air Pressure And Temperature
P0097 16 to the Appendix for rational value range).
Sensor Circuit Short To Ground
Intake Air Pressure And Temperature
P0098 17
Sensor Circuit Short To Battery • No → Go to Step 2.
Subsystem Principle 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
The intake air temperature/pressure sensor is fitted on the a. Check harness connector EM134 of intake air
pipeline between the intercooler and the throttle. The pressure sensor and harness connector EM102
pressure measurement portion is a piezoelectric type sensor of ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
which can perform direct pressure measurement through corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
sensing elements. It may provide the "load signal" to the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
controller according to the measured boosted intake manifold found in visual check.
pressure; the controller provides a 5V voltage and feeds back
a 0~5V voltage to the controller depending on boost pressure.
Conditions for Running DTCs and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Conditions for Setting DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
P0097 16: Intake manifold air temperature sensor voltage value 3. Test related circuits:
is less than 0.097656V, which lasts for 2s.
P0098 17: Intake manifold air temperature sensor voltage value disconnect the battery negative cable.
is greater than 4.902344V, which lasts for 2s.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM134 of the intake
Operations of ECU after Failure air pressure sensor and harness connector EM102
DTC P0097 and P0098 are Category-3 DTCs. of the ECM.
of harness connector EM134 of the intake air
Possible Causes EM102 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuits failure. • Terminal EM134-1 and Terminal EM102-7
• Intake air pressure sensor failure.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2) of harness connector EM134 of the intake air
Reference Connector End View Information pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector
EM134 and EM102
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output for short to ground.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
1.0 639



4. Test/replace the intake air pressure sensor or ECM:

test/replace the intake air pressure sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure
Sensor".
1.0 640
P0100, P0101, P0102 and P0103 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description P0100 00: Signal cycle of intake air flow from HFM is greater
DTC FTB Failure Description than 0, which lasts for 1s.
13 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Open P0100 13: Signal cycle of intake air flow from HFM is 0µs, which
P0100 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit-Heater lasts for 0.2s.
00
Drive Failure P0101 23: Intake air flow deviation: Compare the difference
Mass Or Volume Air Flow between the intake air flow passing the throttle and the
24 Circuit-Exceeding Upper Limit Of Rational maximum intake air flow calculated in the model: A*B > C
Range (A: Intake air flow passing the throttle; B: Maximum allowable
P0101 deviation of intake air flow from HFM is 0.5; C: Maximum
Mass Or Volume Air Flow
intake air flow calculated in model), which lasts for 2s.
23 Circuit-Exceeding Lower Limit Of Rational
Range P0101 24: Intake air flow deviation: Compare the difference
between the intake air flow passing the throttle and the
Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Short To
P0102 16 minimum intake air flow calculated in the model: A*B < C
Ground
(A: Intake air flow passing the throttle; B: Maximum allowable
Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Short To deviation of intake air flow from HFM is 1.5; C: Maximum
P0103 17
Battery intake air flow calculated in model), which lasts for 2s.
Subsystem Principle P0102 16: Signal cycle of intake air flow from is less than 32µs,
It is combined with the thermistor in the current voltage which lasts for 0.2s.
divider circuit. The internal resistance value of the thermistor P0103 17: Signal cycle of intake air flow from is greater than
decreases with the increase of the intake air temperature. 800µs, which lasts for 0.2s.
The thermistor is electrified to form a voltage , the changes in
the reference voltage controlling this voltage divider circuit is
converted into more stable frequency signal in and output DTC P0101, P0102, P0103 and P0100 are Category-3 DTCs.
to , and calculates the air flow through the frequency Conditions for Clearing DTCs
signals, and then corrects the fuel injection quantity.
Conditions for Running DTCs Possible Causes
P0100 00:
• Engine is in non-starting state. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• The system voltage is between 9V ~ 16V. • Intake pipeline leak.
P0100 13: • Air flow meter sensor failure.
• Run the engine. • Engine control module failure.
• The system voltage is higher than 10V, which lasts for Reference Information
0.1s. Reference Circuit Information
P0101 23: Engine Management System - 1.0T (3)
• Ambient temperature sensor signal circuit is valid. Reference Connector End View Information
• Revolutions of crankshaft is more than 400. EM115 and EM102
P0101 24: Reference Electrical Information
• Ambient temperature sensor signal circuit is valid. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Revolutions of crankshaft is more than 400.
P0102 16 and P0103 17: After engine is started, and the system
voltage is higher than 10V, which lasts for 0.1s.

in "ON" position.
1.0 641
b. Read "Air Mass Flow" to check whether it is within sensor or terminals of harness connector EM102 of
the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
a. Check harness connector EM115 of air flow meter
sensor and harness connector EM102 of ECM for
contamination, deformation, etc. e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • No → Diagnosis is completed.
4. Test/replace the air flow meter sensor or ECM:
• No → Diagnosis is completed. test/replace the air flow meter sensor or ECM.
3. Test related circuits: Service Guide
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
disconnect the battery negative cable, harness Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
connector EM102 of the ECM and harness (ECM)".
connector EM115 of the air flow meter sensor. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector EM115 of the air flow meter "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM102
of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
of harness connector EM115 of the air flow meter
of harness connector EM115 of the air flow meter
1.0 642
P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 P0106 22: Intake air pressure value is greater than 280kPa,
DTC Description which lasts for 2s.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0106 84: A+B＜C, (A: intake manifold pressure, B: Intake
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor manifold pressure deviation is 30kPa, C: Intake manifold
P0105 2A pressure model value), which lasts for 2.5s.
Circuit-Signal Unchanged
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor P0106 85: A-B＞C, (A: intake manifold pressure, B: Intake
22 manifold pressure deviation is 30kPa, C: Intake manifold
Circuit-Signal Higher Than Threshold
pressure model value), which lasts for 2.5s.
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
21 P0107 16: Sensor voltage is less than 0.2V, which lasts for 1s.
Circuit-Signal Lower Than Threshold
P0106
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor P0108 17: Sensor voltage is greater than 4.88V, which lasts for
85
Circuit-Signal Higher Than Rational Range 1s.
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Operations of ECU after Failure
84
Circuit-Signal Lower Than Rational Range DTC P0105, P0106, P0107 and P0108 are Category-3 DTCs.
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0107 16
Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
P0108 17 Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
The intake air temperature/pressure sensor is fitted on the • Intake air pressure sensor failure.
pipeline between the intercooler and the throttle. The
pressure measurement portion is a piezoelectric type sensor
which can perform direct pressure measurement through Reference Information
sensing elements. It may provide the "load signal" to the Reference Circuit Information
controller according to the measured boosted intake manifold
Engine Management Unit - 1.0T (2)
pressure; the controller provides a 5V voltage and feeds back a
0 ~ 5V voltage to the controller depending on boost pressure. Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Running DTCs EM134 and EM102

P0105 2A: Reference Electrical Information
• Engine temperature is greater than -5.25℃ or engine Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
coolant temperature is greater than 30℃ at the moment
of starting, which lasts for 100s.
• Read intake air pressure low conditions (Engine speed is 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
greater than 2,000rpm. Opening angle of the throttle is with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
less than 10%, which lasts for 1s.) a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• Read intake air pressure high conditions (Engine speed in "ON" position.
is less than 1,500rpm. Opening angle of the throttle is
b. Read "Intake Manifold Absolute Pressure" to check
greater than 20%, which lasts for 1s.)
P0106, P0107 and P0108: Engine speed is greater than 80 rpm. to the Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
P0105 2A: A-B＜C, (A: Detected highest manifold pressure, • No → Go to Step 2.
B: Detected lowest manifold pressure, C: Threshold of stuck
failure is 7.5kPa). 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P0106 21: Intake air pressure value is less than 10kPa, which a. Check harness connector EM134 of intake air
lasts for 2s. pressure sensor and harness connector EM102
1.0 643
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 4. Test/replace the intake air pressure sensor or ECM:
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the test/replace the intake air pressure sensor or ECM.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
3. Test related circuits: • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Control System - 1.0T" - "Manifold Absolute Pressure
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and Sensor".
connector EM134 of the intake air pressure sensor
and harness connector EM102 of the ECM.
1.0 644
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
P0112 16
Short To Ground in "ON" position.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor Circuit b. Read "Intake Air Temperature" to check whether
P0113 17
Short To Battery it is within the rational value range (refer to the
Subsystem Principle
The intake air temperature/pressure sensor is fitted on the
pipeline between the intercooler and the throttle. The • No → Go to Step 2.
intake air temperature measurement portion is a negative 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
temperature coefficient (NTC) sensor, whose resistance
a. Check harness connector EM115 of intake air
changes with the intake air temperature and which transfers a
temperature sensor and harness connector EM102
voltage showing the change of intake air temperature to the
controller. The pressure is proportional to the output voltage
and the temperature is inversely proportional to the output
resistance. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0112 16: Intake air temperature sensor voltage value is less • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0113 17: Intake air temperature sensor voltage value is
greater than 4.88V, which lasts for 2s.
b. Disconnect harness connector EM115 of the intake
air temperature sensor.
• Related circuits failure. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals EM115-2 and EM115-1 of the intake air
• Intake air temperature sensor failure. temperature sensor is the battery voltage.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (3) connector EM102 of ECM.
Reference Connector End View Information f. Test if the resistance between the following
EM115 and EM102
air temperature sensor and terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector EM102 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal EM115-3 and Terminal EM102-59
1.0 645
g. Test if the resistance between the following

infinite.

h. Test if the resistance between the following

is infinite.


4. Test/replace the intake air temperature sensor or ECM:

test/replace the intake air temperature sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 646
P0116, P0117 and P0118 • Engine control module failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description Reference Circuit Information
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Engine Management System - 1.0T (4)
P0116 29
Signal Irrational
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0117 16 EM103 and EM102
Short To Ground
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Circuit Reference Electrical Information
P0118 17
Short To Battery Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
The coolant temperature signal of the engine is measured by 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
the sensor. Monitor the coolant temperature signal of the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
sensor to achieve the functions such as cooling fan control.
The engine coolant temperature signal is forwarded to the
in "ON" position.
instrument pack controller via BodyCAN after being sent to
PTCAN, which is used for coolant temperature display and b. Read the "Engine Coolant Temperature" to check
high temperature alarm. If the coolant sensor fails or coolant whether it is within the rational value range (refer
temperature is abnormally high, the instrument pack will alert to the Appendix for rational value range).
the driver by the warning lamp and message. • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
P0116 29: 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check harness connector EM103 of engine coolant
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm. temperature sensor and harness connector EM102
• There is no heating device outside.
P0117 16 and P0118 17: Place the ignition switch in "ON"
position.
P0116 29: ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• A-B>C, (A: Model temperature value; B: Measured and confirm if there remains any DTC.
temperature value; C: Threshold value is 24.75℃.) • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The maximum reference value of water temperature is • No → Diagnosis is completed.
60℃.
P0117 16: Engine coolant sensor voltage is less than 0.1V, a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
which lasts for 2s. disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
P0118 17: Engine coolant sensor voltage is greater than 4.85V, connector EM102 of ECM.
which lasts for 2s. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector EM103 of the engine coolant
temperature sensor and terminals of harness
connector EM102 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Engine coolant sensor failure. terminals of harness connector EM103 of the engine
1.0 647

infinite.


is infinite.


4. Test/replace the engine coolant temperature sensor or

ECM:
b. Disconnect the water temperature sensor harness

connector EM103.

the coolant temperature sensor is between 2.45 ~

test/replace the engine coolant temperature sensor or
ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Coolant Temperature
Sensor".
1.0 648
P0122 and P0123 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
Ground
P0123 12 a. Connect the scan tool place the ignition switch in
Battery
"ON" position, and apply a scan tool to observe if
Subsystem Principle the voltage parameter of throttle position varies
Both throttle position sensor and throttle actuator are with the accelerator pedal input within a reasonable
integrated into the electronic throttle body, and the throttle range.
position sensor is an angle potentiometer characterized by the • Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.8V)
linear output. The potentiometer rotor arm and throttle are
rotor arm will be driven to slide into a certain position b. Read "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Signal Voltage" and
and the potentiometer output a voltage signal proportional "Throttle Position Sensor 2 Signal Voltage" to check
to the throttle position. One throttle body includes two whether they are within the rational value range
potentiometers which are fitted in reverse phase, and signals (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
from both potentiometers are used by the ECM to judge the • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
throttle rotation angle. The 5V power supply voltage and
reference ground of both potentiometers are provided by the
ECM. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check harness connector EM112 of throttle position
sensor and harness connector EM102 of ECM for
P0122 and P0123: Engine runs more than 12s.
Conditions for Setting DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
P0122: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
lower than 0.2V. found in visual check.
P0123: Electronic throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
higher than 4.8V. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Operations of ECU after Failure and confirm if there remains any DTC.
DTC P0122 and P0123 are Category-13 DTCs. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

Conditions for Clearing DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P0122 and P0123 are Category-13 DTCs. 3. Test related circuits:
Possible Causes a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector EM102 of the ECM
and harness connector EM112 of the throttle
• Throttle position sensor failure. position sensor.
• Engine control module failure. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Reference Information of harness connector EM112 of the throttle position
Reference Circuit Information sensor and terminals of harness connector EM102
EM112 and EM102
1.0 649
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
of harness connector EM112 of the throttle position Intake and Exhaust System - 1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle
sensor or terminals of harness connector EM102 of Self-learning".
ECM and the ground is infinite. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal EM112-3 or Terminal EM102-30 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,




4. Test/replace the throttle position sensor or ECM:


d. Connect the two probes to terminal 3 and 4 of

the electronic throttle respectively.When the valve
plate is moved by hands, the resistance shall change
continuously.

test/replace the throttle position sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Intake and Exhaust System - 1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle".
1.0 650
P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 • Oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s.
DTC Description P0133 25 and P0133 26:
• Valid count cycle is above 5.
P0130 29 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open • Front oxygen sensor closed-loop control is activated.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To • No failure with the pressure sensor.
P0131 16
Ground
• No failure with the coolant temperature sensor.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short To • No failure with intake temperature sensor.
P0132 17
Battery
• The initialization of basic gas mixture is valid.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow • No condition for diagnosis prevention.
26
Response-Sensor Aged
• The rotational speed is 1,280 ~ 2,240rpm within
P0133 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow diagnostic range.
25 Response-Sensor Bilateral Aged Exceeding
• The load is 25% ~ 50%.
Lower Limit
• Exhaust temperature model value is above 470℃.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No
• The front oxygen sensor passes heating diagnosis.
Remains Rich • Diagnosis function is enabled.
P0134
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No P0134 25:
25 Activity Detected-Sensor Aged-Signal • Diagnosis function is enabled.
Remains Lean
• Rear oxygen sensor control is activated.
Upstream Oxygen Sensor Control Circuit
P2A00 00 P0134 26:
Signal Irrational
• The catalytic converter is free from failure.
Subsystem Principle
• No condition for diagnosis prevention.
• Diagnosis time counter lasts for 20s.
gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic Conditions for Setting DTCs
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at P0130 29:
• The upstream oxygen sensor voltage is between 0.4V ~
0.6V.
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC,
CO and NOx in the exhaust. • The front/rear oxygen sensor voltage is greater than 1.2V.
Conditions for Running DTCs • The front oxygen sensor internal resistance is greater
than 131070Ω.
P0130 29 and P2A00 00: Oxygen sensor is hot enough, which
lasts for 90s. P0131 16: The upstream oxygen sensor output voltage is less
than 0.06V.
P0131 16:
P0132 17: The upstream oxygen sensor output voltage is
• Oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s. greater than 1.2V.
• Cold start of engine.
P0133 25 and P0133 26: The filtered upstream signal cycle
• Target λ = 1. delay-time is more than 2.8s.
• Oxygen integral is greater than 500g.
P0134 25: Integral value of the rear oxygen sensor control is
• Front oxygen sensor is in a closed loop. greater than 0.026s.
P0132 17: P0134 26: Integral value of the rear oxygen sensor control is
• Battery voltage is greater than 11.03V. less than -0.017s.
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm. P2A00 00:
• Target λ = 1. • The difference value of front oxygen sensor voltage is
• Exhaust temperature is less than 800℃. greater than 2V.
1.0 651
• The front oxygen sensor has long been within the c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
specified low voltage range, and the output voltage of the ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
upstream/downstream oxygen sensor is 0.06 ～ 0.4V. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The voltage of the sensor leaks, and the output voltage of • Yes → Go to Step 3;
the upstream/downstream oxygen sensor is 0.6 ～ 1.2V.
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 are
Category-3 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
DTC P0130, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134 and P2A00 are b. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor harness
Category-3 DTCs. connector EM109.
Possible Causes c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Upstream oxygen sensor failure.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (1) disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY205 of ECM.
EM109 and BY205 f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM109 of the upstream
Reference Electrical Information oxygen sensor and terminals of harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection BY205 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal EM109-4 and Terminal BY205-84
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal EM109-3 and Terminal BY205-34
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch for open circuit/high resistance.
in "ON" position.
b. Read "Upstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage" and of harness connector EM109 of the upstream oxygen
"Upstream Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run" to check sensor or terminals of harness connector BY205 of
whether they are within the rational value range the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Sensor Heating" and observe the upstream oxygen
sensor for relevant response or action. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• No → Go to Step 2. h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
a. Check harness connector EM109 of upstream the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. • Terminal EM109-3 or Terminal BY205-34
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
found in visual check. for short to battery.
1.0 652
4. Test/replace the upstream oxygen sensor or ECM:

b. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor harness

connector EM109, remove the upstream oxygen
sensor, allow it to cool down at room temperature
till it achieves the room temperature.

terminal 4 of the upstream oxygen sensor is around
20Ω with a digital multimeter.


Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 653
P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 • The rear oxygen sensor voltage is between 0.4V ~ 0.5V.
DTC Description • The oxygen sensor resistance is greater than 40,000Ω.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0137 16: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is less than
P0136 29 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Open 0.06V.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short P0138 17: The rear oxygen sensor output voltage is greater
P0137 16
To Ground than 1.2V.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit Short P0139 23: The rear oxygen sensor voltage is less than 0.588V.
P0138 17
To Battery
P0139 24: The rear oxygen sensor voltage is greater than
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No 0.614V.
P2A01 00: The difference of rear oxygen sensor voltage
Remains Lean
P0139 variation is greater than 2V.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Circuit No
Remains Rich DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3
DTCs.
Downstream Oxygen Sensor Control
P2A01 29 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC P0136, P0137, P0138, P0139 and P2A01 are Category-3
Subsystem Principle
DTCs.
Possible Causes
gasoline and air are burnt completely. The electronic • Related circuits failure.
controller implements the closed-loop control aiming at • Connector failure or poor fit.
excessive air coefficient λ = 1 according to the information • Downstream oxygen sensor failure.
conversion efficiency in such three kinds of pollutants as HC,
CO and NOx in the exhaust. Reference Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Circuit Information
P0136 29: Oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s. Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
P0137 16: Reference Connector End View Information
• Oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for 90s. BY216 and BY205
• Rear oxygen sensor control is activated. Reference Electrical Information

• Cold start of engine. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0138 17: Diagnostic Test Steps
• Battery voltage is greater than 11.03V. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Engine speed is greater than 25rpm. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Target λ = 1. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• The catalyst temperature is higher than 320℃. in "ON" position.
• The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts for b. Read "Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage" and
90s. "Downstream Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run" to
P0139 23 and P0139 24: Enter the diagnosis request. check whether they are within the rational value
range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
P2A01 29: The rear oxygen sensor is hot enough, which lasts range).
for 90s.
Sensor Heating" and observe the downstream
P0136 29: oxygen sensor for relevant response or action.
1.0 654
• No → Go to Step 2. h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY216 of the downstream
a. Check harness connector BY216 of downstream BY205 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. • Terminal BY216-3 or Terminal BY205-33
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
found in visual check. for short to battery.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
and confirm if there remains any DTC. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Yes → Go to Step 4;
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
3. Test related circuits: 4. Test/replace the downstream oxygen sensor or ECM:
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
disconnect the battery negative cable. disconnect the battery negative cable.
b. Disconnect the downstream oxygen sensor harness b. Disconnect harness connector BY216 of
connector BY216. the downstream oxygen sensor, remove the
temperature.
the downstream oxygen sensor is around 20Ω with
a digital multimeter.
Service Guide
of harness connector BY216 of the downstream • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
oxygen sensor and terminals of harness connector Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
BY205 of the ECM is less than 5Ω. (ECM)".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
for open circuit/high resistance. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".

of harness connector BY216 of the downstream
BY205 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
1.0 655
P0169 3. Check if DTC P0169 is a history DTC.

DTC Description 4. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
DTC FTB Failure Description or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit 5. Clear the history DTC P0169.

94
Monitoring Failure-Air Charge Predication 6. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appears again.
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit 7. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
93
Monitoring Failure-Fuel Cut-Off Mode Service Guide
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
92
Monitoring Failure-Fuel Supply Mode Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
P0169
(ECM)".
Incorrect Fuel Composition-Fuel Circuit
64 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Monitoring Failure-Air Mixture
29 "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
Monitoring Failure-Operating Mode
61
Monitoring Failure-Air Charge Comparison
Subsystem Principle
It includes a electrically erasable and programmable read-only
memory which is programmed with the data necessary for
starting the engine. During manufacturing, it receives and
stores the vehicle-specific security code from the locking
module. In case of internal failures, for example, the processor
or the drive circuit stops working, there is no backup system
or function of driving during failure.
Internal logic check failure.
Failure Causes

1. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P0169 has been
set.
1.0 656
P0171 and P0172 P0172 26: Fuel Trim Addition Self-learning Value < -7.5, which
DTC Description lasts for 15s.
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs.
00 Multiplication Self-Learning Exceeding Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Upper Limit
P0171 DTC P0171 and P0172 are Category-11 DTCs.
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture
Possible Causes
27 Addition Self-Learning Exceeding Upper
Limit • Related circuit failure.
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture • Connector failure or poor fit.

00 Multiplication Self-Learning Exceeding • Front oxygen sensor failure.
Lower Limit • Rear oxygen sensor failure.
P0172
Lambda Closed Loop Control-Air Mixture Reference Information
26 Addition Self-Learning Exceeding Lower Reference Circuit Information
Limit
Subsystem Principle
ECM uses the closed-loop fuel supply system as a part of the
BY216, EM109 and BY205
whole strategy. Whether the three-way catalytic converter
can work efficiently depends on whether ECM can regulate Reference Electrical Information
the from rich to lean in the Lambda frame. Lambda frame is
1.00±0.03. The oxygen sensor produces a voltage of inverse
proportion after comparing the oxygen quantity (through Diagnostic Test Steps
sensor probe) in the exhaust gas to that in the ambient
air. ECM processes voltage obtained from the sensor and
calculates corresponding AFR. If ECM receives the voltage
corresponding to AFR lean limit value in Lambda frame, the a. Check the fuel injector for leakage or blockage with
supplied fuel quantity will increase. When the concentration special tool.
reaches the limit value, the fuel quantity decreases, until it If leakage occurs, replace the fuel injector.
reaches the lean limit value.
b. Check the fuel, ask the costumer whether the
vehicle should be refueled with gasoline of specified
P0171 00, P0171 27: Air-fuel ratio self-learning starts. grade; check whether the vehicle is working properly
after refueling.
P0172 00: Engine speed and required coordinated torque
are in self-learning area, KLFRAMIL<misol<KLFRAMILH, If abnormalities occur, replace the fuel.
(KLFRAMILH: nmot (800, 1000, 1720, 6000), value (100, 40,
c. Check the air inlet pipes for blockage, leakage,
20, 20); KLFRAMILH: nmot (0, 3200, 5000, 6000), value (60,
dent or damage; and check whether the canister
60, 40, 0).
control valve is seized; whether the valve clearance
P0172 26: Engine speed and required coordinated torque is abnormal; whether the throttle body is
are in self-learning area, KLFRAMIL<misol<KLFRAMILH, contaminated, resulting in poor air path.
(KLFRAMILH: nmot (480, 520, 600, 6000), value (100, 7, 4, 4);
If damages occur, repair and clean the throttle body.
KLFRAMILH: nmot (0, 840, 920, 960), value (27, 27, 0, 0).
d. Check whether the ignition coil, cylinder line and
the spark plug are working properly.
P0171 00: Fuel Trim Multiplication Self-learning Value > 1.23,
which occurs continuously. If damages occur, replace related components.
P0171 27: Fuel Trim Addition Self-learning Value > 7.5, which e. Read "Start/Stop - Mixed Gas Self-Learning
occurs continuously. Uncompleted" to check whether it is within rational
P0172 00: Fuel Trim Multiplication Self-learning Value < 0.77, range).
which lasts for 20s.
1.0 657
• Yes → Test/replace front oxygen sensor, rear oxygen tip of the red pen of the multimeter, penetrate
sensor, intake pressure/temperature sensor, engine the insulating layer of harness connector terminal
coolant temperature sensor and ECM; EM109-3 with the tip of the black pen, test if the
voltage jump is between 0V～1V.
f. Disconnect the upstream oxygen sensor connector,
test for short circuit between sensor terminal
a. Check the harness connector BY216 of oxygen EM109-3 and terminal EM109-4 with a multimeter.
sensor and the harness connector BY205 of ECM
for short to battery or to ground.
check.
and confirm if there remains any DTC. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; 4. Test/replace the oxygen sensor or ECM.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the oxygen sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
a. Connect the fuel pressure gauge (the connecting
point is the front end of the oil inlet pipe of fuel rail • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
assembly) and start the engine to check whether Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
the fuel pressure is normal under two separate (ECM)".
conditions: when the engine is idling and when the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
fuel pressure regulator vacuum hose is disconnected. Control System - 1.0T" - "Oxygen Sensor".
If abnormalities occur, check the fuel supply system. • <li><p>Replace, programme and set the control module.
Refer to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
b. Do not disconnect the oxygen sensor connector. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T". </p></li
Test if the terminals 1 and 2 of harness connector
EM109 of the upstream oxygen sensor and the

c. Penetrate the insulating layer of terminal 1 near the

ECU end of the harness connector with the tip of
the red pen of the multimeter, penetrate terminal
2 at the harness connector end with the tip of the
black pen, measure if the voltage between the two
ends is the battery voltage.

d. Do not disconnect the oxygen sensor connector,

test if the voltage between terminal 3 and terminal 4
of the harness terminals BY216 of the downstream
oxygen sensor is about 0.45V.
e. Start the vehicle, and run it till the coolant
temperature reaches the normal value, keep the
vehicle idling, penetrate the insulating layer of
harness connector terminal EM109-4 with the
1.0 658
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit-Signal a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0191 22
Exceeding Threshold in "ON" position.
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To b. Read the "Fuel Rail Pressure" to check whether it is
P0192 16
Ground within rational value range (refer to the Appendix
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To for rational value range).
P0193 17
Battery • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
The fuel rail pressure sensor is used to measure the pressure 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
in the fuel rail. It measures the pressure based on the a. Check the harness connector EWB005 of the fuel
piezoelectric crystal resistance value, and sends a voltage rail pressure sensor and the harness connector
signal to . EM102 of ECM for looseness, poor contact,
Conditions for Running DTCs distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
P0191, P0192 and P0193: Place the ignition switch in "ON"
position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0191: Fuel rail pressure sensor signal value is greater than the
threshold value.
P0192: Pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.1V, which lasts
for 0.5s.
P0193: Pressure sensor voltage is greater than 4.8V, which lasts
for 0.5s. 3. Test related circuits:
Operations of ECU after Failure a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs harness connector EWB005 of fuel rail pressure
DTC P0191, P0192 and P0193 are Category-13 DTCs. sensor.
Possible Causes b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector EWB005 of the fuel rail
EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Fuel rail pressure sensor failure.
EWB005 and EM102 of harness connector EWB005 of the fuel rail
connector and terminals of harness connector
EM102 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
1.0 659


connector or terminals of harness connector EM102
of ECM and the power supply is infinite:


4. Test/replace the ECM or fuel rail pressure sensor.

test/replace the ECM or the fuel rail pressure sensor.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1.0 660
P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263 and P2146 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description DTC P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, and P2146 are Category-13
DTC FTB Failure Description DTCs.
Fuel Injector Control Circuit Possible Causes
P0201 13
Open-Cylinder 1 • Related circuit failure.
Injector Control Circuit Short To • Connector failure or poor fit.
P0261 11
Ground-Cylinder 1 • Fuel injector failure.
Injector Control Circuit Short To • Engine control module failure.
P0262 12
Battery-Cylinder 1
Injector Control Circuit
P0263 00 Contribution/Balance-Cylinder 1 Boost
Time Out Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
15
Short To Battery-Cylinder 1 EWB002 and EM102
Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit
P2146 14 Reference Electrical Information
Short To Ground-Cylinder 1
Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit
00
Short-Cylinder 1 Diagnostic Test Steps
According to the instructions of the , the injector injects fuel a. Check the harness connector EWB002 of the fuel
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and injector and the harness connector EM102 of ECM
atomizes it. It energizes the injector coil to form magnetic for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
force. When the magnetic force is strong enough to overcome contamination, deformation, etc.
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel found in visual check.
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
again. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• The system voltage is between 8～18V.
• The engine speed is above 50rpm. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are 2. Test related circuits:
activated. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable.
P0201 13, P0262 12, P0263 00 and P2146 00: b. Disconnect the harness connector EWB002 of fuel
• Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 1 is injector.
more than 0.02s. c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 1.
• Storage voltage is less than 35V. If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel injector 1.
P0261 11 and P2146 14: Intermittent circuit failure is valid, d. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
P2146 15: General circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s. of harness connector EWB002 of fuel injector and
Operations of ECU after Failure the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0201, P0261, P0262, P0263, and P2146 are Category-13
DTCs. • Terminal EWB002-2 or Terminal EM102-33
1.0 661


of harness connector EWB002 of fuel injector or
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
and the ground is infinite:


and the power supply is infinite:





injector 1.

test/replace fuel injector 1 or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Fuel Injector".
to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Control
System - SGE1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1.0 662
P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266 and P2149 • Fuel injector 2 failure.
DTC Description • Engine control module failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description Reference Information
Fuel Injector Control Circuit Reference Circuit Information
P0202 13
Open-Cylinder 2 Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
Injector Control Circuit Short To Reference Connector End View Information
P0264 11
Ground-Cylinder 2
EWB003 and EM102
P0265 12
Battery-Cylinder 2 Reference Electrical Information
Injector Control Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Time Out
Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P2149 00
Short-Cylinder 2 a. Check the harness connector EWB003 of the fuel
injector and the harness connector EM102 of ECM
Subsystem Principle
According to the instructions of the , the injector injects fuel contamination, deformation, etc.
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and
atomizes it. It energizes the injector coil to form magnetic
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
injection process starts. When the fuel injection pulse ends, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close • Yes → Go to Step 2;
again.
• The system voltage is between 8～18V.
• The watchdog is not activated, and all fuel injectors are
b. Disconnect the harness connector EWB003 of fuel
activated.
injector 2.
c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 2.
P0202, P0265, P0266 and P2149:
• Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 2 is
d. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
more than 0.02s.
• Storage voltage is less than 35V, which lasts for 0.5s. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EWB003 of fuel injector 2 and
P0264: Intermittent circuit failure is valid, which lasts for 0.5s. the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
Operations of ECU after Failure is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266 and P2149 are Category-13 • Terminal EWB003-2 or Terminal EM102-34
DTCs.
DTC P0202, P0264, P0265, P0266 and P2149 are Category-13 for open circuit/high resistance.
DTCs.
Possible Causes of harness connector EWB003 of fuel injector 2 or
• Related circuit failure. the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the ground is infinite:
1.0 663


of harness connector EWB003 of fuel injector 2 or




injector 2.

Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 664
P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 • Cylinder 3 fuel injector failure.
DTC Description • Engine control module failure.
Fuel Injector Control Circuit Reference Circuit Information
P0203 13
Open-Cylinder 3 Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
Injector Control Circuit Short To Reference Connector End View Information
P0267 11
Ground-Cylinder 3
EWB004 and EM102
P0268 12
Battery-Cylinder 3 Reference Electrical Information
Injector Control Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Time Out
Fuel Injector Supply Voltage Control Circuit 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
P2152 00
Short-Cylinder 3 a. Check the harness connector EWB004 of the fuel
injector and the harness connector EM102 of ECM
Subsystem Principle
According to the instructions of the , the injector injects fuel contamination, deformation, etc.
within the specified time, supplies the engine with fuel and
atomizes it. It energizes the injector coil to form magnetic
the resultant force of the return spring pressure, needle valve c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
gravity and friction, the needle valve begins to rise, and the fuel ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
injection process starts. When the fuel injection pulse ends, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
the pressure of return spring makes the needle valve close • Yes → Go to Step 2;
again.
• The system voltage is between 8 ~ 18V.
• The anti-theft system is activated, and all fuel injectors
b. Disconnect the harness connector EWB004 of fuel
are activated.
injector.
c. Perform the component test on fuel injector 3.
P0203, P0268, P0269 and P2152:
• Time for starting the fuel injector control in cylinder 3 is
more than 0.02s,
• Storage voltage is less than 35V, which lasts for 0.5s. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EWB004 of fuel injector and
P0267: Intermittent circuit failure, which lasts for 0.5s. the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
Operations of ECU after Failure is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 are Category-13 • Terminal EWB004-2 and Terminal EM102-48
DTCs.
DTC P0203, P0267, P0268, P0269 and P2152 are Category-13 for open circuit/high resistance.
DTCs.
Possible Causes of harness connector EWB004 of fuel injector or
• Related circuit failure. the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the ground is infinite:
1.0 665






injector 3.

Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 666
P0219 00 Engine Overspeed Condition a. Check the harness connector EM128 of crankshaft
Subsystem Principle position sensor and the harness connector EM102
The sensor provides information of the engine speed and
crankshaft TDC. It is a hall-effect sensor and used in
conjunction with the pulse wheel. The pulse wheel is a tooth b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
plate, with 58 small teeth spaced at an interval of 6° on the found in visual check.
magnetic ring and with 2 teeth absent. The pulse wheel is c. Check the following components for damage
fitted on the crankshaft, which rotates with the crankshaft. or corrosion, repair or replace the affected
When the tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the pulse wheel components/connectors as required:
made of steel magnetic materials cuts the magnetic force line
• Measure if there is external electromagnetic
of the permanent magnets in the sensor and produces induced
interference on signal or harness.
voltage in the coil, which will be output as the speed signal.
damaged or attached with other metal parts.
The engine keeps running.
• Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
• Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or
Engine speed is greater than 7100rpm for 1s.
misalignment.
• Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
• Check the crankshaft for damage.
• Inquire whether the engine speed is increased
DTC P0219 is a Category-5 DTC. artificially to exceed the minimum safe speed.
Possible Causes If yes, clear the DTC. Confirm that DTC doesn't
• Related circuit failure. appear again.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Check whether the electronic accelerator pedal is
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. stuck in the position with larger opening and can't
• Engine control module failure. return to zero position.
Reference Information If yes, repair the electronic accelerator pedal.
Reference Circuit Information • Check whether the throttle is stuck in the position
with larger opening and can't close.
If yes, repair the throttle body.
• Check the speed sensor and the calculation of its
EM128 and EM102
speed for error.
Reference Electrical Information • Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection vehicle and confirm that the DTC is not reset.
Diagnostic Test Steps d. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
b. Read the "Engine Speed" to check whether it is 3. Test related circuits:

within rational value range (refer to the Appendix a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
for rational value range). disconnect the battery negative cable.
1.0 667
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM128 of the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
crankshaft position sensor and harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
EM102 of the ECM. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
position sensor and the terminals of harness
connector EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
terminals of harness connector EM128 of the
crankshaft position sensor or the terminals of
harness connector EM102 of ECM and the power
supply is infinite:
position sensor or the terminals of harness
connector EM102 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
test/replace the crankshaft position sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Crankshaft Position Sensor".
1.0 668
P0222, P0223, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133, P2132 21: Signal voltage is lower than 0.215V.
P2135 and P2140
DTC Description
P0223 12: Signal voltage of the electronic throttle position
sensor 2 is higher than 4.8V.
P0222 11 P2135 00: Throttle position sensor signal is irrational.
To Ground
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Circuit Short P2140 29: Signal voltage of pedal position sensor 2 is higher
P0223 12 than 0.449V.
To Battery
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit Operations of ECU after Failure
P2127 21
Short to Ground DTC P0222, P0223, P2135, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 1 Circuit P2140 are Category-13 DTCs.
P2128 22
Short to Battery Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit DTC P0222, P0223, P2135, P2127, P2128, P2132, P2133 and
P2132 21
Short to Ground P2140 are Category-13 DTCs.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Circuit Possible Causes
P2133 22
Short to Battery • Related circuit failure.
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage • Connector failure or poor fit.
00
Correlation • Electronic throttle failure.
P2135
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor 2 Voltage • Engine control module failure.
29
Correlation
Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor Voltage
P2140 29 Reference Circuit Information
Correlation
Engine Management System -1.0T (3)
Subsystem Principle
Both throttle position sensor and throttle actuator are
integrated into the electronic throttle body, and the throttle EM112 and EM102
position sensor is an angle potentiometer characterized by the Reference Electrical Information
linear output. The potentiometer rotor arm and throttle are
rotor arm will be driven to slide into a certain position Diagnostic Test Steps
and the potentiometer output a voltage signal proportional
to the throttle position. One throttle body includes two
potentiometers which are fitted in reverse phase, and signals
from both potentiometers are used by the ECM to judge the a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
throttle rotation angle. The 5V supply voltage and reference in "ON" position.
ground of both potentiometers are provided by the ECM.
b. Read "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Voltage", "Throttle
Conditions for Running DTCs Position Sensor 2 Voltage", "Accelerator Pedal
P0222 11, P0223 12: At least 12s after the engine is started. Position Sensor 1 voltage" and "Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor 2 Voltage" to check whether they
P2127 21, P2128 22, P2132 21, P2133 22 and P2140 29: Place are within the rational value range (refer to the
the ignition switch in "ON" position. Appendix for rational value range).
P2135 00, P2135 29: Engine speed exceeds 1200rpm. • Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch
Conditions for Setting DTCs in "ON" position, read and then clear the DTC.
P0222 11: Electronic throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage Perform the self-learning for the electronic throttle,
is lower than 0.2V. depress the accelerator pedal with quick stepping
and slow stepping respectively for several times, and
P2127 21: Signal voltage is lower than 0.586V. observe if the DTC reappears.
1.0 669
If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic or the terminals of harness connector EM102 of
throttle. ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and use • Terminal EM112-3 or Terminal EM102-30
the scan tool to observe if the voltage parameter
of throttle position varies with the accelerator pedal
input within a reasonable range. • Terminal EM112-5 or Terminal EM102-12
• Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.8V) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Position Sensor 2 (4.8 ~ 0.2V) for short to battery.
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Test related g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
circuits". of harness connector EM112 of the electronic
throttle or the terminals of harness connector
a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
the harness connector EM112 of electronic throttle • Terminal EM112-5 or Terminal EM102-12
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
contamination, deformation, etc. for short to battery.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
found in visual check. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test related circuits: a. The valve plate shall be in "OFF" position without
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and rotate if it is moved by hand. If it is stuck, there may
disconnect the battery negative cable. be damage of internal components.
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM112 of
electronic throttle body.
c. Perform the component test on the electronic connector EM112 of electronic throttle body.
throttle.
If the test is abnormal, replace the electronic
d. Connect the two probes to pin 3 and 4 of terminal
throttle.
EM112 of electronic throttle respectively, when the
d. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM. valve plate is moved by hands, the resistance value
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals shall change continuously.
of harness connector EM112 of the electronic
throttle and terminals of harness connector EM102
Service Guide
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
for open circuit or high resistance. (ECM)".
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
of harness connector EM112 of electronic throttle Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle".
1.0 670
Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle
Self-learning".
1.0 671
P0234, P0236, P0237, P0238 and P0299 P0236 21: Boost pressure is less than 500hPa.
DTC Description P0236 22: Boost pressure is greater than 2,800hPa.
P0236 23: The diagnosis and calculation standard is to
P0234 00 Turbocharger Overboost Condition compare the difference between the boost pressure and
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor ambient pressure: A-B<C+D (A: Boost pressure measurement
22 Circuit-Boost Pressure Greater Than value, B: Boost pressure sensor signal tolerance is 20hPa, C:
Threshold Ambient pressure measurement value, D: Ambient pressure
sensor signal tolerance is 500hPa), which lasts for 2s.
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor
21 Circuit-Boost Pressure Less Than P0236 24: The diagnosis and calculation standard is to
Threshold compare the difference between the boost pressure and
P0236 ambient pressure: A-B>C+D (A: Boost pressure measurement
value, B: Boost pressure sensor signal tolerance is 20hPa, C:
24 Circuit-Boost Pressure Greater Than
Ambient pressure measurement value, D: Ambient pressure
Upper Limit Of Rational Range
sensor signal tolerance is 500hPa), which lasts for 1s.
P0237 16: Boost pressure sensor measurement voltage is less
23 Circuit-Boost Pressure Less Than Lower
Limit Of Rational Range
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor P0238 17: Boost pressure sensor measurement voltage is
P0237 16 greater than 4.88V, which lasts for 1s.
Turbocharger Boost Pressure Sensor P0299 00: Boost control deviation: The diagnosis and
P0238 17 calculation standard is to compare the difference between
the reference boost pressure and the actual boost pressure:
P0299 00 Turbocharger Underboost
A<C (A:Boost pressure measurement value, C: Reference
Subsystem Principle pressure), which lasts for 6s.
The boost pressure sensor measures the boost pressure of Operations of ECU after Failure
the intake manifold and provides the engine load information. DTC P0234, P0236, P0237 and P0238 are Category-3 DTCs.
The intake air pressure measurement portion is a piezoelectric
type sensor which may provide "load information" to the
controller according to the pressure difference between the Conditions for Clearing DTCs
atmosphere and intake manifold; the controller provides a DTC P0234, P0236, P0237 and P0238 are Category-3 DTCs.
5V voltage and feeds back a 0~5V voltage to the controller
according to differences of intake air pressure. If the boost
pressure increases or decreases continuously, it shall be Possible Causes
deemed as the boost pressure failure of system. • Related circuits failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Connector failure or poor fit.
P0234: Boost pressure sensor signal is valid. • Boost pressure sensor failure.
P0236: The valid time-delay of boost pressure sensor signal • Engine control module failure.
circuit is exceeds 0.2s. Reference Information
P0237 and P0238: Engine speed is greater than 80rpm. Reference Circuit Information
P0299: The allowable time-delay of low boost pressure Engine Management System - 1.0T (2)
diagnosis exceeds 1.3s. Reference Connector End View Information
EM134 and EM102
P0234 00: Boost control deviation: The diagnosis and
calculation standard is to compare the difference between
the reference boost pressure and the actual boost pressure: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
A-B>C (A: Boost pressure measurement value, B: Maximum
allowable deviation of boost control is 350 ~ 1,500 hPa, C:
Reference pressure), which lasts for 4s.
1.0 672
Diagnostic Test Steps If the test is abnormal, replace the boost pressure
sensor.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: c. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
in "ON" position. of harness connector EM134 of the boost pressure
b. Read "Boost Pressure Sensor Signal Voltage" to sensor and terminals of harness connector EM102
check whether it is within the rational value range of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal EM134-1 and Terminal EM102-7
c. • Terminal EM134-2 and Terminal EM102-26
• Check for following conditions, confirm the integrity • Terminal EM134-3 and Terminal EM102-36
of entire air intake system and exhaust system,
including all turbocharger components: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Damaged components.
• Boost pressure sensor housing rupture.
of harness connector EM134 of the boost pressure
• Looseness or improper fit. sensor or terminals of harness connector EM102 of
• Blocked air flow. the ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Blocked vacuum pipe. • Terminal EM134-1 or Terminal EM102-7
• Vacuum leakage. • Terminal EM134-2 or Terminal EM102-26
• Air leakage between turbocharger and throttle body, • Terminal EM134-3 or Terminal EM102-36
including air leakage on intercooler assembly.
• Blocked exhaust system. for short to ground.
d. Under the conditions for running DTCs, operate f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the vehicle and confirm that the DTC has not been of harness connector EM134 of the boost pressure
reset. sensor or terminals of harness connector EM102 of
• Yes → Test/replace the ECM; the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
• No → Go to Step 2; • Terminal EM134-1 or Terminal EM102-7
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal EM134-2 or Terminal EM102-26
a. Check harness connector EM102 of ECM and • Terminal EM134-34 or Terminal EM102-36
harness connector EM134 of boost pressure sensor
• Yes → Go to Step 3; 4. Test/replace the boost pressure sensor or ECM:
• No → Diagnosis is completed. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
3. Test related circuits: disconnect the battery negative cable.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and b. Disconnect the boost pressure sensor harness
disconnect the battery negative cable and harness connector EM134.
connector EM134 of the boost pressure sensor. c. Measure if the resistance between harness
b. Perform the component test on the boost pressure connector terminal EM134-2 and -3 of the boost
sensor. pressure sensor is about 8.44kΩ (20℃).
1.0 673
If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs, try to
test/replace the boost pressure sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Intake Air Temperature/
Pressure Sensor".
1.0 674
Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
P0243 13
Open
EM118 and EM102
Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit
P0245 11
Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0246 12
Short To Battery
The boost control solenoid valve uses the duty ratio with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
information to adjust the boost pressure of the turbocharger. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
The greater the duty ratio is, the higher the boost pressure in "ON" position.
will be. When the engine works at medium load or small load,
b. Read "Exhaust Gas Control Valve Duty Ratio" to
the boost solenoid valve controls the diaphragm-type bypass
valve to lead the exhaust gas from the exhaust pipe into the
bypass pipeline, and the boost pressure is extremely small at
the moment; when the engine accelerates or works at high c. Perform the forced output of "Exhaust Boost Valve"
load and high speed, the boost solenoid valve controls the and observe the exhaust boost valve for relevant
diaphragm-type bypass valve to reduce the bypass opening response or action.
of the exhaust pipe, then the exhaust gas flows into the • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
turbocharger and the boost pressure rises at this stage.
P0243, P0245 and P0246:
a. Check harness connector EM102 of ECM and
• Engine speed is greater than or equal to 80 rpm.
harness connector EM118 of turbocharger
• The system voltage is higher than or equal to 9V. electrically controlled bypass valve for looseness,
• The duty ratio controlled by the exhaust boost valve is poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
greater than or equal to 5%. deformation, etc.
• The duty ratio controlled by the exhaust boost valve is b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
less than or equal to 95%. found in visual check.
P0243: Circuit is open, which lasts for 0.5s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0245: Circuit is short to ground, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0246: Circuit is short to battery, which lasts for 0.5s.
a. Check if fuse F15 is blown.
If the fuse is blown, replace it.
b. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. c. Test if the voltage between harness connector signal
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal EM118-1 of the turbocharger electrically
• Turbocharger electrically controlled bypass valve failure. controlled bypass valve and the ground is the battery
• Engine control module failure. voltage.
1.0 675
d. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and


terminal EM118-2 of the turbocharger electrically
controlled bypass valve and harness connector
terminal EM102-18 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.


controlled bypass valve or harness connector
terminal EM102-18 of the ECM and the ground is
infinite.


controlled bypass valve or harness connector
terminal EM102-18 of the ECM and the power
supply is infinite.


• Yes→ Go to Step 4;
• No→ Diagnosis is completed.
4. Test/replace the turbocharger electrically controlled

bypass valve or ECM:
If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs, try
to test/replace the turbocharger electrically controlled
bypass valve or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Turbocharger Relief Valve".
1.0 676
P025A, P025C and P025D Reference Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Fuel Tank
P025A 13 Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Open Reference Connector End View Information
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To
P025C 11 BY144 and BY205
Ground
Fuel Pump Module Control Circuit Short To Reference Electrical Information
P025D 12
Battery Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

The electric fuel pump transfers the fuel from the fuel tank 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
to the engine and provides sufficient fuel pressure and rich with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
fuel. It is a DC motor driven vane pump, which is located a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in the fuel tank and immersed in fuel. It utilizes fuel for heat in "ON" position.
dissipation and lubrication. The battery supplies power for
b. Read "Fuel Pump Relay State" to check whether
the electric low-pressure fuel pump via the low-pressure fuel
pump relay which connects the electric low-pressure fuel pump
circuit only when the power is on and the engine is starting or
running. When the engine stops due to accident, the fuel pump c. Perform the forced output of "Fuel Pump Relay"
will stop automatically. and observe fuel pump relay for relevant response
Conditions for Running DTCs or action.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Yes→ Test/replace the main relay;
• The system voltage is between 10.7V ~ 16.1V. • No → Go to Step 2.

P025A: ECM detects that low-pressure fuel pump relay control a. Check harness connector BY205 of ECM and
circuit voltage is greater than 2.5V but less than 5.8V, which harness connector BY144 of engine compartment
lasts for 0.5s. fuse box for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
P025C: ECM detects that low-pressure fuel pump relay control
circuit voltage is less than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P025D: ECM detects that low-pressure fuel pump relay control
circuit current is greater than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC P025A and P025C are Category-13 DTCs. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
DTC P025D is a Category-3 DTC. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
DTC P025A and P025C are Category-13 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
DTC P025D is a Category-3 DTC. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Possible Causes b. Remove the low-pressure fuel pump relay and
perform the components test on the fuel pump
relay .
If the test is abnormal, replace the fuel pump relay.
• Fuel pump relay failure.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY144 of the engine
• Fuel pump failure.
• Engine control module failure. BY205 of the ECM.
1.0 677
box and harness connector terminal BY205-28 of If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
the ECM is less than 5Ω. test/replace the ECM.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Service Guide
for open circuit/high resistance. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
e. Test if the resistance between harness connector Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
terminal BY144-4 of the engine compartment fuse (ECM)".
box or harness connector terminal BY205-28 of the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
ECM and the ground is infinite. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,



4. Test/replace the fuel pump relay or ECM:
• Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and remove the

fuel pump relay.
• Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminals BY144-85 and BY144-86 of the fuel pump relay
is between 80 ~ 90Ω.

relay.

the fuel pump relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87

relay.
• Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal 85 of

the fuel pump relay and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire
between the relay terminal 86 and the ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 of the fuel pump
relay is less than 5Ω.

relay.
1.0 678
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P130A
DTC Description
DTC FTB Failure Description EM108, EM107, EM106 and EM102
Misfire Detected-Random Or Multiple Reference Electrical Information

P0300 00
Cylinder
P0301 00 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 1
P0302 00 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 2
P0303 00 Misfire Detected-Cylinder 3 with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Cylinder Selective Fuel Cut-Off Active Due a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P130A 00
To Catalyst Damaging Misfire in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle b. Read the "Misfire Number of 1st Cylinder", "Misfire
The ignition coil converts the battery low voltage DC to high Number of 2nd Cylinder" and "Misfire Number of
voltage and uses the spark by spark plug discharge to ignite the 3rd Cylinder" to check whether they are within
gas mixture in the cylinder. Each ignition coil consists of a pair rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
of coil windings around laminated iron core. rational value range).
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
• The engine keeps running. • No → Go to Step 2.

• Bad circuit monitoring is not detected. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Fuel cut-off status is not activated. a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
• Torque interference is not activated. the harness connector EM108, EM107 and EM106 of
• Engine speed is between 500 and 5600 rpm. ignition coil for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• Intake air temperature is above -30℃.
• The misfire rate threshold value for damaging the
catalytic converter is 9～21%。 c. Check if fuse F12 is blown.
• The misfire rate threshold value making emission d. With the engine running, observe the DTC
deteriorate is greater than 3.2%. information with a scan tool. Check if the DTC
• The misfire rate threshold value making emission related with fuel injector of corresponding cylinder
deteriorate is greater than 3.2%. exits.
Operations of ECU after Failure If fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder is set,
test fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder.
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P130A are Category-2
DTCs. e. While engine is operating at idle speed under normal
Conditions for Clearing DTCs temperature, confirm there is no abnormal noise.
DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and P130A are Category-2 If there is abnormal noise, test the engine for
DTCs. mechanical system failure.
Possible Causes f. Confirm that the following conditions have not

occurred:
• Related circuit failure.
• Cracking, twisting or improper connection of vacuum
hose.
• Ignition coil failure.
• Engine vacuum leakage.
Reference Information • Crankcase ventilation system leakage.
Reference Circuit Information • The fuel pressure is too low or too high.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (3) If any, repair invalid/faulty components when
necessary.
1.0 679
g. With the engine running, observe the DTC • Terminal EM108-3 and Terminal EM102-16
be clear which cylinder or cylinders have misfire.
h. Clear the DTC. Increase the engine speed to
1,500rpm, observe DTC information parameter, • Terminal EM106-2 and Terminal EM102-6
confirm that P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and • Terminal EM106-3 and Terminal EM102-1
P130A have not been set.
If the related DTC is set again, go to "Test related for open circuit/high resistance.
circuits".
i. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the of harness connectors EM108, EM107 and EM106 of
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again ignition coil or the terminals of harness connector
and confirm if there remains any DTC. EM102 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Terminal EM108-2 or Terminal EM102-6
b. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having misfire
DTC for damage, and replace it when necessary. • Terminal EM106-3 or Terminal EM102-1
Meanwhile measure if the corresponding cylinder If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
pressure meets standards, if not, check and repair. for short to ground.
c. Disconnect the three harness connectors EM108, j. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
EM107 and EM106 of ignition coil. of harness connectors EM108, EM107 and EM106 of
d. Perform the component test on ignition coil. ignition coil or the terminals of harness connector
EM102 of ECM and the power supply is infinite.
e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
ignition switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage • Terminal EM108-3 or Terminal EM102-16
between terminal 4 of harness connectors EM108, • Terminal EM107-2 or Terminal EM102-6
EM107 and EM106 of ignition coil and the ground is
the battery voltage respectively. • Terminal EM107-3 or Terminal EM102-17
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Terminal EM106-2 or Terminal EM102-6
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. • Terminal EM106-3 or Terminal EM102-1
f. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
connectors EM108, EM107 and EM106 of ignition for short to battery.
coil and the ground is less than 5Ω respectively.
k. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
for open circuit or high resistance. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
g. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, • Yes → Go to Step 4;
harness connectors EM108, EM107 and EM106 of 4. Test/replace the ignition coil or ECM.
ignition coil. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals disconnect the battery negative cable, and remove
of harness connectors EM108, EM107 and EM106 of the ignition coil.
ignition coil and the terminals of harness connector b. Connect the battery negative cable, start the engine,
EM102 of ECM is less than 5Ω. fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of
• Terminal EM108-2 and Terminal EM102-6 cylinder having misfire, perform spark over test for
1.0 680
the cylinder having misfire, and observe if there is
any spark and the intensity of spark.
c. If there is spark and the spark is intense, check

the corresponding fuel injector referring to the
detection of relevant DTCs.
d. If there is spark but the spark is weak, replace the

corresponding ignition coil.
e. If there is no spark, perform the following test.
f. Measure the primary resistance and secondary

Name Specified Value
Primary Resistance 0.7Ω～0.9Ω
Secondary Resistance 9.68kΩ～12.32kΩ

test/replace the ignition coil or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Ignition Coil".
1.0 681

Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0321 00
Speed Sensor Signal Fluctuation in "ON" position.
Engine Speed Input Circuit-Crankshaft b. Read the "Crankshaft Sensor Signal Abnormality" to
P0322 00
Speed Sensor No Signal check whether it is within rational value range (refer
Subsystem Principle
conjunction with the pulse wheel. The pulse wheel is a tooth 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
plate, with 58 small teeth spaced at an interval of 6° on the a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
magnetic ring and with 2 teeth absent. The pulse wheel is the harness connector EM128 of crankshaft position
fitted on the crankshaft, which rotates with the crankshaft. sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
When the tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the pulse wheel corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
made of steel magnetic materials cuts the magnetic force line
of the permanent magnets in the sensor and produces induced
voltage in the coil, which will be output as the speed signal.
c. Check the following components for damage
or corrosion, repair or replace the affected
• Engine speed is above 550r/min. components/connectors as required:
• Vehicle speed is less than 1km/h or greater than 25km/h. • Measurement signal or harness is disturbed by
Conditions for Setting DTCs external electromagnetic interference.
P0321: Signal error event counter is greater than 10. • Check whether the speed signal gear tooth is
damaged or attached with other metal parts.
P0322: It is not detected that camshaft revolution of speed
signal is greater than 6. • Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or
misalignment.
• Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
• Check the crankshaft for damage.
Possible Causes
d. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Connector failure or poor fit. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Engine control module failure. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Reference Information • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Circuit Information 3. Test related circuits:
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2) a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Reference Connector End View Information disconnect the battery negative cable.
EM128 and EM102
crankshaft position sensor and harness connector
Reference Electrical Information EM102 of the ECM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
1.0 682


connector EM102 of ECM and the ground is infinite:

e. Test if the resistance between the following

supply is infinite:



Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 683
P0325, P0327, P0328 and P1386 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC Description P0325 17, P0325 16: Knock identification reference voltage is
DTC FTB Failure Description 0.2 ~ 1V, which occurs for 30 times continuously.
17 Knock Sensor Circuit Short To Battery P0327 00, P0327 14: Knock sensor port average voltage is less
P0325
16 Knock Sensor Circuit Short To Ground than -0.7V, which is monitored continuously.
Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To P0328 00, P0328 15: Knock sensor port average voltage is
00 greater than 1V, which is monitored continuously.
Ground
P0327
Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To P1386 00: 24 abnormalities in 100 combustion cycles, 2
14
Ground abnormalities in 3 seconds.
Knock Sensor Port A Circuit Short To Operations of ECU after Failure

00
Battery DTC P0325, P0327, P0328 and P1386 are Category-3 DTCs.
P0328
Knock Sensor Port B Circuit Short To Conditions for Clearing DTCs
15
Battery
Diagnostic Fault Check Knock Control Possible Causes
P1386 00
Signal Evaluation
Subsystem Principle
The knock sensor is used to provide electronic controller • Knock sensor failure.
with engine knock information to carry out knock control.
The knock sensor is a vibration acceleration sensor. It is fitted
on the engine block. The sensitive element of the sensor is
a piezoelectric crystal. The vibration of the engine block is Reference Circuit Information
transferred to the piezoelectric crystal through the mass block Engine Management System - 1.0T (1)
in the sensor. The vibration of the mass block can produce
pressure which helps the piezoelectric crystal to generate Reference Connector End View Information
voltage on both pole surfaces and transform the vibration EM124 and EM102
signal into voltage signal output.
P0325 17, P0325 16:
• Engine speed is non-dynamic.
• Engine load is non-dynamic. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Knock control circuit has no failure.
• Limp home is not activated.
in "ON" position.
• Engine load is greater than 30%.
b. Read the "Correction Value of Knock Ignition Angle"
• Engine coolant temperature is above 40℃.
and "Knock Noise Level" to check whether they are
• Engine speed is above 2,800r/min. within rational value range (refer to the Appendix
• 1st cylinder identification is valid. for rational value range).
P0327 00, P0327 14, P0328 00, P0328 15: • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
• Engine speed is non-dynamic. • No → Go to Step 2.

• Engine load is non-dynamic. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Limp home is not activated. a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
• Engine speed is above 1,000r/min. the harness connector EM124 of knock sensor
P1386 00: The engine keeps running.
1.0 684
c. Check the following mechanical components for the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
damage or incorrect fitting. and the ground is infinite.
• Check the knock sensor for physical damage • Terminal EM124-1 or Terminal EM102-25
• Check the knock sensor for proper fitting • Terminal EM124-2 or Terminal EM102-10
• The mounting surface of the knock sensor shall be If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
free of burr, casting fin and foreign material. for short to ground.
If above failures exist, repair/replace the f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
corresponding components. of harness connector EM124 of the knock sensor or
d. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, confirm the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM
if the parameters in the real-time display of the scan and the power supply is infinite.
tool are within the specified range. • Terminal EM124-1 or Terminal EM102-25
If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Test related • Terminal EM124-2 or Terminal EM102-10
circuits".
e. Check the following mechanical components for
damage or incorrect fitting.
• Check the knock sensor for physical damage
• Check the knock sensor for proper fitting and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The mounting surface of the knock sensor shall be • Yes → Go to Step 4;
4. Test/replace the knock sensor or ECM:
f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again disconnect the battery negative cable.
and confirm if there remains any DTC. b. Disconnect harness connector EM124 of the knock
• Yes → Go to Step 3; sensor.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. c. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of

the knock sensor is around 1MΩ (20℃).
d. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
knock sensor.
e. When tapping near the knock sensor with a small
hammer, test the voltage between terminal 1 and 2
knock sensor and harness connector EM102 of ECM.
of the knock sensor. At the moment, there shall be
c. Perform the component test on the knock sensor. a millivolt-level voltage signal output.
If the component test is abnormal, replace the knock If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
sensor. test/replace the knock sensor or ECM.
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Service Guide
of harness connector EM124 of the knock sensor
and the terminals of harness connector EM102 of
(ECM)".
• Terminal EM124-2 and Terminal EM102-10 Control System - 1.0T" - "Knock Sensor".
for open circuit/high resistance. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector EM124 of the knock sensor or
1.0 685
P0336 b. Read the "Crankshaft Sensor Signal Abnormality" to

DTC Description check whether it is within rational value range (refer
Crankshaft Position Sensor DGI Signal
P0336 00 Error/Engine Shutdown Position Error/DGI • No → Go to Step 2.
Signal Reverse Pulse Length Irrational 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and

the harness connector EM128 of crankshaft position
sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
plate, with 58 small teeth spaced at an interval of 6° on the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
magnetic ring and with 2 teeth absent. The pulse wheel is found in visual check.
fitted on the crankshaft, which rotates with the crankshaft. c. Check the following components for damage
When the tooth tips pass by sensor ends, the pulse wheel or corrosion, repair or replace the affected
made of steel magnetic materials cuts the magnetic force line components/connectors as required:
of the permanent magnets in the sensor and produces induced • Measure if there is external electromagnetic
voltage in the coil, which will be output as the speed signal. interference on signal or harness.
The engine keeps running. damaged or attached with other metal parts.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Check the main bearing of crankshaft for wear.
• Incorrect DGI pulse counter is greater than 10. • Check the crankshaft signal gear for damage or
• Incorrect shutdown position counter is greater than 10. misalignment.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Check the crankshaft for excessive runout.
DTC P0336 is a Category-5 DTC. • Check the crankshaft for damage.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs If above failures exist, repair/replace the

Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Crankshaft position sensor failure. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Engine control module failure. 3. Test related circuits:
Reference Information a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Reference Circuit Information disconnect the battery negative cable.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2) b. Disconnect the harness connector EM128 of the
crankshaft position sensor and harness connector
EM102 of the ECM.
EM128 and EM102
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector EM128 of the crankshaft
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal EM128-1 and Terminal EM102-7
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal EM128-2 and Terminal EM102-22
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
1.0 686
connector EM102 of ECM and the ground is infinite:


supply is infinite:



Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 687

DTC Description
EM111 and EM102
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
P0341 00
Signal Irrational Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Diagnostic Test Steps

P0342 00
Short To Ground
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0343 00
Short To Battery
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with b. Read the "Intake Camshaft Phase" to check whether
the rotational speed sensor in the circumstances without the it is within rational value range (refer to the
electricity distributor, so as to provide with the camshaft phase Appendix for rational value range).
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Intake Actuator"
and exhaust top dead centre of the 1st cylinder. The camshaft and observe the variable camshaft timing valve for
position sensor is composed of a hall sensor and a rotor made relevant response or action.
arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The magnetic field inside the
hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, which leads to • No → Go to Step 2.
change of the output signal voltage. In this way, the two top 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
dead centres are identified.
a. Check the harness connector EM102 of the ECM
Conditions for Running DTCs and the harness connector EM111 of intake camshaft
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Conditions for Setting DTCs corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
P0341: Signal failure counter is greater than 20.
P0342:
• Signal voltage is normally low. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• No signal counter is greater than 8. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P0343: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Signal voltage is normally high. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• No signal counter is greater than 8. 3. Test related circuits:

Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect the harness connector EM111 of intake
camshaft sensor and harness connector EM102 of
DTC P0341, P0342 and P0343 are Category-3 DTCs. ECM.
Possible Causes c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector EM111 of the intake camshaft
• Connector failure or poor fit. sensor and the terminals of harness connector
EM102 of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Intake phase sensor failure.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal EM111-1 and Terminal EM102-27
Reference Information • Terminal EM111-2 and Terminal EM102-8
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal EM111-3 and Terminal EM102-53
Engine Management System - 1.0T (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
1.0 688
sensor or the terminals of harness connector EM102
of the ECM and the ground is infinite:


sensor or the terminals of harness connector EM102
of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the intake camshaft sensor or ECM:

test/replace the camshaft position sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 689

DTC Description
Ignition Coil Primary Circuit Open-Cylinder
1
Ignition Coil Primary Control Circuit Short
To Ground-Cylinder 1
in "ON" position.
P2301 12 b. Read the "Misfire Number of 1st Cylinder" to check
To Battery-Cylinder 1
The ignition coil converts the battery low voltage DC to high • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
voltage and uses the spark by spark plug discharge to ignite the
gas mixture in the cylinder. Each ignition coil consists of a pair
of coil windings around laminated iron core. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
P0351, P2300, P2301: the harness connector EM108 of ignition coil for
• The engine keeps running.
• Bad circuit monitoring is not detected.
• Fuel cut-off status is not activated.
• Torque interference is not activated.
c. Check if fuse F12 is blown.
• Engine speed is between 500 and 5600 rpm.
d. With the engine running, observe the DTC
information with a scan tool. Check if the DTC
Conditions for Setting DTCs related with fuel injector of corresponding cylinder
P0351, P2300, P2301: exits.
• The misfire rate threshold value for damaging the If fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder is set,
catalytic converter is 9～21%。 test fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder.
• The misfire rate threshold value making emission e. While engine is operating at idle speed under normal
deteriorate is greater than 3.2%. temperature, confirm there is no abnormal noise.
Operations of ECU after Failure If there is abnormal noise, test the engine for
DTC P0351, P2300 and P2301 are Category-5 DTCs. mechanical system failure.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs f. Confirm that the following conditions have not
DTC P0351, P2300 and P2301 are Category-5 DTCs. occurred:
Possible Causes • Cracking, twisting or improper connection of vacuum

hose.
• Ignition coil failure. • Crankcase ventilation system leakage.
• Engine control module failure. • The fuel pressure is too low or too high.
Reference Information If any, repair invalid/faulty components when
Reference Circuit Information necessary.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (3) g. With the engine running, observe the DTC
EM108 and EM102 h. Clear the DTC. Increase the engine speed to
1,500rpm, observe DTC information parameter,
1.0 690
confirm that P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and • Terminal EM108-2 or Terminal EM102-6
P130A have not been set. • Terminal EM108-3 or Terminal EM102-16
If the related DTC is set again, go to "Test related
circuits".
j. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector EM108 of ignition coil or the
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
• Yes → Go to Step 3; the power supply is infinite.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
disconnect the battery negative cable. for short to battery.
b. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having misfire k. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC for damage, and replace it when necessary. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Meanwhile measure if the corresponding cylinder and confirm if there remains any DTC.
pressure meets standards, if not, check and repair.
c. Disconnect the harness connector EM108 of ignition
coil. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
d. Perform the component test on ignition coil. 4. Test/replace the ignition coil or ECM.
If the test is abnormal, replace the ignition coil. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect the battery negative cable, and remove
the ignition coil.
ignition switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage
between harness connector terminal EM108-4 of the b. Connect the battery negative cable, start the engine,
ignition coil and the ground is the battery voltage. fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of
cylinder having misfire, perform spark over test for
terminal EM108-1 of the ignition coil and the ground
is less than 5Ω.
g. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect the battery negative cable, and e. If there is no spark, perform the following test.
disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM and f. Measure the primary resistance and secondary
harness connector EM108 of ignition coil. resistance of ignition coil respectively (at 20℃).
h. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Name Specified Value
of harness connector EM108 of ignition coil and
is less than 5Ω. Secondary Resistance 9.68kΩ～12.32kΩ
• Terminal EM108-3 and Terminal EM102-16 test/replace the ignition coil or ECM.
i. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
of harness connector EM108 of ignition coil or the (ECM)".
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
the ground is infinite. Control System - 1.0T" - "Ignition Coil".
1.0 691

1.0 692
DTC Description
2
in "ON" position.
P2304 12 b. Read the "Misfire Number of 2nd Cylinder" to check
The ignition coil converts the battery low voltage DC to high • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
voltage and uses the spark by spark plug discharge to ignite the
gas mixture in the cylinder. Each ignition coil consists of a pair
of coil windings around laminated iron core. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
P0352, P2303, P2304: the harness connector EM107 of ignition coil for
• Bad circuit monitoring is not detected.
• Torque interference is not activated.
information with a scan tool. Check if the DTC
Conditions for Setting DTCs related with fuel injector of corresponding cylinder
P0352, P2303, P2304: exits.
• The misfire rate threshold value for damaging the If fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder is set,
catalytic converter is 9～21%。 test fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder.
• The misfire rate threshold value making emission e. While engine is operating at idle speed under normal
deteriorate is greater than 3.2%. temperature, confirm there is no abnormal noise.
Operations of ECU after Failure If there is abnormal noise, test the engine for
DTC P0352, P2303 and P2304 are Category-5 DTCs. mechanical system failure.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs f. Confirm that the following conditions have not
DTC P0352, P2303 and P2304 are Category-5 DTCs. occurred:
Possible Causes • Cracking, twisting or improper connection of vacuum

hose.
• Ignition coil failure. • Crankcase ventilation system leakage.
• Engine control module failure. • The fuel pressure is too low or too high.
Reference Information If any, repair invalid/faulty components when
Reference Circuit Information necessary.
Engine Management System -1.0T (3) g. With the engine running, observe the DTC
EM107 and EM102 h. Clear the DTC. Increase the engine speed to
1,500rpm, observe DTC information parameter,
1.0 693
confirm that P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and • Terminal EM107-2 or Terminal EM102-6
If the related DTC is set again, go to "Test related
circuits".
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
• Yes → Go to Step 3; the power supply is infinite.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
disconnect the battery negative cable. for short to battery.
b. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having misfire k. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
DTC for damage, and replace it when necessary. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Meanwhile measure if the corresponding cylinder and confirm if there remains any DTC.
pressure meets standards, if not, check and repair.
c. Disconnect the harness connector EM107 of ignition
coil. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
d. Perform the component test on ignition coil. 4. Test/replace the ignition coil or ECM.
If the test is abnormal, replace the ignition coil. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect the battery negative cable, and remove
the ignition coil.
ignition switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage
between harness connector terminal EM107-4 of the b. Connect the battery negative cable, start the engine,
ignition coil and the ground is the battery voltage. fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of
cylinder having misfire, perform spark over test for
terminal EM107-1 of the ignition coil and the ground
is less than 5Ω.
g. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM and f. Measure the primary resistance and secondary
harness connector EM107 of ignition coil. resistance of ignition coil respectively (at 20℃).
i. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
of harness connector EM107 of ignition coil or the (ECM)".
terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
the ground is infinite. Control System - 1.0T" - "Ignition Coil".
1.0 694
1.0 695

DTC Description
EM106 and EM102
P0353 13
3 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Ignition Coil Primary Control Circuit Short Diagnostic Test Steps

P2306 11
Ignition Coil Primary Control Circuit Short with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P2307 12
The ignition coil converts the battery low voltage DC to high b. Read the "Misfire Number of 3rd Cylinder" to check
voltage and uses the spark by spark plug discharge to ignite the whether it is within rational value range (refer to the
gas mixture in the cylinder. Each ignition coil consists of a pair Appendix for rational value range).
of coil windings around laminated iron core.
P0353, P2306, P2307:
• Bad circuit monitoring is not detected. a. Check the harness connector EM102 of ECM and
the harness connector EM106 of ignition coil for
• Torque interference is not activated. contamination, deformation, etc.
• Intake air temperature is above -30℃. found in visual check.
P0353, P2306, P2307:
• The misfire rate threshold value for damaging the information with a scan tool. Check if the DTC
catalytic converter is 9～21%。 related with fuel injector of corresponding cylinder
• The misfire rate threshold value making emission exits.
deteriorate is greater than 3.2%.
If fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder is set,
• The misfire rate threshold value making emission test fuel injector DTC of corresponding cylinder.
deteriorate is greater than 3.2%.
e. While engine is operating at idle speed under normal
temperature, confirm there is no abnormal noise.
DTC P0353, P2306, P2307 are Category-5 DTCs.
If there is abnormal noise, test the engine for
Conditions for Clearing DTCs mechanical system failure.
DTC P0353, P2306, P2307 are Category-5 DTCs. f. Confirm that the following conditions have not
Possible Causes occurred:
• Related circuit failure. • Cracking, twisting or improper connection of vacuum
• Connector failure or poor fit. hose.
• Ignition coil failure. • Engine vacuum leakage.
• Engine control module failure. • Crankcase ventilation system leakage.
• The fuel pressure is too low or too high.
If any, repair invalid/faulty components when
Engine Management System - 1.0T (3) necessary.
1.0 696
g. With the engine running, observe the DTC If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
information with a scan tool. Confirm the DTC, and for open circuit/high resistance.
be clear which cylinder or cylinders have misfire. i. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
h. Clear the DTC. Increase the engine speed to of harness connector EM106 of ignition coil or the
1,500rpm, observe DTC information parameter, terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
confirm that P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 and the ground is infinite.
If the related DTC is set again, go to "Test related • Terminal EM106-3 or Terminal EM102-1
circuits".
i. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the for short to ground.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM and
• No → Diagnosis is completed. the power supply is infinite.
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and • Terminal EM106-3 or Terminal EM102-1
disconnect the battery negative cable. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
b. Check the spark plug in the cylinder having misfire for short to battery.
DTC for damage, and replace it when necessary. k. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Meanwhile measure if the corresponding cylinder ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
pressure meets standards, if not, check and repair. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
c. Disconnect the harness connector EM106 of ignition • Yes → Go to Step 4;
coil.
d. Perform the component test on ignition coil.
4. Test/replace the ignition coil or ECM.
e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the disconnect the battery negative cable, and remove
ignition switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage the ignition coil.
between harness connector terminal EM106-4 of the
b. Connect the battery negative cable, start the engine,
ignition coil and the ground is the battery voltage.
fit a new spark plug on the high voltage wire of
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit cylinder having misfire, perform spark over test for
for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground. the cylinder having misfire, and observe if there is
f. Test if the resistance between harness connector any spark and the intensity of spark.
terminal EM106-1 of the ignition coil and the ground c. If there is spark and the spark is intense, check
is less than 5Ω. the corresponding fuel injector referring to the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit detection of relevant DTCs.
for open circuit or high resistance. d. If there is spark but the spark is weak, replace the
g. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, corresponding ignition coil.
f. Measure the primary resistance and secondary
harness connector EM106 of ignition coil.
the terminals of harness connector EM102 of ECM Primary Resistance 0.7Ω～0.9Ω
1.0 697
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Ignition Coil".
1.0 698
DTC FTB Failure Description Engine Management System -1.0T (3)
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Reference Connector End View Information
P0366 00
Signal Irrational
EM105 and EM102
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
P0367 00
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0368 00
Short To Battery
The camshaft position sensor is applied to cooperate with with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
the rotational speed sensor in the circumstances without the a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
electricity distributor, so as to provide with the camshaft phase in "ON" position.
information, namely, identify the compression top dead centre
b. Read the "Exhaust Camshaft Phase" to check
and exhaust top dead centre of the 1st cylinder. The camshaft
arc boss is fitted on the camshaft. The magnetic field inside the c. Perform the forced output of "VCT Exhaust
hall sensor will change when the boss passes it, which leads to Actuator" and observe the variable camshaft timing
change of the output signal voltage. In this way, the two top valve for relevant response or action.
dead centres are identified. • Yes → Test/replace the main relay;
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check the harness connector EM105 of exhaust
P0366: phase sensor and the harness connector EM102
• Camshaft synchronous status error.
• Signal failure counter is greater than 20.
P0367: found in visual check.
• Signal voltage is normally low. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• No signal counter is greater than 8. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0368:
• Signal voltage is normally high.
• No signal counter is greater than 8.
b. Disconnect the harness connector EM105 of exhaust
DTC P0366, P0367 and P0368 are Category-3 DTCs. phase sensor and harness connector EM102 of ECM.
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector EM105 of the exhaust camshaft
sensor and terminals of harness connector EM102
of the ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Exhaust phase sensor failure.
1.0 699


the ECM and the ground is infinite:


the ECM and the power supply is infinite:

4. Test/replace the exhaust phase sensor or ECM:

test/replace the exhaust phase sensor or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 700
P0420 3. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in
DTC Description exhaust system:
DTC FTB Failure Description • Exhaust system leakage
Catalyst System Efficiency Below • Exhaust system component damage
P0420 00
Threshold-Oxygen Storage Capacity Aged
• Looseness and missing of metal components in exhaust
Subsystem Principle system
Three-way catalytic converter controls the emission of • Oxygen sensor fitted improperly
hydrocarbon, carbon monoxide and nitrogen oxide. Catalyst
If any failure is found, repair the exhaust system failure.
in the converter can quicken chemical reaction, oxidize
hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide in exhaust gas. This 4. If physical tests are normal, start the engine, and read
process converts hydrocarbon and carbon monoxide into oxygen sensor parameters with a scan tool.
water vapor and carbon dioxide, and converts nitrogen oxides If the oxygen sensor can work normally, replace the
into nitrogen, so as to reduce the content of nitrogen oxides. three-way catalytic converter.
Conditions for Running DTCs Service Guide
• Engine runs. Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine Intake
• The diagnosis and monitoring activation time of the and Exhaust System - 1.0T" - "Catalytic Converter".
catalytic converter is more than 30s.
The average value of rear oxygen sensor signal amplitude
corrected by critical catalytic converter model is less than 1.
Possible Causes
Three-way catalytic converter failure.

1. Read DTC information with a scan tool when engine is
idling.
If there are other DTCs, repair them first.
2. Confirm that the following conditions do not exist in the

catalytic converter:
• Dent deformation
• Severe discoloration caused by excessive temperature
• Looseness inside the three-way catalytic converter
• Three-way catalytic converter blockage
If any of the conditions is found, replace the three-way

catalytic converter.
1.0 701

Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Reference Connector End View Information
P0444 13
Valve Circuit Open
EM110 and EM102
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control
P0458 11
Valve Circuit Short To Ground Reference Electrical Information
Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0459 12
Valve Circuit Short To Battery
The canister control valve is applied to control the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
regeneration air flow of the fuel evaporation control system.
The canister in the fuel evaporation control system absorbs
in "ON" position.
fuel steam from fuel tank till it cannot absorb any more.
It controls the canister control valve to open and allows b. Read the "Canister Load", "Canister Solenoid State",
fresh air and the saturated fuel steam in the canister to "Canister Solenoid PWM Duty Ratio" to check
form the regeneration air flow, then sends it to the intake whether they are within the rational value range
pipe of the engine. The electronic controller, based on the (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
different working conditions of engine, changes the duty c. Perform the forced output of "Canister Solenoid"
ratio of the pulse signal transmitted to the canister control to observe canister solenoid for relevant response
valve electromagnetic coil to control the regeneration air or action.
flow. Moreover, the flow is also influenced by the pressure
difference on both ends.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V. a. Check harness connector EM110 of the canister
Conditions for Setting DTCs solenoid and harness connector EM102 of the ECM
P0444: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is
between 2.5 ~ 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0458: Canister control valve control circuit voltage is less
than 2.5V, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0459: Canister control valve control circuit current is greater
than 4A, which lasts for 0.5s.
Possible Causes
b. Disconnect the canister solenoid harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. EM110.
• Canister solenoid failure.
• Engine control module failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
terminal EM110-1 of the canister solenoid and the
1.0 702


terminal EM110-2 of the canister solenoid and
is less than 5Ω.


terminal EM110-2 of the canister solenoid or


terminal EM110-2 of the canister solenoid or

4. Test/replace the canister solenoid or the ECM:

b. Disconnect the canister control valve harness

connector EM110.

the canister control valve is about 26Ω (20℃).

test/replace the canister solenoid or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Control System - 1.0T" - "Canister Solenoid".
1.0 703
(Low Speed)
P0691 11
Ground(Low Speed)
P0692 12 • No → Go to Step 2.
Battery (Low Speed)
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan
Engine control module controls the cooling fan high/low speed relay box and harness connector BY025 of the ECM
relay to realize the high/low speed of the cooling fan. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Conditions for Running DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0480: The control module detects that cooling fan relay
control circuit is open circuit.
P0691: The control module detects that cooling fan relay • Yes → Go to Step 3;
control circuit is short to ground.
control circuit is short to battery.
DTC P0480, P0691 and P0692 are Category-5 DTCs. disconnect harness connector BY025 of the ECM
Conditions for Clearing DTCs and harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan
relay box.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. box and terminals of harness connector BY025 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Cooling fan for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
BY025 and BY221 box or terminals of harness connector BY025 of the
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
in "ON" position. box or terminals of harness connector BY025 of the
1.0 704



b. Disconnect the harness connector BY221 of cooling

fan relay box.
terminal 4/6 of the cooling fan relay is about 26Ω
(20℃).

test/replace the cooling fan relay box or the ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 705
(High Speed)
P0693 11
Ground(High Speed)
P0694 12 • No → Go to Step 2.
Battery (High Speed)
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan
Engine control module controls the cooling fan high/low speed relay box and harness connector BY025 of the ECM
relay to realize the high/low speed of the cooling fan. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Conditions for Running DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
control circuit is open.
P0693: The control module detects that cooling fan relay • Yes → Go to Step 3;
control circuit is short to ground.
control circuit is short to battery.
DTC P0481, P0693 and P0694 are Category-5 DTCs. disconnect harness connector BY025 of the ECM
Conditions for Clearing DTCs and harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan
relay box.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. box and terminals of harness connector BY025 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Cooling fan for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
BY025 and BY221 box or terminals of harness connector BY025 of the
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch of harness connector BY221 of the cooling fan relay
in "ON" position. box or terminals of harness connector BY025 of the
1.0 706



b. Disconnect harness connector BY221 of the cooling

fan relay box.
terminal 4/6 of the cooling fan relay is about 26Ω
(20℃).

test/replace the cooling fan relay box or the ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 707
P0500 Diagnostic Test Steps

DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, connect the
DTC FTB Failure Description scan tool, and check the ABS for failure of wheel speed
sensor or ABS/dynamic stability control module itself,
Vehicle Speed Sensor-Vehicle Speed
22 remove the failure above first.
Exceeding Maximum Range
2. Then check if any other communication DTCs other than
Vehicle Speed Sensor-Vehicle Speed Value In
26 DTC P0500 have been set in engine control system.
Sticking State
If there are any other DTCs, diagnose and eliminate
P0500 Vehicle Speed Sensor-Irrational Vehicle
these DTCs first.
23 Speed Detection Value Under Fuel Cut-Off
Condition 3. Read the DTC again after clearing the DTC P0500,
Vehicle Speed Sensor-Irrational Vehicle confirm if the DTC P0500 still exists; if it still exists,
2F Speed Detection Value Under Fuel Supply test/replace the vehicle speed sensor or the ABS/dynamic
Condition stability control module.
Service Guide
Subsystem Principle
Acceleration sensor signal and vehicle speed sensor signal are "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
the wheel speed signal gathered from wheel speed sensor,
which are calculated by ABS/dynamic stability control module
"Brake Module" - "Front Wheel Speed Sensor".
and transmitted to ECM via the bus.
"Brake Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
P0500 22: The engine keeps running. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
P0500 23 and 2F: to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• Fuel cut-off state is activated.
• Coolant temperature is higher than 40℃.
• Engine speed is 1,520 ~ 4,520rpm.
P0500 26: Vehicle speed is 10 ~ 400Km/h, which lasts for more

than 30s.
P0500 22: Vehicle speed is greater than 300km/h.
P0500 23 and 2F: At fuel cut-off, low limit check is wrong, and
the vehicle speed is less than 4km/h.
P0500 26: Vehicle speed signal remains unchanged.

Possible Causes
Dynamic stability control module failure.
1.0 708
P0504 • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC Description 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY042 of the brake lamp
Brake Switch “A”/”B” Correlation-Brake signal sensor and harness connector BY205 of
P0504 62
Signal Unsynchronised the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Subsystem Principle
The brake pedal assembly consists of 2-way switch and 1-way
check.
brake position sensor. The brake switch is fitted on the brake
pedal assembly and cannot be repaired separately. The brake c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
switch signal varies with the position of brake pedal, which can ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
provide the system with expected redundancy protection. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Brake switch failure counter is 20. • No → Diagnosis is completed.

Relation between the brake switch and brake lamp linked a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
switch is irrational, which lasts for 1s. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect harness connector BY042 of the brake
DTC P0504 is a Category-12 DTC. lamp signal sensor.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
Possible Causes d. Test if the voltage on harness connector terminal
BY042-1 of the brake lamp signal sensor is the
• Related circuits failure. battery voltage.
• Brake lamp signal sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Reference Information disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
Reference Circuit Information connector BY042 of the brake lamp signal sensor
and harness connector BY205 of the ECM.
Brake lamp
BY042 and BY205 sensor and terminals of harness connector BY205 of
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch of harness connector BY042 of the brake lamp signal
in "ON" position. sensor or terminals of harness connector BY205 of
b. Read the "Brake Switch 1 State" and "Brake Switch 2 the ECM and the ground is infinite.
State" to check whether they are within the rational • Terminal BY042-4 or Terminal BY205-21
range).
1.0 709



ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
4. Test/replace the brake lamp signal sensor or the ECM.

test/replace the brake lamp signal sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 710
P0506 and P0507 • Fuel cut-off is activated, and the times of fuel cut-off is
DTC Description greater than or equal to 3, which lasts for 8s.
Idle Speed Control System Lower Than DTC P0506 and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs.
P0506 00
Expected Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Idle Speed Control System Higher Than DTC P0506 and P0507 are Category-5 DTCs.
P0507 00
Expected Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle • Related circuits failure.
The throttle position sensor is used to provide the throttle • Connector failure or poor fit.
with angle information. The engine load information and • Electronic throttle failure.
operating conditions (such as start, idle speed, motored
condition, part load, full load, acceleration and deceleration)
can be available according to this information.
P0506: Engine Management System - 1.0T (3)

• Engine speed is less than 4,120 rpm.
• Altitude correction factor is greater than 0.72. EM112 and EM102
• Altitude is less than 2,500m. Reference Electrical Information
• Engine speed is 640 ~ 840rpm.
• Vehicle is in idle speed state, which lasts for more than
1s. Diagnostic Test Steps
• Intake air temperature is higher than -10℃. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Engine coolant temperature is higher than -10℃. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Engine runs more than or equal to 4s. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
• Confirm no DTC P0500.
b. Read the "Engine Idling Phase", "Engine Control State
P0507:
- Idle Speed", "Target Idle Speed", "Target Idle Speed
• Engine speed is less than 4,120 rpm. with A/C ON" to check whether they are within
• Altitude correction factor is greater than 0.72. the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
• Altitude is less than 2,700m.
c. Perform the forced output of "Idle Speed Regulation"
• Engine speed is 640 ~ 840rpm.
to observe the throttle for relevant response or
• Vehicle is in idle state, which lasts for more than 1.6s.
action.
• Intake air temperature is higher than 0℃.
• Engine coolant temperature is higher than 80℃.
• Engine runs more than or equal to 2s.
• Confirm no DTC P0500.
a. Check harness connectors EM112 of the electronic
throttle and harness connector EM102 of the ECM
P0506: The positive difference between target and actual for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
values is greater than 100rpm, and engine idle control part I contamination, deformation, etc.
reaches the upper limit, which lasts for more than 8s.
P0507: check.
• The negative difference between the target and actual c. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and read
values is less than -200rpm, and engine idle control part the DTC with a scan tool.
I reaches the lowest limit. d. Confirm that no other ECM DTCs other than DTC
P0506 and P0507 have been set.
1.0 711
If other ECM DTCs have been set, diagnose these 3. Test related circuits:
DTCs first.
e. Perform visual check for the following components disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
and systems. If there's any failure, repair/replace the connector EM102 of the ECM and harness
failed components. connector EM112 of the throttle position sensor.
• Check if the throttle actuator is stuck in locations b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
with narrow openings due to freeze or oil of harness connector EM112 of the electronic
contaminants, etc. throttle and terminals of harness connector EM102
• Check if the throttle actuator has excessive carbon of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
deposits, which causes abnormal operation of • Terminal EM112-1 and Terminal EM102-19
throttle actuator.
• Check the fuel injector for blockage.
• Exhaust resistance is too high.
• Fuel supply pressure is too low.
• Check the intake manifold for leakage.
f. Check if the alternator can work properly.
If the alternator output voltage is not within the
specified range, repair the alternator.
g. With the scan tool, observe if parameters of the throttle or terminals of harness connector EM102
intake pressure sensor and the air flow meter are of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
normal.
If the sensor parameter is abnormal, check the
intake/exhaust system for blockage and air leak, or
check the throttle for excessive carbon deposits. • Terminal EM112-3 or Terminal EM102-30
h. Read the engine idle speed with a scan tool. Idle • Terminal EM112-4 or Terminal EM102-51
speed shall rise to about 150rpm when the air
conditioner is turned on.
If the idle speed does not change within the specified
range, check the intake/exhaust system for blockage
and air leak, or check the throttle for excessive d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
carbon deposits. of harness connector EM112 of the electronic
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM102
i. Remove the engine accessory belt, engage in neutral
gear, rotate the crankshaft, and check the engine
mechanical parts for blockage. • Terminal EM112-1 or Terminal EM102-19
If blockage occurs, repair the engine mechanical • Terminal EM112-2 or Terminal EM102-20
system failure. • Terminal EM112-3 or Terminal EM102-30
j. Rotate the engine accessory pulley and A/C pump,
engine and other accessories, etc. to check for
blockage. • Terminal EM112-5 or Terminal EM102-12
If blockage occurs, test and repair the mechanical If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
failure in the accessory drive system. for short to battery.
k. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
and confirm if there remains any DTC. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; • Yes → Go to Step 4;

• No → Diagnosis is completed. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 712
4. Test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM:

test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM.
Service Guide
Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Self-learning".
1.0 713
P0522 and P0523 • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;

Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To a. Check harness connector EM102 of the ECM and
P0522 00
Ground harness connector EM122 of the engine oil pressure
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Circuit Short To sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
P0523 00
Battery corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
Subsystem Principle b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

The oil pressure sensor is used to monitor the engine oil
pressure and sends the electrical signal to the engine control
module.
P0522: ECM detects that the oil pressure sensor signal is short
to ground. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
P0523: ECM detects that the oil pressure sensor signal is short
b. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of the ECM
to battery.
and terminal of harness connector EM122 of the
Operations of ECU after Failure engine oil pressure sensor.
DTC P0522 and P0523 are the Category-5 DTCs. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Clearing DTCs of harness connector EM122 of the engine oil
DTC P0522 and P0523 are the Category-5 DTCs. pressure sensor and terminals of harness connector
Possible Causes
• Engine oil pressure sensor failure.
of harness connector EM122 of the engine oil
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2) pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector
Reference Connector End View Information EM102 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
EM122 and EM102
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: of harness connector EM122 of the engine oil
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch pressure sensor or terminals of harness connector
in "ON" position. EM102 of the ECM and the power supply is infinite.
b. Read the "Engine Oil Pressure" to check whether
it is within the rational value range (refer to the • Terminal EM122-2 or Terminal EM102-13
Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal EM122-3 or Terminal EM102-29
1.0 714

4. Test/replace the engine oil pressure sensor or the ECM:

test/replace the engine oil pressure sensor or the ECM.
Service Guide
Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor".
1.0 715
P0560, P0562 and P0563

BY205 and BY146
DTC Description
P0560 1C System Battery Voltage Signal Irrational
P0562 16 System Battery Voltage Low Diagnostic Test Steps
P0563 17 System Battery Voltage High 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:

a. Check the harness connector BY205 of ECM
Subsystem Principle
Engine control module can perform A/D conversion for the compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
power supply input by the battery and determine if the battery distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
voltage is normal. etc. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found
Conditions for Running DTCs in visual check.
P0560: Place the ignition switch in “ON” position. b. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0562:
• Engine idle speed is between 640 ~ 840rpm, which lasts
for 180s.
• The system voltage is greater than 2.5V.
P0563:
• Engine idle speed is between 640 ~ 840rpm, which lasts
for 180s. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• The system voltage is greater than 2.5V.
disconnect harness connectors BY146 of engine
• Vehicle speed is greater than 20km/h. compartment fuse box and harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY205 of ECM.
P0560: System voltage is less than 2.54V. c. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
terminal BY205-30 of ECM and harness connector
P0562: System voltage is less than 10V.
P0563: System voltage is greater than 16.01V. box is less than 5Ω:
Operations of ECU after Failure If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
DTC P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
terminal BY205-30 of ECM or harness connector
• DTC P0560, P0562 and P0563 are Category-5 DTCs.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free box and the ground is infinite:
warm-up cycles.
• Related circuit failure. e. Test if the resistance between the harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY205-30 of ECM or harness connector
• Battery failure. terminal BY146-8 of the engine compartment fuse
box and the power supply is infinite:
• Alternator failure.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (4) and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 716

Service Guide
(ECM)".
Electrical System - 1.0T" - "Alternator".
1.0 717
P0597, P0598 and P0599

EM119 and EM102
DTC Description
P0597 13 Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Open
Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Short Diagnostic Test Steps
P0598 11
To Ground 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Thermostat Heater Control Circuit Short with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0599 12
To Battery a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read the "Electronic Thermostat Control PWM
The electronic thermostat adjusts engine coolant temperature,
Duty Cycle" to check whether it is within rational
ensures the coolant temperature can rise rapidly and prevents
hot engine. It gives command to make the electronic
range).
thermostat work, when the paraffin and wax package in the
heater core expand, the paraffin applies pressure to the push • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
rod. The upper side and housing of the push rod are fixed, so • No → Go to Step 2.
the push rod pushes the whole core to move down reversely,
and the interference fit between the copper cap and the 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
main valve drives the main valve to open. The opening of the a. Check the harness connector EM119 of the
electronic thermostat is proportional to the duty cycle of the electronic thermostat and the harness connector
signal. EM102 of ECM for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
P0597, P0598, P0599: The system voltage is between 10.7 and
16.01V. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0597: Electronic thermostat circuit voltage is between 2.5
and 5.8V, which lasts for 0.5s.
P0598: Electronic thermostat circuit voltage is less than 2.5V,
P0599: Electronic thermostat circuit current is greater than
4A, which lasts for 0.5s. 3. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector EM119 of the
electronic thermostat.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal EM119-1 of the electronic thermostat and
• Electronic thermostat failure. the ground is the battery voltage.
Reference Circuit Information e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
terminal EM119-2 of the electronic thermostat and
1.0 718
is less than 5Ω.


terminal EM119-2 of the electronic thermostat or
and the ground is infinite:


terminal EM119-2 of the electronic thermostat or


4. Test/replace the electronic thermostat or ECM:


electronic thermostat.
c. Test whether the resistance between terminal 1 and

2 of the electronic thermostat is infinite (20℃).
If the DTC still exists after the above tests and repairs,
test/replace the electronic thermostat or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
Cooling System" - "Thermostat - 1.0T".
1.0 719
P0600
DTC Description
P0600 00 TLE8888 Chip Communication Error
Subsystem Principle
Engine module internal failure, not involving external circuit.
Perform the internal chip self-diagnosis.
Possible Causes

position.
2. Confirm that there is no DTC other than P0600 has
been set.
3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the ECM.

4. Confirm that DTC P0600 has not been set.
If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 720
P0601 and P0606 the engine. During manufacturing, it receives and stores the
DTC Description vehicle-specific security code from the locking module. In case
of internal failures, for example, the processor or the drive
circuit stops working, there is no backup system or function
Internal Control Module Error-Offline of driving during failure.
00 Configuration DID_C050
Internal Control Module Error-Offline
P0601 43 Configuration EEPROM Checksum Conditions for Setting DTCs
Calculation Failure(Read Error) P0601 00: Checksum calculation failure of logoff configuration
Internal Control Module Error-Offline EEPROM.
49 Configuration EEPROM Checksum P0606 16, 17, 47, 48, 49 and 91: Internal logic check failure.
Calculation Failure(Write Error)
P0606 29: The first layer of engine security monitoring speed
ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Zero exceeds the limit.
64
Test Monitoring Error
P0606 42: Software Reset (Type 1)
ECM Processor Error-AD Converter Given
97 P0606 44: Internal logic and recommended checksum check
Voltage Test Monitoring Error
are wrong.
47
Feedback Error P0606 45: Software Reset (Type 2)
ECM Processor Error-Layer 1 Safe Fuel P0606 63 and 65: Internal logic check is wrong.
29
Cut-Off Monitoring Error
P0606 64: Null-test voltage during the digital analog converter
ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Safe Fuel test is greater than 0.215V.
93
Cut-Off Monitoring Error
P0606 93: Engine 2nd layer security monitoring speed exceeds
ECM Processor Error-Stop/Start the limit.
63
Monitoring Error
P0606 97: Given voltage during the digital analog converter
ECM Processor Error-Layer 2 Torque test is less than 4.727V or greater than 4.829V.
44
Monitoring Error
ECM Processor Error-Ignition Angle Signal,
P0606 65 DTC P0601 is a Category-6 DTC.
Harness Or ECU Error
DTC P0606:
ECM Processor Error-5V Overvoltage
17 • 16, 17, 42, 45, 47 and 93 are Category-3 DTCs.
Monitoring Error
ECM Processor Error-5V Undervoltage • 29, 44, 47, 48, 49, 63, 64, 65, 91 and 97 are Category-13
16 DTCs.
Monitoring Error
49
Inquiry Error DTC P0601 is a Category-6 DTC.
ECM Processor Error-Monitoring Fault DTC P0606:
48
Response Error • 16, 17, 42, 45, 47 and 93 are Category-3 DTCs.
ECM Processor Error-Throttle Driver Off • 29, 44, 47, 48, 49, 63, 64, 65, 91 and 97 are Category-13
91
Caused By Overvoltage DTCs.
ECM Processor Error-Software Reset Type Possible Causes
42
1
ECM Processor Error-Software Reset Type • Engine control module failure.
45
2
Subsystem Principle
ECM includes an erasable, programmable read-only memory,
which is programmed with the data necessary for starting
1.0 721

1. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P0601 and P0606
has been set.
3. Clear DTCs, set and programme the ECM.

4. Confirm that DTC P0601 and P0606 have not been set.
If DTCs have been reset, test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
1.0 722
DTC Description
P0615 13 Starter Relay Control Circuit Open
Ground
Battery
b. Read the "Starter Relay 1 State" and "Starter Relay
Circuit/System Description 2" to check whether they are within the rational
When the ignition key is in "ON" position, the engine locking value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
device in the instrument pack will compare the code stored in range).
the ignition key and that stored in the locking device. If these • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
codes are matched, the signal will be sent by to the starter
motor relay in the engine compartment fuse box. The starter
motor relay supplies power to the starter motor solenoid. The 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
solenoid winding is powered on, allowing the pinion to engage a. Check harness connectors BY146 and BY148 of
with the flywheel tooth ring. The engaging lever will drive the the engine compartment fuse box and harness
pinion to engage with the flywheel tooth ring. connector BY205 of the ECM for looseness, poor
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. deformation, etc.
P0615: Starter control relay circuit is open circuit, which lasts
for 0.5s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
P0616: Starter control relay circuit is short to ground, which and confirm if there remains any DTC.
lasts for 0.5s.
P0617: Starter control relay circuit is short to battery, which
lasts for 0.1s.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Test related circuits:
DTC P0615, P0616 and P0617 are Category-5 DTCs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector BY205 of the ECM
DTC P0615, P0616 and P0617 are Category-5 DTCs. and harness connectors BY146 and BY148 of the
Failure Causes engine compartment fuse box.
• Related circuits failure. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
engine compartment fuse box and terminals of
• Starter relay failure. harness connector BY205 of the ECM is less than
• Engine control module failure. 5Ω.
Engine Management System - 1.0T (4) • Terminal BY148-11 and Terminal BY205-48
BY146, BY148 and BY205 for open circuit/high resistance.
1.0 723

ground is infinite.




4. Test/replace the engine compartment fuse box starter

relay or the ECM:

test/replace the engine compartment fuse box starter
relay or the ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 724
P061F 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P061F has been
DTC Description set.
DTC FTB Failure Description If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
Layer 2 Monitoring Failure-Throttle 3. After the DTC is read or cleared, place the ignition
62 Actuator Controller-Accelerator Pedal switch in "ON" position, perform the self-learning for
P061F Signal Rationality the electronic throttle, and then gently depress the pedal
Layer 2 Monitoring Failure-Throttle position sensor to confirm if the DTC reappears.
64
Actuator Controller-Engine Speed If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Subsystem Principle 4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Engine control module consists of the microcontroller and Service Guide
external circuit. Programs inside the microcontroller can • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
detect ECM failures. When security monitoring-related Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
equipment service. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Self-learning".
P061F 62: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
P061F 64: Engine speed is greater than 520 rpm. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
P061F 62:
greater than 0.371V and the monitoring signal from steps
in 2 layers is less than 2.285V, which lasts for 0.48s.
greater than 1.152V and the monitoring signal from steps
in 2 layers is greater than 2.285V, which lasts for 0.48s.
P061F 64: Speed difference between the 1st and 2nd layer is
greater than 320rpm.
Possible Causes

1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and connect
a scan tool.
1.0 725
P0634 Diagnostic Test Steps

DTC Description 1. Check if the system power supply is abnormal.
DTC FTB Failure Description 2. Check if the ambient temperature is high.
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-Drive 3. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
00
Chip Overtemperature 4. After DTC P0634 is read and cleared, confirm if the
ECM Internal Temperature Too High-5V DTC reappears.
48
Voltage Overtemperature Failure If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
ECM Internal Temperature Too Service Guide
49 High-Cooling Fan Drive Chip
P0634 ECM Internal Temperature Too
4B High-Cooling Fan Drive Chip
ECM Internal Temperature Too
91 High-Air Conditioning Compressor Chip
Overtemperature
ECM Internal Temperature Too
98 High-Thermostat Drive Chip
Overtemperature
Subsystem Principle
Engine control module consists of the microcontroller and
external circuit. Programs inside the microcontroller can
detect ECM failures. When security monitoring-related
equipment service.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V.
• Perform the internal chip self-diagnosis inside the ECM.
• The circuit temperature is too high and the system
voltage is greater than 10.7V, which lasts for 0.5s.
Possible Causes
1.0 726
P0641, P0651 and P0659 Service Guide
DTC Description • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
DTC FTB Failure Description Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Sensor Reference Voltage“A”Circuit-5V1 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
P0641 00
Voltage Failure to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Sensor Reference Voltage“B”Circuit-5V2
P0651 00
Voltage Failure
Actuator Supply Voltage“A”Circuit-Chip
P0659 00
Overvoltage
Subsystem Principle
Perform the internal chip self-diagnosis inside the ECM, not
involving external circuit.
DTC P0659 00: Power supply chip overvoltage failure is
detected.
DTC P0641 00: 5V1 voltage failure is detected.
DTC P0651 00: 5V2 voltage failure is detected.

Possible Causes

1. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
"ON" position.
2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P0641, P0651 and
P0659 has been set.
3. Check if DTC P0641, P0651 and P0659 are history DTCs.

4. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
or corrosion, and repair when necessary.
5. Clear the history DTC P0641, P0651 and P0659.
6. Start the engine, and observe if the DTCs appear again.
If DTCs have been reset, test/replace the ECM.
1.0 727

DTC Description
Control Circuit Open
P0646 11
Control Circuit Short To Ground a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0647 12
Control Circuit Short To Battery b. Read the "A/C Clutch Relay State" to check whether
A 12V power is supplied to the A/C compressor clutch via the c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Compressor
engine compartment fuse. When the main relay is energized, Relay", observe A/C compressor relay for relevant
the relay coil of A/C compressor can be activated. The relay response or action.
coil ground is controlled by ECM, which completes the ground
when an A/C "ON" request message is received.
• The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V. a. Check harness connector BY205 of the ECM
compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
P0645 13: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
between 2.5 ~ 5.8V and the system voltage is between 10.7V～ etc.
P0646 11: A/C compressor relay control circuit voltage is less found in visual check.
than 2.5V and the system voltage is between 10.7V～16.01V,
P0647 12: A/C compressor relay control circuit current is and confirm if there remains any DTC.
greater than 4A and the system voltage is between 10.7V ～
• Yes→ Go to Step 3;
b. Remove the A/C compressor relay and perform the
Possible Causes component test on it.
• Related circuits failure. If the test is abnormal, replace the A/C compressor
• Connector failure or poor fit. relay.
• A/C compressor relay failure. c. Disconnect the battery negative cable, disconnect
• Engine control module failure. harness connector BY205 of the ECM and harness
Reference Information connector BY146 of the engine compartment fuse
box.
terminal BY205-72 of the ECM and harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector terminal BY146-3 of the engine
BY205 and BY146
1.0 728
e. Test if the resistance between harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminal BY205-72 of the ECM or harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
terminal BY146-3 of the engine compartment fuse "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
4. Test/replace the ECM or the A/C relay:
b. Remove the A/C compressor relay.
the A/C compressor relay is between 80 ~ 90Ω.
replace the A/C compressor relay.
of the A/C compressor relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
compressor relay.
e. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal
85 of the A/C compressor relay and the 12V voltage.
Fit a jumper wire between terminal 86 of the
A/C compressor relay and the ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and 87 is less than
5Ω.
f. If it is not within the specified range, replace the A/C
compressor relay.
Service Guide
1.0 729
P0686 and P0690 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Main Relay Power Supply Voltage" and
"Main Relay State" to check whether they are within
Ecm Power Relay Sense Control Circuit
P0686 00 the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
Short To Ground
Ecm Power Relay Sense Control Circuit
P0690 00 • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
Short To Battery
Subsystem Principle
The main relay is switched on when the ignition switch is in
a. Check harness connector BY205 of the ECM
"ON" position or "Start" position, the ground signal for the
main relay control terminal is provided by ECM.
P0686 00: Run the engine. etc.
P0690 00: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

• The duration after engine start is more than 120s.
• The vehicle speed is greater than 20Kmph.
P0686 00: The stick error is recorded for 3 times. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
P0690 00: The system voltage is greater than 16.01V which • No → Diagnosis is completed.
lasts for 0.5s.
DTC P0686 is a Category-3 DTC. disconnect the battery negative cable.
DTC P0690 is a Category-5 DTC. b. Remove the main relay, and perform the component
Conditions for Clearing DTCs test on it.
If the test is abnormal, replace the main relay.
c. Disconnect the battery negative cable, disconnect
harness connector BY205 of the ECM and harness
Possible Causes connector BY147 of the engine compartment fuse
• Related circuits failure. box.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Main relay failure. terminal BY205-69 of the ECM and harness
connector terminal BY147-1 of the engine
Engine Management System - 1.0T (1) e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY205-69 of the ECM or harness connector
BY205 and BY147
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for short to ground.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output BY147-1 of the engine compartment fuse box and
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: the power supply is infinite.
1.0 730

4. Test/replace the ECM or the main relay:

b. Remove the main relay.

the main relay is between 80 ~ 90Ω.

replace the main relay.

of the main relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the main

relay.
e. Fit a jumper wire with a 5A fuse between terminal 85

of the main relay and the 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
wire between terminal 86 of the main relay and the
ground. Test if the resistance between terminal 30
and 87 is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the main

relay.

Service Guide
1.0 731
P06DA, P06DB and P06DC Diagnostic Test Steps

DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector EMB006 of the engine oil
P06DA 13 Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Open pump control valve and harness connector EM102
Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Short of the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
P06DB 11 corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
To Ground
Secondary Oil Pump Control Circuit Short b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P06DC 12 found in visual check.
To Battery
Subsystem Principle
The engine oil pump with an oil pump control valve is driven and confirm if there remains any DTC.
by the crankshaft through the chain. When the oil pressure
achieves a certain value, the oil pump control valve will be
opened, the excess oil returns to the oil inlet side of the oil • No → Diagnosis is completed.
pump, which helps to maintain the operating oil pressure within 2. Test related circuits:
a certain range and ensure the normal engine operation.
a. Check if the fuse F2 is blown.
The system voltage is between 10.7 ~ 16.01V.
c. Disconnect the harness connector EMB006 of engine
P06DA 13: ECM detects that the secondary oil control valve oil pump control valve.
is open circuit and the voltage is between 2.5 ~ 5.8V.
d. Perform the component test on the engine oil pump
P06DB 11: ECM detects that the secondary oil control valve control valve.
signal circuit is short to ground and the voltage is less than 2.5V.
If the test is abnormal, replace the engine oil pump
P06DC 12: ECM detects that the secondary oil control valve control valve.
signal circuit is short to battery and the current value is greater
e. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
than 4A.
f. Test if the voltage between harness connector
DTC P06DA, P06DB and P06DC are Category-5 DTCs. terminal EMB006-1 of the engine oil pump control
Conditions for Clearing DTCs valve and the ground is the battery voltage.
DTC P06DA, P06DB and P06DC are Category-5 DTCs. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Possible Causes for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• Related circuits failure. g. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
h. Disconnect harness connector EM102 of ECM.
• Engine oil pump control valve failure.
• Engine control module failure. i. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EMB006-2 of the engine oil pump control
valve and harness connector terminal EM102-52 of
Reference Circuit Information the ECM is less than 5Ω.
Engine Management Unit - 1.0T (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Connector End View Information for open circuit/high resistance.
EMB006 and EM102 j. Test if the resistance between harness connector

Reference Electrical Information valve or harness connector terminal EM102-52 of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection the ECM and the ground is infinite.
1.0 732
k. Test if the resistance between harness connector
valve or harness connector terminal EM102-52 of

l. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

3. Test/replace the engine oil pump control valve or the

ECM:

b. Disconnect the harness connector EMB006 of

engine oil pump control valve.

the oil pump control valve is about 26Ω (20℃).

engine oil pump control valve.

test/replace the engine oil pump control valve or the
ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 733
P0851 and P0852 • Yes → Go to Step 2;

Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Short To a. Confirm that no DTC related to the shifter
P0851 11
Ground controller other than DTC P0851 and P0852 has
Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Short To been set.
P0852 12
Battery If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs
first.
Subsystem Principle
ECM communicates with the automatic transmission control
c. Disconnect harness connector BY205 of the ECM
and harness connector BY095 of the transmission
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
When comparing the neutral switch hardwires with CAN terminal BY205-22 of the ECM and harness
signals, if they are not consistent after a time-delay of 5s, connector terminal BY095-5 of the transmission
report the failure. control module is less than 5Ω.
DTC P0851 and P0852 are Category-5 DTCs. terminal BY095-5 of the transmission control module
Possible Causes and the ground is infinite.
• Related circuits failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Connector failure or poor fit. for short to ground.
• Neutral switch failure. f. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY095-5 of the transmission control module
Reference Information and the power supply is infinite.
6-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU for short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
BY205 and BY095
Diagnostic Test Steps 3. Test/replace the transmission control module or the
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: ECM:
a. Check harness connector BY205 of the ECM and If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
harness connector BY095 of the transmission control test/replace the transmission control module or the ECM.
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion, Service Guide
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
found in visual check. 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again Fuel Control System - SGE1.0T" - "Engine Control
and confirm if there remains any DTC. Module (ECM)".
1.0 734
"Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1.0 735
P1523 • No → Diagnosis is completed.

DTC Description 2. Test related circuits:
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network".
P1523 81 ECM Detected Error Crash Signal If other module tests are normal, continue the
Subsystem Principle
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
ECM communicates with the SDM via the CAN bus, and the
disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
communication failure codes are used to indicate the failure
type of CAN communications.
connector BY036 of the SDM.
of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminals of harness connector BY205 of the ECM is
When the signal sent by the airbag controller SDM is received, less than 5Ω.
cut off the fuel. • Terminal BY036-1 and Terminal BY205-44
Conditions for Clearing DTCs for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC P1523 is a Category-13 DTC. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals
ground is infinite.
• SDM failure. • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal BY205-45
ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
BY036 and BY205 connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of harness
connector BY036 of the SDM and the ground is
between 2 ~ 3V.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal BY205-45
a. Check harness connector BY205 of the ECM and for short to battery.
harness connector BY036 of the SDM for looseness,
deformation, etc.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC 3. Test/replace the SDM or ECM:
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• Yes → Go to Step 2; test/replace the SDM or the ECM.
1.0 736
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 737

DTC Description
The Deviation Of Target Position And
35 Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Maximum with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P1545
The Deviation Of Target Position And a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
34 Actual Position Of Throttle Exceeding in "ON" position.
Minimum b. Read the "Throttle Opening 1", "Throttle Opening
2" and "Throttle Opening" to check whether they
Subsystem Principle
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator, Appendix for rational value range).
to observe the VCT valve for relevant response or
the opening of throttle through the drive mechanism; at the
action.
the current position of the throttle to realize the throttle • Yes →Test/replace the main relay;
feedback regulation. • No → Go to Step 2.
P1545 34: a. Check harness connector EM112 of the electronic
throttle and harness connector EM102 of the ECM
P1545 35: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Direction of PID controller is 1. found in visual check.
• DVE power drive stage is free of failure. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Conditions for Setting DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
ECM drives PWM duty ratio of throttle actuator to be greater
than 80%.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Possible Causes electronic throttle and harness connector EM102 of
• Related circuits failure. the ECM.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Electronic throttle failure. of harness connector EM112 of the electronic
throttle and terminals of harness connector EM102
EM112 and EM102
1.0 738
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM102 of


throttle or terminals of harness connector EM102 of


test/replace the electronic throttle or the ECM.
Service Guide
Self-learning".
1.0 739
P1559 If internal stuck is found in the electronic throttle,

DTC Description repair/replace the electronic throttle.
DTC FTB Failure Description 3. After DTCs are read and cleared, place the ignition
Idle Speed Control Throttle switch in "ON" position. Perform the self-learning for the
P1559 78 electronic throttle, then gently depress the accelerator
Position-Adaptation Error
pedal for several times, and confirm if the DTC reappears.
Subsystem Principle
The electronic throttle is composed of throttle actuator,
4. If all circuits tests are normal, replace the ECM.
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence Service Guide
the opening of throttle through the drive mechanism; at the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
same time, the throttle can give a feedback signal indicating Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
the current position of the throttle to realize the throttle
feedback regulation.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle
• Self-learning is activated. Self-learning".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Limp home position is less than 21.2% or more than 38.2%.
Possible Causes

in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Target Throttle Angle in Limp Home",
"Throttle Limp Home Activation" and "Throttle
Self-learning Error" to check whether they are within
electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blockage.
If carbon deposits is found in the electronic throttle,
clean it.
1.0 740
Idle Speed Control Throttle Position-Low 3. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P1564 has been
P1564 00
Voltage During Adaptation set.
Subsystem Principle If other DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence 4. After DTCs are read and cleared, place the ignition switch
the opening of throttle through drive mechanism. The two in "ON" position. Perform self-learning for the electronic
potentiometers function as position sensors which are fitted throttle, and then gently depress the accelerator pedal
in reverse phase. When the position of the throttle changes, for several times to confirm the DTC for reappearance.
the two resistances vary linearly, one increases and the other
decreases. When a +5V voltage is added, the position of the If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
sensor will be transformed into a voltage output which varies 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
with the resistance value. These two potentiometers along Service Guide
with two potentiometers on the accelerator pedal module
used for monitoring the stroke of the accelerator pedal • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
form part of the whole electronic throttle control system Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
protection expected by the system control. Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle".
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and do not start the
Self-learning".
engine.
• The zone bit of ambient condition detection is 27. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
• The zone bit of self-learning disabled is accurate.
Possible Causes


in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Throttle Self-learning Error" to check

1.0 741

DTC FTB Failure Description 2. Check if fuse F12 is blown.
Idle Speed Control Throttle 3. Check with a scan tool:
P1579 00
Position-Adaptation Not Started
a. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
Subsystem Principle "ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
the opening of throttle through drive mechanism. The two b. Check if the battery voltage is normal on the scan
potentiometers function as position sensors which are fitted tool: Between 11 ~ 14V.
in reverse phase. When the position of the throttle changes, 4. Component check: Check battery status.
If the battery is in normal state, keep the engine speed
decreases. When a +5V voltage is added, the position of the
above 2,000rpm, check if the alternator can charge
sensor will be transformed into a voltage output which varies
properly. If the output voltage of the alternator is not
with the resistance value. These two potentiometers along
between 10.6 ~ 15V, check the charging system. Refer to
with two potentiometers on the accelerator pedal module
Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine Electrical System".
used for monitoring the stroke of the accelerator pedal
form part of the whole electronic throttle control system 5. If the battery is normal, confirm if the "Battery Voltage",
monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy "Battery Voltage over the Key" and "Battery Voltage Over
protection expected by the system control. Main Relay" in real-time display of the scan tool are within
the range of 9 ～ 16V.
6. If it is not displayed as expected, go to the following steps.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not start the
7. Check if the following throttle self-learning conditions
engine.
are met:
• Engine intake air temperature is above 5℃.
• The zone bit of ambient condition detection is greater
• Engine coolant temperature is between 5℃ ～ 100℃.
than 0 and not equal to 27.
• The zone bit of self-learning disabled is accurate. • Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Accelerator pedal opening is 0.
DTC P1579 is a Category-6 DTC. If any of the throttle self-learning conditions cannot be
met, test or repair the relevant failure first.
Possible Causes throttle, and then gently depress the accelerator pedal
Engine control module failure. for several times to confirm the DTC for reappearance.
Reference Information If the DTC has been reset, replace the electronic throttle.
Reference Electrical Information 9. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guide
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle
in "ON" position. Self-learning".
b. Read the "Throttle Self-learning Error" to check • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
whether it is within the rational value range (refer to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
to the Appendix for rational value range). "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
1.0 742
P1610, P1613 and P1614 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Immobilizer Function Activation State" to
Immobilizer Status-Cipher Key And
P1610 51 (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Security Pin Not Programmed
Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton
P1613 06
Challenge Period Expired • No → Go to Step 2.
Immobilizer Status-Authenticaiton 2. Generally, vehicles which have been sold and successfully
P1614 05
Between Immobilizer And Key Is Not OK matched with immobilizer may not have this failure.
Otherwise, the engine cannot be started. Low battery
Subsystem Principle voltage, low remote key power, sudden disappearance of
When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position, the engine the instrument pack power supply or ground may lead to
control module communicates with the body control module DTCs setting. Confirm the following items:
via the CAN HS bus for mutual information verification, • Battery cable shall be clean and secure, and the battery
when passing the verification, BCM will allow the operation shall be fully charged. Please refer to Refit and Remove
of starter motor; ECM will control ignition and fuel injection Manual "General Information" - "Electrical Precautions".
when the key is turned for requesting start, and the engine
• When the alarm lamp of low remote key power is normally
will be started. If the BCM cannot receive the verification
on, replace the battery, refer to "Display and Instrument"
information from the ECM, the starter motor will not work,
- "Low Remote Key Power".
and the engine will not start.
Conditions for Running DTCs • ECM ground circuit is open circuit or has a high resistance.
• ECM power supply is open circuit, short to ground or has
a high resistance.
3. With the engine off, place the ignition switch in "ON"
P1610 51: ECM does not match with immobilizer. position, and confirm that no DTC other than DTC
P1613 06: Authentication response from immobilizer is not P1610, P1613 and P1614 has been set.
received. If related DTCs have been set, diagnose these DTCs first.
P1614 05: Wrong authentication response from immobilizer 4. Check if the immobilizer is configured, and if there's any
is received. aftermarket add-on equipment may affect the operation
Operations of ECU after Failure of the immobilizer system.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTC. If there's any add-on equipment, remove it first.
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs. 5. Check the easily accessible or visible system components
for any obvious damages or failures of the immobilizer
system.
DTC P1610 is a Category-17 DTC. 6. Put the ignition switch in "ON" position, clear the DTC
DTC P1613 and P1614 are Category-9 DTCs. information with a scan tool. And set and match the
immobilizer system.
Possible Causes
• Body control module failure.
that DTC P1610, P1613 and P1614 are not set.
8. If the DTC has been reset, set and programme the
Reference Information immobilizer system after the ECM is replaced.
Reference Electrical Information 9. Observe the DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm
that DTC P1610, P1613 and P1614 are not set.
10. If the DTC has been reset, replace the BCM, set and
programme the immobilizer system.
Service Guide
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
1.0 743

1.0 744
P1683 and U0151 poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
Invalid Data Received From Sensing
P1683 81
Diagnostic Module c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Subsystem Principle
ECM communicates with the SDM via the CAN bus.
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN". If other
module tests are normal, continue the following
Conditions for Setting DTCs inspection procedures.
P1683: ECM fails to communicate with the SDM. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
U0151: If the specified data frames sent by the Supplemental disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) cannot harness connector BY205 of the ECM and harness
be received within the given time, the DTC shall be set. connector BY036 of the SDM.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
terminals of harness connector BY036 of the SDM is
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY205-44 and Terminal BY036-1
DTC P1683 is a Category-12 DTC. • Terminal BY205-45 and Terminal BY036-2
DTC U0151 is a Category-5 DTC. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
times. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. ground is infinite.
• SDM failure.
Bus System and DLC (1) ＆ Bus System and DLC (3) ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
Reference Connector End View Information voltage between the following terminals of harness
connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of harness
BY205 and BY036 connector BY036 of the SDM and the ground is
Reference Electrical Information between 2 ~ 3V.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY205-44 or Terminal BY036-1

a. Check harness connector BY205 of the ECM and
harness connector BY036 of the SDM for looseness,
1.0 745
3. Test/replace the ECM or the SDM:

test/replace the ECM or the SDM.
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 746
P2101 and P2106 Conditions for Running DTCs
DTC Description P2101 21, 22, 29: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position
DTC FTB Failure Description and do not start the engine.
Throttle Actuator Control Motor P2101 26:
72 Circuit-Return Spring Check Minimum
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not
Error
start the engine.
74 Circuit-Return Spring Check Maximum
• Electronic throttle initial self-learning is completed.
Error
P2101 28:
22 Circuit-Opening Spring Check Maximum • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not
Error start the engine.
P2101
21 Circuit-Opening Spring Check Minimum • Electronic throttle initial self-learning is not completed.
Error
P2101 72, 74:
29 • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not
start the engine.
• Engine speed is less than or equal to 250 rpm.
28 Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center
Initialization Self-Learning Failure • Engine coolant temperature is higher than or equal to
5.3℃.
• Intake air temperature is higher than or equal to 5.3℃.
26 Circuit-Throttle Bottom Dead Center
Repeated Self-Learning Failure • Vehicle speed is 0Km/h.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit P2106: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and do not
12
Short start the engine.
Throttle Actuator Drive Control Circuit Conditions for Setting DTCs
4B
Overheated or Overcurrent P2101 26, 28:
P2106
29
Irrational lower than 0.43V or higher than 0.73V.
13
Open lower than 4.28V or higher than 4.56V.
Subsystem Principle P2101 21, 22, 29: The comparison between throttle opening
ECM makes commands to actuate the DC motor to influence and calculation value depends on the change of throttle
the opening of throttle through drive mechanism. The two opening set point.
potentiometers function as position sensors which are fitted P2101 72:
in reverse phase. When the position of the throttle changes,
• Opening time is more than 0.14s.
decreases. When a +5V voltage is added, the position of the • Test threshold value is 0.12.
sensor will be transformed into a voltage output which varies P2101 74:
with the resistance value.
• Opening time is more than 0.56s.
These two potentiometers along with two potentiometers on
• Test threshold value is 0.03.
the accelerator pedal module used for monitoring the stroke
of the accelerator pedal form part of the whole electronic P2106: Electronic throttle power drive stage error failure.
throttle control system monitoring function, which can provide Operations of ECU after Failure
the redundancy protection expected by the system control.
1.0 747
DTC P2101 28, P2101 29, P2101 74, P2101 22 and P2101 21 Service Guide
are Category-13 DTCs.
DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC. Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
DTC P2101 72 is a Category-6 DTC. Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle
DTC P2101 28, P2101 29, P2101 74, P2101 22 and P2101 21 Self-learning".
are Category-13 DTCs. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
DTC P2106 is a Category-13 DTC. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Possible Causes
• Electronic throttle body failure.


in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Throttle Opening" and "Throttle Motor

Failure State" to check whether they are within

and observe the throttle actuator for relevant
response or action.

electronic throttle for carbon deposit or blockage.
If carbon deposits is found in the electronic throttle,

clean it.
If internal stuck is found in the electronic throttle, check

the electronic throttle.
throttle, and then gently depress the accelerator pedal
4. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the ECM.
1.0 748
DTC Description DTC P2226 and P2227 are Category-3 DTCs.
Positive Deviation Between Ambient
24 Pressure Value and Rationality Value • Electronic throttle body failure.
Greater than Threshold • Engine control module failure.
P2226 Negative Deviation Between Ambient
23 Pressure Value and Rationality Value Reference Information
Greater than Threshold Reference Electrical Information
Ambient Pressure Value Exceeding
Maximum Threshold
P2227
Ambient Pressure Value Below Minimum
21 Diagnostic Test Steps
Threshold
Subsystem Principle "ON" position.
Within the certain measurement range, the pressure applied 2. Confirm that no DTC other than DTC P2226, P2227
on the sensor is linear with the measurement signal (voltage has been set.
signal), ECU internally transfers the voltage signal measured by
the sensor to ambient pressure. If the voltage signal measured
by the ambient pressure sensor exceeds the rational voltage 3. Check if DTC P2226 and P2227 are history DTCs.
range (excessive high/low) of the normal sensor operation, it 4. Check the appearance of the ECM connector for damage
shall be deemed as max./min. circuit failure. or corrosion. Repair when necessary.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Clear the history DTC P2226 and P2227.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 6. With the engine not started, observe if the "Ambient
Conditions for Setting DTCs Air Pressure" item in the data flow deviates the normal
value (the pressure shall be the barometric pressure at
P2226 23:
this moment).
• A+B<C, (A: Measured Ambient Pressure, B: Ambient
If it deviates the normal value, test/replace the ECM.
pressure deviation value is 25kPa, C: Ambient pressure
lower limit), which lasts for 2s. 7. Start the engine and run it in normal ambient, observe if
the "Ambient Air Pressure" item in the data flow deviates
• Ambient pressure comparison in current cycle:
the normal value (the pressure shall be the barometric
D-E<25kPa, (D: the time-delay is 20s, E: Ambient
pressure at this moment).
pressure at the beginning of driving cycle), which lasts
for 2s. If it deviates the normal value, test/replace the ECM.
P2226 24: Service Guide
• A-B>C, (A: Measured Ambient Pressure, B: Ambient • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
pressure deviation value is 25kPa, C: Ambient pressure Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
upper limit), which lasts for 2s. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Ambient pressure comparison in current cycle: to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
E-D≥25kPa, (D: the time-delay is 20s, E: Ambient "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
pressure at the beginning of driving cycle), which lasts
for 2s.
P2227 21: Ambient pressure signal is less than 45kPa, which

lasts for 2s.
P2227 22: Ambient pressure signal is greater than 115kPa,

which lasts for 2s.
1.0 749
P2600, P2602 and P2603 b. Read the "Clutch Water Pump" to check whether
DTC Description it is within the rational value range (refer to the
P2600 13 Coolant Pump Control Circuit Open
Coolant Pump Control Circuit Short To • No → Go to Step 2.
P2602 11
Ground 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Coolant Pump Control Circuit Short To a. Check harness connector EM120 of the cooling
P2603 12
Battery water pump and harness connector EM102 of
the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Subsystem Principle
The cooling water pump is controlled and driven by the ECM.
System voltage is higher than 10.7V and lower than 16.01V,
P2600 13: The water pump voltage greater than 2.5V and • Yes → Go to Step 3;
lower than 5.8V is detected.
P2602 11: The the water pump voltage is lower than 2.5V.
P0026 12: The current value greater than 4A is detected.
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the battery negative cable.
DTC P2600, P2602 and P2603 are the Category-5 DTCs. b. Check if fuse F15 is blown.
c. Disconnect the harness connector EM120 of cooling
DTC P2600, P2602 and P2603 are the Category-5 DTCs. water pump.
Possible Causes d. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
• Related circuits failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Connector failure or poor fit. e. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Cooling water pump failure. terminal EM120-1 of the cooling water pump and
the ground is the battery voltage.
f. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Reference Connector End View Information connector EM102 of ECM.
EM120 and EM102 g. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal EM120-2 of the cooling water pump and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection is less than 5Ω.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: h. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM120-2 of the cooling water pump or
in "ON" position.
1.0 750
i. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal EM120-2 of the cooling water pump or

j. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

4. Test/replace the coolant pump or the ECM:

test/replace the cooling water pump or the ECM.
Service Guide
Cooling System" - "Water Pump".
1.0 751
P2620 b. Read the "Throttle Position Sensor 1 Voltage"

DTC Description and "Throttle Position Sensor 2 Voltage" to check
Throttle Position Output
• Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch
85 Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip
in "ON" position, read and then clear the DTC.
Maximum Failure
Perform the self-learning for the electronic throttle,
Throttle Position Output depress the accelerator pedal with quick stepping
84 Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip and slow stepping respectively for several times, and
Minimum Failure observe if the DTC reappears.
P2620
Throttle Position Output If the DTC has been reset, check the electronic
86 Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip throttle.
Irrational Failure
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and use
Throttle Position Output the scan tool to observe if the voltage parameter
81 Circuit-Communication of SENT Chip of throttle position varies with the accelerator pedal
Signal Failure input within a reasonable range.
Subsystem Principle • Position Sensor 1 (0.2 ~ 4.8V)
Engine module internal failure, not involving external circuit. • Position Sensor 2 (4.8 ~ 0.2V)
Conditions for Running DTCs If it is not displayed as expected, go to "Test related
circuits".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
Perform the internal chip self-diagnosis. • No → Go to Step 2.
Operations of ECU after Failure 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC P2620 is a Category-13 DTC. a. Check harness connector EM102 of the ECM and
harness connector EM112 of the electronic throttle
DTC P2620 is a Category-13 DTC. contamination, deformation, etc.
Possible Causes b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Related circuits failure. found in visual check.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Electronic throttle failure. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
BY205 and BY036 b. Disconnect the harness connector EM112 of
Reference Electrical Information electronic throttle body.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection c. Perform the component test on the electronic
throttle.
If the test is abnormal, replace the electronic
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output throttle.
in "ON" position.
1.0 752
throttle and terminals of harness connector EM102 Service Guide
• Terminal EM112-3 and Terminal EM102-30 Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Self-learning".
of harness connector EM112 of the electronic • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM102 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of the ECM and the ground is infinite. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
throttle or terminals of harness connector EM102
d. Connect the two probes to pin 3 and 4 of terminal
EM112 of electronic throttle respectively, when the
valve plate is moved by hands, the resistance value
shall change continuously.
1.0 753
P300B • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine

DTC Description Intake and Exhaust System -1.0T" - "Electronic Throttle
Self-learning".
P300B 00 Engine Torque Control Adaption at Limit
Subsystem Principle "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
The potentiometers of the electronic throttle along with the

two potentiometers fitted on the accelerator pedal module
used for monitoring the stroke of accelerator pedal, form
the part of the whole electronic throttle control system
monitoring function, which can provide the redundancy
protection expected by system control.
2s after the engine runs.
Difference between the 1st layer required torque and the
allowable torque is greater than 0, which lasts for 600s.
Possible Causes

that no DTC other than DTC P300B has been set.
2. Check if DTC P300B is a history DTC.

3. If only DTC P300B is set, match the ECM with the throttle
actuator and perform throttle actuator self-learning.
4. Clear the history DTC P300B.
5. Start the engine, and observe if the DTC appears again.
6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 754
P304B and P304C
EWB005 and EM102
DTC Description
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Characteristic
P304B 00
Rationality Check Positive Offset Diagnostic Test Steps
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Characteristic 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
P304C 00
Rationality Check Negative Offset with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Subsystem Principle a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
The control of high-pressure fuel flow can be realized by
controlling the opening or closing of the fuel control valve. b. Read the "Fuel Rail Pressure" to check whether
For the front half of the rising part of the high-pressure fuel it is within the rational value range (refer to the
pump plunger, the fuel control valve is open, and the fuel Appendix for rational value range).
cannot generate pressure, so part of the fuel returns to the • Yes → Test/replace the ECM;
low-pressure oil circuit by the fuel control valve. After the
solenoid valve is energized, the fuel control valve starts being
closed, and completely closed after a period, and then the 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
plunger cavity is completely closed; the plunger continues to a. Check harness connector EWB005 of the fuel rail
ascend, when the pressure in the plunger cavity continues to pressure sensor and harness connector EM102 of
rise and exceeds the fuel rail pressure, and the high-pressure the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
fuel is pumped into the fuel rail. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
• The water temperature is above 75℃ when the last found in visual check.
driving cycle is over. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The water temperature is less than or equal to 35.3℃ ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
when the engine is started. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
P304B 00: The rail pressure is higher than 1,500kPa and the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
engine speed is less than 25rpm, which last for 30.5s. 3. Test related circuits:
P304C 00: The rail pressure under the following conditions a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
is less than 200kPa and the engine speed is less than 25rpm, disconnect the battery negative cable.
which last for 30.5s. b. Disconnect harness connector EWB005 of the fuel
Operations of ECU after Failure rail pressure sensor.
DTC P304B and P304C are Category-3 DTCs. c. Connect the battery negative cable and place the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ignition switch in "ON" position.
d. Test if the voltage between terminal 3 and 2 of
DTC P304B and P304C are Category-3 DTCs.
harness connector EWB005 of the fuel rail pressure
Possible Causes sensor and the ground is between 4.8 ~ 5.2V.
• Related circuits failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Connector failure or poor fit. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Fuel rail pressure sensor failure. e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• Engine control module failure. disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
Reference Information connector EM102 of ECM.
Reference Circuit Information f. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Engine Management System - 1.0T (2) pressure sensor and terminals of harness connector
Reference Connector End View Information EM102 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 755





4. Test/replace the ECM or the fuel rail pressure sensor:

test/replace the ECM or the fuel rail pressure sensor.
Service Guide
1.0 756
U0073 2. Test related circuits:
DTC Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
DTC FTB Failure Description If other module tests are normal, continue the
U0073 88 following inspection procedures.
CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
ECM communicates with other control modules via the CAN connector BY205 of the ECM.
bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs of harness connector BY205 of the ECM and
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. terminals of harness connector BY087 of the DLC is
less than 5Ω.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus • Terminal BY205-45 and Terminal BY087-6
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Operations of ECU after Failure for open circuit/high resistance.
DTC U0073 is a Category-3 DTC. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Clearing DTCs of harness connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY087 of the DLC and the
"Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s.
ground is infinite.
Possible Causes
e. Test if the voltage between the following terminals of
Reference Circuit Information harness connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) harness connector BY087 of the DLC and the ground
is between 2 ～ 3V.
BY205 and BY087
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
a. Check harness connectors BY205 of the ECM for
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
contamination, deformation, etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 3. Test/replace the ECM:
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the test/replace the ECM.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC Service Guide
• Yes → Go to Step 2; Control System -1.0T" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1.0 757

Lost Communication with transmission a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
U0101 87
Control Module (TCM) If other module tests are normal, continue the
ECM communicates with the automatic transmission control b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
module via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
connector BY095 of the automatic transmission
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the of harness connector BY205 of the ECM and
transmission control module (TCM) cannot be received within terminals of harness connector BY095 of the
given time. automatic transmission control module is less than
5Ω.
times.
Possible Causes d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY095 of the automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. transmission control module and the ground is
• Transmission control module failure. infinite.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY205-44 or Terminal BY095-6
Reference Information • Terminal BY205-45 or Terminal BY095-14
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) for short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
BY205 and BY095 voltage between the following terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of harness
connector BY095 of the automatic transmission
control module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY205-45 or Terminal BY095-14
a. Check harness connector BY205 of the ECM If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
and harness connector BY095 of the automatic for short to battery.
transmission control module for looseness, poor
deformation, etc.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC 3. Test/replace the ECM or the automatic transmission
again and confirm if there remains any DTC. control module:
1.0 758
test/replace the ECM or automatic transmission control
module.
Service Guide
1.0 759

Lost Communication With Brake System a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
U0129 87
Control Module(BS) If other module tests are normal, continue the
ECM communicates with the brake system control module via
the CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs connector BY200 of the body stability control
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. system.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from anti-lock of harness connector BY205 of the ECM and
brake system (ABS) cannot received within the given time. terminals of harness connector BY200 of the body
stability control system is less than 5Ω.
times.
Failure Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector BY200 of the body stability
• Connector failure or poor fit. control system and the ground is infinite.
• Body stability control system failure. • Terminal BY205-44 or Terminal BY200-14
Bus System and DLC (3) e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
BY205 and BY200 connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of harness
connector BY200 of the body stability control system
and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
a. Check harness connector BY200 of the body for short to battery.
stability control system and harness connector f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
BY205 of the ECM for looseness, poor contact, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
etc.
3. Test/replace the body stability control system or the
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the ECM:
test/replace the body stability control system or ECM.
1.0 760
Service Guide
1.0 761

DTC Description ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
Lost Communication with Air Conditioning
U0164 87
Control Module (AC) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle 2. Test related circuits:
ECM communicates with the HAVC system control module a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position or start the engine. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
If the specified data frames sent by the HAVC system control connector BY004 of the electronic A/C control
module cannot be received within the given time, the DTC module.
shall be set.
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY205 of the ECM and
DTC U0164 is a Category-5 DTC. terminals of harness connector BY004 of the
electronic A/C control module is less than 5Ω.
times. • Terminal BY205-45 and Terminal BY004-5
Failure Causes If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Related circuits failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Electronic A/C control module failure. of harness connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals
of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
control module and the ground is infinite.
BY205 and BY004 e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
Reference Electrical Information ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Diagnostic Test Steps connector BY004 of the electronic A/C control
module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY004 of the electronic
A/C control module and harness connector BY205 • Terminal BY205-45 or Terminal BY004-5
of the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. for short to battery.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
found in visual check. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
1.0 762
3. Test/replace the electronic A/C control module or the
ECM:

test/replace the electronic A/C control module or the
ECM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control System - ETC" - “Air Conditioning
Controller Assembly - ETC".
"Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 763

U0155 87 again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
(IPK)
Subsystem Principle
ECM communicates with the instrument pack via the CAN bus.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminal of harness connector BY205 of the ECM
and terminal of harness connector FC006 of the
instrument pack.
time. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Apply the default value. instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector FC006 of the instrument pack
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the ground is infinite.
BY205 and FC006 connector BY205 of the ECM or terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector FC006 of the instrument pack and the
ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the instrument for short to battery.
pack and harness connector BY205 of the ECM f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
contamination, deformation, etc. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 764
3. Test/replace the ECM or the instrument pack

test/replace the ECM or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 765
U0301
DTC Description
Software Incompatibility with Engine
U0301 62
Control Module(ECM)
Subsystem Principle
Perform internal failure detection inside the ECM, not involving
external circuits.
PMM module failure.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if the
DTC still exists.
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the ECM.

Service Guide
1.0 766
TCM-4AT DTC Troubleshooting
TCM-4AT
DTC List
List
DTC FTB Description

P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure
P0603 00 Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) error
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure
P0705 00 Selector position switch GND short/Open (No signal)
P0706 00 Selector position switch B+ short (Multi position signal)
P0711 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance error
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High
P0715 00 Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open)
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal
P0720 00 Output revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short / Open)
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLU MIN),Shift solenoid
P0741 00
Functional Failure (SLU) OFF Stuck (SLU MIN or S1 MAX)
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On
P0751 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN pressure stuck
P0761 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MIN pressure
P0762 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) MAX pressure
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLC2 MIN),Shift solenoid
P0766 00
Functional Failure (SLC2) MIN pressure
P0767 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MAX pressure
P0826 00 Manual switch Out of service
P0867 00 Complete neutral
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High
P0978 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical error
P0979 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit Low
P0980 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control Circuit High
P0981 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical error
P0982 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit Low
P0983 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit High
P0997 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current Stick
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short
1.0 767
DTC Troubleshooting TCM-4AT
DTC FTB Description

P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short
P1731 00 No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN or SLU MIN)
P1897 15 EMOP B+ short
P1897 11 EMOP GND short
P1897 17 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage above Threshold
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP
P2707 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN pressure
P2708 00 Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MAX pressure
P2762 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical error
P2763 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit High
P2764 00 Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control Circuit Low
U0001 00 CAN Bus Off
U0100 00 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM)
U0121 00 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS)
U0140 00 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM)
U0155 00 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK)
U1562 17 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold
U1563 16 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold
1.0 768
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Reference Information
P0218 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
P0218 00 ATF High ATF Temperature Warning
GB001 and GB006
Subsystem Principle Reference Electrical Information
The automatic transmission fluid temperature sensor provides Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
the transmission fluid temperature signal for the transmission
control module (automatic transmission control module). Diagnostic Test Steps
The transmission control module provides 5V reference 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
voltage signal for the sensor. The automatic transmission with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
fluid temperature sensor is a variable resistor measuring the
transmission fluid temperature change and also a thermistor or
in "ON" position.
a temperature-dependent resistor. The sensor applies negative
temperature coefficient. It indicates that the resistance value b. Read the "Transmission Fluid Temperature" to check
decreases with the increase of the temperature, and vice whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
versa. In accordance with the temperature difference between the Appendix for rational value range).
the engine coolant temperature sensor and the automatic • Yes →Test/replace the automatic transmission control
transmission fluid temperature sensor, the transmission module.
control module determines whether the temperature is within
their allowable working ranges. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V.
the automatic transmission control module for
• Not in overhaul mode. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• Reading EEPROM is completed. contamination, deformation, etc.
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module no found in visual check.
communication = the no failure is detected.
• No fluid temperature sensor failure. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
Conditions for Setting DTCs again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
The signal value of oil temperature sensor is greater than • Yes → Go to Step 3;
155℃ and lasts for more than 10s.
Transmission MIL comes on.
b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the
• The signal value of oil temperature sensor is greater than transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
0℃ and less than 150℃, which lasts for more than 10s. GB006 of the automatic transmission control
• The oil temperature sensor failure is not detected. module.
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
transmission control module and terminals of harness
connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
• Transmission fluid temperature sensor failure.
is less than 5Ω.
• Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Terminal GB001-1 and Terminal GB006-11
1.0 769
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
for open circuit/high resistance. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
transmission control module or terminals of harness to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
• Terminal GB001-1 or Terminal GB006-11
transmission control module or terminals of harness
4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
or the transmission solenoid valve.
a. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 7
of harness connector GB001 of the transmission
solenoid valve fluid temperature sensor conforms to
the resistance listed in the table below.
Temperature (℃) Resistance (KΩ)

10 5.62 ～ 7.30
110 0.224 ～ 0.271
b. If the measured resistance is not within specified

range, replace the transmission solenoid valve fluid
temperature sensor or the valve body harness
assembly.
test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
Service Guide
1.0 770
P0562, P0563, U1562 and U1563 P0563 and U1563:
DTC Description • Engine MIL comes on.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Transmission MIL comes on.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below • Limp Home Mode 3.
P0562 00
Threshold Conditions for Clearing DTCs
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above U1562: The power supply voltage returns to the normal range.
P0563 00
Threshold The power supply voltage is less than 15.5V which lasts for
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above more than 1s.
U1562 17
Threshold
U1563: The power supply voltage returns to the normal range.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below The power supply voltage is greater than 9.5V which lasts for
U1563 16
Threshold more than 1s.
Subsystem Principle P0562, P0563: Battery voltage is detected to be between 9 ~

16V and lasts for more than 20s.
Automatic transmission control module continuously
monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit. Possible Causes
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the • Related circuits failure.
transmission solenoid valve may not be operated in a correct
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in
unsteady transmission running, which may lead to internal
damage. The module detects high or low transmission control • Automatic Transmission Control Module.
module voltage for an extended period. Reference Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 4-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Not in overhaul mode. Reference Connector End View Information
• Engine input speed is greater than 400rpm which lasts for
GB006
2s.
• The input speed sensor failure is not detected.
• Engine speed is greater than 400rpm which lasts for 2s.
• Engine speed failure is not detected. Diagnostic Test Steps
• No communication off failure is not detected. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Lost communication with the engine failure is not set. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
U1562: The power supply voltage higher than 16V is detected in "ON" position.
which lasts for more than 1s. b. Read the "Ignition Switch Circuit Voltage"to check
U1563: The power supply voltage lower than 9V is detected whether it is within the rational value range (refer
which lasts for more than 1s. to the Appendix for rational value range).
P0562: The power supply voltage higher than 16V is detected • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
which lasts for more than 20,000ms. control module;
P0563: The power supply voltage lower than 9V is detected • No → Go to Step 2.

which lasts for more than 20,000ms. 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 3. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of the automatic
P0562 and U1562: transmission control module.
4. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 23 of
• Engine MIL comes on.
harness connector GB006 of the ground circuit automatic
• Transmission MIL comes on. transmission control module and the ground respectively
• Limp Home Mode 5. is less than 5Ω.
1.0 771
If it is not within the specified range, test the related

circuit for break circuit/high resistance.

6. Test the power supply circuit with a test lamp, connect
the test lamp to terminal 6 and 24 of harness connector
GB006 of the automatic transmission and the ground,
and check if the test lamp illuminates.
If the test lamp is not illuminated, test the related harness

for short to ground/open circuit/high resistance.
7. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the automatic

transmission control module.
Service Guide
1.0 772
DTC FTB Failure Description 4-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure Reference Connector End View Information
Internal Control Module Keep Alive GB006
P0603 00
Memory (KAM) error
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure
Subsystem Principle
Internal failure of the automatic transmission control module
1. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and connect
is detected.
a scan tool.
2. Confirm if the DTCP0601, P0603 and P0604 are set.
P0601 and P0604:
3. If they are set, clear the DTCP0601, P0603 and P0604.
4. Confirm that DTCP0601, P0603 and P0604 have not
• The system voltage is between 10.2 ~ 15.5V. been reset.
• The automatic transmission control module is out of 5. If these DTCs are still set, test/replace the automatic
service. transmission control module.
P0603: Service Guide
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• Not in emergency mode. 4AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
P0601: The calculated checksum and the checksum correctly "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
stored in the flash memory are detected different.
P0603: Write and read values in all RAM program are detected
different in initialization inspection.
P0604: The calculated checksum in RAM and all checksum in

EEPROM are detected different.
P0601 and P0604:

• Transmission MIL comes on.
• Limp Home Mode 3.
P0603:

P0601: The first checksum calculation is detected to be
executed after the correct initialization.
P0603 and P0604: No failure is detected in the initialization

function.
Possible Causes
Automatic transmission control module failure.
1.0 773
P0705 and P0706 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set

Selector position switch GND short/Open • Limp Home Mode 3.
P0705 00
(No signal) Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Selector position switch B+ short (Multi • The transmission gear position sensor detects "D" gear
P0706 00
position signal) signal, which lasts for more than 20ms.
Subsystem Principle • The transmission gear position sensor detects "Except
D" gear signal, which lasts for more than 20ms.
The neutral start switch is located on the gear selection shaft
on the top of the transmission. The automatic transmission Possible Causes
control module receives the voltage output provided by • Related circuits failure.
neutral start switch and informs which gear is selected by • Connector failure or poor fit.
the driver, and the automatic transmission control module
• Gear selection switch failure.
confirms the shift lever position by monitoring 6 groups of
contacts on the neutral start switch. Each group of contacts • Automatic transmission control module failure.
respectively corresponds to one of 6 positions of the shift Reference Information
lever. Only one group of contacts always supplies battery Reference Circuit Information
voltage to automatic transmission control module, and
automatic transmission control module monitors the output 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (2)
of this switch. The electric input of the neutral start switch is Reference Connector End View Information
supplied by the fuse F08 in the engine compartment fuse box.
GB002 and GB007
P0705:
• Not in overhaul mode.
a. Check harness connector GB002 of the gear
• Reading EEPROM is completed.
selection switch and harness connector GB007
• Engine speed is above 400rpm.
of the automatic transmission control module for
• Engine speed is normal. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module no contamination, deformation, etc.
communication = the no failure is detected. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Not in limp home mode. found in visual check.
• Vehicle speed is greater than 30km/h. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Output rotation sensor failure is not detected. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0706:
• Not in overhaul mode. 2. Test related circuits:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, test if the
fuse F8 is blown, if the fuse is blown, test related
circuit for short to ground.
P0705: The transmission gear position sensor circuit signal is
b. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and
not detected, which lasts for more than 30s.
disconnect the harness connector GB002 of gear
P0706: 2 or more transmission gear position sensor circuit selection switch.
signals are detected, which lasts for more than 5s.
c. Disconnect the harness connector GB007 of
automatic transmission control module.
1.0 774
of harness connector GB002 of the gear selection
switch and terminals of harness connector GB007
of the automatic transmission control module is less
4AT" - "Neutral Start Switch".
than 5Ω.
• Terminal GB002-1 and Terminal GB007-1 "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• Terminal GB002-6 and Terminal GB007-20 4AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
• Terminal GB002-9 and Terminal GB007-8 "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
for break circuit/high resistance.

switch or terminals of harness connector GB007 of
the automatic transmission control module and the
ground is infinite.

switch or terminals of harness connector GB007 of


or the gear selection switch:

test/replace the automatic transmission control module
or the gear selection switch.
1.0 775
P0711, P0712 and P0713 P0713:

DTC Description • Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V.
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor • Not in overhaul mode.
P0711 00
Circuit Range/Performance error • Reading EEPROM is completed.
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor • Engine speed is above 400rpm.
P0712 00
Circuit Low • Engine speed is normal.
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor • Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure.
P0713 00
Circuit High • The engine operates for more than 1min continuously.
Subsystem Principle • Not in Limp Home Mode.
The automatic transmission fluid temperature sensor provides Conditions for Setting DTCs
transmission fluid temperature signal for the transmission P0711: The control module default fails to detect that the
control module (automatic transmission control module). oil temperature sensor does not vary with the engine coolant
The transmission control module provides 5V reference temperature.
voltage signal for the sensor. The automatic transmission
• Oil temperature is less than 20℃.
fluid temperature sensor is a variable resistor measuring the
transmission fluid temperature change and also a thermistor or • The gear is in P, R or N.
a temperature-dependent resistor. The sensor applies negative • Vehicle speed is greater than 40km/h.
temperature coefficient. It indicates that the resistance value • |Oil temperature AD value - oil temperature temporary
decreases with the increase of the temperature, and vice AD value| is less than 10.
versa. In accordance with the temperature difference between
• |Oil temperature basic AD value - oil temperature
the engine coolant temperature sensor and the automatic
temporary AD value| is less than 10, which lasts for
transmission fluid temperature sensor, the transmission
more than 10 minutes.
control module determines whether the temperature is within
their allowable working ranges. P0712: Input AD value is less than 10 (oil temperature is
greater than 200℃), which lasts for more than 60s.
P0711: P0713: Input AD value is greater than 1,010 (oil temperature
is less than -55℃), which lasts for more than 12s.
• Not in overhaul mode. • Engine MIL comes on.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • Transmission MIL comes on.
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• Engine speed is normal. • Input AD value is between 41 and 605 (oil temperature
is between 20℃ and 150℃).
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure.
• It is detected that the oil temperature variation is greater
• Oil temperature sensor input AD value is between 10 and
than +10 (-10) (AD value) after initialization.
1,010 (oil temperature is between -55℃ and 200℃).
Possible Causes
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected.
• Oil temperature sensor short to battery/ground and • Related circuits failure.
open circuit are not detected. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Not in Limp Home Mode. • Transmission fluid temperature sensor failure.
P0712: • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Information

• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. Reference Circuit Information
• Not in overhaul mode. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Connector End View Information
1.0 776
GB001 and GB006 connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
in "ON" position. transmission control module or terminals of harness
b. Read the "Transmission Fluid Temperature" to check connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
whether it is within the rational value range (refer to and the power supply is infinite.
the Appendix for rational value range). • Terminal GB001-1 or Terminal GB006-11
• Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission • Terminal GB001-7 or Terminal GB006-12
control module.
a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of and confirm if there remains any DTC.
the automatic transmission control module for • Yes → Go to Step 4;
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
found in visual check. or the transmission solenoid valve.
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 7
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again of harness connector GB001 of the transmission
and confirm if there remains any DTC. solenoid valve fluid temperature sensor conforms to
the resistance listed in the table below.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. Temperature (℃) Resistance (KΩ)
3. Test related circuits: 10 5.62 ～ 7.30
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position. 110 0.224 ～ 0.271
b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the b. If the measured resistance is not within specified
transmission solenoid valve and harness connector range, replace the transmission solenoid valve fluid
GB006 of the automatic transmission control temperature sensor or the valve body harness
module. assembly.
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic test/replace the automatic transmission control module.
Service Guide
is less than 5Ω. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
for open circuit/high resistance. 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
transmission control module or terminals of harness "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
1.0 777
P0715 and P0717 Conditions for Setting DTCs

DTC Description P0715: Input A/D value is less than 45 (0.206V) or input A/D
DTC FTB Failure Description value is greater than 545 (2.727V), which lasts for 1,000ms.
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure P0717: It is detected that there is no pulse signal of input shaft
P0715 00
(B+ short / GND short / Open) speed sensor when 500*38 times of pulse signal of output shaft
Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No speed sensor are detected.
P0717 00
Signal Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Subsystem Principle • Engine MIL comes on.

Input shaft speed sensor (NC2) is a Hall-effect sensor. The
reluctance distribution ring on the clutch drum C1 will • Limp Home Mode 3.
rotate when the hydraulic torque converter drives the input Conditions for Clearing DTCs
shaft. When passing through the input sensor, each gear will
The input shaft speed is greater than 300rpm, which lasts for
generate signal and send it to the automatic transmission
more than 70s.
control module. The automatic transmission control module
converts the square signal into speed. Possible Causes
Conditions for Running DTCs • Related circuits failure.

P0715:
• Input speed sensor failure.
4-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
P0717:
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. GB005 and GB007
• Not in overhaul mode. Reference Electrical Information

• Reading EEPROM is completed. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. Diagnostic Test Steps
• Engine speed is normal.
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Limp home mode is not applied and the gear is placed in a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
D or W. in "ON" position.
• Input speed sensor failure is not detected.
b. Read the "Input Shaft Speed" to check whether it is
• Not in shifting. within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
• Not in C1 close control. for rational value range).
• Current gear is above 2nd gear. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• Output shaft speed sensor failure is not detected. control module.
• Output speed is above 300rpm. • No → Go to Step 2.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to battery/ground 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
and open circuit are not detected. a. Check harness connector GB005 of the input
• Linear solenoid valve (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) short to speed sensor and harness connector GB007 of
battery/ground, open circuit, and feedback current stuck the automatic transmission control module for
are not detected. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• Input shaft speed sensor short to battery/ground and contamination, deformation, etc.
open circuit are not detected. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
1.0 778
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again disconnect the battery negative cable.
b. Disconnect the harness connector GB005 of input
• Yes → Go to Step 3; shaft speed sensor.
harness connector GB005 of the input shaft speed
sensor is between 800 ~ 1,000Ω.
a. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector GB005 of the input speed sensor.
input shaft speed sensor.
b. Disconnect the harness connector GB007 of
Service Guide
of harness connector GB005 of the input speed
sensor and terminals of harness connector GB007 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
of the automatic transmission control module is less "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
than 5Ω. 4AT" - "Input Speed Sensor".
for break circuit/high resistance. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
sensor or terminals of harness connector GB007 of
ground is infinite.
or the input speed sensor:
1.0 779
P0720 and P0722 • Linear solenoid valve (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) short to
DTC Description battery/ground, open circuit, and feedback current stuck
are not detected.
• Output shaft speed sensor short to battery/ground and
Output revolution sensor Electrical Failure
P0720 00 open circuit are not detected.
(B+ short / GND short / Open)
P0720: Input A/D value is less than 45 (0.206V) or input A/D
Subsystem Principle value is greater than 545 (2.727V) which lasts for 1,000ms.
Output shaft speed sensor (OSS) is a Hall-effect sensor. P0722: It is detected that there is no pulse signal of input shaft
The output shaft speed sensor is fitted on the automatic speed sensor when 500*13 times of pulse signal of input shaft
transmission housing assembly, and the sensor signal is speed sensor are detected.
generated by the sensor gear teeth passing through the
reluctance distribution ring of the parking gear. The automatic
transmission control module converts the square signal into P0720:
speed. The sensor signal enables TCM to monitor the • Engine MIL comes on.
transmission state. TCMIt processes signals and compares
them with the data stored in the memory. If these signals
are not in the range of parameters stored by TCM, TCM • Limp Home Mode 3.
will adjust the operation of the transmission through the P0722:
actuator, so as to provide the optimal driveability and other
performances.
P0720:
The output shaft speed is greater than 300rpm, which lasts for
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. more than 70s.
• Not in overhaul mode. Possible Causes
P0722: • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Output speed sensor failure.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Not in overhaul mode. Reference Information
4-speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure.
GB004 and GB007
• Limp home mode is not applied and the gear is placed in
D or W. Reference Electrical Information
• Gear selection switch failure is not detected. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Not in shifting.
• Not in C1 close control.
• Input shaft speed sensor failure is not detected. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Output speed is above 300rpm.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to battery/ground in "ON" position.
and open circuit are not detected.
b. Read the "Output Shaft Speed" to check whether it is
within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
for rational value range).
1.0 780
control module.
a. Check harness connector GB004 of the output ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
speed sensor and harness connector GB007 of and confirm if there remains any DTC.
or the output speed sensor.
and confirm if there remains any DTC. b. Disconnect the harness connector GB004 of input
shaft speed sensor.
harness connector GB004 of the input shaft speed
3. Test related circuits: sensor is between 800 ~ 1,000Ω.
a. Disconnect the battery negative cable and the If it is not within the specified range, replace the
harness connector GB004 of output speed sensor. output shaft speed sensor.
b. Disconnect the harness connector GB007 of If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
automatic transmission control module. test/replace the automatic transmission control module
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals or the output speed sensor.
of harness connector GB004 of the output speed Service Guide
sensor and terminals of harness connector GB007
of the automatic transmission control module is less
than 5Ω.
4AT" - "Output Speed Sensor".
for break circuit/high resistance. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
of harness connector GB004 of the output speed
ground is infinite.
of harness connector GB004 of the output speed
1.0 781
P0741 and P0766 • Automatic transmission control module failure.

Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLU MIN),Shift
P0741 00 Reference Connector End View Information
solenoid Functional Failure (SLU) OFF Stuck
(SLU MIN or S1 MAX) GB001 and GB006
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MAX Reference Electrical Information

pressure stuck (S1 Max or SLC2 MIN),Shift Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0766 00
solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2) MIN
pressure Diagnostic Test Steps
Subsystem Principle
According to input shaft speed signal, output shaft speed signal
and signals from the ECM (engine speed and throttle opening)
in "ON" position.
and the vehicle speed, carry out steady locking control and
slide via lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU). Lock-up b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (S1)
clutch control solenoid valve switches on/off linearly. Operate Current" to check whether it is within the rational
the lock-up clutch in torque converter, and connect pump value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
impeller and turbine pipeline. Thereby, the engine shall be range).
connected with the automatic transmission and the engine
• Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
output is directly connected to the automatic transmission, so
control module.
as to avoid the loss of transmission performance.
• The current gear is the 1st gear and the engine brakes.
• The output speed is above 250rpm. a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
• Engine speed is less than 6,000rpm.
• The engine torque is above 40Nm. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and contamination, deformation, etc.
the maximum pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2
minimum).
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*3rd gear
transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts
for more than 1s.
• The above failure is detected for 5 consecutive times.
• Engine MIL comes on. 3. Test related circuits:

• Transmission MIL comes on. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR| is greater than transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
expected speed, which lasts for more than 2s. GB006 of the automatic transmission control
module.
Possible Causes
terminal GB006-16 of the automatic transmission
control module and harness connector terminal
• Transmission solenoid valve failure. GB001-10 of the transmission solenoid valve is less
than 5Ω.
1.0 782

control module or harness connector terminal
GB001-10 of the transmission solenoid valve and the
ground is infinite.






Service Guide
1.0 783
P0742 • Connector failure or poor fit.

DTC Description • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Automatic transmission control module failure.
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On Reference Information
Subsystem Principle Reference Circuit Information

The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU is fitted on the
valve body, and it linearly controls the operating pressure of Reference Connector End View Information
clutch in the hydraulic torque converter based on the engine GB001 and GB006
speed, throttle opening, input speed sensor (NC2) signal
and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as to realize lock-up Reference Electrical Information
control. As a failure protection function, when any lock-up Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
clutch control solenoid valve SLU is abnormal, TCM can cut
off the current to the solenoid valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLU)
Current" to check whether it is within the rational
• Engine speed is above 400rpm. value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
• Engine speed is normal. range).
• Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• Not in shifting. control module.
• 8s after shifting to gear selection switch D or W. • No → Go to Step 2.
• The engine torque is above 60Nm. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Engine speed is within 600 ～ 3,000rpm.
a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
• Oil temperature is above -7℃. solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
• The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state. the automatic transmission control module for
• The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU) short to looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
ground or battery or open circuit is not set. contamination, deformation, etc.
• 3s later after SLU standard pressure equals to 0kPa. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to ground/battery found in visual check.
or open circuit is not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• |Engine speed-input shaft speed| is less than
SS_LupusONfail speed, which lasts for more than • Yes → Go to Step 3;
TimeLupOnfailed s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
|Engine speed-input shaft speed| is greater than 100rpm, which GB006 of the automatic transmission control
lasts for more than 2s. module.
• Related circuits failure. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
1.0 784
is less than 5Ω.







Service Guide
1.0 785
P0751 GB001 and GB006

DTC Description
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (S1) MIN
P0751 00 Diagnostic Test Steps
pressure stuck
Subsystem Principle
According to input shaft speed signal, output shaft speed signal
and signals from the ECM (engine speed and throttle opening)
in "ON" position.
and the vehicle speed, carry out steady locking control and
slide via lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU). Lock-up b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (S1)
clutch control solenoid valve switches on/off linearly. Operate Current" to check whether it is within the rational
the lock-up clutch in torque converter, and connect pump value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
impeller and turbine pipeline. Thereby, the engine shall be range).
connected with the automatic transmission and the engine • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
output is directly connected to the automatic transmission, so control module.
as to avoid the loss of transmission performance.
• The current gear is the 1st gear and the engine brakes.
• The output speed is above 250rpm. solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
• Engine speed is less than 6,000rpm. the automatic transmission control module for
• The engine torque is above 40Nm. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and
the maximum pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
minimum). found in visual check.
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*3rd gear ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
for more than 1s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• The above failure is detected for 5 consecutive times. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Engine MIL comes on. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
• Transmission MIL comes on. b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR| is greater than GB006 of the automatic transmission control
expected speed, which lasts for more than 2s. module.
Possible Causes c. Test if the resistance between harness connector

• Related circuits failure. control module and harness connector terminal
• Connector failure or poor fit. GB001-10 of the transmission solenoid valve is less
• Transmission solenoid valve failure. than 5Ω.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Information for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector

Reference Connector End View Information GB001-10 of the transmission solenoid valve and the
ground is infinite.
1.0 786





Service Guide
1.0 787
P0761, P0762 and P0867 • The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V.
DTC Description • Not in overhaul mode.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Reading EEPROM is completed.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) • Engine speed is above 400rpm.
P0761 00
MIN pressure • Engine speed is normal.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC1) • If bus is in off state, the engine control module no
P0762 00
MAX pressure communication = the no failure is detected.
P0867 00 Complete neutral • 8s after shifting to gear selection switch D or W.
• The current gear is 4th gear.
Subsystem Principle
• Output speed is not less than 250rpm.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1)
• The input torque is above 20Nm or below -20Nm.
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves • The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3) the maximum pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According minimum).
to the combination of different states of gear shift control • In D or W gear.
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • Not in wheel selected state.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve
• Oil temperature is above -20℃.
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid
valve. • The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state.
Conditions for Running DTCs • The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to ground/battery
or open circuit is not set.
DTC P0761:
DTC P0867:
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module no
communication = the no failure is detected. • Bus is off, and ECM is free of communication failure.
• 8s after shifting to gear selection switch D or W. • Oil temperature is above -7℃.
• The current gear is in 2/3 gear. • Not in shifting.
• Output speed is not less than 500rpm. • In D or W gear.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) function is failed, and • 1s later after switching the gear selection switch to D or
the maximum pressure is stuck (S1 maximum or SLC2 W gear.
minimum). • The current gear is in 1st, 2nd or 3rd gear.
• 2/3 gear transmission ratio is failed, and the stuck gear is • Output speed is less than 500rpm.
not detected. • The input shaft speed sensor is not in backup state.
• Oil temperature is above -7℃. Conditions for Setting DTCs
• Not in shifting.
P0761:
• In D or W gear.
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected
• 1s later after switching the gear selection switch to D or
value| is greater than GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s.
W gear.
DTC P0762:
P0762:
1.0 788
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*3rd gear b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC1)
transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts Current" to check whether it is within the rational
for 1s. value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
• |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*2nd gear range).
transmission ratio in| is less than GErev1 speed, which • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
lasts for 0.5s. control module.
• The above failure is detected for 5 consecutive times. • No → Go to Step 2.
P0867: The neutral gear is judged as true after the requirement 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
of 4th gear. a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
Operations of ECU after Failure solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
P0761 and P0762: the automatic transmission control module for
• Engine MIL comes on. contamination, deformation, etc.
• Transmission MIL comes on. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Limp Home Mode 2. found in visual check.
P0867: Transmission MIL comes on. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
P0761 and P0867:
value| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
• The above conditions are detected for 5 consecutive
times. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
P0762: b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the

value| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
module.
• The above conditions are detected for 5 consecutive
times.
Possible Causes transmission control module and terminals of harness
• Related circuits failure. connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
• Connector failure or poor fit. is less than 5Ω.
• Transmission solenoid valve failure. • Terminal GB001-6 and Terminal GB006-22
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal GB001-13 and Terminal GB006-9
GB001 and GB006 transmission control module or terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
in "ON" position. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
1.0 789




a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.

b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
or damage.
If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position,

replace the valve body assembly.
c. Check the torque converter assembly for damage

or fading.
If the torque converter assembly failure is found,

test/replace the torque converter assembly.

Service Guide
1.0 790
P0767 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
GB001 and GB006
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLC2)
P0767 00 Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
MAX pressure
Subsystem Principle
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3) in "ON" position.
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC2)
to the combination of different states of gear shift control Current" to check whether it is within the rational
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure range).
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
valve. control module.
• The current gear is in 1/2 gear. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:

• The output speed is above 250rpm. a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
• The engine torque is above 60Nm. solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
• The input shaft speed is less than 6,000rpm.
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) function is
failed, and the maximum pressure is stuck.
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*3rd gear transmission
ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. Or |input
shaft speed-output shaft speed*4th gear transmission ratio| is
less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 0.5s. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Engine MIL comes on. 3. Test related circuits:

• Transmission MIL comes on. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position.
• Limp Home Mode 2. b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs transmission solenoid valve and harness connector
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected value| is GB006 of the automatic transmission control
less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. module.

• Connector failure or poor fit. connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
• Transmission solenoid valve failure. is less than 5Ω.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal GB001-5 and Terminal GB006-21
1.0 791

or damage.
or fading.
Service Guide
1.0 792
P0826 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY301 and GB007
P0826 00 Manual switch Out of service
Subsystem Principle
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves a. Check harness connector BY301 of the gear shift
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3) mechanism and harness connector GB007 of
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According the automatic transmission control module for
to the combination of different states of gear shift control looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from contamination, deformation, etc.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve found in visual check.
valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• The current gear is in 1/2 gear. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
• The output speed is above 250rpm. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The engine torque is above 60Nm. 2. Test related circuits:
• The input shaft speed is less than 6,000rpm.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY301 of the gear
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) function is shift mechanism and harness connector GB007 of the
failed, and the maximum pressure is stuck. automatic transmission control module.
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*3rd gear transmission of harness connector GB007 of the automatic
ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. Or |input transmission control module and terminals of harness
shaft speed-output shaft speed*4th gear transmission ratio| is connector BY301 of the gear shift mechanism is less
less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 0.5s. than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY301-10 and Terminal GB007-21
• Engine MIL comes on. • Terminal BY301-8 and Terminal GB007-22
• Transmission MIL comes on. • Terminal BY301-12 and Terminal GB007-9
• Limp Home Mode 2. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
|Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected value| is d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s. of harness connector GB007 of the automatic
Possible Causes
connector BY301 of the gear shift mechanism and
• Related circuits failure. the ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY301-10 or Terminal GB007-21
• Gear shift mechanism failure.
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (2) e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
1.0 793

connector BY301 of the gear shift mechanism and



or the gear shift mechanism:

or the gear shift mechanism.
Service Guide
1.0 794
P0973 and P0974 GB001 and GB006
DTC Description
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High
The gear shift solenoid valve S1 is fitted on the valve body, and a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
TCM controls the on-off of the gear shift solenoid valve S1. It in "ON" position.
switches the oil line passage according to the on/off state of
b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (S1)
gear shift solenoid valve S1 to realize the fuel economy. As a
failure protection function, when any gear shift solenoid valve
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid valve.
range).
Gear shift solenoid valve S1 is normally closed.
control module.
• Not in Limp Home Mode. the automatic transmission control module for
• S1 driver outputs "ON" signal. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
• 10ms after solenoid output changes. contamination, deformation, etc.
P0973: S1 monitor detects "OFF" signal, which lasts for 500ms.
P0974: S1 monitor detects "ON" signal, which lasts for 500ms.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Engine MIL comes on. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Transmission MIL comes on. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Limp Home Mode 4. 3. Test related circuits:
• When the S1 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1,000ms, the
"ON" signal of the S1 monitor is detected.
• When the S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal for 1,000ms, GB006 of the automatic transmission control
the "OFF" signal of the S1 monitor is detected. module.
• Related circuits failure. terminal GB006-16 of the automatic transmission
• Connector failure or poor fit. control module and harness connector terminal
GB001-10 of the transmission solenoid valve is less
• Transmission solenoid valve failure.
than 5Ω.
4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1) terminal GB006-16 of the automatic transmission
Reference Connector End View Information control module or harness connector terminal
ground is infinite.
1.0 795






Service Guide
1.0 796
P0978, P0979 and P0980 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical • Limp Home Mode 1.
P0978 00
error Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control P0978:
P0979 00
Circuit Low
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC1) is not short
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control
P0980 00 to battery/ground and does not have an open circuit.
Circuit High
• |Feedback current - calibrated current| is less than 5mA,
Subsystem Principle which lasts for 500ms.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) P0979 and P0980:
• The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves
(SLC1) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
linearly control the oil pressure to clutches (C1, C2 and C3)
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
to the combination of different states of gear shift control (SLC1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124mA,
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from which lasts for 500ms.
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure Possible Causes
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve • Related circuits failure.
valve.
P0978:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. Reference Connector End View Information
• Battery voltage is greater than 10.5V, which lasts for GB001 and GB006
500ms. Reference Electrical Information
• Not in Limp Home Mode. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC1) short to
battery/ground and open circuit are not detected.
P0979 and P0980：
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC1)
• Not in Limp Home Mode. value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
Conditions for Setting DTCs range).
P0978: |Feedback current - calibrated current| is greater than • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms. control module.
P0979: Feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which lasts • No → Go to Step 2.
for 500ms.
P0980: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
lasts for 500ms.
1.0 797

ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
and confirm if there remains any DTC. or damage.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position,
• No → Diagnosis is completed. replace the valve body assembly.
3. Test related circuits: c. Check the torque converter assembly for damage
or fading.
GB006 of the automatic transmission control If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
module. test/replace the automatic transmission control module
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals or the transmission solenoid valve.
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic Service Guide
transmission control module and terminals of harness • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
is less than 5Ω. 4AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
• Terminal GB001-6 and Terminal GB006-22 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
1.0 798
P0981, P0982 and P0983 P0983: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
DTC Description lasts for 500ms.
DTC FTB Failure Description Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical • Engine MIL comes on.

P0981 00
error • Transmission MIL comes on.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control • Limp Home Mode 1.
P0982 00
Circuit Low Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control P0981:
P0983 00
Circuit High
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) is not short
Subsystem Principle to battery/ground and does not have an open circuit.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) • |Feedback current - calibrated current| is less than 5mA,
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves which lasts for 500ms.
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves P0982 and P0983:
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
to the combination of different states of gear shift control (SLC1) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure (SLC1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124mA,
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve which lasts for 500ms.
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid Possible Causes
valve.
P0981: • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. Reference Information
• Battery voltage is greater than 10.5V, which lasts for
500ms. Reference Connector End View Information
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. GB001 and GB006

• Not in Limp Home Mode. Reference Electrical Information
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLC2) short to Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P0982 and P0983:
in "ON" position.
• Not in Limp Home Mode.
Conditions for Setting DTCs value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
P0981: |Feedback current - calibrated current| is greater than range).
50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
P0982: Feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which lasts control module.
for 500ms. • No → Go to Step 2.
1.0 799
a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
the automatic transmission control module for and confirm if there remains any DTC.
found in visual check. 4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
and confirm if there remains any DTC. b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
• Yes → Go to Step 3; or damage.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position,

or fading.
module. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
transmission control module and terminals of harness Service Guide
connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
is less than 5Ω. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
1.0 800
P0997, P0998 and P0999 Actions Taken When the DTC is Set
Linear solenoid (SLB1) Feedback current • Limp Home Mode 1.
P0997 00
Stick Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0998 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) GND short P0997:
P0999 00 Linear solenoid (SLB1) B+ short
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) is not short
Subsystem Principle to battery/ground and does not have an open circuit.
• |Feedback current - calibrated current| is less than 5mA,
which lasts for 500ms.
(SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves P0998 and P0999:
• The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According
(SLB1) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
to the combination of different states of gear shift control
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • The feedback current of gear shift control solenoid valve
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure (SLB1) is greater than 79mA and less than 1,124mA,
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve which lasts for 500ms.
is abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid Possible Causes
valve. • Related circuits failure.
• Not in overhaul mode. Reference Circuit Information
• Reading EEPROM is completed. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
500ms. Reference Connector End View Information
• Not in Limp Home Mode. GB001 and GB006

• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLB1) short to Reference Electrical Information
P0998 and P0999：
in "ON" position.
• Not in Limp Home Mode.
b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLB1)
Conditions for Setting DTCs Current" to check whether it is within the rational
P0997: |Feedback current - calibrated current| is greater than value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms. range).
P0998: Feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which lasts • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
for 500ms. control module.
P0999: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which • No → Go to Step 2.

lasts for 500ms. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
1.0 801

ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again b. Check the valve body assembly for sticking, debris
and confirm if there remains any DTC. or damage.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position,
• No → Diagnosis is completed. replace the valve body assembly.
3. Test related circuits: c. Check the torque converter assembly for damage
or fading.
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals or the transmission solenoid valve.
1.0 802
P1731 b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC1)
DTC Description Current, Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLC2)
Current, Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLU)
Current" to check whether they are within the
No engine brake (SLC1 MIN or SLC2 MIN rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
P1731 00
or SLU MIN) rational value range).
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) control module.
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves • No → Go to Step 3.
3. Read the DTC again with a scan tool, and if the DTC still
exists, replace the valve body assembly.
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According
to the combination of different states of gear shift control Service Guide
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve 4AT" - "Hydraulic Torque Converter".
valve.
Conditions for Running DTCs 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
• The current gear is in 1st gear, and the engine brakes. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
• The output speed is above 250rpm. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• The engine torque is above 40Nm.
• The input speed is less than 6,000rpm.
|Input speed - output speed*3rd gear transmission ratio| is
greater than GErev1, which lasts for 1s.
|Input speed - output speed*GE expected value| is less than
GErev1, which lasts for 1s.
Possible Causes
• Transmission solenoid valve (SLU) failure.
• Automatic transmission mechanical failure.

1. Check the state of the transmission fluid.

in "ON" position.
1.0 803
P1897 and P1899 • Engine speed is higher than 0rpm within 1,000ms.
DTC Description • The input shaft speed sensor failure is not detected.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The output shaft speed sensor failure is not detected.
15 EMOP B+ short • The input speed sensor failure is not set.
11 EMOP GND short Conditions for Setting DTCs
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit P1897 15: Oil pump motor monitor detects "ON" signal,
P1897 17
Voltage above Threshold which lasts for 500ms.
EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP P1897 11: Oil pump motor monitor detects "OFF" signal,
16
control which lasts for 500ms.
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP P1897 16: Battery voltage is less than 10.5V, which lasts for 5s.
Subsystem Principle P1897 17: Battery voltage is greater than 16.0V, which lasts for
5s.
The function of the electronic oil pump is to receive the control
current of the TCM, so as to response to work and control the P1899 09: |Engine speed - input shaft speed| is less than
fluid pressure in the transmission. The electronic oil pump only 1,000rpm, and the input shaft speed is greater than the output
operates at the engine automatic start-stop state. shaft speed X 1st gear transmission ratio + revEMOP failure
Conditions for Running DTCs detection rpm.
P1897 15:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Transmission MIL comes on.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• Not in overhaul mode. P1897 11, 15:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. • When the oil pump motor drive outputs "ON" signal, the
• The electronic oil pump drive outputs "OFF" signal. oil pump motor monitor detects "ON" signal, which lasts
• 10ms after solenoid coil output changes. for 1,000ms.
• When the oil pump motor drive outputs "OFF" signal,
P1897 11:
the oil pump motor monitor detects "OFF" signal, which
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. lasts for 1,000ms.
P1897 16: Battery voltage is greater than 11.5V, which lasts for
• Not in overhaul mode. 20s.
P1897 17: Battery voltage is less than 15.0V, which lasts for
• The electronic oil pump drive outputs "ON" signal. 20s.
• 10ms after solenoid coil output changes.
P1899 09: The input shaft speed is less than the output shaft
P1897 16/17: speed X 1st gear transmission ratio + 200rpm, which lasts for
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 900ms.
• Under the control of start-stop control. Possible Causes
• Engine speed is less than 400rpm. • Related circuits failure.
• Engine speed DTC is not detected. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• No Communication off failure is detected. • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
• Lost communication with the ECM is not detected. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
P1899 09: Reference Information
• In D gear. Reference Circuit Information
• The current gear is less than 4th gear. 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (1)
• Not in neutral position. Reference Connector End View Information
• Not in shifting state. GB001 and GB006
• The output speed is less than 200rpm.
1.0 804
Reference Electrical Information transmission control module or terminals of harness
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal GB001-8 or Terminal GB006-10
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal GB001-2 or Terminal GB006-15
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch for short to ground.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the " Transmission Hydraulic Fluid Pump of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
Motor Actual State" to check whether it is within transmission control module or terminals of harness
the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve
rational value range). and the power supply is infinite.
control module.
a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
the automatic transmission control module for and confirm if there remains any DTC.
found in visual check. 4. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again a. Remove the transmission solenoid valve assembly.
• Yes → Go to Step 3; or damage.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. If the valve is found stuck in the on or off position,
or fading.
module. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
transmission control module and terminals of harness Service Guide
connector GB001 of the transmission solenoid valve • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
is less than 5Ω. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
of harness connector GB006 of the automatic "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
1.0 805

DTC Description |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected value| is
DTC FTB Failure Description less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for 1s.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) MIN Possible Causes
P2707 00
pressure • Related circuits failure.
Shift solenoid Functional Failure (SLB1) • Connector failure or poor fit.
P2708 00
MAX pressure • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
Subsystem Principle • Automatic transmission control module failure.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2 and SLB1) Reference Information
are fitted on the valve body, TCM controls solenoid valves Reference Circuit Information
and brakes (B1 and B3) to realize smooth shift. According Reference Connector End View Information
to the combination of different states of gear shift control GB001 and GB006
solenoid valves, the transmission realizes the gear shift (from
1st gear to 4th gear or from 4th gear to 1st gear). As a failure
protection function, when any gear shift control solenoid valve Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
valve.
P2707:
• The current gear is 2nd gear or 4th gear. in "ON" position.
• The output speed is above 500rpm.
• The gear stuck in 2nd gear or 4th is not detected. Current" to check whether it is within the rational
P2708: value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
• The current gear is 1st gear or 3rd gear.
control module.
• The engine torque is above 40Nm.
• The input shaft speed is below 6,000rpm.
• The gear shift solenoid valve (S1) short to ground/battery a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
or open circuit is not set. solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
P2707: |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*GR expected contamination, deformation, etc.
value| is greater than GErev2 speed, which lasts for 1s.
P2708: |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed* 2nd gear found in visual check.
transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
for 1s. Or |Input shaft speed-output shaft speed*4th gear ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
transmission ratio| is less than GErev1 speed, which lasts for and confirm if there remains any DTC.
0.5s.
1.0 806
or damage.
or fading.
1.0 807
P2762, P2763 and P2764 • Engine MIL comes on.

DTC Description • Transmission MIL comes on.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Limp Home Mode 1.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical P2763 and P2764:
P2762 00
error
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control
P2763 00 • Transmission MIL comes on.
Solenoid Control Circuit High
P2764 00 P2762: The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLU) is not short
Solenoid Control Circuit Low
to battery/ground and does not have an open circuit.
Subsystem Principle
P2763 and P2764:
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve SLU is fitted on the
• The feedback current of the gear shift control solenoid
valve body, and it linearly controls the operating pressure of
valve (SLU) delays, which lasts for 500ms.
clutch in the hydraulic torque converter based on the engine
speed, throttle opening, input speed sensor (NC2) signal • The feedback current of the gear shift control solenoid
and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as to realize lock-up valve (SLU) is greater than 100mA and less than 1,124mA,
control. As a failure protection function, when any lock-up which lasts for 500ms.
clutch control solenoid valve SLU is abnormal, TCM can cut Possible Causes
off the current to the solenoid valve. • Related circuits failure.
• Not in overhaul mode. Reference Circuit Information
500ms.
• Not in Limp Home Mode. GB001 and GB006
• The gear shift control solenoid valve (SLU) short to Reference Electrical Information
battery/ground and open circuit are not detected. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
P2763 and P2764: Diagnostic Test Steps
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Reading EEPROM is completed. in "ON" position.
• Not in Limp Home Mode. b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLU)
Conditions for Setting DTCs Current" to check whether it is within the rational
P2762: |Feedback current-calibrated current| is greater than value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
50mA, which lasts for 3,000ms. range).
P2763: Feedback current signal is less than 20mA, which lasts • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
for 500ms. control module.
P2764: Feedback current signal is greater than 1,358mA, which
lasts for 500ms. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set a. Check harness connector GB001 of the transmission
P2762: solenoid valve and harness connector GB006 of
1.0 808
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • Yes → Go to Step 4;
• Yes → Go to Step 3; Service Guide
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
3. Test related circuits: "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
b. Disconnect harness connector GB001 of the "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
transmission solenoid valve and harness connector 4AT" - "Valve Body Assembly".
module.
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
is less than 5Ω.
1.0 809

The module connected to the serial data circuit of the data • No → Diagnosis is completed.
bus monitors the serial data communication of the HS data
bus network during the normal operation of the vehicle.
Operation information and commands are exchanged between a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
modules. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Conditions for Running DTCs following inspection procedures.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
c. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of the DLC
and harness connector GB006 of the automatic
• Reading EEPROM is completed. transmission control module.
TCM"Communication off" state is received from CAN of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
controller, which lasts for 5 times. transmission control module and terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY027 of the DLC is less than 5Ω.
• Engine MIL comes on. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal GB006-17

• Transmission MIL comes on. • Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal GB006-7
• Limp Home Mode 3. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
No failure is detected for 5 consecutive seconds. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. connector BY027 of the DLC and the ground is
• Connector failure or poor fit. infinite.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal GB006-17
Reference Information • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal GB006-7
Bus System and DLC (2) for short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information f. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the
GB006 and BY027
connector GB006 of the automatic transmission
Reference Electrical Information control module or terminals of harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection BY027 the DLC and the ground is between 2 ～ 3V.
a. Check harness connector GB006 of automatic
transmission control module for looseness, poor
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
1.0 810
3. Test/replace the automatic transmission control module:

Service Guide
1.0 811

Lost Communication with Engine Control
U0100 00
Module (ECM) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
TCM communicates with ECM via CAN. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. disconnect the battery negative cable.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY190 of ECM and
• Reading EEPROM is completed. harness connector GB006 of automatic transmission
• Communication is normal. control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
TCMEMS signal cannot be detected, which lasts for 500ms. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
connector BY190 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
No current failure is detected, which lasts for 1s.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. transmission control module or terminals of harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY190 of the ECM and the ground is
• Automatic transmission control module failure. infinite.
• Engine control module failure. • Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal GB006-7

Reference Information • Terminal BY190-1 or Terminal GB006-17
Reference Connector End View Information f. Test if the voltage between the following terminals
BY190 and GB006
Reference Electrical Information connector BY190 of the ECM and the ground is
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection between 2 ～ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY190 of ECM and
harness connector GB006 of the automatic
transmission control module for looseness, poor g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
deformation, etc. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Yes → Go to Step 3;

found in visual check. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 812
or ECM:

or ECM.
Service Guide
Control System -1.5L" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
1.0 813

Lost Communication with Stability Control
U0121 00 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
System (SCS)
Subsystem Principle
TCM communicates with the dynamic stability control system
via CAN.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. c. Disconnect harness connector BY200 of the
• Not in overhaul mode. ABS/SCS system control module and harness
• Reading EEPROM is completed. connector GB006 of the automatic transmission
control module.
• Communication is normal.
TCMABS signal cannot be detected, which lasts for 500ms. transmission control module and terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY200 of ABS/SCS system control module
Transmission MIL comes on. is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY200-26 and Terminal GB006-17
No failure is detected, which lasts for 1s. • Terminal BY200-14 and Terminal GB006-7
Possible Causes If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Automatic transmission control module failure. transmission control module or terminals of harness
• ABS/SCS system failure. connector BY200 of the ABS/SCS system control
Reference Information module and the ground is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY200-26 or Terminal GB006-17
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) • Terminal BY200-14 or Terminal GB006-7
BY200 and GB006
f. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the
Reference Electrical Information voltage between the following terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector GB006 of the automatic transmission
control module or terminals of harness connector
Diagnostic Test Steps BY200 of the ABS/SCS system control module and
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: the ground is between 2 ～ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY200 of the ABS/SCS • Terminal BY200-26 or Terminal GB006-17
system control module and harness connector • Terminal BY200-14 or Terminal GB006-7
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
found in visual check. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 814

or ABS/SCS system control module:

or ABS/SCS system control module.
Service Guide
1.0 815

U0140 00

TCM communicates with the BCM via CAN.
• Not in overhaul mode. c. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of the
• Reading EEPROM is completed. BCM and harness connector GB006 of the automatic
• Communication is normal. transmission control module.
TCMBCM signal cannot be detected, which lasts for 1,000ms.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY027 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
None. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal GB006-17
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal GB006-7
No failure is detected, which lasts for 10s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Possible Causes for open circuit/high resistance.
• Related circuits failure. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
connector BY027 of the BCM and the ground is
• BCM failure. infinite.
Bus System and DLC - (2)
Reference Connector End View Information for short to ground.
BY027 and GB006 f. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the
connector GB006 of the automatic transmission
Diagnostic Test Steps BY027 of the BCM and the ground is between 2 ～
3V.
a. Check harness connector BY027 of BCM and
harness connector GB006 of automatic transmission • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal GB006-7
control module for looseness, poor contact, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, for short to battery.
etc. g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
found in visual check. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 816
or BCM:

test/replace the automatic transmission control unit or
BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 817

U0155 00
(IPK) • No → Diagnosis is completed.

TCM communicates with the instrument pack via CAN.
• Not in overhaul mode. c. Disconnect harness connector FC006 of the
• Reading EEPROM is completed. instrument pack and harness connector GB006 of
• Communication is normal. the automatic transmission control module.
TCMThe signal from instrument pack cannot be detected,
connector FC006 of the instrument pack is less than
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set 5Ω.
Transmission MIL comes on. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal GB006-17
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal GB006-7
• Related circuits failure. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
connector FC006 of the instrument pack and the
• Instrument pack failure. ground is infinite.
• Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal GB006-17
Bus System and DLC - (1) & Bus System and DLC - (2)
FC006 and GB006 f. Test if the voltage between the following terminals
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector GB006 of the automatic
Diagnostic Test Steps ground is between 2 ～ 3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal GB006-17
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal GB006-7

pack and harness connector GB006 of automatic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
transmission control module for looseness, poor for short to battery.
deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
found in visual check. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1.0 818
or instrument pack:

or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 819
TCM-6AT
DTC List
List
EP Failure
Lamp* Level*
P0218 00 Transmission Fluid Over Temperature Condition OFF ON Ⅱ
P0562 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below Threshold ON ON Ⅱ
P0563 00 KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above Threshold ON ON Ⅱ
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure ON ON Ⅱ
P0603 00 Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memory (KAM) error ON ON Ⅱ
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure ON ON Ⅱ
P0702 00 Transmission Control System Electrical ON ON Ⅱ
P0705 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit error ON ON Ⅰ
P0707 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low ON ON Ⅰ
P0708 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High ON ON Ⅰ
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit
P0711 00 ON ON Ⅱ
Range/Performance error
P0712 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit Low ON ON Ⅱ
P0713 00 Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
P0715 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit error ON ON Ⅱ
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure (B+ short / GND short /
P0716 00 ON ON Ⅱ
Open)
P0717 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal ON ON Ⅱ
P0720 00 Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Battery ON ON Ⅱ
P0721 00 output speed sensor short circuit to ground or open pin ON ON Ⅱ
P0722 00 Output Speed Sensor Circuit No Signal ON ON Ⅱ
P0729 00 Gear ratio fault at 6th gear (C2 or B1 not engage) ON ON Ⅱ
P0731 00 Gear ratio fault at 1st gear (B1, C2 or C3 not release) ON ON Ⅱ
P0732 00 Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear (C1 or B1 not engage) ON ON Ⅱ
P0733 00 Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear (C1 or C3 not engage) ON ON Ⅱ
P0734 00 Gear ratio fault at 4th gear (C1 or C2 not engage) ON ON Ⅱ
P0735 00 Gear ratio fault at 5th gear (C2 or C3 not engage) ON ON Ⅱ
P0741 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Performance/Stuck Off ON ON Ⅱ
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On OFF ON Ⅱ
P0748 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Electrical ON ON Ⅱ
P0777 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Stuck On ON ON Ⅱ
P0778 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical error ON ON Ⅱ
P081A 00 Starter Disable Circuit Low OFF ON Ⅱ
1.0 820
EP Failure
Lamp* Level*
P081B 00 Starter Disable Circuit High OFF ON Ⅱ
P0867 00 Transmission Fluid Pressure High OFF ON Ⅰ
P0962 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control Circuit Low ON ON Ⅱ
P0963 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit
P0965 00 ON ON Ⅱ
Range/Performance
P0966 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control Circuit Low ON ON Ⅱ
P0967 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
P0971 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low ON ON Ⅱ
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
P0976 00 Shift Solenoid "S2" Control Circuit Low ON ON Ⅱ
P0977 00 Shift Solenoid "S2" Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake stuck 4th: (C2 not
P1701 00 OFF ON Ⅱ
release)
P1729 00 Gear ratio fault at 6th gear Stuck (C1 or C3 not release) OFF ON Ⅱ
P1731 00 Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake (B2 not engage) OFF ON Ⅱ
P1732 00 Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear stuck (C2 or C3 not release) OFF ON Ⅱ
P1733 00 Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear Stuck (C2, B1 not release) OFF ON Ⅱ
P1734 00 Gear ratio fault at 4th gear Stuck (C3 or B1 not release) OFF ON Ⅱ
P1735 00 Gear ratio fault at 5th gear Stuck (C1 or B1 not release) OFF ON Ⅱ
P1897 15 EMOP B+ short OFF ON Ⅱ
P1897 11 EMOP GND short OFF ON Ⅱ
P1897 16 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP control OFF ON Ⅲ
P1897 17 Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Voltage above Threshold OFF OFF Ⅲ
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP OFF ON Ⅱ
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control Circuit
P2719 00 OFF ON Ⅱ
Range/Performance
P2721 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
P2724 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Stuck On ON ON Ⅱ
P2725 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Electrical error ON ON Ⅱ
P2729 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control Circuit Low ON ON Ⅱ
P2730 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control Circuit High ON ON Ⅱ
P2759 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical error ON ON Ⅱ
1.0 821
EP Failure
Lamp* Level*
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control
P2763 00 ON ON Ⅱ
Circuit High
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Control
P2764 00 ON ON Ⅱ
Circuit Low
P2806 00 Transmission Range Sensor Alignment OFF ON Ⅰ
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off ON ON Ⅱ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) ON ON Ⅱ
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) OFF ON Ⅱ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) OFF ON Ⅲ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF ON Ⅱ
*Remarks:
Failure level description:

• Ⅰ: Stop the vehicle immediately for repair
• Ⅱ: Carefully drive to 4S store for repair
• Ⅲ: Repair as soon as possible
• Ⅳ: No need to repair or repair during maintenance
1.0 822
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
P0218 Reference Information
DTC Description
Transmission Fluid Over Temperature
P0218 00 Diagnostic Test Steps
Condition
1. Check if the automatic transmission fluid is sufficient.
Subsystem Principle
If not, check the transmission for fluid leakage or fluid
The fluid temperature sensor is integrated with the
pump failure and repair it.
transmission internal harness and mounted at the front end of
the valve body, directly detects the temperature of fluid in the 2. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
hydraulic control loop, and sends the fluid temperature signal with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
to the TCM, and the TCM uses the fluid temperature sensor a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
to monitor the fluid temperature in the transmission. To adapt in "ON" position.
to the fluid temperature change, the TCM controls smooth
gear shift in a wide temperature range. The fluid temperature b. Read the "Transmission Fluid Temperature" to check
sensor has an electric output and grounds through the TCM. whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
the Appendix for rational value range).
The fluid temperature sensor is a negative temperature
coefficient sensor. When temperature rises, the sensor • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
resistance lowers; when the temperature decreases, the control module.
sensor resistance increases. The resistance change is inversely • No → Go to Step 3.
proportional to the transmission fluid temperature. TCM
3. Read the DTC again and clear it, confirm that DTC
calculates the transmission fluid temperature through the
P0218 is not set.
sensor resistance.
Conditions for Running DTCs If the DTC has been set, test/replace the automatic
transmission assembly.
Service Guide
6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Fluid - Drain and Refill".
• If bus is in off state, the engine control module no "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission
communication = the no failure is detected. - 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Fluid - Check and
• No fluid temperature sensor failure. Refill".
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
The oil temperature sensor signal value is not less than 155℃
which lasts for more than 10s, and detected for more than1
consecutive time. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
• The signal value of oil temperature sensor is greater than
0℃ and less than 140℃ which lasts for more than 3s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
Possible Causes
• Automatic transmission fluid is deteriorated.
• Automatic transmission fluid pump failure.
• Oil strainer blocked.
1.0 823
P0562 and P0563 Possible Causes

DTC Description • Related circuits failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Connector failure or poor fit.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage below • Alternator failure.
P0562 00
Threshold • Battery failure.
KL30 Battery Circuit Voltage above • Automatic transmission control module failure.
P0563 00
Threshold Reference Information
Automatic transmission control module continuously 6-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU
monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit.
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
transmission solenoid valve may not be operated in a correct BY095 and BY040
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in Reference Electrical Information
damage. These DTCs detect high or low transmission control
module voltage for an extended period. Diagnostic Test Steps
Conditions for Running DTCs 1.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check if fuses F27 and F3 are blown.
• Not in overhaul mode. If the fuse is blown, replace it.
• Engine speed is greater than 400rpm which lasts for 2s. b. With the engine running and the other accessories
• Engine speed failure is not detected. off, measure and record the voltage of the battery
• Bus off failure is not detected. terminal with a digital multimeter. The voltage should
be between 12.6 ～ 15.0V.
• Lost communication with the ECM is not detected.
• The input speed is greater than 400rpm which lasts for c. If it is not within the specified range or the charging
2s. indicator comes on, repair the engine charging system
failure.
• Input speed failure is not detected.
d. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
• There is no input speed backup.
e. Disconnect harness connector BY095 of the
P0562: automatic transmission control module.
• TCMThe power supply voltage is less than 9V which lasts f. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
for more than 1s. connector BY095 of the automatic transmission
• Failures account for 20 times. control module and the ground is less than 5Ω.
P0563: If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for

open circuit/high resistance.
• TCMThe power supply voltage is greater than 16V which
g. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if
lasts for more than 1s.
the voltage between harness connector terminal
• Failures account for 20 times.
BY095-1 of the automatic transmission control
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set module and the ground is the battery voltage.
P0562: Emergency Mode 3. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
P0562: Emergency Mode 5. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs h. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector BY040 of the passenger compartment fuse
• The power supply voltage is between 10.5 ～ 15.5V and box.
lasts for more than 20s.
i. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
of harness connector BY095 of the automatic
1.0 824
connector BY040 of the passenger compartment
fuse box is less than 5Ω.


fuse box and the ground is infinite.

k. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

fuse box and the power supply is infinite.

l. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
Service Guide
1.0 825
P0601, P0603 and P0604 3. If DTCs have been reset, test/replace the automatic
DTC Description transmission control module.
DTC FTB Failure Description Service Guide
P0601 00 ECU ROM General Checksum Failure • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
Internal Control Module Keep Alive
P0603 00 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
Memory (KAM) error
P0604 00 ECU RAM Data Memory Failure to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Subsystem Principle "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
Internal failure of the automatic transmission control module

is detected.
None
P0601: The calculated checksum value after the ignition switch
turned on and the checksum value correctly stored in the flash
memory are detected to be different.
P0603: The calculated checksum value in RAM and the

checksum value in EEPROM are detected to be different.
P0604: Write and read values are detected to be different

during the initialization procedure for inspecting all RAM.
P0601 and P0604: Emergency Mode 3.
P0603: TCM uses the system default value as the initial

EEPROM value.
P0601:
• The checksum test is firstly completed after the correct

initialization.
P0603 and P0604:
• No failure is detected during the initialization process.

Possible Causes
Automatic transmission control module failure.

a scan tool.
2. After DTCs are cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC P0601, P0603 and P0604 are not set.
1.0 826
P0702 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
P0702 00 Transmission Control System Electrical
Subsystem Principle 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
Automatic transmission control module continuously

monitors the system voltage of ignition switch voltage circuit.
If the system voltage is below the normal value, then the
transmission solenoid valve may not be operated in a correct
manner. Abnormal solenoid valve operation may result in
damage. The DTC detects high or low transmission control
module voltage for an extended period.
Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position.
The linear control solenoid valve drive state is "Standard
Mode" and lasts for 80ms, and the failure accounts for 5 times.
Emergency Mode 1.
• No failure is detected during initialization process which
lasts for 400ms.
Possible Causes
• Automatic transmission assembly failure.

1. Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position, and connect
a scan tool.
2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTC P0702 is not set.
3. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the automatic
transmission control module or the automatic
Service Guide
1.0 827
P0705, P0707, P0708 and P2806 • The secondary position sensor voltage is less than 0.127V
DTC Description which lasts for 100ms and accounts for 2 times.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0708:
P0705 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit error • The main position sensor voltage is greater than 4.87V
P0707 00 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit Low which lasts for 100ms and accounts for 2 times.
00 • The secondary position sensor voltage is greater than

P0708 Transmission Range Sensor Circuit High
4.87V which lasts for 100ms and accounts for 2 times.
P2806 00 Transmission Range Sensor Alignment
P2806: The adjustment range is marked as Not Performed,
Subsystem Principle which is detected for more than 1 time consecutively.
TCM integrates the gear position sensor, and there is no Operations of ECU after Failure
harness connection between the TCM and the gear position
P0705, P0707 and P0708:
sensor, and the gear position sensor is a non-contact Hall
sensor. The gear position sensor detects the position of shift • Keep the gear selection switch data before the
lever through the Hall effect and outputs specific voltage at malfunction detection.
different gears (P, R, N and D). When moving the shift lever, • No self-learning control.
the position of magnet in the sensor correspondingly changes, • No relevant gear shift control.
the magnetic field strength received by the Hall integrated
• Close the start-up lock.
circuit also changes, the Hall integrated circuit can convert
the magnetic field strength to gear electronic signals, and • Emergency Mode 4.
TCM reads the output voltage from the gear position sensor P2806:
and calculates to determine the current gear shift. TCM is
• Gear shift position 1 CAN value is set to the wrong value.
mounted in the form of making the shift shaft pass through
the control module. The position of the shift lever can be • Close the start-up lock.
calibrated with a scan tool. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Conditions for Running DTCs P0705:
P0705: • The sum of the main position sensor voltage and the
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. secondary position sensor voltage is greater than or
equal to (5-0.29)V and equal to or less than (5+0.29)V,
• Main position sensor short to battery or ground is not
detected.
• Secondary position sensor short to battery or ground is
not detected. P0707:
• Not in overhaul mode. • The main position sensor voltage is greater than or equal
P0707 and P0708: Start the engine. to 0.127V and less than or equal to 4.87V, which lasts for
500ms.
P2806: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
P0708:
P0705:
• The secondary position sensor voltage is greater than or
• The sum of main position sensor voltage and secondary equal to 0.127V and less than or equal to 4.87V, which
position sensor voltage is less than (5-0.29)V which lasts lasts for 500ms.
for 100ms and accounts for 2 times.
• The sum of the main position sensor voltage and
the secondary position sensor voltage is greater than P2806:
(5+0.29)V which lasts for 100ms and accounts for 2 • The adjustment range is marked as Performed.
times.
P0707: Possible Causes
• The main position sensor voltage is less than 0.127V • Automatic transmission control module failure.
which lasts for 100ms and accounts for 2 times. • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
1.0 828

in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Shift Lever Position" to check whether it is


control module.
2. Read DTCs again and clear them, confirm that DTC

P0705, P0707, P0708 and P2806 are not set.
If the DTC has been set, test/replace the automatic

Service Guide
1.0 829
P0711, P0712 and P0713 • Diagnosis lasts for more than 1 time.
DTC Description P0712: The input A/D value is less than 10 (oil temperature
DTC FTB Failure Description is at 200℃) which lasts for 10s and the failure accounts for 6
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor times.
P0711 00
Circuit Range/Performance error P0713: The input A/D value is 1,010 (oil temperature is less
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor than -55℃) which lasts for 1s and the failure accounts for 12
P0712 00 times.
Circuit Low
Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Operations of ECU after Failure
P0713 00
Circuit High • The oil temperature remains at 80℃.
Subsystem Principle • Not in self-learning control.

• Not in locking state control.
The fluid temperature sensor is integrated with the
transmission internal harness and mounted at the front end of • Not in N control position.
the valve body, directly detects the temperature of fluid in the Conditions for Clearing DTCs
hydraulic control loop, and sends the fluid temperature signal • The input A/D value is greater than 41 and less than 605
to the TCM, and the TCM uses the fluid temperature sensor (20℃< Oil Temperature <150℃) which lasts for 10s and
to monitor the fluid temperature in the transmission. To adapt 30 times diagnosis.
to the fluid temperature change, the TCM controls smooth
• The oil temperature is detected to be changed by ±10
gear shift in a wide temperature range. The fluid temperature
(A/D value) after the initialization.
sensor has an electric output and grounds via the TCM.
The fluid temperature sensor is a negative temperature
Possible Causes
coefficient sensor. When temperature rises, the sensor
resistance lowers; when the temperature decreases, the Automatic transmission control module failure.
sensor resistance increases. The resistance change is inversely Reference Information
proportional to the transmission fluid temperature. The
TCM calculates the transmission fluid temperature through
the sensor resistance. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Conditions for Running DTCs Diagnostic Test Steps
P0711 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Not in emergency mode. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• 10≤ Input A/D Value ≤1010 (-55℃<Oil Temperature in "ON" position.
<200℃). b. Read the "Transmission Fluid Temperature" to check
• No gear selection switch failure. whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
• No fluid temperature sensor failure. the Appendix for rational value range).
P0712: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
control module;
P0713
• The engine runs for more than 1min.
• Not in D gear.
P0711, P0712 and P0713 are not set.
• No selective position switch failure.
P0711:
Service Guide
• The oil temperature is less than or equal to 20℃, or the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
basic oil temperature is less than or equal to 20℃. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• Vehicle speed is equal to or greater than 40km/h. 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
• The gear position is P, R or N.
1.0 830
1.0 831
P0715, P0716 and P0717 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
DTC Description P0716:
• AD value is equal to or greater than 75 which lasts for
P0715 00 Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit error 2,000ms and the failure accounts for 10 times.
Input revolution sensor Electrical Failure • Input speed sensor free of pulse signal failure.
P0716 00
(B+ short / GND short / Open) • No input speed sensor short to battery.
Input/Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit No • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
P0717 00
Signal
P0717:
Subsystem Principle • When the output speed sensor pulse signal are detected
The input speed sensor is mounted on the transmission for 29 times in successive 100 times, the input speed
housing for measuring the speed of transmission input shaft. sensor detects for 1 time.
The magnetic resistance distribution ring on the drum of • Conditions for verifying that input speed sensor is
clutch C2 will rotate when the hydraulic torque converter without pulse are cleared.
drives the input shaft. When passing through the input speed
• The input speed sensor short to battery is cleared.
sensor, each gear teeth will generate a signal and sends it to
the TCM.
Possible Causes
P0715 and P0716: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Automatic transmission failure.
P0717:
• No engine speed failure.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Diagnostic Test Steps
P0715: AD value is greater than 545 which lasts for 100ms and 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
the failure accounts for 10 times. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0716: AD value is less than 45 which lasts for 100ms and the a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
failure accounts for 10 times. in "ON" position.
P0717: No pulse signal from the output operating sensor is b. Read the "Input Shaft Speed" to check whether it is
detected for successive 22 pulses the failure accounts for 500 within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
times. for rational value range).
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission

control module.
• No Self-learning.
• No garage shift. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Emergency Mode 3. 2. Read DTCs again and clear them, confirm that DTC
• No neutral gear. P0715, P0716 and P0717 are not set.
• No idle and stop control. If any DTC has been set, test/replace the input speed
• No shift operation. sensor or the automatic transmission control module
and match it.
Service Guide
P0715:
• AD value is equal to or less than 350 which lasts for "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
2,000ms. 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
• Input speed sensor free of pulse signal failure. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• No input speed sensor short to ground or open circuit. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
1.0 832
P0720, P0721 and P0722 • No R gear.
DTC Description • No Self-learning.
DTC FTB Failure Description • No shift adaptive control.
Output Shaft Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Conditions for Clearing DTCs
P0720 00
Battery P0720:
output speed sensor short circuit to ground • AD value is equal to or less than 350 for 2,000ms.
P0721 00
or open pin
• No output speed sensor pulse signal failure.
• No output speed sensor short to ground or open circuit.
Subsystem Principle • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
The output speed sensor is mounted on the transmission P0721:
housing for measuring the speed of transmission output shaft.
• AD value is equal to or greater than 75 which lasts for
The output speed sensor operates in the same manner as the
2,000ms.
input speed sensor, but its signals are generated when the
gear teeth pass through the magnetic resistance distribution • No output speed sensor pulse signal failure.
ring on the park gear. • No output speed sensor is short to battery.
Conditions for Running DTCs • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
P0720 and P0721: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P0722:
P0722: • When the input speed sensor detects 12 pulse signals for
100 consecutive times, the output speed sensor signal
detects 1 pulse signal.
• No shift lever position failure.
• No output speed sensor is short to battery.
• Not under the garage shift control.
• No output speed sensor short to ground or open circuit.
• Not in neutral gear.
• Not in emergency mode.
Possible Causes
• AT failure.
P0720: AD value is greater than 545 which lasts for 1,000ms
and the failure accounts for 10 times.
P0721: AD value is less than 45 which lasts for 100ms and the
failure accounts for 10 times. Reference Electrical Information
P0722: No pulse signal from the input operating sensor is
detected for successive 12 pulses and this failure accounts for Diagnostic Test Steps
100 times.
Operations of ECU after Failure with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0720 and P0721: a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
• Lost communication with ABS/SCS and wheel speed in "ON" position.
sensor is not detected. b. Read the "Output Shaft Speed" to check whether it is
• No Self-learning. within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
• No shift adaptive control. for rational value range).
• No R gear. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• Emergency Mode 3. control module.
P0722: • No → Go to Step 2.
• Lost communication with ABS/SCS and wheel speed 2. Read DTCs again and clear them, confirm that DTC
sensor is not detected. P0720, P0722 and P0721 are not set.
• Emergency Mode 2.
1.0 833
If any DTC have been set, test/replace the output shaft

speed sensor or the automatic transmission control
module and match it.
Service Guide
1.0 834
P0729 and P1729 • No neutral gear.
DTC Description • No shift adaptive.
DTC FTB Failure Description • No idle and stop.
Gear ratio fault at 6th gear (C2 or B1 not P1729:
P0729 00
engage)
Gear ratio fault at 6th gear Stuck (C1 or C3
P1729 00 • No shift adaptive control.
not release)
• No neutral gear.
Subsystem Principle • No idle and stop.
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained • No output speed.
through the planet gear set in the transmission housing. The • Gear locking invalid.
single component in the planet gear set is driven or locked
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch,
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and P0729 and P1729:
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as • |1 － current transmission ratio/expected transmission
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 Drive gear ratios ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 1s and accounts for
and 1 Reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the 12 times.
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through
the final drive.
Possible Causes
P0729:
• The output speed is equal to or greater than 60rpm.
• The speed ratio stuck in 6th gear is not detected.
P1729:
• The input torque is equal to or greater than 30Nm or
less than or equal to -20Nm. a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Transmission Ratio" to check whether it is
P0729: |1－current transmission ratio/6th gear transmission
ratio| is greater than 20% which lasts for 1s and this failure
accounts for 5 times.
P1729:
control module.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/2nd gear transmission • No → Go to Step 2.
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure
P0729 and P1729 are not set.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/4th gear transmission
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure If the DTC has been set, test/replace the automatic
accounts for 5 times. transmission assembly.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/5th gear transmission Service Guide

ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
accounts for 5 times. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
Operations of ECU after Failure 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
P0729: • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,

• No Self-learning. 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
1.0 835

1.0 836
P0731, P1701 and P1731 • |1 － current transmission ratio/1st gear transmission
DTC Description ratio| is greater than 20% which lasts for 0.45s and this
failure accounts for 5 times.
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear (B1, C2 or C3
P0731 00 P0731: Emergency Mode 2.
not release)
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake P1701 and P1731:
P1701 00
stuck 4th: (C2 not release) • No shift adaptive control.
Gear ratio fault at 1st gear with engine brake • No Self-learning.
P1731 00
(B2 not engage)
Subsystem Principle P0731 and P1701:
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained • |1 － current transmission ratio/1st gear transmission
through the planet gear set in the transmission housing. The ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 1s and detection
single component in the planet gear set is driven or locked accounts for 12 times.
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as P1731:
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 Drive gear ratios • |1 － current transmission ratio/1st gear transmission
and 1 Reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 1s and detection
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through accounts for 12 times.
the final drive.
Possible Causes
P0731 and P1701:
• The current gear is 1st gear. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• The output speed is equal to or greater than 60rpm. Reference Information
• The input speed is equal to or less than 6,000rpm.
• The engine torque is equal to or greater than 60Nm.
P1731:
• The current gear is 1st gear.
• The engine torque is less than 0Nm.
Conditions for Setting DTCs in "ON" position.
P0731 and P1701: b. Read the "Transmission Ratio" to check whether it is
• |1 － current transmission ratio/2nd gear transmission within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.45s and this failure for rational value range).
accounts for 5 times. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• |1 － current transmission ratio/3rd gear transmission control module.
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.45s and this failure • No → Go to Step 2.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/4th gear transmission P0731, P1701 and P1731 are not set.
• The gear ratio failure is not detected. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
1.0 837

1.0 838
P0732 and P1732 Operations of ECU after Failure
• No shift adaptive control.
Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear (C1 or B1 not • No neutral gear.
P0732 00
engage)
• No idle and stop.
Gear ratio fault at 2nd gear stuck (C2 or C3
P1732 00 P1732:
not release)
Subsystem Principle
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained
through the planet gear set in the transmission housing. The
single component in the planet gear set is driven or locked • Gear locking function invalid.
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch, • No output speed.
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and Conditions for Clearing DTCs
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as
P0732 and P1732:
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 Drive gear ratios
and 1 Reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the • |1 － current transmission ratio/2nd gear transmission
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 1s and accounts for
the final drive. 12 times.
Conditions for Running DTCs • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
P0732: Possible Causes
• The current gear is 2nd gear. • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
• The output speed is equal to or greater than 60rpm. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• 2nd gear stuck failure is not detected.

P1732:
• The current gear is 2nd gear.
• The output speed is equal to or greater than 60rpm. Diagnostic Test Steps
• The input torque is equal to or greater than 30Nm or 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
less than or equal to -20Nm. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
P0732: in "ON" position.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/2nd gear transmission b. Read the "Transmission Ratio" to check whether it is
ratio| is greater than 20% which lasts for 1s and this within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
failure accounts for 5 times. for rational value range).
• 2nd gear stuck failure is not detected. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
control module.
P1732:
• |1 － current transmission ratio/3rd gear transmission
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure 2. Read DTCs again and clear them, confirm that DTC
accounts for 5 times. P0732 and P1732 are not set.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/4th gear transmission If the DTC has been set, test/replace the automatic
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure transmission assembly.
Service Guide
1.0 839

1.0 840
P0733 and P1733 • No neutral gear.
DTC Description • No idle and stop.
DTC FTB Failure Description • No shift adaptive.
Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear (C1 or C3 not P1733:
P0733 00
engage)
Gear ratio fault at 3rd gear Stuck (C2, B1
P1733 00 • No Self-learning.
not release)
• No shift adaptive.
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained • Gear locking function invalid.
through the planet gear set in the transmission housing. The • No output speed.
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as • |1 － current transmission ratio/3rd gear transmission
the final drive.
Possible Causes
P0733:
• The current gear is 3rd gear.
• The speed ratio stuck in 3rd gear is not detected.
P1733:
• The current gear is 3rd gear.
less than or equal to -20Nm. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0733: |1－current transmission ratio/3rd gear transmission
P1733:
control module.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/2nd gear transmission • No → Go to Step 2.


1.0 841

1.0 842
P0734 and P1734 Operations of ECU after Failure
Gear ratio fault at 4th gear (C1 or C2 not • No shift adaptive control.
P0734 00
engage)
Gear ratio fault at 4th gear Stuck (C3 or B1 • No idle and stop.
P1734 00
not release)
P1734:
Subsystem Principle
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained
through the planet gear set in the transmission housing. The
single component in the planet gear set is driven or locked • No neutral gear.
by 3 clutches, 2 brakes and 1 one-way clutch. The clutch, • No idle and stop.
brake and the one-way clutch control the interlock and • Gear locking function invalid.
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as • No output speed.
to generate the selection of "P" and "N", 6 Drive gear ratios
and 1 Reserve gear ratio. The P.T.O (power take off) of the
drive system will be transmitted to the differential through P0734 and P1734:
the final drive. • |1 － Current transmission ratio/4th gear transmission
Conditions for Running DTCs ratio| is less than 4% for 1s, which occurs for
P0734: accumulative 12 times.
Possible Causes
• The speed ratio stuck in 4th gear is not detected. • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
P1734:
less than or equal to -20Nm. Diagnostic Test Steps
Conditions for Setting DTCs 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
P0734: |1－current transmission ratio/4th gear transmission with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
ratio| is greater than 20% which lasts for 1s and this failure a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
accounts for 5 times. in "ON" position.
P1734: b. Read the "Transmission Ratio" to check whether it is
• |1 － current transmission ratio/2nd gear transmission within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure for rational value range).
accounts for 5 times. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• |1 － current transmission ratio/3rd gear transmission control module.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/5th gear transmission 2. Read DTCs again and clear them, confirm that DTC
ratio| is less than 4% which lasts for 0.5s and this failure P0734 and P1734 are not set.
accounts for 5 times. If the DTC has been set, test/replace the automatic
• |1 － current transmission ratio/6th gear transmission transmission assembly.
1.0 843
Service Guide
1.0 844
P0735 and P1735 • No shift adaptive control.
DTC Description • No neutral gear.
DTC FTB Failure Description • No idle and stop.
Gear ratio fault at 5th gear (C2 or C3 not P1735:
P0735 00
engage)
Gear ratio fault at 5th gear Stuck (C1 or B1
P1735 00 • No shift adaptive control.
not release)
All gear ratios of the automatic transmission are obtained • Gear locking invalid.
through the planet gear set in the transmission housing. The • No output speed.
rotation direction of these elements in the planet gear, so as • |1 － current transmission ratio/5th gear transmission
the final drive.
Possible Causes
P0735:
• The speed ratio stuck in 5th gear is not detected.
P1735:
less than or equal to -20Nm. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
P0735: |1－current transmission ratio/5th gear transmission
P1735:
control module.
• |1 － current transmission ratio/3rd gear transmission • No → Go to Step 2.


1.0 845

1.0 846
DTC Description 1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and connect
DTC FTB Failure Description a scan tool.
Torque Converter Clutch Circuit 2. After the DTCs are read again and cleared, confirm that
P0741 00 DTC P0741 and P0742 are not set.
Performance/Stuck Off
P0742 00 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
transmission assembly, or hydraulic torque converter, or
Subsystem Principle automatic transmission control module.
The pump impeller and turbine inside the hydraulic torque Service Guide
converter may slide somewhat, which can reduce fuel
economy. This situation can be eliminated by using the lock
device of the hydraulic torque converter, and the lock device
is connected with the turbine. Based on the engine speed,
throttle opening and vehicle speed information, TCM will • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
activate the lock-up clutch solenoid valve, and the lock-up "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
clutch solenoid valve controls the lock-up control valve to 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
guide the liquid flow to lock or release the hydraulic torque • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Transmission/
converter. Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission - 6AT" - "Hydraulic
Conditions for Running DTCs Torque Converter".
• No in the Garage Gear Shift Control.
• Engage in D gear.
• Not in gear shifting.
• Engine speed is less than 4000rpm.
• Engine torque is greater than or equal to 0.
• |Engine speed －Input speed |＞100rpm lasts for 2s, and
the accumulated failure exceeds 6 times.
• After 3s, the current SLU target current is greater than
or equal to 1000mA.
• No upshift control.
• Gear shift is disabled.
• |Engine speed － Input speed| is less than or equal to
30rpm for 2s, and the accumulated failure exceeds 6
times.
Possible Causes
1.0 847
P0748, P0962 and P0963 Conditions for Setting DTCs

• SUM_IE＞30000mA.
P0748 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Electrical • IE＞50mA, and lasts for 2000ms.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control P0962: The feedback current is less than 20mA for 100ms, and
P0962 00
Circuit Low it is detected that the condition accumulates for more than 5
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLT" Control times.
P0963 00
Circuit High
P0963: The feedback current is greater than or equal to
Subsystem Principle 1358mA for 100ms, and it is detected that the condition
accumulates for more than 5 times.
The oil line pressure control solenoid valve (SLT) is mounted
on the front surface of the valve body, which is used to regulate Operations of ECU after Failure
oil line pressure and accurately control the brake and clutch. P0748, P0962, P0963: Emergency Mode 1.
The oil line pressure control solenoid valve operates according
to the signals received from the TCM.
P0748:
Based on the throttle opening, engine torque and load rate
pre-stored in the TCM, the oil line pressure control solenoid • IE<5mA lasts for 500ms.
valve (SLT) linearly controls the operating pressure of fluids in • Linear solenoid valve circuit is failure free.
the clutch and brake through the corresponding orifice, so as • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
to realize smooth gear shift. As a failure protection function,
P0962, P0963:
when the oil line pressure control solenoid valve is abnormal,
the TCM can cut off the current flowing to the solenoid valve • 79mA<feedback current<1124mA lasts for 500ms, and
(If the current cutoff is caused by other abnormalities except no condition for linear feedback current stuck.
for lock-up, the pressure of working fluids under its control is • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
maximized).
Possible Causes
P0748:
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. • Automatic transmission control module failure.
• Solenoid valve is energized. Reference Information
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. Reference Electrical Information
• Short to battery/ground and open circuit are not
detected.
• Linear solenoid valve drive is normal. Diagnostic Test Steps
P0962: 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output

• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position.
• Solenoid valve is energized.
in "ON" position.
• Short to battery failure cannot be detected for more than
1s. b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLT)
• Linear solenoid valve drive is normal.
P0963: range).
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
• Short to ground/open circuit is not detected for more control module
than 1s. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Linear solenoid valve drive is normal.
2. After the DTCs are read again and cleared, confirm that
DTC P0748, P0962 and P0963 are not set.
1.0 848
If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic
transmission control module or transmission solenoid
valve body assembly.
Service Guide
6AT" - "Transmission Valve Body Assembly".
1.0 849
P0777, P0778, P0965, P0966 and P0967 • Output speed is equal to or less than 500rpm.
DTC Description • Oil temperature sensor short to battery/ground, open
DTC FTB Failure Description circuit and stuck failure are not detected,.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Stuck • Oil temperature is above 0℃.

P0777 00
On • The current gear: 1st gear, 2nd gear, 3rd gear or 4th gear.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Electrical • It's currently in Lock state.

P0778 00
error P0966:
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control • Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position.
P0965 00
Circuit Range/Performance
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1" Control • Linear control solenoid valve drive failure is not detected.
P0966 00
Circuit Low
• Short to battery and open circuit failure cannot be
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC1” Control detected for more than 1s.
P0967 00
Circuit High
P0967:
Subsystem Principle
The gear shift solenoid valve is a part of the control solenoid
• Linear control solenoid valve drive failure is not detected.
valve assembly, there are no serviceable components. The
• Short to ground/open circuit failure cannot be detected
gear shift solenoid valve is a normally-closed on/off solenoid
for more than 1s.
valve, and is controlled by the transmission control module
(automatic transmission control module). In case of abnormal Conditions for Setting DTCs
condition on any gear shift solenoid valve, the transmission P0777:
control module (automatic transmission control module) will
• SL1 maximum pressure failure is detected for 5
cut off the current of solenoid valve to achieve the failure
accumulative times.
protection.
• Abnormalities in 4-5, 4-6, 2-6, 3-5 upshift process, SL1
maximum pressure failure is detected.
P0777:
P0778:
• SUM_IE is greater than 30000mA.
• No in the Garage Gear Shift Control.
• |IE| is less than 50mA, and lasts for 2000ms。
P0965:
• Not in neutral position.
• Output speed is above 300rpm. • |Engine speed－Input speed|<150rpm.
• Oil temperature is higher than or equal to -20℃. • Input speed is greater than output speed (when it is in D
gear: 1st gear ratio +400rpm).
• Oil temperature sensor operates properly.
• Gear shift lock-up function is activated. P0966: The feedback current is less than 20mA for more than
100ms, and the failure occurs for accumulative 5 times.
P0778:
P0967: The feedback current is equal to or greater than
1358mA and lasts for more than 100ms, and the failure occurs
• Solenoid valve is energized. for accumulative 5 times.
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. Operations of ECU after Failure
• Detection circuit is normal.
P0777, P0965: Emergency Mode 2.
• Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected.
P0778, P0966, P0967: Emergency Mode 1.
P0965:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P0777:
• No corresponding gear failure is detected.
• Has no solenoid valve cut-off condition.
• Not in the "Garage Gear Shift" process.
1.0 850
• |IE| is less than 5mA for 500ms, and the linear solenoid • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
valve circuit failure has been eliminated. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
P0965:
• |1 － Current transmission ratio/4th gear transmission 6AT" - "Transmission Valve Body Assembly".
ratio| is less than 4% for 1s, which occurs for • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
accumulative 12 times. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
P0966:
• 79mA<feedback current<1124mA lasts for 500ms.

• Linear feedback current holding condition.
P0967:

• Pass the linear feedback current holding condition.
Possible Causes

in "ON" position.

range).

control module;
DTC P0777, P0778, P0965, P0966 and P0967 are not set.
If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the automatic

transmission control module or transmission solenoid
valve .
1.0 851
P0797, P0798, P0970 and P0971 • Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position.
DTC Description • Short to ground/open circuit is not detected for more
DTC FTB Failure Description than 1s.
P0797 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Stuck On • Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Electrical
P0798 00
error P0797:
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control • SL2 maximum pressure failure is detected for 5
P0970 00
Circuit Low accumulative times.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC2" Control • Abnormalities in 1-2, 1-3, 1-1EB, 2-1EB upshift process,
P0971 00
Circuit High SL2 maximum pressure failure is detected.
• Abnormalities in 4-3, 4-2, 5-3, 6-2 downshift process, SL2
Subsystem Principle
maximum pressure failure is detected.
The gear shift solenoid valve is a part of the control solenoid
P0798:
valve assembly, there are no serviceable components. The
gear shift solenoid valve is a normally-closed on/off solenoid • sum_ie＞30000mA.
valve, and is controlled by the transmission control module • |ie|＞50mA lasts for 2000ms.
(automatic transmission control module). In case of abnormal
P0970: The feedback current is less than 20mA for more than
condition on any gear shift solenoid valve, the transmission
100ms, and the failure occurs for accumulative 5 times.
control module (automatic transmission control module) will
cut off the current of solenoid valve to achieve the failure P0971: The feedback current is equal to or greater than
protection. 1358mA for more than 100ms, and the failure occurs for
Conditions for Running DTCs accumulative 5 times.
P0797: Operations of ECU after Failure

P0797: Emergency Mode 2.
• Wheel speed sensor failure is not set. P0798, P0970, P0971: Emergency Mode 1.
• Not in neutral position. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• Engage in D gear. P0797:
• Not under the garage shift control. • No corresponding gear failure is detected.
• Oil temperature is higher than or equal to -20℃. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
• Oil temperature sensor failure is not detected.
P0798:
• ie<5mA lasts for 500ms. Linear solenoid valve circuit is
P0798: normal.
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. P0970:
• Short to battery/ground and open circuit failures are not
detected.
• Linear feedback current holding condition.
P0970:
P0971:
• Short to battery failure cannot be detected for more than
1s. • Pass the linear feedback current holding condition.
• Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
• Solenoid valve is energized. Possible Causes

P0971:
1.0 852


in "ON" position.

range).

control module.

a scan tool.
DTC P0797, P0798, P0970 and P0971 are not set.
If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the transmission

solenoid valve.
Service Guide
1.0 853

P0973 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit Low a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
P0974 00 Shift Solenoid "S1" Control Circuit High in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (S1)

Subsystem Principle
Commanded On" to check whether it is within
The gear shift solenoid valve (S1 and S2) are mounted on the the rational value range (Refer to the Appendix for
front surface of the valve body, and the TCM controls the gear rational value range).
shift solenoid valve (S1 and S2) to open/close. According to
the ON or OFF state of the solenoids, perform 1st gear engine
control module
braking or other shift actions. As a failure protection function,
when any gear shift solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut • No → Go to Step 2.
off the current to the solenoid valve. The gear shift solenoid
S1 is normally open, and the gear shift solenoid S2 is normally
DTC P0973 and P0974 are not set.
closed.
Conditions for Running DTCs If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the transmission
solenoid valve or automatic transmission assembly.
P0973, P0974:
Service Guide
• Solenoid valve is energized. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• The S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal. 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
• Solenoid valve output changes after 20ms. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
P0973: It is detected that S1 "OFF" signal lasts for 100ms, and
the accumulated failure exceeds 5 times. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
P0974: It is detected that S1 "ON" signal lasts for 100ms, and 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
the accumulated failure exceeds 5 times.
Operations of ECU after Failure to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Emergency Mode 3. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
• It is detected that the S1 driver outputs "ON" signal for
1000ms.
• It is detected that the S1 driver outputs "OFF" signal for
1000ms.
Possible Causes
1.0 854
P0976 and P0977 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (S2)
P0976 00 Shift Solenoid "S2" Control Circuit Low Commanded On" to check whether it is within
the rational value range (Refer to the Appendix for
P0977 00 Shift Solenoid "S2" Control Circuit High rational value range).
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the automatic transmission
The gear shift solenoid valve (S1 and S2) are mounted on the control module
front surface of the valve body, and the TCM controls the gear • No → Go to Step 2.
shift solenoid valve (S1 and S2) to open/close. According to
the ON or OFF state of the solenoids, perform 1st gear engine 2. After the DTCs are read again and cleared, confirm that
braking or other shift actions. As a failure protection function, DTC P0976 and P0977 are not set.
when any gear shift solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM can cut If the DTCs have been set, test/replace the transmission
off the current to the solenoid valve. The gear shift solenoid solenoid valve or automatic transmission assembly.
S1 is normally open, and the gear shift solenoid S2 is normally
Service Guide
closed.
P0976, P0977: 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
• The S2 driver outputs "OFF" signal. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
• Solenoid valve output changes after 20ms.
P0976: S2 monitor detects "OFF" signal, which lasts for 100ms, 6AT" - "Transmission Valve Body Assembly".
and the accumulated failure exceeds 5 times. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
P0977: S2 monitor detects "ON" signal, which lasts for 100ms, to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
and the accumulated failure exceeds 5 times. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
Emergency Mode 3.
• When the S2 driver outputs "ON" signal for 1000ms, the
"ON" signal of the S2 monitor is detected.
• When the S2 driver outputs "OFF"signal for 1000ms, the
"OFF" signal of the S2 monitor is detected.
Possible Causes

1.0 855
P1897 and P1899 P1899:

DTC Description • |Engine speed-Input speed| ＜ 1000rpm, Input speed ＞
DTC FTB Failure Description output speed×1st gear ratio+350rpm, failure occurs.
15 EMOP B+ short • |1–current gear ratio/1st gear (or 2nd gear/3rd gear/4th
gear) ratio|＜4% lasts for 1000ms.
11 EMOP GND short
P1897 EMOP Low voltage supply for EMOP
16 Not in idling stop control.
control
Transmission Fluid Pump Motor Circuit Conditions for Clearing DTCs
17
Voltage above Threshold P1897 11, 15:
P1899 09 EMOP Functional failure of EMOP • When the EMOP driver outputs "ON" signal for 1000ms,
the "ON" signal of the EMOP monitor is detected.
Subsystem Principle
• When the EMOP driver outputs "OFF"signal for 1000ms,
Electromagnetic oil pump (EMOP) is fitted in the front of
the "OFF" signal of the EMOP monitor is detected.
valve body, its structure is the same as that of linear solenoid
valve, with its piston moving based on the ON/OFF signal
sent by TCM to generate hydraulic pressure. The hydraulic P1897 16, 17:
pressure generated by the EMOP is only used for controlling
• 10V ≤ battery voltage≤ 15V lasts for 20s.
C1 clutch under the stop state of Stop/Start to enable the
smooth transition of the engine to start state. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
Conditions for Running DTCs P1899:
P1897 11: • After 5 times, it is continuously monitored that input

speed ＜ output speed×1 gear ratio +200rpm lasts for
900ms.
• EMOP driver outputs "ON" signal.
• Solenoid valve output changes after 20ms.
Possible Causes
P1897 15:
• EMOP driver outputs "OFF" signal. Reference Information
• Solenoid valve output changes after 20ms. Reference Electrical Information
P1897 16, 17: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Not in service mode.
• In idling stop mode. a scan tool.
• Engine speed is less than or equal to 400rpm. 2. After clearing the DTCs with a scan tool, confirm that
P1899: Engine knock is undetected during start-up. DTC P1897 and P1899 are not set.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the automatic
transmission control module or the automatic
P1897 11: EMOP driver outputs "OFF" signal for 500ms, and
the accumulated failure exceeds 1 time.
Service Guide
P1897 15: EMOP driver outputs "ON" signal for 500ms, and
the accumulated failure exceeds 1 time. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
P1897 16: Battery voltage is less than 9V for 1s, and the 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
accumulated failure exceeds 5 times.
P1897 17: Battery voltage is greater than 16V for 1s, and the "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
accumulated failure exceeds 5 times. 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
1.0 856
1.0 857
P2715, P2716, P2719, P2720 and P2721 • The oil temperature sensor is normal.
DTC Description • Not under the garage shift control.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Shift to R gear.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Stuck • The output speed is less than or equal to 500rpm.
P2715 00
On • The current gear position is locked and closed.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Electrical • Not in neutral position.
P2716 00
error
P2720:
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLC3" Control
P2719 00 • Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position.
Circuit Range/Performance
P2720 00 • Short to battery which lasts for 1,000ms is not detected.
Circuit Low
P2721 00
Circuit High P2721:
Subsystem Principle • Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position.

• Short to ground/open circuit is not detected for more
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and
than 1s.
SLB1) are mounted on the front surface of the valve body,
the TCM controls solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and • Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected.
SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves linearly control Conditions for Setting DTCs
oil pressure of clutches (C1, C2 and C3) and brakes (B1 and
P2715:
B2) to realize smooth gear shift. According to the combination
of different states of gear shift control solenoid valves, the • MAX Pressure on the SL3 is wrong and the failure
transmission realizes the gear shift (from 1st gear to 6th gear accounts for 5 times.
or from 6th gear to 1st gear). As a failure protection function, • The upshift of 3rd-4th and 5th-6th gear is abnormal.
when any gear shift control solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM • The upshift of 2nd-4th and 2nd-6th gear is abnormal.
can cut off the current to the solenoid valve.
• The downshift of 5th-4th and 3rd-2nd gear is abnormal.
P2716:
P2715:
• SUM_IE＞30000mA.
• |IE|＞50mA lasts for 2,000ms.
P2719:
• Not under the garage shift control.
• Engage in D gear. • |Engine speed-input speed| is less than 150rpm, which
lasts for 1,000ms.
• Input speed ＞ Output speed ×R gear speed ratio ＋
400rpm, which lasts for 1,000ms.
• The oil temperature is greater than or equal to -20℃.
• The input speed is less than 200rpm and the engine speed
P2716: is greater than 600rpm, which lasts for 600ms under the
garage shift control.
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. P2720: The feedback current is less than 20mA, which lasts for
100ms, and the failure accounts for 5 times.
• Short to battery/ground and open circuit are not P2721: The feedback current is greater than or equal to
detected. 1,358mA, which lasts for 100ms, and the failure accounts for
5 times.
P2719:
P2715 and P2716: Emergency Mode 2.
P2719:
• The oil temperature is above 0℃.
1.0 858
• No self-learning. 2. Read DTCs again and clear them, confirm that DTC
• The solenoid valve mode changes (S1). P2715, P2716, P2719, P2720 and P2721 are not set.
P2020 and P2021: Emergency Mode 1. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the transmission
Conditions for Clearing DTCs solenoid valve or the automatic transmission assembly.
• The relevant gear failure is not detected. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
• |IE| is less than 5mA, which lasts for 500ms and the linear "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
solenoid valve circuit failure is not set. 6AT" - "Automatic Transmission Assembly".
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
P2719:
• The input speed is less than or equal to 200rpm, then • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
engine speed is greater than or equal to 600rpm, which to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
occurs for 3 times consecutively within 1,000ms. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
P2720:
• 79mA < feedback current < 1124mA lasts for 500ms, and
linear feedback current failure is not set.
P2721:
linear feedback current failure is set.
Possible Causes

in "ON" position.
range).
control module.
1.0 859
P2724, P2725, P2729 and P2730 • Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected.
P2724 00 Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Stuck On • Short to ground is not detected for more than 1s.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Electrical • Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected.
P2725 00
error
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control
P2729 00 P2724:
Circuit Low
• MAX Pressure on the SL5 is wrong and the failure
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLB1" Control
P2730 00 accounts for 5 times.
Circuit High
• The upshift of 2nd-3rd and 2nd-4th gear is abnormal.
Subsystem Principle • The upshift 1st-3rd and 1st-1EB gear is abnormal.
Gear shift control solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and • The downshift 6th-5th and 6th-4th gear is abnormal.
SLB1) are mounted on the front surface of the valve body,
P2725:
the TCM controls solenoid valves (SLC1, SLC2, SLC3 and
SLB1), and gear shift control solenoid valves linearly control • sum_ie>30000mA.
oil pressure of clutches (C1, C2 and C3) and brakes (B1 and • |ie|＞50mA lasts for 2000ms.
B2) to realize smooth gear shift. According to the combination
of different states of gear shift control solenoid valves, the P2729: The feedback current is less than 20mA, which lasts for
transmission realizes the gear shift (from 1st gear to 6th gear more than 100ms, and the failure accounts for 5 times.
or from 6th gear to 1st gear). As a failure protection function, P2730: The feedback current is greater than or equal to
when any gear shift control solenoid valve is abnormal, TCM 1,358mA, which lasts for more than 100ms, and the failure
can cut off the current to the solenoid valve. accounts for 5 times.
Conditions for Running DTCs Operations of ECU after Failure
P2724: P2724: Emergency Mode 2.
• Engine is running. P2725, P2729 and P2730: Emergency Mode 1.
• Engine speed is 400rpm. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
• Not under the garage shift control. P2724:
• No corresponding gear failure is detected.
P2725:
• The oil temperature sensor temperature is greater than
or equal to -20℃. • |ie|<5mA lasts for 500ms.
P2725: • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. P2729:
• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. • 79mA < feedback current < 1124mA lasts for 500ms, and
• Solenoid valve is energized. linear feedback current failure is not set.
• Short to battery/ground and open circuit are not • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
detected. P2730:
P2729: linear feedback current failure is set.
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
• Solenoid valve is energized. Possible Causes

• Short to battery failure cannot be detected for more than • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
1s. • Automatic transmission assembly failure.
1.0 860


in "ON" position.

range).

control module.

P2724, P2725, P2729 and P2730 are not set.
If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the transmission

solenoid valve or the automatic transmission assembly.
Service Guide
1.0 861
P2759, P2763 and P2764 P2764: The feedback current is less than 20mA, which lasts for
DTC Description more than 100ms and the failure accounts for 5 times.
Pressure Control Solenoid "SLU" Electrical Emergency Mode 1.

P2759 00
error Conditions for Clearing DTCs
Torque Converter Clutch Pressure Control P2759:
P2763 00
Solenoid Control Circuit High
• | ie |<5mA lasts for 500ms.
P2764 00 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 warm-up cycles.
Solenoid Control Circuit Low
P2763 and P2764:
Subsystem Principle
The lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU) is mounted on
the front surface of the valve body, and it linearly controls the
operating pressure of clutch in the hydraulic torque converter Possible Causes
based on the engine speed, throttle opening, input speed • Transmission solenoid valve failure.
sensor (NIN) signal and output speed sensor (SP) signal so as
to realize lock-up control. As a failure protection function,
when any lock-up clutch control solenoid valve (SLU) is
abnormal, TCM can cut off the current to the solenoid valve. Reference Information
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Electrical Information
P2759: Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. Diagnostic Test Steps

• The feedback current is less than 1,358mA. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Solenoid valve is energized. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Short to battery/ground and open circuit are not a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch
detected. in "ON" position.
• Linear solenoid valve malfunction cannot be detected. b. Read the "Gear Shift Control Solenoid Valve (SLU)
P2763: Current" to check whether it is within the rational
range).
• Short to ground or open circuit is not detected for more
than 1s.
control module.
P2764:
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. P2759, P2763 and P2764 are not set.
• Solenoid valve is energized. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the transmission
• Short to battery failure cannot be detected for more than solenoid valve or the automatic transmission assembly.
1s. Service Guide
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
P2759: 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)".
• "sum_ie" is greater than 30,000Ma.
• |ie| is greater than 50mA for 2,000ms.
P2763: The feedback current is greater than or equal to • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
1,358mA, which lasts for more than 100ms, and the failure "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
accounts for 5 times. 6AT" - "Transmission Valve Body Assembly".
1.0 862
1.0 863

Transmission control module communicates with ECM via • No → Diagnosis is completed.
CAN.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. following inspection procedures.
• Not in overhaul mode. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Reading EEPROM is completed. disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Communication is normal. c. Disconnect harness connector BY205 of ECM and
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY095 of automatic transmission
control unit.
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus d. Test if the resistance between the following
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
transmission control unit and the terminals of
harness connector BY205 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s.
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
• Related circuit failure. transmission control unit or the terminals of harness
connector BY205 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Automatic transmission control module failure. • Terminal BY205-44 or Terminal BY095-6
f. Connect the battery negative, test if the voltage
Bus System and DLC (3)
between the following terminals of harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY095 of automatic transmission control
unit or the terminals of harness connector BY205 of
BY095 and BY205
ECM and the ground is 2～3V.
a. Check harness connector BY095 of automatic
transmission control unit for looseness, poor
deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1.0 864
3. Test/replace the automatic transmission control unit or
ECM:

ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 865

Module (ECM)
Subsystem Principle
TCM communicates with ECM via CAN bus.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. following inspection procedures.
• Not in overhaul mode. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Reading EEPROM is completed. disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Communication is normal. c. Disconnect harness connector BY205 of ECM and
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY095 of automatic transmission
control unit.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from ECM
cannot be received within the given time. d. Test if the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
• Engine MIL comes on. harness connector BY205 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Transmission MIL comes on. • Terminal BY205-44 and Terminal BY095-6
• Limp home mode 3. • Terminal BY205-45 and Terminal BY095-14
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive for open circuit/high resistance.
times.
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
• Related circuit failure. transmission control unit or terminals of harness
connector BY205 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Transmission control module failure. • Terminal BY205-44 or Terminal BY095-6
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY095 of automatic transmission control
BY095 and BY205 unit or terminals of harness connector BY205 of
ECM and the ground is 2～3V.
a. Check harness connector BY095 of automatic g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
transmission control unit for looseness, poor ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 866
ECM:

ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 867

System (SCS)
Subsystem Principle
The transmission control module communicates with the
dynamic stability control system via CAN.
• The ignition voltage is between 10.2 ～ 15.5V. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Not in overhaul mode. disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Reading EEPROM is completed. c. Disconnect harness connector BY200 of dynamic
• Communication is normal. stability control unit and harness connector BY095
Conditions for Setting DTCs of automatic transmission control unit.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from SCS
module cannot be received within the given time.
transmission control unit and the terminals of harness
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set connector BY200 of dynamic stability control unit is
Transmission MIL comes on. less than 5Ω.
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive • Terminal BY200-26 and Terminal BY095-14
times. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Related circuit failure. e. Test if the resistance between the following
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
transmission control unit or the terminals of harness
connector BY200 of dynamic stability control unit
• Dynamic stability control system failure. and the ground is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY200 and BY095 f. Connect the battery negative, test if the voltage
connector BY095 of automatic transmission control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection unit or the terminals of harness connector BY200 of
dynamic stability control unit and the ground is 2～
3V.
a. Check harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
control unit and harness connector BY095 of
automatic transmission control unit for looseness, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, for short to battery.
deformation, etc. g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1.0 868

dynamic stability control unit:

dynamic stability control unit.
Service Guide
1.0 869

U0140 87

TCM communicates with the BCM via CAN.
• Not in overhaul mode. c. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of body
• Reading EEPROM is completed. control module and harness connector BY095 of
• Communication is normal. automatic transmission control unit.
Conditions for Setting DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the following
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from BCM
cannot be received within the given time.
harness connector BY027 of body control module is
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set less than 5Ω.
None. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY095-14
The corresponding data frame is received for 100 consecutive If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
times. for open circuit/high resistance.
Possible Causes e. Test if the resistance between the following
• Related circuit failure. terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
• Connector failure or poor fit. transmission control unit or terminals of harness
connector BY027 of body control module and the
ground is infinite.
BY027 and BY095 between the following terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector BY095 of automatic transmission control
unit or terminals of harness connector BY027 of
body control module and the ground is 2～3V.
a. Check harness connector BY027 of body control If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
module and harness connector BY095 of automatic for short to battery.
transmission control unit for looseness, poor g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
deformation, etc. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 870
or BCM:

BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 871

U0155 00

TCM communicates with the instrument pack via CAN.
• Not in overhaul mode. c. Disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
• Reading EEPROM is completed. pack and harness connector BY095 of automatic
• Communication is normal. transmission control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the following
TCMThe signal from instrument pack cannot be detected,
transmission control module and the terminals of
harness connector FC006 of instrument pack is less
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set than 5Ω.
Transmission MIL comes on. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY095-14
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY095-6
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY095 of automatic
transmission control module or the terminals of
harness connector FC006 of instrument pack and
• Instrument pack failure. the ground is infinite.
• Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY095-14
FC006 and BY095 f. Connect the battery negative, test if the voltage
Reference Electrical Information between the following terminals of harness
connector BY095 of automatic transmission control
module or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
Diagnostic Test Steps instrument pack and the ground is 2～3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY095-14
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY095-6

pack and harness connector BY095 of automatic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
transmission control module for looseness, poor for short to battery.
deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 872
or instrument pack:

or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 873
DTC Troubleshooting HVAC
HVAC
DTC List
List
DTC FTB Description Failure Level*

B1419 11 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1419 15 Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Battery/Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1431 12 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
B1431 11 Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1433 12 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
B1433 11 Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1434 15 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1434 11 Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1437 12 Right Temperature Actuator Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
B1437 11 Right Temperature Actuator Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1438 15 Right Temperature Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1438 11 Right Temperature Actuator Feedback Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B143B 05 Right Temperature Actuator Calibration Error Ⅱ
B143C 01 Right Temperature Actuator Blockage Error Ⅱ
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator Calibration Error Ⅱ
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator Blockage Error Ⅱ
B144B 54 Actuator Calibration Not Learned Ⅱ
B1472 01 Front Blower Analog Control Error Ⅱ
B1481 88 No LIN Communication Ⅱ
B14B0 87 LIN Slave Node Missing - Front Panel Ⅰ
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B5 00 Front Panel ON OFF Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error Ⅱ
B14B7 00 Front Panel Recirculation Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B8 00 Compressor ON/OFF Switch Error Ⅱ
B14B9 00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error Ⅱ
B14BB 00 Diver Air Mode Foot Defrost Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BD 00 Defrost Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BE 00 Driver Air Mode Face Foot Switch Error Ⅱ
B14BF 00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error Ⅱ
B14E7 11 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B14E7 12 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Battery Ⅱ
1.0 874
HVAC DTC Troubleshooting
B14F1 88 Configuration Error Ⅱ
B14F2 00 Initialisation Error Ⅱ
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) Ⅰ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) Ⅰ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅰ
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Ⅰ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Ⅰ
U2001 41 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error Ⅱ
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error Ⅱ
*Remarks:

1.0 875
Diagnostic Information and Procedure

BY156 and BY128
B1419
DTC Description Reference Electrical Information
DTC FTB Failure Description Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to Diagnostic Test Steps

11
Ground
B1419 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Short to with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
15
Battery/Open Circuit
The evaporator temperature sensor is a NTC type sensor, b. Read the "Evaporator Temperature Sensor
providing the input of evaporator exhaust outlet temperature Temperature" to check whether it is within the
to A/C Controller . Evaporator temperature sensor is located rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
at the outlet of evaporator core in heater assembly. rational value range).
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Perform the forced output of "Evaporator

Temperature Sensor Temperature" and observe the
internal/external recirculation damper actuator for
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. relevant response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
B1419 11: Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less than
0.1V, which lasts for 500ms.
B1419 15: Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is greater
than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. a. Check harness connector BY156 of electronic
A/C control unit and harness connector BY128
of evaporator temperature sensor for looseness,
Air conditioning cannot refrigerate. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs deformation, etc.
B1419 11: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

• Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is greater than
0.1V, which lasts for 500ms. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
cycles.
B1419 15:
• Evaporator temperature sensor voltage is less than 4.9V,
which lasts for 500ms. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
cycles. disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
Possible Causes connector BY128 of evaporator temperature sensor.
• Related circuit failure. b. Perform the component test on evaporator

temperature sensor, if it is not within the specified
range, replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
• Evaporator temperature sensor failure.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY156 of the
• Electronic A/C control unit failure.
electronic A/C control unit.
Reference Circuit Information of harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1) control unit and terminals of harness connector
BY128 of evaporator temperature sensor is less than
5Ω.
1.0 876
• Terminal BY156-12 and Terminal BY128-1 Conditioning Control － ETC" - “Air Conditioning
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Module (HVAC)".
of harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C
control unit or terminals of harness connector
BY128 of evaporator temperature sensor and the
ground is infinite.
BY128 of evaporator temperature sensor and the
4. Test/replace the evaporator temperature sensor or
electronic A/C control unit:
disconnect harness connector BY128 of evaporator
temperature sensor.
b. Test if the resistance between terminal 1 and
3 of harness connector BY128 of evaporator
temperature sensor is within the specified range
(about 1.1KΩ at 25℃).
test/replace the electronic A/C control unit or evaporator
temperature sensor.
Service Guide
Conditioning Control - ETC" - " Evaporator Temperature
Sensor".
1.0 877
B1431 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1)
Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control Reference Connector End View Information
12
Circuit Short to Battery
B1431 BY156 and BY161
Fresh/Recirculation Actuator Control
11
Circuit Short to Ground Reference Electrical Information
Subsystem Principle Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
The internal/external recirculation damper actuator controls Diagnostic Test Steps

the internal/external recirculation damper by opening and 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
closing the inlet of fresh/recirculating air. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. in "ON" position.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. b. Read the "Internal/external Recirculation Damper
Conditions for Setting DTCs Actuator Control" to check whether it is within
B1431 11: Internal/external recirculation mode damper the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
actuator is activated, its voltage is less than 0.1V, which lasts rational value range).
for 100ms. c. Perform the forced output of "Internal/external
B1431 12: Internal/external recirculation mode damper Recirculation Damper Actuator Control" and
actuator fails, its voltage is greater than 6V, which lasts for observe the internal/external recirculation damper
100ms. actuator for relevant response or action.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
• Internal/external recirculation mode damper actuator • No → Go to Step 2.

stops. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• The control module records the DTC.
a. Check harness connector BY156 of electronic
Conditions for Clearing DTCs A/C control unit and harness connector BY161
B1431 11: of fresh/recirculation damper servo motor for
• Internal/external recirculation mode damper actuator is
activated, its voltage is greater than 0.1V, which lasts for
100ms. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
cycles. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1431 12:
• Internal/external recirculation mode damper actuator
fails, its voltage is less than 6V, which lasts for 100ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • No → Diagnosis is completed.
cycles. 3. Test related circuits:
• Related circuit failure. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C
control unit and harness connector BY161 of
• Fresh/recirculation damper servo motor failure.
fresh/recirculation damper servo motor.
b. Perform the component test on fresh/recirculation
damper servo motor, if the test is abnormal, replace
the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor.
1.0 878
c. Disconnect harness connector BY156 of the If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
electronic A/C control unit. test/replace the electronic A/C control unit.
of harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
control unit and terminals of harness connector and Air conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
BY161 of fresh/recirculation damper servo motor is Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Recirculation
less than 5Ω. Damper Actuator".
• Terminal BY156-17 and Terminal BY161-6 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
Conditioning System － ETC" - “Air Conditioning
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit Controller Assembly - ETC".
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
control unit or terminals of harness connector Module (HVAC)".
BY161 of fresh/recirculation damper servo motor
BY161 of fresh/recirculation damper servo motor
4. Test/replace the fresh/recirculation damper servo motor
or electronic A/C control unit.
connector BY161 of fresh/recirculation damper
servo motor.
b. Test if the resistance between terminal 6 and 5 of
harness connector BY161 of fresh/recirculation
damper servo motor is within 49.9±2Ω.
fresh/recirculation damper servo motor.
1.0 879
B1433
BY156 and BY160
DTC Description
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit
12
Short to Battery Diagnostic Test Steps
B1433
Left Distribution Actuator Control Circuit 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
11
Short to Ground with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Subsystem Principle a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
To control the air distribution in the passenger compartment,
the A/C controller sends a signal to the servo motor and allows b. Read the "Left Front Mode Damper Actuator
it to control the distribution damper of the heater assembly, Control", "Left Front Mode Damper Actuator
moving it to the appropriate location. Voltage - Initial Position", "Left Front Mode Damper
Actuator Voltage - End Position", "Left Front Mode
Damper Actuator Voltage - Current Position" to
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. check whether they are within rational value range
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Perform the forced output of "Left Front Mode
B1433 11: The left mode damper servo motor is activated, its Damper Control" and observe the left front mode
voltage is less than 0.1V, which lasts for 100ms. damper actuator for relevant response or action.
B1433 12: The left mode damper servo motor is activated, its
voltage is greater than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Left mode damper servo motor stops. a. Check harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C
control unit and harness connector BY160 of mode
damper servo motor for looseness, poor contact,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
B1433 11: etc.
• Left mode damper servo motor is activated, its voltage b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
is greater than 0.1V, which lasts for 100ms. found in visual check.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
cycles. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1433 12:
• Left mode damper servo motor has an error, its voltage
is less than 6V, which lasts for 100ms. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition 3. Test related circuits:
cycles. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Possible Causes disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector BY160 of mode damper servo motor.
b. Perform the component test on mode damper
actuator, if the test is abnormal, replace the mode
• Mode damper servo motor failure. damper servo motor.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY156 of the
Reference Information electronic A/C control unit.
Reference Circuit Information d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1) of harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C
control unit and terminals of harness connector
BY160 of mode damper servo motor is less than 5Ω.
1.0 880
• Terminal BY156-7 and Terminal BY160-5 Air Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Air
• Terminal BY156-8 and Terminal BY160-6 Conditioning Controller Assembly - ETC".
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals Module (HVAC)".
BY160 of mode damper servo motor and the ground
is infinite.
BY160 of mode damper servo motor and the power
supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the mode damper servo motor or electronic
A/C control unit:
connector BY160 of the mode damper servo motor.
harness connector BY160 of mode damper servo
motor is within 52.0±2Ω.
mode damper servo motor.
test/replace the electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,"Heating, Ventilation
Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Mode Damper
Actuator ".
and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and
1.0 881
B1434 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
BY156 and BY160
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit
15
Short to Battery/Open Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1434
Left Distribution Actuator Feedback Circuit Diagnostic Test Steps
11
Short to Ground
To control the air distribution in the passenger compartment, a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
ETC ECU sends a signal to the servo motor and allows it to in "ON" position.
control the distribution damper of the heater assembly, moving b. Read the "Left Front Mode Damper Actuator
it to the appropriate location. Control", "Left Front Mode Damper Actuator
Conditions for Running DTCs Voltage - Initial Position", "Left Front Mode Damper
Actuator Voltage - End Position", "Left Front Mode
Damper Actuator Voltage - Current Position" to
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set.
check whether they are within rational value range
• DTC B14E7 11 is not set. (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Perform the forced output of "Left Front Mode
B1434 11: Feedback voltage of left mode damper servo motor Damper Control" and observe the left front mode
is less than 0.1V, which lasts for 500ms. damper actuator for relevant response or action.
B1434 15: Feedback voltage of left mode damper servo motor • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
is greater than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Left mode damper servo motor stops. a. Check harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C
• The control module records the DTC. control unit and harness connector BY160 of mode
Conditions for Clearing DTCs damper servo motor for looseness, poor contact,
B1434 11:
etc.
• Feedback voltage of mode damper servo motor is greater
than 0.1V, which lasts for 500ms.
cycles.
B1434 15: and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Feedback voltage of mode damper servo motor is less • Yes → Go to Step 3;
than 4.9V, which lasts for 500ms.
cycles.
harness connector BY156 of electronic A/C control
• Connector failure or poor fit. unit and harness connector BY160 of mode damper
• Mode damper servo motor failure. servo motor.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. b. Perform the component test on mode damper
Reference Information actuator, if the test is abnormal, replace the mode
damper servo motor.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1)
connector BY156 of electronic A/C control unit and
1.0 882
terminal 2 of harness connector BY160 of mode
damper servo motor is less than 5Ω.

d. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness

connector BY156 of electronic A/C control unit or
damper servo motor and the ground is infinite.

e. Test if the resistance between terminal 9 of harness

connector BY156 of electronic A/C control unit or
damper servo motor and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the mode damper servo motor or electronic

A/C control unit:

test/replace the mode damper servo motor or electronic
A/C control unit.
Service Guide
Actuator ".
Air Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Air
Conditioning Controller Assembly - ETC".
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 883
B1437
BY156 and BY159
DTC Description
Right Temperature Actuator Control
12
Circuit Short to Battery Diagnostic Test Steps
B1437
Right Temperature Actuator Control 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
11
Circuit Short to Ground with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
in "ON" position.
The A/C controller sends a signal to the servo motors to make
them control the blend damper on the heater assembly, so as b. Read the "Right Front Temp Damper Actuator
to move it to the appropriate position. Control", "Right Front Temp Damper Actuator
Voltage - Starting Position", "Right Front Temp
Damper Actuator Voltage - End Position" and "Right
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Front Temp Damper Actuator Voltage - Current
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. Position" to check whether they are within the
Conditions for Setting DTCs rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
B1437 11: Right temp damper actuator is normal and the
voltage is less than 0.1V for 100ms. c. Perform the forced output of "Right Front Temp
Damper Actuator Control" and observe the right
B1437 12: Right temp damper actuator control pin is invalid, front temperature damper actuator for relevant
and the voltage is more than 6V for 100ms. response or action.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
• The right front temperature damper motor stops • No → Go to Step 2.
working.
• Record the DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs A/C control unit and harness connector BY159 of
B1437 11: the right blend damper servo motor for looseness,
• Right temp damper actuator is normal and the voltage is
deformation, etc.
greater than 0.1V for 100ms.
cycles.
B1437 12:
• Right temp damper actuator control pin is invalid, and and confirm if there remains any DTC.
the voltage is less than 6V for 100ms.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY159 of the blend damper servo motor.
• Blend damper servo motor failure. b. Perform the component test on the blend damper
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. servo motor; if the test is abnormal, replace the right
Reference Information blend damper servo motor.
Reference Circuit Information c. Disconnect harness connector BY156 of the

1.0 884
control unit and terminals of harness connector Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Temperature
BY159 of the right blend damper servo motor is less Damper Actuator ".
than 5Ω. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
• Terminal BY156-3 and Terminal BY159-5 and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
of harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C Module (HVAC)".
BY159 of the right blend damper servo motor and
control unit or terminals of harness connector BY159
of the right blend damper servo motor and the power
supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the right blend damper servo motor or
disconnect harness connector BY159 of the right
blend damper servo motor.
harness connector BY159 of the right blend damper
servo motor is within 50.8±2Ω.
right blend damper servo motor.
test/replace the electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
1.0 885

DTC Description
BY156 and BY159
Right Temperature Actuator Feedback
15
Circuit Short to Battery/Open Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1438
Right Temperature Actuator Feedback Diagnostic Test Steps
11
Circuit Short to Ground
The electronic A/C unit sends a signal to the servo motor to a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
make them control the blend damper on the heater assembly, in "ON" position.
so as to move it to the appropriate position. b. Read the "Right Front Temp Damper Actuator
Conditions for Running DTCs Control", "Right Front Temp Damper Actuator
Voltage - Starting Position", "Right Front Temp
Damper Actuator Voltage - End Position" and "Right
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. Front Temp Damper Actuator Voltage - Current
• DTC B14E7 11 is not set. Position" to check whether they are within the
Conditions for Setting DTCs rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
B1438 11: Right temp damper actuator feedback voltage is less
than 0.1V and lasts for 500ms. c. Perform the forced output of "Right Front Temp
Damper Actuator Control" and observe the right
B1438 15: Right temp damper actuator feedback voltage is
front temperature damper actuator for relevant
higher than 4.9V and lasts for 500ms.
response or action.
• The right front temperature damper motor stops
working.
• Record the DTC.
A/C control unit and harness connector BY159 of
B1438 11: the temperature damper actuator for looseness,
• Right temp damper actuator feedback voltage is higher poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
than 0.1V and lasts for 500ms. deformation, etc.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
cycles. found in visual check.
B1438 15: c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Right temp damper actuator feedback voltage is less than
4.9V and lasts for 500ms.
cycles. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Related circuit failure. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

harness connector BY156 of the electronic A/C
• Temperature damper actuator failure.
control unit and harness connector BY159 of the
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. blend damper servo motor.
Reference Information b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY156-5 of the electronic A/C control unit
temperature damper actuator is less than 5Ω.
1.0 886

terminal BY156-5 of the electronic A/C control
unit or harness connector terminal BY159-2 of the
temperature damper actuator and the ground is
infinite.


terminal BY156-5 of the electronic A/C control
unit or harness connector terminal BY159-2 of the
temperature damper actuator and the power supply
is infinite.


4. Test/replace the blend damper servo motor or electronic

A/C control unit

test/replace the blend damper servo motor or A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Temperature
Damper Actuator ".
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 887
B143B and B143C Diagnostic Test Steps

DTC Description 1. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in "ON"
DTC FTB Failure Description position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
B143B and B143C has been set.
Right Temperature Actuator Calibration
B143B 05 2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
Error
DTC has not been set.
B143C 01 Right Temperature Actuator Blockage Error
If there remains any DTC, test/replace the blend damper
Subsystem Principle servo motor or electronic A/C control unit.
The A/C controller uses the sensor input and the selected Service Guide
temperature on the control panel to calculate the target
temperature at air outlet of heater assembly on the driver
side and front passenger side. Then, the A/C controller sends
a signal to the servo motors to make them control the blend
Damper Actuator ".
damper on the heater assembly, so as to move it to the
appropriate position. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Controller Assembly - ETC".
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• DTC B14E7 is not set. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
Module (HVAC)".
B143B: After the self-learning of the right temperature damper
actuator motor, the voltage exceeds the range of 0.8 ~ 1.2V
after starting, and exceeds the range of 3.8 ~ 4.2V after
shutdown.
B143C: During motor self-check, the feedback voltage is fixed

when attempting to operate the motor.
The right front temperature damper motor stops working and
records the DTCs.
B143B:
• Conduct the system self-check, and the starting and

ending positions are in the reasonable range.
cycles.
B143C:
• During motor self-check, the feedback voltage changes

depending on conditions.
cycles.
Possible Causes
1.0 888
B1441 and B1442 If there remains any DTC, test/replace the mode damper
DTC Description servo motor or electronic A/C unit.
B1441 05 Left Distribution Actuator Calibration Error • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,"Heating, Ventilation
B1442 01 Left Distribution Actuator Blockage Error
Subsystem Principle Actuator ".
The A/C controller sends a signal to the servo motor and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
allows it to control the distribution damper in the heater and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
assembly so as to move it to the appropriate location. Conditioning Control System - ETC" - “Air Conditioning
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
• DTC B14E7 is not set. Module (HVAC)".
B1441: After the self-learning of left mode damper servo
motor, the voltage exceeds the range of 0.8 ~ 1.2V after
starting, and the voltage exceeds the range of 3.8 ~ 4.2V after
shutdown.
B1442: During motor self-check, the feedback voltage is fixed

when attempting to operate the motor.
• Left mode damper servo motor stops.
B1441:
• After the recalibration, the start and end voltage values

are within the normal range.
cycles.
B1442:
• During motor self-check, the feedback voltage changes

depending on conditions.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
B1441 and B1442 has been set.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
1.0 889
B144B
DTC Description
B144B 54 Actuator Calibration Not Learned
Subsystem Principle
The electronic A/C control unit controls the operation of the
temperature damper motor and mode damper motor on the
A/C box assembly.
Relevant EEPROM marks are not set.
• DC motor has stopped.
• The DC motor learning is successful, and the relevant
EEPROM marks have been set.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Blend damper servo motor failure.
• Mode damper servo motor failure.
position, and confirm that there is no DTC except DTC
B144B has been set.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm the
If any DTC still exists, test/replace the mode damper

actuator, blend damper actuator or electronic A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 890
B1472 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Front Blower Feedback Voltage" to check
whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
B1472 01 Front Blower Analog Control Error
Subsystem Principle
• Yes → Test/replace the electronic A/C control unit;
The front blower motor is controlled by the blower controller
via the A/C control module.
a. Check harness connector BY004 of electronic A/C
control unit and harness connector BY158 of blower
controller for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• Blower is turned on. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
When driving the front blower, the target voltage of blower found in visual check.
exceeds 2V, the supply voltage is 3V higher than target voltage
and differs from the target voltage and actual voltage by more
than 1V, which lasts for 1s.
• Blower stops.
• Try to drive again after the repair.
• When driving the front blower, the target voltage of
blower exceeds 2V, the supply voltage is 3V higher than
harness connector BY004 of electronic A/C control
the target voltage and differs from the target voltage and
unit and harness connector BY158 of blower
actual voltage by less than 1V, which lasts for 1s.
controller.
cycles. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY158-6 of blower controller and the
Possible Causes
ground is less than 5Ω.
• Blower Controller failure.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. terminal BY004-16 of electronic A/C control unit
Reference Information and harness connector terminal BY158-1 of blower
Reference Circuit Information controller is less than 5Ω.
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY158 and BY004 terminal BY004-16 of electronic A/C control unit
Reference Electrical Information or harness connector terminal BY158-1 of blower
controller and the ground is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal BY004-16 of electronic A/C control unit
or harness connector terminal BY158-1 of blower
controller and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 891


4. Test/replace the blower controller or electronic A/C

control unit:

test/replace the blower controller or electronic A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 892
B1481 and B14B0 • Electronic A/C control unit failure.
DTC Description • Electronic A/C control panel failure.
B1481 88 No LIN Communication Reference Circuit Information
B14B0 87 LIN Slave Node Missing - Front Panel Bus System - LIN (1)
Subsystem Principle Reference Connector End View Information
A/C controller communicates with A/C control panel via LIN BY004 and BY120
bus.
B1481:
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. a. Check harness connector BY004 of the electronic
of the electronic A/C control panel for looseness,
B14B0: poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. deformation, etc.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. found in visual check.
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1481: LIN bus is short to ground or short to battery,
communication failure lasts for 5000ms. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B14B0: The communication data is not updated in frame
IFP_LIN6_FrP00, which lasts for 2s. 2. Test related circuits:
B1481: Fails to communicate with any LIN bus and the control disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
module records the DTCs. harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
B14B0: Entertainment A/C control panel cannot work electronic A/C control panel.
properly and the control module records the DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit and
B1481: harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
A/C control panel is less than 5Ω.
• LIN bus is not short to ground or short to battery,
normal communication lasts for 5000ms. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition for open circuit/high resistance.
cycles. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
B14B0:
harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
• Communication data is valid in frame IFP_LIN6_FrP00. A/C control panel and the ground is infinite.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. for short to ground.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
A/C control panel and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 893


3. Test/replace the electronic A/C control panel or

test/replace the electronic A/C control panel or
Service Guide
Conditioning Control Panel - ETC".
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 894
B14B3, B14B4 and B14B6 • It is detected that the decrease signal of front blower
DTC Description speed switch is 0.
DTC FTB Failure Description • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
B14B3 00 Front Blower Speed Decrease Switch Error
B14B4:
B14B4 00 Front Blower Speed Increase Switch Error
• It is detected that the increase signal of front blower
B14B6 00 Front Blower Speed Logic Error
speed switch is 0.
Subsystem Principle • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Activated only when the system is on. Provide manual control cycles.
of the blower speed. Once the blower speed increase or B14B6:
decrease switch is pressed, the blower speed will change
accordingly by 1 level. If the switch is pressed and held, after • Front blower speed logic signal is 0.
1 second, the speed will change every 0.5 second till full scale • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
or it decreases to 1. cycles.
Conditions for Running DTCs Possible Causes
B14B3: • Related circuit failure.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Electronic A/C control unit failure.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Electronic A/C control panel failure.
• DTC U0073 88, B1481, B14B0 are not set. Reference Information
B14B4, B14B6：
Bus System - LIN (1)
• Engine is running. Reference Connector End View Information
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. BY004 and BY120
• DTC U0073 88, B1481, B14B0 are not set. Reference Electrical Information
B14B3: Front blower speed decrease switch signal is 1.
B14B4: Front blower speed increase switch signal is detected
as 1.
B14B6: Front blower speed logic signal is 1.
Operations of ECU after Failure in "ON" position.
B14B3: b. Read "A/C Front Blower Speed Request", "Increase
• Stop blower speed decrease operation. Operation of A/C Front Blower Speed Knob",
"Decrease Operation of A/C Front Blower Speed
Knob" to check whether they are within the rational
B14B4: value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
• Stop blower speed increase operation.
• The control module records the DTC. c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Front Blower
Speed Request", "Increase Operation of A/C Front
B14B6: Blower Speed Knob" and "Decrease Operation of
• Blower speed shift request. A/C Front Blower Speed Knob" and observe the
blower for relevant response or action.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the blower relay;
B14B3:
1.0 895
a. Check harness connector BY004 of the electronic Service Guide

deformation, etc.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
found in visual check. and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the Air Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Air
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again Conditioning Control Panel - ETC".
and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• No → Diagnosis is completed. Module (HVAC)".
harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
electronic A/C control panel.
terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit and
A/C control panel and the ground is infinite.
1.0 896
B14B8 c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Button
DTC Description Operation" and observe the A/C button for relevant
response or action.
B14B8 00 Compressor ON/OFF Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Control the compressor ON/OFF with the ON/OFF switch
on the A/C control panel.
Conditions for Running DTCs of the electronic A/C control panel for looseness,
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
• Engine is running. deformation, etc.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U0073 88, B1481, B14B0 are not set.
Compressor ON/OFF switch signal is 1. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• A/C request is invalid. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Compressor ON/OFF switch signal is 0. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
cycles. control unit and harness connector BY120 of the
Possible Causes electronic A/C control panel.
• Related circuit failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector

• Electronic A/C control unit failure. A/C control panel is less than 5Ω.
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Bus System - LIN (1) terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Diagnostic Test Steps harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output A/C control panel and the power supply is infinite.
in "ON" position. e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
b. Read the "A/C Button Operation" to check whether
Appendix for rational value range). • Yes → Go to Step 4;
1.0 897

test/replace the A/C control panel or electronic A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 898
B14B9 b. Read the "A/C Driver Side Mode Request" to check
DTC Description whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
B14B9 00 Driver Air Mode Face Switch Error c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Driver Side Mode
Request" and observe the A/C driver side for relevant
Subsystem Principle response or action.
Face distribution mode switch on driver side outputs switch • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
request signal through LIN bus to the A/C controller to satisfy
the driver's intent.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. a. Check harness connector BY004 of the electronic
• DTC U0073 88, B1481, B14B0 are not set. deformation, etc.
Face distribution mode switch signal at driver side is 1. found in visual check.
• Mode request at driver side is invalid. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Record this DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Face distribution mode switch signal at driver side is 0. • No → Diagnosis is completed.

• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition 3. Test related circuits:
cycles.
Possible Causes disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• Related circuit failure. harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
• Connector failure or poor fit. control unit and harness connector BY120 of the
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information A/C control panel is less than 5Ω.
Bus System - LIN (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit

BY004 and BY120
Reference Electrical Information harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
in "ON" position. A/C control panel and the power supply is infinite.

1.0 899


test/replace the A/C control panel or electronic A/C
control unit.
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 900
B14BA c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Driver Side Mode
DTC Description Request" and observe the A/C driver side for relevant
response or action.
B14BA 00 Driver Air Mode Logic Error
Subsystem Principle
Air distribution changes with pressing of different mode
switches, and the range from only face, face and feet, only
feet, feet and defrost/defog to only defrost/defog.
• Engine is running. deformation, etc.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. found in visual check.
• DTC U0073, B1481, B14B0 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Mode logic switch signal at driver side is 1.
• Mode request at driver side is invalid.
• Mode logic switch signal at driver side is 0. harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition control unit and harness connector BY120 of the
cycles. electronic A/C control panel.
Possible Causes b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit and
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
Bus System - LIN (1) harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
BY004 and BY120 for short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
Diagnostic Test Steps A/C control panel and the power supply is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for short to battery.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
in "ON" position. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
b. Read the "A/C Driver Side Mode Request" to check
whether it is within the rational value range (refer to • Yes → Go to Step 4;
the Appendix for rational value range). • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 901


Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 902
B14BB c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Defrost Mode
DTC Description Button Operation" and observe the A/C defrost
mode button for relevant response or action.
B14BB 00 Diver Air Mode Foot Defrost Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Once the defogging key is pressed, the defogging mark will be
displayed on the screen, the front defogging key indicator lights
up, and the system enters the front defogging control state.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. deformation, etc.
• Engine is running. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U0073 88, B1481, B14B0 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Feet/Defogging mode switch signal at driver side is 1.
• Defogging mode request at driver side is invalid.
• Feet/Defrost mode switch signal at driver side is 0. harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
Reference Electrical Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
b. Read the "A/C Defrost Mode Button Operation" to
check whether it is within the rational value range • Yes → Go to Step 4;
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 903


Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 904
B14BC c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Heater Rear
DTC Description Window Button Operation" and observe whether
the A/C heater rear window button for relevant
response or action.
B14BC 00 Heated Rear Window Switch Error
Control rear window heating through heated rear window 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
switch on the A/C control panel to prevent frost and ice.
Conditions for Running DTCs A/C control unit and harness connector BY120
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. of the electronic A/C control panel for looseness,
• Engine is running. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
• DTC U0073, B1481, B14B0 are not set. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Rear window heating switch signal is 1.
Operations of ECU after Failure and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Heated rear window function stops and records DTCs. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Rear window heating switch signal is 0. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
cycles. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Possible Causes harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
• Related circuit failure. control unit and harness connector BY120 of the
• Electronic A/C control panel failure.
Reference Information A/C control panel is less than 5Ω.
Bus System - LIN (1) for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY004 and BY120 harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
Reference Electrical Information A/C control panel and the ground is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: harness connector terminal BY120-4 of electronic
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch A/C control panel and the power supply is infinite.
b. Read the "A/C Heater Rear Window Button
Operation" to check whether it is within the rational e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
range). and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 905


Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 906
B14BD c. Perform the forced output of "Mode Display" and
DTC Description observe the mode display for relevant response or
action.
• Yes → Test/replace the automatic A/C controller;
B14BD 00 Defrost Switch Error
Subsystem Principle
Once the defogging key is pressed, the defogging mark will be
displayed on the screen, the front defogging key indicator lights
up, and the system enters the front defogging control state.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. deformation, etc.
• Engine is running. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• DTC U0073, B1481, B14B0 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 1.
• Defogging request is invalid.
• Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 0. harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
Reference Electrical Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
b. Read the "Mode Display" to check whether it is within
the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for • Yes → Go to Step 4;
rational value range). • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 907


Service Guide
Air Conditioning Control System － ETC" - “Air
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 908
B14BE b. Read the "A/C Driver Side Mode Request" to check
B14BE 00 Driver Air Mode Face Foot Switch Error c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Driver Side Mode
Request" and observe the A/C driver side mode for
Subsystem Principle relevant response or action.
Air distribution changes with pressing of different mode • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
• DTC U0073, B1481, B14B0 are not set. deformation, etc.
Driver face/feet distribution mode switch error signal is 1. found in visual check.
• Face/feet distribution mode request is invalid. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Driver face/feet distribution mode switch error signal is • No → Diagnosis is completed.

0. 3. Test related circuits:
cycles.
• Connector failure or poor fit. electronic A/C control panel.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit and
BY004 and BY120 terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
in "ON" position.
1.0 909



Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 910
B14BF b. Read the "A/C Driver Side Mode Request" to check
B14BF 00 Driver Air Mode Foot Switch Error c. Perform the forced output of "A/C Driver Side Mode
Request" and observe the A/C driver side mode for
Subsystem Principle relevant response or action.
Air distribution changes with pressing of different mode • Yes → Test/replace the A/C control panel;
• DTC U0073, B1481, B14B0 are not set. deformation, etc.
Driver face/feet distribution mode switch error signal is 1. found in visual check.
• Feet distribution mode request is invalid. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Driver face/feet distribution mode switch error signal is • No → Diagnosis is completed.

0. 3. Test related circuits:
cycles.
• Connector failure or poor fit. electronic A/C control panel.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Electronic A/C control panel failure. terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit and
BY004 and BY120 terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal BY004-7 of electronic A/C control unit or
in "ON" position.
1.0 911



Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 912
B14E7
BY159, BY160 and BY156
DTC Description
11 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Ground
B14E7
12 External 5V Supply Circuit Short to Battery Diagnostic Test Steps
Subsystem Principle
The automatic temperature control (ATC) system controls
the air temperature and air distribution inside the vehicle by
in "ON" position.
controlling the refrigeration system and the control damper
within the heater assembly. The external 5V power supply b. Read the "5V Supply Voltage" to check whether it is
circuit provides working voltage to the regulators in each within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
damper actuator. for rational value range).
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the electronic A/C control unit;
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • No → Go to Step 2.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connector BY159 of temperature
B14E7 11: External 5V power supply voltage is less than 0.9V, damper actuator, harness connector BY160 of
which lasts for 100ms. mode damper actuator and harness connector
BY156 of electronic A/C control unit for looseness,
B14E7 12: External 5V power supply voltage is greater than
5.1V, which lasts for 100ms.
deformation, etc.
Automatic temperature control function is invalid. found in visual check.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B14E7 11: ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• External 5V power supply voltage is greater than 0.9V,
which lasts for 100ms. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

B14E7 12: a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• External 5V power supply voltage is less than 5.1V, which
harness connector BY159 of temperature damper
lasts for 100ms.
actuator, harness connector BY160 of mode damper
actuator and harness connector BY156 of electronic
cycles.
A/C control unit.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector BY159 of temperature damper
• Connector failure or poor fit. actuator, harness connector BY160 of mode damper
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. actuator and harness connector BY156 of electronic
A/C control unit is less than 5Ω.
• Mode damper actuator failure.
Electronic A/C Control Unit – ETC (1)
of harness connector BY159 of temperature damper
1.0 913
actuator or harness connector BY160 of mode

damper actuator or harness connector BY156 of
electronic A/C control unit and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY159-3
of harness connector BY159 of temperature damper
actuator or harness connector BY160 of mode
damper actuator or harness connector BY156 of
electronic A/C control unit and the power supply is
infinite.
4. Test/replace the temperature damper actuator, mode
damper actuator or electronic A/C control unit:
test/replace the temperature damper actuator, mode
damper actuator or electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
Damper Actuator - ETC".
Actuator - ETC".
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 914
B14F1 and B14F2 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Module (HVAC)".
B14F1 88 Configuration Error
B14F2 00 Initialisation Error
Subsystem Principle
Every time the ignition switch is turned on, the electronic A/C
control unit will perform the diagnosis and check, and the
DTCs corresponding to the detected failures will be saved in
electronic A/C control unit, and the default value or strategy
will be applied to correspond to the detected failure.
B14F1: ID configuration of local signal is invalid.
B14F2: System initialization error.

Automatic air conditioning does not work.
B14F1:
• ID configuration of local signal is valid.

cycles.
B14F2:
• The system initialization is normal.

cycles.
Possible Causes
Electronic A/C control unit failure.
1. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and connect
the scan tool.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if DTC
B14F1 and B14F2 still exit.
If there remains any DTC, test/replace the automatic

A/C control unit.
Service Guide
1.0 915

U0073 88 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
The A/C control module communicates with other control
modules via the CAN bus. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. the terminals of harness connector BY004 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs electronic A/C control unit.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. control unit and terminals of harness connector
Operations of ECU after Failure BY027 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Apply the default value. • Terminal BY004-5 and Terminal BY027-51
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
BY027 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Reference Connector End View Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
BY004 and BY027 between terminals of harness connector BY004
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection ground is between 2 ~ 3V.

A/C control unit and harness connector BY027 of
the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
3. Test/replace the BCM or electronic A/C control unit:
1.0 916
test/replace the BCM or electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 917

Module (ECM)
Subsystem Principle
The A/C control module communicates with the ECM via the
CAN bus.
• 1s after the communication recovers to normal. following inspection procedures.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• DTC U0073 is not set. harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
control unit and harness connector BY205/BY190 of
the ECM.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from engine
control module (ECM) cannot be received within given time.
Operations of ECU after Failure control unit and terminals of harness connector
Apply the default value. BY205/BY190 of the ECM is less than 5Ω.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY004-6 and Terminal BY205-44
consecutive times. • Terminal BY004-5 and Terminal BY190-1
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal BY004-6 and Terminal BY190-17
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. control unit and terminals of harness connector
• Engine control module failure. BY205/BY190 of the ECM and the ground is infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal BY004-5 or terminal BY205-45
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY004-6 or terminal BY205-44
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) • Terminal BY004-5 or terminal BY190-1
• Terminal BY004-6 or terminal BY190-17
BY004 and BY205/BY190
Reference Electrical Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
between terminals of harness connector BY004
Diagnostic Test Steps of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals of
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: harness connector BY205/BY190 of the ECM and
the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
control unit and harness connector BY205/BY190 • Terminal BY004-5 or terminal BY205-45
of ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, • Terminal BY004-6 or terminal BY205-44
1.0 918

3. Test/replace the A/C control unit or ECM:

test/replace the A/C control unit or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 919

Module (BCM)
Subsystem Principle
Electronic A/C controller communicates with body control
module via CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• DTC U0073 is not set. the terminals of harness connector BY004 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs electronic A/C control unit.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from body c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
control module (BCM) cannot be received within given time. of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
BY027 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Apply the default value.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. BY027 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• Electronic A/C control unit failure. • Terminal BY004-6 or Terminal BY027-52
Reference Circuit Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Bus System and DLC (2) switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals
BY004 and BY027 of harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY004 of the electronic f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
A/C control unit and harness connector BY027 of ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 920
3. Test/replace the BCM or electronic A/C control unit:

test/replace the BCM or electronic A/C control unit.
Service Guide
and Air conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 921

(IPK)
Subsystem Principle
A/C controller communicates with the instrument pack via
CAN bus.
• DTC U0073 is not set. terminals of harness connector BY004 of electronic
A/C control unit and terminals of harness connector
FC006 of instrument pack.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from IPK
cannot be received within given time.
Operations of ECU after Failure control unit and the terminals of harness connector
Apply the default value. FC006 of the instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
• Related circuit failure. control unit or the terminals of harness connector
FC006 of the instrument pack and the ground is
infinite.
• Instrument pack failure.
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
BY004 and FC006
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals of
Reference Electrical Information harness connector FC006 of the instrument pack
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack for short to battery.
and harness connector BY004 of electronic A/C
control unit for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
1.0 922
3. Test/replace the A/C controller or instrument pack.

test/replace the A/C controller or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
Module (HVAC)".
"Instrument Pack (IPK)".
1.0 923
U0245 contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,

Lost Communication with Front
U0245 87
Infotainment Control Module (FICM) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Subsystem Principle
The A/C control module communicates with infotainment
control module (FICM) via CAN bus.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• DTC U0073 is not set.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from terminals of harness connector BY004 of electronic
infotainment control module (FICM) cannot be received A/C control unit and terminals of harness connector
within the given time. BY004 of entertainment control module.
Apply the default value. of harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
BY215 of entertainment control module is less than
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 5Ω.
consecutive times.
• Terminal BY004-5 and Terminal BY215-D6
cycles.
• HVAC control module failure. control unit or terminals of harness connector BY215
• Entertainment control module failure. of the entertainment control module and the ground
Reference Information is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY004-5 or Terminal BY215-D6
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) • Terminal BY004-6 or Terminal BY215-D12
BY004 and BY215
Reference Electrical Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection between terminals of harness connector BY004
of the electronic A/C control unit or terminals of
harness connector BY215 of the entertainment
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: control module and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY215 of entertainment • Terminal BY004-5 or Terminal BY215-D6
control module and harness connector BY004 of • Terminal BY004-6 or Terminal BY215-D12
electronic A/C control unit for looseness, poor
1.0 924
3. Test/replace the entertainment control module or


test/replace the entertainment control module or
Service Guide
and Air conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and Air
Conditioning Control System － ETC" - "Electronic Air
and Entertainment" - "On-board Telephone,
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "On-board
Entertainment Head Unit".
Module (HVAC)".
"Entertainment System Control Module (FICM)".
1.0 925
U1562 and U1563 Reference Electrical Information

DTC Description
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low
Subsystem Principle control unit for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
The electronic A/C control unit monitors the system voltage corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
to detect if the working voltage of this module is within normal b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
range. found in visual check.
DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
U1562: It is detected that the power supply voltage is greater • Yes → Go to Step 2;
than 16V, which lasts for 1s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
U1563: It is detected that the power supply voltage is less than 2. Test related circuits:
9V, which lasts for 1s.
a. Check fuse F25 in the passenger compartment fuse
Operations of ECU after Failure box for fusing, corrosion or damage.
Electronic A/C control unit is not working. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect
U1562: harness connector BY004 of the electronic A/C
control unit.
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The
power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V, which lasts for
terminal BY004-2 of the electronic A/C control unit
1s.
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
cycles. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
U1563:
• The battery voltage is within the normal range. The terminal BY004-1 of the electronic A/C control unit
power supply voltage is greater than 9.5V, which lasts for and the ground is infinite.
1s.
cycles.
Possible Causes e. Connect the battery negative cable, test if the
voltage of harness connector terminal BY004-1 of
• Related circuit failure. the electronic A/C control unit is the battery voltage.
• Battery failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Reference Circuit Information and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Electronic Temperature Control - ETC (1) • Yes → Go to Step 3;

Reference Connector End View Information • No → Diagnosis is completed.
BY004 3. Test/replace the HVAC control module:

test/replace the HVAC control module.
1.0 926
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 927
U2001 and U2002

DTC Description
U2001 41 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error
Subsystem Principle
Every time the ignition switch is turned on, the A/C control
module will perform the diagnosis and check, and the DTCs
corresponding to the detected failures will be saved in ECU,
and the default value or strategy will be applied to correspond
to the detected failure.
Electronic A/C control unit detects checksum error.
Electronic A/C control unit is not working.
• Electronic A/C control unit detects correct checksum.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Electronic A/C control unit failure.
"ON" position.
U2001 and U2002 still exit.
If there remains any DTC, test/replace the automatic

A/C control unit.
Service Guide
and Air Conditioning System" - "Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning System － ETC" - “Air Conditioning
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 928
TPMS DTC Troubleshooting
TPMS
DTC List
List
TPMS Failure
DTC FTB Description Warning
Lamp Level*
Yellow
C1A00 55 Standard Tyre Pressure Not Configured Lamp Ⅲ
Flashing
Yellow
C1A01 55 Sensor ID Not Configured Lamp Ⅲ
Flashing
C1A02 16 Front Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low Ⅲ
Yellow
C1A02 31 RF Signal Not Received From Left Front Tyre Sensor Lamp Ⅲ
Flashing
C1A03 16 Front Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low Ⅲ
Yellow
C1A03 31 RF Signal Not Received From Right Front Tyre Sensor Lamp Ⅲ
Flashing
C1A04 16 Rear Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low Ⅲ
Yellow
C1A04 31 No RF Signal Received From Right Rear Tyre Sensor Lamp Ⅲ
Flashing
C1A05 16 Rear Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low Ⅲ
Yellow
C1A05 31 RF Signal Not Received From Left Rear Tyre Sensor Lamp Ⅲ
Flashing
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off Ⅱ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) Ⅱ
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) Ⅱ
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) Ⅱ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅲ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Ⅱ
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Ⅱ
*Remarks:

1.0 929
DTC Troubleshooting TPMS
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Service Guide

C1A00 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System"
DTC Description - "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
DTC FTB Failure Description Monitoring Controller".
C1A00 55 Standard Tyre Pressure Not Configured • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Tyre
Subsystem Principle Pressure Monitoring System Module (TPMS)".
Standard tyre pressure needs initialization configuration for
vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system.
The vehicle is in Off state.
DID C001 value of standard tyre pressure without
configuration is 0xFF.
Tyre pressure monitoring system function is invalid.
• DID C001 value of standard tyre pressure continue to be
valid.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.

1. Conduct tyre sensor learning.
a. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" position.
b. The engine is in Off state.
c. The vehicle is in stationary state.
d. When the learning is made on a new tyre sensor,
drive the vehicle at a speed greater than 40km/h for
more than 6 minutes consecutively before learning
or note the ID value on the new tyre sensor.
e. Connect the scan tool to the vehicle and get access
to VDS.
f. Select "Fast Channel - Learn Value/Adjustment -
Tyre Sensor Learning", and follow the instructions
on the screen.
2. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if
C1A00 55 still exits.
3. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the tyre pressure
monitoring module.
1.0 930
C1A01 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System"
DTC Description - "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
Monitoring Controller".
C1A01 55 Sensor ID Not Configured
Subsystem Principle Pressure Monitoring System Module (TPMS)".
Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system have 4 tyre

pressure monitoring sensors, the tyre pressure is monitored
by the sensors and feed back to the tyre pressure monitoring
module to alert the driver.
The vehicle is in Off state.
Pressure sensor ID channel is 0xFF FF FF FF or the same.
Tyre pressure monitoring system function is invalid.
• ID learning succeeded or ID channel is written
successfully.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.
• Tyre pressure sensor failure.

1. Check if there is any foreign matters on the outside
surface of the sensor, and clean them up if any.
2. Check if the sensor is fitted on the proper position. If
not, fit it again.
3. Check if the sensor is damaged, if yes, replace the sensor.
"ON" position.
5. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if
monitoring module.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System"
- "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
Sensor".
1.0 931
C1A02 • It is able to continuously receive valid value of tyre

DTC Description pressure.
cycles.
16 Front Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low
C1A02 Possible Causes
RF Signal Not Received From Left Front
31
Tyre Sensor • Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.
Subsystem Principle • Tyre pressure sensor failure.

pressure monitoring sensors, the tyre pressure is monitored Reference Electrical Information
by the sensors and feed back to the tyre pressure monitoring Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C1A02 16: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position.
C1A02 31: 2. Check if the sensor is fitted on the proper position. If
• Vehicle speed is within the operating range. not, fit it again.
• TPMS system is in normal range. 3. Check if the sensor is damaged, if yes, replace the sensor.
• DTC C1A01 has not been set. 4. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
Conditions for Setting DTCs "ON" position.
C1A02 16: Sensor data packet shows low battery voltage.
C1A02 31: 6. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the tyre pressure
• If the effective transmission time from the left front wheel monitoring module.
speed sensor is equal to the K_TPM diagnostic time Service Guide
threshold, set the DTC.
• Tyre pressure monitoring system yellow warning lamp - "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
flashes. Sensor".
Operations of ECU after Failure • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System"
C1A02 16: There is no normal operating condition. - "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
C1A02 31: Tyre pressure monitoring system is invalid under
the following conditions: • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Set the tyre pressure system failure. Pressure Monitoring System Module (TPMS)".
• Right front tyre pressure value is invalid.
• Continuously receive invalid value of tyre pressure.
C1A02 16:
• Sensor data packet shows normal battery voltage.

cycles.
C1A02 31: The signal from the left front wheel speed sensor
is valid. Tyre pressure monitoring module meets:
• Tyre pressure system failure is not set.

• Set the appropriate value for right front tyre pressure.
• Right front tyre pressure value is valid.
1.0 932
cycles.
Front Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage
16 Possible Causes
Low
C1A03
RF Signal Not Received From Right Front • Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.
31
Tyre Sensor • Tyre pressure sensor failure.
Subsystem Principle Reference Information
Vehicles with tyre pressure monitoring system have 4 tyre Reference Electrical Information
pressure monitoring sensors, the tyre pressure is monitored Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
by the sensors and feed back to the tyre pressure monitoring
module to alert the driver. Diagnostic Test Steps
Conditions for Running DTCs 1. Check if there is any foreign matters on the outside
2. Check if the sensor is fitted on the proper position. If
C1A03 31: not, fit it again.
• Vehicle speed is within the operating range. 3. Check if the sensor is damaged, if yes, replace the sensor.
• TPMS system is in normal range. 4. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
• DTC C1A01 has not been set. "ON" position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 5. Delete the DTC after self-diagnosis, and confirm if DTC
C1A03 31: monitoring module.
• If the effective transmission time from the left front wheel Service Guide
speed sensor is equal to the K_TPM diagnostic time
• Tyre pressure monitoring system yellow warning lamp Sensor".
flashes.
Operations of ECU after Failure - "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
C1A03 16: There is no normal operating condition. Monitoring Controller".
C1A03 31: Tyre pressure monitoring system is invalid under • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
the following conditions: to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Tyre
Pressure Monitoring System Module (TPMS)".
• Set the tyre pressure system failure.
C1A03 16:

cycles.

1.0 933

cycles.
16 Rear Right Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low
Possible Causes
C1A04 No RF Signal Received From Right Rear Tyre
31 • Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.
Sensor
• Tyre pressure sensor failure.
Subsystem Principle
pressure monitoring sensors, the tyre pressure is monitored
C1A04 16: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. surface of the sensor, and clean them up if any.
not, fit it again.
• Vehicle speed is within the operating range.
3. Check if the sensor is damaged, if yes, replace the sensor.
• TPMS system is in normal range.
• DTC C1A01 has not been set.
"ON" position.
C1A04 16: Sensor data packet shows low battery voltage. C1A04 still exits.
monitoring module.
• If the effective transmission time from the left front wheel
threshold, set the DTC. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System"
flashes. Sensor".
C1A04 16: There is no normal operating condition.
C1A04 31: Tyre pressure monitoring system is invalid under • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
the following conditions: to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Tyre
C1A04 16:

cycles.

1.0 934
cycles.
16 Rear Left Tyre Sensor Battery Voltage Low
C1A05 Possible Causes
RF Signal Not Received From Left Rear
31
Tyre Sensor • Tyre pressure monitoring module failure.
Subsystem Principle • Tyre pressure sensor failure.

pressure monitoring sensors, the tyre pressure is monitored Reference Electrical Information
• Vehicle speed is within the operating range. not, fit it again.
• TPMS system is in normal range. 3. Check if the sensor is damaged, if yes, replace the sensor.
• DTC C1A01 has not been set. 4. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch in
Conditions for Setting DTCs "ON" position.
• If the effective transmission time from the left front wheel monitoring module.
flashes. Sensor".
C1A05 16: There is no normal operating condition. - "Tyre Pressure Monitoring System" - "Tyre Pressure
C1A05 31: Tyre pressure monitoring system is invalid under
the following conditions: • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
C1A05 16:

cycles.

1.0 935

Subsystem Principle
The tyre pressure monitoring module communicates with the
other modules via the CAN bus.
• Communication is activated for 1s. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. harness connector BY027 of body control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Disconnect harness connector BY123 of tyre

pressure monitoring module.
CAN network system node is unable to transmit and receive
signal properly. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
monitoring module and terminals of harness
Turn off the CAN bus. connector BY027 of body control module is less
Conditions for Clearing DTCs than 5Ω.
• CAN bus off information is not detected for 5s. • Terminal BY123-4 and Terminal BY027-51
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY123 of tyre
pressure monitoring module or terminals of harness
• Body control module failure. ground is infinite.
Bus System and BCM (1) & Bus System and BCM (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY123 and BY027 f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY123 of tyre pressure monitoring
module or terminals of harness connector BY027 of
Diagnostic Test Steps body control module and the ground is between 2 ~
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure • Terminal BY123-4 or Terminal BY027-51
monitoring module and harness connector BY027 of • Terminal BY123-5 or Terminal BY027-52
body control module for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
found in visual check. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 936
3. Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module or

body control module:

test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module or
body control module.
Service Guide
1.0 937

U0100 87
Subsystem Principle 2. Test related circuits (1.5L):

The tyre pressure monitoring system communicates with the
• Communication is activated for 1s. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
• DTC U0073 88 has not been set. monitoring system and harness connector BY190 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs ECM.
If relevant frame is not detected within 2s, set the DTC. c. Test if the resistance between the following
terminals of harness connector BY123 of tyre
pressure monitoring system and terminals of harness
Continued reception of valid signals from ECM/PCM. connector BY190 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Received relevant information 100 times in a cycle. • Terminal BY123-5 and Terminal BY190-17
cycles. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
• Connector failure or poor fit. monitoring system or terminals of harness connector
BY190 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
• Tyre pressure monitoring system failure.
BY123 and BY205/BY190 voltage between the following terminals of harness
connector BY123 of tyre pressure monitoring system
Reference Electrical Information or terminals of harness connector BY190 of ECM
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.

a. Check harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
monitoring system and harness connector
BY205/BY190 of ECM for looseness, poor contact, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
etc. and confirm if there remains any DTC.

3. Test related circuits (1.0T):
1.0 938
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network". • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System" -
If other module tests are normal, continue the "Engine Control System - 1.5T" - "Engine Control Module
following inspection procedures. (ECM)".
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Suspension System" -
disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect "Engine Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure (ECM)".
monitoring system and harness connector BY205 of • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
ECM. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
c. Test if the resistance between the following "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
terminals of harness connector BY123 of tyre • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
pressure monitoring system and terminals of harness to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
connector BY205 of ECM is less than 5Ω. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
• Terminal BY123-4 and Terminal BY205-45 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal BY123-5 and Terminal BY205-44 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Tyre
monitoring system or terminals of harness connector
or terminals of harness connector BY205 of ECM
4. Test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring system or
ECM:
test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring system or ECM.
Service Guide
1.0 939

U0122 87
System (SCS) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
dynamic stability control module.
If relevant frame is not detected within 2s, set the DTC.
Operations of ECU after Failure pressure monitoring system and terminals of harness
Continued reception of valid signals from SCS. connector BY200 of dynamic stability control module
Conditions for Clearing DTCs is less than 5Ω.
• Received relevant information 100 times in a cycle.
• Dynamic stability control module failure. BY200 of dynamic stability control module and the
• Tyre pressure monitoring system failure. ground is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY123 and BY200 e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
or terminals of harness connector BY200 of dynamic
Diagnostic Test Steps stability control module and the ground is between
2 ~ 3V.
monitoring system and harness connector BY200 • Terminal BY123-5 or Terminal BY200-14
of dynamic stability control module for looseness, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
deformation, etc. f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1.0 940

dynamic stability control module:

test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring system or
dynamic stability control module.
Service Guide
1.0 941

U0140 87
Subsystem Principle
BCM via CAN bus.
body control module .
If relevant frame from BCM_HSC3_FrP07 ID:0x1F2 is not
detected within 2s, set the DTC.
Operations of ECU after Failure connector BY027 of body control module is less
Continued reception of valid signals from BCM. than 5Ω.
• Received relevant information 100 times in a cycle. • Terminal BY123-5 and Terminal BY027-52
BY027 of body control module and the ground is
• Body control module failure. infinite.
• Tyre pressure monitoring module failure. • Terminal BY123-4 or Terminal BY027-51
BY123 and BY027
Reference Electrical Information connector BY123 of tyre pressure monitoring system
or terminals of harness connector BY027 of body
a. Check harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
monitoring system and harness connector BY027 of for short to battery.
etc.
1.0 942
BCM:

test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring system or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 943

U0155 87
The tyre pressure monitoring system communicates with the a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
instrument pack via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• Communication is activated for 1s. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
• DTC U0073 88 has not been set. monitoring system and harness connector FC006 of
Conditions for Setting DTCs instrument pack.
If relevant frame from IPK_HSC3_FrP06 ID:0x541 is not c. Test if the resistance between the following
detected within 2s, set the DTC. terminals of harness connector BY123 of tyre
Operations of ECU after Failure pressure monitoring system and terminals of harness
connector FC006 of instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
Continued reception of valid signals from IPK.
• Received relevant information 100 times in a cycle.

FC006 of instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
BY123 and FC006
connector BY123 of tyre pressure monitoring
Reference Electrical Information system or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
instrument pack and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
monitoring system and harness connector FC006
of instrument pack for looseness, poor contact, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
etc. and confirm if there remains any DTC.

1.0 944
instrument pack:

instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 945

U0245 87
Infotainment Control Module (FICM) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
FICM module via the CAN bus.
b. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
• Communication is activated for 1s. the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY123 of tyre pressure monitoring system
• DTC U0073 88 has not been set. and harness connector BY215 of entertainment
system control module.
When the persistent node lost, if the frame of the register can
not be detected, set the DTC.
Operations of ECU after Failure connector BY215 of entertainment system control
Continued reception of valid signals from ICE. module is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal BY123-4 and Terminal BY215-D6
• A frame of DDSP received for 100 consecutive times. • Terminal BY123-5 and Terminal BY215-D12
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
BY215 of entertainment system control module and
• Entertainment system control module failure. the ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY123-4 or Terminal BY215-D6
Bus System and DLC (1) for short to ground.
BY123 and BY215 ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
Reference Electrical Information connector BY123 of tyre pressure monitoring
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection system or terminals of harness connector BY215
of entertainment system control module and the
Diagnostic Test Steps ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY123-4 or Terminal BY215-D6
a. Check harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure • Terminal BY123-5 or Terminal BY215-D12
monitoring system and harness connector BY215 of If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
entertainment system control module for looseness, for short to battery.
deformation, etc. f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1.0 946

entertainment system control module:

entertainment system control module.
Service Guide
1.0 947
U1562 and U1563 Diagnostic Test Steps

U1562 17 Battery Voltage High monitoring system for looseness, poor contact,
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
Subsystem Principle
The battery continuously supplies power to tyre pressure found in visual check.
monitoring module.
Conditions for Running DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
U1562: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery • No → Diagnosis is completed.
voltage is higher than 16V.
U1563: It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery
voltage is lower than 9V.
Actions Taken When the DTC is Set b. Connect the scan tool, place the ignition switch in
"ON" position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis,
Diagnosis function is prohibited.
c. Check if the color of battery observation hole
U1562: is normal, and check the battery appearance for
• It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery voltage deformation and leakage.
is lower than 15.5V. Charge or replace the battery where necessary.
d. When the engine is running, test if the battery voltage
cycles.
between the positive and negative poles is between
U1563: 12 ~ 14V with multimeter.
• It detected for 1s consecutively that the battery voltage If it is not within the specified range, check and repair
is greater than 9.5V. the battery charging system.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition e. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
cycles. If other module tests are normal, continue the
Possible Causes following inspection procedures.
• Related circuit failure. f. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Connector failure or poor fit. disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect
harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
monitoring module.
terminal BY123-3 of the following tyre pressure
Reference Circuit Information monitoring module and the ground is less than 5Ω:
Vehicle Security System (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY123 h. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if

the voltage between harness connector terminal
Reference Electrical Information BY123-1 of the following tyre pressure monitoring
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection module and the ground is the battery voltage.
1.0 948
3. Test/replace the pressure monitoring module:

test/replace the tyre pressure monitoring module.
Service Guide
1.0 949
DTC Troubleshooting ESCL
ESCL
DTC List
List
EPS Warning Failure

DTC FTB Description
Lamp* Level*
The Authentication Is Failure Between Electronic Steering Column Lock Yellow Lamp
B170C 00 I
ECU (ESCL) and Body Control Module (BCM) Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1832 01 Position Sensor Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1833 01 Motor High Side Short Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1834 01 Motor Low Side Short Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1835 13 ECU Internal Error - Motorbridge Open Circuit I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1836 42 ECU Error - RAM Error (Slave Controller ) I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1837 42 ECU Error - ROM Error (Slave Controller ) I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1838 04 A/D Converter Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1839 04 ECU Slave Controller Incorrect Enable I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B183A 04 ECU Slave Controller Is Not Enable I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B183B 04 ECU Slave Controller Reset Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B183C 04 ECU System-Basis-Chip Reset Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B183D 04 ECU Main Controller Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B183E 04 ECU Main Controller Program Sequence Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B183F 04 ECU Slave Controller Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
B1840 04 ECU Slave Controller Program Sequence Error I
Flashes
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off None II
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) None II
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) None II
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) None II
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) None II
1.0 950
ESCL DTC Troubleshooting
EPS Warning Failure
DTC FTB Description
Lamp* Level*
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High None II
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low None II
Yellow Lamp
U2001 42 ECU Error - EEPROM Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
U2004 42 ECU Error - ROM Error I
Flashes
Yellow Lamp
U2010 00 ECU Error - I2C Communication Error I
Flashes
*Remarks:

1.0 951
Diagnostic Information and Procedure b. Read the "Anti-theft Learning Result" to check
B170C whether it is within rational value range (see
DTC Description Appendix for rational value range).
DTC FTB Failure Description • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
The Authentication Is Failure Between • No → Go to Step 2.

B170C 00 Electronic Steering Column Lock ECU
2. Programme or match the control module:
(ESCL) and Body Control Module (BCM)
a. Programme or match the control module.
Subsystem Principle
b. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Electronic steering column lock system: It is used to lock ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
the steering wheel column, and ESCL and BCM are used to and confirm if there remains any DTC.
authenticate relevant vehicle and key information when the
vehicle is unlocked. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Conditions for Running DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 3. Test/replace the electric power steering module or BCM:
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• DTC U0073 88 is not set. test/replace the electric power steering module assembly
• DTC U0140 87 is not set. or BCM.
• Not in the bus initialization process. Service Guide

• Battery voltage: 9~16V. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
Conditions for Setting DTCs "Electronic Steering Column Lock" - "Electronic Steering
Column Lock Module".
ESCL and BCM authentication fails.
Operations of ECU after Failure "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Unlocking is prohibited. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• EPS warning lamp (yellow) flashes. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
Conditions for Clearing DTCs Control Module (BCM)".
• ESCL and BCM authentication is passed.
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
"Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Unit (ESCL)".
40 failure-free working cycles.
Possible Causes
• Electronic steering column lock mismatched with BCM.
• Wrong authentication code sent by electronic steering
column lock.
• Electronic steering column assembly failure.


in "ON" position.
1.0 952
B1832 Service Guide
DTC Description • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
DTC FTB Failure Description "Electronic Steering Column Lock" - "Electronic Steering
B1832 01 Position Sensor Error
Subsystem Principle to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
The electronic steering column lock system is used to lock "Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Unit (ESCL)".
the steering wheel column, and the position sensor is used to
detect whether the electronic steering column lock system is
in the locking position.
• Both of the sensors work.
• The locking time of locking tab is less than 50ms.
• Locking is prohibited.
• EPS malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) flashes.
• Only 1 position sensor can be activated.
• If the unlocking process works, the moving time of
locking dog will be more than 50ms.
Possible Causes
Electronic steering column assembly failure.


in "ON" position.
b. Read the "ESCL Locking Switch State" and "ESCL

Unlocking Switch State" to check whether they
are within rational value range (see Appendix for
• Yes → Test/replace the electronic steering column

assembly;
2. Test/replace the electric power steering module:

test/replace the electric power steering module assembly.
1.0 953
B1833 and B1834 Diagnostic Test Steps

B1833 01 Motor High Side Short Error a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1834 01 Motor Low Side Short Error in "ON" position.
b. Read the "ESCL Locking Switch State" and "ESCL

Subsystem Principle
Unlocking Switch State" to check whether they
The electronic steering column lock system is used to lock are within rational value range (see Appendix for
the steering wheel column, and the position sensor is used to rational value range).
detect whether the electronic steering column lock system is
• Yes → Test/replace the electronic steering column
in the locking position.
lock control module;
2. Read and confirm whether DTCs B1833 and B1834 are
the current DTCs. If not, clear other DTCs first.
B1833 01:
3. Clear DTCs B1833 and B1834, and confirm they are
• The drive procedure is not activated. reset DTCs.
• The diagnosed voltage of motor is higher than 75％ of If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic steering column lock
the battery voltage. module.
B1834 01: Service Guide
• The drive procedure is not activated. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
• The diagnosed voltage of motor bridge is lower than "Electronic Steering Column Lock" - "Electronic Steering
12.5% of the battery voltage. Column Lock Module".
Operations of ECU after Failure • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
B1833 01:
• Only one driver is activated at the same time.

• The diagnosed voltage of motor is lower than 75% of the
battery voltage.
• MIL turns off after the DTC is cleared.
B1834 01:
• Only one driver is activated at the same time.

• The diagnosed voltage of motor bridge is higher than
12.5% of the battery voltage.
Possible Causes
1.0 954
B1835 Service Guide
DTC FTB Failure Description "Electronic Steering Column Lock" - "Electronic Steering
ECU Internal Error - Motorbridge Open
B1835 13 • Replace, programme and set the control module.
Circuit
Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
Subsystem Principle "Electronic Steering Column Lock" - "Electronic Steering
Electric power steering control module carries out a self-check Column Lock Module".
for internal failures, not involving external circuit.
• The diagnosed voltage of motor bridge is lower than
75％ of the battery voltage when the high-order driver
is activated.
12.5% of the battery voltage when the low-order driver
is activated.
75% of the battery voltage when the high-order driver
is activated.
• The diagnosed voltage of motor bridge is lower than
12.5% of the battery voltage when the low-order driver
is activated.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Read and confirm whether DTC B1835 is the current
DTC. If not, clear other DTCs first.
3. Clear DTC B1835.
4. Confirm that the DTC is not reset.
If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic steering column lock

module.
1.0 955
B1836 and B1837

DTC Description
B1836 42 ECU Error - RAM Error (Slave Controller )
B1837 42 ECU Error - ROM Error (Slave Controller )
Subsystem Principle
Electric power steering control module carries out a self-check
B1836 42: Secure data access error confirmed.
B1837 42: Incorrect check value of application program code.

B1836 42: Secure data access error not identified with MIL off.
B1837 42: Correct check value of application program code

with MIL off.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Read and confirm whether DTCs B1836 and B1837 are
the current DTCs. If not, clear other DTCs first.
3. Clear DTCs B1836 and B1837.

module.
Service Guide
"Electronic Steering Column Lock" - "Electronic Steering
1.0 956
B1838
DTC Description
B1838 04 A/D Converter Error
Subsystem Principle
• The voltage at the ground terminal is higher than
(4/1023)Vcc for 50ms.
• Vcc is lower than (1020/1023) for 50ms.
• The voltage at the ground terminal is lower than or equal
to (4/1023)Vcc.
• Vcc is higher than or equal to (1020/1023)Vcc.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Read and confirm whether DTC B1838 is the current
3. Clear DTC B1838.

module.
Service Guide
1.0 957
B1839, B183A and B183B If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic steering column lock
DTC Description module.
B1839 04 ECU Slave Controller Incorrect Enable • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
B183A 04 ECU Slave Controller Is Not Enable
B183B 04 ECU Slave Controller Reset Error
Subsystem Principle to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
B1839 04: Auxiliary controller sets the enable line to more
than 100ms, but the main controller has no response.
B183A 04: Auxiliary controller is unable to reset after the

reset line is activated.
B183B 04: Auxiliary controller is unable to reset after

powered.
B1839 04: Auxiliary controller sets the enable line, but the
main controller has no responses and the MIL is off.
B183A 04: Auxiliary controller resetting is activated after the

reset line with MIL off.
B183B 04: Auxiliary controller is reset after powered with MIL

off.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Read and confirm whether DTCs B1839, B183A and
B183B are the current DTCs. If not, clear other DTCs
first.
3. Clear the DTCs B1839, B183A and B183B.
1.0 958
B183C
DTC Description
B183C 04 ECU System-Basis-Chip Reset Error
Subsystem principle
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position
System basic chip reset line is deactivated within 20ms after
the watchdog trigger is disabled.
System basic chip reset line is activated within 20ms after the
watchdog trigger is disabled, malfunction indicator lamp goes
out.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Read to confirm whether DTC B183C is the current
3. Clear DTC B183C.
4. Confirm that the DTC has not been reset.

module.
Service Guide
1.0 959
B183D, B183E, B183F and B1840 If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic steering column lock
B183D 04 ECU Main Controller Error • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
ECU Main Controller Program Sequence
B183E 04 Column Lock Module".
Error
B183F 04 ECU Slave Controller Error
ECU Slave Controller Program Sequence "Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Unit (ESCL)".
B1840 04
Error
Subsystem Principle
B183D, B183F: CPU validation library reports an error.
B183E: Path flag check failed in the master controller.
B1840: Path flag check failed in the auxiliary controller.

B183D, B183F: CPU validation library has not detected any
error, malfunction indicator lamp goes out.
B183E: Path flag check succeeded in the master controller,

malfunction indicator lamp goes out.
B1840: Path flag check succeeded in the auxiliary controller,

malfunction indicator lamp goes out.
Possible Causes

"ON" position.
2. Read to confirm whether DTC B183D, B183E, B183F
and B1840 are the current DTCs, if not, clear other
DTCs first.
3. Clear DTC B183D, B183E, B183F and B1840.
4. Confirm that the DTC has not been reset.
1.0 960
Electronic steering column lock control module communicates a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
with other control modules via the CAN bus. (Body)". If other module tests are normal, continue
Conditions for Running DTCs the following inspection procedures.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
• 1s after network is waken-up. disconnect harness connector BY086 of electronic
steering column lock module and harness connector
• In the normal network mode.
BY087 of DLC.
• Not in the bus initialization process.
of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
When the controller has the transmission error for certain column lock module and terminals of harness
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus connector BY087 of DLC is less than 5Ω.
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times.
None.
• No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
working cycles. column lock module or terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector BY087 of DLC and the ground is infinite.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal BY086-1 or Terminal BY087-6

• Electronic steering column lock failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
column lock module or terminals of harness
Reference Connector End View Information connector BY087 of DLC and the power supply is
BY086 and BY087 infinite.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY086-1 or Terminal BY087-6

a. Check harness connector BY086 of electronic ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
steering column lock module for looseness, poor and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
visual check. 3. Test/replace the electronic steering column lock module:
1.0 961

test/replace the electronic steering column lock module.
Service Guide
1.0 962
U0100 distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
DTC Description etc.
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
Lost Communication with Engine Control visual check.
U0100 87
Module (ECM) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Subsystem Principle ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
The electronic steering column lock control module
communicates with the engine control module (ECM) via the • Yes → Go to Step 2;
CAN bus. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. (Body)". If other module tests are normal, continue
• 1s after network is waken-up. the following inspection procedures.
• In the normal network mode. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector BY086 of electronic
Conditions for Setting DTCs steering column lock module and harness connector
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from ECM BY190/BY205 of ECM.
cannot be received within given time. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
None. column lock module and terminals of harness
connector BY190/BY205 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY086-1 and BY205-45
consecutive times. • Terminal BY086-4 and BY205-44
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free • Terminal BY086-1 and BY190-1
working cycles. • Terminal BY086-4 and BY190-17
• Related circuit failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
• Electronic steering column lock failure. of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
connector BY190/BY205 of ECM and the ground
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal BY086-1 or Terminal BY190-1
BY086 and BY205/BY190 • Terminal BY086-4 or Terminal BY190-17
e. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
Diagnostic Test Steps voltage between the terminals of harness connector
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: BY086 of electronic steering column lock module
or terminals of harness connector BY190/BY205 of
ECM and the ground is 2~3V.
steering column lock module and harness connector
BY190/BY205 of ECM for looseness, poor contact, • Terminal BY086-1 or Terminal BY205-45
1.0 963


3. Test/replace the electronic steering column lock module

or the ECM:

test/replace the electronic steering column lock module
or the ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
1.0 964
Lost Communication with Stability Control visual check.
U0122 87
System (SCS) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
The electronic steering column lock control module
communicates with the dynamic stability control system (SCS) • Yes → Go to Step 2;
via the CAN bus. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• 1s after network is waken-up.
Conditions for Setting DTCs steering column lock module and harness connector
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from dynamic BY200 of SCS control unit.
stability control system (SCS) cannot be received within given c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
time. of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
Operations of ECU after Failure column lock module and terminals of harness
connector BY200 of SCS control unit is less than 5Ω.
None.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
working cycles. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
• Related circuit failure. connector BY200 of SCS control unit and the
• Connector failure or poor fit. ground is infinite.
• Electronic steering column lock failure. • Terminal BY086-1 or Terminal BY200-26
• SCS control unit failure. • Terminal BY086-4 or Terminal BY200-14
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) e. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
voltage between the terminals of harness connector
BY086 of electronic steering column lock module
BY086 and BY200 or terminals of harness connector BY200 of SCS
control unit and the ground is 2~3V.
a. Check harness connector BY086 of electronic f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
steering column lock module and harness connector ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
BY200 of SCS control unit for looseness, poor and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 965

or the SCS control unit:

or the SCS control unit.
Service Guide
1.0 966
U0140 b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
DTC Description visual check.
Lost Communication with Body Control ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Module (BCM)
The electronic steering column lock communicates with the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
body control module (BCM) via the CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. (Body)". If other module tests are normal, continue
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. the following inspection procedures.
• 1s after network is waken-up. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

• In the normal network mode. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
steering column lock and harness connector BY027
Conditions for Setting DTCs of body control module.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from BCM c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cannot be received within given time. of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
Operations of ECU after Failure column lock and terminals of harness connector
BY027 of body control module is less than 5Ω.
None.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free for open circuit/high resistance.
Possible Causes of harness connector FA024 of electronic steering
column lock or terminals of harness connector
BY027 of body control module and the ground is
• Connector failure or poor fit. infinite.
• Electronic steering column lock failure.
Bus System and DLC (1) ＆ Bus System and DLC (3)
Reference Connector End View Information voltage between terminals of harness connector
FA024 of electronic steering column lock or
BY086 and BY027
terminals of harness connector BY027 of body
Reference Electrical Information control module and the ground is 2~3V.
steering column lock and harness connector BY027 f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
of body control module for looseness, poor contact, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
etc. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1.0 967

or BCM:

or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 968
U0155 b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
DTC Description visual check.
Lost Communication with Instrument Pack ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
(IPK)
The electronic steering column lock communicates with the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
instrument pack (IPK) via the CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. following inspection procedures.
• 1s after network is waken-up. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

• Not in the bus initialization process. steering column lock and harness connector FC006
Conditions for Setting DTCs of instrument pack.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from IPK c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cannot be received within given time. of harness connector BY086 of electronic steering
Operations of ECU after Failure column lock and the terminals of harness connector
FC006 of instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
None.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free
Possible Causes of harness connector FA024 of electronic steering
column lock or terminals of harness connector
FC006 of instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (1) voltage between the terminals of harness connector
Reference Connector End View Information FA024 of electronic steering column lock or
terminals of harness connector FC006 of instrument
BY086 and FC006 pack and the ground is 2~3V.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY086-1 or Terminal FC006-26
a. Check harness connector BY086 of electronic ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
steering column lock and harness connector FC006 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
of instrument pack for looseness, poor contact,
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1.0 969

or the instrument pack;

or the instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 970
U1562 and U1563 distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
visual check.
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Subsystem Principle
The electronic steering column lock monitors the supply
voltage. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Check the power supply fuse F7 of the electronic
Conditions for Setting DTCs steering column lock in the passenger compartment
fuse box for fusing, corrosion or damage.
U1562 17: The power supply voltage is higher than 16±0.1V
for 1s. b. Check if the battery voltage is within the normal
range of 11~14V.
U1563 16: The power supply voltage is lower than 9±0.1V for
1s. c. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and
steering column lock.
None.
d. Measure if the resistance between harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs terminal BY086-6 of electronic steering column lock
U1562 17: The power supply voltage is lower than 15.5±0.1V and the ground is less than 5Ω.
for 1s.
U1563 16: The power supply voltage is higher than 9.5±0.1V for open circuit or high resistance.
for 1s.
e. Measure if the resistance between harness connector
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY086-3 of electronic steering column lock
cycles. and harness connector terminal BY146-14 of the
Possible Causes engine compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuit failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
for high resistance or open circuit.
• Battery failure. f. Measure if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY086-3 of electronic steering column lock
Reference Information engine compartment fuse box and the ground is
Reference Circuit Information infinite.
Vehicle Security System - (3) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit

BY086 and BY146
Reference Electrical Information and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Diagnostic Test Steps • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: 3. Test/replace the electronic steering column lock:
a. Check harness connector BY086 of the electronic If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
steering column lock for looseness, poor contact, test/replace the electronic steering column lock.
1.0 971
Service Guide
1.0 972
U2001, U2002, U2004 and U2010 If the DTC is reset, replace the electronic steering column lock
U2001 42 ECU Error - EEPROM Error
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error Column Lock Module".
U2004 42 ECU Error - ROM Error to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
U2010 00 ECU Error - I2C Communication Error
Subsystem Principle
U2001: Failed decision-making for 3 times or an error
reported by the data memory.
U2002: Incorrect RAM test characteristic curve read from

RAM.
U2004: Incorrect check value of application program code.
U2010: Wrong function code, CRC error or timeout.

• No assisted power.
• EPS MIL turns on.
U2001: Normal decision-making for 3 times or no error
reported by the data memory with MIL off.
U2002: Correct RAM test characteristic curve read from RAM

with MIL off.
U2004: Correct check value of application program code with

MIL off.
U2010: No wrong function code, correct CRC and no timeout

with MIL off.
Possible Causes
Steering column assembly failure.
"ON" position.
2. Read and confirm whether DTCs U2001, U2002, U2004
and U2010 are the current DTCs. If not, clear other
DTCs first.
3. Clear the DTCs U2001, U2002, U2004 and U2010.
1.0 973
DTC Troubleshooting EPS
EPS
DTC List
List
DTC FTB Description EPS Warning Lamp* Failure Level*

C1624 16 Temperature Sensor Signal too Low Yellow II
C1624 17 Temperature Sensor Signal too High Yellow II
C1630 23 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps at Low Level Red Lamp Flashes II
C1630 24 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps at High Level Red Lamp Flashes II
C1630 49 TAS T1/T2/(T1+T2) Signal Duty out of Normal Range Red Lamp Flashes II
C1630 38 TAS T1/T2 Signal Period out of Normal Range Red Lamp Flashes II
Red Lamp Normally
ON When Failure
Occurs, and It
C1631 23 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps at Low Level II
Changes To Yellow
After Repair In The
Current Cycle
Red Lamp Normally
ON When Failure
Occurs, and It
C1631 24 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps at High Level II
Changes To Yellow
After Repair In The
Current Cycle
Red Lamp Normally
ON When Failure
Occurs, and It
C1631 29 Angle Signal Invalid II
Changes To Yellow
After Repair In The
Current Cycle
Red Lamp Normally
ON When Failure
Occurs, and It
C1631 49 TAS P/S Signal Duty out of Normal Range II
Changes To Yellow
After Repair In The
Current Cycle
Red Lamp Normally
ON When Failure
Occurs, and It
C1631 38 TAS P/S Signal Period out of Normal Range II
Changes To Yellow
After Repair In The
Current Cycle
C1640 72 Motor or Its Related Driver Circuit Failure Red Lamp Flashes II
C1640 71 Motor Drive Circuit Diagnostic Failed When ECU Is Initializing Red Lamp Flashes II
C1650 00 Motor Position Sensor Failure Red Lamp Flashes II
C1660 00 ECU Inner Power - Supply Related Circuit Module Failure Red Lamp Flashes II
1.0 974
EPS DTC Troubleshooting
DTC FTB Description EPS Warning Lamp* Failure Level*
C1660 49 ECU Inner Electrical Failure Red Lamp Flashes II
C1660 61 ECU Calculation Failure Red Lamp Flashes II
ECU Don't Perform Steering Angle Offset Calibration and RES
C1666 54 Red Lamp II
Function Calibration.
Double Check Error - Parameters Mismatch Between Main MCU
C1671 62 Red Lamp Flashes II
& Slave MCU
C1672 64 Torque Monitoring Error Red Lamp Flashes II
C1680 00 ECU Over Temperature Failure Yellow II
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off Yellow I
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) Yellow II
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Yellow II
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) None II
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) None IV
U0401 81 Invalid Data Received from Engine Control Module (ECM) Yellow II
U0415 81 Invalid Data Received from Antilock Brake System (ABS) Yellow II
U0415 85 Implausible Data Received from Antilock Brake System (ABS) Yellow II
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Yellow III
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low Yellow III
U2001 42 ECU Error - EEPROM Error Red Lamp Flashes II
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error Red Lamp Flashes II
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error Red Lamp Flashes II
Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module
U0245 87 Red Lamp Flashes II
(FICM)
*Remarks:

1.0 975

C1624 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
16 Temperature Sensor Signal too Low
C1624 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
17 Temperature Sensor Signal too High
The power steering control module can calculate the internal in "ON" position.
system temperature and protect the power steering system b. Read the "ECU Temperature" to check whether it is
from high temperature damage. In order to reduce the high within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
system temperature, the power steering control module will for rational value range).
decrease the directive current flowing to the power steering
motor, that is, reduce the steering power. The power steering • Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering
control module can detect failures of the electric power control module;
steering system (EPS). • No → Go to Step 2.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
• The diagnosis of temperature sensors is activated. control module connector, and inspect the harness and
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any failure
• After the system initialization.
3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
• Battery voltage is greater than 6.5V.
steering control unit.
4. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1624 is
C1624 16: The output of at least one temperature sensor is not set.
less than 0.098V for 960ms.
5. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the steering
C1624 17: The output of at least one temperature sensor is column assembly.
more than 4.97V for 960ms. Service Guide
Operations of ECU after Failure • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
• The assisted or non-assisted torque decreases with "Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
temperature. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• EPS MIL turns on. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs "Electric Power Steering (EPS) Module".
C1624 16:
• Outputs of both temperature sensors are more than

0.098V for 960ms.
40 failure-free ignition cycles.
C1624 17:
• Outputs of both temperature sensors are less than 4.97V

for 960ms.
Possible Causes
Steering column assembly failure.
1.0 976
C1630 Operations of ECU after Failure
DTC Description • No assisted power.
DTC FTB Failure Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs
23 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps at Low Level C1630 23:
24 TAS T1/T2 Signal Keeps at High Level • T1/T2 signal is not in low-order for 24ms.
TAS T1/T2/(T1+T2) Signal Duty out of • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
C1630 49 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Normal Range
TAS T1/T2 Signal Period out of Normal C1630 24:
38
Range • T1/T2 signal is not in high-order for 24ms.
Subsystem Principle • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
The torque angle sensor is integrated in the steering column,
and it has the function of measuring the size and direction of C1630 38:
the torque acting on the steering wheel by the driver, as well • T1/T2 frequency is within the range of [1700, 2300]° for
as the size and direction of the steering wheel angle, which is 24ms.
the control signal of EPS.
Conditions for Running DTCs 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
C1630 23 and 24: C1630 49:
• The quick torque signal diagnosis DTC is activated. • T1/T2 duty cycle is within the range of [6.25, 93.75]% for
• Battery voltage is greater than 6.5V. 24ms.
• Not in the "Hill Descent Control" or "Automatic • (T1+T2) duty cycle is within the range of [-110, 110]%
Start-Stop Control" mode. for 24ms.
C1630 38: Possible Causes
• The quick torque signal diagnosis DTC is valid. Power steering control module failure.
• Not in the "Hill Descent Control" or "Automatic Reference Information
Start-Stop Control" mode.
• The torque cycle diagnosis has no failure.
C1630 49:
• The quick cycle diagnosis of torque signal DTC is valid. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Not in the "Hill Descent Control" or "Automatic
Start-Stop Control" mode. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• Battery voltage is greater than 6.5V. in "ON" position.
• The torque monitoring diagnosis has no failure. b. Read "Cycle Of Torque Sensor Signal 1, Cycle Of
Conditions for Setting DTCs Torque Sensor Signal 2, Duty Cycle Of Torque
Sensor Signal 1, Duty Cycle Of Torque Sensor Signal
C1630 23: T1/T2 signal keeps low-order for 24ms. 2, Cycle Of Angle Sensor Signal 1, Cycle Of Angle
C1630 24: T1/T2 signal keeps high-order for 24ms. Sensor Signal 2, Duty Cycle Of Angle Sensor Signal 1
and Duty Cycle Of Angle Sensor Signal 2" to check
C1630 38: T1/T2 frequency is beyond the range of [1700,
2300]° for 24ms.
C1630 49:
c. Perform the forced output of "Steering Wheel
• T1/T2 duty cycle is beyond the range of [6.25, 93.75]% Torque, Steering Wheel Angle and Warning Lamp
for 24ms. State" and observe the steering wheel torque and
• (T1+T2) duty cycle is beyond the range of [-110, 110]% angle for relevant response or action.
for 24ms.
1.0 977
• Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering

control module;
2. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering

control module connector, and inspect the harness and
connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any failure
not set.
5. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the electric power
steering control module.
Service Guide
1.0 978
C1631 • The frequency/cycle of signal S is beyond the range of
DTC Description [178, 222]° for 24ms.
DTC FTB Failure Description C1631 49: P/S duty cycle is beyond the range of [6.25, 93.75]%
23 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps at Low Level for 24ms.
24 Angle Sensor Signal Keeps at High Level
• Automatic aligning function is invalid.
C1631 29 Angle Signal Invalid
• The red lamp is normally on in case of a fault, and the
49 TAS P/S Signal Duty out of Normal Range
yellow lamp is normally on when the working cycle
38 TAS P/S Signal Period out of Normal Range restores.
Subsystem Principle Conditions for Clearing DTCs
The torque angle sensor is integrated in the steering column, C1631 23:
and it has the function of measuring the size and direction of • P/S signal is not in low-order for 24ms.
the torque acting on the steering wheel by the driver, as well
as the size and direction of the steering wheel angle, which is
the control signal of EPS.
C1631 24:
C1631 23 and 24: • P/S signal is not in high-order for 24ms.
• The quick angle signal diagnosis DTC is activated. • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
C1631 29:
C1631 29:
• The torque angle is within the range of [-580, 580]° for
• The valid value diagnosis of angle signal DTC is activated.
24ms.
• The module awakening and battery voltage is greater than
6.5V during driving.
• The "Quick Angle Signal Diagnosis", "Angle Cycle
C1631 38:
Diagnosis" and "Angle Duty Cycle Diagnosis" DTCs are
not set. • The frequency/cycle of signal P is within the range of [850,
1150]° for 24ms.
C1631 38:
• The frequency/cycle of signal S is within the range of [178,
• The cycle diagnosis of angle signal DTC is valid. 222]° for 24ms.
• Battery voltage is greater than 6.5V. • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
• The "Quick Angle Signal Diagnosis" DTC is not set. 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
C1631 49: C1631 49:
• The angle duty cycle diagnosis DTC is activated. • P/S duty cycle is beyond the range of [6.25, 93.75]% for
• Battery voltage is greater than 6.5V. 24ms.
• The "Quick Angle Signal Diagnosis" and "Angle Cycle • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
Diagnosis" DTCs are not set. 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Possible Causes
C1631 23: P/S signal keeps low-order for 24ms. Power steering control module failure.
C1631 24: P/S signal keeps high-order for 24ms.
C1631 29: The torque angle is beyond the range of [-580, 580]°
for 24ms. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C1631 38: Diagnostic Test Steps

• The frequency/cycle of signal P is beyond the range of 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
[850, 1150]° for 24ms. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
1.0 979

in "ON" position.
b. Read "Cycle Of Torque Sensor Signal 1, Cycle Of

Torque Sensor Signal 2, Duty Cycle Of Torque
Sensor Signal 1, Duty Cycle Of Torque Sensor Signal
2, Cycle Of Angle Sensor Signal 1, Cycle Of Angle
Sensor Signal 2, Duty Cycle Of Angle Sensor Signal 1
and Duty Cycle Of Angle Sensor Signal 2" to check
c. Perform the forced output of "Steering Wheel

Torque and Steering Wheel Angle" and observe
the steering wheel torque and angle for relevant
response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering

control module;

not set.
Service Guide
1.0 980
C1640 • The communication between motor phase lines and the
DTC Description control module is normal for 198ms.
DTC FTB Failure Description • The voltages of motor phase lines are within the normal
range for 24ms.
72 Motor or Its Related Driver Circuit Failure
• Pre-drive is normal for 24ms.
C1640 Motor Drive Circuit Diagnostic Failed
71 • Normal circuits are detected currently.
When ECU Is Initializing
• The two-path current detected and checked are matched
Subsystem Principle for 24ms in the detection cycle of 4.8ms.
The function of the electric power steering motor is to output • The actual current of motor is detected consistent with
an appropriate auxiliary torque according to the instruction of the requirement for 24ms in the detection cycle of 1.2ms.
the ECU, which is the power source of the EPS. • History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after
Conditions for Running DTCs 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
• The motor diagnosis DTC is activated. Possible Causes
• Not in the "Hill Descent Control" or "Automatic Power steering control module failure.
Start-Stop Control" mode. Reference Information
C1640 71:
• Any MOSFET power bridge is
short-circuited/open-circuited. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• Any motor phase line or protective MOSFET keeps with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
open-circuited. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
• The voltage on the SCDL pin is beyond the normal range. in "ON" position.
C1640 72: b. Read the "Motor-driven Current" to check whether

• The communication of one or more motor phase lines it is within the rational value range (refer to the
with the control module is lost for 198ms. Appendix for rational value range).
• The voltages of one or more motor phase lines are • Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering
beyond the normal range for 24ms. control module;
• Pre-drive error lasts for 24ms. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Any circuit failure is detected currently. 2. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
• The two-path current detected and checked are control module connector, and inspect the harness and
mismatched for 24ms in the detection cycle of 4.8ms. connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any failure
• The actual current of motor is detected inconsistent with found in visual check.
the requirement for 24ms in the detection cycle of 1.2ms. 3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
Operations of ECU after Failure steering control unit.
• No assisted power. 4. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1640 is
not set.
C1640 71: Service Guide
• MOSFET is normal.
• 3 motor phase lines work normally. "Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
• The voltage on the SCDL pin is within the normal range. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• History DTCs will be cleared and the MIL will be off after to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
40 failure-free ignition cycles. "Electric Power Steering (EPS) Module".
C1640 72:
1.0 981
C1650 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer

C1650 00 Motor Position Sensor Failure
Subsystem Principle
The function of the electric power steering motor is to output
an appropriate auxiliary torque according to the instruction of
the ECU, which is the power source of the EPS.
• Not in the "Hill Descent Control" or "Automatic
Start-Stop Control" mode.
• The system initialization is completed.
RDC chip reports any failure for 24ms.
• EPS MIL flashes.
• RDC chip reports no failure for 24ms.
Possible Causes
Power steering control module failure.

not set.
Service Guide
"Steering System" - "Steering Column Assembly".
1.0 982
C1660, U2001, U2002 and U2005 Conditions for Setting DTCs
DTC Description C1660 00:
DTC FTB Failure Description • The sensor supply voltage is beyond the range of [4.5,
ECU Inner Power - Supply Related Circuit 5.5]V for 24ms.
00
Module Failure • When detected at the interval of 4.8ms, the auxiliary
C1660 ECU supply voltage is beyond the range of [4.5, 5.5]V
49 ECU Inner Electrical Failure
for 24ms.
61 ECU Calculation Failure
• When detected at the interval of 4.8ms, the main ECU
U2001 42 ECU Error - EEPROM Error supply voltage is beyond the range of [4.5, 5.5]V for 24ms.
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error C1660 49:
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error • SPI communication fails for 24ms.
Subsystem Principle • The main ECU runs abnormally in the last running cycle.
The electric power steering control module can detect • The auxiliary ECU runs abnormally in the current
failures of the electric power steering system (EPS). When running cycle for 24ms.
failure of the EPS is detected, the steering warning lamp on • The check of one or more than one oscillators of the
the instrument will illuminate. The electric power steering three fails within 50ms.
control module carries out a self-check for internal failures, C1660 61: The computation result
not involving external circuits. (addition/subtraction/multiplication/division) is mismatched
Conditions for Running DTCs with the stored value.
C1660 00: U2001 42:
• Not in the "Hill Descent Control" or "Automatic • Data read is mismatched with data written.
Start-Stop Control" mode. • The computation value of CRC "Freeze Frame" data is
• The module awakening and battery voltage is greater than mismatched with the stored value.
6.5V during driving. • The computation value of CRC "Dead Terminal" data is
C1660 49: The module awakening and battery voltage is mismatched with the stored value.
greater than 6.5V during driving. U2002 42:
C1660 61: • Data read is mismatched with data written.
• The diagnosis of MCU arithmetic logical unit (ALU) is • Stack overflow happens to users.
valid. • Stack overflow happens to systems.
U2005 41: The checksum results of one or more than one
data codes are mismatched with the stored values.
U2001 42:
• ECU EEPROMThe diagnosis is valid.
C1660, U2002 and U2005:
U2001:
U2002 42:
• Power is kept normal, but EEPROM data is untrusted.
• ECU RAMThe diagnosis is valid.
6.5V during driving. Conditions for Clearing DTCs
U2005 41: C1660 00:
• ECUThe flash memory check and diagnosis are valid. • The sensor supply voltage is within the range of [4.5,
5.5]V for 24ms.
1.0 983
• When detected at the interval of 4.8ms, the auxiliary • The checksum results of all data codes are matched with
ECU supply voltage is within the range of [4.5, 5.5]V for the stored values.
24ms. • If the failure reoccurs within 3 ignition cycles, DTCs will
• When detected at the interval of 4.8ms, the main ECU be locked and shall be cleared with the scan tool.
supply voltage is within the range of [4.5, 5.5]V for 24ms. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
• If the failure reoccurs within 3 ignition cycles, DTCs will cycles.
be locked and shall be cleared with the scan tool. Possible Causes
cycles.
C1660 49:
• SPI communication is normal for 24ms.
• The main ECU runs normally in the last running cycle.
• The auxiliary ECU runs normally in the current running Diagnostic Test Steps
cycle for 24ms. 1. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
• The check of 3 oscillators all succeeds within 50ms. control module connector, and inspect the harness and
• If the failure reoccurs within 3 ignition cycles, DTCs will connector for wear and corrosion. Readjust if any failure
be locked and shall be cleared with the scan tool. found in visual check.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition 2. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
cycles. steering control unit.
3. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTCs C1660,
C1660 61:
U2001, U2002 and U2005 are not set.
• The computation result
(addition/subtraction/multiplication/division) is
matched with the stored value.
Service Guide
• If the failure reoccurs within 3 ignition cycles, DTCs will
be locked and shall be cleared with the scan tool. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition "Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
cycles. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
U2001 42:
• Data read is matched with data written.
• "Freeze Frame" data CRC is consistent with the stored
value.
• "Dead Terminal" data CRC is consistent with the stored
data.
be locked and shall be cleared with the scan tool.
cycles.
U2002 42:
• Data read is matched with data written.
• User stack is lower than the alarm limit.
• System stack is lower than the alarm limit.
cycles.
U2005 41:
1.0 984
C1666 • Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering
DTC Description control module;
DTC FTB Failure Description • No → Go to Step 2.
ECU Don't Perform Steering Angle Offset 2. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
C1666 54
Calibration and RES Function Calibration. control module connector, and inspect the harness and
Subsystem Principle
The torque sensor is integrated in the steering column, and
it has the function of measuring the size and direction of the
torque acting on the steering wheel by the driver, as well as
the size and direction of the steering wheel angle, which is the
not set.
control signal of EPS. If the steering angle deviates from the
calibration and the calibration of end protection function is not 5. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the electric power
performed, the normal use of electric power steering system steering control module.
(EPS) will be affected. Service Guide
Conditions for Running DTCs • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
The module awakening and battery voltage is greater than 6.5V "Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
during driving. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Conditions for Setting DTCs to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Both zero calibration and end protection calibration are not
completed.
• There is no automatic correction function or end
protection function, or both the functions are invalid.
• Both zero calibration and end protection calibration are
completed.
cycles.
Possible Causes

in "ON" position.
b. Read "Left End Protection Learning Values of the

Steering Wheel, Right End Protection Learning Values
of the Steering Wheel and End Protection Calibration
State" to check whether they are within the rational
range).
1.0 985
C1671 • Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering

DTC Description control module;
Double Check Error - Parameters Mismatch 2. Inspect the mounting position of electric power steering
C1671 62
Between Main MCU & Slave MCU control module connector, and inspect the harness and
Subsystem Principle
The power steering control module can detect failures of the
electric power steering system (EPS). When any failure of the
EPS is detected, the steering warning lamp on the instrument
turns on. The electric power steering control module carries
not set.
out a self-check for internal failures, not involving external
circuits. 5. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the electric power
Service Guide
• The diagnosis of motor extension is activated.
• The twin check error terminals of motor position lasts "Electric Power Steering (EPS) Module".
for 24ms.
• The twin check error terminals of reference voltage lasts
for 24ms.
• No failure in the twin check of motor position is detected
for 24ms.
• No failure in the twin check error terminals of reference
voltage is detected for 24ms.
cycles.
Possible Causes


in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Auxiliary MCU Voltage" to check whether

1.0 986
C1672 Service Guide
DTC FTB Failure Description "Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
C1672 64 Torque Monitoring Error • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Subsystem Principle "Electric Power Steering (EPS) Module".
The power steering control module can detect failures of the
electric power steering system (EPS). When any failure of the
EPS is detected, the steering warning lamp on the instrument
turns on. The electric power steering control module carries
out a self-check for internal failures, not involving external
circuits.
• The diagnosis of motor extension is activated.
Outputs of the torque control module are mismatched for
24ms.
• Outputs of the torque control module are matched for
24ms.
cycles.
Possible Causes

not set.
1.0 987
C1680 b. Read the "ECU Temperature" to check whether it is

DTC Description within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
C1680 00 ECU Over Temperature Failure • Yes → Test/replace the electric power steering
control module;
Subsystem Principle
The power steering control module can calculate the internal
system temperature and protect the power steering system
from high temperature damage. In order to reduce the high
system temperature, the power steering control module will
decrease the directive current flowing to the power steering
motor, that is, reduce the steering power. The power steering 3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the electric power
control module can detect failures of the electric power steering control unit.
steering system (EPS). When any failure of the EPS is detected, 4. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTC C1680 is
the EPS warning lamp on the instrument turns on. not set.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. If the DTC is reset, test/replace the electric power
• The diagnosis of over-temperature warning is activated.
Service Guide
• The system initialization is completed. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
6.5V during driving. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• The temperature sensor has no failure.
The temperature output by the internal temperature sensor is
higher than 100℃ for 960ms.
• The assisted or non-assisted torque decreases with
temperature.
• EPS MIL turns on.
• The temperature output by the internal temperature
sensor is lower than 95℃ for over 960ms.
cycles.
Possible Causes


in "ON" position.
1.0 988
The electric power steering control module communicates • No → Diagnosis is completed.
with other control modules via the CAN bus.
• The diagnosis of CAN bus off is activated.
• Global monitoring is valid. following inspection procedures.
b. Put the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
When the controller has the transmission error for certain disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus connector FC005 of electric power steering control
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. module.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Automatic aligning function is invalid. connector FC005 of electric power steering control
module and terminals of harness connector BY087 of
• Set the vehicle speed signal input to ECU as 100km/h,
DLC is less than 5Ω:
and the power of this moment is equal to the power at
the vehicle speed of 100km/h. • Terminal FC005-7 and Terminal BY087-14
• The electric power steering system (EPS) MIL turns on. • Terminal FC005-8 and Terminal BY087-6
• No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
cycles. connector FC005 of electric power steering control
Possible Causes
DLC and the ground is infinite:
• Power steering control module failure.
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Reference Connector End View Information between terminals of harness connector FC005 of
electric power steering control module or terminals
BY087 and FC005 of harness connector BY087 of DLC and the ground
Reference Electrical Information is between 2~3V:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal BY087-14

a. Check harness connector FC005 of electric power f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
steering control module for looseness, poor contact, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
etc.
1.0 989
3. Test/replace the electric power steering control module.

test/replace the electric power steering control module.
Service Guide
1.0 990
U0100 and U0401 distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
U0100 87 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Module (ECM)
Invalid Data Received from Engine Control
Module (ECM)
Subsystem Principle
The electric power steering control module communicates
with the engine control module (ECM) via the CAN bus.
• The diagnosis of CAN bus off is activated.
• Global monitoring is valid.
• The "CAN Bus Lost" failure is not set. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector FC005 of electric power steering
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from ECM module and harness connector BY205/BY190 of
cannot be received within given time. ECM.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FC005 of electric power steering
If there is an engine data frame with speed signal above 400rpm,
control module and terminals of harness connector
power will be applied. Otherwise, there is no power.
BY205/BY190 of ECM is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal FC005-7 and Terminal BY205-44
consecutive times.
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Possible Causes
d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FC005 of electric power steering
• Power steering control module failure. control module or terminals of harness connector
Reference Information BY205/BY190 of ECM and the ground is infinite:
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal BY205-44
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3) • Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal BY205-45
FC005 and BY205/BY190
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Diagnostic Test Steps between terminals of harness connector FC005 of
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: electric power steering control module or terminals
of harness connector BY205/BY190 of ECM and the
a. Check harness connector FC005 of electric power
ground is 2~3V:
steering control module and harness connector
BY205/BY190 of ECM for looseness, poor contact, • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal BY205-44
1.0 991


3. Test/replace the electric power steering control module

or ECM.

test/replace the electric power steering control module
or the ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
1.0 992
U0121 and U0415 U0415 81:
DTC Description • The valid vehicle speed signal is received for 1s.
DTC FTB Failure Description • DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake U0415 85:
U0121 87
System (ABS) • The vehicle speed signal in the normal range is received
Invalid Data Received from Antilock Brake for 1s.
81
System (ABS) • DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles.
U0415
Implausible Data Received from Antilock Possible Causes
85
Brake System (ABS)
Subsystem Principle • Connector failure or poor fit.
Electric power steering control module communicates with • SCS control unit failure.
ABS/SCS control module via the CAN bus. • Power steering control module failure.
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Information
U0121: Reference Circuit Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3)
U0415 81:
FC005 and BY200
• The failures of "CAN Bus Off" and "ABS Frame Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Timeout" are not set. Diagnostic Test Steps
U0415 85: 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s.
• Global monitoring is valid. steering control module and harness connector
• The failures of "CAN Bus Off", "ABS Frame Timeout", BY200 of SCS control unit for looseness, poor
and "Valid Vehicle Speed" are not set. contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
Conditions for Setting DTCs deformation, etc.
U0121: The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
from dynamic stability control system (SCS) cannot be received found in visual check.
within given time. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
U0415 81: Invalid data is received from the dynamic stability ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
control system (SCS) control unit. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
U0415 85: Overrun data is received from the dynamic stability • Yes → Go to Step 2;
control system (SCS) control unit. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Electric power steering control module MIL turns on.
• Set the vehicle speed signal input to ECU as 100km/h,
and the power of this moment is equal to the power at
the vehicle speed of 100km/h.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
U0121:
harness connector FC005 of electric power steering
• Information from ABS system is received for 1s. module and harness connector BY200 of SCS control
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. unit.
1.0 993
c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

connector FC005 of electric power steering control
SCS control unit is less than 5Ω:
SCS control unit and the ground is infinite:
between terminals of harness connector FC005 of
electric power steering control module or terminals
of harness connector BY200 of SCS control unit and
the ground is 2~3V:
Service Guide
1.0 994
Module (BCM)
Subsystem Principle
with the body control module (BCM) via the CAN bus.
• BCMFrame timeout is activated.
• The ignition switch is in "ON" position for 1s.
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector FC005 of electric power steering
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from BCM module and harness connector BY027 of BCM.
cannot be received within given time. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Operations of ECU after Failure connector FC005 of electric power steering control
• Keep normal power.
BCM is less than 5Ω:
• EPSMIL comes on.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. module or terminals of harness connector BY027 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. BCM and the ground is infinite:
• BCM failure. • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal BY027-52
• Electric power steering module failure. • Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal BY027-51
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
FC005 and BY027 electric power steering control module or terminals
of harness connector BY027 of BCM and the ground
is 2~3V:
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal BY027-51
a. Check harness connector FC005 of electric power for short to battery.
steering control module and harness connector f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
BY027 of BCM for looseness, poor contact, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
etc.
1.0 995

or BCM.

or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 996
U0155 87
Subsystem Principle
with the instrument pack (IPK) via the CAN bus. If other module tests are normal, continue the
• Global monitoring is valid. harness connector FC005 of electric power steering
Conditions for Setting DTCs module and harness connector FC006 of IPK.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from IPK c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
cannot be received within given time. connector FC005 of electric power steering control
Operations of ECU after Failure module and terminals of harness connector FC006 of
IPK is less than 5Ω:
Keep normal power.
• Terminal FC005-7 and Terminal FC006-27
Possible Causes d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Related circuit failure. module or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. IPK and the ground is infinite:
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal FC006-27
• Electric power steering module failure. • Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal FC006-26
Bus System and DLC (1) e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
FC006 and FC005 electric power steering control module or terminals
of harness connector FC006 of IPK and the ground
is 2~3V:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal FC006-27
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal FC006-26
steering control module and harness connector f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
FC006 of IPK for looseness, poor contact, distortion, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. and confirm if there remains any DTC.

or the IPK.
1.0 997

or the IPK.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 998
Infotainment Control Module (FICM)
The electric power steering module communicates with the b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
infotainment control module (FICM) via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Disconnect harness connector FC005 of electric
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. power steering module and harness connector
BY215 of entertainment system control module.
connector FC005 of electric power steering module
infotainment control module (FICM) cannot be received
and terminals of harness connector BY215 of
within the given time.
entertainment system control module is less than
Conditions for Clearing DTCs 5Ω.
• Terminal FC005-8 and Terminal BY215-D6
consecutive times within 5s.
• Related circuit failure. e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

• Connector failure or poor fit. connector FC005 of electric power steering
module or terminals of harness connector BY215
• Electric power steering module failure.
• Entertainment system control module failure. ground is infinite.
• Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal BY215-D6
FC005 and BY215
f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Reference Electrical Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection between terminals of harness connector FC005
of electric power steering module or terminals of
Diagnostic Test Steps harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: control module and the ground is 2~3V.
a. Check harness connector FC005 of electric power • Terminal FC005-8 or Terminal BY215-D6
steering module and harness connector BY215 of • Terminal FC005-7 or Terminal BY215-D12
entertainment system control module for looseness,
deformation, etc.
1.0 999
3. Test/replace the electric power steering module or the

entertainment system control module:

test/replace the electric power steering module or the
Service Guide
1.0 1000
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY001 of electric power
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High steering control module for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
Subsystem Principle
The electric power steering system (EPS) control module found in visual check.
monitors power voltage. If the monitored voltage is
excessively high or low, the control module will send an alarm
message to the EPS malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) via the
high-speed network architecture CAN with the EPS MIL on.
• Battery voltage is greater than 7V. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
U1562: Battery voltage is greater than 16.5V, which lasts for
480ms. b. Check if Fuse FL2 is blown.
U1563: Battery voltage is less than 8.5V, which lasts for 480ms. c. Disconnect harness connector BY001 of the electric
power steering module.
• The assisted power is gradually degraded to zero.
terminal BY001-2 of electric power steering module
• EPSMILs come on. and the ground is less than 5Ω.
U1562: for open circuit/high resistance.
• Battery voltage is less than 16V, which lasts for 480ms. e. Connect the battery negative cable, and test whether
• DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition cycles. the voltage between harness connector terminal
BY001-1 of electric power steering module and the
U1563:
• Battery voltage is greater than 9V, which lasts for 480ms.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY001-1 of electric power steering module
• Connector failure or poor fit. and BY142-1 of engine compartment fuse box and
• Battery failure. the ground is 5Ω.
• Electric power steering module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information g. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY001-1 of electric power steering control
Electric Power Steering System
unit or BY142-1 of engine compartment fuse box
Reference Connector End View Information and the ground is infinite.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminal BY001-1 of electric power steering module
or BY142-1 of engine compartment fuse box and the
1.0 1001


3. Test/replace the electric power steering control module.

test/replace the electric power steering control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1002
SCS DTC Troubleshooting
SCS
DTC List
List
EBD ABS TCS VDC Failure

DTC FTB Description
Lamp Lamp Lamp Lamp Level*
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2 (SCS Only) ON ON ON ON I
C0010 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL ON ON ON ON I
C0011 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL ON ON ON ON I
C0014 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR ON ON ON ON I
C0015 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR ON ON ON ON I
C0018 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL ON ON ON ON I
C0019 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL ON ON ON ON I
C001c 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR ON ON ON ON I
C001d 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR ON ON ON ON I
Antilock Brake System (ABS)/ Stability
C0020 71 ON ON ON ON I
Control System (SCS) Pump Motor Stuck
C0031 02 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
C0031 11 OFF ON ON ON I
Ground
Ubatt
Ground or Open Circuit
C0034 02 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
Ground
Ubatt
C0037 02 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
Ground
Ubatt
C003a 02 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures OFF ON ON ON I
RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
C003A 11 OFF ON ON ON I
Ground
1.0 1003
DTC Troubleshooting SCS

DTC FTB Description
C003B 12 OFF ON ON ON I
Ubatt
C003B 13 OFF ON ON ON I
C0040 64 Brake Light Switch Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
C0047 08 Vacuum Sensor Fault OFF OFF OFF OFF I
C0049 7B Brake Fluid Level Low OFF OFF OFF OFF I
C0051 54 Steering Angle Sensor Calibration Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
C0051 28 Steering Angle Sensor Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
C0062 29 Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault OFF OFF ON ON I
Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Stability Control
C006b 06 ON ON ON ON II
System (SCS) Implausible Control
C1104 04 Wheel Speed Sensor General Failure ON ON ON ON I
C1105 04 Valve Relay Failure ON ON ON ON I
C1106 04 Valve General Failure ON ON ON ON I
Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Missing
C1107 54 OFF OFF ON ON I
Calibration
C1107 04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure OFF OFF ON ON I
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Implausible OFF OFF OFF OFF I
C1112 00 Variant Coding Error OFF OFF ON ON II
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off OFF OFF ON ON II
U0100 87 OFF OFF ON ON II
Module (ECM)
Sensor Module (SAS)
U0140 87 OFF OFF OFF OFF II
Module (BCM)
Module (BCM)
(IPK)
Module (ECM)
Invalid Data Received from Transmission
Invalid Data Received from Body Control
Module (BCM)
1.0 1004
DTC FTB Description
Invalid Data Received from Instrument Panel
Cluster Control Module (IPK)
Invalid Data Received from Steering Angle
Sensor (SAS) Module
Module (BCM)
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High OFF ON ON ON I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low ON ON ON ON I
U2000 04 ECU Error-Hardware Error ON ON ON ON I
U2003 04 ECU Error-Software Error ON ON ON ON II
*Remarks:
• Failure level description:
– Ⅰ: Stop the vehicle immediately for repair
– Ⅱ: Carefully drive to 4S store for repair
– Ⅲ: Repair as soon as possible
– Ⅳ: No need to repair or repair during maintenance
ABS
• ABS malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the
confirmation state during the running.
• Brake system malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current
or in the confirmation state during the running.
• SCS malfunction indicator lamp indicates that the control module detects this DTC is current or in the
confirmation state during the running.
1.0 1005

C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
C0001 13 Valve Fault, USV1 (SCS Only)
C0002 13 Valve Fault, USV2 (SCS Only)
2. Check if the brake oil is too dirty or if the oil contains
C0003 13 Valve Fault, HSV1 (SCS Only) bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
C0004 13 Valve Fault, HSV2 (SCS Only) replace brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0001, C0002, C0003
Subsystem Principle
and C0004.
The module realizes the body dynamic stability control
functions including the anti-lock braking, the braking force
DTCs C0001, C0002, C0003 and C0004 are not set.
distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by controlling
the opening and closing of valves. 5. If the DTCs are reset, it may be necessary to open
the cover for repair and seek for technical support of
professional personnel.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Service Guide
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
• The internal ASIC driven valve recorder fails to meet "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
circuit pick-up during the test of valve pick-up recorder. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• A short or solenoid coil fault happens between valves. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• The resistance of left front inlet and outlet valves exceeds "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
the range (it is excessively large or small).
• Any fault in left front inlet and outlet valves is determined
according to the feedback of the valve actuator.
• Any fault in left front inlet and outlet valves is determined
according to the Qx feedback of the ASIC valve actuator.
• Any PWM error in left front inlet and outlet valves is
detected.
• Any current leakage in left front inlet and outlet valves is
detected through the low-resistance side circuit.
• Any fault in freely rotating parts of left front inlet and
outlet valves is detected.
• EBD-ABS-TCS-VDC MIL turns on.
• EBD-ABS-TCS-VDC system stops working.
• DTCs are not reset, and they will be cleared and the MIL
will be off after the next ignition cycle.
cycles.
Possible Causes
ABS/SCS control module failure.
1.0 1006
C0010 and C0011 • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
DTC Description cycles.
C0010 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FL Dynamic stability control system failure.
C0011 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FL Reference Information

Subsystem Principle
The inlet valve and outlet valve are inside the dynamic stability
control module. The module realizes body dynamic stability Diagnostic Test Steps
control functions including the anti-lock braking, the braking
force distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by
controlling opening and closing of the valves.
bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
replace brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
The ignition switch is at ON position. 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0010 and C0011.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
C0010: DTCs C0010 and C0011 are not set.
• The internal valve recorder is inconsistent with the 5. If the DTCs are reset, it may be necessary to open
current action. the cover for repair and seek for technical support of
• The valve has internal short-circuit or coil failure.
Service Guide
• The valve resistance exceeds the threshold.
• SPI feeds back the valve driver integrated circuit failure. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the gating
value of the valve driver integrated circuit. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the PWM
driver.
• Any leakage current is detected on the low-resistance
end.
C0011:
• The internal valve recorder is inconsistent with the
current action.
• SPI feeds back the valve driver integrated circuit failure.
value of the valve driver integrated circuit.
driver.
end.
• EBD-ABS MIL turns on.
• EBD-ABS system stops working.
1.0 1007
C0014 and C0015 Conditions for Clearing DTCs

DTC Description • DTCs are not reset, and they will be cleared and the MIL
DTC FTB Failure Description will be off after the next ignition cycle.
C0014 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve FR • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
C0015 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve FR
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
SCS control module failure.
control module. The module realizes body dynamic stability
control functions including the anti-lock braking, the braking Reference Electrical Information
force distribution and the acceleration slip regulation by Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
The ignition switch is at ON position.
Conditions for Setting DTCs bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
C0014: replace brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
• The internal valve recorder is inconsistent with the 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0014 and C0015.
current action. 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• The valve has internal short-circuit or coil failure. DTCs C0014 and C0015 are not set.
• The valve resistance exceeds the threshold. 5. If the DTCs are reset, it may be necessary to open
• SPI feeds back the valve driver integrated circuit failure. the cover for repair and seek for technical support of
value of the valve driver integrated circuit. Service Guide
• Software and hardware are mismatched for the PWM • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
driver. "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
• Any leakage current is detected on the low-resistance • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
end. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• Any failure of freely rotating parts is detected. "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
C0015:
current action.
driver.
end.
1.0 1008
C0018 and C0019 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
C0018 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RL • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
C0019 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RL
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
SCS control module failure.
C0018: replace brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
• The internal valve recorder is inconsistent with the 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C0018 and C0019.
• The valve has internal short-circuit or coil failure. DTCs C0018 and C0019 are not set.
C0019:
current action.
driver.
end.
1.0 1009
C001C and C001D Conditions for Clearing DTCs

C001C 01 Valve Fault, Inlet Valve RR • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
C001D 01 Valve Fault, Outlet Valve RR
Possible Causes
Subsystem Principle
Dynamic stability control system failure.
C001C: replace brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
• The internal valve recorder is inconsistent with the 3. Use the scan tool to clear DTCs C001C and C001D.
• The valve has internal short-circuit or coil failure. DTCs C001C and C001D are not set.
C001D:
current action.
driver.
end.
1.0 1010
C0020 2. Check if the brake oil is too dirty or if the oil contains
DTC Description bubbles or moisture. If any of above situations occur,
replace brake system fluid and bleed air in the system.
3. Use the scan tool to clear DTC C0020.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)/ Stability
C0020 71 4. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
Control System (SCS) Pump Motor Stuck
DTC 0020 is not set.
Subsystem Principle 5. If the DTCs are reset, it may be necessary to open
ABS pump motor is a component of brake pressure regulating the cover for repair and seek for technical support of
valve assembly, meanwhile ABS pump motor relay and dynamic professional personnel.
stability control system (SCS) are integrated as a whole. When Service Guide
the system is in normal condition, the ABS pump motor relay
does not engage. When ABS, traction control or stability
control system is required to run, dynamic stability control
system activates ABS pump motor relay and turns on ABS • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
pump motor. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• EEPROM capacity or data is unavailable.
• Pump motor short failure is detected.
• Pump motor overload failure is detected.
• RFP end-of-monitoring fails and the voltage is excessively
high.
• The pump motor door test fails.
• The RFP pump motor test fails without alternator voltage
detected.
• The reflux pump motor voltage is excessively high.
• Overload leads to degradation of the reflux pump.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Dynamic stability control system failure.

1.0 1011
C0031 and C0032 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Dynamic Stability Control System
02 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures Reference Connector End View Information
C0031 LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 BY200 and BY003
Ground
LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Reference Electrical Information
12
Ubatt Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
C0032
LHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Diagnostic Test Steps
13
The wheel speed sensors are active sensors (i.e. they receive a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
the power supply from the ABS regulator), and they transmit in "ON" position.
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are b. Read the "Left Front Wheel Speed" to check whether
mounted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension it is within the rational value range (refer to the
trailing arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device Appendix for rational value range).
of each relevant wheel bearing.
• Yes → Test/replace the dynamic stability control
Conditions for Running DTCs module.
C0031 02: a. Check harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
• Wheel speed sensor type error. control module and harness connector BY003
• Wheel speed sensor noise. of left front wheel speed sensor for looseness,
• Signal interference.
deformation, etc.
• Signal frequency is excessively high and untrusted.
• Wheel speed sensor circuit failure.
C0031 11: Wheel speed sensor short to ground. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
C0032 12: Wheel speed sensor short to battery. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
C0032 13: Wheel speed sensor short to ground or open
circuit. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• ABS MIL turns on. 3. Test related circuits:
• ABS function is invalid. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
connector BY003 of left front wheel speed sensor.
b. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
switch in "ON" position, and test whether the voltage
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition between terminal 2 of harness connector BY003 of
cycles. the left front wheel speed sensor and the ground is
Possible Causes the battery voltage.
• Related circuit failure. c. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Connector failure or poor fit. for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
• Left front wheel speed sensor failure. d. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Dynamic stability control module failure. disconnect battery negative cable and harness
connector BY200 of dynamic stability control system.
1.0 1012
e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
connector BY003 of left front wheel speed sensor test/replace the ABS/SCS control module or left front
and terminals of harness connector BY200 of wheel speed sensor.
dynamic stability control system is less than 5Ω: Service Guide
• Terminal BY200-19 and Terminal BY003-2 • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
• Terminal BY200-8 and Terminal BY003-1 "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
for open circuit/high resistance. "Brake Module" - "Front Wheel Speed Sensor".
f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
connector BY003 of left front wheel speed sensor to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
or terminals of harness connector BY200 of dynamic "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
stability control system and the power supply is
infinite:
g. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY003 of left front wheel speed sensor
stability control system and the ground is infinite:
4. Test/replace the left front wheel speed sensor or
ABS/SCS control module.
Test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive to polarity. If
polarities are reversed in test, it may permanently damage
wheel speed sensor.
connector BY003 of left front wheel speed sensor.
b. Fit a jumper wire with 3A fuse between signal circuit
terminal 1 and 12V voltage.
c. Connect a multimeter between terminal 2 of the
low level reference voltage circuit and the ground,
so as to read the DC amperage.
d. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage
varies between 7～14mA.
1.0 1013

02 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures Reference Connector End View Information
C0034 RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 BY200 and BY014
Ground
RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Reference Electrical Information
12
C0035
RHF Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Diagnostic Test Steps
13
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are b. Read the "Right Front Wheel Speed" to check
mounted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
trailing arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device the Appendix for rational value range).
C0034 02: a. Check harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS
• Wheel speed sensor type error. control module and harness connector BY014
• Wheel speed sensor noise. of right front wheel speed sensor for looseness,
deformation, etc.
• ABS system stops working. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
connector BY014 of right front wheel speed sensor.
cycles. the right front wheel speed sensor and the ground is
Possible Causes battery voltage.
• Dynamic stability control module failure. c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Right front wheel speed sensor failure. disconnect battery negative cable and harness
1.0 1014
d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
connector BY014 of right front wheel speed sensor test/replace the ABS/SCS control module or right front
dynamic stability control system is less than 5Ω: Service Guide
for open circuit/high resistance. "Brake Module" - "Front Wheel Speed Sensor".
e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
connector BY014 of right front wheel speed sensor to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
infinite:
f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector BY014 of right front wheel speed sensor
After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the right front wheel speed sensor or
wheel speed sensor.
connector BY014 of right front wheel speed sensor.
1.0 1015

02 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures Reference Connector End View Information
C0037 LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to
11 BY200 and BY052
Ground
LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Reference Electrical Information
12
C0038
LHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Diagnostic Test Steps
13
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are b. Read the "Left Rear Wheel Speed" to check whether
mounted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension it is within the rational value range (refer to the
trailing arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device Appendix for rational value range).
C0037 02: a. Check harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
• Wheel speed sensor type error. control module and harness connector BY052 of left
• Wheel speed sensor noise. rear wheel speed sensor for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
• ABS system stops working. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
connector BY052 of left rear wheel speed sensor.
cycles. the left rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is
Possible Causes battery voltage.
• Left rear wheel speed sensor failure. c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Dynamic stability control module failure. disconnect battery negative cable and harness
1.0 1016
connector BY052 of left rear wheel speed sensor and test/replace the ABS/SCS control module or left rear
terminals of harness connector BY200 of dynamic wheel speed sensor.
stability control system is less than 5Ω: Service Guide
for open circuit/high resistance. "Brake Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
connector BY052 of left rear wheel speed sensor or to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
terminals of harness connector BY200 of dynamic "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
infinite:
connector BY052 of left rear wheel speed sensor or
terminals of harness connector BY200 of dynamic
4. Test/replace the left rear wheel speed sensor or ABS/SCS
control module.
wheel speed sensor.
connector BY052 of left rear wheel speed sensor.
1.0 1017
C003A and C003B • Dynamic stability control system failure.

02 RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Multiple Failures Dynamic Stability Control System
C003A RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Reference Connector End View Information
11
Ground
BY200 and BY044
12
Ubatt Reference Electrical Information
C003B
RHR Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Short to Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
13
The wheel speed sensors are active sensors (i.e. they receive with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
the power supply from the ABS regulator), and they transmit a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are in "ON" position.
mounted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension
b. Read the "Right Rear Wheel Speed" to check
trailing arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device
Communication is normal.
module.
C003A 02:
• Wheel speed sensor type error.
a. Check harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
• Wheel speed sensor noise.
control module and harness connector BY044
• Signal interference. of right rear wheel speed sensor for looseness,
• Signal frequency is excessively high and untrusted. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
• Wheel speed sensor circuit failure. deformation, etc.
C003A 11: Wheel speed sensor short to ground. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
C003B 12: Wheel speed sensor short to battery.
C003B 13: Wheel speed sensor short to ground or open ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
circuit. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• ABS MIL turns on.
• ABS system stops working.
harness connector BY044 of the right rear wheel
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition speed sensor.
cycles.
Possible Causes switch in "ON" position, and test whether the voltage
• Related circuit failure. between terminal 2 of harness connector BY044 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. the right rear wheel speed sensor and the ground is
battery voltage.
• Right rear wheel speed sensor failure.
1.0 1018
c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and d. Connect the battery negative cable, raise the vehicle,
disconnect battery negative cable and harness rotate the wheel slowly, and test if DC amperage
connector BY200 of dynamic stability control system. varies between 7~14mA.
connector BY044 of right rear wheel speed sensor test/replace the ABS/SCS control module or right rear
dynamic stability control system is less than 5Ω:
Service Guide
for open circuit/high resistance. "Brake Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
connector BY044 of right rear wheel speed sensor to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
infinite:
connector BY044 of right rear wheel speed sensor
4. Test/replace the right rear wheel speed sensor or
wheel speed sensor.
connector BY044 of the right rear wheel speed
sensor.
1.0 1019
C0040 • Yes → Test/replace the dynamic stability control

C0040 64 Brake Light Switch Fault 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check harness connector BY042 of brake pedal

switch and harness connector BY190/BY205 of ECM
The brake switch is located on the pedal box in the cab. ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
monitors the switch status and transfers the data to TCM contamination, deformation, etc.
via the CAN bus, and TCM controls the transmission clutch
open. When the brake pedal is operated, the brake switch is
activated.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Brake lamp switch signal is invalid. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect
• DTCs are not reset, and they will be cleared and the MIL harness connector BY042 of brake pedal switch.
will be off after the next ignition cycle. b. Depress the brake pedal to test if the resistance
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition between terminals BY042-1 and BY042-2 of the
cycles. brake pedal switch is less than 5Ω, and if the
Possible Causes resistance between terminals BY042-3 and BY042-4
of the brake pedal switch is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
pedal switch.
• Brake pedal switch failure.
c. Release the brake pedal to test if the resistance
• Dynamic stability control system failure. between terminals BY042-3 and BY042-4 of the
Reference Information brake pedal switch is infinite, and if the resistance
Reference Circuit Information between terminals BY042-1 and BY042-2 of the
brake pedal switch is less than 5Ω.
Brake Lamp
If it is not within the specified range, replace the brake
pedal switch.
BY042 and BY190/BY205 d. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
Reference Electrical Information voltage between the harness connector terminal
BY042-1 of brake pedal switch and the ground is the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection battery voltage.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output for open circuit/high resistance.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY042-3 of brake pedal switch and the
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Brake Lamp Switch State" to check
the Appendix for rational value range). f. Disconnect harness connector BY190/BY205 of
ECM, and test if the resistance between the terminals
of harness connector BY190/BY205 of ECM and
1.0 1020
terminals of harness connector BY042 of the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
corresponding brake switch is less than 5Ω: Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
• Terminal BY205-19 and Terminal BY042-2 "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
g. Test if the resistance between the following terminals to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector BY190/BY205 of ECM or "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
terminals of harness connector BY042 of the
corresponding brake switch and the ground is infinite:
of harness connector BY190/BY205 of ECM or
terminals of harness connector BY042 of the
corresponding brake switch and the power supply is
infinite:
4. Test/replace the brake pedal switch or ECM:
If the DTCs still exist after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the brake pedal switch or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
1.0 1021
C0044 • Yes → Test/replace the dynamic stability control

C0044 09 Brake Pressure Sensor Fault 2. Check and visually observe the system for leakage,
damage, etc.
3. If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
The pressure sensor, which is in the dynamic stability control
faulty components of brake system.
system, monitors the brake pressure of ABS regulator. If the
brake pressure exceeds the upper safety pressure limit of the
bubbles or moisture.
system during pressurization, the overflow valve, which plays
the role of safety protection, will be switched on to allow the If any of above situations occur, replace brake system
brake fluid to flow back to the brake master cylinder. fluid and bleed air in the system.
Conditions for Running DTCs 5. Confirm no other DTCs of the ABS/SCS control module
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. are set except DTC C0044.
Conditions for Setting DTCs If other DTCs of ABS/SCS control module are set,
diagnose them first.
• TMC sensor circuit failure.
• The compensation value of TMC sensor is out of the 6. Clear DTC C0044 with the scan tool.
standard parameter range. 7. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and confirm
• The sensitivity of the pressure sensor is out of the C0044 is not set.
standard range. If the DTC has been set, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
• The brake pressure sensor voltage signal is out of the stability control module.
range, and the voltage is more than 3.29V or less than Service Guide
0.13V.
• TCS-VDC MIL turns on. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• TCS-VDC function is invalid. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs/MILs "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
cycles.
Failure Causes


in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Master Cylinder Pressure" to check

1.0 1022
C0047 If the DTC has been set, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
DTC Description stability control module.
C0047 08 Vacuum Sensor Fault • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
The pressure sensor, which is in the dynamic stability control to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
system, monitors the brake pressure of ABS regulator. If the "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
brake pressure exceeds the upper safety pressure limit of the
system during pressurization, the overflow valve, which plays
the role of safety protection, will be switched on to allow the
brake fluid to flow back to the brake master cylinder.
Brake vacuum value is invalid.
None.
cycles.
Failure Causes

1. Check and visually observe the system for leakage,
damage, etc.
2. If any of above situations occurs, repair/replace relevant
faulty components of brake system.
bubbles or moisture.
If any of above situations occur, replace brake system

fluid and bleed air in the system.
4. Confirm no other DTCs of the ABS/SCS control module

are set except DTC C0044.
If other DTCs of ABS/SCS control module are set,

diagnose them first.
5. Clear DTC C0044 with the scan tool.

C0044 is not set.
1.0 1023
C0049 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

C0049 7B Brake Fluid Level Low • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Subsystem Principle
The brake fluid level sensor is fitted on the brake master pump
fluid reservoir and cannot be repaired separately. The brake a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
fluid level sensor signal varies with the brake fluid level, which disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
can detect the brake fluid capacity. connector BY008 of the brake fluid level indicator
Conditions for Running DTCs switch.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Perform the component test on the brake fluid level
indicator switch.
If the test is abnormal, replace the brake fluid level
Brake fluid loss is detected by the brake fluid level sensor.
indicator switch.
c. Test if the resistance between terminal 2 of harness
None. connector BY008 of the brake fluid level indicator
Conditions for Clearing DTCs switch and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• DTCs are immediately cleared after troubleshooting. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition for open circuit or high resistance.
cycles. d. Disconnect harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
Possible Causes stability control module. Test if the resistance
• Related circuit failure. between harness connector terminal BY008-1 of
the brake fluid level indicator switch and harness
connector terminal BY200-6 of the dynamic stability
• Brake fluid level indicator switch failure. control module is less than 5Ω.
• Dynamic stability control module failure.
Reference Circuit Information e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Dynamic stability control system terminal BY008-1 of the brake fluid level indicator
switch or harness connector terminal BY200-6 of
the dynamic stability control module and the ground
BY008 and BY200 is infinite.
terminal BY008-1 of the brake fluid level indicator
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: switch or harness connector terminal BY200-6 of
a. Check harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability the dynamic stability control module and the power
control module and harness connector BY008 of supply is infinite.
brake fluid level indicator switch for looseness, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
deformation, etc.
1.0 1024
3. Test/replace the dynamic stability control module or the
brake fluid level indicator switch:

disconnect harness connector BY008 of the brake
fluid level indicator switch.
b. Test if the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of

the brake fluid level indicator switch is energized and
infinite when the brake fluid level indicator switch is
in full level and low level respectively.

test/replace the dynamic stability control module or the
brake fluid level indicator switch.
Service Guide
1.0 1025
C0051, U0126 and U0428 Conditions for Clearing DTCs

DTC Description • When the diagnosis runs and passes, clear the current
DTC FTB Failure Description DTC.
54 Steering Angle Sensor Calibration Fault • The electronic brake control module will turn off the
C0051 indicator in 40 ignition cycles.
28 Steering Angle Sensor Fault
Possible Causes
U0126 87 • Related circuit failure.
Sensor Module (SAS)
Invalid Data Received from Steering Angle
U0428 81
Sensor (SAS) Module • Power steering control module failure.
Subsystem Principle
The dynamic stability control system (SCS) monitors the
traction control switch. Once the traction control switch
is pressed, SCS will disable the traction control system. Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3)
SCS requests the instrument pack to illuminate the turnoff Reference Connector End View Information
indicator lamp of dynamic stability control via serial data.
BY200 and FC005
C0051: Normal communication of steering angle sensor Reference Electrical Information
detected by ECU with the ignition switch on. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
U0126 and U0428: Diagnostic Test Steps
• The engine cannot be started. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
• The battery voltage is abnormal.
Conditions for Setting DTCs in "ON" position.
C0051 28: Compensation failure of steering angle sensor is b. Read the "Steering Wheel Angle" to check whether
detected. it is within the rational value range (refer to the
C0051 54: Steering wheel steering angle sensor fails to match Appendix for rational value range).
and set. • Yes → Test/replace the dynamic stability control
U0126: Communication failure. module.
U0428: Communication failure. • No → Go to Step 2.
C0051: a. Check harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability

• EBD-ABS-TCS-VDC MIL turns on. control module and harness connector FC005
of electric power steering control module for
• ABS-TCS-VDC system stops working.
• EBD system works. contamination, deformation, etc.
U0126: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• EBD MIL is not on. found in visual check.
• ABS-TCS-VDC MIL turns on. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• ABS-TCS-VDC system stops working. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• EBD system works. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
U0428: • Yes → Go to Step 3;

• EBD-ABS system works. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• TCS-VDC system stops working. 3. Test related circuits:
1.0 1026
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network". • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System" -
If other module tests are normal, continue the "Steering System" - "Upper Steering Column Assembly".
following inspection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
harness connector FC005 of electric power steering • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
control module and harness connector BY200 of to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
dynamic stability control module. "Electric Power Steering (EPS) Module".
FC005 of electric power steering control module
and harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
control module is less than 5Ω:
FC005 of electric power steering control module
or harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
control module and the ground is infinite:
between harness connector FC005 of electric power
steering control module or harness connector
BY200 of dynamic stability control module and the
ground is 2~3V:
4. Test/replace the dynamic stability control module or the
electric power steering control module:
test/replace the dynamic stability control module or the
electric power steering control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1027
C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 Possible Causes

DTC Description Dynamic stability control module failure.
C0061 29 Lateral Acceleration Sensor Signal Fault Reference Electrical Information
Longitudinal Acceleration Sensor Signal Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

C0062 29
Fault Diagnostic Test Steps
C0063 29 Yaw Rate Sensor Signal Fault 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Missing with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
54
C1107 Calibration
04 Integrated Inertial Sensor (IIS) Failure in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle b. Read the "Yaw Rate", "Lateral Acceleration" and

"Longitudinal Acceleration" to check whether they
The yaw rate sensor measures the vehicle rotary motion
around the vertical axis and the slippage of vehicle and
sends corresponding data to SCS and ECU. ECU compares
the signals received from the yaw rate sensor and steering • Yes → Test/replace the dynamic stability control
angle sensor, judges the forthcoming situation and then takes module.
corresponding control.
2. Clear DTCs C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 with the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. scan tool.
Conditions for Setting DTCs 3. Replace, programme and set the body dynamic stability
C0061: No lateral acceleration sensor signal. control module.
C0062: No longitudinal acceleration sensor signal.
DTCs C0061, C0062, C0063 and C1107 are not set.
C0063: No yaw rate sensor signal.
If the DTC has been set, test/replace the ABS/dynamic
C1107 04: stability control module.
• The sensor cannot complete internal self-check. Service Guide
• Software and hardware cannot be matched.
• The internal communication failure is detected in the "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
sensor.
C1107 54: to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• The internal configuration data of the sensor is invalid. "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
• The calibration error happens to the acceleration sensor.

• The sensor is mismatched with module data.
• EBD MIL is not on.
• ABS-TCS-VDC system works.
• EBD system works.
• When the diagnosis runs and passes, clear the current
DTC.
• The electronic brake control module will turn off the
indicator in 40 ignition cycles.
1.0 1028
C006B
DTC Description
Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Stability
C006B 06
Control System (SCS) Implausible Control
Subsystem Principle
While positioning the ignition switch to "ON" and powering on
command, microprocessor shall run a diagnostic programme
to detect internal fault. If an internal fault is detected, the
control module will set a DTC.
• ABS/EBD controls a single wheel or multiple wheels lasts
for excessively long time.
• The dynamic stability control module controls the front
axle for more than 10s.
• When the diagnosis runs and passes, clear the current
DTC.
• The electronic brake control module will turn off the
Possible Causes

1. Clear DTC C006B with the scan tool.
C006B is not set.
If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability

control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1029
C1104 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Left Front Wheel Speed, Right Front
Wheel Speed, Left Rear Wheel Speed And Right
C1104 04 Wheel Speed Sensor General Failure
Rear Wheel Speed" to check whether they are within
The wheel speed sensors are active sensors (i.e. they receive
the power supply from the ABS regulator), and they transmit • Yes → Test/replace the dynamic stability control
the wheel speed signal to the ABS regulator. The sensors are module.
mounted in each front wheel hub and each rear suspension • No → Go to Step 2.
trailing arm, and are extremely close to the inner sealing device
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check the harness connectors of left front wheel
speed sensor, left rear wheel speed sensor, right
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. front wheel speed sensor, right rear wheel speed
Conditions for Setting DTCs sensor and dynamic stability control module for
• The wheel speed sensor software and hardware cannot looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
be matched. contamination, deformation, etc.
• The wheel speed sensor hardware test fails. b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
visual check.
• The highest and lowest wheel speeds exceed 5% of the
reference values. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Multiple wheel speed sensor failures last for more than ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
500ms. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
None. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs 3. Test related circuits
• DTCs are not reset, and they will be cleared and the MIL a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
will be off after the next ignition cycle. disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector of following wheel speed sensors:
cycles. • Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor BY003 and Left Rear
Possible Causes Wheel Speed Sensor BY052
• Related circuit failure. • Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor BY014 and Right
Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BY044
b. Perform the component test on wheel speed sensors.
• The wheel speed sensor has failure.
If the test is abnormal, replace the corresponding
• Dynamic stability control system failure.
wheel speed sensor.
c. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Reference Circuit Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Dynamic stability control system between each signal circuit terminal 2 and the ground
is higher than 12V.
BY200, BY014, BY052, BY003 and BY044 for open circuit/high resistance or short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information d. If the related circuit test is normal, replace the
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection dynamic stability control module.
e. Fit a jumper with a 3A fuse on each signal circuit
terminal 2. When taking jumper with fuse to quickly
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output and continuously touch low level reference voltage
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: circuit terminal 1, confirm changes in "Left Front
1.0 1030
Wheel Speed", "Right Front Wheel Speed", "Left • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
Rear Wheel Speed" and "Right Rear Wheel Speed" "Brake Module" - "Rear Wheel Speed Sensor".
parameters indicated in the real-time display of the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
scan tool. "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
f. If parameters has no change, disconnect the harness • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
connector of dynamic stability control module, and to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
test if the following conditions appear: "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
• The relevant signal circuit is short to voltage.
• The low level reference voltage circuit is short
to voltage, short to ground or open circuit/high
resistance.
If the above failures exist in the relevant circuit, repair
the related faulty circuit.
4. Test/replace the dynamic stability control module:
The test of each wheel speed sensor is sensitive
to polarity. If polarities are reversed in test, it may
permanently damage wheel speed sensor.
connector of following wheel speed sensors:
• Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor BY003
• Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor BY014
• Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BY052
• Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor BY044
b. Connect a jumper with 3A fuse between each signal
circuit terminal 2 and 12V power supply.
c. Connect a multimeter between the low-level
reference voltage circuit terminal 1 and the ground,
and set the multimeter to the DC current position.
rotate the wheel slowly, and test if the current
varies between the minimum value (4~8mA) and the
maximum value (11~16mA).
e. If it is not within the specified range, replace the
corresponding wheel speed sensor.
If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
stability control module.
Service Guide
"Brake Module" - "Front Wheel Speed Sensor".
1.0 1031
C1105 and C1106 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
C1105 04 Valve Relay Failure
C1106 04 Valve General Failure
Subsystem Principle
The valve relay controls the valve inside the SCS module to
open or close.
C1105: Starting voltage lower than 5V.
C1106:
• Valve power supply terminal failure.
• Valve circuit failure.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Valve relay failure.
• Dynamic stability control system failure.

"ON" position.
2. Read DTCs C1105 04 and C1106 04 to confirm whether
they are the current DTCs. If not, clear other DTCs first.
3. Clear DTCs C1105 04 and C1106 04.
If the DTC is reset, replace the brake regulator.

Service Guide
1.0 1032
C1109 Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
C1109 08 Reverse Gear Signal Implausible
Subsystem Principle
a. Check the harness connector of the dynamic
The automatic transmission shift handle transmits the in-gear stability control module and the harness connector
signal to the automatic transmission (AT) control module via of AT control module for looseness, poor contact,
the CAN data bus, and commands the transmission to shift distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
gears. etc.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
Communication is normal. visual check.
• The reverse gear displays "Engaged" when the speed is ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
higher than 40km/h for more than 20s. All parameters and confirm if there remains any DTC.
will specially change the function items. • Yes → Go to Step 2 or 3;
• When the vehicle runs backwards after stopped on a • No → Diagnosis is completed.
slope with the gradient of less than -2% and the brake
2. Test related circuits (4AT):
lamp switch is set, the motor torque must exceed a
specific value for 4s. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection Of CAN Network".
• Backward movement is recognized due to the If other module tests are normal, continue the
comparison between steering angle and yaw rate. following detection procedures.
• All parameters may specially change the function items. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
The reverse gear switch signal gives an invalid value (only disconnect the battery negative cable.
for the slope parking assistant function via the CAN c. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of AT control
network). module and harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
Operations of ECU after Failure stability control module.
None. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals

Conditions for Clearing DTCs of harness connector GB006 of AT control module
and terminals of harness connector BY200 of the
• DTCs are not reset, and they will be cleared and the MIL dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal GB006-7 and Terminal BY200-14
cycles. • Terminal GB006-17 and Terminal BY200-26
• Connector failure or poor fit. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector GB006 of AT control module
or terminals of harness connector BY200 of the
• Dynamic stability control module failure. dynamic stability control module and the ground is
Reference Information infinite:
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal GB006-7 or Terminal BY200-14
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) • Terminal GB006-17 or Terminal BY200-26
GB006, BY200 and BY095
1.0 1033
dynamic stability control module and the power After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
supply is infinite: ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Terminal GB006-7 or Terminal BY200-14
• Terminal GB006-17 or Terminal BY200-26 • Yes → Go to Step 4;
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • No → Diagnosis is completed.
for short to battery. 4. Test/replace the AT control module or dynamic stability
After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the control module:
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the AT control
and confirm if there remains any DTC. module or dynamic stability control module.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
3. Test related circuits (6AT): "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
4AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)" .
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection Of CAN Network".
If other module tests are normal, continue the • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
following detection procedures. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Automatic Transmission -
c. Disconnect harness connector BY095 of AT control
module and harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
of harness connector BY095 of AT control module to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
and terminals of harness connector BY200 of the "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω:
• Terminal BY095-6 and Terminal BY200-14 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
• Terminal BY095-14 and Terminal BY200-26 "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".

of harness connector BY095 of AT control module or
terminals of harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
stability control module and the ground is infinite:
of harness connector BY095 of AT control module
dynamic stability control module and the power
supply is infinite:
1.0 1034
C1112
DTC Description
C1112 00 Variant Coding Error
Subsystem Principle
While positioning the ignition switch to "ON" and powering on
command, microprocessor shall run a diagnostic programme
to detect internal fault. If an internal fault is detected, the
control module will set a DTC.
The variable code is not initialized or invalid in the EEPROM
memory.
• TCS-VDC MIL turns on.
• TCS-VDC system stops working.
• The voltage is within the normal range.
• Clear DTCs and turn on the ignition again.
cycles.
Possible Causes

1. Clear DTC C1112 with a scan tool.
C1112 is not set.
If any DTC has been set, test/replace the dynamic stability

control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1035

Subsystem Principle
The body stability control system communicates with other
modules via HS CAN bus.
• The engine is not in starting state. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• The voltage is normal. harness connector BY087 of DLC and harness
connector BY200 of ABS/DSC control module.
of harness connector BY087 of DLC and terminals
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus
of harness connector BY200 of ABS/DSC control
module is less than 5Ω:
• No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector BY087 of DLC or terminals of harness
cycles. connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control module and
Possible Causes the ground is infinite.
• ABS/SCS control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Circuit Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
between terminals of harness connector BY087 of
Reference Connector End View Information DLC or terminals of harness connector BY200 of
BY200 and BY087 ABS/SCS control module and the ground is 2~3V.
a. Check harness connector of DLC and harness ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
connector of ABS/SCS control module for looseness, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
deformation, etc. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in 3. Test/replace the ABS/SCS control module:
visual check.
test/replace the ABS/SCS control module.
1.0 1036
Service Guide
1.0 1037
U0100 and U0401 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Module (ECM)
U0401 81
2. Test related circuits (1.5L):
Subsystem Principle
ABS/dynamic stability control module communicates with
ECM via the HS CAN bus.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect
• Module communication is normal. harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control
Conditions for Setting DTCs module and harness connector BY190 of ECM.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from engine c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
control module (ECM) cannot be received within given time. of harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control
module and terminals of harness connector BY190
of ECM is less than 5Ω.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 for open circuit/high resistance.
consecutive times.
connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control module or
cycles.
terminals of harness connector BY190 of ECM and
• ABS/SCS control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Engine control module failure. for short to ground.
Reference Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Reference Circuit Information switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS
Reference Connector End View Information BY190 of ECM and the ground is 2~3V.
BY200, BY190 and BY205 • Terminal BY200-14 or Terminal BY190-17
a. Check harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control and confirm if there remains any DTC.
module and the harness connectors BY190/BY205 • Yes → Go to Step 4;
of ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 1038
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection Of CAN Network". • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Brake System" -
If other module tests are normal, continue the "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
following inspection procedures. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
module and harness connector BY205 of ECM. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
of harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
module and terminals of harness connector BY205 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of ECM is less than 5Ω. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control module or
terminals of harness connector BY205 of ECM and
switch in ON position, and test if the voltage between
terminals of harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS
BY205 of ECM and the ground is 2~3V.
4. Test/replace the ECM or ABS/SCS control module.
test/replace the ABS/SCS control module or ECM.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
1.0 1039
U0101 and U0402 GB006 and BY095 of AT control module for

DTC Description looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
U0101 87 visual check.
Invalid Data Received from Transmission c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
U0402 81 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Subsystem Principle
ABS/SCS control module communicates with AT control
module via HS CAN bus.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Test related circuits (4AT):
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection Of CAN Network".
• The engine is not in starting state.
following detection procedures.
• The voltage is normal.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the
c. Disconnect harness connector GB006 of AT control
transmission control module (TCM) cannot be received within
module and harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
given time.
• TCS-VDC MIL turns on. of harness connector GB006 of AT control module
• TCS-VDC system stops working. and terminals of harness connector BY200 of the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal GB006-7 and Terminal BY200-14
consecutive times. • Terminal GB006-17 and Terminal BY200-26
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector GB006 of AT control module
• Connector failure or poor fit. or terminals of harness connector BY200 of the
• Automatic transmission control module failure. dynamic stability control module and the ground is
infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal GB006-7 or Terminal BY200-14
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal GB006-17 or Terminal BY200-26
BY200, GB006 and BY095
Reference Electrical Information or terminals of harness connector BY200 of the
supply is infinite.
a. Check harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
stability control module and the harness connectors
1.0 1040
g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the 4. Test/replace the AT control module or dynamic stability
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again control module:
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the AT control
• Yes → Go to Step 4; module or dynamic stability control module.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. Service Guide
3. Test related circuits (6AT): • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,

following detection procedures.
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and 6AT" - "Transmission Control Module (TCM)" .
c. Disconnect harness connector BY095 of AT control "Brake Module" - "Brake Regulator".
module and harness connector BY200 of the dynamic • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
stability control module. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals "Dynamic Stability Control System (SCS)".
of harness connector BY095 of AT control module • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
and terminals of harness connector BY200 of the to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
dynamic stability control module is less than 5Ω. "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
• Terminal BY095-14 and Terminal BY200-26 "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 6AT".
of harness connector BY095 of AT control module or
terminals of harness connector BY200 of the dynamic
stability control module and the ground is infinite.
of harness connector BY095 of AT control module
supply is infinite.
1.0 1041
U0140, U0146, U0422 and U0447 poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
visual check.
U0140 87
Module (BCM) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Module (BCM)
• Yes → Go to Step 2
U0422 81
Invalid Data Received from Body Control 2. Test related circuits:
U0447 81
Module (BCM) a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
Subsystem Principle If other module tests are normal, continue the
The body control module (BCM) communicates with the
dynamic stability control module via the CAN bus. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect
harness connector BY027 of BCM and harness
Module communication is normal. connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control module.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from BCM of harness connector BY027 of BCM and the
cannot be received within given time. terminals of harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS
control module is less than 5Ω.
None.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY027 of BCM or terminals
of harness connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control
Possible Causes
module and the ground is infinite.
• BCM failure.
• ABS/SCS control module failure.
Reference Circuit Information switch in "ON" position, and test whether the
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) voltage between the following terminals of harness
connector BY027 of BCM or the terminals of harness
connector BY200 of ABS/SCS control module and
BY027 and BY200 the ground is 2~3V.
a. Check harness connector BY200 of SCS and ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
harness connector BY027 of BCM for looseness, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 1042
3. Test/replace the BCM or ABS/SCS control module.
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the BCM or

Service Guide
"Body Control" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1.0 1043
U0155 and U0423 contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,

visual check.
U0155 87 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
(IPK)
Invalid Data Received from Instrument Panel
Cluster Control Module (IPK)
Subsystem Principle
ABS/SCS control module communicates with instrument pack
via the CAN bus.
• Module communication is normal. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Conditions for Setting DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect
harness connector BY200 of the dynamic stability
control module and harness connector FC006 of the
instrument pack.
time.
of harness connector BY200 of the dynamic stability
None. control module and terminals of harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs FC006 of the instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY200-14
consecutive times. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY200-26
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. connector BY200 of the dynamic stability control
• Connector failure or poor fit. module or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
the instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
• ABS/SCS control module failure.
• Instrument pack failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY200-14
Reference Information • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY200-26
Reference Connector End View Information switch in ON position, and test if the voltage
FC006 and BY200 between terminals of harness connector BY200 of
the dynamic stability control module or terminals
Reference Electrical Information of harness connector FC006 of the instrument pack
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection and the ground is 2~3V.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY200-14

stability control module and harness connector
FC006 of the instrument pack for looseness, poor f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1.0 1044
3. Test/replace the instrument pack or dynamic stability

control module:
If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the instrument

pack or dynamic stability control module.
Service Guide
And Entertainment" - "Display And Instrument" -
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1045

DTC Description
Subsystem Principle stability control module for looseness, poor contact,
The dynamic stability control module monitors the system distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
voltage to check whether the module supply voltage is within etc.
the normal range. b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in
Conditions for Running DTCs visual check.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 1s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• The engine cannot be started. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• The battery voltage is abnormal.
• Communication is normal. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
• The ABS control module/body dynamic stability control 2. Test related circuits
module detects that the battery voltage is more than 16V a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
for 1s. disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect
• The ABS control module/body dynamic stability control harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability control
module detects that the battery voltage is less than 9V module.
for 1s.
b. Test if the resistance between the circuit terminals of
Operations of ECU after Failure the dynamic stability control module and the ground
U1562: is less than 5Ω:
• ABS-TCS-VDC MIL turns on. • Terminal 13 of BY200
• ABS-TCS-VDC system stops working. • Terminal 38 of BY200
U1563: If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• EBD-ABS-TCS-VDC MIL turns on. for open circuit/high resistance.
• EBD-ABS-TCS-VDC system stops working. c. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Conditions for Clearing DTCs switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
between the power circuit terminals of the dynamic
• Battery voltage is normal.
stability control module and the ground is the battery
• The electronic brake control module will turn off the voltage:
• Terminal 1 of BY200
Possible Causes
• Terminal 25 of BY200
Reference Information and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Reference Circuit Information • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Dynamic stability control system • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Connector End View Information 3. Test/replace the dynamic stability control module:
BY200 If all circuits tested are normal, test/replace the dynamic
1.0 1046
Service Guide
1.0 1047
U2000 and U2003

DTC Description
U2000 04 ECU Error-Hardware Error
U2003 04 ECU Error-Software Error
Subsystem Principle
Module internal failure, not involving external circuit.
U2000: Internal flash memory failure.
U2003: Manager and controller are mismatched.

• Failures are cleared.
cycles.
Possible Causes
ABS/SCS control module failure.

position.
2. Clear the DTCs U2000 and U2003 with a scan tool.
3. Confirm that no identical DTC is set.
4. If the DTC still exists, check/replace the dynamic stability
control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1048
TBOX DTC Troubleshooting
TBOX
DTC List
List
DTC FTB Description
B1521 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to GND Fault
B1521 12 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Short to Battery
B1521 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Antenna Open Fault
B1522 31 GPS Module Fault
B1525 11 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Ground.
B1525 12 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Short to Battery.
B1525 13 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Antenna Open Fault
B1526 31 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Module Fault
B1529 31 Infotainment Control Module (FICM) Communication Fault
B1533 11 Microphone Input Short to Ground
B1533 13 Microphone Input Open
B1534 11 Microphone Output Short to Ground
B1534 13 Microphone Output Open
B1541 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card Status - Not Present
B1542 00 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal SIM Card - Invalid
B1562 00 Body Control Module (BCM) Authentication Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Failure
B1570 31 Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal Bluetooth Module Fault
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK)
1.0 1049
DTC Troubleshooting TBOX

B1521 and B1522 Reference Circuit Information
DTC Description
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2)
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS
11 C009 and C010
Antenna Short to GND Fault
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS Reference Electrical Information
B1521 12
Antenna Short to Battery Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GPS
13 Diagnostic Test Steps
Antenna Open Fault
B1522 31 GPS Module Fault
a. Check harness connector C009 of the
Subsystem Principle communication module and harness connector
The GPS antenna is connected to the GPS receiver via a single C010 of GPS antenna for looseness, poor contact,
coaxial cable, which transmits the received signals from the distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
GPS satellites to the receiver for processing. etc.
• Not in the start state.
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1521 11: When GPS antenna short to ground for 4s is
detected, set the DTC.
B1521 12: When GPS antenna short to battery for 4s is
detected, set the DTC. 2. Test related circuits:
B1521 13: GPS antenna open circuit for 4s is detected. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
B1522 31: When MCU cannot receive the GPS signal from the
disconnect harness connector C009 of the
internal GPS module for 4s, set the DTC.
communication module and harness connector
Operations of ECU after Failure C010 of GPS antenna.
None. b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Conditions for Clearing DTCs of harness connector C009 of the communication
module and the corresponding terminals of harness
B1521 11, B1521 12 and B1521 13:
connector C010 of GPS antenna is less than 5Ω.
• GPS antenna is detected to be normal for 4s.
• Terminal C009-1 and Terminal C010-1
cycles.
B1522 31:
• MCU normally receives the GPS signal from the internal
GPS module for 4s.
of harness connector C009 of the communication
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition module or the corresponding terminals of harness
cycles. connector C010 of GPS antenna and the ground is
Possible Causes infinite.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal C009-1 or Terminal C010-1
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal C009-2 or Terminal C010-2
• GPS antenna failure.
• Communication module failure. for short to ground.
1.0 1050
of harness connector C009 of the communication
module or the corresponding terminals of harness
connector C010 of GPS antenna and the power
supply is infinite.
• Terminal C009-1 or Terminal C010-1


3. Test/replace GPS antenna or the communication module.

test/replace GPS antenna or the communication module.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driving Information
and Entertainment” - “Cellular Telephone, Entertainment
System and Navigation System” - “Communication
Module”.
Antenna”.
"Communication Module (TBOX)".
1.0 1051
B1525 and B1526 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2)
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Reference Connector End View Information
11
Antenna Short to Ground.
C011, C012, C013 and C014
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM
B1525 12
Antenna Short to Battery. Reference Electrical Information
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
13
Antenna Open Fault
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) GSM
B1526 31 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Module Fault
a. Check the harness connectors C011 and C013 of the
Subsystem Principle
communication module and the harness connectors
The communication module can provide wireless Internet C012 and C014 of GSM antenna for looseness,
access, remote monitoring and other functions for vehicles. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
Conditions for Running DTCs deformation, etc.
• Not in the start state. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on.
B1525 11: When GSM antenna short to ground for 4s is and confirm if there remains any DTC.
detected, set the DTC.
B1525 12: When GSM antenna short to battery for 4s is
detected, set the DTC. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1525 13: GSM antenna open circuit for 4s is detected.
a. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
B1526 31: When MCU can not receive the response of
the battery negative cable, and disconnect the
operating command from internal WAN module for 12s, set
harness connectors C011 and C013 of the
the DTC.
communication module and the harness connectors
Operations of ECU after Failure C012 and C014 of GSM antenna.
B1525 11, B1525 12 and B1525 13: TBOX is switched to b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
interior antenna. of harness connectors C011 and C013 of the
B1526 31: TBOX cannot provide the web surfing function. communication module and the corresponding
terminals of the harness connectors C012 and C014
of GSM antenna is less than 5Ω.
B1525 11, B1525 12 and B1525 13: GSM antenna is detected
to be normal for 4s.
B1526 31, MCU can receive the response of operating
command from internal WAN module, which lasts for 12s. • Terminal C013-1 and Terminal C014-1
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal C013-2 and Terminal C014-2
• Related circuit failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connectors C011 and C013 of
the communication module or the corresponding
• GSM antenna failure.
• Communication module failure. of GSM antenna and the ground is infinite.
1.0 1052


terminals of harness connectors C011 and C013 of
the communication module or the corresponding
of GSM antenna and the power supply is infinite.


3. Test/replace GSM antenna or the communication module.

test/replace GSM antenna or the communication module.
Service Guide
Module”.
Antenna”.
1.0 1053
B1529 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the

B1529 31
Communication Fault • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
The communication module communicates with other control
modules via the HS CAN bus.
• Not in the start state. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on. harness connector BY087 of DLC and harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector FC013 of communication module.
When detecting the signal voltage from FICM is less than 2V c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
for 4s, set the DTC. of harness connector FC013 of DLC and the
corresponding terminals of harness connector BY087
of the communication module is less than 5Ω.
None.
• The signal voltage from FICM is detected to be more than
4V for 4s.
cycles.
of harness connector FC013 of DLC or terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY087 of the communication
• Related circuit failure. module and the ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal FC013-19 or Terminal BY087-6
• Communication module failure. • Terminal FC013-39 or Terminal BY087-14
Bus System and DLC (2) e. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
FC013 and BY087 DLC or terminals of harness connector BY087 of
the communication module and the ground is 2~3V.
a. Check harness connector BY087 of DLC and f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
harness connector FC013 of the communication ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test/replace the communication module:
test/replace the communication module.
1.0 1054
Service Guide
Module”.
1.0 1055
B1533 BY117 of microphone for looseness, poor contact,

DTC Description distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
11 Microphone Input Short to Ground
B1533 found in visual check.
13 Microphone Input Open
The microphone, which is an important part of the and confirm if there remains any DTC.
entertainment system, is located in the front reading lamp • Yes → Go to Step 2;
assembly and can receive the voice command from the user.
a. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, disconnect
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on. the battery negative cable, and disconnect harness
Conditions for Setting DTCs connector FC013 of the communication module and
B1533 11: When the ignition switch is in "OFF/ON" position harness connector BY117 of microphone.
and microphone input circuit short to ground is detected, set b. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
the DTC. of harness connector FC013 of the communication
module and terminals of harness connector BY117
B1533 13: When the ignition switch is in "OFF/ON" position
of microphone is less than 5Ω.
and microphone input circuit open circuit is detected, set the
DTC. • Terminal FC013-6 and Terminal BY117-1
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal FC013-26 and Terminal BY117-2
TBOX cannot provide the voice service. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• When the ignition switch is in "OFF/ON" position, the c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
microphone input is detected to be normal. of harness connector FC013 of the communication
microphone and the ground is infinite.
cycles.
Possible Causes • Terminal FC013-6 or Terminal BY117-1
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal FC013-26 or Terminal BY117-2
• Microphone failure. for short to ground.
• Communication module failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FC013 of the communication
Reference Circuit Information microphone and the power supply is infinite.
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2) • Terminal FC013-6 or Terminal BY117-1
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal FC013-26 or Terminal BY117-2
FC013 and BY117 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Diagnostic Test Steps and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
a. Check harness connector FC013 of the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
communication module and harness connector 3. Test/replace the microphone or communication module.
1.0 1056
test/replace the microphone or communication module.
Service Guide
and Entertainment System” - “Cellular Telephone,
Entertainment System and Navigation System” -
“Communication Module”.
“Microphone”.
1.0 1057
B1534 Diagnostic Test Steps

a. Check harness connector FC013 of the
11 Microphone Output Short to Ground communication module and harness connector
B1534
13 Microphone Output Open BY215 of entertainment system control module
Subsystem Principle contamination, deformation, etc.
The entertainment system control module located in the front b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
reading lamp assembly is an important part of entertainment found in visual check.
system, which can receive the voice commands from the user.
• Not in the start state. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• 1s after the ignition switch is turned on. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
and the entertainment system control module input circuit
short to ground is detected, set the DTC. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector FC013 of the
and the entertainment system control module input circuit
open is detected, set the DTC.
b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
TBOX cannot provide the voice service. connector FC013 of the communication module
Conditions for Clearing DTCs and terminals of harness connector BY215 of
• When the ignition switch is in "OFF/ON" position, the
5Ω.
entertainment system control module input is detected
to be normal. • Terminal FC013-5 and Terminal BY215-D5
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal FC013-25 and Terminal BY215-D11
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector FC013 of the communication module
• Entertainment system control module failure. or terminals of harness connector BY215 of the
• Communication module failure. entertainment system control module and the
ground is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal FC013-5 or Terminal BY215-D5
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2) • Terminal FC013-25 or Terminal BY215-D11
FC013 and BY215
Reference Electrical Information connector FC013 of the communication module
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection or terminals of harness connector BY215 of the
entertainment system control module and the
1.0 1058

3. Test/replace the entertainment information control

module or communication module.

test/replace the entertainment information control
module or communication module.
Service Guide
Module”.
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driving Information
and Entertainment" - "Cellular Telephone, Entertainment
System And Navigation System" - "On-board
1.0 1059
B1541 and B1542 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal
B1541 00
SIM Card Status - Not Present
Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal
B1542 00
SIM Card - Invalid
Subsystem Principle
The built-in SIM card in the TBOX provides communication
and web surfing functions for the vehicle.
B1541 00: Running command indicates UIM is lost or fails for
30s.
B1542 00: Running command indicates UIM keeps invalid for

30s.
TBOX cannot provide the web surfing function.
• SIM card initialization succeeds for 30s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Communication module failure.

the scan tool.
2. After the DTC is cleared with a scan tool, confirm that
DTCs B1541 and B1542 are not set.
If the DTCs are reset, test/replace the communication

module.
Service Guide
Module”.
1.0 1060
B1562 If the DTC is reset, test/replace the communication module or
DTC Description BCM.
Body Control Module (BCM) • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
B1562 00 Authentication Telematic Control Module "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
(TBOX) Failure • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driving Information
Subsystem Principle
The communication system and the body control module Module”.
(BCM) communicate via the HS CAN bus for information
verification. After verification, BCM allows the remote control
of TBOX to the vehicle. If BCM cannot receive the verification
information from TBOX, the remote control of TBOX to the
vehicle will fail.
Conditions for Running DTCs "Communication Module (TBOX)".
The authorization between TBOX and BCM has any error.
The remote control of TBOX to the vehicle fails.
• The authorization between TBOX and BCM is
consistent.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Communication module failure.

1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust if any failure found in visual check.
2. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, connect
the scan tool, and confirm no other DTCs of the
communication system are set except B1562.
If DTCs of the communication system are set, diagnose

these DTCs first.
3. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the communication

system and body control module.
that DTC B1562 is not set.
1.0 1061
B1570 If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the communication

Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Internal • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driving Information
B1570 31
Bluetooth Module Fault and Entertainment” - “Cellular Telephone, Entertainment
Subsystem Principle Module”.
The Bluetooth module is used to receive and send Bluetooth • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
signals so as to provide the vehicle with the functions such as to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
cellular telephone and Bluetooth music. "Communication Module (TBOX)".
There is no AT feedback signal (from Bluetooth module
to MCU) or there is any error of feedback signal from the
Bluetooth module for 10s.
TBOX cannot provide the Bluetooth function.
• AT feedback signal (from Bluetooth module to MCU) is
normal for 10s.
cycles.
Possible Causes

1. Check the harness and connector for wear or corrosion.
Readjust if any failure found in visual check.
2. Check if the Bluetooth function can work normally.
3. Place the ignition switch to "ON" position, connect
the scan tool, and confirm no other DTCs of the
communication system are set except B1570.
If other DTCs of the communication system are set,

diagnose these DTCs first.
4. Clear the DTCs, set and programme the communication

system and body control module.
that DTC B1570 is not set.
1.0 1062
The communication module communicates with other control
modules via the HS CAN bus. b. Confirm that there is no DTC in the communication
Conditions for Running DTCs between other modules before the diagnosis. If any,
diagnose it first.
c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• 1s after the network is normal.
disconnect the battery negative cable. Disconnect
harness connector FC013 of the communication
When the controller has the transmission error for certain module and harness connector BY087 of DLC.
of harness connector FC013 of the communication
Operations of ECU after Failure module and terminals of harness connector BY087
None. of DLC is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal FC013-19 and Terminal BY087-6
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. • Terminal FC013-39 and Terminal BY087-14
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector FC013 of the communication
• Connector failure or poor fit. module or terminals of harness connector BY087 of
• Communication module failure. DLC and the ground is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal FC013-39 or Terminal BY087-14

Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
FC013 and BY087
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector FC013 of the communication module or
terminals of harness connector BY087 of DLC and
Diagnostic Test Steps the ground is 2~3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal FC013-19 or Terminal BY087-6
a. Check harness connector FC013 of the • Terminal FC013-39 or Terminal BY087-14
communication module for looseness, poor contact,
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
etc. for short to battery.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1.0 1063
3. Test/replace the communication module:

test/replace the communication module.
Service Guide
1.0 1064
U1500
DTC Description
VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module
U1500 00
(BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK)
Subsystem Principle
Communication module assembly receives signal via CAN
bus. Compare the 17-byte VINs stored in both modules and
determine if there are any failures.
The values of EEPROM VIN code and CAN VIN code are
mismatched for 4s.
None.
• The values of EEPROM VIN code and CAN VIN code are
the same for 4s.
cycles.
Possible Causes

1. Confirm the VINs of the communication module are
coincident with the scan tool.
2. Do not delete the VIN information in the communication
module. If the VIN remains incorrect, check the
communication module.
Service Guide
1.0 1065

DTC Description
1. Test if the passenger compartment fuse box F30 of the
communication module is blown.
Subsystem Principle 2. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, disconnect
The communication module monitors the system voltage to the battery negative cable and harness connector FC013
check whether the communication module supply voltage is of the communication module.
within the normal operating range. 3. Test if the resistance between the following harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector terminal FC013-40 of the communication
module and the ground is less than 5Ω.
If it is greater than the specified range, test the ground
4. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V, which
switch in ON position, and test if the voltage of harness
keeps for 1s.
connector terminal FC013-20 of the communication
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V, which module is the battery voltage.
keeps for 1s.
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for
Operations of ECU after Failure open/short-circuit or high resistance.
None. 5. If all circuit tests are normal, test/replace the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs communication module.
U1562: Service Guide
• The power supply voltage restores to the normal • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, “Driving Information
working condition. The power supply voltage is lower and Entertainment” - “Cellular Telephone, Entertainment
than 15.5V, which lasts for 1s. System and Navigation System” - “Communication
Module”.
cycles. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
U1563: "Communication Module (TBOX)".
• The power supply voltage restores to the normal
working condition. The power supply voltage is higher
cycles.
Possible Causes
FC013
1.0 1066
U2001
DTC Description
Subsystem Principle
Perform internal failure detection in the communication
module, not involving external circuits.
• Data is written to EEPROM.
• Data writing and read-back are inconsistent for 5s.
None.
• Data is consistent for 5s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
Communication module failure.

position. Delete the DTCs after self-diagnosis, and
confirm if there remains any DTC.
2. If any DTC still exists, test/replace the communication
module.
Service Guide
Module”.
1.0 1067
DTC Troubleshooting SDM
SDM
DTC List
List
Airbag
DTC FTB Description Warning Failure Level*
Lamp*
B0001 11 Driver Airbag Short to Ground ON I
B0001 12 Driver Airbag Short to Battery ON I
B0001 1A Driver Airbag Resistance too Low ON I
B0001 1B Driver Airbag Resistance too High ON I
B0001 56 Driver Airbag Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0010 11 Passenger Airbag Short to Ground ON I
B0010 12 Passenger Airbag Short to Battery ON I
B0010 1A Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low ON I
B0010 1B Passenger Airbag Resistance too High ON I
B0010 56 Passenger Frontal Airbag Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0020 11 Left Side Airbag Short to Ground ON I
B0020 12 Left Side Airbag Short to Battery ON I
B0020 1A Left Side Airbag Resistance too Low ON I
B0020 1B Left Side Airbag Resistance too High ON I
B0020 56 Left Side Airbag Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0021 11 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Ground ON I
B0021 12 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Battery ON I
B0021 1A Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low ON I
B0021 1B Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too High ON I
B0021 56 Left Curtain Airbag Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0028 11 Right Side Airbag Short to Ground ON I
B0028 12 Right Side Airbag Short to Battery ON I
B0028 1A Right Side Airbag Resistance too Low ON I
B0028 1B Right Side Airbag Resistance too High ON I
B0028 56 Right Side Airbag Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0029 11 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Ground ON I
B0029 12 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Battery ON I
B0029 1A Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low ON I
B0029 1B Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too High ON I
B0029 56 Right Curtain Airbag Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0079 11 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground ON I
B0079 12 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery ON I
B0079 1A Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low ON I
B0079 1B Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High ON I
1.0 1068
SDM DTC Troubleshooting
Airbag
Lamp*
B0079 56 Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Incompatible Configuration ON I
B007A 11 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Ground ON I
B007A 12 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short to Battery ON I
B007A 1A Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too Low ON I
B007A 1B Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Resistance too High ON I
B007A 56 Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0090 49 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Internal Fault ON I
B0090 56 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Type Mismatch ON I
B0090 87 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication ON I
B0090 86 Left Front Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid ON I
B0091 49 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault ON I
B0091 87 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Lost Communication ON I
B0091 86 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid ON I
B0091 56 Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Incompatible Configuration ON I
B0095 49 Right Front Side Impact Sensor Internal Fault ON I
B0095 56 Right Front Side Impact Sensor Type Mismatch ON I
B0095 87 Right Front Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication ON I
B0095 86 Right Front Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid ON I
B0096 49 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal Fault ON I
B0096 87 Right B-Pillar Side Impact Sensor Lost Communication ON I
B0096 86 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data Invalid ON I
B0096 56 Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Incompatible Configuration ON I
B1932 00 Frontal Deployment Data Record Exist ON I
B1933 00 Side Deployment Data Record Exist ON I
B1934 00 Rear Deployment Data Record Exist ON I
B193C 56 System Configuration Mismatch ON I
B193E 00 Deployment Data Record Full: No Over-Write-Able Records Exist ON I
B193F 00 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block ON I
B193F 49 SDM Internal Faults-Power ON I
B193F 09 SDM Internal Faults-Acceleration Sensors ON I
B193F 96 SDM Internal Faults-Firing Circuit ON I
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off OFF I
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) OFF I
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) OFF I
U0131 87 Lost Communication with Power Steering Control Module (EPS) OFF I
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) OFF I
1.0 1069
Airbag
Lamp*
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) OFF I
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High ON I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low ON I
*Remarks:
1. If the airbag warning lamp does not extinguish after the self-check or illuminates during driving, it
indicates that the SRS system has failure
2. Failure level description:
1.0 1070
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Clearing DTCs
B0001 B0001 11: The resistance of driver airbag circuit to ground
DTC Description returns to normal.
DTC FTB Failure Description B0001 12: The resistance of driver airbag circuit to battery
11 Driver Airbag Short to Ground returns to normal..
12 Driver Airbag Short to Battery B0001 1A: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
B0001 1A Driver Airbag Resistance too Low threshold.
1B Driver Airbag Resistance too High B0001 1B: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
threshold.
56 Driver Airbag Incompatible Configuration
B0001 56: None.
Subsystem Principle
Possible Causes
The electrical connection between driver airbag module and
SDM is realized through a rotary coupler, and the driver
airbag module is connected to the steering wheel through a • Connector failure or poor fit.
connector. The driver front airbag module is triggered by the • SDM failure.
control signal from SDM ECU. There is a folding airbag and an • Driver airbag failure.
inflator in the module. When the SDM detects a severe front
impact, the inflator will be triggered, resulting in the rapid
inflation of nylon bag.
Conditions for Running DTCs Airbag (1)
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY164 and BY036
B0001 11: Driver airbag circuit is short to ground. Reference Electrical Information
B0001 12: Driver airbag circuit is short to battery.
B0001 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the Diagnostic Test Steps
threshold. The driver airbag detects whether the resistance is 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 1.2Ω<R<2.0Ω, with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
(guarantee area) R<1.2Ω.
a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
B0001 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
threshold. The driver airbag detects whether the resistance is lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 3.1Ω<R<6.5Ω, failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
(guarantee area) R>6.5Ω.
b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B0001 56: in "ON" position.
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external c. Read "Airbag Warning Lamp State" and "Ignition
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. Circuit Resistance Value Of Driver Airbag (DAB)"
(For the DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which to check whether they are within the rational value
is not match with airbag explosion circuit configuration range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
will be recorded within 6s after power on). range).
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short • No → Go to Step 2.
circuit. 2. Programme or match the control module:
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag disconnect the battery negative cable.
warning lamp illuminates.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY164 of the driver
airbag and harness connector BY036 of the SDM.
1.0 1071
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is

undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
information is read thoroughly.

of harness connector BY164 of the driver airbag and
terminals of harness connector BY036 of the SDM
is less than 5Ω.
of harness connector BY164 of the driver airbag or
of harness connector BY164 of the driver airbag or
3. Test/replace the driver airbag or SDM:
test/replace the driver airbag or SDM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Safety And
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Steering Wheel Airbag".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1072
B0010 B0010 1A: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
DTC Description B0010 1B: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
B0010 56: None.
11 Passenger Airbag Short to Ground Possible Causes
12 Passenger Airbag Short to Battery
1A Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low • Connector failure or poor fit.
B0010
1B Passenger Airbag Resistance too High • SDM failure.
Passenger Frontal Airbag Incompatible • Front passenger airbag failure.
56
Configuration Reference Information
The front passenger front airbag module is triggered by the Airbag (1)
control signal from SDM ECU. There is a folding airbag and Reference Connector End View Information
an inflator in the module. When the SDM detects a severe
FC003 and BY036
front impact, the inflator will be triggered, resulting in the rapid
inflation of nylon bag. Reference Electrical Information
B0010 11: Front passenger airbag circuit is short to ground. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B0010 12: Front passenger airbag circuit is short to battery. a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
B0010 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
threshold. Front passenger airbag detects whether the lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, (guarantee area) R<0.9Ω. b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B0010 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the in "ON" position.
threshold. Front passenger airbag detects whether the c. Read "Airbag Warning Lamp State" and "Ignition
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) Circuit Resistance Value Of Passenger Airbag (PAB)"
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω. to check whether they are within the rational value
B0010 56: Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding loop is range).
short to battery, short to ground or output short circuit. • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external • No → Go to Step 2.
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. (For the
DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which is not match
with airbag explosion circuit configuration will be recorded a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
within 6s after power on). disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect harness connector FC003 of the front
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag passenger airbag and harness connector BY036 of
warning lamp illuminates. the SDM.
B0010 11: The resistance of front passenger airbag circuit to undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
ground returns to normal. information is read thoroughly.
B0010 12: The resistance of front passenger airbag circuit to
battery returns to normal. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector FC003 of the front passenger
1.0 1073
airbag and terminals of harness connector BY036 of

the SDM is less than 5Ω.


airbag or terminals of harness connector BY036 of
the SDM and the ground is infinite.


airbag or terminals of harness connector BY036 of
the SDM and the power supply is infinite.


3. Test/replace the front passenger airbag or SDM:

test/replace the front passenger airbag or SDM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Instrument Panel Airbag" .
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1074
B0020 B0020 12: The resistance of left side airbag circuit to battery
DTC FTB Failure Description B0020 1A: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
11 Left Side Airbag Short to Ground threshold.
12 Left Side Airbag Short to Battery B0020 1B: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
threshold.
B0020 1A Left Side Airbag Resistance too Low
B0020 56: None.
1B Left Side Airbag Resistance too High
Possible Causes
56 Left Side Airbag Incompatible Configuration
Subsystem Principle
The seat side airbag is fitted at the outside of the seat bracket • SDM failure.
below the seat skin. It can protect the rib, pelvis and upper
• Left seat side airbag failure.
visceral organs in case of a side collision. In case of a side
collision, if the severity is enough to deploy the seat side airbag, Reference Information
the SDM will send a control signal to trigger the seat side Reference Circuit Information
airbag. Airbag (2)
Conditions for Running DTCs Reference Connector End View Information
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. BY176 and BY036
B0020 11: There is leakage resistance between left side airbag
circuit and ground.
B0020 12: There is leakage resistance between left side airbag
circuit and battery. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B0020 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the
threshold. The left seat side airbag detects whether the a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, (guarantee area) R<0.9Ω. lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
B0020 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the
threshold. The left seat side airbag detects whether the b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) in "ON" position.
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω. c. Read "Airbag Warning Lamp State" and "Ignition
B0020 56: Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal Circuit Resistance Value Of Left Side Airbag" to
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding loop is check whether they are within the rational value
short to battery, short to ground or output short circuit. range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. (For the • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which is not match • No → Go to Step 2.
with airbag explosion circuit configuration will be recorded
within 6s after power on).
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag
warning lamp illuminates. b. Disconnect harness connector BY176 of the left side
airbag and harness connector BY036 of the SDM.
B0020 11: The resistance of left side airbag circuit to ground Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
returns to normal. undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
1.0 1075
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminal

of harness connector BY176 of the left side airbag
and terminal of harness connector BY036 of the
SDM is less than 5Ω.


SDM and the ground is infinite.


SDM and the power supply is infinite.


3. Test/replace the left side airbag or SDM:

test/replace the left side airbag or SDM.
Service Guide
to Refit and Remove Manual, "Safety And Protection" -
"Airbag" - "Supplemental Restraint System Sensing and
Diagnostic Module (SDM)".
1.0 1076
B0021 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description B0021 11: The resistance of left side curtain airbag circuit to
DTC FTB Failure Description ground returns to normal.
11 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Ground B0021 12: The resistance of left side curtain airbag circuit to
12 Left Curtain Airbag Short to Battery battery returns to normal.
1A Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low B0021 1A: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
B0021 threshold.
1B Left Curtain Airbag Resistance too High
B0021 1B: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
Left Curtain Airbag Incompatible
56 threshold.
Configuration
B0021 56: None.
Subsystem Principle
Possible Causes
The head side curtain module is fitted in the interior trim
panel above the front and rear doors. The airbag housing and • Related circuit failure.
inflator are fixed on one bracket in the middle of the airbag • Connector failure or poor fit.
module. The cable at the front is fixed at the lower part of A • SDM failure.
pillar. The airbag is fixed by plastic clips to ensure the airbag is • Left side curtain airbag failure.
separated from the body after inflation. The head side curtain
airbag module is connected with the SDM through the body
harness. The head side curtain airbag is provided to ensure all Reference Circuit Information
occupants' heads will not touch the vehicle body and intruded Airbag (2)
external objects will not hurt the occupants' bodies in case of
collision.
BY182 and BY175
B0021 11: Left side curtain airbag circuit is short to ground. Diagnostic Test Steps
B0021 12: Left side curtain airbag circuit is short to battery. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
threshold. The left side curtain airbag detects whether the a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, (guarantee area) R<0.9Ω. lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
B0021 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the
threshold. The left side curtain airbag detects whether the b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) in "ON" position.
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω. c. Read "Airbag Warning Lamp State" and "Ignition
B0021 56: Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal Circuit Resistance Value Of Left Side Curtain" to
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding loop is check whether they are within the rational value
short to battery, short to ground or output short circuit. range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. (For the • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which is not match • No → Go to Step 2.
with airbag explosion circuit configuration will be recorded
within 6s after power on).
warning lamp illuminates. b. Disconnect harness connector BY182 of the left side
curtain and harness connector BY175 of the SDM.
1.0 1077


of harness connector BY182 of the left side curtain
3. Test/replace the left side curtain or SDM:
test/replace the left side curtain or SDM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Side Curtain".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1078
B0028 B0028 12: The resistance of right side airbag circuit to battery
DTC FTB Failure Description B0028 1A: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
11 Right Side Airbag Short to Ground threshold.
12 Right Side Airbag Short to Battery B0028 1B: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
threshold.
1A Right Side Airbag Resistance too Low
B0028 B0028 56: None.
1B Right Side Airbag Resistance too High
Possible Causes
Right Side Airbag Incompatible
56 • Related circuit failure.
Configuration
Subsystem Principle
• SDM failure.
The seat side airbag is fitted at the outside of the seat bracket
• Right side airbag failure.
below the seat skin. It can protect the rib, pelvis and upper
visceral organs in case of a side collision. In case of a side Reference Information
collision, if the severity is enough to deploy the seat side airbag, Reference Circuit Information
the SDM will send a control signal to trigger the seat side Airbag (2)
airbag.
BY177 and BY036
B0028 11: Right side airbag circuit is short to ground.
B0028 12: Right side airbag circuit is short to battery.
threshold. The right side airbag detects whether the resistance
is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
(guarantee area) R<0.9Ω. the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
B0028 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
threshold. The right side airbag detects whether the resistance
is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω,
in "ON" position.
(guarantee area) R>5.8Ω.
c. Read "Airbag Warning Lamp State" and "Ignition
B0028 56:
Circuit Resistance Value Of Right Side Airbag" to
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal check whether they are within the rational value
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short range).
circuit. • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on.
(For the DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which 2. Programme or match the control module:
is not match with airbag explosion circuit configuration a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
will be recorded within 6s after power on). disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect harness connector BY177 of the right
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag side airbag and harness connector BY036 of the
warning lamp illuminates. SDM.

B0028 11: The resistance of right side airbag circuit to ground undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
returns to normal. information is read thoroughly.
1.0 1079
c. Test if the resistance between the following terminal

of harness connector BY177 of the right side airbag
and terminal of harness connector BY036 of the






3. Test/replace the right side airbag or SDM:

test/replace the right side airbag or SDM.
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1080
B0029 Operations of ECU after Failure
DTC Description The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag
DTC FTB Failure Description warning lamp illuminates.
11 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Ground Conditions for Clearing DTCs
12 Right Curtain Airbag Short to Battery B0029 11: The resistance of right side curtain circuit to ground
returns to normal.
1A Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too Low
B0029
B0029 12: The resistance of right side curtain circuit to battery
1B Right Curtain Airbag Resistance too High
returns to normal.
Right Curtain Airbag Incompatible
56 B0029 1A: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
Configuration
threshold.
Subsystem Principle
B0029 1B: The explosion circuit resistance returns to normal
The head side curtain module is fitted in the interior trim threshold.
panel above the front and rear doors. The airbag housing and
inflator are fixed on one bracket in the middle of the airbag B0029 56: None.
module. The cable at the front is fixed at the lower part of A Possible Causes
pillar. The airbag is fixed by plastic clips to ensure the airbag is • Related circuit failure.
separated from the body after inflation. The head side curtain
airbag module is connected with the SDM through the body
harness. The head side curtain airbag is provided to ensure all • SDM failure.
occupants' heads will not touch the vehicle body and intruded • Right side curtain failure.
external objects will not hurt the occupants' bodies in case of Reference Information
collision. Reference Circuit Information
Airbag (2)
BY183 and BY175
B0029 11: Right side curtain circuit is short to ground.
B0029 12: Right side curtain circuit is short to battery.
B0029 1A: Explosion loop resistance is lower than the
threshold. The right side curtain detects whether the
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
0.9Ω<R<1.8Ω, (guarantee area) R<0.9Ω. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B0029 1B: Explosion loop resistance is higher than the a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
threshold. The right side curtain detects whether the the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω. failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
B0029 56: b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding c. Read "Airbag Warning Lamp State" and "Ignition
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short Circuit Resistance Value Of Right Side Curtain" to
circuit. check whether they are within the rational value
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. range).
(For the DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
is not match with airbag explosion circuit configuration
will be recorded within 6s after power on).
1.0 1081
a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Safety And
disconnect the battery negative cable. Protection" - "Airbag" - "Side Curtain".
b. Disconnect harness connector BY183 of the right • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
side curtain and harness connector BY175 of the to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
SDM. "Supplemental Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic
Module (SDM)".

of harness connector BY183 of the right side curtain
3. Test/replace the right side curtain or SDM:
test/replace the right side curtain or SDM.
Service Guide
1.0 1082
DTC Description B0079 11: The resistance of LH pretensioner seat belt to
DTC FTB Failure Description ground returns to normal.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short B0079 12: The resistance of LH pretensioner seat belt to
11
to Ground power supply returns to normal.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor Short B0079 1A: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
12
to Battery
B0079 1B: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor
B0079 1A B0079 56: None.
Resistance too Low
Possible Causes
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor
1B
Resistance too High • Related circuit failure.
Left Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor • Connector failure or poor fit.
56
Incompatible Configuration • Driver seat belt retractor failure.
Subsystem Principle • SDM failure.

In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled
by the signal transferred from SDM. The front seat belt Reference Circuit Information
pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants are Airbag (1)
securely kept in their own positions.
BY090 and BY036
B0079 11: LH pretensioner seat belt is short to ground.
B0079 12: LH pretensioner seat belt is short to battery.
B0079 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
threshold. The LH pretensioner seat belt detects whether the
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area)
the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
1.0Ω<R<1.9Ω, (guarantee area) R<1.0Ω.
B0079 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
threshold. The lH pretensioner seat belt detects whether the
resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area)
in "ON" position.
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R>5.8Ω.
c. Read the "Driver Pretensioner Seat Belt Ignition
B0079 56:
Circuit Resistance" to check whether it is within
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding rational value range).
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external • No → Go to Step 2.

connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. 2. Programme or match the control module:
(For the DTC of high circuit resistance, the DTC which
will be recorded within 6s after power on). disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector BY090 of the driver seat belt retractor.
b. Conduct the driver seat belt retractor component
test. If the test result is abnormal, replace the driver
seat belt retractor.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY036 of the SDM.
1.0 1083
Warning: It is imperative that before any work is • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Safety And
undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate Protection" - "Seat Belt" - "Front Seat Belt Assembly".
information is read thoroughly. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals "Supplemental Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic
of harness connector BY090 of the driver seat belt Module (SDM)".
retractor and terminals of harness connector BY036
of the SDM is less than 5Ω.
of harness connector BY090 of the driver seat belt
retractor or terminals of harness connector BY036
of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
connector BY090 of the driver seat belt retractor
3. Test/replace the driver seat belt retractor:
connector BY090 of the driver seat belt retractor.
driver seat belt retractor is between 1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
replace the driver seat belt retractor or SDM.
Service Guide
1.0 1084
B007A Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description B007A 11: The resistance of RH pretensioner seat belt circuit
DTC FTB Failure Description to ground recovers to normal threshold.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor B007A 12: The resistance of RH pretensioner seat belt
11
Short to Ground pretensioner circuit to battery recovers to.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor B007A 1A: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
12
Short to Battery
B007A 1B: Explosion circuit resistance returns to normal.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor
B007A 1A B007A 56: None.
Resistance too Low
Possible Causes
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor
1B
Resistance too High • Related circuit failure.
Right Seat Belt Pretensioner Retractor • Connector failure or poor fit.
56
Incompatible Configuration • Front passenger seat belt retractor failure.
Subsystem Principle • SDM failure.

In case of collision, the seat belt pretensioner is controlled
by the signal transferred from SDM. The front seat belt Reference Circuit Information
pretensioner is tightened up to ensure that occupants are Airbag (1)
securely kept in their own positions.
BY091 and BY036
B007A 11: RH pretensioner seat belt is short to ground.
B007A 12: RH pretensioner seat belt is short to battery.
B007A 1A: Explosion circuit resistance is lower than the with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
threshold. The RH pretensioner seat belt detects whether
the resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
1.0Ω<R<1.9Ω, (guarantee area) R<1.9Ω. the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
B007A 1B: Explosion circuit resistance is higher than the failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
threshold. The RH pretensioner seat belt detects whether
the resistance is within any of the following ranges: (gray area) b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
2.4Ω<R<5.8Ω, (guarantee area) R〉5.8Ω. in "ON" position.
B007A 56: c. Read the "Passenger Pretensioner Seat Belt Ignition

Circuit Resistance" to check whether it is within
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding rational value range).
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external • No → Go to Step 2.

connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. 2. Programme or match the control module:
will be recorded within 6s after power on). disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector BY091 of the front passenger seat belt
retractor.
b. Conduct the front passenger seat belt retractor
component test. If the test result is abnormal,
replace the front passenger seat belt retractor.
1.0 1085
c. Disconnect harness connector BY036 of the SDM. Service Guide

Protection" - "Seat Belt" - "Front Seat Belt Assembly".
of harness connector BY091 of the front passenger • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
seat belt retractor and terminals of harness to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
connector BY036 of the SDM is less than 5Ω. "Supplemental Restraint System Sensing and Diagnostic
Module (SDM)".
of harness connector BY091 of the front passenger
seat belt retractor or terminals of harness connector
BY036 of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
connector BY091 of the front passenger seat belt
retractor or terminals of harness connector BY036
of the SDM and the power supply is infinite.
3. Test/replace the front passenger seat belt retractor or
SDM:
a. Place the ignition switch in OFF position, and
connector BY091 of front passenger seat belt
pretensioner.
front passenger seat belt pretensioner is between
1.0Ω and 5.8Ω.
test/replace the front passenger seat belt retractor or
SDM.
1.0 1086
DTC Description B0090 87: Signal is recovered to be normal again.
B0090 49, 56, 86: None.
49 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Internal Fault Possible Causes
Left Front Side Impact Sensor Type • Related circuit failure.
56
Mismatch
B0090 Left Front Side Impact Sensor Lost
87 • SDM failure.
Communication
• Front left impact sensor failure.
Left Front Satellite Sensor Transmitted Data
86 Reference Information
Invalid
Subsystem Principle
Airbag (2)
The front impact sensor is located on the front bumper
bracket and fixed to the body with bolts. The sensor is
designed with a mounting position for correct refit. Each BY012 and BY175
sensor includes an electronic circuit and a sensing unit. The Reference Electrical Information
front impact sensor sends an acceleration signal to ECU, and
ECU determines whether to trigger it through calculation.
Conditions for Running DTCs Diagnostic Test Steps
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B0090 49: Sensor interior electronic failure.
B0090 56: If the RAS is not configured, and the sensor is lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
normal; or if the RAS is not configured but the sensor itself failure, the warning lamp shall go off about 4s later.
is separated. b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B0090 87: in "ON" position.
• Sensor short to battery or ground is detected within c. Read the "Airbag Warning Lamp State" to check
200ms. whether it is within the rational value range (refer
• Sensor communication failure is detected within 200ms.
• Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
B0090 86: Sensor deviation failure is detected. Acceleration
data is too high/low. • No → Go to Step 2.
• Exploding loop is not configured, and it is in normal 2. Programme or match the control module:
condition within 6s after power on, or the exploding a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
loop is short to battery, short to ground or output short disconnect the battery negative cable.
circuit. b. Disconnect harness connector BY012 of the left
• If the explosion circuit is configured, and the external front impact sensor and harness connector BY175
connection is not detected within 6s after power-on. of the SDM.
is not match with airbag explosion circuit configuration Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
will be recorded within 6s after power on). undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
Operations of ECU after Failure information is read thoroughly.
B0090 49, 87, 86: Driver side airbag explosion is forbidden.

B0090 56: The left front impact sensor match error failure, of harness connector BY012 of the left front impact
which does not affect the explosion function, but the explosion sensor and terminals of harness connector BY175 of
time may stop. the SDM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1087


of harness connector BY012 of the left front impact
the SDM and the ground is infinite.


of harness connector BY012 of the left front impact

3. Test/replace the left front impact sensor or SDM:

test/replace the left front impact sensor or SDM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Front Impact Sensor".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1088
DTC Description
BY180 and BY036
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal
Fault
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Lost Diagnostic Test Steps
87
Communication 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B0091
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
86
Transmitted Data Invalid a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
Left B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
56 lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
Incompatible Configuration
Subsystem Principle
The side impact sensor is beside the body sill frame and in "ON" position.
fixed to the body with bolts. The sensor is designed with a
mounting position for correct refit. Each sensor includes an c. Read the "Airbag Warning Lamp State" to check
electronic circuit and a sensing unit. The side impact sensor whether it is within the rational value range (refer
sends acceleration signal to the SDM, which determines to the Appendix for rational value range).
whether to trigger through calculation. • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Programme or match the control module:
B0091 49: Sensor interior electronic failure. disconnect the battery negative cable.
B0091 87: One or several times of sensor short to ground or b. Disconnect harness connector BY180 of the left
power supply are detected within 200ms. One or several times impact sensor and harness connector BY036 of the
of sensor communication error are detected within 200ms. SDM.
B0091 56: If the RAS is not configured, and the sensor is

normal.
B0091 86: Acceleration data limit is too low/high. information is read thoroughly.
B0091 49, 87, 86: Driver side airbag trigger is forbidden.
of harness connector BY180 of the left impact
B0091 56: Left SIS configuration is incorrect, and only the left sensor and terminals of harness connector BY036 of
trigger is restricted. the SDM is less than 5Ω.
B0091 87: Signal is recovered to be normal again. • Terminal BY180-1 and Terminal BY036-8
B0091 49, 56, 86: None. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• SDM failure. the SDM and the ground is infinite.
• Left impact sensor failure.
Airbag (2)
1.0 1089



3. Test/replace the left impact sensor or SDM:

test/replace the left impact sensor or SDM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Side Impact Sensor".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1090
B0095 • Right front impact sensor failure.
Right Front Side Impact Sensor Internal Airbag (2)
49
Fault Reference Connector End View Information
Right Front Side Impact Sensor Type BY018 and BY175
56
Mismatch
B0095 Reference Electrical Information
Right Front Side Impact Sensor Lost
Communication
Right Front Satellite Sensor Transmitted Diagnostic Test Steps
86
Data Invalid 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
The front impact sensor is located on the front bumper
bracket and fixed to the body with bolts. The sensor is
designed with a mounting position for correct refit. Each
sensor includes an electronic circuit and a sensing unit. The
front impact sensor sends an acceleration signal to ECU, and b. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
ECU determines whether to trigger it through calculation. in "ON" position.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Read the "Airbag Warning Lamp State" to check
• Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
B0095 49: Sensor interior electronic failure.
normal; or if the RAS is not configured but the sensor itself
is separated. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
B0095 87:
b. Disconnect harness connector BY018 of the right
• Sensor short to battery or ground is detected within front impact sensor and harness connector BY175
200ms. of the SDM.
• Sensor communication failure is detected within 200ms.
B0095 86: Sensor deviation failure is detected. Acceleration
data is too high/low.
B0095 49, 87, 86: Driver side airbag trigger is forbidden. c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY018 of the right front
B0095 56: The right front impact sensor match error failure,
impact sensor and terminals of harness connector
which does not affect the trigger function, but the trigger time
BY175 of the SDM is less than 5Ω.
may stop.
B0095 87: Signal is recovered to be normal again.
B0095 49, 56, 86: None. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Related circuit failure. of harness connector BY018 of the right front
• Connector failure or poor fit. impact sensor or terminals of harness connector
BY175 of the SDM and the ground is infinite.
• SDM failure.
1.0 1091


of harness connector BY018 of the right front
impact sensor or terminals of harness connector
BY175 of the SDM and the power supply is infinite.


3. Test/replace the right front impact sensor or SDM:

test/replace the right front impact sensor or SDM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Front Impact Sensor".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1092
DTC Description
BY181 and BY036
Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor Internal
Fault
Right B-Pillar Side Impact Sensor Lost Diagnostic Test Steps
87
Communication 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B0096
Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
86
Transmitted Data Invalid a. When the ignition switch is placed in "ON" position,
Right B-Pillar Side Satellite Sensor the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
56 lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
Incompatible Configuration
Subsystem Principle
The side impact sensor is beside the body sill frame and in "ON" position.
fixed to the body with bolts. The sensor is designed with a
mounting position for correct refit. Each sensor includes an c. Read the "Airbag Warning Lamp State" to check
electronic circuit and a sensing unit. The side impact sensor whether it is within the rational value range (refer
sends acceleration signal to the SDM, which determines to the Appendix for rational value range).
whether to trigger through calculation. • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Programme or match the control module:
B0096 49: Sensor interior electronic failure. disconnect the battery negative cable.
B0096 87: One or several times of sensor short to ground or b. Disconnect harness connector BY181 of the right
power supply are detected within 200ms. One or several times impact sensor and harness connector BY036 of the
of sensor communication error are detected within 200ms. SDM.

normal.
B0096 86: Acceleration data limit is too low/high. information is read thoroughly.
B0096 49, 87, 86: Driver side airbag trigger is forbidden.
of harness connector BY181 of the right impact
B0096 56: Right impact sensor configuration code is incorrect, sensor and terminals of harness connector BY036 of
only the right trigger is forbidden. the SDM is less than 5Ω.
B0096 87: Signal is recovered to be normal again. • Terminal BY181-1 and Terminal BY036-7
B0096 49, 56, 86: None. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• SDM failure. the SDM and the ground is infinite.
• Right impact sensor failure.
Airbag (2)
1.0 1093



3. Test/replace the right impact sensor or SDM:

test/replace the right impact sensor or SDM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Airbag" - "Side Impact Sensor".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1094
B1932, B1933, B1934, B193E and B193F Possible Causes
DTC Description SDM failure.
B1932 00 Frontal Deployment Data Record Exist Reference Electrical Information
B1933 00 Side Deployment Data Record Exist Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1934 00 Rear Deployment Data Record Exist
Deployment Data Record Full: No
B193E 00 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Over-Write-Able Records Exist
00 SDM Internal Faults-Control Function Block
49 SDM Internal Faults-Power the warning lamp of airbag shall be on, so that the
B193F
09 SDM Internal Faults-Acceleration Sensors lamp check can be performed. If the airbag has no
96 SDM Internal Faults-Firing Circuit
Subsystem Principle
in "ON" position.
While energized, the SDM monitors the preparation of the
c. Read the "Airbag Warning Lamp State" to check
restraint system module. After start-up, it shall perform the
continuous monitoring. Airbag control unit can detect the
short circuit in the system, as well as the short circuit/leakage
and open circuit of the battery. If the system or component • Yes → Test/replace the SDM;
failure is detected, the SDM warning lamp will illuminate to • No → Go to Step 2.
warn the driver. Airbag control unit tests the current of
the airbag and pre-tensioner trigger device, and check the 2. Test/replace the SDM:
continuity of related circuits. a. The DTC will be saved as a historical DTC and not
Conditions for Running DTCs affect the module operation. If it is just saved as a
historical DTC, instead of a current DTC, it is not
required to replace the module.
b. If the DTC is both a "historical" DTC and a "current"
B193E 00: There is no writable record after the airbag trigger DTC, test/replace the SDM.
data has been completely written into EEPROM for 100ms.
c. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
B193F 00: Control function module failure inside the SDM. test/replace the SDM.
B193F 09: Acceleration sensor failure inside the SDM. Service Guide
B193F 49: Power-related failure inside the SDM. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Safety And
B193F 96: Ignition circuit failure inside the SDM. Protection" - "Airbag" - "Supplemental Restraint System
B1932 00: Front trigger data is written in EEPROM.
B1933 00: Side trigger data is written in EEPROM. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
B1934 00: Rear trigger data is written in EEPROM.
Module (SDM)".
B193E, B1932, B1933, B1934: The module still has the function
of trigger, and the airbag warning lamp illuminates.
B193F: Based on the internal failure types, the trigger is

forbidden.
None.
1.0 1095
U0073 • No → Diagnosis is completed.

a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off (Power)". If other module tests are normal, continue
the following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle
The SDM communicates with other modules via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect harness connector BY036 of SDM and
harness connector BY087 of DLC.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
When the controller has the transmission error for certain undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus information is read thoroughly.
of harness connector BY036 of SDM and the
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag terminals of harness connector BY087 of DLC is
warning lamp illuminates. less than 5Ω.
"Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s.
Possible Causes
• SDM failure. terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM or
• DLC failure. the terminals of harness connector BY087 of DLC
Reference Information and the ground is infinite.

BY036 and BY087
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY036 of SDM or the terminals of
harness connector BY087 of DLC and the ground
is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check the mounting position, harness and connector
of SDM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
visual check. f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Yes → Go to Step 2; • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 1096
3. Test/replace the SDM:

test/replace the SDM.
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1097

DTC Description 2. Test related circuits: (1.5L)
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
U0100 87 (Power)". If other module tests are normal, continue
Module (ECM)
Subsystem Principle
The SDM communicates with the engine control module disconnect the battery negative cable, and
(ECM) via the CAN bus. disconnect harness connector BY036 of SDM and
Conditions for Running DTCs harness connector BY190 of ECM.

Conditions for Setting DTCs undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the information is read thoroughly.
ECM module cannot be received within 2s.
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag terminals of harness connector BY190 of ECM is
failure warning lamp illuminates. less than 5Ω.
times.
terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM or
• SDM failure. the terminals of harness connector BY190 of ECM
• Engine control module failure. and the ground is infinite.
BY036, BY190 and BY205 e. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
connector BY036 of SDM or the terminals of
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector BY190 of ECM and the ground
is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check the harness connector of SDM and the • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal BY190-1
harness connector of ECM for looseness, poor If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, for short to battery.
deformation, etc.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
visual check. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Go to Step 2 or 3; 3. Test related circuits: (1.0T)
1.0 1098
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network Service Guide
(Power)". If other module tests are normal, continue
b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)".
disconnect the battery negative cable, and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
disconnect harness connector BY036 of SDM and Control System" - "Engine Control Module (ECM)".
harness connector BY205 of ECM.
Module (SDM)".
terminals of harness connector BY205 of ECM is • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
less than 5Ω. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,


terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM or
the terminals of harness connector BY205 of ECM


harness connector BY205 of ECM and the ground
is 2 ~ 3V.


4. Test/replace the SDM or ECM:

test/replace the SDM or ECM.
1.0 1099

DTC FTB Failure Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
Lost Communication with Stability Control (Power)". If other module tests are normal, continue
U0122 87
System (SCS) the following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
The SDM communicates with the dynamic stability control disconnect the battery negative cable, and
system (SCS) via the CAN bus. disconnect harness connector BY036 of SDM and
harness connector BY200 of SCS control unit.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
SCS module cannot be received within 2s.
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY036 of SDM and the
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag terminals of harness connector BY200 of SCS
warning lamp illuminates. control unit is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuit failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following

• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM or
the terminals of harness connector BY200 of SCS
• SCS control unit failure.
control unit and the ground is infinite.
• SDM failure.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
Reference Electrical Information harness connector BY200 of SCS control unit and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection the ground is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check the harness connector of SDM and the
harness connector of SCS control unit for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
visual check. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again 3. Test/replace the SDM or SCS control unit module:
and confirm if there remains any DTC. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• Yes → Go to Step 2; test/replace the SDM or SCS control unit module.
1.0 1100
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1101

Lost Communication with Power Steering
U0131 87 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
Control Module (EPS)
Subsystem Principle
The SDM communicates with the electric power steering
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect harness connector BY036 of SDM and
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector FC005 of EPS module.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
the electric power steering module (EPS) cannot be received information is read thoroughly.
within 2s.
Operations of ECU after Failure c. Test if the resistance between the following
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM and
warning lamp illuminates. the terminals of harness connector FC005 of EPS
module is less than 5Ω.
times. • Terminal BY036-2 and Terminal FC005-8
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between the following
• Electric power steering module failure. terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM or
the terminals of harness connector FC005 of EPS
• SDM failure.
BY036 and FC005
harness connector FC005 of EPS module and the
Diagnostic Test Steps ground is 2 ~ 3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY036-1 or Terminal FC005-7
a. Check the harness connector of SDM and the • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal FC005-8
harness connector of EPS module for looseness,
deformation, etc.
visual check.
1.0 1102
3. Test/replace the SDM or EPS module:
If the DTC still exists through the detection and

maintenance above, try to test/replace the SDM or EPS
module.
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1103

DTC FTB Failure Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
Lost Communication with Body Control (Power)". If other module tests are normal, continue
U0140 87
Module (BCM) the following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
The SDM communicates with the body control module (BCM) disconnect the battery negative cable, and
via the CAN bus. disconnect harness connector BY036 of the SDM
and harness connector BY027 of the BCM.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
body control module (BCM) cannot be received within 2s.
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY036 of SDM and the
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag terminals of harness connector BY027 of BCM is
warning lamp illuminates. less than 5Ω.
• Related circuit failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following

• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM or
the terminals of harness connector BY027 of BCM
• BCM failure.
• SDM failure.
Reference Connector End View Information e. Connect the battery negative cable, and test if the
Reference Electrical Information harness connector BY027 of BCM and the ground
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check the harness connector of SDM and the
harness connector of BCM for looseness, poor
contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
visual check. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again 3. Test/replace the SDM or BCM:
• Yes → Go to Step 2; test/replace the SDM or BCM.
1.0 1104
Service Guide
"Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1105

U0155 87 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network
(IPK)
Subsystem Principle the following inspection procedures.
The SDM communicates with the instrument pack (IPK) via the b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect harness connector BY036 of the SDM
and harness connector FC006 of the instrument
pack.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
instrument pack (IPK) cannot be received within 2s. undertaken on the SRS system the appropriate
The module still has the function of trigger, and the airbag c. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
warning lamp illuminates. of harness connector BY036 of the SDM and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs the terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
times. • Terminal BY036-1 and Terminal FC006-27
Possible Causes • Terminal BY036-2 and Terminal FC006-26
• Instrument pack failure. d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
of harness connector BY036 of the SDM or the
• SDM failure.
Reference Information instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY036-1 or Terminal FC006-27
Bus System and DLC (1) • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal FC006-26
BY036 and FC006 for short to ground.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY036 of the SDM or the terminals of
harness connector FC006 of the instrument pack
and the ground is 2~3V.
a. Check harness connector BY036 of the SDM and
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
contamination, deformation, etc. for short to battery.
visual check.
3. Test/replace the SDM or instrument pack:
1.0 1106
test/replace the SDM or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1107
U1562 and U1563 • Yes → Go to Step 2;

U1562 17 Battery Voltage High a. Check the SDM power supply fuses F5 and F10 in
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low the passenger compartment for blowout, corrosion
or damage.
Subsystem Principle
b. Check if the battery voltage is within the normal
When the voltage supply is not within the specified range, the
range of 11~14V.
MIL will illuminate. The DTCs are saved in the memory.
c. Disconnect the battery negative cable and harness
connector BY175 of the SDM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs Warning: It is imperative that before any work is
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V for 15s.
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V for 15s.
terminal BY175-2 of the SDM and the ground is less
than 5Ω.
U1562: The power supply voltage is less than 15.5V for 5s.
e. Connect the battery negative cable.
U1563: The power supply voltage is more than 9.5V for 5s.
f. Test if the voltage between harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY036-12 of the SDM and the ground is
• Related circuit failure. the battery voltage.
• Battery failure. for open circuit, high resistance or short to ground.
• SDM failure. g. Disconnect harness connector BY040 of the
Reference Information passenger compartment fuse box.
Reference Circuit Information h. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY036-12 of the SDM or harness connector
Airbag (1)
terminal BY040-10 of the passenger compartment
Reference Connector End View Information fuse box and the ground is infinite.
BY036, BY040 and BY175 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Diagnostic Test Steps and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Yes → Go to Step 3;
a. Check harness connector BY036 of SDM and the • No → Diagnosis is completed.

battery pile for looseness, poor contact, distortion, 3. Test/replace the SDM:
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in test/replace the SDM.
visual check.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Supplemental Restraint System" - "Steering
Wheel Supplemental Restraint System".
1.0 1108
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1109
DTC Troubleshooting IPK
IPK
DTC List
List

B1200 29 Fuel Sender Resistance out of Upper Range II
B1201 00 Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Lamp Fail I
B1220 00 Distance Count Signal Error II
B1221 86 Count Signal Error II
B1752 11 Stop Start Button Input Voltage Short to Ground I
B1752 15 Stop Start Button Input Voltage Open or Short to Battery I
B1753 71 Stop Start Button Stuck I
B1764 00 Stop Start Button Sensing Fault I
B1955 17 PDC Voltage High II
B1956 16 PDC Voltage Low II
B1957 31 PDC Rear Left Sensor Fault II
B1959 31 PDC Rear Middle Sensor Fault II
B195A 31 PDC Rear Right Sensor Fault II
P0564 11 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Short to Ground I
P0564 12 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Short to Battery I
P0564 96 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Component Internal Failure I
P0564 1C Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Circuit Circuit Voltage Out of Range I
P0589 11 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit Short to Ground I
P0589 12 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit Short to Battery I
P0589 96 Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B” Circuit Component Internal Failure I
P0589 1C Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" Circuit Component Internal Failure I
P0955 96 Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Component Internal Failure I
P0955 1C Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Voltage Out of Range I
U0073 88 CAN Bus Off I
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) I
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) I
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) I
U0131 87 Lost Communication with Power Steering Control Module (EPS) I
U0140 87 Lost Communication with Body Control Module (BCM) I
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) I
U0245 87 Lost Communication with Front Infotainment Control Module (FICM) II
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) II
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High I
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low I
U2001 42 ECU Error-EEPROM Checksum Error II
1.0 1110
IPK DTC Troubleshooting
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error II
*Remarks:

1.0 1111
Diagnostic Information and Procedure a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1200 in "ON" position.
DTC Description b. Read the "Fuel Tank Level Remaining" to check
DTC FTB Failure Description whether it is within the rational value range (refer
B1200 29 Fuel Sender Resistance out of Upper Range
• Yes → Test/replace the fuel level sensor;
Subsystem Principle
The instrument is directly connected with the fuel sensor via
a hard wire. The resistance value of fuel sensor will change
with the height of fuel level, and the instrument pack module a. Check harness connector BY045 of fuel level sensor
uses the input signal from the fuel sensor to calculate the and harness connector FC006 of instrument pack
percentage of remaining fuel in the fuel tank. If IPK detects that for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
the fuel sensor signal exceeds the measured value of normal contamination, deformation, etc.
fuel quantity, it will be judged as sensor failure. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• U1562 and U1563 are not set.
• The resistance of fuel sensor is greater than 225Ω for 2s.
• The resistance of fuel sensor is less than 34Ω for 2s.
The fuel display is normal in the current ignition cycle, and the
warning indicator lamp will flash if the failure still occurs in the
disconnect harness connector BY045 of fuel level
next ignition cycle.
sensor and harness connector FC006 of instrument
Conditions for Clearing DTCs pack.
• The resistance of fuel sensor is less than or equal to 225Ω b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
and greater than or equal to 34Ω for 2s. BY045 of fuel level sensor and harness connector
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition FC006 of instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
cycles. • Terminal FC006-22 and Terminal BY045-3
Possible Causes • Terminal FC006-23 and Terminal BY045-4
• Instrument pack failure. c. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
• Fuel sensor failure. connector BY045 of fuel level sensor or harness
Reference Information connector FC006 of instrument pack and the ground
is infinite.
Instrument Pack
FC006 and BY045 for short to ground.
Reference Electrical Information d. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
connector BY045 of fuel level sensor or harness
connector FC006 of instrument pack and the power
Diagnostic Test Steps supply is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output • Terminal FC006-22 or Terminal BY045-3
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: • Terminal FC006-23 or Terminal BY045-4
1.0 1112

4. Test/replace the fuel level sensor or instrument pack.

test/replace the fuel level sensor or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1113
B1201 poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,

B1201 00 Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Lamp Fail
Subsystem Principle
With the ignition switch in "ON" position, this lamp illuminates and confirm if there remains any DTC.
to conduct a system self-check, and goes off upon the
completion. If this lamp does not extinguish after the
self-check is over or illuminates during driving, it indicates that • No → Diagnosis is completed.
the SRS system has failure. 2. Test related circuits:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
• U1562 and U1563 are not set. disconnect harness connector BY036 of SDM and
harness connector FC006 of instrument pack.
• The airbag warning lamp illuminates.
BY036 of SDM and harness connector FC006 of
• The voltage of airbag warning lamp is less than 1.6V or
instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
greater than 2.7V for 2s.
None
• The airbag warning lamp illuminates.
• The voltage of airbag warning lamp is greater than or
BY036 of SDM or harness connector FC006 of
equal to 1.6V and less than or equal to 2.7V for 2s.
instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
cycles. • Terminal BY036-1 or Terminal FC006-27
Possible Causes • Terminal BY036-2 or Terminal FC006-26
• Instrument pack failure. d. Respectively test if the resistance between harness

connector BY036 of SDM or harness connector
• SDM failure.
FC006 of instrument pack and the power supply is
infinite.
BY036 and FC006 for short to battery.
Reference Electrical Information e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Check harness connector BY036 of SDM and harness
3. Test/replace the SDM or instrument pack.
connector FC006 of instrument pack for looseness,
test/replace the SDM or instrument pack.
1.0 1114
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1115
B1220 and B1221 • Connector failure or poor fit.

DTC Description • Instrument pack failure.
DTC FTB Failure Description • Dynamic stability system control unit failure.
B1220 00 Distance Count Signal Error Reference Information
B1221 86 Count Signal Error Reference Circuit Information
Subsystem Principle Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (3)
BCM stores the vehicle odometer reading (up to 999999km).
Distance count is displayed on the instrument pack which FC006 and BY200
displays the latest maximum mileage. Odometer reading
cannot be modified after being saved. Reference Electrical Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Diagnostic Test Steps

• DTCs U1562, U1563 and U0073 are not set. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
• DTC U0121 is not set. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B1220: in "ON" position.
• 1.5L: The data string monitors that 2 continuous pulse b. Read the "Actual Mileage" to check whether it is
counts are more than or equal to 20 in the actual mileage, within rational value range (refer to the Appendix
and the failure occurs for accumulative 5 times. for rational value range).
• 1.0T: The actual mileage is greater than the reading • Yes → Test/replace the instrument pack;
displayed on the odometer. • No → Go to Step 2.
B1221: 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
• 1.5L: ABS_DSC_HSC_FrP02 (0x512) data-frame a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack
timeout. and harness connector BY200 of SCS control unit
• 1.0T: SCS_HSC1_FrP15 (0x353) data-frame timeout. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Operations of ECU after Failure contamination, deformation, etc.
The occurrence times of odometer failure increase. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1220:
• The network frame including mileage-related signal can and confirm if there remains any DTC.
be received normally and the mileage validity signal is in
valid state.
B1221: a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• 1.5L: CAN receives the ABS_DSC_HSC_FrP02 (0X512) disconnect the battery negative cable, and
data-frame within 100 ignition cycles. disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
pack and harness connector BY200 of SCS control
• 1.0T: CAN receives the SCS_HSC1_FrP15 (0x353)
unit.
data-frame within 100 ignition cycles.
FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
cycles.
BY200 of SCS control unit is less than 5Ω.
Possible Causes
1.0 1116
If it is not within the specified range, test/repair the

FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
BY200 of SCS control unit and the ground is infinite.

Test if the resistance between harness connector

BY200 of SCS control unit and the power supply
is infinite.

4. Test/replace the instrument pack or SCS control unit.

test/replace the instrument pack or SCS control unit.
Service Guide
and Entertainment System" - "Display and Instrument" -
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1117

DTC Description
Stop Start Button Input Voltage Short to
11 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Ground
B1752
Stop Start Button Input Voltage Open or a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack
15 and harness connector BY089 of start-stop switch
Short to Battery
The start-stop button (SSB) is on the instrument panel of the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
driver compartment, which is used for requesting the engine found in visual check.
to start and stop.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B1752 11: The ratio of battery voltage to SSB input voltage is 2. Test related circuits:
less than or equal to 22.2%.
B1752 15: The ratio of battery voltage to SSB input voltage is disconnect the battery negative cable, and
more than or equal to 88.2%. disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
Operations of ECU after Failure pack and harness connector BY089 of start-stop
None. switch.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal FC006-3 of instrument pack and harness
B1752 11:
connector terminal BY089-6 of start-stop switch
• The ratio of battery voltage to SSB input voltage is more is less than 5Ω.
than 22.2%. If it is not within the specified range, test/repair the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition circuit for open circuit/high resistance.
cycles.
c. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
B1752 15: connector terminal FC006-3 of instrument pack or
• The ratio of battery voltage to SSB input voltage is less harness connector terminal BY089-6 of start-stop
than 88.2%. switch and the ground is infinite.
Possible Causes d. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
connector terminal FC006-3 of instrument pack or
harness connector terminal BY089-6 of start-stop
switch and the power supply is infinite.
• Start-stop switch failure. for short to battery.
Instrument Pack and confirm if there remains any DTC.
FC006 and BY089 • No → Diagnosis is completed.

3. Test/replace the instrument pack or start-stop switch.
1.0 1118
test/replace the instrument pack or start-stop switch.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1119
B1753 and B1764 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Instrument Pack
B1753 71 Stop Start Button Stuck Reference Connector End View Information
B1764 00 Stop Start Button Sensing Fault
FC006 and BY089
Subsystem Principle
The start-stop button (SSB) is on the instrument panel of the
driver compartment, which is used for requesting the engine
to start and stop. Diagnostic Test Steps
B1753: a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. and harness connector BY089 of start-stop switch
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set.
B1764:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. found in visual check.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Driving Mode ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1753: SSB is pressed for more than 20s。 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B1764: IPK SSB failure appears for 5 times (SSB state signal is • No → Diagnosis is completed.
sent to BCM and then to IPK). 2. Test related circuits:
None. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
pack and harness connector BY089 of start-stop
B1753:
switch.
• SSB switch is released.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal FC006-3 of instrument pack and harness
cycles. connector terminal BY089-6 of start-stop switch
B1764: is less than 5Ω.
• IPK module is awakened. If it is not within the specified range, test/repair the
• Relevant DTCs are cleared.
• IPK module receives a SSB state change signal from the c. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
body control module and monitors SSB input. connector terminal FC006-3 of instrument pack or
switch and the ground is infinite.
cycles.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
connector terminal FC006-3 of instrument pack or
• Start-stop switch failure. switch and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 1120
3. Test/replace the instrument pack or start-stop switch.

test/replace the instrument pack or start-stop switch.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1121
B1955 and B1956 Reference Connector End View Information

DTC Description
BY203 and FC006
B1955 17 PDC Voltage High
B1956 16 PDC Voltage Low
Subsystem Principle
During reversing, if the vehicle has to go through obstructions
on the road, the parking aid system will send a warning to the
driver. The system consists of the ultrasonic sensor fitted on a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
rear bumper, and the instrument pack. When the vehicle is in "ON" position.
in reverse gear, the ultrasonic sensor is used to monitor the b. Perform the forced output of "Parking Assist Alarm
area around the rear bumper, if an object is detected within the Sound Triggered" and observe the parking assist
monitoring area, the acoustic alarm device in the instrument alarm for relevant response or action.
pack will issue a warning. The system is able to detect relatively
hard solid objects and also objects like wire fence. • Yes → Test/replace the reverse lamp switch;
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack
Conditions for Setting DTCs and harness connector BY203 of parking assist sensor
B1955: PDC signal overvoltage failure is 1.
B1956: PDC signal undervoltage failure is 1.
Operations of ECU after Failure found in visual check.
There is no PDC display. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1955:
• PDC signal overvoltage failure is 0.
B1956: a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• PDC signal undervoltage failure is 0. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
pack and harness connector BY203 of parking assist
cycles.
sensor.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. terminal FC006-25 of instrument pack and harness
• Connector failure or poor fit. connector terminal BY203-3 of parking assist sensor
• Rear left parking assist sensor failure. is less than 5Ω.
• Rear middle parking assist sensor failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Rear right parking assist sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Instrument pack failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Information terminal FC006-25 of instrument pack or harness
connector terminal BY203-3 of parking assist sensor
1.0 1122
terminal FC006-25 of instrument pack or harness
connector terminal BY203-3 of parking assist sensor


4. Test/replace the instrument pack or parking assist sensor.

test/replace the instrument pack or parking assist sensor.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
Protection" - "Parking Assist System" - "Rear Ultrasonic
Sensor".
1.0 1123
B1957 a. Check harness connector BY204 of rear left parking

DTC Description assist sensor and harness connector BY203 of middle
parking assist sensor for looseness, poor contact,
B1957 31 PDC Rear Left Sensor Fault etc.
The rear left parking assist sensor judges the distance found in visual check.
between obstacles and the vehicle by monitoring obstacles c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
and transferring the signal to the instrument pack. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The rear left parking assist sensor signal failure is 1. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the battery negative cable, and
There is no PDC display. disconnect harness connector BY204 of rear left
parking assist sensor and harness connector BY204
of instrument pack.
• The rear left parking assist sensor signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY203-2 of rear left parking assist sensor
cycles. and harness connector terminal BY204-3 of middle
Possible Causes parking assist sensor is less than 5Ω.
• Rear left parking assist sensor failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Middle parking assist sensor failure. terminal BY203-2 of rear left parking assist sensor
Reference Information or harness connector terminal BY204-3 of middle
parking assist sensor and the ground is infinite.
Parking Aid Control System
BY204 and BY203 terminal BY203-2 of rear left parking assist sensor
or harness connector terminal BY204-3 of middle
parking assist sensor and the power supply is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
in "ON" position. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
b. Perform the forced output of "Parking Assist Alarm • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Sound Triggered" and observe the parking assist
4. Test/replace the rear left parking assist sensor or middle
alarm for relevant response or action.
parking assist sensor.
• Yes → Test/replace the reverse lamp switch;
• No → Go to Step 2. test/replace the rear left parking assist sensor or middle
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: parking assist sensor.
1.0 1124
Service Guide
Sensor".
1.0 1125
B1959 a. Check harness connector BY203 of the rear middle

DTC Description parking assist sensor and harness connector FC006
of the instrument pack for looseness, poor contact,
B1959 31 PDC Rear Middle Sensor Fault etc.
The rear middle parking assist sensor judges the distance found in visual check.

The PDC rear middle sensor signal failure is 1. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
There is no PDC display. disconnect harness connector BY203 of rear middle
parking assist sensor and harness connector FC006
of instrument pack.
• The PDC rear middle sensor signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY203-3 of rear middle parking assist
cycles. sensor and harness connector terminal FC006-25 of
Possible Causes instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
• Instrument pack failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Rear middle parking assist sensor failure. terminal BY203-3 of rear middle parking assist
Reference Information sensor or harness connector terminal FC006-25 of
instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
FC006 and BY203 terminal BY203-3 of rear middle parking assist
sensor or harness connector terminal FC006-25 of
instrument pack and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the rear middle parking assist sensor or
instrument pack.
• No → Go to Step 2. test/replace the rear middle parking assist sensor or
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: instrument pack.
1.0 1126
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
Sensor".
1.0 1127
B195A a. Check harness connector BY202 of the rear right

DTC Description parking assist sensor and harness connector BY203
of the middle parking assist sensor for looseness,
B195A 31 PDC Rear Right Sensor Fault deformation, etc.
The rear right parking assist sensor judges the distance found in visual check.

The right rear PDC sensor signal failure is 1. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
There is no PDC display. disconnect harness connector BY202 of rear right
parking assist sensor and harness connector BY203
of middle parking assist sensor.
• The right rear PDC sensor signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY202-3 of rear right parking assist sensor
cycles. and harness connector terminal BY203-2 of middle
Possible Causes parking assist sensor is less than 5Ω.
• Middle parking assist sensor failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Rear right parking assist sensor failure. terminal BY202-3 of rear right parking assist sensor
Reference Information or harness connector terminal BY203-2 of middle
parking assist sensor and the ground is infinite.
Parking Aid Control System
BY202 and BY203 terminal BY202-3 of rear right parking assist sensor
or harness connector terminal BY203-2 of middle
parking assist sensor and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the rear right parking assist sensor or middle
parking assist sensor.
• No → Go to Step 2. test/replace the rear right parking assist sensor or middle
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: parking assist sensor.
1.0 1128
Service Guide
Sensor".
1.0 1129
P0564 and P0589 P0589 96: Cruise control switch input state is DECEL/ACCEL
DTC Description for 35s.
DTC FTB Failure Description P0589 1C: Cruise control switch input voltage is not within
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" the value range of DECEL/ACCEL/DISTANCE+/DISTANCE
11 for 50ms.
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A"
12
Circuit Short to Battery None.
P0564
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" Conditions for Clearing DTCs
96
Circuit Component Internal Failure P0564 11:
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "A" • Cruise control switch input voltage is higher than 0.2V
1C
Circuit Circuit Voltage Out of Range for 50ms.
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
11
Circuit Short to Ground cycles.
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" P0564 12:
12
P0589 • Cruise control switch input voltage is lower than 4.5V for
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “B”
96 50ms.
Circuit Component Internal Failure
Cruise Control Multi-Function Input "B" cycles.
1C
Circuit Component Internal Failure
P0564 96 and P0589 96:
Subsystem Principle
• Cruise control switch input state changes.
The cruise switch output is two-way AD and it is recorded as
A, B, and there is also one-way digital signal output. Gateway
cycles.
judges ON/OFF, SET, RESUME or CANCLE state of cruise
switch by digital signal and analog signal A. Judge ACCEL and P0564 1C:
DECEL state of cruise switch by analog signal B. When the • Cruise control switch input voltage is within the range of
input voltage of A is less than certain threshold value, the SET/OFF/ON/RESUME/CANCEL for 50ms.
gateway judges that the circuit A is short to ground.
Conditions for Running DTCs cycles.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. P0589 11:
• Cruise control switch input voltage is higher than 0.2V
Conditions for Setting DTCs for 50ms.
P0564 11: Cruise control switch input voltage is lower than • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
0.2V for 50ms. cycles.
P0564 12: Cruise control switch input voltage is higher than P0589 12:
4.5V for 50ms.
• Cruise control switch input voltage is lower than 4.5V for
P0564 96: Cruise control switch input state is 50ms.
RES/CANCEL/SET for 30s. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
P0564 1C: Cruise control switch input voltage is not within the cycles.
specified range of SET/OFF/ON/RESUME/CANCEL for 50ms. P0589 1C:
P0589 11: Cruise control switch input voltage is lower than • Cruise control switch input voltage is within the value
0.2V for 50ms. range of DECEL/ACCEL/DISTANCE+/DISTANCE for
P0589 12: Cruise control switch input voltage is higher than 50ms.
4.5V for 50ms. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
1.0 1130
Possible Causes connector BY017 of cruise switch and the ground
is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY017-5 or Terminal FC006-15
• Cruise control switch failure. • Terminal BY017-3 or Terminal FC006-17
Instrument Pack for short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information d. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
FC006 and BY017 connector FC006 of instrument pack or harness
connector BY017 of cruise switch and the power
Reference Electrical Information supply is infinite.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY017-4 or Terminal FC006-16
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Terminal BY017-3 or Terminal FC006-17
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the instrument • Terminal BY017-2 or Terminal FC006-18
pack and harness connector BY017 of the cruise
switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion, If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. for short to battery.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Yes → Go to Step 3;
• Yes → Go to Step 2; 3. Test/replace the instrument pack or cruise switch.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
2. Test related circuits: test/replace the instrument pack or cruise switch.
Service Guide
disconnect the battery negative cable, and • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driver Information
disconnect harness connector FC006 of the and Entertainment" - "Display and Instrument" -
instrument pack and harness connector BY017 of "Instrument Pack".
the cruise switch. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
b. Test if the resistance between harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector "Instrument Pack (IPK)".
BY017 of cruise switch is less than 5Ω.


connector FC006 of instrument pack or harness
1.0 1131

DTC Description
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Component
96 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Internal Failure
P0955
Auto Shift Manual Mode Circuit Voltage Out a. Check harness connector FC006 of the instrument
1C pack and harness connector BY115 of the shift
of Range
control system for looseness, poor contact,
Subsystem Principle distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
The manual gearshift switch transfers the gear display signal to etc.
the instrument pack via the hard wire. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
P0955 96: The initial input state of the automatic transmission
is Tap+ or Tap- for 30s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
P0955 1C: The initial input voltage of the automatic
transmission is not within the state range of a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
OFF/ON/UP/DOWN for 50ms. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
pack and harness connector BY115 of shift control
None. system.
P0955 96: terminal FC006-31 of instrument pack and harness
connector terminal BY115-12 of shift control system
• The initial input state of the automatic transmission
is less than 5Ω.
changes.
cycles.
P0955 1C:
connector terminal FC006-31 of instrument pack
• The initial input voltage of the automatic transmission is or harness connector terminal BY115-12 of shift
within the state range of OFF/ON/UP/DOWN for 50ms. control system and the ground is infinite.
Possible Causes d. Respectively test if the resistance between harness
• Related circuit failure. connector terminal FC006-31 of instrument pack
• Connector failure or poor fit. or harness connector terminal BY115-12 of shift
control system and the power supply is infinite.
• Shift control system failure.
Instrument pack and confirm if there remains any DTC.
FC006 and BY115 • No → Diagnosis is completed.

3. Test/replace the instrument pack or shift control system.
1.0 1132
test/replace the instrument pack or shift control system.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
"Transmission/Transaxle" - "Shift Control System - 6AT"
- "Gear Shift Control Mechanism".
1.0 1133

88 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
U0073 CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
The instrument pack communicates with other modules via
the CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
connector FC006 of the instrument pack.
• Communication is activated for 1s.
FC006 of the instrument pack and harness
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY027 of the BCM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY027-52
Turn off the CAN bus.
FC006 of the instrument pack or harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs BY027 of the BCM and the ground is infinite.
• No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY027-52
cycles.
Possible Causes
FC006 of the instrument pack or harness connector
• Instrument pack failure. BY027 of the BCM and the power supply is infinite.
• BCM failure.
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) for short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
FC006 and BY027 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
3. Test/replace the instrument pack or BCM.
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the instrument test/replace the instrument pack or BCM.
pack and harness connector BY027 of the BCM Service Guide
contamination, deformation, etc. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1134
1.0 1135

Module (ECM)
Subsystem Principle
The instrument pack communicates with the engine control
module (ECM) via the CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits (1.5L):
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• Communication is activated for 1s. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector FC006 of the
instrument pack and harness connector BY190 of
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. the ECM.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
engine control module (ECM) cannot be received within given BY190 of ECM is less than 5Ω.
time.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition BY190 of ECM and the ground is infinite.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Engine control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY190 of ECM and the power supply is infinite.
FC006 and BY190/BY205 for short to battery.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
a. Check harness connector FC006 of the instrument
pack and harness connectors BY190 and BY205 of
the ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
pack and harness connector BY205 of ECM.
1.0 1136
b. Test if the resistance between harness connector • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
BY205 of ECM is less than 5Ω. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
BY205 of ECM and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the instrument pack or ECM.
test/replace the instrument pack or ECM.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
Control Module - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
Control Module - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 1137

Subsystem Principle
The instrument pack communicates with the transmission
control module (TCM) via the CAN bus.
• Communication is activated for 1s. disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. pack and harness connector GB006 of TCM.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
GB006 of TCM is less than 5Ω.
transmission control module (TCM) cannot be received within • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal GB006-7
given time. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal GB006-17
Turn off the CAN bus. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
GB006 of TCM and the ground is infinite.
consecutive times.
cycles. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal GB006-17
GB006 of TCM and the power supply is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (1), Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus for short to battery.
System and DLC (3)
Reference Connector End View Information ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
FC006 and GB006/BY095
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: disconnect the battery negative cable, and
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack
pack and harness connector BY095 of TCM.
and harness connectors GB006 and BY095 of TCM
for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
contamination, deformation, etc. FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
BY095 of TCM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1138
BY095 of TCM and the ground is infinite.
BY095 of TCM and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the instrument pack or TCM.
test/replace the instrument pack or TCM.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1139

Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake
U0121 87
System (ABS) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The instrument pack communicates with the anti-lock brake a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
system (ABS) via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
pack and harness connector BY200 of SCS control
• Communication is activated for 1s. unit.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY200 of SCS control unit is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from anti-lock • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY200-14
brake system (ABS) cannot received within the given time. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY200-26
BY200 of SCS control unit and the ground is infinite.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY200-14
cycles. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY200-26
• Related circuit failure. for short to ground.
• Instrument pack failure. FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
BY200 of SCS control unit and the power supply
• ABS failure.
is infinite.
Reference Connector End View Information for short to battery.
FC006 and BY200 e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
3. Test/replace the instrument pack or SCS control unit.
and harness connector BY200 of SCS control unit
test/replace the instrument pack or SCS control unit.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1140
1.0 1141

Lost Communication with Power Steering
Control Module (EPS)
Subsystem Principle
The instrument pack communicates with the electric power
steering module (EPS) via the CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits:
• Communication is activated for 1s. disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. pack and harness connector FC005 of EPS.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from FC005 of EPS is less than 5Ω.
the electric power steering module (EPS) cannot be received • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal FC005-7
within given time.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
consecutive times. FC005 of EPS and the ground is infinite.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal FC005-7
cycles. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal FC005-8
• Instrument pack failure. FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
• Electric power steering module failure. FC005 of EPS and the power supply is infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal FC005-7
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal FC005-8
Bus System and DLC (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
FC006 and FC005 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Yes → Go to Step 3;

3. Test/replace the instrument pack or EPS.
test/replace the instrument pack or EPS.
and harness connector FC005 of EPS for looseness,
Service Guide
deformation, etc. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driver Information
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1142
1.0 1143

U0140 87
The instrument pack communicates with the body control a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
module (BCM) via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
pack and harness connector BY027 of BCM.
• Communication is activated for 1s.
• DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set. FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. BY027 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY027-52
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY027-51
BCM cannot be received within given time.
Turn off the CAN bus. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Conditions for Clearing DTCs FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
BY027 of BCM and the ground is infinite.
consecutive times. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY027-52
• Related circuit failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
BY027 of BCM and the power supply is infinite.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY027-52
FC006 and BY027 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Reference Electrical Information • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • No → Diagnosis is completed.

3. Test/replace the instrument pack or BCM.
test/replace the instrument pack or BCM.
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack Service Guide
and harness connector BY027 of BCM for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driver Information
deformation, etc. and Entertainment System" - "Display and Instrument" -
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1144
1.0 1145

Subsystem Principle
The instrument pack communicates with the supplemental
restraint system sensing and diagnostic module (SDM) via the 2. Test related circuits:
CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable, and
• Communication is activated for 1s. pack and harness connector BY036 of SDM.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY036 of SDM is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY036-1
supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic module
(SDM) cannot be received within the given time.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 BY036 of SDM and the ground is infinite.
consecutive times. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY036-1
cycles.
• Connector failure or poor fit. FC006 of instrument pack or harness connector
• Instrument pack failure. BY036 of SDM and the power supply is infinite.
• SDM failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY036-1
Bus System and DLC (1) for short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
FC006 and BY036 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Diagnostic Test Steps 3. Test/replace the instrument pack or SDM.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the instrument pack or SDM.
Service Guide
and harness connector BY036 of SDM for looseness,
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driver Information
deformation, etc. and Entertainment System" - "Display and Instrument" -
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1146
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1147

Lost Communication with Front ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Subsystem Principle
The instrument pack loses communication and communicates
with the infotainment control module (FICM) via the CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits:
• Communication is activated for 1s. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
pack and harness connector BY215 of entertainment
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the FC006 of instrument pack and harness connector
lost communication with FICM cannot be received within the BY215 of entertainment system control module is
given time. less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY215-D12
• Entertainment system control module failure.
Bus System and DLC (1) BY215 of entertainment system control module and
Reference Connector End View Information the power supply is infinite.
FC006 and BY215
and harness connector BY215 of entertainment • Yes → Go to Step 3;
system control module for looseness, poor contact,
etc. 3. Test/replace the instrument pack or entertainment
control system module.
1.0 1148
test/replace the instrument pack or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
and Entertainment System" - "On-board Telephone,
1.0 1149
U1500
DTC Description
U1500 00
Subsystem Principle
When the ignition switch is switched on, the body control
module will perform a switch-on test. IPK signal has not been
received. BCM communicates with the instrument pack via
CAN to detect the matching of VIN code and the data sync.
When VIN code in BCM mismatches with that in IPK, a valid
error report will be sent.
It applies for another match every 10 kilometers.
When VIN code in BCM matches with that in IPK, a valid
correctness report will be sent.
Possible Causes
• BCM failure.
a scan tool.
2. Check the VIN code for matching with the scan tool.
If it is not matched, program the instrument pack or the
BCM.
3. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool. Confirm
that DTC U1500 is not set.
If DTC U1500 is reset, test/replace the BCM or the
instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1150
U1562 and U1563 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Subsystem Principle • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The instrument pack monitors the system voltage to check 2. Test related circuits:
if the power supply voltage of the module is within a normal
operating range.
b. Disconnect harness connector FC006 of instrument
pack and harness connector BY040 of passenger
Ignition switch is not in "START" position. compartment fuse box.
Conditions for Setting DTCs c. Test if the resistance between the following
U1562: The supply voltage higher than 16V is detected for 1s terminals of harness connector BY040 of passenger
continuously. compartment fuse box and the terminals of harness
U1563: The supply voltage lower than 9V is detected for 1s
continuously. • Terminal FC006-1 and Terminal BY040-52
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal FC006-5 and Terminal BY040-18
None. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit

U1562: System voltage is lower than 15.5V, which lasts for 1s. terminals of harness connector BY040 of passenger
U1563: System voltage is higher than 9.5V, which lasts for 1s. compartment fuse box or the terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector FC006 of instrument pack and the ground
is infinite.
• Engine compartment fuse box failure.
terminals of harness connector BY040 of passenger
Reference Circuit Information compartment fuse box or the terminals of harness
Instrument Pack connector FC006 of instrument pack and the power
supply is infinite.
FC006 and BY040
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument • Yes → Go to Step 4;
pack and harness connector BY040 of passenger
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, 3. Test/replace the instrument pack:
etc. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the instrument pack.
1.0 1151
Service Guide
Signal Distribution" - "Low-voltage Fuse Box" - "Engine
Compartment Fuse Box".
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1152
U2001 and U2005
DTC Description
U2005 41 ECU Error-Flash Checksum Error
Subsystem Principle
Internal failure of BCM, not involving external circuit.
Ignition switch is not in "START" position.
U2001: RAM and ROM checksum error in ECU.
U2005: Data read from ROM is not consistent with the initial
value.
U2001: System reset.
U2005: None.
U2001: RAM and ROM checksum error-free in ECU.
U2005: Data read from ROM is consistent with the initial value.
Possible Causes
BCM failure.

1. Inspect the position of BCM, and if the harness and
connector are worn or corroded. Readjust if any failure
2. After clearing the DTCs, confirm that DTCs U2001 and
U2005 are not set.
3. If the DTCs have been reset, test/replace the BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1153
DTC Troubleshooting FICM-L
FICM-L
DTC List
List
B1A01 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A02 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open Ⅲ
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A24 11 USB Power Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3E 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3F 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
U010F 87 Lost Communication with Air Conditioning Control Module (AC) Ⅱ
U0155 87 Lost Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) Ⅱ
*Remarks:

1.0 1154
FICM-L DTC Troubleshooting
Diagnostic Information and Procedure Conditions for Clearing DTCs
B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08, B1A01: Call/Reject button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B
DTC Description B1A02: Mute button is not always being pressed for 120s.
DTC FTB Failure Description B1A05: Volume Up button is not pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Call/Reject" Switch B1A06: Volume button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A01 71
Stuck B1A07: Source button is not pressed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Mute" Switch
B1A02 71 B1A3E: Seek Up button is in the state where no pressing is
Stuck
needed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch
B1A05 71 B1A3F: Seek Down button is in the state where no pressing is
Stuck
needed for 120s.
Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down"
B1A06 71 B1A08: Voice button is not pressed for 120s.
Switch Stuck
Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch B1A4B: Custom button is in the state where no pressing is
B1A07 71 needed for 120s.
Stuck
Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1A08 71 cycles.
Stuck
Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Possible Causes
B1A4B 71
Stuck • Related circuit failure.
Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Up" Switch • Connector failure or poor fit.
B1A3E 71
Stuck • Steering wheel button fails or malfunctions.
Steering Wheel Controls "Seek Down" Reference Information
B1A3F 71
Switch Stuck
Subsystem Principle Entertainment System - Colour Radio
The audio device can be controlled by the remote buttons Reference Connector End View Information
mounted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow
BY163 and BY215
the most common functions of the radio/navigation system to
be used in a much more convenient manner. Reference Electrical Information
FICM is in wake-up state.
B1A01: Call/Reject button is pressed for 120s. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B1A02: Mute button is always being pressed for 120s. • Read the "Steering Wheel Button" to check whether it is
B1A05: Volume Up button is pressed for 120s. within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
B1A06: Volume Down button is pressed for 120s.
• Yes → Test/replace the steering wheel button;
B1A07: Source button is pressed for 120s.
B1A3E: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s.
B1A3F: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s. a. Check harness connector BY163 of steering
B1A08: Voice button is pressed for 120s. wheel button and harness connector BY215 of
B1A4B: Custom button is in the state where no pressing is
needed for 120s.
deformation, etc.
Reject the switch input. found in visual check.
1.0 1155
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again test/replace the steering wheel button or entertainment
and confirm if there remains any DTC. system control module.
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System"
- "Steering System" - "Multifunction Switch of Steering
Wheel".
disconnect harness connector BY163 of steering
wheel button and harness connector BY215 of
BY163 of steering wheel button and harness
connector BY215 of entertainment system control
BY163 of steering wheel button or harness
module and the power supply is infinite.
4. Test/replace the steering wheel button or entertainment
1.0 1156
B1A10 Diagnostic Test Steps
13 Tuner's Antenna Open • Read the "Radio Antenna Voltage" to check whether it is
B1A10 within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground
Subsystem Principle
• Yes → Test the radio antenna;
The radio antenna is used to receive the radio signal.
a. Check harness connector C008 of radio antenna
and harness connector C007 of radio/entertainment
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. system control module for looseness, poor contact,
Conditions for Setting DTCs distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
B1A10 11: The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected etc.
to be higher than 0.15V for 1s. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1A10 13: The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected found in visual check.
to be lower than 0.08V for 1s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Operations of ECU after Failure ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Switch off the unstable signal of radio antenna.
B1A10 11:
• The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected to
be between 0.15 and 1.18V for 1s. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition disconnect the battery negative cable, and
cycles. disconnect harness connector C008 of radio
antenna and harness connector C007 of
B1A10 13: radio/entertainment system control module.
• MCU detects that the feedback voltage of antenna b. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
module is between 0.08 and 1.54V for 1s. harness connector C008 of radio antenna and
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition the terminals of harness connector C007 of
cycles. radio/entertainment system control module is less
Possible Causes than 5Ω.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal C008-OUTER and Terminal C007-OUTER

• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal C008-INNER and Terminal C007-INNER
• Radio antenna failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Radio failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information c. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Reference Circuit Information harness connector C008 of radio antenna or
the terminals of harness connector C007 of
Entertainment System - Speaker and Radio Antenna
radio/entertainment system control module and the
Reference Connector End View Information ground is infinite.
C008 and C007 • Terminal C008-OUTER or Terminal C007-OUTER
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal C008-INNER or Terminal C007-INNER

1.0 1157
d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of

harness connector C008 of radio antenna or
the terminals of harness connector C007 of
radio/entertainment system control module and the
• Terminal C008-OUTER or Terminal C007-OUTER
• Terminal C008-INNER or Terminal C007-INNER


4. Test/replace the radio antenna or radio/entertainment


test/replace the radio antenna or radio/entertainment
system control module .
Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Roof Antenna".
1.0 1158
B1A24 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
01 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B1A24 USB Power Short to Ground
Subsystem Principle
The on-board USB interface is located in the centre console,
through which the entertainment head unit can read the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
external data or the digital equipment can be charged. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY307 of USB

interface.
FICM system is activated and USB port communication is
normal. c. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
Conditions for Setting DTCs ignition switch in "ON" position.
USB port input is abnormal. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
BY307-4 and BY307-1 of USB interfaces is 5V.
Switch off USB related functions.
e. Place the ignition switch in the”OFF” position,
• USB port input is normal. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition harness connector BY307 of USB interface and
cycles. harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
Possible Causes control module.
• Related circuit failure. f. Test if the resistance between harness connector

BY307 of USB interface and harness connector
BY215 of entertainment system control module is
• USB failure. less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY215-E2 and Terminal BY307-1
Entertainment System - Colour Radio
BY307 and BY215 BY307 of USB interface or harness connector
Reference Electrical Information the ground is infinite.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY215-E8 and Terminal BY307-4
a. Check harness connector BY307 of USB interface for short to ground.
and harness connector BY215 of entertainment h. Test if the resistance between harness connector
system control module for looseness, poor contact, BY307 of USB interface or harness connector
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, BY215 of entertainment system control module and
etc. the power supply is infinite.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Terminal BY215-E2 and Terminal BY307-1
1.0 1159

3. Test/replace USB interface or entertainment system

control module.
f the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,

replace the USB interface or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Power and Signal
Distribution" - "Cigar Lighter and Power Outlet" - "12V
Power Outlet".
1.0 1160
B1A33, B1A34, B1A36, B1A37 and B1A3B Reference Electrical Information
DTC Description
B1A33 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck
B1A34 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck
B1A36 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck
• Read the "Entertainment Panel" to check whether it is
B1A37 71 "Home" Switch Stuck within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
B1A3B 71 "Source" Switch Stuck rational value range).
• Perform the forced output of "Entertainment Panel
Subsystem Principle
Switch", and observe whether it has a response or action.
The entertainment control panel buttons are located on the
• Yes → Test/replace the entertainment panel;
entertainment head unit control panel, press the control
button to select the options. • No → Go to Step 2.
Conditions for Running DTCs 2. Check the connectivity of buttons:

a. Check "Seek Up" button, "Seek Down" button,
FICM is in wake-up state.
"Mute" button, "Home" button, "Source" button
B1A33: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s. contamination, deformation, etc.
B1A34: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s. b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
check.
B1A36: Mute button is pressed for 120s.
B1A37: Home button is pressed for 120s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1A3B: Source button is pressed for 120s. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Switch button does not respond. • No → Diagnosis is completed.

B1A33: Seek Up button is not pressed for 120s. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
B1A34: Seek Down button is not pressed for 120s.
disconnect harness connector BY006 of on-board
B1A36: Mute button is not pressed for 120s. entertainment control panel switch and harness
B1A37: Home button is not pressed for 120s.
module.
B1A3B: Source button is not pressed for 120s.
Possible Causes BY006 of on-board entertainment control
• Control button fails or malfunctions. panel switch and harness connector BY215 of
• Entertainment panel failure.
5Ω.
• Terminal BY006-1 and Terminal BY215-B15
• Terminal BY006-6 and Terminal BY215-E10
Reference Connector End View Information BY006 of on-board entertainment control
panel switch or harness connector BY215 of
BY006 and BY215
ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY006-1 or Terminal BY215-B15
1.0 1161
• Terminal BY006-6 or Terminal BY215-E10


BY006 of on-board entertainment control
panel switch or harness connector BY215 of
• Terminal BY006-1 or Terminal BY215-B15
• Terminal BY006-6 or Terminal BY215-E10


4. Test/replace the entertainment panel or entertainment


test/replace the entertainment panel or entertainment
Service Guide
1.0 1162
B1A43 rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
DTC Description rational value range).
DTC FTB Failure Description • Yes → Test/replace the steering wheel control circuit;
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to • No → Go to Step 2.

11
Ground 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1A43
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to a. Check harness connector BY163 of steering wheel
12
Battery or Open control circuit and harness connector BY215 of
Subsystem Principle entertainment system control module for looseness,
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches deformation, etc.
the most common functions in the ICE system to be used in a
much more convenient manner.
Entertainment system is activated. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
B1A43 D4: The input voltage of left switch of steering wheel • No → Diagnosis is completed.
is lower than 0.12V for 2s.
B1A43 12: The input voltage of left switch of steering wheel is
higher than 4.78V for 2s.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY163 of left steering
Reject all switch inputs. wheel control circuit.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs c. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
• The input voltage of control button on the left side of ignition switch in "ON" position.
steering wheel is between 0.12～4.78V for 2s. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY163-D4 of the left steering wheel control
cycles. circuit and the ground meets the conditions for
Possible Causes clearing DTCs.
• Left steering wheel control circuit failure. e. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector BY163 of steering
Reference Circuit Information wheel control circuit and harness connector BY215
Entertainment System - Colour Radio of entertainment system control module.
Reference Connector End View Information f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY163-11 of left steering wheel control
BY163 and BY215 circuit and harness connector terminal BY215-D4 of
Reference Electrical Information entertainment system control module is less than
5Ω.
Diagnostic Test Steps for open circuit/high resistance.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output g. Test if the resistance between harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal BY163-11 of left steering wheel control
a. Read the "Current Left Steering Wheel Control circuit or harness connector terminal BY215-D4
Circuit Voltage" to check whether it is within the of entertainment system control module and the
ground is infinite.
1.0 1163


terminal BY163-11 of left steering wheel control
circuit or harness connector terminal BY215-D4


4. Test/replace the multifunction switch of steering wheel

or entertainment system control module.

test/replace the multifunction switch of steering wheel or
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Steering System"
Wheel".
1.0 1164
Subsystem Principle
The entertainment system control module communicates with
other control modules via CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. control module and harness connector BY027 of
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. BCM.
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. b. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
When the controller has the transmission error for certain control module and the terminals of harness
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus connector BY027 of body control module is less
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal BY215-D12
CAN bus is off. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY215-D6
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition c. Test if the resistance between the terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
system control module or the terminals of harness
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. ground is infinite.
d. Test if the resistance between the terminals
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
Reference Connector End View Information system control module or the terminals of harness
BY027 and BY215
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY215-D12
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY215-D6
a. Check harness connector BY215 of the e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
entertainment system control module for looseness, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual • No → Diagnosis is completed.
check.
3. Test/replace the entertainment system control module
or BCM.
1.0 1165

replace the entertainment system control module or
BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1166
U010F b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
DTC Description check.
U010F 87 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Control Module (AC)
Subsystem Principle
The entertainment system control module communicates
with heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) control 2. Test related circuits:
module via the CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
control module and harness connector BY004 of
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. HVAC control module.
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. b. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Conditions for Setting DTCs harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from ETC control module and the terminals of harness
module cannot be received within the given time. connector BY004 of HVAC control module is less
than 5Ω.
Switch off the air conditioning.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition c. Test if the resistance between the terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
Possible Causes
connector BY004 of HVAC control module and the
• Related circuit failure. ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY004-6 or Terminal BY215-D12
• Entertainment system control module failure. • Terminal BY004-5 or Terminal BY215-D6
• HVAC control module failure.
Reference Circuit Information d. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
between the terminals of harness connector BY215
of entertainment system control module or the
BY004 and BY215 terminals of harness connector BY004 of HVAC
control module and the ground is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY215 of entertainment e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
system control module and harness connector ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
BY004 of HVAC control module for looseness, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
1.0 1167

or HVAC control module.

test/replace the entertainment system control module
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 1168
U0140 b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
Module (BCM)
Subsystem Principle
the body control module (BCM) via the CAN bus. 2. Test related circuits:
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. control module and harness connector BY027 of
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. BCM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from BCM BY215 of entertainment system control module and
module cannot be received within given time. harness connector BY027 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
• BCM function has not been configured. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY215-D6
• BCM information does not exist. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
consecutive times. BY215 of entertainment system control module or
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition harness connector BY027 of BCM and the ground is
cycles. infinite.
Possible Causes • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY215-D12
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY215-D6
• Body control module failure. for short to ground.
• Entertainment system control module failure. d. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
Reference Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) terminals of harness connector BY027 of BCM and
Reference Connector End View Information the ground is 2 ~ 3V.
BY027 and BY215 • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY215-D12

a. Check harness connector BY215 of entertainment
system control module and harness connector • Yes → Go to Step 3;
BY027 of BCM for looseness, poor contact,
etc. 3. Test/replace the entertainment system control module
or BCM.
1.0 1169

or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1170
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
check.
U0155 87
(IPK) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Subsystem Principle and confirm if there remains any DTC.
The entertainment system control module communicates with • Yes → Go to Step 2;
the instrument pack via the CAN bus.
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set.
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
Conditions for Setting DTCs control module and harness connector FC006 of
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from IPK instrument pack.
module cannot be received within given time. b. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Operations of ECU after Failure harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
control module and the terminals of harness
• No time synchronization.
• No sound reminding.
• There is no relevant control of the instrument pack.
consecutive times.
c. Test if the resistance between the terminals
of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
cycles.
Possible Causes
connector FC006 of instrument pack and the ground
• Related circuit failure. is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY215-D12
• Entertainment system control module failure. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY215-D6
Bus System and DLC (1) switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
FC006 and BY215 terminals of harness connector FC006 of instrument
pack and the ground is 2 ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY215 of entertainment e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
system control module and harness connector ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
FC006 of instrument pack for looseness, poor and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 1171
3. Test/replace the entertainment control system module

or instrument pack.

or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1172
Lost Communication with Infotainment ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Faceplate Module(IFP)
Subsystem Principle
entertainment control panel (IFP) via LIN. 2. Test related circuits:
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector BY006 of
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set.
entertainment control panel and harness connector
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from IFP terminal BY006-6 of entertainment control panel
module cannot be received within given time. and harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
Operations of ECU after Failure entertainment system control module is less than
5Ω.
No IFP button input and solar sensor output.
consecutive times. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY006-6 of entertainment control panel
or harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
cycles.
Possible Causes
ground is infinite.
• Entertainment control panel failure.
d. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Entertainment system control module failure. switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Reference Information between harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
Reference Circuit Information entertainment system control module or harness
connector terminal BY006-6 of entertainment
Bus system - LIN (1)
control panel and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
BY215 and BY006 for short to battery.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Yes → Go to Step 3;
3. Test/replace the entertainment control panel or
control panel and harness connector BY215 of
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
deformation, etc. test/replace the entertainment control panel or
1.0 1173
Service Guide
1.0 1174
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY215 of entertainment
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High system control module and harness connector
BY040 of passenger compartment fuse box for
Entertainment system control module monitors the system b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
voltage to check whether the power supply voltage of the check.
battery or the alternator is within the normal range. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. • Yes → Go to Step 2;

U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V for 1s. 2. Test related circuits:
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V for 1s (Not a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
in the starting process). disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector BY040 of passenger
• No display. BY215 of entertainment system control module.
• No sound. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Radio function is unavailable. terminal BY215-B15 of entertainment system
• CAN bus is in opening state. control module and harness connector terminal
BY040-48 of passenger compartment fuse box is
less than 5Ω.
U1562:
• The power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V for 1s. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
cycles. terminal BY215-B15 of entertainment system
U1563: control module or harness connector terminal
BY040-48 of passenger compartment fuse box and
• The power supply voltage is higher than 9.5V for 1s.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY215-B15 of entertainment system
• Connector failure or poor fit. control module or harness connector terminal
• Entertainment system control module failure. BY040-48 of passenger compartment fuse box and
BY040 and BY215 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test/replace the entertainment system control module.
1.0 1175

test/replace the entertainment system control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1176
FICM-H DTC Troubleshooting
FICM-H
DTC List
List

B1A01 71 Call/Reject Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A02 71 "Mute" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A05 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A06 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Volume Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A07 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Source" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A08 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Voice" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A10 12 Tuner's Antenna Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1A10 11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A10 13 Tuner's Antenna Open Ⅲ
B1A10 19 Tuner's Antenna Over Current Ⅲ
B1A1D 87 Lost Display Communication with LCD Panel via LVDS Ⅱ
B1A1E 87 Lost Display Communication with Instrument Pack (IPK) via LVDS Ⅱ
B1A20 11 FR Speaker Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A20 12 FR Speaker Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1A20 1A FR Speaker Short Circuit Ⅲ
B1A20 1B FR Speaker Open Ⅲ
B1A21 11 FL Speaker Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A21 12 FL Speaker Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1A21 1A FL Speaker Short Circuit Ⅲ
B1A21 1B FL Speaker Open Ⅲ
B1A22 11 RR Speaker Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A22 12 RR Speaker Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1A22 1A RR Speaker Short Circuit Ⅲ
B1A22 1B RR Speaker Open Ⅲ
B1A23 11 RL Speaker Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A23 12 RL Speaker Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1A23 1A RL Speaker Short Circuit Ⅲ
B1A23 1B RL Speaker Open Ⅲ
B1A24 01 Power of USB1 Port Error Ⅲ
B1A25 12 Microphone1 Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1A25 11 Microphone1 Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A25 13 Microphone1 Open Ⅲ
B1A26 01 Power of USB2 Port Error Ⅲ
B1A27 01 Power of USB Port for TBOX Error Ⅲ
B1A28 12 Microphone2 Short to Battery Ⅲ
1.0 1177
DTC Troubleshooting FICM-H

B1A28 11 Microphone2 Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A28 13 Microphone2 Open Ⅲ
B1A39 71 "Volume Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3A 71 "Volume Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3E 71 "Seek Up" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A3F 71 "Seek Down" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A43 11 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A43 12 Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1A44 11 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1A44 12 Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1A49 71 "Defrost" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A4A 71 "Heated Rear Window" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1A4B 71 Steering Wheel Controls "Custom" Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1AA0 12 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1AA0 11 Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1AE9 12 Camera Power Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1AE9 11 Camera Power Short to Ground Ⅲ
U1031 87 Lost Communication with Infotainment Faceplate Module(IFP) Ⅱ
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High Ⅲ
U2020 47 ECU Error - Internal Watchdog Error Ⅱ
*Remarks:

1.0 1178
Diagnostic Information and Procedure • Call/Reject button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A01, B1A02, B1A05, B1A06, B1A07, B1A08, • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1A39, B1A3A, B1A3E, B1A3F and B1A4B cycles.
DTC Description
B1A02:
• Mute button is not always being pressed for 120s.
B1A01 71 "Call/Reject" Button Stuck
B1A02 71 "Mute" Button Stuck cycles.
B1A05 71 "Volume Up" Button Stuck B1A05:
B1A06 71 "Volume Down" Button Stuck
• Volume Up button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A07 71 "Source" Button Stuck • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1A08 71 "Voice" Button Stuck cycles.
B1A39 71 "Volume Up" Button Stuck B1A06:
B1A3A 71 "Volume Down" Button Stuck • Volume Down button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A3E 71 "Seek Up" Button Stuck • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
B1A3F 71 cycles.
"Seek Down" Button Stuck
B1A4B 71 "Custom" Button Stuck B1A07:
• Source button is not pressed for 120s.

Subsystem Principle
The audio device can be controlled by the remote buttons
cycles.
the most common functions of the radio/navigation system to B1A3E:
be used in a much more convenient manner. • Seek Up button is in the state where no pressing is
Conditions for Running DTCs needed for 120s.
FICM is in wake-up state. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
B1A3F:
B1A01: Call/Reject button is pressed for 120s.
• Seek Down button is in the state where no pressing is
B1A02: Mute button is always being pressed for 120s.
needed for 120s.
B1A05: Volume Up button is pressed for 120s.
B1A06: Volume Down button is pressed for 120s. cycles.
B1A07: Source button is pressed for 120s. B1A39:
B1A3E: Seek Up button is pressed for 120s. • Volume Up button is in the state where no pressing is
needed for 120s.
B1A3F: Seek Down button is pressed for 120s.
B1A39: Volume Up button is pressed for 120s. cycles.
B1A3A: Volume Down button is pressed for 120s. B1A3A:
B1A08: Voice button is pressed for 120s. • Volume Down button is in the state where no pressing is
B1A4B: Custom button is in the state where no pressing is needed for 120s.
needed for 120s. • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Operations of ECU after Failure cycles.
Reject the switch input. B1A08:

Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Voice button is not pressed for 120s.
B1A01: • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
cycles.
1.0 1179
B1A4B: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

• Custom button is in the state where no pressing is
needed for 120s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
cycles. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Possible Causes • Yes → Go to Step 4;

• Related circuit failure. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Connector failure or poor fit. 4. Test related circuits:
• Steering wheel button fails or malfunctions.
Reference Information disconnect the battery negative cable, and
Reference Circuit Information disconnect harness connector BY163 of steering
BY163 and BY215 BY163 of steering wheel button and harness
• Read the "Steering Wheel Button" to check whether it is
within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
rational value range). c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Yes → Test/replace the steering wheel button;
• No → Go to Step 2. module and the ground is infinite.
2. Check the connectivity of buttons: • Terminal BY163-8 or Terminal BY215-D3
a. Check "Call/Reject" button, "Mute" button, "Home"
button, "Volume Up" button, "Volume Down" button,
"Source" button, "Voice" button, "Seek Up" button, • Terminal BY163-11 or Terminal BY215-D4
"Seek Down" button, "Custom" button for looseness, If it is not within the specified range, test/repair the
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, circuit for short to ground.
deformation, etc.
Test if the resistance between harness connector
b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual BY163 of steering wheel button or harness
check. connector BY215 of entertainment system control
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the module and the power supply is infinite.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Terminal BY163-8 or Terminal BY215-D3
circuit for short to battery.
a. Check harness connector BY163 of steering
1.0 1180
5. Test/replace the steering wheel button or entertainment


test/replace the steering wheel button or entertainment
Service Guide
• Refer to Service Manual, "Steering System" - "Steering
System" - "Multifunction Switch of Steering Wheel".
1.0 1181
B1A10 • The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected to

DTC Description be between 0.08 and 1.54V for 1s.
cycles.
12 Tuner's Antenna Short to Battery
Possible Causes
11 Tuner's Antenna Short to Ground
B1A10 • Related circuit failure.
13 Tuner's Antenna Open
19 Tuner's Antenna Over Current
• Radio antenna failure.
Subsystem Principle • Entertainment system control module failure.
The radio antenna is used to receive the radio signal. Reference Information
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. Entertainment System - Speaker and Radio Antenna
• DTC U1562 and U1566 are not set. Reference Connector End View Information
Conditions for Setting DTCs C008 and C007
B1A10 11: The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected Reference Electrical Information
to be higher than 0.15V for 1s. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B1A10 12: The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected Diagnostic Test Steps
to be higher than 1.18V for 1s.
B1A10 13: The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
to be lower than 0.08V for 1s.
• Read the "Radio Antenna Voltage" to check whether it is
B1A10 19: The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
to be higher than 1.54V for 1s. rational value range).
• Yes → Test the radio antenna;
Switch off the unstable signal of radio antenna.
B1A10 11:
a. Check harness connector C008 of radio antenna
• The feedback voltage of antenna module is detected to and harness connector C007 of entertainment
be between 0.15 and 1.18V for 1s. system control module for looseness, poor contact,
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
cycles. etc.
B1A10 12: b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts

be between 0.15 and 1.18V for 1s. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
cycles. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
B1A10 13: • Yes → Go to Step 3;

be between 0.08 and 1.54V for 1s. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
cycles. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
B1A10 19: disconnect harness connector C008 of radio
antenna and harness connector C007 of
1.0 1182
C008 of radio antenna and harness connector C007
of entertainment system control module is less than
5Ω.
• Terminal C008-OUTER and Terminal C007-OUTER
• Terminal C008-INNER and Terminal C007-INNER


C008 of radio antenna or harness connector C007
ground is infinite.


C008 of radio antenna or harness connector C007


4. Test/replace the radio antenna or entertainment system

control module.

test/replace the radio antenna or entertainment system
control module .
Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Roof Antenna".
1.0 1183
B1A1D and B1A1E system control module for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
Lost Display Communication with LCD
B1A1D 87 found in visual check.
Panel via LVDS
Lost Display Communication with c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1A1E 87 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Instrument Pack (IPK) via LVDS
Subsystem Principle
FICM control module communicates with LCD panel module
via CAN bus.
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. pack and harness connector BY215 of entertainment
Conditions for Setting DTCs system control module.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from LCD b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
module cannot be received within given time. connector FC006 of instrument pack and terminals
Operations of ECU after Failure of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
system control module is less than 5Ω.
• Switch off LCDS.
• Control function is off.
• Brightness adjustment control function is off. • Terminal FC006-26 and Terminal BY215-D6
consecutive times. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FC006 of instrument pack or terminals of
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Instrument pack failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Information d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FC006 of instrument pack or terminals of
Bus System and DLC (1) control module and the power supply is infinite.
Reference Connector End View Information • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY215-D12
FC006 and BY215 • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY215-D6
a. Check harness connector FC006 of instrument pack • Yes → Go to Step 3;

and harness connector BY215 of entertainment • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 1184
3. Test/replace the instrument pack or entertainment

test/replace the instrument pack or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1185
B1A20 Reference Information

DTC FTB Failure Description Entertainment System - Speaker and Radio Antenna
11 FR Speaker Short to Ground Reference Connector End View Information
12 FR Speaker Short to Battery
B1A20 BY170/PD005, BY215 and BY122
1A FR Speaker Short Circuit
1B FR Speaker Open
Subsystem Principle
All the audio output channel circuits (+) of the radio and audio
amplifier are provided with a DC bias voltage which is the
half of the battery voltage. When using a digital multimeter, a. Check harness connector BY170/PD005 of right
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is front speaker and harness connector BY215 and
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio frequency played by BY122 of entertainment system control module
the audio system is made by a variable AC voltage, and this for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
voltage is based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. contamination, deformation, etc.
AC voltage moves the loudspeaker cone and generates sound.
This voltage varies with the audio type of the playing music or
dialogue, music type and volume settings of the system.
B1A20 11: Right front speaker power supply circuit short to
ground for 100ms.
B1A20 12: Right front speaker power supply circuit short to disconnect harness connector BY170/PD005 of right
battery for 100ms. front speaker and harness connector BY215 and
B1A20 1A: Right front speaker power supply circuit short to BY122 of entertainment system control module.
ground for 100ms. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
B1A20 1B: Right front speaker power supply circuit open connector BY170/PD005 of right front speaker and
circuit for 100ms. terminals of harness connector BY215 and BY122
5Ω.
Switch off the right front speaker.
• Terminal BY170/PD005-2 and Terminal BY215-A2
• Terminal BY170/PD005-1 and Terminal BY215-A6
• Right front speaker power supply circuit is normal for
• Terminal BY170/PD005-2 and Terminal BY122-6
100ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal BY170/PD005-1 and Terminal BY122-16
• Related circuit failure. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY170/PD005 of right front speaker or
terminals of harness connector BY215 and BY122
• Right front door woofer failure.
• Right front door tweeter failure. ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY170/PD005-2 or Terminal BY215-A2
1.0 1186
• Terminal BY170/PD005-2 or Terminal BY122-6
connector BY170/PD005 of right front speaker or
3. Test/replace the right front speaker or entertainment
system control module:
a. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test whether the speaker resistance is 4Ω.
b. If the resistance is not within the specified range,
replace the faulty speaker on the right front side.
Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Front Door
Tweeter".
Woofer".
1.0 1187

11 FL Speaker Short to Ground Reference Connector End View Information
12 FL Speaker Short to Battery
B1A21 BY169/DD007, BY215 and BY122
1A FL Speaker Short Circuit
1B FL Speaker Open
Subsystem Principle
half of the battery voltage. When using a digital multimeter, a. Check harness connector BY169/DD007 of left front
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is speaker and harness connector BY215 and BY122 of
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio frequency played by entertainment system control module for looseness,
the audio system is made by a variable AC voltage, and this poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
voltage is based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. deformation, etc.
B1A21 11: Left front speaker power supply circuit short to
ground for 100ms.
B1A21 12: Left front speaker power supply circuit short to disconnect harness connector BY169/DD007 of left
battery for 100ms. front speaker and harness connector BY215 and
B1A21 1A: Left front speaker power supply circuit short to BY122 of entertainment system control module.
ground for 100ms. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
B1A21 1B: Left front speaker power supply circuit open circuit connector BY169/DD007 of left front speaker and
for 100ms. terminals of harness connector BY215 and BY122
5Ω.
Switch off the left front speaker.
• Terminal BY169/DD007-2 and Terminal BY215-A3
• Terminal BY169/DD007-1 and Terminal BY215-A7
• Left front speaker power supply circuit is normal for
• Terminal BY169/DD007-2 and Terminal BY122-7
100ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition • Terminal BY169/DD007-1 and Terminal BY122-17
• Related circuit failure. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

• Connector failure or poor fit. connector BY169/DD007 of left front speaker or
• Front left door woofer failure.
• Front left door tweeter failure. ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY169/DD007-2 or Terminal BY215-A3
1.0 1188
• Terminal BY169/DD007-2 or Terminal BY122-7
connector BY169/DD007 of left front speaker or
3. Test/replace the left front speaker or entertainment
replace the faulty speaker on the left front side.
Service Guide
Woofer".
Tweeter".
1.0 1189

11 RR Speaker Short to Ground Reference Connector End View Information
12 RR Speaker Short to Battery
B1A22 RD006 and BY215
1A RR Speaker Short Circuit
1B RR Speaker Open
Subsystem Principle
half of the battery voltage. When using a digital multimeter, a. Check harness connector RD006 of right
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is rear speaker and harness connector BY215 of
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio frequency played by entertainment system control module for looseness,
the audio system is made by a variable AC voltage, and this poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
voltage is based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit. deformation, etc.
B1A22 11: Right rear speaker power supply circuit short to
ground for 100ms. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
B1A22 12: Right rear speaker power supply circuit short to
disconnect harness connector RD006 of right
battery for 100ms.
rear speaker and harness connector BY215 of
B1A22 1A: Right rear speaker power supply circuit short entertainment system control module.
circuit for 100ms.
B1A22 1B: Right rear speaker power supply circuit open circuit connector RD006 of right rear speaker and terminals
for 100ms. of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
Operations of ECU after Failure system control module is less than 5Ω.
Switch off the right rear speaker. • Terminal RD006-2 and Terminal BY215-A1
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal RD006-1 and Terminal BY215-A5
• Right rear speaker power supply circuit is normal for If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
100ms. for open circuit/high resistance.
cycles.
connector RD006 of right rear speaker or terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
• Related circuit failure. system control module and the ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal RD006-2 or Terminal BY215-A1
• Rear right door woofer failure. • Terminal RD006-1 or Terminal BY215-A5
1.0 1190
connector RD006 of right rear speaker or terminals
system control module and the power supply is
infinite.
• Terminal RD006-2 or Terminal BY215-A1


3. Test/replace the right rear speaker or entertainment



replace the faulty speaker on the right rear side.

Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Rear Door
Woofer".
1.0 1191

11 RL Speaker Short to Ground Reference Connector End View Information
12 RL Speaker Short to Battery RD005 and BY215
B1A23
1A RL Speaker Short Circuit Reference Electrical Information
1B RL Speaker Open Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
All the audio output channel circuits (+) of the radio and audio 1. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check harness connector RD005 of left rear speaker
half of the battery voltage. When using a digital multimeter,
and harness connector BY215 of entertainment
the measured voltage of each audio output channel circuit is
approx. 6.5V (DC voltage). The audio frequency played by
the audio system is made by a variable AC voltage, and this
etc.
voltage is based on the DC bias voltage of the same circuit.
AC voltage moves the loudspeaker cone and generates sound. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
This voltage varies with the audio type of the playing music or found in visual check.
dialogue, music type and volume settings of the system. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1A23 11: Left rear speaker power supply circuit short to a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
ground for 100ms. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector RD005 of left
B1A23 12: Left rear speaker power supply circuit short to
rear speaker and harness connector BY215 of
battery for 100ms.
B1A23 1A: Left rear speaker power supply circuit short circuit b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
for 100ms. connector RD005 of left rear speaker and terminals
B1A23 1B: Left rear speaker power supply circuit open circuit of harness connector BY215 of entertainment
for 100ms. system control module is less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal RD005-2 and Terminal BY215-A4
Switch off the left rear speaker. • Terminal RD005-1 and Terminal BY215-A8
• Left rear speaker power supply circuit is normal for
100ms. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector RD005 of left rear speaker or terminals
cycles.
system control module and the ground is infinite.
Possible Causes
• Left rear door woofer failure.
connector RD005 of left rear speaker or terminals of
1.0 1192
control module and the power supply is infinite.


3. Test/replace the left rear speaker.

replace the faulty speaker on the left rear side.

Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Rear Door
Woofer".
1.0 1193

B1A24 01 Power of USB1 Port Error
Subsystem Principle
The on-board USB1 interface is located in the centre console,
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY197 of USB1

interface.
FICM system is activated and USB1 port control input is
USB1 port input is abnormal. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
BY197-A4 and BY197-A1 of USB1 interface is 5V.
Switch off USB1 related functions.
• USB1 port input is normal. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition disconnect harness connector BY197 of USB1
cycles. interface and harness connector BY198 of
Possible Causes entertainment system control module
• Related circuit failure. f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

connector BY197 of USB1 interface and terminals of
• USB1 failure. control module is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY197-A4 and Terminal BY198-5
• Terminal BY197-A1 and Terminal BY198-1
BY197 and BY198 connector BY197 of USB1 interface or terminals of
Reference Electrical Information control module and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY197-A4 or Terminal BY198-5
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY197-A1 or Terminal BY198-1
a. Check harness connector BY197 of USB1 interface for short to ground.
and harness connector BY198 of entertainment h. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
system control module for looseness, poor contact, connector BY197 of USB1 interface or terminals of
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, harness connector BY198 of entertainment system
etc. control module and the power supply is infinite.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Terminal BY197-A4 or Terminal BY198-5
• Terminal BY197-A1 or Terminal BY198-1
1.0 1194

test/replace the USB interface or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
Power Outlet".
1.0 1195
B1A25
BY191A and BY215
DTC Description
12 Microphone1 Short to Battery
B1A25 11 Microphone1 Short to Ground Diagnostic Test Steps
13 Microphone1 Open 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output

Subsystem Principle
• Read the "Microphone Voltage" to check whether it is
The microphone, which is an important part of the within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
entertainment system, is located in the front reading lamp rational value range).
• Yes → Test microphone;
Entertainment system (FICM) is waken up.
a. Check harness connector BY191A of microphone
B1A25 11: The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be
lower than 1.54V for 100ms.
B1A25 12: The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
higher than 1.54V for 100ms. etc.
B1A25 13: The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
between 1.02V and 1.47V for 100ms. found in visual check.
Switch off MIC related functions. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1A25 11, 12:
• The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be between
0.31V and 1.54V for 100ms. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in the "OFF" position,
harness connector BY191A of microphone and
B1A25 13:
• The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be between control module.
0.31V and 1.02～1.47V and 1.54V for 100ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector BY191A of microphone and terminals of
Possible Causes control module is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal BY191A-1 and Terminal BY215-E2
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY191A-2 and Terminal BY215-E8
• Microphone failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Entertainment system control module failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector BY191A of microphone or terminals of
• Terminal BY191A-1 or Terminal BY215-E2
1.0 1196

connector BY191A of microphone or terminals of


4. Test/replace the microphone or entertainment system

control module.

test/replace the microphone or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Microphone".
1.0 1197

B1A26 01 Power of USB2 Port Error
Subsystem Principle
The on-board USB2 interface is located in the centre console,
Conditions for Running DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY114 of USB2

interface.
FICM system is activated and USB2 port control input is
USB2 port input is abnormal. d. Test if the voltage between harness connector
BY114-4 and BY114-1 of USB2 interface is 5V.
Switch off USB2 related functions.
• USB2 port input is normal. disconnect the battery negative cable, and
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition disconnect harness connector BY114 of USB2
cycles. interface and harness connector BY116 of
Possible Causes entertainment system control module.
• Related circuit failure. f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

connector BY114 of USB2 interface and terminals of
• USB2 failure. control module is less than 5Ω.
BY114 and BY116 connector BY114 of USB2 interface or terminals of
Reference Electrical Information control module and the ground is infinite.
a. Check harness connector BY114 of USB2 interface for short to ground.
and harness connector BY116 of entertainment h. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
system control module for looseness, poor contact, connector BY114 of USB2 interface or terminals of
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, harness connector BY116 of entertainment system
etc. control module and the power supply is infinite.
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Terminal BY114-4 or Terminal BY116-5
1.0 1198
3. Test/replace the USB2 interface or entertainment system

control module.
f the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,

replace the USB2 interface or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
Power Outlet".
1.0 1199

B1A27 01 Power of USB Port for TBOX Error
Subsystem Principle
The communication module is connected with the
entertainment system control module, through which the a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
entertainment head unit can read the external data and update disconnect the battery negative cable, and
the data. disconnect harness connector FC014 of
FC019 of entertainment system control module.
FICM system is activated and USB port control input TBOX is
normal. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FC014 of communication module
and terminals of harness connector FC019 of
USB and TBOX communication are abnormal. entertainment system control module is less than
Operations of ECU after Failure 5Ω.
Switch off TBOX related functions. • Terminal FC014-1 and Terminal FC019-4
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Terminal FC014-3 and Terminal FC019-2
• USB and TBOX communication are normal. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Possible Causes connector FC014 of communication module
or terminals of harness connector FC019 of
• Connector failure or poor fit. ground is infinite.
• USB failure.
• Terminal FC014-1 or Terminal FC019-4
• TBOX control module failure.
• Terminal FC014-3 or Terminal FC019-2
Reference Connector End View Information connector FC014 of communication module
FC014 and FC019 or terminals of harness connector FC019 of
Reference Electrical Information power supply is infinite.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal FC014-1 or Terminal FC019-4
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal FC014-3 or Terminal FC019-2
a. Check harness connector FC014 of communication for short to battery.
module and harness connector FC019 of e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
entertainment system control module for looseness, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
deformation, etc.
3. Test/replace the communication module or entertainment
1.0 1200
replace the communication module or entertainment
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Driver
Information and Entertainment System" - "On-board
Telephone, Entertainment and Navigation System" -
"Communication Module".
1.0 1201
B1A28
BY191A and BY215
DTC Description
12 Microphone2 Short to Battery
B1A28 11 Microphone2 Short to Ground Diagnostic Test Steps
13 Microphone2 Open 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output

Subsystem Principle
• Read the "Microphone Voltage" to check whether it is
The microphone, which is an important part of the within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
entertainment system, is located in the front reading lamp rational value range).
• Yes → Test microphone;
Entertainment system (FICM) is waken up.
a. Check harness connector BY191A of microphone
B1A28 11: The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be
lower than 0.31V for 100ms.
B1A28 12: The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
higher than 1.54V for 100ms. etc.
B1A28 13: The feedback voltage of MIC is detected to be b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
between 1.02V and 1.47V for 100ms. found in visual check.
Switch off MIC2 related functions. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1A28 11, 12:
• MCU detects that the feedback voltage of MIC is between
0.31V and 1.54V for 100ms. 3. Test related circuits:
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition a. Place the ignition switch in the "OFF" position,
harness connector BY191A of microphone and
B1A28 13:
• MCU detects that the feedback voltage of MIC is between control module.
1.47V and 1.54V for 100ms.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector BY191A of microphone and terminals of
Possible Causes control module is less than 5Ω.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal BY191A-1 and Terminal BY215-E2
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY191A-2 and Terminal BY215-E8
• Microphone failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Information c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector BY191A of microphone or terminals of
1.0 1202

connector BY191A of microphone or terminals of


4. Test/replace the microphone or entertainment system

control module.

test/replace the microphone or entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
Entertainment and Navigation System" - "Microphone".
1.0 1203
B1A43 a. Read the "Current Left Steering Wheel Multifunction

DTC Description Switch Voltage" to check whether it is within the
rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to
11 • Yes → Test/replace the multifunction switch of
Ground
B1A43 steering wheel;
Left Side Steering Wheel Controls Short to
12 • No → Go to Step 2.
Battery or Open
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector BY163 of multifunction
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches switch of steering wheel and harness connector
mounted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow BY215 of entertainment system control module
the most common functions in the ICE system to be used in a for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
much more convenient manner. contamination, deformation, etc.
Entertainment system is activated. found in visual check.
lower than 0.12V for 2s.
higher than 4.78V for 2s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reject all switch inputs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• The input voltage of control button on the left side of multifunction switch of steering wheel and harness
steering wheel is between 0.12～4.78V for 2s. connector BY215 of entertainment system control
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition module.
Possible Causes terminal BY163-11 of left multifunction switch of
steering wheel and harness connector terminal
BY215-D4 of entertainment system control module
is less than 5Ω.
• Left steering wheel control switch failure.
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY163-11 of left multifunction switch
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (1) of steering wheel or harness connector terminal
terminal BY163-11 of left multifunction switch
Diagnostic Test Steps of steering wheel or harness connector terminal
1.0 1204
4. Test/replace the left multifunction switch of steering

wheel or entertainment system control module.

test/replace the left multifunction switch of steering
Service Guide
Wheel".
1.0 1205
B1A44 a. Read the "Current Right Steering Wheel

DTC Description Multifunction Switch Voltage" to check whether
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short
11 • Yes → Test/replace the multifunction switch of
to Ground
B1A44 steering wheel;
Right Side Steering Wheel Controls Short
to Battery or Open
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector BY163 of multifunction
The audio device can be controlled by the remote switches switch of steering wheel and harness connector
mounted on the steering wheel. These function buttons allow BY215 of entertainment system control module
the most common functions in the entertainment system to for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
be used in a much more convenient manner. contamination, deformation, etc.
Entertainment system is waken up. found in visual check.
lower than 0.12V for 2s.
higher than 4.78V for 2s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reject all switch inputs. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
• The input voltage of control button on the right side of multifunction switch of steering wheel and harness
steering wheel is between 0.12V～4.78V for 2s. connector BY215 of entertainment system control
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition module.
Possible Causes terminal BY163-12 of multifunction switch of
steering wheel and harness connector terminal
BY215–D10 of entertainment system control
• Multifunction switch of steering wheel failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY163-12 of multifunction switch of
Entertainment System - Ali Navigation (1) steering wheel or harness connector terminal
terminal BY163-12 of multifunction switch of
Diagnostic Test Steps steering wheel or harness connector terminal
1.0 1206
4. Test/replace the right multifunction switch of steering


test/replace the right multifunction switch of steering
Service Guide
Wheel".
1.0 1207
B1A49 • Yes → Go to Step 2;

B1A49 71 "Defrost" Switch Stuck
Subsystem Principle disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector BY120 of A/C control
Once the defogging button is pressed, the defogging mark will
panel and BY004 of ETC.
be shown on the display, and the system enters the front
defogging control state. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Conditions for Running DTCs terminal BY120-4 of A/C control panel and harness
connector terminal BY004-7 of ETC is less than 5Ω.
Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 1.
terminal BY120-4 of A/C control panel or harness
Operations of ECU after Failure connector terminal BY004-7 of ETC and the ground
Defogging function stops and records DTCs. is infinite.
• Defogging mode ON switch error signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
cycles. terminal BY120-4 of A/C control panel or harness
Possible Causes connector terminal BY004-7 of ETC and the power
supply is infinite.
• A/C control panel failure.
• Electronic temperature control (ETC) failure.
3. Test/replace the A/C control panel or ETC.
BY004 and BY120
Reference Electrical Information test/replace the A/C control panel or ETC.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Service Guide

1. Check the connectivity of connectors: Air Conditioning System Control － ETC" - “Air
a. Check harness connector BY120 of A/C control Conditioning Controller Assembly - ETC".
panel and harness connector BY004 of ETC for • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and
contamination, deformation, etc. Air Conditioning System Control － ETC" - “Air
Conditioning Panel - ETC".
found in visual check. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 1208
B194A • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B194A 71 "Heated Rear Window" Switch Stuck disconnect the battery negative cable, and
disconnect harness connector BY120 of A/C control
Subsystem Principle
panel and BY004 of ETC.
Control rear window heating through heated rear window
switch on the A/C control panel to prevent frost and ice.
terminal BY120-4 of A/C control panel and harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector terminal BY004-7 of ETC is less than 5Ω.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. for open circuit/high resistance.
Rear window heating switch signal is 1. terminal BY120-4 of A/C control panel or harness
Operations of ECU after Failure connector terminal BY004-7 of ETC and the ground
is infinite.
Heated rear window function stops and records DTCs.
• Rear window heating switch signal is 0.
terminal BY120-4 of A/C control panel or harness
cycles.
connector terminal BY004-7 of ETC and the power
Possible Causes supply is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. for short to battery.
• A/C control panel failure. e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Electronic temperature control (ETC) failure. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again

Bus system - LIN (1) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Connector End View Information 3. Test/replace the A/C control panel or ETC.
BY004 and BY120 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the A/C control panel or ETC.
Service Guide
Diagnostic Test Steps and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: Air Conditioning System Control － ETC" - “Air
a. Check harness connector BY120 of A/C control
panel and harness connector BY004 of ETC for • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Heating, Ventilation
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, and Air Conditioning" - "Heating, Ventilation and
contamination, deformation, etc. Air Conditioning System Control － ETC" - “Air
Conditioning Panel - ETC".
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the "Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Control
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again Module (HVAC)".
1.0 1209
B1AA0 entertainment system control module for looseness,

DTC Description poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short
12 found in visual check.
to Battery
B1AA0 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Infotainment Faceplate Enable Circuit Short
11 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
to Ground
Subsystem Principle
Navigation control panel buttons are used to locate the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
displayed menu items and other options, press the control
button to select the option. 2. Test related circuits:
B1AA0 11: FICM system waken-up, active input high.
B1AA0 12: FICM system waken-up, active input low. entertainment control panel and harness connector
Conditions for Setting DTCs BY215 of entertainment system control module.
B1AA0 11: Entertainment control panel circuit voltage is lower b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
than 0.31V for 100ms. terminal BY006-6 of entertainment control panel
and harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
B1AA0 12: Entertainment control panel circuit voltage is entertainment system control module is less than
higher than 1.54V for 100ms. 5Ω.
Reject all switch inputs. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Entertainment control panel circuit voltage is 0.31V or terminal BY006-6 of entertainment control panel
1.54V. or harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
ground is infinite.
cycles.
• Entertainment control panel failure. or harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
• Entertainment system control module failure. entertainment system control module and the
Reference Information power supply is infinite.

a. Check harness connector BY006 of entertainment test/replace the entertainment control panel or
control panel and harness connector BY215 of entertainment system control module.
1.0 1210
Service Guide
1.0 1211

U0073 88 CAN Bus Off • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Subsystem Principle
other control modules via CAN bus. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. BCM.
When the controller has the transmission error for certain connector BY215 of entertainment system control
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus module and terminals of harness connector BY027
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. of body control module is less than 5Ω.
CAN bus is off. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY215-D6
• "Bus Off" state does not appear within 5s. for open circuit/high resistance.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
cycles. connector BY215 of entertainment system control
Possible Causes module or terminals of harness connector BY027 of
• Related circuit failure. body control module and the ground is infinite.
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY215-D12

• Body control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
between terminals of harness connector BY215 of
entertainment system control module or terminals
BY027 and BY215 of harness connector BY027 of body control module
etc.
check. • No → Diagnosis is completed.

and BCM.
1.0 1212
and body control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1213
U010F b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual

U010F 87 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Control Module (AC)
Subsystem Principle
air conditioning control unit via body CAN bus.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. HVAC control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from ETC connector BY215 of entertainment system control
module cannot be received within the given time. module and terminals of harness connector BY004
of HVAC control module is less than 5Ω.
Switch off the air conditioning.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes HVAC control module and the ground is infinite.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal BY004-6 or Terminal BY215-D12
• HVAC control module failure. for short to ground.
Reference Circuit Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Bus System and DLC (1) & Bus System and DLC (2) between terminals of harness connector BY215 of
entertainment system control module or terminals of
Reference Connector End View Information harness connector BY004 of HVAC control module
BY004 and BY215 and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
system control module and harness connector
BY004 of HVAC control module for looseness, • Yes → Go to Step 3;
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
deformation, etc.
1.0 1214
Service Guide
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 1215
U0140 b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual

Module (BCM)
Subsystem Principle
Entertainment system control module communicates with
BCM via low speed CAN (body system) bus.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. BCM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from BCM connector BY215 of entertainment system control
module cannot be received within the given time. module and terminals of harness connector BY027
of body control module is less than 5Ω.
• BCM function has not been configured.
• BCM information does not exist.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition module or terminals of harness connector BY027 of
cycles. body control module and the ground is infinite.
Possible Causes
• Body control module failure. for short to ground.
Reference Information switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Reference Circuit Information between terminals of harness connector BY215 of
entertainment system control module or terminals
of harness connector BY027 of body control module
Reference Connector End View Information and the ground is between 2 ~ 3V.
BY027 and BY215 • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY215-D12
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY215-D6

Diagnostic Test Steps e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
system control module and harness connector
BY027 of body control module for looseness, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, 3. Test/replace the entertainment system control module
deformation, etc. or BCM.
1.0 1216
or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1217

DTC FTB Failure Description b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
check.
U0155 87
(IPK) c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Entertainment system control module communicates with • Yes → Go to Step 2;
instrument pack via low speed CAN (body system) bus.
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. harness connector BY215 of entertainment system
Conditions for Setting DTCs control module and harness connector FC006 of
instrument pack.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from IPK
module cannot be received within given time. b. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
module and terminals of harness connector FC006
• No time synchronization. of instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
• No sound reminding. • Terminal FC006-27 and Terminal BY215-D12
• There is no relevant control of the instrument pack.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector BY215 of entertainment system control
cycles. module or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
Possible Causes instrument pack and the ground is infinite.
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal FC006-27 or Terminal BY215-D12
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY215-D6
• Entertainment system control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Instrument pack failure. for short to ground.
Reference Information d. Test if the voltage between terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector BY215 of entertainment system control
module or terminals of harness connector FC006 of
instrument pack and the ground is 2～3V.
FC006 and BY215 • Terminal FC006-26 or Terminal BY215-D6
system control module and harness connector • No → Diagnosis is completed.
FC006 of instrument pack for looseness, poor 3. Test/replace the entertainment control system module
or instrument pack.
1.0 1218
or instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1219

Lost Communication with Infotainment
Faceplate Module(IFP)
Subsystem Principle
entertainment control panel (IFP) via LIN. 2. Test related circuits:
• DTC U1562, U1566 and U0073 are not set. entertainment control panel and harness connector
• 1s after ECU is powered on and activated. BY215 of entertainment system control module.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from IFP terminal BY006-6 of entertainment control panel
module cannot be received within given time. and harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
5Ω.
No IFP button input and solar sensor output.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
consecutive times. terminal BY006-6 of entertainment control panel
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition or harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
cycles. entertainment system control module and the
Possible Causes ground is infinite.
• Entertainment control panel failure.
• Entertainment system control module failure. or harness connector terminal BY215-E10 of
Reference Information entertainment system control module and the
Reference Circuit Information ground is 2～3V.
Bus system - LIN (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY215 and BY006 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: entertainment system control module.
a. Check harness connector BY006 of entertainment If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
control panel and harness connector BY215 of test/replace the entertainment control panel or
entertainment system control module for looseness, entertainment system control module.
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, Service Guide
deformation, etc.
1.0 1220
1.0 1221
U1500
DTC Description
U1500 00
Subsystem Principle
When VIN code in BCM mismatches with that in IPK, send a
valid error report.
When VIN code in BCM matches with that in IPK, send a valid
correctness report.
Possible Causes
the scan tool.
BCM.
that DTC U1500 and U1501 have not been set.
If DTC U1500 and U1501 have been reset, test/replace
the BCM or the instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1222
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY215 of entertainment
U1562 17 Battery Voltage High system control module and harness connector
BY040 of passenger compartment fuse box for
Entertainment system control module monitors the system b. Clean, repair or replace the faulty parts found in visual
voltage to check whether the power supply voltage of the check.
battery or the alternator is within the normal range. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
U1562: The power supply voltage is higher than 16V for 1s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
U1563: The power supply voltage is lower than 9V for 1s (Not
in the starting process). a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
disconnect harness connector BY040 of passenger
• No display. compartment fuse box and harness connector
• No sound. BY215 of entertainment system control module.
• Radio function is unavailable. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• CAN bus is in opening state. terminal BY215-B15 of entertainment system
Conditions for Clearing DTCs control module and harness connector terminal
BY040-48 of passenger compartment fuse box is
U1562:
less than 5Ω.
• The power supply voltage is lower than 15.5V for 1s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles.
U1563: terminal BY215-B15 of entertainment system
• The power supply voltage is higher than 9.5V for 1s.
BY040-48 of passenger compartment fuse box and
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition the ground is infinite.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY215-B15 of entertainment system
• Entertainment system control module failure. control module or harness connector terminal
Reference Information BY040-48 of passenger compartment fuse box and
BY040 and BY215 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
1.0 1223

Service Guide
1.0 1224
U2020
DTC Description
U2020 47 ECU Error - Internal Watchdog Error
Subsystem Principle
Internal failures for monitoring the BCM program, not
The ignition switch is not in "ON" position.
The internal watchdog is reset.
System reset.
The system recovers to normal state.
Possible Causes
Body control module failure.

the scan tool.
2. Set and match the BCM.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on the
scan tool. Confirm that DTC U2020 has not been set.
4. If the DTC has been reset, test/replace the BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1225
DTC Troubleshooting BCM
BCM
DTC List
List

B1041 13 Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1041 11 Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1042 13 Right Brake Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1042 11 Right Brake Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1043 12 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1043 11 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1043 13 Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1045 11 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1045 13 Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1049 12 Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1049 11 Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1049 13 Daytime Running Light Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B104A 13 Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅱ
B104A 11 Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B104B 13 Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅱ
B104B 11 Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B104C 71 Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1051 12 Front Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1051 13 Front Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1053 11 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1053 13 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1059 14 Dipped Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1059 12 Dipped Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B105A 13 Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B105A 12 Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B105A 11 Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B105B 13 Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B105B 12 Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B105B 11 Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B105C 14 Main Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B105C 12 Main Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B105D 11 Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam Headlamp Switch Short to Ground Ⅲ
B105D 1E Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam Headlamp Switch Resistance out of Range Ⅲ
B1060 13 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1060 12 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
1.0 1226
BCM DTC Troubleshooting
B1060 11 Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1061 13 Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1061 11 Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1062 13 Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1062 12 Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1066 73 Brake Pedal Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1067 16 Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Below Threshold Ⅲ
B1067 17 Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Above Threshold Ⅲ
B1071 1E Light Function Column Switch: Direction Indicator Switch Resistance out of Range Ⅲ
B1071 11 Light Function Column Switch: Direction Indicator Switch Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1077 11 Main Light Switch Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1077 15 Main Light Switch Circuit Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1077 1C Main Light Switch Circuit Resistance out of Range Ⅲ
B1078 11 Fog Light Switch Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1078 15 Fog Light Switch Circuit Short to Battery or Open Ⅲ
B1078 1C Fog Light Switch Circuit Resistance out of Range Ⅲ
B1081 11 Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1083 13 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1083 11 Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1084 13 Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator Circuit Open Circuit Ⅱ
B1084 11 Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator Circuit Short to Ground Ⅱ
B1089 12 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1089 11 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B1089 13 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B108A 12 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B108A 11 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B108A 13 Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B10A1 71 All Door Unlock Relay Stuck Ⅲ
B10A2 71 All Door Lock Relay Stuck Ⅲ
B10A4 71 Driver Door Unlock Relay Stuck Ⅲ
B10A6 13 Door Lock Status LED Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B10A6 11 Door Lock Status LED Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B10AA 71 Driver Door Key Lock Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B10AB 71 Driver Door Key Unlock Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B10AC 71 Master Lock Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B10AD 71 Master Unlock Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B10B1 71 Trunk/Boot Release Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B10B2 71 Trunk/Boot Release Relay Stuck Ⅲ
1.0 1227

B1101 14 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1101 12 Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1102 14 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1102 12 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1103 14 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1103 12 Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1105 71 Front Wiper Park Switch Actuator Stuck Ⅲ
B1107 71 Rear Wiper Park Switch Actuator Stuck Ⅲ
B1109 1E Column Switch Potentiometer for Wiper Delay Resistance out of Range Ⅲ
B110B 12 Rear Washer Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B110B 14 Rear Washer Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B110C 14 Front Washer Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B110C 12 Front Washer Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1111 14 Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1111 12 Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1112 14 Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1112 12 Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1113 14 Ⅲ
Circuit
B1113 12 Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1114 14 Ⅲ
Circuit
B1114 12 Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1115 71 Local Passenger Door Window Switch Stuck Switch Ⅲ
B1116 71 Local Rear Left Door Window Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1117 71 Local Rear Right Door Window Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1121 14 Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1121 12 Drivers Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1122 14 Ⅲ
Circuit
B1122 12 Front Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1123 14 Ⅲ
Circuit
B1123 12 Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1124 14 Ⅲ
Circuit
B1124 12 Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B112A 71 Driver Window Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B1131 71 Driver Window Motor Relay Fault Ⅲ
1.0 1228
B1132 96 Driver Window Sensing System Fault Ⅲ
B1155 14 Horn Relay Driver Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B1155 12 Horn Relay Driver Short to Battery Ⅲ
B115C 14 Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B115C 12 Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B115D 13 P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Open Circuit II
B115D 12 P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Short to Battery II
B115D 11 P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Short to Ground II
B115E 14 Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit II
B115E 12 Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short to Battery II
B1162 11 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Short to Ground (SSB) Ⅱ
B1162 13 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Open Circuit (SSB) Ⅱ
B1162 1E Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Resistance out of Range (SSB) Ⅱ
B1162 73 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Stuck II
B1166 11 Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit Short to Ground (IGN1) Ⅱ
B1166 13 Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit Open Circuit (IGN1) Ⅱ
B1169 13 Accessory HSD Output Circuit Open Circuit Ⅲ
B11A0 11 Hood Ajar (Bonnet Open Switch) Circuit Short to Ground Ⅲ
B11A0 13 Hood Ajar (Bonnet Open Switch) Circuit Open circuit Ⅲ
B11A5 09 Light Sensor Hardware Failure Ⅲ
B11C0 71 Sunroof Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B11C1 71 Sunroof Motor Relay Fault Ⅲ
B11C3 96 Sunroof Sensing System Fault Ⅲ
B11C4 71 Sunroof Sunshade Switch Stuck Ⅲ
B11C9 14 Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit Ⅲ
B11C9 12 Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to Battery Ⅲ
B1701 95 Transponder Antenna Fault II
B1702 96 Invalid Key Present II
B1705 96 Loss Communication with Base Station II
B1706 95 Attack State is Triggered during EMS Authentication II
B1707 95 No EMS Challenge Rx II
B1708 87 CAN Communication Error during Authentication II
B170A 96 Body Control Module does not Receive Telematic Box's Response II
B170B 96 Telematic Box Authentication Failure II
B170D 96 Body Control Module does not Receive Electrical Steering Column Lock's Challenge II
B1B05 16 Low Battery Voltage during Engine Running (Low Risk) Ⅲ
B1B06 16 System Voltage Low Ⅲ
B1B42 00 Current Sensor Polarity Inverted Ⅲ
1.0 1229

B1B80 07 Alternator Mechanical Failure Ⅱ
B1B81 01 Alternator Electrical Failure Ⅱ
Remote PRND Display Module (RPD) LIN Communication Checksum Error with
P1900 41 Ⅲ
Master Node
Remote PRND Display Module (RND) LIN Communication Time Out with Master
P1901 87 Ⅲ
Node
P1910 1C PRND Display Module Power Voltage out of the Range of Regular Function Ⅲ
P1911 29 The Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal Invalid Ⅲ
P1911 28 Transmission Shift Lever Position Signal out of the Range of Regular Function Ⅲ
U0073 88 Control Module Communication Bus Off on "Diagnostic CAN" Ⅰ
U0100 87 Lost Communication with Engine Control Module (ECM) Ⅰ
U0101 87 Lost Communication with transmission Control Module (TCM) Ⅰ
U0103 87 Lost Communication with Gear Shift Control Module (SCU) Ⅱ
U0120 87 Lost Communication With Alternator Ⅱ
U0121 87 Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Ⅰ
U0122 87 Lost Communication with Stability Control System (SCS) Ⅰ
U0127 87 Lost Communication with Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Ⅱ
U0151 87 Lost Communication with Sensing Diagnostic Module (SDM) Ⅱ
U0169 87 Lost Communication with Sunroof Control Module Ⅱ
U1169 87 Lost Communication with Sunroof Sunshade Control Module
U0198 87 Lost Communication with Telematic Control Module (TBOX) Ⅱ
U0215 87 Lost Communication with Drive Door Switch Pack(DDSP) Ⅲ
U0222 87 Lost Communication with "Door Window Motor (Driver) Ⅱ
U0236 87 Lost Communication with Column Lock Module (ESCL) Ⅱ
U0282 87 Lost Communication With Master Light Switch (MLS) Ⅲ
U1008 87 Lost Communication with Remote PRND Display Module (RPD) Ⅱ
U1116 87 Lost Communication with Electronic Battery Sensor (EBS) Ⅱ
U1500 00 VIN Mismatch with Body Control Module (BCM) or Instrument Pack (IPK) Ⅱ
U1501 00 BCM(or IPK) Redundant Data Resync Failure Ⅱ
U2001 41 ECU Error - Hardware Error Ⅱ
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error Ⅱ
U2004 42 ECU Error - ROM Error Ⅱ
1.0 1230
U2020 47 ECU Error - Internal Watchdog Error Ⅱ
U2021 47 ECU Error - External Watchdog Error Ⅱ
*Remarks:

1.0 1231
Diagnostic Information and Procedure a. Check harness connector BY048 of left tail lamp
B1041 assembly and harness connector BY027 of body
DTC Description control module for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Open
13 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Circuit
B1041 found in visual check.
Left Brake Lamps Control Circuit Short to
11 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Ground
The brake lamp switch is connected with the pedal bracket • Yes → Go to Step 2;
behind the instrument panel. Brake lamp switch is a Hall-effect • No → Diagnosis is completed.
sensor, activated by brake panel, when the brake panel is
stepped, the rear brake lamp is on to remind the following 2. Test related circuits:
vehicle of the distance. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Conditions for Running DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Drive circuit of left brake lamp is on. b. Disconnect harness connector BY048 of left tail lamp
assembly and harness connector BY027 of BCM.
• More than 70% PWM pulse width control.
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY048-3 of left tail lamp assembly and the
B1041 11: HSD is detected to be short to ground.
B1041 13: HSD is detected to be open circuit. for open circuit/high resistance.
B1041 11: Drive output is closed in the present ignition cycle. terminal BY048-2 of left tail lamp assembly and
harness connector terminal BY027-50 of BCM is less
B1041 13: None.
than 5Ω.
HSD is detected to be normal. for open circuit/high resistance.
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY048-2 of left tail lamp assembly or
harness connector terminal BY027-50 of BCM and
• Left brake lamp failure.
terminal BY048-2 of left tail lamp assembly or
Brake Lamp harness connector terminal BY027-50 of BCM and
Reference Connector End View Information the power supply is infinite.
BY048 and BY027
3. Test/replace the left brake lamp bulb or BCM:
1.0 1232
test/replace the left brake lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Lighting System" -
"External Lighting" － "Tail Lamp Assembly".
1.0 1233
B1042 a. Check harness connector BY047 of right tail

DTC Description lamp assembly and harness connector BY027 of
Right Brake Lamps Control Circuit Open etc.
13
Circuit
B1042 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Right Brake Lamps Control Circuit Short to found in visual check.
11
Ground
The brake lamp switch is connected with the pedal bracket and confirm if there remains any DTC.
behind the instrument panel. Brake lamp switch is a Hall-effect • Yes → Go to Step 2;
sensor, activated by brake panel, when the brake panel is
stepped, the rear brake lamp is on to remind the following • No → Diagnosis is completed.
vehicle of the distance. 2. Test related circuits:
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Drive circuit of right brake lamp is on. disconnect the battery negative cable.
• More than 70% PWM pulse width control. b. Disconnect harness connector BY047 of right tail
• Place the ignition switch in "ACC" position. lamp assembly and harness connector BY027 of BCM.
B1042 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 terminal BY047-3 of right tail lamp assembly and the
consecutive times. ground is less than 5Ω.
B1042 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
consecutive times. for open circuit/high resistance.
terminal BY047-2 of right tail lamp assembly and
B1042 11: Drive output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
B1042 13: None. than 5Ω.
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive for open circuit/high resistance.
times. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY047-2 of right tail lamp assembly or
• Related circuit failure. harness connector terminal BY027-50 of BCM and
• Right brake lamp failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Reference Information f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY047-2 of right tail lamp assembly or
Brake Lamp the power supply is infinite.
BY027 and BY047
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Yes → Go to Step 3;
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • No → Diagnosis is completed.
1.0 1234
3. Test/replace the right brake lamp bulb or body control
module:

test/replace the right brake lamp bulb or body control
module.
Service Guide
1.0 1235
B1043
BY027 and BY068
DTC Description
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
12
Circuit Short to Battery Diagnostic Test Steps
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B1043 11
Circuit Short to Ground with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
13
Circuit Open Circuit in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle b. Perform the forced output of "CHMSL" and observe
the CHMSL for relevant response or action.
BCM controls CHMSL ON/OFF via drive circuit.
Conditions for Running DTCs • Yes → Test/replace the brake pedal switch;
B1043 11: Drive circuit of CHMSL is on, and the ignition switch • No → Go to Step 2.
is in "ON" position. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1043 12: Drive circuit of CHMSL is off, and the ignition switch a. Check harness connector BY068 of CHMSL and
is in "ON" position. harness connector BY027 of BCM for looseness,
B1043 13: CHMSL is on, and the ignition switch is in "ON"
deformation, etc.
position.
B1043 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20
consecutive times.
B1043 12: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
consecutive times.
B1043 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20
consecutive times.
B1043 11: Drive output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
B1043 12, 13: None.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY068 of CHMSL and
Conditions for Clearing DTCs harness connector BY027 of BCM.
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
consecutive times. terminal BY068-2 of CHMSL and the ground is less
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition than 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY068-1 of CHMSL and harness connector
terminal BY027-50 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
• CHMSL failure.
terminal BY068-1 of CHMSL or harness connector
Brake Lamp terminal BY027-50 of BCM and the ground is infinite.
1.0 1236
terminal BY068-1 of CHMSL or harness connector
terminal BY027-50 of BCM and the power supply is
infinite.


4. Test/replace the CHMSL or body control module:

test/replace the CHMSL or body control module.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Centre High Mount Stop Lamp
(CHMSL) Assembly".
1.0 1237
B1045 b. Read the "Reverse Lamp ON Request - Hardwire

DTC Description Signal" to check whether it is within the rational value
range (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
c. Perform the forced output of "Reverse Lamp ON"
Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Short to
11 and observe the reverse lamp for relevant response
Ground
B1045 or action.
Reverse Lamps Control Circuit Open
13
Circuit • Yes → Test/replace the reverse lamp switch;
Subsystem Principle
BCM controls reverse lamps ON/OFF via drive circuit.
a. Check harness connector BY021 of reverse lamp
and harness connector BY026 of body control
• Reverse Lamp is on. module for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
B1045 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 found in visual check.
consecutive times. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1045 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
consecutive times. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
B1045 11: The reverse lamp does not work in the current • No → Diagnosis is completed.
ignition cycle. 3. Test related circuits:
B1045 13: None. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive b. Disconnect harness connectors BY021 of reverse
times. lamp and harness connector BY026 of BCM.
Possible Causes c. Test the bulb of the reverse lamp, if it is tested to be
• Related circuit failure. abnormal, replace it.
• Reverse lamp failure. terminal BY021-2 of reverse lamp and harness
connector terminal BY026-26 of BCM is less than
5Ω.
Reverse Lamp e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY021-2 of reverse lamp or harness
connector terminal BY026-26 of BCM and the
BY026 and BY021
ground is infinite.
4. Test/replace the BCM:
1.0 1238
test/replace the BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Lighting System"
- "External Lighting" － "Rear Combination Lamp
Assembly".
1.0 1239

Daytime Running Light Control Circuit a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
12
Short to Battery in "ON" position.
Daytime Running Light Control Circuit b. Perform the forced output of "Daytime Running
B1049 11
Short to Ground Lamp On" and observe the daytime running lamp for
relevant response or action.
Daytime Running Light Control Circuit
13
Open Circuit • Yes → Test/replace the light stalk switch;

BCM controls the daytime running lamp via two-way HSD.
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check harness connector BY016/BY005 of daytime
running lamp assembly and harness connector
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. BY084 of body control module for looseness,
Conditions for Setting DTCs poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
B1049 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 deformation, etc.
consecutive times. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1049 12: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20
consecutive times.
B1049 11: The daytime running lamp does not work in the
current ignition cycle. 3. Test related circuits:
B1049 12, 13: None. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
b. Disconnect harness connector BY016/BY005
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36
of daytime running lamp assembly and harness
consecutive times.
connector BY084 of BCM.
cycles.
terminal BY016-E/BY005-E of daytime running lamp
Possible Causes assembly and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Daytime running lamp failure. d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• Body control module failure. connector BY016/BY005 of daytime running lamp
Reference Information assembly and terminals of harness connector BY084
of BCM is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal BY016-F and Terminal BY084-7
Daytime Running Lamps
• Terminal BY005-F and Terminal BY084-7
BY084 and BY016/BY005 for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Electrical Information e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY016/BY005 of daytime running lamp
assembly or terminals of harness connector BY084
of BCM and the ground is infinite.
1.0 1240
• Terminal BY016-F or Terminal BY084-7


connector BY016/BY005 of daytime running lamp
assembly or terminals of harness connector BY084
of BCM and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the daytime running lamp assembly or BCM:

test/replace the daytime running lamp assembly or BCM.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Headlamp Assembly".
1.0 1241
B104A Diagnostic Test Steps

Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
13
Open Circuit in "ON" position.
B104A
Left Direction Indicators Control Circuit b. Perform the forced output of "All Left Turn Signal
11
Short to Ground Lamps ON" and observe the left turn signal lamps
for relevant response or action.
Subsystem Principle
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Turn signal/high beam stalk switch is on the left side of the
steering column, which controls the following components: • No → Go to Step 2.
• Left turn signal lamp
• Right turn signal lamp a. Check harness connector DD006 and BY005/BY226
of left turn signal lamp, harness connector BY048
• Headlamp flash
of left rear turn signal lamp and harness connector
• Low beam/high beam switching BY026 of BCM for looseness, poor contact,
Drive circuit of left turn signal lamp is on. etc.
B104A 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20
B104A 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20
consecutive times.
B104A 11: Drive output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
B104A 13: Flash frequency of left turn signal lamp doubles.
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive
b. Disconnect harness connector DD006 and
times.
BY005/BY226 of left turn signal lamp and harness
Possible Causes connector BY048 of left rear turn signal lamp.
• Related circuit failure. c. Test if the resistance between the following ground
• Connector failure or poor fit. circuit terminals of harness connector of left turn
• Left turn signal lamp failure. signal lamp and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal DD006-4

Reference Information • Terminal BY005-E
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY226-E
Turn Signal Lamps • Terminal BY048-3
BY026, DD006, BY005/BY226 and BY048
d. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of BCM.
e. Test if the resistance between the following signal
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminals of harness connector of left turn signal lamp
and terminals of harness connector BY026 of BCM is
less than 5Ω.
• Terminal DD006-5 and Terminal BY026-31
1.0 1242
• Terminal BY005-C and Terminal BY026-31
f. Test if the resistance between the following signal
terminals of harness connector of left turn signal lamp
or terminals of harness connector BY026 of BCM and
• Terminal DD006-5 or Terminal BY026-31
• Terminal BY005-C or Terminal BY026-31
g. Test if the resistance between the following signal
terminals of harness connector of left turn signal lamp
or terminals of harness connector BY026 of body
• Terminal DD006-5 or Terminal BY026-31
4. Test/replace the left turn signal lamp or BCM:
test/replace the left turn signal lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb".
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "External Device" -
"Rearview Mirror " - "Exterior Mirror Assembly".
1.0 1243
B104B Diagnostic Test Steps

Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
13
Open Circuit in "ON" position.
B104B
Right Direction Indicators Control Circuit b. Perform the forced output of "All Right Turn Signal
11
Short to Ground Lamps ON" and observe the right turn signal lamps
for relevant response or action.
Subsystem Principle
• Yes → Test/replace the light stalk switch;
Turn signal/high beam stalk switch is on the left side of the
steering column, which controls the following components: • No → Go to Step 2.
• Right turn signal lamp
• Right turn signal lamp a. Check harness connector PD006 and BY016/BY225
of right turn signal lamp, harness connector BY047
• Headlamp flash
of right rear turn signal lamp and harness connector
• Low beam/high beam switching BY026 of BCM for looseness, poor contact,
B104B 11: Drive circuit of right turn signal lamp is on. etc.
B104B 13: Drive circuit of right turn signal lamp is on. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B104B 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20
consecutive times.
B104B 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 • Yes → Go to Step 3;
consecutive times.
B104B 11: Drive output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
B104B 13: Flash frequency of right turn signal lamp doubles. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector PD006 and
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive BY016/BY225 of right turn signal lamp and harness
times. connector BY047 of right rear turn signal lamp.
Possible Causes c. Test if the resistance between the following ground
• Related circuit failure. circuit terminals of harness connector of right turn
signal lamp and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal PD006-4
• Right turn signal lamp failure.
• Body control module failure. • Terminal BY016-E
Reference Information • Terminal BY225-E
Reference Circuit Information • Terminal BY047-3
Turn Signal Lamps If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
d. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of BCM.
BY026, PD006, BY016/BY225 and BY047
e. Test if the resistance between the following signal
Reference Electrical Information terminals of harness connector of right turn signal
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection lamp and terminals of harness connector BY026 of
BCM is less than 5Ω.
• Terminal PD006-5 and Terminal BY026-23
1.0 1244
f. Test if the resistance between the following signal
terminals of harness connector of right turn signal
lamp or terminals of harness connector BY026 of
body control module and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal PD006-5 or Terminal BY026-23
g. Test if the resistance between the following signal
terminals of harness connector of right turn signal
lamp or terminals of harness connector BY026 of
BCM and the power supply is infinite.
• Terminal PD006-5 or Terminal BY026-23
4. =Test/replace the right turn signal lamp or BCM:
test/replace the right turn signal lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Front Turn Signal Lamp Bulb".
"Rearview Mirror " - "Exterior Mirror Assembly".
1.0 1245
B104C a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Hazard Warning Lamp ON Request" to
B104C 71 Hazard-Warning Switch Stuck
Subsystem Principle
Hazard warning lamps include: front, rear and side turn signal
lamps.
Hazard warning lamp switch is marked with hazard triangle
which is a touch switch. The switch has a hazard triangle, which a. Check harness connector BY002 of BCM and
will flash when the hazard lamps are activated. When the width harness connector FC004 of hazard warning lamp
lamps or headlamps are on, the triangle will have a reduced switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
brightness and remain flashing. The hazard warning lamps can corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
be activated manually regardless of the current position of the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
ignition switch. found in visual check.
The system is powered on. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
It is detected that the hazard warning lamp switch maintains in
the activation state for more than 20s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The current hazard warning lamp switch input signal is invalid. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• The hazard warning lamp switch which can be released is b. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of BCM and
detected for 5 consecutive times. harness connector FC004 of hazard warning lamp
switch.
Possible Causes terminal FC004-3 of hazard warning lamp switch and
the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Turn signal lamp failure.
terminal BY002-20 of BCM and harness connector
• Hazard warning lamp switch failure. terminal FC004-1 of hazard warning lamp switch is
Reference Information less than 5Ω.
Turn Signal Lamps
Reference Connector End View Information e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY002-20 of BCM or harness connector
BY002 and FC004 terminal FC004-1 of hazard warning lamp switch and
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output terminal BY002-20 of BCM or harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal FC004-1 of hazard warning lamp switch and
1.0 1246

4. Test/replace the hazard warning lamp switch or BCM:

b. Disconnect harness connector FC004 of hazard

warning lamp switch.
c. When the hazard warning lamp switch is pressed,

test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 3 of
hazard warning lamp switch is less than 1Ω.
If it is greater than the specified range, check the

hazard warning lamp switch.
d. When the hazard warning lamp switch is released,

test if the resistance between terminal 1 and 3 of
hazard warning lamp switch is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, check the

hazard warning lamp switch.

test/replace the hazard warning lamp switch or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1247
B1051 compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,

etc.
Front Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
12 found in visual check.
Short to Battery
B1051
Front Fog Lamps Relay Control Circuit c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
13 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Open Circuit
Subsystem Principle
When the ignition switch is in "ON" position, switch on the
front fog lamp, and the front fog lamp lights up. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• The system is powered on. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Drive circuit of front fog lamp is on. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Setting DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of body

engine compartment fuse box.
consecutive times.
terminal BY026-26 of body control module and
consecutive times.
Operations of ECU after Failure compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
B1051 12: HSD output is closed in the current ignition cycle. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
B1051 13: None. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 terminal BY026-26 of body control module or
consecutive times. harness connector terminal BY148-2 of engine
compartment fuse box and the power supply is
infinite.
cycles.
• Body control module failure. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Font fog lamp failure.
Fog lamps
BY026 and BY148 Service Guide
Reference Electrical Information • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: Control Module (BCM)".
a. Check harness connector BY026 of body control
module and harness connector BY148 of engine
1.0 1248
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Perform the forced output of "Rear Fog Lamp ON"
Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Short to and observe the rear fog lamp for relevant response
11
Ground or action.
B1053 Rear Fog Lamps Control Circuit Open
13 • Yes → Test/replace the light stalk switch;
Circuit
When the ignition switch is in "ON" position, switch on the a. Check harness connector BY026 of body control
rear fog lamp, and the rear fog lamp lights up. module and harness connector BY179/BY193 of rear
Conditions for Running DTCs fog lamp for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• The system is powered on. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
• Drive circuit of rear fog lamp is on. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
consecutive times.
consecutive times.
B1053 11: HSD output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
B1053 13: None.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY026 of BCM and
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 harness connector BY179/BY193 of rear fog lamp.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY179-2/BY193-2 of rear fog lamp and the
cycles. ground is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. terminal BY026-28 of body control module and
harness connector terminal BY179-1/BY193-1 of
• Rear fog lamp failure.
rear fog lamp is less than 5Ω.
Fog lamps
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY026-28 of body control module or
harness connector terminal BY179-1/BY193-1 of
rear fog lamp and the ground is infinite.
1.0 1249
4. Test/replace the rear fog lamp or BCM:

test/replace the rear fog lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Rear Fog Lamp Bulb".
1.0 1250
B1059 Operations of ECU after Failure
DTC Description None.
B105A 11: HSD output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
Dipped Beam Headlamp Relay Control
14 B105A 12, 13: None.
Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit
B1059 B105B 11: HSD output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
Dipped Beam Headlamp Relay Control
12
Circuit Short to Battery B105B 12, 13: None.
Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control Conditions for Clearing DTCs
13
Circuit Open Circuit • HSD circuit working normally is detected for 20
Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control consecutive times.
B105B 12
Circuit Short to Battery • History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
Right Dipped Beam Headlamp Control cycles.
11
Circuit Short to Ground Possible Causes
Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control • Related circuit failure.
13
Circuit Open Circuit • Connector failure or poor fit.
Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control • Body control module failure.
B105A 12
Circuit Short to Battery • Left low beam failure.
Left Dipped Beam Headlamp Control • Right low beam failure.
11
Master lighting switch sends the request via hardwire to switch Low Beam
on or off the left or right low beam to BCM, and then BCM
controls the left and right low beam via two-way HSD.
Conditions for Running DTCs BY025 and BY147
B1059 12: Low beam drive circuit is off. Reference Electrical Information
B1059 14: Low beam drive circuit is on for more than 30s. Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
B105A 11: Left low beam drive circuit is on for more than 30s, Diagnostic Test Steps
which is more than 70% PWM control. 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B105A 12: Left low beam drive circuit is off. with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
B105A 13: Left low beam drive circuit is on for more than 30s. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
B105B 11: Right low beam is on for more than 30s, which is
more than 70% PWM control. b. Perform the forced output of "Low Beam Relay" and
observe the rear fog lamp for relevant response or
B105B 12: Right low beam drive circuit is off.
action.
B105B 13: Right low beam drive circuit is on for more than
30s, which is more than 70% PWM control.
Conditions for Setting DTCs • No → Go to Step 2.
B1059 12, B105A 12, B105B 12: HSD circuit short to battery 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
is detected for 10 consecutive times. a. Check harness connector BY147 of engine
B105A 11, B105B 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected compartment fuse box and harness connector
for 10 consecutive times. BY025 of body control module for looseness,
B105A 13, B105B 13, B1059 14: HSD circuit open circuit is deformation, etc.
detected for 10 consecutive times.
1.0 1251


b. Disconnect harness connector BY025 of body


harness connector terminal BY147-14 of engine
If it exceeds the specified range, test the circuit for

open circuit/high resistance.
terminal BY025-30 of body control module or
compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.


infinite.



Service Guide
1.0 1252
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Perform the forced output of "High Beam Relay"
Main Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit and observe the high beam for relevant response or
14 action.
Short to Ground or Open Circuit
B105C
Main Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit • Yes → Test/replace the light stalk switch;
12
Short to Battery • No → Go to Step 2.
BCM controls high beam ON/OFF by controlling high beam a. Check harness connector BY025 of body control
relay. module and harness connector BY144 of engine
Conditions for Running DTCs compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
• High beam relay is off.
etc.
B105C 14: Low side drive circuit short to ground or open
circuit is detected for 10 consecutive times.
B105C 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected and confirm if there remains any DTC.
for 10 consecutive times.
B105C 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current
B105C 14: None. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for
20 consecutive times.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY025-16 of body control module or
High Beam harness connector terminal BY144-8 of engine
Reference Electrical Information e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminal BY025-16 of body control module or
Diagnostic Test Steps compartment fuse box and the power supply is
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output infinite.
1.0 1253


Service Guide
1.0 1254
B105D a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "High Beam Flash Switch State" to check
Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam
11 the Appendix for rational value range).
Headlamp Switch Short to Ground
B105D • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Light Function Column Switch: Main Beam
1E
Headlamp Switch Resistance out of Range • No → Go to Step 2.

The light stalk switch is on the left side of the steering column.
module and harness connector BY166 of light stalk
The stalk switch includes two switches, one of them is used to
switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
adjust the low beam and high beam of headlamp.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. found in visual check.
B105D 11: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
the occurrence of short to ground, and it keeps for 2s and confirm if there remains any DTC.
continuously. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
B105D 1E: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the • No → Diagnosis is completed.
switch resistance exceeds rational range, and it keeps for 2s
continuously.
The combination switch output signal is invalid in the current
ignition cycle.
harness connector BY166 of light stalk switch.
Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the switch works connector BY002 of BCM and terminals of harness
normally. connector BY166 of light stalk switch is less than 5Ω:
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal BY002-46 and Terminal BY166-3
• Light stalk switch failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information connector BY002 of BCM or terminals of harness
Reference Circuit Information connector BY166 of light stalk switch and the ground
is infinite:
Light Stalk Switch
BY002 and BY166
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
4. Test/replace the light stalk switch or BCM:
1.0 1255
a. When the high beam combination switch allows

the high beam to flicker and turn it on, test if the
resistance between terminal 2 and 1 of harness
connector BY166 of light stalk switch on BCM
conforms to the resistance listed in the table below.
Switch Resistance (Ω)

OFF Infinite
Headlamp Flash 1140 - 1260
High Beam On 270 - 300
b. If the resistance tested is not within the specified

range, replace the light stalk switch.

Service Guide
- "Steering System" - "Combination Switch of Steering
Wheel".
1.0 1256
DTC Description
BY084 and BY053
Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Open
13
Circuit Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Short Diagnostic Test Steps

B1060 12
to Battery
Number Plate Lamps Control Circuit Short with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
11
to Ground
BCM controls the left and right license plate lamps via one-way b. Perform the forced output of "License Plate Lamp
drive. ON" and observe the license plate lamp for relevant
Conditions for Running DTCs response or action.
B1060 11: The system is powered on, HSD of license plate
lamp is on. • No → Go to Step 2.
B1060 12: The system is powered on, HSD of license plate 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
lamp is off. a. Check harness connector BY053 of license plate
B1060 13: The system is powered on, HSD of license plate lamp and harness connector BY084 of BCM for
lamp is on. looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
consecutive times.
B1060 12: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20
consecutive times.
consecutive times.
B1060 12, 13: None.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY053 of license plate
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 lamp and harness connector BY084 of BCM.
consecutive times.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY053-2 of license plate lamp and the
cycles. ground is less than 5Ω.
Possible Causes
• License plate lamp failure. terminal BY084-8 of BCM and harness connector
• Body control module failure. terminal BY053-1 of license plate lamp is less than
5Ω.
Position Lamp & License Plate Lamp & Tail Lamp
1.0 1257
terminal BY053-1 of license plate lamp and the

ground is infinite.


terminal BY053-1 of license plate lamp and the


4. Test/replace the license plate lamp or BCM:

test/replace the license plate lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Lighting System"
- "External Lighting" － "Rear License Plate Lamp
Assembly".
1.0 1258
B1061 b. Perform the forced output of "Left Width Lamp ON",
DTC Description and observe the left width lamp for relevant response
or action.
Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Open
13
Circuit • No → Go to Step 2.
B1061
Left Position Lamp Control Circuit Short to 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
11
Ground a. Check harness connector BY005 and BY226 of
left position lamp and harness connector BY084 of
Subsystem Principle
BCM controls the position lamp via HSD. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
Conditions for Running DTCs etc.
The system is powered on, HSD of left position lamp is on. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
consecutive times.
consecutive times.
B1061 13: None. disconnect the battery negative cable.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY005 and BY226 of
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 left position lamp and harness connector BY084 of
consecutive times. BCM.
cycles. terminals BY005-E and BY226-E of left position lamp
Possible Causes and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Position lamp failure.
terminal BY005-D and BY226-D of left position lamp
Reference Information is less than 5Ω.
Position Lamp & License Plate Lamp & Tail Lamp for open circuit/high resistance.
terminal BY005-D and BY226-D of left position lamp
Reference Electrical Information and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal BY005 and BY226-3 of left position lamp
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 1259

4. Test/replace the left position lamp or BCM:

test/replace the left position lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Tail Lamp Bulb".
"External Lighting" － "Rear Combination Lamp Bulb".
"External Lighting" － "Front Position Lamp Bulb".
1.0 1260
B1062 b. Perform the forced output of "Right Width Lamp
DTC Description ON" and observe the right width lamp for relevant
response or action.
Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Open
13
Circuit • No → Go to Step 2.
B1062
Right Position Lamp Control Circuit Short 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
12
to Battery a. Check harness connector BY016 and BY225 of
right position lamp and harness connector BY084 of
Subsystem Principle
BCM controls the right position lamp via HSD. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
The system is powered on, HSD of right position lamp is on. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
consecutive times.
consecutive times.
B1062 13: None. disconnect the battery negative cable.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY016 and BY225 of
• HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 right position lamp and harness connector BY084 of
consecutive times. BCM.
cycles. terminal BY016-E and BY225-E of right position lamp
Possible Causes and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Position lamp failure.
terminal BY016-D and BY225-D of right position
Reference Information lamp is less than 5Ω.
Position Lamp & License Plate Lamp & Tail Lamp for open circuit/high resistance.
terminal BY016-D and BY225-D of right position
Reference Electrical Information lamp and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal BY016-D and BY225-D of right position
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch lamp and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 1261

4. Test/replace the right position lamp or BCM:

test/replace the right position lamp or BCM.
Service Guide
"External Lighting" － "Tail Lamp Bulb".
"External Lighting" － "Rear Combination Lamp Bulb".
"External Lighting" － "Front Position Lamp Bulb".
1.0 1262
B1066 looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
B1066 73 Brake Pedal Switch Stuck found in visual check.
Subsystem Principle
Brake pedal switch controls the work of brake lamp by sending and confirm if there remains any DTC.
signal to BCM.
Brake switch activated.
The brake switch maintains the activated state for more than
180s.
harness connector BY042 of brake lamp switch.
None. terminal BY042-3 of brake lamp switch and the
Conditions for Clearing DTCs ground is less than 5Ω.
It is detected that the brake pedal switch can work normally. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Related circuit failure. c. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
• Connector failure or poor fit. switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
harness connector terminal BY042-1 of brake lamp
switch and the ground is the battery voltage.
• Brake lamp switch failure.
d. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Brake Lamp disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Reference Connector End View Information harness connector BY042 of brake lamp switch,
harness connector BY190 of ECM and harness
BY042, BY190/BY205 and BY027 connector BY027 of BCM.
Reference Electrical Information e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY042 of brake lamp switch, terminals of
harness connector BY190 of ECM and terminals of
Diagnostic Test Steps harness connector BY027 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
in "ON" position. • Terminal BY042-2 and Terminal BY027-50
b. Read the "Brake Pedal Switch State - Hardwire Signal" • Terminal BY042-2 and Terminal BY190-26
to check whether it is within the rational value range
• No → Go to Step 2. connector BY042 of brake lamp switch or terminals
2. Check the connectivity of connectors: of harness connector BY190 of ECM or terminals of
harness connector BY027 of BCM and the ground is
a. Check harness connector BY042 of brake lamp
infinite.
switch, harness connector BY027 of BCM and
harness connector BY190/BY205 of ECM for • Terminal BY042-2 or Terminal BY190-25
1.0 1263
• Terminal BY042-4 or Terminal BY190-23 • Terminal BY042-4 and Terminal BY205-21

• Terminal BY042-2 or Terminal BY027-50 • Terminal BY042-2 and Terminal BY027-50
• Terminal BY042-2 or Terminal BY190-26 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit for open circuit or high resistance.
for short to ground. f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
g. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness connector BY042 of brake lamp switch or terminals
connector BY042 of brake lamp switch or terminals of harness connector BY205 of ECM or terminals of
of harness connector BY190 of ECM or terminals harness connector BY027 of BCM and the ground is
of harness connector BY027 of BCM and the power infinite.
supply is infinite.
• Terminal BY042-2 or Terminal BY190-26 for short to ground.
connector BY042 of brake lamp switch or terminals
h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the of harness connector BY205 of ECM or terminals
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again of harness connector BY027 of BCM and the power
and confirm if there remains any DTC. supply is infinite.
• Yes → Go to Step 5; • Terminal BY042-2 or Terminal BY205-19
• No → Diagnosis is completed. • Terminal BY042-4 or Terminal BY205-21
harness connector BY042 of brake lamp switch.
terminal BY042-3 of brake lamp switch and the
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit • Yes → Go to Step 5;
for open circuit/high resistance. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
c. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition 5. Test/replace the ECM or BCM or brake lamp switch.
switch in "ON" position, test if the voltage between
harness connector terminal BY042-1 of brake lamp
switch and the ground is the battery voltage.
disconnect harness connector BY042 of brake pedal
If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit switch.
b. When the brake pedal is released, test if the
resistance between terminal 3 and 4 of brake pedal
switch is less than 5Ω.
harness connector BY042 of brake lamp switch,
harness connector BY205 of ECM and harness If it is not within the specified range, check and
connector BY027 of BCM. replace the brake pedal switch.
e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness c. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the
connector BY042 of brake lamp switch, terminals of resistance between the signal circuit terminal 3 and
harness connector BY205 of ECM and terminals of 4 of brake pedal switch is infinite.
harness connector BY027 of BCM is less than 5Ω. If it is not within the specified range, check and
• Terminal BY042-2 and Terminal BY205-19 replace the brake pedal switch.
1.0 1264
d. When the brake pedal is released, test if the
resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and
2 of brake pedal switch is infinite.
If it is not within the specified range, check and

replace the brake pedal switch.
e. When the brake pedal is depressed, test if the

resistance between terminal 1 and 2 of brake pedal
switch is less than 5Ω.

f. Respectively test if the resistance between each

terminal of brake pedal switch and the switch
housing is infinite.


test/replace the ECM, BCM or brake lamp switch.
Service Guide
(ECM)".
(ECM)".
1.0 1265
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Automatic Lamp Request Signal Voltage"
Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Below
16 (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Threshold
B1067 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Auto Light Sensor Signal Voltage Above
Threshold
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector FC010 of solar sensor and
The automatic light sensor collects signals via the solar sensor
harness connector BY002 of body control module
and monitors external environment for turning on automatic
light.
B1067 16: The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the found in visual check.
power supply of integrated solar sensor is enabled. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1067 17: Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1067 16: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the sensor
voltage lower than the threshold for 200 consecutive times. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1067 17: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the sensor 3. Test related circuits:
voltage higher than the threshold for 200 consecutive times. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
None. b. Disconnect harness connector FC010 of solar sensor

and harness connector BY002 of BCM.
• Analog-digital converter in BCM detects that the sensor connector FC010 of solar sensor and terminals of
voltage is in the rational range. harness connector BY002 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Solar sensor failure. connector FC010 of solar sensor or terminals of
Reference Information harness connector BY002 of BCM and the ground is
Low Beam • Terminal FC010-2 or Terminal BY002-22

FC010 and BY002
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
connector FC010 of solar sensor or terminals of
harness connector BY002 of BCM and the power
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output supply is infinite.
1.0 1266


4. Test/replace the solar sensor or BCM:

test/replace the solar sensor or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1267

Light Function Column Switch: Direction a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
1E
Indicator Switch Resistance out of Range in "ON" position.
B1071
Light Function Column Switch: Direction b. Read the "Turn Signal Lamp Switch State" to check
11
Indicator Switch Short to Ground whether it is within the rational value range (refer to
Subsystem Principle
c. Perform the forced output of "All Right Turn Signal
Light stalk switches are on the left side of steering column, Lamps ON" and "All Left Turn Signal Lamps ON" and
and one switch is used to control the turn signal lamps. After observe the turn signal lamps for relevant response
receiving the request signal from turn signal lamp combination or action.
switch, BCM controls the left and right turn signal lamps
respectively via two-way drive output. • Yes → Test/replace the light stalk switch;
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Conditions for Setting DTCs a. Check harness connector BY002 of body control
B1071 11: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the
switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
occurrence of short to ground, and it keep for 2s continuously.
B1071 1E: Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
switch resistance exceeds rational range, and it keeps for 2s found in visual check.
continuously.
The combination switch output signal is invalid in the current and confirm if there remains any DTC.
ignition cycle. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
• Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the switch 3. Test related circuits:
works normally.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY002-8 of BCM and harness connector
• Light stalk switch failure. terminal BY166-7 of light stalk switch is less than 5Ω:
Turn Signal Lamps
terminal BY166-7 of light stalk switch and the ground
Reference Connector End View Information is infinite:
1.0 1268

test/replace the light stalk switch or BCM.
Service Guide
Wheel".
1.0 1269

DTC Description
11 Main Light Switch Circuit Short to Ground
Main Light Switch Circuit Short to Battery
15 a. Check harness connector BY002 of body control
B1077 or Open
Main Light Switch Circuit Resistance out of
1C switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Range
The master lighting switch mainly controls the external lighting found in visual check.
system.
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. and confirm if there remains any DTC.

B1077 11: The AD converter detects a short circuit to ground 2. Test related circuits:
for 2s.
B1077 15, 1C: The AD converter detects an out-of-range for disconnect the battery negative cable.
2s.
Operations of ECU after Failure harness connector BY166 of light stalk switch.
Switch on side lamps and low beams while the ignition switch
is in "KL.15" position.
terminal BY166-2 of light stalk switch and harness
Conditions for Clearing DTCs connector terminal BY002-29 of BCM is less than
B1077 11: The switch AD converter is detected to be in the 5Ω.
normal range for 1 time. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
B1077 15, 1C: The switch AD converter is detected to be in for open circuit/high resistance.
the normal range for 1 time. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY166-2 of light stalk switch or harness
cycles. connector terminal BY002-29 of BCM and the
ground is infinite:
Possible Causes
terminal BY166-2 of light stalk switch or harness
• Light stalk switch failure. connector terminal BY002-29 of BCM and the power
Reference Information supply is infinite.
Light Stalk Switch for short to battery.
Reference Connector End View Information f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1.0 1270
Service Guide
Wheel".
1.0 1271

11 Fog Light Switch Circuit Short to Ground a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Fog Light Switch Circuit Short to Battery or
15
B1078 Open b. Perform the forced output of "Rear Fog Lamp ON"
and observe the rear fog lamp for relevant response
Fog Light Switch Circuit Resistance out of
1C or action.
Range
Subsystem Principle
When the ignition switch is in "ON/ON" position, switch on
the rear fog lamp, and the rear fog lamp lights up.
Conditions for Running DTCs a. Check harness connector BY002 of body control
B1078: switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
• DTC U1562 and U1563 are not set. corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
• Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1078 11: The AD converter detects a short circuit to ground c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
for 2s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B1078 15: The AD converter detects an out-of-range for 2s.
B1078 1C: The AD converter detects an out-of-range for 2s.
Ignition switch signal till the test is passed.
• The switch AD converter is detected to be in normal
range for 1 time.
cycles.
terminal BY166-1 of light stalk switch and the ground
Possible Causes is less than 5Ω.
• Fog lamp failure. terminal BY166-4 of light stalk switch and harness
• Light stalk switch failure. connector terminal BY002-28 of BCM is less than
5Ω.
Fog Lamps
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY166-4 of light stalk switch or harness
BY166 and BY002 connector terminal BY002-28 of BCM and the
ground is infinite:
terminal BY166-4 of light stalk switch or harness
1.0 1272
connector terminal BY002-28 of BCM and the power
supply is infinite.



Service Guide
Wheel".
1.0 1273
B1081 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:

DTC Description a. Check harness connector BY026 of body control
DTC FTB Failure Description module and harness connector BY070 of interior
lamps for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Courtesy Lamps Control Circuit Short to
B1081 11 corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
Ground
Subsystem Principle found in visual check.
When BCM receives reading lamp switch signal, door switch c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
signal, and trunk lid open signal, BCM controls to light up ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
corresponding interior lamps. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
HSD of interior lamp is on, which is equal to or more than 70% • No → Diagnosis is completed.
PWM control.
HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 50 consecutive disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
times. harness connector BY026 of BCM and harness
Operations of ECU after Failure connector BY070 of interior lamps.
Interior lamps do not work in the current ignition cycle. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY070-4 of interior lamps and the ground
is less than 5Ω.
times.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY026-12 of body control module and
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector terminal BY070-2 of interior
lamps is less than 5Ω.
• Interior lamps failure.
Interior Lighting harness connector terminal BY070-2 of interior
Reference Connector End View Information lamps and the ground is infinite.
BY026 and BY070
4. Test/replace the interior lamps or BCM:
in "ON" position. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the interior lamps or BCM.
b. Read the "Internal Master Lighting Request" to check
Service Guide
the Appendix for rational value range). • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
• No → Go to Step 2. "Internal Lighting" － "Front Reading Lamp Bulb".
1.0 1274
1.0 1275
B1083 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;

Power Mode ACCESSORY Indicator Circuit
B1083 13 a. Check harness connector BY002 of body control
Open Circuit
module and harness connector BY089 of start-stop
Subsystem Principle switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
When the width lamp is on, or solar/lamplight integrated
sensor (if any) judges it as night driving, LED and backlight b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
on the instrument panel lights up. It includes providing found in visual check.
backlight and LED lighting for entertainment system, cigar c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
lighter, rearview mirror calibration button, start-stop button ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
(if any), upper/lower centre console switch, A/C auxiliary fasia and confirm if there remains any DTC.
console, HMI (front panel), and hazard warning lamp, etc.
HSD of ACC indicator lamp is off, which is 100% PWM control.
HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 consecutive times.
Operations of ECU after Failure harness connector BY002 of BCM and harness
ACC indicator lamp does not work in the current ignition connector BY089 of start-stop switch.
cycle.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs terminal BY002-26 of BCM and harness connector
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive terminal BY089-2 of start-stop switch is less than
times. 5Ω.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• ACC indicator lamp failure.
terminal BY089-2 of start-stop switch and the ground
• Body control module failure. is infinite.
Starting and Charging (2) - DC/DC Converter d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY002-26 of BCM or harness connector
terminal BY089-2 of start-stop switch and the power
BY002 and BY089 supply is infinite.
Diagnostic Test Steps e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output and confirm if there remains any DTC.
4. Test/replace the start-stop switch or BCM:
b. Read the "ACC Indicator PWM Duty Ratio" to check
whether it is within the rational value range (refer to If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
the Appendix for rational value range). test/replace the start-stop switch or BCM.
1.0 1276
Service Guide
1.0 1277

Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
13
Circuit Open Circuit in "ON" position.
B1084
Power Mode Run and Crank Indicator b. Read the "Crank/Run Indicator PWM Duty Ratio" to
11
Circuit Short to Ground check whether it is within the rational value range
Subsystem Principle
When the width lamp is on, or solar/lamplight integrated
sensor (if any) judges it as night driving, LED and backlight • No → Go to Step 2.
on the instrument panel lights up. It includes providing
backlight and LED lighting for entertainment system, cigar
lighter, rearview mirror calibration button, start-stop button a. Check harness connector BY002 of body control
(if any), upper/lower centre console switch, A/C auxiliary fasia module and harness connector BY089 of start-stop
console, HMI (front panel), and hazard warning lamp, etc. switch for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
B1084 11: HSD of ON indicator lamp is on, which is 100%
PWM control.
B1084 13: HSD of ON indicator lamp is off, which is 100%
PWM control.
consecutive times. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1084 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 3. Test related circuits:
consecutive times. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Operations of ECU after Failure disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY002 of BCM and harness
Crank and Run indicator lamps do not work in the current
connector BY089 of start-stop switch.
ignition cycle.
terminal BY089-5 of start-stop switch is less than
times.
5Ω.
Possible Causes
• Crank and Run indicator lamps failure. terminal BY002-37 of BCM or harness connector
• Body control module failure. terminal BY089-5 of start-stop switch and the ground
Starting and Charging (2) - DC/DC Converter
BY002 and BY089 terminal BY089-5 of start-stop switch and the power
supply is infinite.
1.0 1278

test/replace the start-stop switch or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1279
B1089
BY026 and BY094
DTC Description
DTC FTB Failure Description Reference Electrical Information
Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection

12
Battery
B1089 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Short to
Ground
13 Trunk Lamp Control Circuit Open Circuit
The trunk lamp is located in the centre of the panel above the b. Read the "Trunk Lamp" to check whether it is within
luggage compartment. There is a plastic case outside, with a the rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
lens and lamp clamp inside. When the trunk lid is open, the rational value range).
trunk lamp will work automatically.
c. Perform the forced output of "Trunk Lamp ON" and
Conditions for Running DTCs observe the trunk lamp for relevant response or
B1089 11: HSD of trunk lamp is on, which is more than 70% action.
PWM control. • Yes → Test/replace the trunk lid open switch;
B1089 12: HSD of trunk lamp is off. • No → Go to Step 2.
B1089 13: HSD of trunk lamp is on, which is more than 70% 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
PWM control.
Conditions for Setting DTCs module and harness connector BY094 of trunk lamp
B1089 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
consecutive times. contamination, deformation, etc.
B1089 12: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
consecutive times. found in visual check.
B1089 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
consecutive times. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Trunk lid lamp does not work in the current ignition cycle.
the harness connector BY026 of BCM and the
cycles.
harness connector BY094 of trunk lamp.
Possible Causes
terminal BY094-1 of trunk lamp and the ground is
• Connector failure or poor fit. less than 5Ω.
• Trunk lamp failure.
Reference Information c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY026-12 of body control module and
harness connector terminal BY094-2 of trunk lamp
Interior Lighting
is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1280




4. Test/replace the trunk lamp or body control module:

test/replace the trunk lamp or body control module.
Service Guide
"Internal Lighting" － "Trunk Lamp".
1.0 1281
B108A Reference Information

DTC Description
Interior Lighting
Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short
12 Reference Connector End View Information
to Battery
Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Short BY084
B108A 11
to Ground
Illumination Dimming Control Circuit Open
Circuit
When the width lamp is on, or solar/lamplight integrated 1. Test related circuits:
sensor (if any) judges it as night driving, LED and backlight a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
on the instrument panel lights up. It includes providing disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
backlight and LED lighting for entertainment system, cigar harness connector BY084 of body control module.
lighter, rearview mirror calibration button, start-stop button
(if any), upper/lower centre console switch, A/C auxiliary fasia b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
console, HMI (front panel), and hazard warning lamp, etc. terminal BY084-8 of body control module and the
ground is infinite.
B108A 11: HSD of switch backlight is on, which is more than
70% PWM control.
B108A 12: HSD of switch backlight is off, which is more than
terminal BY084-8 of body control module and the
70% PWM control.
B108A 13: HSD of switch backlight is on, which is more than
70% PWM control.
d. If all circuits are tested normal, test/replace the BCM.
B108A 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20
Service Guide
consecutive times.
B108A 12: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20
"Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module".
consecutive times.
B108A 13: HSD detects open circuit conditions (It has been to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
detected for 20 times, the failure is confirmed.) Control Module (BCM)".
B108A 11, B108A 12: Backlight dimming control circuit does
not work in the current ignition cycle.
B108A 13: None.

consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
1.0 1282
B10A1, B10A2 and B10A4
DTC Description
B10A1 71 All Door Unlock Relay Stuck
B10A2 71 All Door Lock Relay Stuck
B10A4 71 Driver Door Unlock Relay Stuck
Subsystem Principle
Internal failure of BCM running program, not involving external
circuit.
It is detected for 255 consecutive times that the error occurs
for one time, the counter adds 13.
None.
It is detected that there is no error for one time, the counter
reduces 7. When the error counter is reset, the failure is
cleared.
Possible Causes
a scan tool.
2. Set the BCM.
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B10A1, B10A2 or B10A4
has not been set.
Service Guide
1.0 1283
B10A6 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Vehicle Locking LED Lamp Illuminates" to
13 Door Lock Status LED Circuit Open Circuit
B10A6 Door Lock Status LED Circuit Short to
11 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Ground
Subsystem Principle
The door locking status indicator lamp is used to indicate if the
door is locked.
module and harness connector DD008 of central
Conditions for Running DTCs control door lock switch for looseness, poor
B10A6 11: HSD of door locking status indicator lamp is on. contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
B10A6 13: HSD of door locking status indicator lamp is off.
B10A6 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B10A6 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
consecutive times. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B10A6 11: HSD output is closed in the current ignition cycle. 3. Test related circuits:
B10A6 13: None. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
harness connector DD008 of central control door
lock switch.
consecutive times.
control module.
cycles.
Possible Causes
terminal DD008-1 of central control door lock
• Related circuit failure. switch and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Central control door lock switch. d. Test if the resistance between circuit terminal
Reference Information BY002-49 of BCM and circuit terminal DD008-4 of
central control door lock switch is less than 5Ω.
Vehicle Security System (2)
e. Test if the resistance between circuit terminal
BY002 and DD008 BY002-49 of BCM or circuit terminal DD008-4 of
central control door lock switch and the ground is
Reference Electrical Information infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 1284
4. Test/replace the central control door lock switch or

BCM:

test/replace the central control door lock switch or BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Internal Device"
- "Instrument Panel & Centre Console - "Door Lock
Switch".
1.0 1285
B10AA and B10AB c. Perform the forced output of "Driver Door

DTC Description Unlocking Relay" and observe the driver door
unlocking relay for relevant response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the driver side central control
B10AA 71 Driver Door Key Lock Switch Stuck
door lock motor;
B10AB 71 Driver Door Key Unlock Switch Stuck
BCM monitors the state of driver door switch. a. Check harness connector DD003 of driver side
Conditions for Running DTCs central control door lock motor and harness
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. connector BY027 of body control module for
It is detected that the driver door locking switch is pressed for b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
more than 20s. found in visual check.
B10AA: Driver window key locking switch signal is ignored. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B10AB: Driver window key unlocking switch signal is ignored.
It is detected that the switch can be released for 1 time. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Related circuit failure. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
b. Disconnect harness connector DD003 of driver
side central control door lock motor and harness
• Central control door lock motor at driver side has
connector BY027 of body control module.
failure.
terminal DD003-5 of driver side central control
Reference Circuit Information door lock motor and the ground is less than 5Ω.
BY027 and DD003 connector DD003 of driver side central control
door lock motor and terminals of harness connector
BY027 of body control module is less than 5Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY027-43 and Terminal DD003-4
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY027-42 and Terminal DD003-3
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for open circuit or high resistance.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
in "ON" position. connector DD003 of driver side central control door
lock motor or terminals of harness connector BY027
b. Read the "Driver Door Key Unlocking Request",
of body control module and the ground is infinite.
"Driver Door Key Locking Request" and "Driver
Door Unlocking Relay" to check whether they are • Terminal BY027-43 or Terminal DD003-4
within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix • Terminal BY027-42 or Terminal DD003-3
1.0 1286
connector DD003 of driver side central control door
lock motor or terminals of harness connector BY027
of body control module and the power supply is
infinite.
• Terminal BY027-43 or Terminal DD003-4
• Terminal BY027-42 or Terminal DD003-3


4. Test/replace the driver side central control door lock

motor or body control module.

b. Disconnect harness connector DD003 of driver side

central control door lock motor.
c. After executing "Unlocking" and "Locking"

commands on the driver side central control door
lock motor, test if the resistance between the
following terminals of control circuit is infinite.
• Terminal DD003-4 and Terminal DD003-2
• Terminal DD003-4 and Terminal DD003-1
If the resistance is tested abnormal, test if the driver

side central control door lock motor is stuck.
d. If all circuit tests are normal, replace the driver side

central control door lock motor or body control
module.
Service Guide
1.0 1287
B10AC and B10AD rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
DTC Description rational value range).
B10AC 71 Master Lock Switch Stuck • No → Go to Step 2.
B10AD 71 Master Unlock Switch Stuck 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
Subsystem Principle a. Check harness connector DD008 of central control

door lock switch and harness connector BY002 of
BCM monitors the state of central control locking/unlocking
switch in real-time.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B10AC: It is detected that the central control locking switch is c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
in the state of being pressed for more than 20s. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B10AD: It is detected that the central control unlocking switch
is in the state of being pressed for more than 20s. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B10AC: Central control locking switch signal is ignored. 3. Test related circuits:
B10AD: Central control unlocking switch signal is ignored. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
b. Disconnect harness connector DD008 of central
It is detected that the switch is released for 1 time.
control door lock switch and harness connector
Possible Causes BY002 of BCM.
• Related circuit failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal DD008-1 of central control door lock
• Body control module failure. switch and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Central control door lock switch failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit

switch and harness connector terminal BY002-5 of
Reference Connector End View Information BCM is less than 5Ω.
BY002 and DD008 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminal DD008-2 of central control door lock
BCM and the ground is infinite.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Central Control Unlocking Switch switch or harness connector terminal BY002-5 of
Request" and "Central Control Locking Switch BCM and the power supply is infinite.
Request" to check whether they are within the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
1.0 1288
4. Test/replace the central control door lock switch or

BCM:

test/replace the central control door lock switch or BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Internal Device"
- "Instrument Panel & Centre Console - "Door Lock
Switch".
1.0 1289
B10B1 body control module for looseness, poor contact,

etc.
B10B1 71 Trunk/Boot Release Switch Stuck b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Subsystem Principle
BCM monitors the state of trunk release switch in real time. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
HSD circuit of trunk lid release is working. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

It is detected that the trunk release switch is in the state of 3. Test related circuits:
being pressed for more than 20s.
Trunk release switch signal is ignored.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY037 of truck lid
Conditions for Clearing DTCs release switch and harness connector BY027 of BCM.
It is detected that the switch is released for 1 time. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY037-2 of truck lid release switch and the
• Trunk lid release switch failure. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY037-1 of truck lid release switch and
Reference Circuit Information than 5Ω.
BY037 and BY027 e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

terminal BY037-1 of truck lid release switch or
Reference Electrical Information harness connector terminal BY027-41 of BCM and
terminal BY037-1 of truck lid release switch or
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch harness connector terminal BY027-41 of BCM and
in "ON" position. the power supply is infinite.
b. Read the "Trunk Release Switch" to check whether If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
it is within the rational value range (refer to the for short to battery.
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM; ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
a. Check harness connector BY037 of truck lid
release switch and harness connector BY027 of 4. Test/replace the truck lid release switch or BCM:
1.0 1290
test/replace the truck lid release switch or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1291
B10B2
DTC Description
B10B2 71 Trunk/Boot Release Relay Stuck
Subsystem Principle
BCM monitors the interior trunk lid release relay in real time.
If the relay failure is detected for 1 time, the internal counter
adds 13, and when the counter exceeds 255, confirm the
failure.
None.
If the relay operation normally is detected for 1 time, the
internal counter reduces 7, and when the counter resets, the
failure is cleared.
Possible Causes

in "ON" position.
b. Perform the forced output of "Trunk Open Motor

Relay" and observe the trunk lid for relevant
response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the trunk lid open switch;

the scan tool.
3. Set the BCM.
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B10B2 has not been set.
Service Guide
1.0 1292
B1101
DTC Description
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to Diagnostic Test Steps

14
Ground or Open Circuit 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B1101
Front Wiper Enable Relay Driver Short to with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
12
Battery a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
in "ON" position.
Subsystem Principle
b. Read the "Front Wiper Enable Relay Control" to
There are 3 wiper relays in engine compartment fuse
box: front wiper enable relay, front wiper speed relay and
rear washer relay. After receiving the request signal from
wiper/washer stalk switch, BCM controls corresponding wiper c. Perform the forced output of "Front Wiper Enable
relay to work. Relay Control" and observe the front wiper enable
relay for relevant response or action.
• Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
B1101 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and
the front wiper enable relay closes. • No → Go to Step 2.
B1101 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
the front wiper enable relay opens. a. Check harness connector BY025 of body control
Conditions for Setting DTCs module and harness connector BY147 of engine
B1101 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
for 10 consecutive times. etc.
B1101 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
10 consecutive times. found in visual check.
B1101 12: High side drive output is closed in the current ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
ignition cycle. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
B1101 14: None. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
Possible Causes disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
harness connector BY025 of body control
• Related circuit failure. module and harness connector BY147 of engine
• Connector failure or poor fit. compartment fuse box.
• Body control module failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Engine compartment fuse box failure. terminal BY025-14 of body control module and
• Relay failure. harness connector terminal BY147-7 of engine
Reference Connector End View Information terminal BY025-14 of body control module or
BY025 and BY147
1.0 1293

infinite.



Service Guide
1.0 1294
Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to Ground a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
14
B1102 or Open Circuit in "ON" position.
12 Rear Wiper Relay Driver Short to Battery b. Read the "Rear Wiper Enable Relay Control
(Hatchback)" to check whether it is within the
Subsystem Principle rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
After receiving the request signal from wiper/washer stalk rational value range).
switch, BCM controls corresponding wiper relay to work. c. Perform the forced output of "Rear Wiper Enable
Conditions for Running DTCs Relay" and observe the front wiper enable relay for
the rear wiper enable relay closes. • Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
B1102 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and • No → Go to Step 2.

the rear wiper enable relay opens. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1102 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected module and harness connector BY040 of passenger
for 10 consecutive times. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
B1102 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for
etc.
B1102 12: High side drive output is closed in the current
ignition cycle.
B1102 14: None. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
consecutive times. 3. Test related circuits:
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector BY025 of body control module
and harness connector BY040 of passenger
• Relay failure.
Reference Information harness connector terminal BY040-98 of passenger
Reference Circuit Information compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
Wiper and Washer (1) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY025 and BY040 terminal BY025-12 of body control module or
harness connector terminal BY040-98 of passenger
1.0 1295
harness connector terminal BY040-98 of passenger

infinite.



Service Guide
1.0 1296
B1103
DTC Description
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to Diagnostic Test Steps

14
Ground or Open Circuit 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
B1103
Front Wiper Speed Relay Driver Short to with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
12
Battery a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
There are 3 wiper relays in engine compartment fuse b. Read the "Front Wiper Speed Relay Control", "Front
box: front wiper enable relay, front wiper speed relay and Wiper Selection 1" and "Front Wiper Selection 2"
rear washer relay. After receiving the request signal from to check whether they are within the rational value
wiper/washer stalk switch, BCM controls corresponding wiper range (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
relay to work. c. Perform the forced output of "Front Wiper Speed
Conditions for Running DTCs Relay Control" and observe the front wiper speed
relay for relevant response or action.
the front wiper speed relay closes. • Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
B1103 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and • No → Go to Step 2.

the front wiper speed relay opens. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1103 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected module and harness connector BY148 of engine
for 10 consecutive times. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
B1103 12: High side drive output is closed in the current
ignition cycle.
B1103 14: None. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
consecutive times.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector BY025 of body control
• Body control module failure. module and harness connector BY148 of engine
• Engine Compartment Fuse Box compartment fuse box.
• Relay failure. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector

Reference Information terminal BY025-13 of body control module and
Reference Circuit Information compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
Wiper and Washer (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY025 and BY148 c. Test if the resistance between harness connector

1.0 1297


terminal BY148-12 of engine compartment fuse box



Service Guide
1.0 1298
B1105 • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY025 of body control
B1105 71 Front Wiper Park Switch Actuator Stuck module and harness connector BY009 of windshield
wiper motor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Subsystem Principle corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
If the wiper is still working when the ignition switch is turned b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
off, the wiper relay maintains the current closing state. When found in visual check.
the wiper operates to the reset position at a low speed, the
relay disconnects automatically and the wiper stops working.
Front wiper is not in wiping process. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The front wiper does not reach the reset position after 3. Test related circuits:
working for 18s.
The wiper stops after working for 18s in the current work harness connector BY025 of body control module
period. and harness connector BY009 of windshield wiper
Conditions for Clearing DTCs motor.
Switch state change is detected.
terminal BY009-4 of windshield wiper motor and the
Possible Causes ground is less than 5Ω.
• Windshield wiper motor failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Information harness connector terminal BY009-3 of windshield
wiper motor is less than 5Ω.
Wiper and Washer (2) for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Connector End View Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY025 and BY009 terminal BY025-1 of body control module or harness
connector terminal BY009-3 of windshield wiper
Reference Electrical Information motor and the ground is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output terminal BY025-1 of body control module or harness
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: connector terminal BY009-3 of windshield wiper
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch motor and the power supply is infinite.
b. Read the "Front Wiper Stop Position Activated",
"Front Wiper Motor Reset Switch State" to check f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
whether they are within the rational value range ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). and confirm if there remains any DTC.
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM; • Yes → Go to Step 4;

1.0 1299
4. Test/replace the windshield wiper motor or body control

module:

test/replace the windshield wiper motor or body control
module.
Service Guide
"Wiper and Washer" - "Window Wiper Motor".
1.0 1300
B1107 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
DTC Description a. Check harness connector BY027 of body control
DTC FTB Failure Description module and harness connector BY049 of rear
window wiper motor for looseness, poor contact,
B1107 71 Rear Wiper Park Switch Actuator Stuck
Subsystem Principle etc.
If the wiper is still working when the ignition switch is turned b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
off, the wiper relay maintains the current closing state. When found in visual check.
the wiper operates to the reset position at a low speed, the c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
relay disconnects automatically and the wiper stops working. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Front wiper is not in wiping process. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
The rear wiper does not reach the reset position after working 3. Test related circuits:
for 18s. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
The wiper stops after working for 18s in the current work harness connector BY027 of body control module
period. and harness connector BY049 of rear window wiper
motor.
Switch state change is detected.
terminal BY049-1 of windshield wiper motor and the
Possible Causes ground is less than 5Ω.
• Rear window wiper motor failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
harness connector terminal BY049-2 of rear window
wiper motor is less than 5Ω.
Wiper and Washer (1) for open circuit/high resistance.
BY027 and BY049 terminal BY027-49 of body control module or
harness connector terminal BY049-2 of rear window
Reference Electrical Information wiper motor and the ground is infinite.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output terminal BY027-49 of body control module or
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: harness connector terminal BY049-2 of rear window
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch wiper motor and the power supply is infinite.
b. Read the "Rear Wiper Motor Reset Switch State" to
check whether it is within the rational value range f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
1.0 1301
4. Test/replace the windshield wiper motor or body control

module:

test/replace the windshield wiper motor or body control
module.
Service Guide
"Wiper and Washer" - "Window Wiper Motor".
1.0 1302
B1109 b. Read the "Wiper Delay Potentiometer Switch
DTC Description Voltage" to check whether it is within the rational
range).
Column Switch Potentiometer for Wiper
B1109 1E
Delay Resistance out of Range • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Subsystem Principle
The wiper stalk switch consists of a 5-position toggle
switch and a rotary switch. The wiper switch positions a. Check harness connector BY002 of body
and "OFF" position of intermittent wiping, low speed and control module and harness connector BY167
high speed wiping are locked, while the stroke wiping and of wiper/washer stalk switch for looseness, poor
program-controlled wiping/washing switches are unlocked. contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
The rotary switch is used to select the intermittent delay time deformation, etc.
or adjust the sensitivity of rain sensor (if equipped). b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
• The ignition voltage is between 9 ～ 16V. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the resistance beyond • Yes → Go to Step 3;

the range, and it keeps for 2s continuously. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Use the resistance value of default setting. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Analog-digital converter in BCM detects the resistance harness connector BY167 of wiper/washer stalk
recovers to the normal range for 5 consecutive times. switch.
Possible Causes b. Perform "component test" on wiper/washer stalk

switch, if the specified values are not met, replace
wiper/washer stalk switch.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY002 of body
• Wiper/washer stalk switch failure.
control module.
terminal BY002-42 of body control module
Reference Circuit Information and harness connector terminal BY167-1 of
Wiper and Washer (1) wiper/washer stalk switch is less than 5Ω.
BY002 and BY167
Reference Electrical Information terminal BY002-42 of body control module
or harness connector terminal BY167-1 of
wiper/washer stalk switch and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch terminal BY002-42 of body control module
in "ON" position. or harness connector terminal BY167-1 of
wiper/washer stalk switch and the power supply is
infinite.
1.0 1303


4. Test/replace the wiper/washer stalk switch or BCM:

b. Disconnect harness connector BY167 of wiper stalk

switch.

terminal BY167-1 and terminal BY167-11 of
wiper/washer stalk switch is consistent with that
in the following table when the wiper/washer stalk
switch is in different intermittent positions.
Resistance (Ω) Duration

2 17
4 11
6 6
8 3
If the measured resistance does not meet the

specification, replace the wiper/washer stalk switch.
Service Guide
Wheel".
1.0 1304
B110B a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Rear Washer Pump Relay State" to check
Rear Washer Relay Control Circuit Short to
Battery
B110B c. Perform the forced output of "Rear Washer Pump
Rear Washer Relay Driver Short to Ground
14 Relay" and observe the rear washer pump relay for
or Open Circuit
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
After receiving the request signal from wiper/washer stalk • No → Go to Step 2.
switch, BCM controls corresponding washer relay to work.
B110B 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and module and harness connector BY144 of engine
the rear washer relay closes. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
B110B 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
the rear washer relay opens. etc.
B110B 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected
for 10 consecutive times. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B110B 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Low side drive output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 disconnect the battery negative cable.
consecutive times.
b. Remove the rear washer pump relay, and perform
• Related circuit failure. If it is tested as abnormal, replace rear washer pump
• Relay failure. c. Disconnect harness connector BY025 of body
• Body control module failure. control module and harness connector BY144 of
Wiper and Washer (2) harness connector terminal BY144-17 of engine
Reference Connector End View Information compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
BY025 and BY144
Diagnostic Test Steps compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for short to ground.
1.0 1305

infinite.


Test/replace the BCM:

rear washer pump relay is infinite:
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the rear

washer pump relay.

rear washer pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper wire
between terminal 86 of relay and the ground. Test if the
resistance between terminal 30 and terminal 87 of rear
washer pump relay is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the rear

washer pump relay.

Service Guide
1.0 1306
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Front Washer Pump Relay State" to check
Front Washer Relay Driver Short to
B110C c. Perform the forced output of "Front Washer Pump
Front Washer Relay Control Circuit Short
12 Relay" and observe the front washer pump relay for
to Battery
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the wiper/washer stalk switch;
After receiving the request signal from wiper/washer stalk • No → Go to Step 2.
switch, BCM controls corresponding washer relay to work.
B110C 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and module and harness connector BY040 of engine
the front washer relay closes. compartment fuse box for looseness, poor contact,
B110C 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
the front washer relay opens. etc.
B110C 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected
B110C 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Low side drive output is closed in the current ignition cycle.
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 disconnect the battery negative cable.
consecutive times.
b. Remove the front washer pump relay, and perform
• Related circuit failure. If it is tested as abnormal, replace front washer pump
• Relay failure. c. Disconnect harness connector BY025 of body
• Body control module failure. control module and harness connector BY040 of
Wiper and Washer (1) harness connector terminal BY040-103 of engine
Reference Connector End View Information compartment fuse box is less than 5Ω.
BY025 and BY040
Diagnostic Test Steps compartment fuse box and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: for short to ground.
1.0 1307

infinite.



front washer pump relay is infinite.
• 30 and 86
• 30 and 87
• 30 and 85
• 85 and 87
If it is not within the specified range, replace the front

washer pump relay.

front washer pump relay and 12V voltage. Fit a jumper
wire between terminal 86 of relay and the ground. Test
if the resistance between terminal 30 and terminal 87 of
front washer pump relay is less than 5Ω.
If it is not within the specified range, replace the front

washer pump relay.

Service Guide
1.0 1308
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
14
Short to Ground or Open Circuit in "ON" position.
B1111
Drivers Window Up Relay Control Circuit b. Read the "Driver Window Intelligent Motor State"
12 to check whether it is within the rational value range
Short to Battery
Subsystem Principle
After receiving the request from driver door combination
switch or front passenger window regulator switch, BCM
drives the corresponding window regulator motor to work by 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
controlling the opening or closing of front passenger window a. Check harness connector DD005 of driver window
ascending or descending relay. regulator switch and harness connector BY026 of
Conditions for Running DTCs body control module for looseness, poor contact,
etc.
the driver window ascending relay closes.
B1111 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and found in visual check.
the driver window ascending relay opens.
B1111 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected and confirm if there remains any DTC.
for 10 consecutive times. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
B1111 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for • No → Diagnosis is completed.
a. Confirm the other three window motors work
B1111 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the
ignition cycle. front passenger window works normally when the
B1111 14: None. driver window regulator switch is used to operate
the front passenger power window.
If the window works normally, check the front
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 passenger window regulator switch.
consecutive times.
If not, perform the following procedures.
Possible Causes
• Related circuit failure. disconnect the battery negative cable.
c. Disconnect harness connector terminal DD005
• Body control module failure. of driver window regulator switch and harness
• Driver window regulator switch failure. connector terminal BY026 of body control module.
Reference Information d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Circuit Information terminal DD005-12 of driver window regulator
Window Regulator (1) body control module is less than 5Ω.
BY026 and DD005 for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Electrical Information terminal DD005-12 of driver window regulator
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection switch or harness connector terminal BY026-17 of
body control module and the ground is infinite.
1.0 1309


terminal DD005-12 of driver window regulator
body control module and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the driver window regulator switch or BCM:

test/replace the driver window regulator switch or BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Door system" -
"Door Functional Parts " - "Power Window Switch -
Driver Side".
"Window Regulator Initialization".
"Operations After Battery Powered Off" - "Window
Regulator".
1.0 1310
B1112 and B1122 Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC Description Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
DTC FTB Failure Description consecutive times.
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control Possible Causes
14
Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit • Related circuit failure.
B1112
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control • Connector failure or poor fit.
12
Circuit Short to Battery • Body control module failure.
Front Passenger Window Down Relay • Front passenger window regulator switch failure.
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open
B1122 Circuit
Front Passenger Window Down Relay
12 Window Regulator (1)
Control Circuit Short to Battery
Subsystem Principle
After receiving the request from driver door combination BY026 and PD004
drives the corresponding window regulator motor to work by
controlling the opening or closing of front passenger window Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
ascending or descending relay.
the front passenger window ascending relay closes. a. Check harness connector PD004 of front passenger
window regulator switch and harness connector
B1112 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and BY026 of body control module for looseness,
the front passenger window ascending relay opens. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
B1122 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and deformation, etc.
the front passenger window descending relay closes. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1122 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and found in visual check.
the front passenger window descending relay opens. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1112 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected
for 10 consecutive times. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
B1122 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected • No → Diagnosis is completed.
for 10 consecutive times. 2. Test related circuits:
B1112 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for a. Confirm the other three window motors work
10 consecutive times. normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the
B1122 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for front passenger window works normally when the
10 consecutive times. driver window regulator switch is used to operate
B1112 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current
passenger window regulator switch.
ignition cycle.
ignition cycle. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
B1112 14: None.
c. Disconnect harness connector terminal PD004 of
B1122 14: None.
front passenger window regulator switch and harness
connector terminal BY026 of body control module.
1.0 1311

terminal PD004-7 of front passenger window
regulator switch and harness connector terminal
BY026-17 of body control module is less than 5Ω.


regulator switch or harness connector terminal
BY026-17 of body control module and the ground is
infinite.


BY026-17 of body control module and the power
supply is infinite.

3. Test/replace the front passenger window regulator switch

or BCM:

test/replace the front passenger window regulator switch
or BCM.
Service Guide
Others".
1.0 1312
B1113 and B1123 B1123 14: None.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC FTB Failure Description Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay consecutive times.
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Possible Causes
B1113 Circuit
Rear Left Passenger Window Up Relay
12 • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Driver side combination switch failure.
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay
• Rear window regulator switch.
Circuit Reference Information
B1123
Rear Left Passenger Window Down Relay Reference Circuit Information
12
Control Circuit Short to Battery Window Regulator (2)
After receiving the request from driver door combination DD005 and RD004
switch or left rear passenger window regulator switch, the
driver side combination switch drives the corresponding Reference Electrical Information
window regulator motor to work by controlling the opening Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
and closing of left rear passenger window ascending or
descending relay. Diagnostic Test Steps
B1113 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and a. Check harness connector RD004 of rear window
the left rear window ascending relay closes. regulator switch and harness connector DD005
of driver side combination switch for looseness,
the left rear window ascending relay opens.
deformation, etc.
the left rear window relay closes.
the left rear window descending relay opens.
B1113 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for a. Confirm that the other three window motors work
rear left power window works normally when the
driver window regulator switch is used to operate
the rear left power window.
If the window works normally, check the left rear
B1113 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current window regulator switch.
ignition cycle.
ignition cycle.
B1113 14: None.
1.0 1313
c. Disconnect harness connector RD004 of rear • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
window regulator switch and harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
DD005 of driver side combination switch. "Operations After Battery Powered Off" - "Window
Regulator".
terminal RD004-7 of rear window regulator switch
and harness connector terminal DD005-15 of driver
side combination switch is less than 5Ω.
or harness connector terminal DD005-15 of driver
side combination switch and the ground is infinite.
side combination switch and the power supply is
infinite.
3. Test/replace the left rear window regulator switch or
driver side combination switch:
test/replace the left rear window regulator switch or
driver side combination switch.
Service Guide
Others".
Driver Side".
1.0 1314
B1114 and B1124 B1124 14: None.
DTC Description Conditions for Clearing DTCs
DTC FTB Failure Description Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay consecutive times.
14 Control Circuit Short to Ground or Open Possible Causes
B1114 Circuit
Rear Right Passenger Window Up Relay
12 • Connector failure or poor fit.
• Driver side combination switch failure.
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay
• Rear window regulator switch.
Circuit Reference Information
B1124
Rear Right Passenger Window Down Relay Reference Circuit Information
12
Control Circuit Short to Battery Window Regulator (2)
After receiving the request from driver door combination DD005 and RD004
switch or right rear passenger window regulator switch,
the driver side combination switch drives the corresponding Reference Electrical Information
window regulator motor to work by controlling the opening Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection
and closing of right rear passenger window ascending or
descending relay. Diagnostic Test Steps
B1114 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and a. Check harness connector RD004 of right rear
the right rear window ascending relay closes. window regulator switch and harness connector
DD005 of driver side combination switch for
the right rear window ascending relay opens.
the right rear window descending relay closes.
the right rear window descending relay opens.
B1114 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for a. Confirm that the other three window motors work
right rear power window works normally when the
the right rear power window.
B1114 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current window regulator switch.
ignition cycle.
ignition cycle.
B1114 14: None.
1.0 1315
c. Disconnect harness connector RD004 of right rear • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
window regulator switch and harness connector to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
DD005 of driver side combination switch. "Operations After Battery Powered Off" - "Window
d. Test if the resistance between harness connector Regulator".
terminal RD004-7 of right rear window regulator
switch and harness connector terminal DD005-15 of
driver side combination switch is less than 5Ω.
switch or harness connector terminal DD005-15 of
driver side combination switch and the ground is
infinite.
driver side combination switch and the power supply
is infinite.
3. Test/replace the right rear window regulator switch or
test/replace the right rear window regulator switch or
Service Guide
Others".
Driver Side".
1.0 1316
B1115 b. Read the "Right Front Window Switch State -
DTC Description Upward", "Right Front Window Switch State -
Downward" to check whether they are within the
Local Passenger Door Window Switch rational value range).
B1115 71
Stuck Switch
Power window switches of front passenger door and rear 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
doors are on the door interior trim panel. Each power
a. Check harness connector PD004 of front passenger
window switch is provided with printed circuit board (PCB),
window regulator switch and harness connector
and electronic components and connectors are installed on
BY026 of body control module for looseness,
the circuit board. The upper surface of PCB is covered with
a layer of rubber membrane, the projecting pin on the rubber
deformation, etc.
membrane is on the corresponding position of each switch,
and it can provide each switch with the force to return to b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
center position. There is carbon contact on the lower surface found in visual check.
of each projecting pin, when the corresponding switch is c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
pressed, the contact will form a complete circuit on the circuit ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
board. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Place the ignition switch in "ACC"/"ON" position. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Request signal of the switch is detected for 20s. a. Confirm the other three window motors work
Operations of ECU after Failure normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the
Request signal of the switch is ignored. front passenger window works normally when the
The switch releasing successfully for 1 time is detected.
Possible Causes passenger window regulator switch.
• Related circuit failure. If not, perform the following procedures.
• Connector failure or poor fit. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Front passenger window regulator switch failure. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Reference Information c. Disconnect harness connector terminal PD004 of
Reference Circuit Information front passenger window regulator switch and harness
connector terminal BY026 of body control module.
Window Regulator (1)
BY026 and PD004 regulator switch and harness connector terminal
BY026-17 of body control module is less than 5Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for open circuit/high resistance.
Diagnostic Test Steps e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output regulator switch or harness connector terminal
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: BY026-17 of body control module and the ground is
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch infinite.
1.0 1317

BY026-17 of body control module and the power
supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the front passenger window regulator switch

or BCM:

test/replace the front passenger window regulator switch
or BCM.
Service Guide
Others".
1.0 1318
B1116 check whether they are within the rational value
DTC Description range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
range).
B1116 71 Local Rear Left Door Window Switch Stuck
Subsystem Principle
Power window switches of front passenger door and rear
a. Check harness connector RD004 of left rear
passenger window switch and harness connector
membrane is on the corresponding position of each switch, b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
and it can provide each switch with the force to return to found in visual check.
center position. There is carbon contact on the lower surface c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
of each projecting pin, when the corresponding switch is ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
pressed, the contact will form a complete circuit on the circuit and confirm if there remains any DTC.
board.
Place the ignition switch in "ACC"/"ON" position.
a. Confirm that the other three window motors work
Request signal of the switch is detected for 20s. normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the
Operations of ECU after Failure rear left power window works normally when the
B1116: Request signal of the switch is ignored.
the rear left power window.
The switch releasing successfully for 1 time is detected. window regulator switch.
Possible Causes If not, perform the following procedures.
• Related circuit failure. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Connector failure or poor fit. disconnect the battery negative cable.
• Rear window regulator switch failure. c. Disconnect harness connector RD004 of rear
Reference Information window regulator switch and harness connector
DD005 of driver side combination switch.
Reference Connector End View Information and harness connector terminal DD005-15 of driver
side combination switch is less than 5Ω.
DD005 and RD004
Reference Electrical Information for open circuit/high resistance.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output side combination switch and the ground is infinite.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch for short to ground.
in "ON" position. f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
b. Read the "Left Rear Window Switch State - Upward", terminal RD004-7 of rear window regulator switch
"Left Rear Window Switch State - Downward" to or harness connector terminal DD005-15 of driver
1.0 1319
side combination switch and the power supply is

infinite.


4. Test/replace the left rear window regulator switch or


test/replace the left rear window regulator switch or
Service Guide
Others".
Driver Side".
Regulator".
1.0 1320
B1117 b. Read the "Right Rear Window Switch State -
DTC Description Upward", "Right Rear Window Switch State -
Downward" to check whether they are within the
Local Rear Right Door Window Switch rational value range).
B1117 71
Stuck
Power window switches of front passenger door and rear 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check harness connector RD004 of right rear
passenger window switch and harness connector
membrane is on the corresponding position of each switch,
and it can provide each switch with the force to return to b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
center position. There is carbon contact on the lower surface found in visual check.
of each projecting pin, when the corresponding switch is c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
pressed, the contact will form a complete circuit on the circuit ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
board. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Place the ignition switch in "ACC"/"ON" position. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Request signal of the switch is detected for 20s. a. Confirm that the other three window motors work
Operations of ECU after Failure normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the
Request signal of the switch is ignored. right rear power window works normally when the
the right rear power window.
The switch releasing successfully for 1 time is detected.
If the window can work normally, check the right rear
Possible Causes window regulator switch.
• Related circuit failure. If not, perform the following procedures.
• Connector failure or poor fit. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• Rear window regulator switch failure. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Reference Information c. Disconnect harness connector RD004 of right rear
Reference Circuit Information window regulator switch and harness connector
DD005 of driver side combination switch.
DD005 and RD004 switch and harness connector terminal DD005-15 of
driver side combination switch is less than 5Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for open circuit or high resistance.

1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output switch or harness connector terminal DD005-15 of
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: driver side combination switch and the ground is
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch infinite.
1.0 1321

driver side combination switch and the power supply
is infinite.


4. Test/replace the right rear window regulator switch or


test/replace the right rear window regulator switch or
Service Guide
Others".
Driver Side".
Regulator".
1.0 1322
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector DD004 of front passenger
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control door combination switch and harness connector
14
Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit BY026 of body control module for looseness,
B1121
Front Passenger Window Up Relay Control poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
12 deformation, etc.
Subsystem Principle
drives the corresponding window regulator motor to work by
controlling the opening or closing of front passenger window
ascending or descending relay. • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Conditions for Running DTCs • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1121 12: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and 2. Test related circuits:
the driver window descending relay closes.
a. Confirm the other three window motors work
B1121 14: The ignition switch is in "ACC"/"ON" position, and normally before diagnosis, and observe whether the
the driver window descending relay opens. front passenger window works normally when the
Conditions for Setting DTCs driver window regulator switch is used to operate
for 10 consecutive times. If the window works normally, check/replace the
front passenger window regulator switch.
10 consecutive times. If not, perform the following procedures.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
ignition cycle. c. Disconnect harness connector DD004 of front
passenger door combination switch and harness
B1121 14: None.
connector BY026 of body control module.
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20 terminal DD004-7 of front passenger door
consecutive times. combination switch and harness connector terminal
Possible Causes BY026-17 of body control module is less than 5Ω.
• Body control module failure. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Front passenger door combination switch failure. terminal DD004-7 of driver window regulator switch
or harness connector terminal BY026-17 of body
Window Regulator (1) for short to ground.
Reference Connector End View Information f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
BY026 and DD004 terminal DD004-7 of driver window regulator switch
Reference Electrical Information control module and the power supply is infinite.
1.0 1323

3. Test/replace the front passenger door combination switch


test/replace the front passenger door combination switch
Service Guide
Others".
Regulator".
1.0 1324
B112A (DDSP)" to check whether they are within the
DTC Description rational value range (refer to the Appendix for
B112A 71 Driver Window Switch Stuck
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector DD005 of driver window
switch or driver window combination switch, BCM drives
combination switch and harness connector BY026
the corresponding window regulator motor to work by
of body control module for looseness, poor contact,
controlling the opening or closing of driver window ascending
or descending relay.
etc.
• LIN1 communication is normal. found in visual check.
Set the valid switch signal to 1. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
None. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
• Signal reset. a. Confirm the other three window motors work

normally before diagnosis, and observe whether
the driver window works normally when the driver
cycles.
window regulator switch is used to operate the
Possible Causes driver power window.
• Related circuit failure. If the window works normally, check the driver
• Connector failure or poor fit. window combination switch.
• Body control module failure. If not, perform the following procedures.
• Driver window combination switch failure. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Reference Information disconnect the battery negative cable.
Reference Circuit Information c. Disconnect harness connector DD005 of driver
Window Regulator (1) window combination switch and harness connector
BY026 of body control module.
BY026 and DD005 terminal DD005-16 of driver window combination
switch and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection for open circuit/high resistance.

terminal DD005-12 of driver window combination
body control module is less than 5Ω.
b. Read the "Left Front Window One-button f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Ascending/Descending Switch State (DDSP)", "Left terminal DD005-12 of driver window combination
Front Window Switch State - Upward (DDSP)" switch or harness connector terminal BY026-17 of
and "Left Front Window Switch State - Downward body control module and the ground is infinite.
1.0 1325


terminal DD005-12 of driver window combination
body control module and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the driver window combination switch or


test/replace the driver window combination switch or
Service Guide
Driver Side".
Regulator".
1.0 1326
B1131 and B1132 b. Read the "Driver Window Intelligent Motor State"
DTC Description to check whether it is within the rational value range
B1131 71 Driver Window Motor Relay Fault
B1132 96 Driver Window Sensing System Fault
Subsystem Principle
a. Check harness connector DD011 of driver window
The motor supports the window with one-button ascending regulator motor and harness connector BY027 of
and one-button descending functions. After the activation body control module for looseness, poor contact,
of LIN bus, the motor operation becomes effective. This distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
type of motors communicates with each other via LIN bus. etc.
The intelligent motor also monitors the speed, ascending and
descending input signal of the passenger switches to determine
if the manual or auto operation request is required.
LIN1 communication is normal. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
B1131: Left front window relay feedback motor signal invalid. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1132: Left front window relay response failure. 3. Test related circuits:
None. disconnect the battery negative cable, and disconnect
Conditions for Clearing DTCs the harness connector DD011 of driver window
regulator motor.
Left front window relay feedback motor signal recovers to
b. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
normal.
Possible Causes
c. Test if the voltage between harness connector
• Related circuit failure. terminal DD011-2 of driver window regulator motor
• Connector failure or poor fit. and the ground is battery voltage. If it is not within
• Driver window regulator motor failure. the specified range, check fuse F21 in passenger
• Body control module failure. compartment fuse box .
Reference Information If above tests are normal, test it in the following steps:
Reference Circuit Information d. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

Window Regulator (1), Bus System - LIN (2)
the harness connector DD011 of driver window
Reference Connector End View Information regulator motor and harness connector BY027 of
BY027 and DD011
Reference Electrical Information terminal DD011-1 of driver window regulator motor
and the ground is less than 5Ω.
Diagnostic Test Steps for open circuit/high resistance.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: terminal DD011-4 of driver window regulator motor
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch and harness connector terminal BY027-39 of body
in "ON" position. control module is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1327

terminal DD011-4 of driver window regulator motor


terminal DD011-4 of driver window regulator motor


4. Test/replace the driver window regulator motor or BCM.

test/replace the driver window regulator motor or BCM.
Service Guide
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Door System"
- "Door Functional Parts" - "Front Door Window
Regulator".
Regulator".
1.0 1328
B1155 b. Read the "Horn Relay State" to check whether it is
DTC Description within the rational value range (refer to the Appendix
c. Perform the forced output of "Horn" and observe the
Horn Relay Driver Short to Ground or
14 horn for relevant response or action.
B1155 Open Circuit
12 Horn Relay Driver Short to Battery • Yes → Test/replace the horn switch;
Subsystem Principle
BCM drives the horn to work by controlling the relay.
a. Check harness connector BY146 of engine
compartment and harness connector BY026 of
B1155 12: Horn relay closes. body control module for looseness, poor contact,
B1155 14: Horn relay opens. distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
etc.
ignition cycle. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B1155 14: None.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 20
disconnect the harness connector BY146 of engine
consecutive times.
Possible Causes
b. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
• Related circuit failure. ignition switch in "ON" position.
• Connector failure or poor fit. c. Cascade a short-circuit wire with 10A fuse between
• Body control module failure. harness connector terminal BY146-6 of engine
Reference Information compartment fuse box and the ground, observe and
hear whether the horn relay is working normally. If
it works normally, test/replace BCM.
Horn & Cigar Lighter Outlet
If it does not work normally, perform the following
Reference Connector End View Information tests.
BY026 and BY146 d. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Reference Electrical Information the harness connector BY026 of body control
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection module.
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output harness connector terminal BY146-6 of engine
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: compartment is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1329

compartment and the ground is infinite.


compartment and the power supply is infinite.



Service Guide
Driver Side".
1.0 1330
B115C Diagnostic Test Steps
Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
14
Circuit Short to Ground or Open Circuit in "ON" position.
B115C
Auto Stop Start Inhibit Switch Telltale b. Read the "Start-Stop Master Switch Indicator Lamp"
12 to check whether it is within the rational value range
Subsystem Principle
Intelligent Start/Stop energy-saving system indicator lamp
indicates whether the auto Start/Stop system works.
a. Check harness connector BY033 of lower centre
B115C 12: When the ignition switch is in "ON" position, the
console switch and harness connector BY084 of
auto Start/Stop disable switch indicator is on.
B115C 14: When the ignition switch is in "ON" position, the distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
auto Start/Stop disable switch indicator is off. etc.
B115C 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected found in visual check.
B115C 14: Low side drive circuit open circuit is detected for
B115C 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current
B115C 14: None. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,

harness connector BY033 of lower centre console
Low side drive circuit working normally is detected for 36 switch and harness connector BY084 of BCM.
consecutive times. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY033-7 of lower centre console switch
• Related circuit failure. and the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Lower centre console switch failure. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY033-5 of lower centre console switch
and harness connector terminal BY084-8 of BCM is
Reference Circuit Information less than 5Ω.
Starting and Charging (2) - DC/DC Converter If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY084 and BY033
terminal BY033-5 of lower centre console switch or
Reference Electrical Information harness connector terminal BY084-8 of BCM and
terminal BY033-5 of lower centre console switch or
1.0 1331

the powers supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the lower centre console switch or BCM:

test/replace the lower centre console switch or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1332
B115D Reference Information
DTC FTB Failure Description 4-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU (2)
P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Open Reference Connector End View Information
13
Circuit
BY026 and BY301
P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Short
B115D 12
to Battery Reference Electrical Information
P Shift Lock Control Solenoid Circuit Short
to Ground
Subsystem Principle
If the shift lever is in "P" gear, the power of the shift lever
lock-up solenoid valve will be cut off, then the lock-up solenoid
valve will keep locking, and the shift lever cannot be moved. a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Pull the emergency release mechanism to press the locking pin in "ON" position.
out of the locking pin hole, and at the moment, the shift lever b. Read the "Park Gear Lock-up Solenoid Valve" to
can be released in emergency from P gear. check whether it is within the rational value range
Conditions for Running DTCs (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
B115D 11: The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
shift lever is moved to "P" gear.
B115D 12: The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the
shift lever is not moved to "P" gear.
a. Check harness connector BY301 of shifter controller
B115D 13: The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the
and harness connector BY026 of body control
shift lever is moved to "P" gear.
Conditions for Setting DTCs corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
B115D 11: HSD circuit short to ground is detected for 20 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
consecutive times. found in visual check.
B115D 12: HSD circuit short to battery is detected for 20 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B115D 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
consecutive times. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
B115D 11: HSD output is closed in the current ignition cycle. 3. Test related circuits:
B115D 12, 13: None. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive harness connector BY301 of shifter controller and
times. harness connector BY026 of BCM.

terminal BY301-9 of shifter controller and the ground
is less than 5Ω:
• Shifter controller failure.
for open circuit.
terminal BY301-7 of shifter controller is less than
5Ω.
1.0 1333

for break circuit/high resistance.

harness connector terminal BY301-7 of shifter
controller and the ground is infinite.


harness connector terminal BY301-7 of shifter
controller and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the shifter controller or BCM:

test/replace the shifter controller or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1334
B115E
DTC Description
Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short to
14
B115E
Interlock Relay Control Circuit Short to
12
Battery
Subsystem Principle
BCM Internal failure.
B115E 12: The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the
interlock relay closes.
B115E 14: The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the

interlock relay opens.
B115E 12: Low side drive circuit short to battery is detected
B115E 14: Low side drive circuit short to ground is detected

B115E 12: Low side drive output is closed in the current
ignition cycle.
B115E 14: None.

B115E 12: Low side drive circuit working normally is detected
B115E 14: Low side drive circuit working normally is detected

Possible Causes
the scan tool.
scan tool. Confirm that DTC B115E has not been set.
Service Guide
1.0 1335
B1162
DTC Description
Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Short to Diagnostic Test Steps

11
Ground (SSB) 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Open with a scan tool, then determine the failure state:
13
B1162 Circuit (SSB) a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Resistance in "ON" position.
1E
out of Range (SSB)
b. Read the "Start-Stop Master Switch State" to check
73 Power Mode Start Switch Circuit Stuck whether it is within the rational value range (refer
Subsystem Principle
It is not necessary to insert/pull out key, only put the smart
key in the vehicle, press start-stop button (SSB) to start/stop • No → Go to Step 2.
the vehicle. 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
a. Check harness connector BY089 of start-stop switch
B1162 73: Long press the start-stop button. and harness connector BY002 of body control
B1162 11, 13, 1E: The engine is running. module for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
B1162 11: The A/D converter detects a circuit short to ground
for 2s.
B1162 13: The A/D converter detects open circuit for 2s.
B1162 1E: The A/D converter detects a circuit short to ground and confirm if there remains any DTC.
or exceeds the range for 2s.
B1162 73: Press the start-stop switch for more than 20s.
Start-stop switch is invalid.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs disconnect battery negative cable, and disconnect
B1162 11, 13, 1E: The switch A/D converter is detected to be harness connector BY089 of start-stop switch and
in normal range for 1 time. harness connector BY002 of BCM.
B1162 73: Start-stop switch works normally. b. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY089-4 of start-stop switch and the ground
History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition
is less than 5Ω.
cycles.
Possible Causes
terminal BY089-3 of start-stop switch and harness
• Start-stop switch failure. connector terminal BY002-45 of BCM is less than
Reference Information 5Ω.
Starting and Charging (2) - DC/DC Converter for open circuit/high resistance.
terminal BY089-3 of start-stop switch or harness
BY002 and BY089 connector terminal BY002-45 of BCM and the
ground is infinite:
1.0 1336

terminal BY089-3 of start-stop switch or harness
connector terminal BY002-45 of BCM and the power
supply is infinite:



test/replace the start-stop switch or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1337
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Starter Relay Allows Closing", "Second
Starter Relay State" to check whether they are
Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit
11 within the rational value range (refer to the
Short to Ground (IGN1)
B1166 Appendix for rational value range).
Run Crank Power Relay Control Circuit
13 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Open Circuit (IGN1)
Subsystem Principle
ECM drives the starter to work by controlling the starter relay.
a. Check harness connector BY146 and BY148
of engine compartment fuse box and harness
B1166 11: Relays of ignition switch in "ON" and "ON" connector BY190 and BY205 of ECM for looseness,
positions close. poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
B1166 13: Relays in "ON" and "ON" positions open.
B1166 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 and confirm if there remains any DTC.
consecutive times.
B1166 13: None.
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive harness connector BY190 of ECM.
times. b. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the
• Related circuit failure. c. Cascade a short-circuit wire with 10A fuse between
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector terminal BY146-15 of engine
compartment fuse box and the ground, observe and
hear whether the starter relay is working normally.
If it works normally, test/replace ECM.
If it does not work normally, perform the following
tests.
Engine Management System - 1.5L (5) & Engine
Management System - 1.0T (4)
Reference Connector End View Information the harness connector BY146 and BY148 of engine
BY190, BY146, BY148 and BY205 compartment fuse box.
e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
Reference Electrical Information connector BY146 and BY148 of engine compartment
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection fuse box and terminals of harness connector BY190
1.0 1338
f. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
connector BY146 and BY148 of engine compartment for open circuit/high resistance.
fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY190 of
connector BY146 and BY148 of engine compartment
• Terminal BY146-15 or Terminal BY190-58 fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY205 of
for short to ground. • Terminal BY148-5 or Terminal BY205-9
g. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
connector BY146 and BY148 of engine compartment for short to ground.
fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY190 of
connector BY146 and BY148 of engine compartment
• Terminal BY146-15 or Terminal BY190-58 fuse box or terminals of harness connector BY205 of
for short to battery. • Terminal BY148-5 or Terminal BY205-9
h. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again for short to battery.
• Yes → Go to Step 5; ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
disconnect the battery negative cable and harness 5. Test/replace the ECM:
b. Connect the battery negative cable, and place the test/replace the ECM.
ignition switch in "ON" position. Service Guide
c. Cascade a short-circuit wire with 10A fuse between • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
harness connector terminal BY146-15 of engine "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
compartment fuse box and the ground, observe and
hear whether the starter relay is working normally.
If it works normally, test/replace ECM. (ECM)".
If it does not work normally, perform the following • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
tests. Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
the harness connector BY146 and BY148 of engine
e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
connector BY146 and BY148 of engine compartment "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
fuse box and terminals of harness connector BY205
• Terminal BY146-15 and Terminal BY205-31 "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
1.0 1339
B1169 • Yes → Go to Step 2;

Accessory HSD Output Circuit Open
B1169 13 a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
Circuit
Subsystem Principle harness connector BY144 of engine compartment
fuse box and harness connector BY026 of body
BCM controls the closing and opening of KL.R relay.
control module.
ACC HSD circuit works.
Conditions for Setting DTCs and harness connector terminal BY026-21 of body
B1169 13: HSD circuit open circuit is detected for 20 control module is less than 5Ω.
B1169 13: None. c. Test if the resistance between harness connector

Conditions for Clearing DTCs terminal BY144-9 of engine compartment fuse box
times.
Possible Causes
• Engine compartment fuse box failure. or harness connector terminal BY026-21 of body
• Body control module failure. control module and the power supply is infinite.
Reference Circuit Information for short to battery.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box Power Supply e. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Distribution - 7 ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
BY026 and BY144
Diagnostic Test Steps test/replace the BCM.
a. Check harness connector BY144 of engine • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
compartment fuse box and harness connector "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
BY026 of body control module for looseness, • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
poor contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination, to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
deformation, etc. Control Module (BCM)".


1.0 1340
B11A0 • No → Go to Step 2.
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Check harness connector BY211 of engine hood
Hood Ajar (Bonnet Open Switch) Circuit open switch and harness connector BY025 of
11
Short to Ground body control module for looseness, poor contact,
B11A0 distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation,
Hood Ajar (Bonnet Open Switch) Circuit
13 etc.
Open circuit
Subsystem Principle found in visual check.
BCM monitors the opening/closing state of engine hood via c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
engine hood touch switch. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Engine hood switch state signal is 0. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
B11A0 11: The circuit short to ground is detected for 2s. 3. Test related circuits:
B11A0 13: The circuit open circuit is detected for 2s. a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position,
harness connector BY211 of engine hood open
None. switch.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect harness connector BY025 of body
It is detected that the circuit is normal. control module.
• Related circuit failure. terminal BY211-2 of engine hood open switch and
the ground is less than 5Ω.
• Engine hood open switch failure.
Reference Circuit Information harness connector terminal BY211-1 of engine hood
Vehicle Security System (2) open switch is less than 5Ω.
BY025 and BY211
Reference Electrical Information terminal BY025-19 of body control module or
harness connector terminal BY211-1 of engine hood
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection open switch and the ground is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
harness connector terminal BY211-1 of engine hood
in "ON" position.
open switch and the powers supply is infinite.
b. Read the "Engine Hood Switch Voltage" and "Engine
Hood Open State" to check whether they are within
rational value range). g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM; and confirm if there remains any DTC.
1.0 1341
4. Test/replace the engine hood open switch or BCM:

test/replace the engine hood open switch or BCM.
Service Guide
"Engine Hood" - "Engine Hood Lock Body Assembly".
1.0 1342
B11A5 a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
DTC FTB Failure Description b. Read the "Automatic Lamp Request Signal Voltage"
B11A5 09 Light Sensor Hardware Failure
Subsystem Principle • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
The automatic light sensor enables automatic lighting to be • No → Go to Step 2.
turned on by monitoring the external environment.
a. Check harness connector FC010 of solar sensor and
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. LIN3 harness connector BY002 of body control module
communication is normal. for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Conditions for Setting DTCs contamination, deformation, etc.
• The communication between MCU and light detection b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
chip fails for 100ms. found in visual check.
• Ambient light sensor component is short-circuited and c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
the voltage is higher than 3.2V for 500ms. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
• Ambient light sensor component is open-circuited and
the voltage is lower than 0.1V for 500ms. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Lights are illuminated during powering up. 3. Test related circuits:
• The communication between MCU and light detection
chip recovers for 100ms or less times. b. Disconnect harness connector FC010 of solar sensor
• Ambient light sensor voltage is higher than or equal to and harness connector BY002 of BCM.
0.1v and lower than or equal to 3.2v for 100ms. c. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition connector FC010 of solar sensor and terminals of
cycles. harness connector BY002 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
Possible Causes • Terminal FC010-2 and Terminal BY002-22
• Related circuit failure. • Terminal FC010-5 and Terminal BY002-38
• Connector failure or poor fit. • Terminal FC010-8 and Terminal BY002-50

• Solar sensor failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information d. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

Low Beam and the ground is infinite.
FC010 and BY002 • Terminal FC010-5 or Terminal BY002-38

Diagnostic Test Steps e. Test if the resistance between terminals of harness

1.0 1343


4. Test/replace the solar sensor or BCM:

test/replace the solar sensor or BCM.
Service Guide
1.0 1344
B11C0 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
B11C0 71 Sunroof Switch Stuck a. Check harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
Subsystem Principle motor and harness connector BY027 of the BCM
The sunroof motor is controlled by the LIN bus of the BCM contamination, deformation, etc.
to achieve a series of different states.
• Communication is normal. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Sunroof switch error signal is 1. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

None. 3. Test related circuits:

• Sunroof switch signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Disconnect harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
cycles. control module and harness connector BY027 of the
BCM.
Possible Causes
terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module and
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM is
• Body control module failure. less than 5Ω..
• Sunroof control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Sunroof switch failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module or
harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM
terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module or
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output for short to battery.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
in "ON" position. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Read the "Sunroof Motor Relay Failure", "Sunroof • Yes → Go to Step 4;
Anti-pinch Sensing System Failure", "Sunroof Motor • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Thermal Protection Activated" and "Sunroof State"
to check whether they are within rational value range 4. Test/replace the sunroof control module or BCM:
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the sunroof control module or BCM.
1.0 1345
Service Guide
"Sunroof" - "Sunroof Glass Panel Motor".
"Sunroof Initialization".
"Operations after Battery Powered off" - "Sunroof".
1.0 1346
B11C1 and B11C3 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
B11C1 71 Sunroof Motor Relay Fault a. Check harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
B11C3 96 Sunroof Sensing System Fault motor and harness connector BY027 of the BCM
The sunroof motor is controlled by the LIN bus of the BCM b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
to achieve a series of different states. found in visual check.
The engine is running. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
B11C1: Sunroof motor relay error signal is 1. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

B11C3: Sunroof sensing system error signal is 1
None.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
• Signal reset. control module and harness connector BY027 of the
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition BCM.
cycles.
Possible Causes terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module and
• Related circuit failure. harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM is
less than 5Ω.
• Sunroof motor failure.
Reference Circuit Information harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM
Bus System - LIN (2) and the ground is infinite.
BY027 and BY071
Reference Electrical Information terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module or
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
b. Read the "Sunroof Motor Relay Failure", "Sunroof
Thermal Protection Activated" and "Sunroof State" 4. Test/replace the sunroof control module or BCM:
to check whether they are within rational value range
1.0 1347
Service Guide
1.0 1348
B11C4 • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
B11C4 71 Sunroof Sunshade Switch Stuck a. Check harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
Subsystem Principle motor and harness connector BY027 of the BCM
The sunroof sunshade switch is controlled by the LIN bus of contamination, deformation, etc.
the BCM to show a series of different status.
• Communication is normal. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Sunroof sunshade switch error signal is 1. • Yes → Go to Step 3;

None. 3. Test related circuits:

• Sunroof sunshade switch signal is 0.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition b. Disconnect harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
cycles. control module and harness connector BY027 of the
BCM.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM is
• Body control module failure. less than 5Ω.
• Sunroof control module failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Sunroof sunshade switch. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module or
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection harness connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM
b. Read the "Sunroof Motor Relay Failure", "Sunroof • Yes → Go to Step 4;
Thermal Protection Activated" and "Sunroof State"
to check whether they are within rational value range 4. Test/replace the sunroof control module or BCM:
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
1.0 1349
Service Guide
1.0 1350
B11C9 • No → Go to Step 2.
a. Check harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to control module and the harness connector BY027
14
Ground or Open Circuit of the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
B11C9
Sunroof Lazy Control Circuit Short to corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
12
Battery b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Subsystem Principle
Body control module controls the operation of sunroof via LIN c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
bus. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
The ignition switch is in "ON" position, and low side drive is
closed. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
HSD circuit short to ground or open circuit is detected for 20 a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
consecutive times. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Operations of ECU after Failure b. Disconnect harness connector BY071 of the sunroof
None motor and harness connector BY027 of the BCM.
HSD circuit working normally is detected for 36 consecutive terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof motor and harness
times. connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM is less
than 5Ω.
Possible Causes
terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof motor or harness
• Sunroof motor failure. connector terminal BY027-39 of the BCM and the
Reference Information ground is infinite.
Bus System - LIN (2) for short to ground.
terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof motor or harness
BY027 and BY071
Reference Electrical Information power supply is infinite.

1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: and confirm if there remains any DTC.
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch • Yes → Go to Step 4;
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Sunroof Lazy Control" to check whether it
4. Test/replace the sunroof motor or BCM:
is within rational value range (refer to the Appendix
for rational value range). If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM; test/replace the sunroof motor or BCM.
1.0 1351
Service Guide
1.0 1352
B1701, B1702 and B1705 Diagnostic Test Steps
B1701 95 Transponder Antenna Fault a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch
B1702 in "ON" position.
96 Invalid Key Present
B1705 96 Loss Communication with Base Station b. Read the "Key Recognized by Immobiliser Coil",
"Immobiliser Alarm Status", "Immobiliser Function
Subsystem Principle Activated" and "Immobiliser Request Ignored" to
When starting the vehicle, the transceiver in the key will send check whether they are within rational value range
a signal containing characteristic value, the base station inside (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
the low-frequency immobiliser coil transmits the signal to the • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
BCM, and the BCM will compare the characteristic value signal.
The ignition switch is not in "Crank" position.
a. Check the harness connector BY038 of the
Conditions for Setting DTCs low frequency immobiliser coil and the harness
B1701: Immobiliser module detects that the immobiliser connector BY002 of the BCM for looseness, poor
transmitter antenna has failure. contact, distortion, corrosion, contamination,
deformation, etc.
B1702: Immobiliser module detects the invalid key signal or
there is no key occurs. b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1705: Communication between immobiliser module and base
station is lost. c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
None.
B1701: Immobiliser module detects that the immobiliser
transmitter antenna is normal.
a. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position, and clear
B1702: Immobiliser module detects valid key signal.
the DTC information with a scan tool. Observe the
B1705: Communication between immobiliser module and base DTC information on the scan tool. Confirm that
station is normal. DTC B1701 or B1702 has not been set.
Possible Causes If DTC B1701 does not pass this ignition cycle, match
• Related circuit failure. the remote key. If the DTC is set again, replace the
• Connector failure or poor fit. remote key.
• Remote key failure. b. Observe the DTC information with a scan tool.
Confirm that DTC B1705 has not been set.
Reference Information If DTC B1705 does not pass this ignition cycle, test
the HS CAN network communication line.
c. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Bus Communication - LIN (1)
d. Disconnect harness connector BY038 of the
BY002 and BY038 low-frequency immobiliser coil and harness
connector BY002 of the BCM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection terminal BY038-3 of the low-frequency immobiliser
coil and harness connector terminal BY002-10 of the
BCM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1353


terminal BY038-3 of the low-frequency immobiliser
coil or harness connector terminal BY002-10 of the
BCM and the ground is infinite.


terminal BY038-3 of the low-frequency immobiliser
coil or harness connector terminal BY002-10 of the
BCM and the power supply is infinite.


4. Test/replace the low-frequency immobiliser coil or BCM:

test/replace the low-frequency immobiliser coil or BCM.
Service Guide
Protection" - "Immobiliser System" - "Low-frequency
Immobiliser Coil".
1.0 1354
B1706, B1707 and B1708 Reference Connector End View Information
DTC Description
BY190/BY205 and BY027
Attack State is Triggered during EMS Reference Electrical Information
B1706 95
Authentication
B1707 95 No EMS Challenge Rx
CAN Communication Error during
B1708 87 1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output
Authentication
Subsystem Principle
BCM sends a pre-disabled password to ECM via serial data in "ON" position.
circuit. Then, ECM sends a check password to BCM. ECM and
b. Read the "Immobiliser Request Ignored" and
BCM calculate the check password. If the calculation result of
"Attack Activated (BCM receives invalid immobiliser
ECM matches with that of BCM, ECM allows the vehicle to
authentication information from EMS or network)"
start.
to check whether they are within rational value range
Conditions for Running DTCs (refer to the Appendix for rational value range).
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. • Yes → Test/replace the BCM;
Conditions for Setting DTCs • No → Go to Step 2.
B1706: BCM detects that the authentication request of ECM 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
is invalid.
a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM
B1707: Within 2s when the ignition switch is in "ON" position, and the harness connector BY190/BY205 of the
BCM does not receive the authentication request from ECM. ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
B1708: When the ignition switch is in "ON" position and the corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
engine is in immobiliser authentication, the information frame b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
of ECM is not received or CAN communication initialization found in visual check.
failure is detected for 2s.
None. and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs • Yes → Go to Step 3 or 4;
B1706: The immobiliser module confirms EMS authentication • No → Diagnosis is completed.
request is valid.
B1707: Within 2s when the ignition switch is in "ON" position,
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
the immobiliser module receives authentication permission
(Powertrain)". If other module tests are normal,
from EMS.
continue the following inspection procedures.
B1708: CAN communication and immobiliser are both in
normal condition.
Possible Causes harness connector BY190 of the ECM.
• Related circuit failure. c. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of the BCM.
• Connector failure or poor fit. d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
• Engine control module failure. harness connector BY190 of ECM and the terminals
• Body control module failure. of harness connector BY027 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
1.0 1355
e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of • Terminal BY205-45 or Terminal BY027-51
harness connector BY190 of ECM or the terminals
is infinite. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal BY027-52 g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
f. Test if the voltage between the terminals of harness
connector BY190 of ECM or the terminals of harness • No → Diagnosis is completed.
connector BY027 of BCM and the ground is 2～3V.
5. Test/replace the BCM or the ECM:
• Terminal BY190-17 or Terminal BY027-52 test/replace BCM or ECM.
g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the Control System - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again (ECM)".
• Yes → Go to Step 5; Control System - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
4. Test related circuits (1.0T): • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of HS CAN Network
(Powertrain)". If other module tests are normal, • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
continue the following inspection procedures. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
harness connector BY205 of the ECM.
c. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of the BCM.
d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
harness connector BY205 of ECM and the terminals "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
of harness connector BY027 of BCM is less than 5Ω.
e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
harness connector BY205 of ECM or the terminals
is infinite.
f. Test if the voltage between the terminals of harness
connector BY205 of ECM or the terminals of harness
connector BY027 of BCM and the ground is 2～3V.
1.0 1356
B170A, B170B and U0198 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Body Control Module does not Receive
B170A 96
Telematic Box's Response • No → Diagnosis is completed.
B170B 96 Telematic Box Authentication Failure 2. Test related circuits:
Lost Communication with Telematic a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".

U0198 87
Control Module (TBOX) If other module tests are normal, continue the
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with the communication module via CAN disconnect the battery negative cable.
bus.
c. Disconnect the harness connector BY025 of BCM
Conditions for Running DTCs and the harness connector FC013 of communication
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. module.
of harness connector BY025 of the BCM and
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from
the terminals of harness connector FC013 of the
the communication module (TBOX) cannot be received within
communication module is less than 5Ω.
given time.
cycles. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY025 of the BCM or the
communication module and the ground is infinite.
Bus System and DLC (2) ignition switch in "ON" position, and test if the
connector BY025 of the BCM or the terminals of
BY025 and FC013
harness connector FC013 of the communication
Reference Electrical Information module and the ground is between 2 and 3V.
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY025-22 or Terminal FC013-39
a. Check the harness connector BY025 of the BCM and
the harness connector FC013 of the communication g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
3. Test/replace the BCM or the communication module:
1.0 1357

test/replace the BCM or the communication module.
Service Guide
Entertainment System and Navigation System" -
"Communication Module".
1.0 1358
B170D and U0236 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Body Control Module does not Receive
B170D 96
Electrical Steering Column Lock's Challenge • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Lost Communication with Column Lock 2. Test related circuits:
U0236 87
Module (ESCL)
BCM communicates with the electronic steering column lock
control module (ESCL) via CAN bus. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s.
and the harness connector BY086 of electronic
Conditions for Setting DTCs steering column lock.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the d. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
electronic steering column lock control module (ESCL) cannot of the harness connector BY027 of BCM and the
be received within given time. terminals of harness connector BY086 of electronic
Conditions for Clearing DTCs steering column lock is less than 5Ω.
consecutive times.
cycles.
Possible Causes
of the harness connector BY027 of BCM or the
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminals of harness connector BY086 of electronic
• Body control module failure. steering column lock and the ground is infinite.
• ESCL failure. • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY086-1
Reference Connector End View Information f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
connector BY027 of BCM or the terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY086 of electronic steering column lock
and the ground is between 2 and 3V.
and the harness connector BY086 of the electronic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
steering column lock for looseness, poor contact, for short to battery.
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
1.0 1359
3. Test/replace the BCM or the electronic steering column

lock:

test/replace BCM or the electronic steering column lock.
Service Guide
1.0 1360
B1B05 and B1B06 value range (refer to the Appendix for rational value
DTC Description range).
Low Battery Voltage during Engine Running • No → Go to Step 2.

B1B05 16
(Low Risk) 2. Check the connectivity of connectors:
B1B06 16 System Voltage Low a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM
Subsystem Principle and the harness connector BY187 of the battery
sensor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
BCM monitors the system voltage to check whether the corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc.
module supply voltage is within the normal range.
• Window ascending relay is ON. ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Low side drive detects short to battery for 10 times. • Yes → Go to Step 3;
Until the next ignition cycle shuts off the output. 3. Test related circuits:
• Low side drive detects that the system is back to normal
for 20 times. b. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition and the harness connector BY187 of the battery
cycles. sensor.

terminal BY187-1 of the battery sensor is less than
• Engine compartment fuse box failure. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
• Battery failure. for open circuit/high resistance.
Reference Information terminal BY027-13 of BCM or harness connector
Reference Circuit Information terminal BY187-1 of the battery sensor and the
ground is infinite.
BY027 and BY187 e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

Reference Electrical Information terminal BY187-1 of the battery sensor and the
1. Read relevant parameters or perform the forced output f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Connect the scan tool, and place the ignition switch and confirm if there remains any DTC.
b. Read the "System Voltage Mode" and "Power Risk • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Grade" to check whether they are within rational 4. Test/replace the BCM or the battery sensor:
1.0 1361

test/replace BCM or the battery sensor.
Service Guide
Signal Distribution" - "Low-voltage Battery and Battery
Management System" - "Battery Sensor".
1.0 1362
B1B42 and U1116 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
B1B42 00 Current Sensor Polarity Inverted
Lost Communication with Electronic
U1116 87 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Battery Sensor (EBS)
Subsystem Principle
BCM monitors the system voltage to check whether the
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. harness connector BY187 of battery current sensor.
Low side drive detects a circuit short to battery for 10 terminal BY027-13 of BCM and harness connector
consecutive times. terminal BY187-1 of battery current sensor is less
than 5Ω.
The system turns off the output until the next ignition cycle.
• Low side drive detects the system working normally for terminal BY027-13 of BCM or harness connector
20 consecutive times. terminal BY187-1 of the battery current sensor and
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition the ground is infinite.
• Related circuit failure. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Connector failure or poor fit. terminal BY027-13 of BCM or harness connector
terminal BY187-1 of the battery current sensor and
• Body control module failure. for short to battery.
Bus System - LIN (2) and confirm if there remains any DTC.

BY027 and BY187
3. Test/replace the battery current sensor or BCM:
test/replace the battery current sensor or BCM.
Diagnostic Test Steps Service Guide
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
a. Check harness connector BY027 of body control "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
module and harness connector BY187 of battery • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Power Supply and
current sensor for looseness, poor contact, Signal Distribution" - "Low-voltage Battery and Battery
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, Management System" - "Battery Sensor".
etc. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1.0 1363
B1B80 and B1B81 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
B1B80 07 Alternator Mechanical Failure
B1B81 01 Alternator Electrical Failure
Subsystem Principle
BCM monitors the generating capacity of alternator via LIN disconnect the battery negative cable.
bus to check whether it is within the normal operating range.
b. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of
Conditions for Running DTCs body control module and harness connector
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. EM04A/EM127A of alternator.
If the launch frame can not be detected by the node for 2s, the
harness connector terminal EM04A-1/EM127A-1 of
DTC shall be set.
alternator is less than 5Ω.
The system turns off the output until the next ignition cycle. for open circuit/high resistance.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 terminal BY027-13 of body control module or
consecutive times. harness connector terminal EM04A-1/EM127A-1 of
alternator and the ground is infinite.
• Related circuit failure. e. Test if the resistance between harness connector

harness connector terminal EM04A-1/EM127A-1 of
• Alternator failure. alternator and the power supply is infinite.
Reference Information for short to battery.
Reference Circuit Information f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Bus System - LIN (2) ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
BY027 and EM04A/EM127A
3. Test/replace the alternator or BCM:
Diagnostic Test Steps test/replace the alternator or BCM.
a. Check harness connector BY027 of body control • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
module and harness connector EM04A/EM127A of "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
alternator for looseness, poor contact, distortion, • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. Electrical System - 1.0T" - "Alternator".
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Engine" - "Engine
found in visual check. Electrical System - 1.5L" - "Alternator".
1.0 1364
P1900, P1901 and U1008 for looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion,
Remote PRND Display Module (RPD)
P1900 41 LIN Communication Checksum Error with c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Master Node ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
Remote PRND Display Module (RND) LIN
P1901 87 Communication Time Out with Master • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Node • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Lost Communication with Remote PRND 2. Test related circuits:
U1008 87
Display Module (RPD)
Subsystem Principle disconnect the battery negative cable.
BCM communicates with the remote PRND display module b. Disconnect harness connector BY027 of BCM and
(RPD) via LIN. harness connector BY171 of gear display.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. terminal BY027-39 of body control module and
harness connector terminal BY171-2 of gear display
is less than 5Ω.
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from remote
PRND display module (RPD) cannot be received within given
time.
The system turns off the output until the next ignition cycle. terminal BY171-2 of gear display and the ground is
Conditions for Clearing DTCs infinite.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
consecutive times. for short to ground.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
cycles. terminal BY027-39 of BCM or harness connector
Possible Causes terminal BY171-2 of gear display and the power
supply is infinite.
• Gear display failure.
Bus System - LIN (2) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Reference Connector End View Information 3. Test/replace the gear display or BCM:
BY027 and BY171 If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
Reference Electrical Information test/replace the gear display or BCM.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection Service Guide

a. Check harness connector BY027 of body control "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Shift Control System - 6AT"
module and harness connector BY171 of gear display - "Gear Panel".
1.0 1365

- "Gear Panel".
1.0 1366
P1910 • No → Diagnosis is completed.
PRND Display Module Power Voltage out disconnect the battery negative cable.
P1910 1C
of the Range of Regular Function
b. Disconnect the harness connector BY084 of BCM
Subsystem Principle and the harness connector BY171 of gear display.
Body control module controls the operating voltage of PRND c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
display module via hardwire. terminal BY171-3 of the gear display and the ground
Conditions for Running DTCs is less than 5Ω.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
DTCs U1562 and U1563 are not set.
The analog-to-digital converter short to ground for 2s is terminal BY171-4 of the gear display is less than 5Ω.
detected.
• The analog-to-digital converter within normal range is
detected for 1 time.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition terminal BY171-4 of the gear display and the ground
cycles. is infinite.
Possible Causes
• Connector failure or poor fit. f. Test if the resistance between harness connector
• Body control module failure. terminal BY084-8 of BCM or harness connector
• Gear display failure. terminal BY171-4 of the gear display and the power
supply is infinite.
6-Speed Automatic Transmission - TCU
Diagnostic Test Steps 3. Test/replace the BCM or gear display:
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
a. Check the harness connector BY084 of the BCM test/replace BCM or the gear display.
and the harness connector BY171 of the gear display Service Guide
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the - "Gear Panel".
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual,
and confirm if there remains any DTC. "Transmission/Transaxle" - "Shift Control System - 4AT"
• Yes → Go to Step 2; - "Gear Panel".
1.0 1367

1.0 1368
U0073 2. Test related circuits:
Control Module Communication Bus Off
U0073 88
on "Diagnostic CAN" b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with other control modules via CAN bus. and the harness connector BY087 of DLC.
Conditions for Running DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. harness connector BY025 of BCM and the terminals
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector BY087 of DLC is less than 5Ω.
• No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s. e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition harness connector BY025 of BCM or the terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY087 of DLC and the ground
is infinite.
Possible Causes
• DLC failure.
Reference Circuit Information the terminals of harness connector BY025 of BCM or
Bus System and DLC (2) the terminals of harness connector BY087 of DLC
and the ground is between 2V and 3V:
BY087 and BY025
Diagnostic Test Steps g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
and the harness connector BY087 of the DLC for
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, • No → Diagnosis is completed.
contamination, deformation, etc. 3. Test/replace the BCM:
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
found in visual check. test/replace the BCM.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
and confirm if there remains any DTC. "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
• Yes → Go to Step 2; • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
1.0 1369
U0075 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".

U0075 88 b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
CAN Bus Off
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with other control modules via CAN bus. and the harness connector BY087 of DLC.
of harness connector BY087 of DLC is less than 5Ω.
• No "Bus Off" state occurred in 5s. e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition harness connector BY025 of BCM or the terminals
cycles. of harness connector BY087 of DLC and the ground
is infinite.
Possible Causes
• DLC failure. for short to ground.
Reference Information f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
the terminals of harness connector BY025 of BCM or
Bus System and DLC (2) the terminals of harness connector BY087 of DLC
Reference Connector End View Information and the ground is between 2V and 3V:
BY087 and BY025 • Terminal BY025-21 or Terminal BY087-6

a. Check the harness connector BY025 of the BCM and confirm if there remains any DTC.
and the harness connector BY087 of the DLC for • Yes → Go to Step 3;
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts 3. Test/replace the BCM:
found in visual check. If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
and confirm if there remains any DTC. • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
• Yes → Go to Step 2; "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
2. Test related circuits: Control Module (BCM)".
1.0 1370
DTC Description 2. Test related circuits (1.0T):
DTC FTB Failure Description a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
Lost Communication with Engine Control If other module tests are normal, continue the
U0100 87
Module (ECM) following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with engine control module (ECM) via
CAN bus.
and the harness connector BY205 of ECM.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
Conditions for Setting DTCs terminals of harness connector BY205 of the ECM is
less than 5Ω.
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. • Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal BY205-44
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
cycles. harness connector BY027 of the BCM or the
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY205 of the ECM
• Body control module failure. • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY205-44
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) between the terminals of harness connector BY027
Reference Connector End View Information of the BCM or the terminals of harness connector
BY205 of the ECM and the ground is between 2 and
3V.
a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
and the harness connector BY205/BY190 of the ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
ECM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
found in visual check. 3. Test related circuits (1.5L):
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again If other module tests are normal, continue the
and confirm if there remains any DTC. following inspection procedures.
• Yes → Go to Step 2 or 3; b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
1.0 1371
c. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
and the harness connector BY190 of ECM. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
terminals of harness connector BY190 of the ECM is to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
less than 5Ω. "Engine Control Module (ECM) - SGE 1.0T".
• Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal BY190-17 "Engine Control Module (ECM) - NSE 1.5L".
harness connector BY027 of the BCM or the
terminals of harness connector BY190 of the ECM
of the BCM or the terminals of harness connector
BY190 of the ECM and the ground is between 2 and
3V.
4. Test/replace the BCM or the ECM:
test/replace BCM or ECM.
Service Guide
Control Module - 1.5L" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
Control Module - 1.0T" - "Engine Control Module
(ECM)".
1.0 1372
U0101 2. Test related circuits (4AT):
U0101 87
Control Module (TCM) b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with transmission control module (TCM) and the harness connector GB006 of transmission
via CAN bus. control unit.
Conditions for Setting DTCs of harness connector GB006 of transmission control
unit is less than 5Ω.
times, "Bus Off" state will appear. The DTC will be set if "Bus • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal GB006-17
Off" state appears for 5 consecutive times. • Terminal BY027-52 and Terminal GB006-7
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
cycles. harness connector BY027 of BCM or the terminals
of harness connector GB006 of transmission control
Possible Causes
unit and the ground is infinite.
• Transmission control module failure.
Bus System and DLC (2) & Bus System and DLC (3) between the terminals of harness connector BY027
Reference Connector End View Information of BCM or the terminals of harness connector
GB006 of transmission control unit and the ground
BY027 and BY095/GB006 is between 2 and 3V.
Reference Electrical Information • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal GB006-17
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal GB006-7
a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM and g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
the harness connector BY095 of the transmission ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
control unit for looseness, poor contact, distortion, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. • Yes → Go to Step 4;
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again If other module tests are normal, continue the
and confirm if there remains any DTC. following inspection procedures.
• Yes → Go to Step 2 or 3; b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
• No → Diagnosis is completed. disconnect the battery negative cable.
1.0 1373
c. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
and the harness connector BY095 of transmission to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
control unit. Control Module (BCM)".
d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
harness connector BY027 of BCM and the terminals to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
of harness connector BY095 of transmission control "Transmission Control Module (TCM) - 4AT".
unit is less than 5Ω. • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
• Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY095-14 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
harness connector BY027 of BCM or the terminals
of harness connector BY095 of transmission control
unit and the ground is infinite.
of BCM or the terminals of harness connector
BY095 of transmission control unit and the ground
is between 2 and 3V.
4. Test/replace the BCM or the transmission control unit:
test/replace BCM or the transmission control unit.
Service Guide
1.0 1374
U010F • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Lost Communication with Air Conditioning If other module tests are normal, continue the
U010F 87
Control Module (AC) following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and

BCM communicates with air conditioning control module (AC)
via CAN bus. c. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM
Conditions for Running DTCs and the harness connector BY004 of A/C control
module.
harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from air terminals of harness connector BY004 of the A/C
conditioning control module cannot be received within given control module is less than 5Ω.
time.
consecutive times within 5s. If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
cycles. e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Possible Causes harness connector BY027 of the BCM or the
terminals of harness connector BY004 of the A/C
• HVAC control module failure. • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY004-6
Reference Connector End View Information between the terminals of harness connector BY027
BY027 and BY004 of the BCM or the terminals of harness connector
BY004 of the A/C control module and the ground is
between 2 and 3V.
a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM for short to battery.
and the harness connector BY004 of the A/C control
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again 3. Test/replace the BCM or the A/C control module:
• Yes → Go to Step 2; test/replace BCM or the A/C control module.
1.0 1375
Service Guide
Air Conditioning System Control － ETC" - “Air
Module (HVAC)".
1.0 1376
U0120 a. Refer to "Integrity Inspection of CAN Network".
U0120 87 b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
Lost Communication With Alternator
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with the alternator via LIN bus. and the harness connector EM04A/EM127 of
Conditions for Running DTCs alternator.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
terminals of harness connector EM04A/EM127 of
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the the alternator is less than 5Ω.
alternator cannot be received within given time.
• Terminal BY027-13 and Terminal EM04A-1
• Terminal BY027-13 and Terminal EM127-1
cycles. e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
Possible Causes harness connector BY027 of the BCM or the
terminals of harness connector EM04A/EM127 of
• Related circuit failure. the alternator and the ground is infinite.
• Terminal BY027-13 or Terminal EM04A-1
• Terminal BY027-13 or Terminal EM127-1
Bus System - LIN (2) switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
BY027 and EM04A/EM127 of the BCM or the terminals of harness connector
EM04A/EM127 of the alternator and the ground is
Reference Electrical Information between 2 and 3V.
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection • Terminal BY027-13 or Terminal EM04A-1
Diagnostic Test Steps • Terminal BY027-13 or Terminal EM127-1
a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM for short to battery.
and the harness connector EM04A/EM127 of the g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
alternator for looseness, poor contact, distortion, ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
3. Test/replace the BCM or alternator:
test/replace the BCM or alternator.
Service Guide
2. Test related circuits: "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
1.0 1377

Electrical System - 1.0T" - "Alternator".
1.0 1378
U0121 and U0122 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
Lost Communication with Anti-Lock Brake
U0121 87
System (ABS) • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Lost Communication with Stability Control 2. Test related circuits:
U0122 87
System (SCS)
BCM communicates with the dynamic stability system control
unit (AC) via CAN bus. b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
and the harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
Conditions for Setting DTCs system control unit.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
the anti-lock brake system (ABS) or dynamic stability control harness connector BY027 of BCM and the terminals
system (SCS) cannot be received within given time. of harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
Conditions for Clearing DTCs system control unit is less than 5Ω.
cycles.
Possible Causes
harness connector BY027 of BCM or the terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY200 of dynamic stability
• Body control module failure. system control unit and the ground is infinite.
• Dynamic stability system control unit failure. • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY200-26
Reference Connector End View Information f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
BY027 and BY200 switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
of BCM or the terminals of harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection BY200 of dynamic stability system control unit and
the ground is between 2 and 3V.
and the harness connector BY200 of the dynamic If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
stability system control unit for looseness, poor for short to battery.
1.0 1379
3. Test/replace the BCM or the dynamic stability system

control unit:

test/replace BCM or the dynamic stability system control
unit.
Service Guide
1.0 1380
Lost Communication with Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
BCM communicates with tyre pressure monitoring system b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
(TPMS) via CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Running DTCs c. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM
and the harness connector BY123 of tyre pressure
monitoring system.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from the harness connector BY027 of the BCM and the
tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS) cannot be received terminals of harness connector BY123 of the tyre
within given time. pressure monitoring system is less than 5Ω.
cycles.
Possible Causes e. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
harness connector BY027 of the BCM or the
terminals of harness connector BY123 of the tyre
• Connector failure or poor fit. pressure monitoring system and the ground is
• Body control module failure. infinite.
• TPMS failure. • Terminal BY027-51 or Terminal BY123-4
Reference Connector End View Information f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the ignition
BY027 and BY123 switch in "ON" position, and test if the voltage
Reference Electrical Information of the BCM or the terminals of harness connector
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection BY123 of the tyre pressure monitoring system and
the ground is between 2 and 3V.
and the harness connector BY123 of the tyre If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
pressure monitoring system for looseness, poor for short to battery.
3. Test/replace the BCM or tyre pressure monitoring
system:
1.0 1381

test/replace BCM or the tyre pressure monitoring system.
Service Guide
1.0 1382
BCM communicates with supplemental restraint system b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position, and
sensing and diagnostic module (SDM) via CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. and the harness connector BY036 of SDM.
Conditions for Setting DTCs d. Test if the resistance between the terminals of
harness connector BY027 of BCM and the terminals
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from the
of harness connector BY036 of SDM is less than 5Ω.
supplemental restraint system sensing and diagnostic module
(SDM) cannot be received within the given time. • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY036-2
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
consecutive times within 5s. for open circuit/high resistance.
cycles.
of harness connector BY027 of BCM or the following
Possible Causes terminals of harness connector BY036 of SDM and
• Related circuit failure. the ground is infinite:
• Body control module failure. • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY036-1
• SDM failure.
of BCM or the terminals of harness connector BY036
BY027 and BY036
of SDM and the ground is between 2 and 3V.
a. Check the harness connector BY027 of the BCM g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
and the harness connector BY036 of the SDM for ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again
looseness, poor contact, distortion, corrosion, and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test/replace the BCM or SDM:
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
and confirm if there remains any DTC. test/replace BCM or SDM.
1.0 1383
Service Guide
Module (SDM)".
1.0 1384
Lost Communication with Instrument Pack If other module tests are normal, continue the
U0155 87
(IPK) following inspection procedures.
Subsystem Principle b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and

BCM communicates with the instrument pack (IPK) via the
CAN bus. c. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM
Conditions for Running DTCs and the harness connector FC006 of instrument
pack.
of harness connector BY027 of the BCM and
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from terminals of harness connector FC006 of the
instrument pack (IPK) cannot be received within the given instrument pack is less than 5Ω.
time.
cycles. e. Test if the resistance between the following terminals
Possible Causes of harness connector BY027 of the BCM or terminals
of harness connector FC006 of the instrument pack
BY027 and FC006 connector BY027 of the BCM or terminals of harness
ground is between 2V ~ 3V.
a. Check harness connector BY027 of the BCM and for short to battery.
ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC 3. Test/replace the ECM or the instrument pack
• Yes → Go to Step 2; test/replace the BCM or the instrument pack.
1.0 1385
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1386
U0169 and U1169 • Yes → Go to Step 2;
Lost Communication with Sunroof Control
U0169 87 a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
Module
Lost Communication with Sunroof
U1169 87 b. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM
Sunshade Control Module
and the harness connector BY071 of sunroof control
Subsystem Principle module.
BCM communicates with the sunroof control module via the c. Test if the resistance between harness connector
CAN bus. terminal BY027-39 of the BCM and harness
Conditions for Running DTCs connector terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control
Conditions for Setting DTCs If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from sunroof
control module cannot be received within the given time. d. Test if the resistance between harness connector
terminal BY027-39 of the BCM or harness connector
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 ground is infinite.
• History DTCs will be cleared after 40 failure-free ignition for short to ground.
cycles.
Possible Causes
• Related circuits failure. terminal BY071-5 of the sunroof control module and
• Connector failure or poor fit. the power supply is infinite.
• Sunroof control module failure. for short to battery.
Reference Information f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
BY027 and BY071
Reference Electrical Information 3. Test/replace the BCM or the sunroof control module:
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the BCM or the sunroof control module.
Service Guide
a. Check harness connector BY027 of the BCM and "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
harness connector BY071 of the sunroof control • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Exterior Device" -
module for looseness, poor contact, distortion, "Sunroof" - "Sunroof Assembly".
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
found in visual check. Control Module (BCM)".
c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
ignition switch and turn it on again, read DTCs again to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
and confirm if there remains any DTC. "Sunroof Initialization".
1.0 1387

"Operations after Battery Power Resume" - "Sunroof".
1.0 1388
U0222 a. Check harness connector BY027 of the BCM and
DTC Description harness connector DD011 of the driver window
motor for looseness, poor contact, distortion,
Lost Communication with "Door Window
U0222 87 b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts
Motor (Driver)
Subsystem Principle
BCM communicates with the driver window motor via the ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
CAN bus. again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
Place the ignition switch in "ON" position for 5s. • No → Diagnosis is completed.
The DTC will be set if the specified data frames sent from a. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
driver window motor cannot be received within the given time. disconnect the battery negative cable.
Conditions for Clearing DTCs b. Disconnect the harness connector BY027 of BCM
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 and the harness connector DD011 of driver window
consecutive times within 5s. motor.
cycles. terminal BY027-39 of the BCM and harness
Possible Causes connector terminal DD011-4 of the driver window
motor is less than 5Ω.
• Driver window motor failure.
Reference Information terminal DD011-4 of the driver window motor is
Bus System - LIN (2) If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
BY027 and DD011 e. Test if the resistance between harness connector
Reference Electrical Information terminal DD011-4 of the driver window motor and
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection the power supply is infinite.
with a scan tool, then determine the failure state: f. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
a. Connect the scan tool and place the ignition switch again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
in "ON" position.
b. Read the "Driver Window Intelligent Motor State"
(refer to the Appendix for rational value range). 4. Test/replace the BCM or the driver window motor:
• Yes → Test/replace the BCM; If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
test/replace the BCM or the driver window motor.
Service Guide
1.0 1389
• Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Door System"

- "Door Functional Parts" - "Front Door Window
Regulator".
"Operations after Battery Power Resume" - "Window
Regulator"
1.0 1390
BCM communicates with the infotainment control module b. Place the ignition switch in "OFF" position and
(FICM) via the CAN bus. disconnect the battery negative cable.
and the harness connector BY215 of entertainment
The DTC will be set if specified data frames sent from of harness connector BY027 of the BCM and
infotainment control module (FICM) cannot be received terminals of the harness connector BY215 of the
within the given time. entertainment system control module is less than
Conditions for Clearing DTCs 5Ω.
• The corresponding data frame is received for 100 • Terminal BY027-51 and Terminal BY215-D6
cycles.
Possible Causes
of harness connector BY027 of the BCM or terminals
• Connector failure or poor fit. of harness connector BY215 of the entertainment
• Body control module failure. system control module and the ground is infinite.
Reference Information • Terminal BY027-52 or Terminal BY215-D12
Reference Connector End View Information f. Connect the battery negative cable, place the
Reference Electrical Information connector BY027 of the BCM or terminals of harness
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection connector BY215 of the entertainment system
a. Check harness connector BY027 of the BCM and
harness connector BY215 of the entertainment If it is not within the specified range, test the circuit
system control module for looseness, poor contact, for short to battery.
distortion, corrosion, contamination, deformation, g. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
etc. ignition switch and turn it on again, read the DTC
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts again and confirm if there remains any DTC.
3. Test/replace the BCM or the entertainment system
control module.
1.0 1391

test/replace the BCM or the entertainment system
control module.
Service Guide
1.0 1392
U1500 and U1501 • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
DTC Description to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
U1500 00 to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual,
BCM(or IPK) Redundant Data Resync
U1501 00
Failure
Subsystem Principle
U1500: When VIN code in BCM mismatches with that in IPK,
send an effective error report.
U1501: BCM and IPK redundant data sync fails.

U1500: When VIN code in BCM matches with that in IPK,
send an effective correction report.
U1501: BCM and IPK redundant data sync succeeds.

Possible Causes
a scan tool.

BCM.

that DTC U1500 and U1501 have not been set.
If DTC U1500 and U1501 have been reset, test/replace

the BCM or the instrument pack.
Service Guide
"Instrument Pack".
1.0 1393
U1562 and U1563 c. After the test/repair of relevant failures, turn off the
17 Battery Voltage High
U1563 16 Battery Voltage Low • No → Diagnosis is completed.
Subsystem Principle
a. Check if the related fuses F27, F21, FL8 and F25 are
BCM monitors the system voltage to check whether the
blown, replace the fuses when necessary; if normal,
perform the following test steps.
The ignition switch is not placed in "ON" position. disconnect the battery negative cable.
c. Disconnect harness connectors BY084 and BY085 of
U1562: The supply voltage higher than 16V is detected for 1s BCM.
continuously.
U1563: The supply voltage lower than 9V is detected for 1s of harness connector BY085 of the BCM and the
continuously. ground is less than 5Ω.
Operations of ECU after Failure • Terminal BY085-5
None. • Terminal BY085-8
U1562: System voltage is lower than 15.5V, which lasts for 1s. for open circuit/high resistance.
U1563: System voltage is higher than 9.5V, which lasts for 1s. e. Place the ignition switch in "ON" position and test
if the voltage between the following terminals of
Possible Causes
harness connectors BY084 and BY085 of the BCM
• Related circuits failure. and the ground is the battery voltage.
Reference Information • Terminal BY085-1
Light Stalk Switch
BY084 and BY085
Basic Methods of Circuit Inspection 3. Test/replace the BCM:
Diagnostic Test Steps If the DTC still exists after above tests and repairs,
1. Check the connectivity of connectors: test/replace the BCM.
Service Guide
a. Check harness connectors BY084 and BY085 of
the BCM for looseness, poor contact, distortion, • Refer to Refit and Remove Manual, "Body System" -
corrosion, contamination, deformation, etc. "Body Control Module" - "Body Control Module (BCM)".
b. Clean, lubricate, repair or replace the faulty parts • Replace, programme and set the control module. Refer
found in visual check. to Module Self-Learning and Programming Manual, "Body
1.0 1394
U2001, U2002 and U2004
DTC Description
U2001 41 ECU Error - Hardware Error
U2002 42 ECU Error - RAM Error
U2004 42 ECU Error - ROM Error
Subsystem Principle
Internal failure of BCM, not involving external circuit.
The ignition switch is not placed in "ON" position.
U2001: RAM and ROM checksum error in ECU.
U2002: EUC cannot perform all program initialization of RAM

from step one to step four.
U2004: Data read from ROM is not consistent with the initial
value.
U2001: System reset.
U2002 and U2004: None.

U2001: RAM and ROM checksum error-free in ECU.
U2002: EUC can perform all program initialization of RAM

from step one to step four.
U2004: Data read from ROM is consistent with the initial value.
Possible Causes

1. Inspect the position of BCM, and if the harness and
connector are worn or corroded. Readjust if any failure
2. After clearing DTCs, confirm that DTC U2001, U2002,
and U2004 are not set.
Service Guide
1.0 1395
U2020 and U2021

DTC Description
U2020 47 ECU Error - Internal Watchdog Error
U2021 47 ECU Error - External Watchdog Error
Subsystem Principle
Internal failures for monitoring the BCM program, not
The ignition switch is not placed in "ON" position.
U2020: The internal watchdog is reset.
U2021: The external watchdog is reset.

System reset.
The system recovers to normal state.
Possible Causes

a scan tool.
3. Clear the DTC, and observe the DTC information on
the scan tool. Confirm that DTCs U2020 and U2021
have not been set.
Service Guide
1.0 1396
Real-time Display Appendix
Real-time Display
ECM-1.5VCT
Real-time Display Parameter List
Unless otherwise specified, the specific condition for the following parameters is defaulted to: the vehicle is stationary and the
engine is idling.
Specific
Parameter Value
Parameter Name Definition Condition Unit
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the ambient
Ambient Air Pressure 0～2560 101 Kpa
air pressure
The parameter indicates the supply
ECM Supply Voltage (KL30) 9～16 14 Volts
voltage
This parameter indicates the ignition
Ignition Switch Supply Voltage 9～16 13 Volts
switch supply voltage
Start/Stop - Battery Voltage at This parameter indicates Start/Stop -
9～16 8.5 Volts
Next Startup battery voltage at next startup
Start/Stop - Battery Voltage This parameter indicates Start/Stop -
9～16 9.5 Volts
after Next Startup battery voltage after next startup
This parameter indicates the battery
Battery Current -2048～2048 9.8 Ampere
current
This parameter indicates the battery Degrees
Battery Temperature -40～215 18
temperature Celsius
This parameter indicates the charging
Charging State of Battery 0～255 255 Percentage
state of battery
This parameter indicates the brake
Brake Vacuum Pressure -1280～1280 978 Kpa
vacuum pressure
Brake Pedal Pressure Applied This parameter indicates the brake
0～255 0 Bar
by Driver pedal pressure applied by driver
This parameter indicates the intake
Intake Camshaft Phase -256～254 0 Crank angle
camshaft phase
This parameter indicates the exhaust
Exhaust Camshaft Phase -256～254 17 Crank angle
camshaft phase
This parameter indicates the valve
Valve Overlap Angle -256～254 74 Crank angle
overlap angle
Canister Solenoid PWM Duty This parameter indicates the canister
0～100 0 Percentage
Ratio solenoid PWM duty ratio
This parameter indicates the cruise
Cruise Switch Voltage 0～5 0 Volts
switch voltage
This parameter indicates the
Accelerator Pedal Position 0～100 0 Percentage
accelerator pedal request
Accelerator Pedal Request 1 0～5 1 Volts
accelerator pedal request 1
Accelerator Pedal Request 2 0～5 0 Volts
accelerator pedal request 2
1.0 1397
Appendix Real-time Display
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the APP
APP Sensor 1 Voltage 0～5 1 Volts
sensor 1 voltage
APP Sensor 2 Voltage 0～5 0 Volts
sensor 2 voltage
This parameter indicates the engine Degrees
Engine Coolant Temperature -40～215 24
coolant temperature Celsius
Engine Oil Temperature -40～215 22
oil temperature Celsius
Revolutions
This parameter indicates the engine
Engine Speed 0～7500 0 Per Minute
speed
(RPM)
This parameter indicates the fuel tank
Fuel Tank Level 0～55 36 Liter
level
Start/Stop - Alternator Target This parameter indicates Start/Stop -
10.6～16 14 Volts
Voltage alternator target voltage
Alternator Load 0～100 39 Percentage
alternator load
Air Temperature in Intake This parameter indicates the air Degrees
-40～215 25
Manifold temperature in intake manifold Celsius
Intake Manifold Absolute This parameter indicates the intake
0～2550 100 Kpa
Pressure manifold absolute pressure
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the
0～5 1 Volts
Voltage downstream oxygen sensor voltage
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the
0～5 1 Volts
Voltage upstream oxygen sensor voltage
Upstream Oxygen Sensor
upstream oxygen sensor heater 0～2.55 0 Percentage
Heater PWM Duty Ratio
PWM duty ratio
Downstream Oxygen Sensor
downstream oxygen sensor heater 0～2.55 0 Percentage
PWM duty ratio
This parameter indicates the vehicle
Vehicle Speed 0～255 0 Kilometers/Hour
speed
- Deviation >15%
Start/Stop - Battery Capacity This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - Deviation <15%

Forecast Accuracy battery capacity forecast accuracy - Deviation <10%
- Invalid value
1.0 1398
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Deviation >15%
Start/Stop - Battery Voltage This parameter indicates Start/Stop - Deviation <15%
Decrease Forecast Accuracy - battery voltage decrease forecast
at Next Startup accuracy at next startup - Deviation <10%
- Invalid value
This parameter indicates the slope
Slope -128～127 0 Percentage
signal
The parameter indicates the steering
Steering Angle -780～780 -283 Degrees
angle
This parameter indicates the air mass
Air Mass Flow 0～6554 11 Kilogram/hour
flow
Ambient Pressure Correction This parameter indicates the ambient
0～4 1
Factor pressure correction factor
Driving Mileage after Engine This parameter indicates the driving
0～65535 0 KM
DBW is ON mileage after DBW lamp is on
0～65535 0 KM
MIL is ON mileage after engine MIL is on
This parameter indicates the fuel
Fuel Trim Long-term Addition
long-term adjustment addition trim -1536～1536 9
Value
value
Fuel Trim Long-term
long-term adjustment multiplication 0～1.989 1
Multiplication Average Value
trim value
This parameter indicates the fuel trim
Fuel Trim Value 0～2 1
value
This parameter indicates the average
Average Ignition Angle -96～95.25 2 Crank angle
ignition angle
Ignition Angle of 1st Cylinder -96～95.25 2 Crank angle
angle of 1st cylinder
Ignition Angle of 2nd Cylinder -96～95.25 3 Crank angle
angle of 2nd cylinder
Ignition Angle of 3rd Cylinder -96～95.25 5 Crank angle
angle of 3rd cylinder
Ignition Angle of 4th Cylinder -96～95.25 5 Crank angle
angle of 4th cylinder
Revolutions
A/C Long-term Idle Speed This parameter indicates the target
0～100 880 Per Minute
Regulation Value idle speed with A/C on
(RPM)
Revolutions
This parameter indicates the target
Idle Speed Setting Point 0～2550 840 Per Minute
idle speed
(RPM)
1.0 1399
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Correction Value of Knock
correction value of knock ignition -96～95.25 0 Crank angle
Ignition Angle
angle
Air-fuel Ratio Setting Point 0～16 1
air-fuel ratio
Misfire Number of 1st This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 0
Cylinder number of 1st cylinder
Misfire Number of 2nd This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 0
Cylinder number of 2nd cylinder
Misfire Number of 3rd This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 0
Cylinder number of 3rd cylinder
Misfire Number of 4th This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 0
Cylinder number of 4th cylinder
This parameter indicates upstream
Upstream Oxygen Sensor - Yes
oxygen sensor heater state -
Heater State - Upstream
upstream oxygen sensor ready to - No
Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run
run
This parameter indicates upstream - Yes
Heater State - Catalytic
oxygen sensor heater state - catalytic
Converter beyond Dew Point - No
converter beyond dew point zone bit
Zone Bit
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates upstream - Yes
Heater State - Non-full Power oxygen sensor heater state - non-full
Heating Zone Bit power heating zone bit - No
This parameter indicates

Downstream Oxygen Sensor - Yes
downstream oxygen sensor heater
Heater State - Downstream
state - downstream oxygen sensor - No
Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run
ready to run
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates - Yes
Heater State - Full Power downstream oxygen sensor heater
Heating Zone Bit state - full power heating zone bit - No
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates

Heater State - Catalytic downstream oxygen sensor heater - Yes
Converter beyond Dew Point state - catalytic converter beyond - No
Zone Bit dew point zone bit
This parameter indicates
Downstream Oxygen Sensor - Yes
downstream oxygen sensor heater
Heater State - Non-full Power
state - non-full power heating zone - No
Heating Zone Bit
bit
This parameter indicates the canister
Canister Load -64～64 0
load
Start/Stop - Usage Times of This parameter indicates start/stop -
0～4294967295 261
Starter usage times of starter
1.0 1400
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the throttle
Throttle Opening 1 0～100 12 Percentage
opening 1
Throttle Opening 2 0～100 12 Percentage
opening 2
Throttle Opening 0～100 12 Percentage
opening
Throttle Position Sensor 1 This parameter indicates the signal
0～5 1 Volts
Voltage voltage of throttle position sensor 1
Throttle Position Sensor 2 This parameter indicates the signal
0～5 4 Volts
Voltage voltage of throttle position sensor 2
Mechanical Bottom Dead This parameter indicates the
Centre Angle Corresponding mechanical bottom dead centre angle 0～100 12 Percentage
to Throttle corresponding to throttle
Electronic Throttle Control This parameter indicates electronic
(ETC) - Throttle Position in throttle control (ETC) - throttle 0～100 30 Percentage
Limp Home position in limp home
Electronic Throttle This parameter indicates electronic
Control (ETC) - Throttle throttle control (ETC) - throttle 0～100 30 Percentage
Self-adaption Setting Point self-adaption setting point
Throttle Control Mechanical
Bottom Dead Centre
control mechanical bottom dead 0～5 1 Volts
Self-adaption 1 Sensor
centre self-adaption 1 sensor voltage
Voltage
Bottom Dead Centre
control mechanical bottom dead 0～5 4 Volts
Voltage
Automatic Transmission This parameter indicates the
0～255 0
Gears automatic transmission gears
Manual Transmission Speed This parameter indicates the manual
0～25.5 17
Ratio transmission speed ratio
Active Speed Limit Target This parameter indicates the target
0～220 0 Kilometers/Hour
Speed value of active speed-limit
Target Cruise Speed 0～220 0 Kilometers/Hour
cruise speed
Cruise Acceleration -13.89～13.89 65 M/S²
acceleration
External Ambient
This parameter indicates the external Degrees
Temperature (Powertrain -40～87.5 24
ambient temperature Celsius
Evaluation)
Engine Torque Structure
This parameter indicates the torque
- Torque Requested by -100～99.98 4 Nm
requested by accessory equipment
Accessory Equipment
1.0 1401
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Engine Torque Structure -
Engine Internal Resistance 0～99.61 18 Nm
internal resistance torque
Torque
ESP Torque Decrease This parameter indicates the sum of
0～99.61 99.6 Percentage
Demand Sum (Slow) ESP torque decrease demand (slow)
ESP Torque Decrease This parameter indicates the sum of
0～99.61 99.6 Percentage
Demand Sum (Fast) ESP torque decrease demand (fast)
This parameter indicates the friction
Friction Torque Self-adaption 0～99.98 1 Nm
torque self-adaptive deviation value
Deviation Value
Indicated Maximum Torque
indicated maximum torque 0～99.98 57.2 Percentage
Percentage
percentage
Indicated Minimum Torque
indicated minimum torque 0～99.98 24.3 Percentage
Percentage
percentage
Torque Requested by A/C This parameter indicates the torque
0～99.61 1 Nm
Compressor requested by A/C compressor
Torque Requested by Cooling 0～99.61 0 Nm
requested by cooling fan
Fan
Torque Requested by This parameter indicates the torque
0～99.61 1 Nm
Alternator requested by alternator
Power Steering Torque This parameter indicates the power
0～99.61 0 Percentage
Demand steering torque demand
TCU Torque Decrease This parameter indicates the TCU
0～99.61 0 Percentage
Request Percentage torque decrease request percentage
TCU Torque Decrease This parameter indicates the TCU
Demand Sum from torque decrease demand sum from 0～99.61 0 Percentage
Transmission Protection transmission protection
This parameter indicates the actual
Actual Engine Torque 0～99.61 1 Percentage
engine torque
This parameter indicates the basic
Basic Engine Torque 0～99.61 4 Percentage
engine torque
Engine Torque Structure - This parameter indicates the valid
-100～96.6 0 Nm
Valid Engine Output Torque engine torque
This parameter indicates the relay - ON

Relay State of Cooling Fan 2
state of cooling fan 2 - OFF
This parameter indicates the relay - ON

state of cooling fan 1 - OFF
1.0 1402
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
A/C Compressor Request This parameter indicates the A/C - ON

State compressor request state - OFF
This parameter indicates the A/C - ON

A/C Clutch Relay State
clutch relay state - OFF
This parameter indicates the A/C - ON

A/C Configuration
configuration - OFF
This parameter indicates A/C - ON

A/C High/Low Switch State
high/low switch state - OFF
A/C Compressor Request This parameter indicates the A/C - ON

State compressor request state - OFF
This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
Failure Occurrence -
occurrence - accelerator pedal
Accelerator Pedal Request 2 - Occurred
request 2
request 1
Failure Occurrence This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
- Electronic Throttle occurrence - electronic throttle
Controller controller - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Electronic Throttle occurrence - electronic throttle - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Throttle
occurrence - throttle position sensor
Position Sensor 2 - Occurred
2
1

Crankshaft Signal occurrence - crankshaft signal - Occurred

Camshaft Signal occurrence - camshaft signal - Occurred
Low-pressure Fuel Pump occurrence - low-pressure fuel pump
Relay relay - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Fuel This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Injector 4 occurrence - fuel injector 4 - Occurred

1.0 1403
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value


Intake Temperature/Pressure occurrence - air intake temperature
Sensor Input Signal signal - Occurred

Failure Occurrence - Manifold
occurrence - manifold pressure
Pressure Sensor - Occurred
sensor
Failure Occurrence - Air Mass This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
Flow Sensor occurrence - air flow signal - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Engine
occurrence - coolant temperature
Coolant Temperature Sensor - Occurred
sensor
occurrence - downstream oxygen
Downstream Oxygen Sensor - Occurred
sensor
occurrence - upstream oxygen
Upstream Oxygen Sensor - Occurred
sensor
Failure Occurrence - Knock This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Sensor occurrence - knock sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Exhaust
occurrence - exhaust phase control
Phase Control Valve - Occurred
valve
Failure Occurrence - Intake
occurrence - intake phase control
Phase Control Valve - Occurred
valve
Failure Occurrence - Ignition This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Coil occurrence - ignition coil - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Inputted
occurrence - inputted BCM CAN
BCM CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - inputted TCM CAN
TCM CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - inputted ABS CAN
ABS CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
1.0 1404
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Failure Occurrence - CAN This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Bus Off occurrence - CAN bus detachment - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Brake - Not occur
This parameter failure occurrence -
Lamp Switch or Brake
water pump signal - Occurred
Position Sensor

Pressure Relief Valve occurrence - pressure relief valve - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - A/C This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Pressure Sensor occurrence - A/C pressure sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Cooling - Not occur
This parameter indicates failure
Fan Control (including PWM
occurrence - cooling fan control - Occurred
and relay control)
Failure Occurrence - Brake This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Vacuum Sensor occurrence - brake vacuum sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Cruise This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Circuit occurrence - cruise circuit - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Canister This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Solenoid occurrence - canister solenoid - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - P/N This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Gear Hardwire Input occurrence - P/N gear hardwire input - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Reverse This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Gear Switch occurrence - reverse gear switch - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Clutch This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Switch occurrence - clutch switch - Occurred
Lamp Switch or Brake occurrence - brake lamp switch or
Position Sensor brake pedal position sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Starter This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Relay Feedback (Start/stop) occurrence - starter relay feedback - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - - Not occur
This parameter indicates failure
Alternator LIN Signal
occurrence - alternator LIN signal - Occurred
Abnormal
Electronic Battery Sensor LIN occurrence - electronic battery
Signal Abnormal sensor LIN signal abnormal - Occurred
This parameter indicates - Not occur

failure occurrence - alternator
Alternator Communication - Occurred
communication
1.0 1405
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Electronic Battery Sensor occurrence - electronic battery
Communication sensor communication - Occurred

Failure Occurrence - Clutch
occurrence - clutch position sensor
Position Sensor (Start/Stop) - Occurred
(Start/Stop)
Failure Occurrence - N Gear
occurrence - N gear switch
Switch (Start/Stop) - Occurred
(Start/Stop)

Relay (R1) occurrence - starter relay (R1) - Occurred
Flywheel Self-adaption This parameter indicates flywheel - ON

Marking Completed self-adaption marking completed - OFF
This parameter indicates that the - ON

Engine Running
engine is running - OFF
Synchronous Completion of This parameter indicates the - ON
Engine Fuel Injection and synchronous completion of engine
Ignition Signal fuel injection and ignition signal - OFF
This parameter indicates the ignition - ON

Ignition State - Starting
state - starting - OFF
This parameter indicates the ignition - ON

Ignition State - Running
state - running - OFF
Stop/Start System Failure This parameter indicates the failure - ON

State state of Start/Stop system - OFF
Start/Stop Test Mode This parameter indicates the - ON

Activated Start/Stop test mode activated - OFF
Start/Stop - Start/Stop This parameter indicates Start/Stop - ON

Function Available function available - OFF
- Engine is OFF
- Engine is Running
This parameter indicates the state of (Default)
Engine State
engine
- Engine has Started
- Engine has Stopped
Throttle Limp Home Mode This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Activation throttle limp home activation - OFF
This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Engine Full Load Stage
engine full load stage - OFF
1.0 1406
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Engine Stall and Fuel Cut-off This parameter indicates the state of - ON
Stage engine stall and fuel cut-off stage - OFF

Engine Stall Stage
engine stall stage - OFF

Engine Idling Stage
engine idling stage - OFF

Engine Startup Stage
engine startup stage - OFF
This parameter indicates the zone bit - ON
of downstream oxygen sensor fully
Fully Heated Zone Bit - OFF
heated
This parameter indicates if the
Conditions for Oxygen - ON
conditions for oxygen sensor heating
Sensor Heating Pre-catalysis
pre-catalysis maximum power has - OFF
Maximum Power Reached
been reached
Downstream Catalyst beyond conditions for downstream oxygen - ON
Dew Point Zone Bit sensor catalyst beyond dew point has - OFF
been reached
This parameter indicates that - ON
Upstream Catalyst beyond
upstream catalyst beyond dew point
Dew Point Zone Bit - OFF
zone bit
This parameter indicates if the - ON
downstream oxygen sensor is ready
Ready to Run - OFF
to run
upstream oxygen sensor is ready to
Ready to Run - OFF
run
Lambda Air-fuel Ratio This parameter indicates Lambda - ON

Closed-loop Available air-fuel ratio closed-loop available - OFF
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates upstream - Yes

Rich Gas Mixture Test oxygen sensor rich gas mixture test - No
This parameter indicates the reverse - ON

Reverse Gear Switch State
gear switch state - OFF
This parameter indicates the clutch - ON

Clutch Switch State
switch state - OFF

State of Brake Switch 2
brake switch 2 - OFF
1.0 1407
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value

brake switch 1 - OFF
This parameter indicates the fuel - ON

Fuel Pump Relay State
pump relay state - OFF
Start/Stop - Interlock Relay This parameter indicates the state of - ON

State starter relay 2 - OFF

Starter Relay State
starter relay 1 - OFF
Start/Stop - HHC Available This parameter indicates the HHC - ON

State (Hill hold control) available state - OFF
Start/Stop - Engine Hood This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Opening State engine hood - OFF
Start/Stop - Driver Seat Belt This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Unfastened State driver seat belt - OFF
Start/Stop - Driver Door This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Opening State driver door - OFF
This parameter indicates the drive - ON
Drive Chain Loosening Signal
chain loosening signal (MT) from
(MT) from BCM - OFF
BCM
Start/Stop - N Gear Switch This parameter indicates the state of - ON

State N gear switch - OFF
Start/Stop - Driver Door This parameter indicates the - ON

Opening State Start/Stop master switch state - OFF
This parameter indicates if the VCT - ON

VCT Exhaust Actuator Ready
intake actuator is ready - OFF

State of VCT Actuator 2
VCT actuator 2 - OFF
This parameter indicates if the VCT - ON

exhaust actuator is ready - OFF

State of VCT Actuator 1
VCT actuator 1 - OFF
Impact CAN Signal Input This parameter indicates the state of - ON

State impact CAN signal input - OFF

Canister Solenoid State
canister solenoid - OFF
1.0 1408
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value

P/N Gear Switch State
P/N gear switch - OFF
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Heater State downstream oxygen sensor heater - OFF
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Heater State upstream oxygen sensor heater - OFF
Start/Stop - Start/Stop This parameter indicates the - ON
System Warning Indicator Start/Stop system warning indicator
Lamp State lamp state - OFF
This parameter indicates the - ON

Start/Stop - Start/Stop
Start/Stop system indicator lamp
System Indicator Lamp State - OFF
state
Start/Stop - Alternator This parameter indicates Start/Stop - ON
Charging Malfunction - alternator charging malfunction
Indicator Lamp State indicator lamp state - OFF

Engine DBW Lamp State
engine DBW lamp - OFF

Engine MIL Lamp State
MIL lamp - OFF

Starter Operation
starter operation - OFF
This parameter indicates the drive - Yes

Drive Chain Loosening State
chain loosening state - No
Anti-theft State - Secret Key This parameter indicates that secret - ON

and PIN Code Not Stored key and PIN code not stored - OFF
Anti-theft State - Immobilizer This parameter indicates if the - ON

Function Activation State immobilizer function is activated - OFF
Anti-theft State - ECU This parameter indicates the ECU - ON

Locking State locking state - OFF
Limp Home - Variable This parameter indicates limp home - - ON

Camshaft Timing Abnormal variable camshaft timing abnormal - OFF
Limp Home - Throttle Motor This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Failure throttle motor failure - OFF
Limp Home - Throttle This parameter indicates the failure - ON

Self-adaption Failure of throttle self-adaption - OFF
Limp Home - Camshaft This parameter indicates the - ON

Sensor Signal Abnormal camshaft sensor signal is abnormal - OFF
1.0 1409
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Limp Home - Crankshaft This parameter indicates the - ON

Sensor Signal Abnormal crankshaft sensor signal is abnormal - OFF
Start/Stop - Auto Stop - ON
This parameter indicates Start/Stop -
Disabled - Clutch Top Switch
clutch top switch initialization - OFF
Initialization
Start/Stop - Auto Stop
This parameter indicates Start/Stop - ON
Disabled - Clutch Bottom
- clutch bottom switch and N gear
Switch and N Gear Switch - OFF
switch initialization
Initialization
Disabled - Starter
starter overheated - OFF
Overheated
Start/Stop - Auto Stop This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON

Disabled - A/C Request A/C request engine running - OFF
The parameter indicates Start/Stop -
Disabled - Insufficient Brake
insufficient brake vacuum - OFF
Vacuum

Disabled - Low Battery low battery - OFF

Disabled - Driver Absent driver absent - OFF

Disabled - Engine Hood Open engine hood open - OFF
Disabled - Driver Parking
driver parking vehicle - OFF
Vehicle

Disabled - HHC Unavailable HHC (Hill hold control) unavailable - OFF
Disabled - Vehicle in High
vehicle in high altitude zones - OFF
Altitude Zones
Disabled - BCM State
- BCM state not meeting auto stop
Not Meeting Auto Stop - OFF
requirement
Requirement
Disabled - TCM State
- TCM state not meeting auto stop
requirement
Requirement
1.0 1410
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON
Disabled - Engine State
engine state not meeting auto stop
requirement
Requirement
Disabled - Second Starter
second starter relay abnormal - OFF
Relay Abnormal
Disabled - Engine Speed
engine speed sensor failure - OFF
Sensor Failure

Disabled - VVT Valve Failure VVT valve failure - OFF

Disabled - Alternator Failure alternator failure - OFF
Start/Stop - Auto Stop This parameter indicates Start/Stop - ON
Disabled - Flywheel - flywheel self-adaption marking
Self-adaption Learning Failure abnormal - OFF

Disabled - Camshaft Position
camshaft position sensor failure - OFF
Sensor Failure
Disabled - Engine Starting
engine starting time too long - OFF
Time Too Long
Disabled - Engine Coolant - engine coolant temperature sensor
Temperature Sensor Failure abnormal - OFF

Disabled - Throttle Failure throttle failure - OFF
Disabled - Throttle
throttle self-adaption not completed - OFF
Self-adaption Not Completed

Disabled - Catalyst in Heating catalyst in heating - OFF
Disabled - Gas Mixture - gas mixture self-adaption not
Self-adaption Not Completed completed - OFF

Disabled - Intake Pressure
intake pressure sensor failure - OFF
Sensor Failure
1.0 1411
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Disabled - Catalytic This parameter indicates Start/Stop - ON
Converter Temperature - catalytic converter temperature
Lower than Operating lower than operating temperature - OFF
Temperature
Disabled - Engine Coolant - engine coolant temperature too
Temperature Too High/Low high/low - OFF

Disabled - Turbocharging
turbocharging system disabled - OFF
System Disabled
Start/Stop - Canister in This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON

Diagnosis canister in diagnosis - OFF
Start/Stop - Driving Cycle This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON

Not Positioned driving cycle not positioned - OFF
This parameter indicates restart - ON

Restart Resulting in Hot Start
resulting in hot start - OFF
Start/Stop - Torque This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON

Self-learning Not Completed torque self-learning not completed - OFF

Disabled - High Canister Load high canister load - OFF
This parameter indicates the state - ON
Driver Door and Seat Belt
of driver door and seat belt starting
Starting Prohibited - OFF
prohibited
Start/Stop - Auto Start - Yes
Disabled - Second Starter
second starter relay adhesion failure - No
Relay Adhesion Failure
Start/Stop - Auto Start This parameter indicates Start/Stop - ON
Disabled - Clutch Top Switch - clutch high-position switch signal
Signal Error error - OFF
Start/Stop - Auto Start

Disabled - Neutral Position
- neutral position sensor and clutch
Sensor and Clutch Bottom - OFF
low-position switch signal error
Switch Signal Error
Start/Stop - Auto Start - ON
Disabled - Driver Seat Belt
driver seat belt unfastened - OFF
Unfastened
Start/Stop - Auto Start This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON

Disabled - Driver Door Open driver door open - OFF
Start/Stop - Auto Start This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - ON

Disabled - Engine Hood Open engine hood open - OFF
1.0 1412
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Start/Stop - Auto Start This parameter indicates Start/Stop - - Yes

Disabled - Driver Absent driver seat occupied - No

Transmission in Gear Shifting
transmission in gear shifting - OFF
Transmission Crawl Control
transmission crawl control function
Function Activation - OFF
is activated
This parameter indicates - ON
Transmission Non-Emission
transmission failure - non-emission
Related Failure Activation - OFF
related
This parameter indicates - ON
Transmission Emission
transmission failure - emission
Related Failure Activation - OFF
related

Transmission Configuration
transmission configuration - OFF
- OFF
- Standby
Vehicle Speed Control - - Overspeed
This parameter indicates the state of
Active Speed Limit System
active speed limit control - Speed-limit
Control State
- Cruise
- Kick-down
- OFF
- Deceleration
- Stability
Vehicle Speed Control - This parameter indicates the cruise
- Acceleration
Cruise System State control state
- Recovery
- Key "Up"
- Key "Down"
This parameter indicates cruise - - Kilometer/Hour

Vehicle Speed Unit
vehicle speed unit - Mile/Hour
Vehicle Speed Control - - Yes
This parameter indicates cruise -
Driver Accelerator Pedal
driver accelerator pedal first - No
First
Cruise Control - Vehicle This parameter indicates the vehicle - ON
Speed Control Input Setting speed control input suspension
Request request - OFF
1.0 1413
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the vehicle - ON
Vehicle Speed Control Input
speed control input suspension
Suspension Request - OFF
request
Cruise Control - Vehicle This parameter indicates cruise - - ON
Speed Control Input vehicle speed control input recovery
Recovery Request request - OFF
Cruise Control - Vehicle

This parameter indicates vehicle - Yes
Speed Control Input
speed control input SET- request
Deceleration Request (Press - No
(press and hold)
and Hold)
Speed Control Input
speed control input SET- request
Deceleration Request (Press - No
(Press Slightly)
Slightly)
Speed Control Input
speed control input SET+ request
Acceleration Request (Press - No
(press and hold)
and Hold)
This parameter indicates cruise - Yes
Speed Control Input
- vehicle speed control input
Acceleration Request (Press - No
acceleration request (press slightly)
Slightly)
Cruise Control - Main Cruise This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Switch Input main cruise switch request - OFF
- Valid
Cruise Control - Cruise This parameter indicates the integrity - Invalid

Switch Data Integrity of cruise switch data - Error
- Irrational
Cruise Control - Cruise This parameter indicates the state - ON
Activation Indicator Lamp of cruise - cruise activation indicator
Available lamp - OFF
Cruise Control - Cruise - ON

This parameter indicates the state of
Standby Indicator Lamp
cruise - cruise standby indicator lamp - OFF
Available
Cruise Disabled - Brake Pedal This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Depressed cruise - brake pedal depressed - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Clutch This parameter indicates cruise - ON
Pedal Depressed or Gear - clutch pedal depressed or gear
Changed changed - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Switch This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Signal Consistency switch signal consistency - OFF
1.0 1414
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Cruise Control - General This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Failure State general failure state - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Airbag This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Triggered airbag triggered - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Main Cruise This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Switch Pressed main cruise switch pressed - OFF
This parameter indicates cruise - ON
Cruise Disabled - Vehicle
disabled - vehicle speed not within
Speed Not within Threshold - OFF
threshold
Cruise Disabled - Far Higher This parameter indicates cruise - far - ON

than Target Cruise Speed higher than target cruise speed - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Far Lower This parameter indicates cruise - far - ON

than Cruise Target Speed lower than target cruise speed - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Clutch This parameter indicates cruise - ON
Pedal Depressed or Gear - clutch pedal depressed or gear
Changed changed - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Gear This parameter indicates cruise - gear - ON

beyond Limit beyond Limit - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Engine This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Speed Overrun engine speed overrun - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Torque This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Interference torque interference - OFF
This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Transmission Failure
transmission failure - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Large This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Acceleration large acceleration - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Low This parameter indicates cruise - low - ON

Acceleration acceleration - OFF
This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Cruise Disabled - Kick-down
kick-down - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Low This parameter indicates cruise - low - ON

Battery Voltage battery voltage - OFF
Malfunction Indicator Lamp engine malfunction indicator lamp
(DBW) On (DBW) on - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Vehicle This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Speed Signal Abnormal vehicle speed signal abnormal - OFF
1.0 1415
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Cruise Disabled - Electronic This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Throttle Control Failure electronic throttle control failure - OFF
Cruise Disabled - Driver This parameter indicates cruise - - ON

Operation Abnormal driver operation abnormal - OFF

Speed Overrun engine speed overrun - OFF
Comprehensive Component
comprehensive component
Monitoring State - OFF
monitoring state
This parameter indicates the fuel - ON

Fuel System Monitoring State
system monitoring state - OFF
This parameter indicates the misfire - ON

Misfire Monitoring State
monitoring state - OFF
Comprehensive Component
comprehensive component
Monitoring Supported - OFF
monitoring supported
Fuel System Monitoring This parameter indicates the fuel - ON

Supported system monitoring supported - OFF
This parameter indicates the misfire - ON

Misfire Monitoring Supported
monitoring supported - OFF
Oxygen Sensor Heater in This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Monitoring oxygen sensor heater monitoring - OFF

Oxygen Sensor in Monitoring
oxygen sensor monitoring - OFF

Catalyst in Monitoring
catalyst monitoring - OFF
- OFF
Dynamic Stability Control This parameter indicates the dynamic - Operated

State stability control state - Invalid
- Normal
- OFF
Traction Control System This parameter indicates the state of - Operated

(TCS) State traction control system (TCS) - Invalid
- Normal
1.0 1416
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Torque Decrease Request This parameter indicates torque - ON

(ASR) Activated decrease request (ASR) operation - OFF
Torque Increase Request This parameter indicates torque - ON

(MSR) Activated increase request (MSR) operation - OFF
1.0 1417
ECM-1.0T
Unless otherwise specified, the specific condition for the following parameters is defaulted to: the vehicle is stationary and the
engine is idling.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the ambient
Ambient Air Pressure 0～2559.96 999.41 hPa
air pressure
Air Conditioning Pressure This parameter indicates the air
-65536～65534 7124 hPa
Value conditioning pressure value
The parameter indicates the ECM
ECM Supply Voltage (KL30) 9～16 14.27 Volts
supply voltage (KL30)
Ignition Switch Supply Voltage 9～16 14.32 Volts
switch supply voltage
The parameter indicates the main
Main Relay Supply Voltage 9～16 14.3 Volts
relay supply voltage
Battery Current -2048～2047.9375 18 Ampere(s)
current
This parameter indicates the battery Degrees
Battery Temperature -40～215 26
temperature Celsius
This parameter indicates the charging
Charging State of Battery 0～255 75 Percentage
state of battery
Brake Vacuum Pressure 0～2559.96 933.5 hPa
vacuum pressure
This parameter indicates the boost
Boost Pressure 0～5119.92 1000.63 hPa
pressure
Turbocharger Pressure
turbocharger pressure sensor 0～5 1.284 Volts
Sensor Voltage
voltage
This parameter indicates the intake
Intake Camshaft Phase -256～255.99 10.992 Crank angle
camshaft phase
This parameter indicates the exhaust
Exhaust Camshaft Phase -256～255.99 -30.516 Crank angle
camshaft phase
This parameter indicates the valve
Valve Overlap Angle 0～511.99 40.898 Crank angle
overlap angle
Canister Solenoid PWM Duty This parameter indicates the canister
Ratio solenoid PWM duty ratio
ECM Internal Collision This parameter indicates the ECM
0～255 0
Monitoring Counts internal collision monitoring counts
Accelerator Pedal Position 0～100 0 Percentage
accelerator pedal position
APP Sensor 1 Voltage 0～5 0.761 Volts
sensor 1 voltage
1.0 1418
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
APP Sensor 2 Voltage 0～5 0.376 Volts
sensor 2 voltage
Engine Coolant Temperature -48～143.25 57
coolant temperature Celsius
Engine Oil Temperature -48～143.25 35
oil temperature Celsius
Engine Oil Pressure 0～14999.77 1049.3 hPa
oil pressure
Revolutions
Engine Speed 0～7500 786 Per Minute
speed
(RPM)
Electronic Thermostat
electronic thermostat control PWM -327.68～327.67 0 Percentage
Control PWM Duty Ratio
duty ratio
The parameter indicates the fuel rail
Fuel Rail Pressure 0～32.7675 7.023 Mpa
pressure
This parameter indicates the fuel tank
Fuel Tank Level 0～55 11 Liter
level
Alternator Target Voltage 10.6～16 14 Volts
alternator target voltage
Alternator Load 0～822.5 32.3 Percentage
alternator load
High-pressure Oil Pump This parameter indicates the
Control Valve PWM Duty high-pressure oil pump control valve -3276.8～3276.7 14 Percentage
Ratio PWM duty ratio
This parameter indicates the intake Degrees
Intake Air Temperature -48～143.25 31.5
air temperature Celsius
Intake Manifold Absolute This parameter indicates the intake
0～5119.92 373.91 hPa
Pressure manifold absolute pressure
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the
0～1.13 0.625 Volts
Voltage downstream oxygen sensor voltage
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the
0～1.13 0.425 Volts
Voltage upstream oxygen sensor voltage
upstream oxygen sensor heater 0～2.55 1.15 Second
PWM duty ratio
downstream oxygen sensor heater 0～2.55 0.09 Second
PWM duty ratio
Exhaust Gas Control Valve This parameter indicates the exhaust
Duty Ratio gas control valve duty ratio
1.0 1419
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
speed
Slope This parameter indicates the slope -128～127 0
The parameter indicates the steering
Steering Angle -486～486 0 Degrees
angle
This parameter indicates the air mass
Air Mass Flow 0～6553.5 11.5 Kilogram/hour
flow
Ambient Pressure Correction This parameter indicates the ambient
0～3.9999 0.98657
Factor pressure correction factor
Driving Mileage after DBW This parameter indicates the driving
0～65535 0 KM
Lamp is On mileage after DBW lamp is on
0～42949673 0 KM
MIL is ON mileage after engine MIL is on
Engine Control State - This parameter indicates engine - OFF
Air-fuel Ratio Open-loop control state - air-fuel ratio
Control Positioning open-loop control positioning - ON
Engine Control State - This parameter indicates engine - OFF

Air-fuel Ratio Closed-loop control state - air-fuel ratio
Control Positioning closed-loop control positioning - ON
This parameter indicates engine - OFF

Engine Control State - Idle
control state - idle speed control
Speed Control Positioning - ON
positioning
Engine Control State - Engine This parameter indicates engine - OFF

Idling control state - engine idling - ON

Started control state - engine started - ON

Starting control state - engine starting - ON
Fuel Consumption 0～1048560 10 Milliliter
consumption
Fuel Trim Short-term This parameter indicates the fuel trim
0～255 176
Average Value short-term average value
Fuel Trim Long-term Addition This parameter indicates the fuel trim
0～255 158
Value long-term addition value
Fuel Trim Long-term
trim long-term multiplication average 0～1.9999 0.94232
Multiplication Average Value
value
This parameter indicates the average
Ignition Average Angle -96～95.25 9.75 Crank angle
ignition angle
Ignition Angle of 1st Cylinder -96～95.25 9 Crank angle
angle of 1st cylinder
1.0 1420
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Ignition Angle of 2nd Cylinder -96～95.25 9 Crank angle
angle of 2nd cylinder
Ignition Angle of 3rd Cylinder -96～95.25 9 Crank angle
angle of 3rd cylinder
Ignition Angle of 4th Cylinder -96～95.25 8.25 Crank angle
angle of 4th cylinder
A/C Long-term Idle Speed This parameter indicates the A/C
0～2550 0 Revolution/Minute
Regulation Value long-term idle speed regulation value
Revolutions
This parameter indicates the idle
Idle Speed Setting Point 0～2550 790 Per Minute
speed setting point
(RPM)
Correction Value of Knock
correction value of knock ignition -96～95.25 0 Crank angle
Ignition Angle
angle
This parameter indicates the knock
Knock Sensor Voltage 0～5 0.03136 Volts
sensor voltage
This parameter indicates the air-fuel
Air-fuel Ratio Setting Point 0～15.9997 0.9994
ratio setting point
Misfire Number of 1st This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 1187
Cylinder number of 1st cylinder
Misfire Number of 2nd This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 1118
Cylinder number of 2nd cylinder
Misfire Number of 3rd This parameter indicates the misfire
0～65535 1094
Cylinder number of 3rd cylinder
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates if the - OFF
Heater State - Upstream upstream oxygen sensor is ready to
Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run run - ON

This parameter indicates that - OFF
upstream oxygen sensor catalyst
Converter beyond Dew Point - ON
converter exceeds the dew point
Zone Bit
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the non-full - OFF
Heater State - Non-full Power power heating of upstream oxygen
Heating Zone Bit sensor - ON
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates if the - OFF

Heater State - Downstream downstream oxygen sensor is ready
Oxygen Sensor Ready to Run to run - ON
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the full - OFF

Heater State - Full Power power heating of downstream
Heating Zone Bit oxygen sensor - ON
1.0 1421
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates that - OFF
downstream oxygen sensor catalyst
Converter beyond Dew Point - ON
converter exceeds the dew point
Zone Bit
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the non-full - OFF
Heater State - Non-full Power power heating of downstream
Heating Zone Bit oxygen sensor - ON
This parameter indicates the canister

Canister Load 0～25.5996 0 Kilogram/hour
load
Throttle Opening 1 0～100 14.5 Percentage
opening 1
Throttle Opening 2 0～100 14.5 Percentage
opening 2
Throttle Opening 0～100 14.5 Percentage
opening
Throttle Position Sensor 1 This parameter indicates the throttle
0～5 1.072 Volts
Voltage position sensor 1 voltage
Throttle Position Sensor 2 This parameter indicates the throttle
0～5 3.927 Volts
Voltage position sensor 2 voltage
Electronic Throttle Control
(ETC) - Corresponding 0～100 30 Percentage
opening
Throttle Angle
Electronic Throttle Control
(ETC) - Throttle Position in 0～100 30 Percentage
position in limp home
Limp Home
Electronic Throttle
Control (ETC) - Throttle 0～100 30 Percentage
throttle angle
Self-adaption Setting Point
Bottom Dead Centre
control mechanical bottom dead 0～5 0.55 Volts
Voltage
Bottom Dead Centre
control mechanical bottom dead 0～5 4.43 Volts
Voltage
1.0 1422
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
-R
- N or P
-1
Automatic Transmission This parameter indicates the -2

Gears automatic transmission gears -3
-4
-5
-6
Manual Transmission Speed This parameter indicates the manual
-327.68～327.67 15
Ratio transmission speed ratio
Manual Transmission Gear This parameter indicates the manual
0～255 0
Ratio transmission gear ratio
Target Cruise Speed 0～220 0 Kilometers/Hour
cruise speed
Cruise Acceleration -32.768～32.767 -0.814 M/S²
acceleration
- Immediately
separated
A/C Compressor Request This parameter indicates the A/C
State compressor request state - Separated
- Engaged
External Ambient
This parameter indicates the external Degrees
Temperature (Powertrain -40～87.5 24
ambient temperature Celsius
Evaluation)
- Torque Requested by -3276.8～3276.7 12.6 Nm
requested by accessory equipment
Accessory Equipment
Engine Internal Resistance -3276.8～3276.7 11.8 Nm
internal resistance torque
Torque
This parameter indicates the friction
Friction Torque Self-adaption -3276.8～3276.7 3.1 Nm
torque self-adaptive deviation value
Deviation Value
Engine Torque Structure - This parameter indicates the
Maximum Available Indicated indicated maximum torque 0～100 2.149 Percentage
Torque percentage
Engine Torque Structure - This parameter indicates the
Minimum Available Indicated indicated minimum torque 0～100 0.056 Percentage
Torque percentage
1.0 1423
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Torque Requested by Cooling -3276.8～3276.7 0 Nm
requested by cooling fan
Fan
- Torque Requested by -3276.8～3276.7 12.8 Nm
requested by alternator
Alternator
Indicated Actual Engine This parameter indicates the valid
-3276.8～3276.7 5.3 Nm
Torque engine torque
A/C Compressor Request This parameter indicates the A/C - Not requested
State compressor request state - Requested
This parameter indicates the A/C - Disconnected

A/C Clutch Relay State
clutch relay state - Connected
Medium Pressure Switch This parameter indicates the medium - Disconnected

State pressure switch state - Engaged
This parameter indicates the relay - Disconnected

state of cooling fan 2 - Connected
This parameter indicates the relay - Disconnected

state of cooling fan 1 - Connected
request 2
request 1
Failure Occurrence This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
- Electronic Throttle occurrence - electronic throttle
Controller controller - Occurred

Electronic Throttle occurrence - electronic throttle - Occurred
2
1

Crankshaft Signal occurrence - crankshaft signal - Occurred

Camshaft Signal occurrence - camshaft signal - Occurred
1.0 1424
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
High-pressure Oil Pump occurrence - high-pressure oil pump
Control Valve control valve - Occurred

Low-pressure Fuel pump occurrence - low-pressure fuel pump
relay relay - Occurred




Failure Occurrence - Air
occurrence - air intake temperature
Intake Temperature Signal - Occurred
signal
Failure Occurrence - Boost This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Pressure Signal occurrence - boost pressure signal - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Manifold
occurrence - manifold pressure
Pressure Sensor - Occurred
sensor
Failure Occurrence - Air Flow This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
Signal occurrence - air flow signal - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Oil This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Control Valve occurrence - oil control valve - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Oil This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Pressure Sensor occurrence - oil pressure sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Fuel Rail This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
Pressure Sensor occurrence - fuel rail pressure sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Coolant
occurrence - coolant temperature
Temperature Sensor - Occurred
sensor
Ignition State (Starting Gear occurrence - ignition state (starting
Hardwire Signal) gear hardwire signal) - Occurred

State (Assist Gear Hardwire occurrence - ignition state (assist
Signal) gear hardwire signal) - Occurred
1.0 1425
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
occurrence - downstream oxygen
Downstream Oxygen Sensor - Occurred
sensor
occurrence - upstream oxygen
Upstream Oxygen Sensor - Occurred
sensor
Failure Occurrence - Knock This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Sensor occurrence - knock sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Exhaust This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

VVT Valve occurrence - exhaust VVT valve - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Intake This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

VVT Valve occurrence - intake VVT valve - Occurred

Coil occurrence - ignition coil - Occurred
occurrence - inputted SDM CAN
SDM CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - inputted SAS CAN
SAS CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - inputted GW CAN
GW CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - inputted TCM CAN
TCM CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - inputted ABS CAN
ABS CAN Signal - Occurred
signal
Failure Occurrence - CAN This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Bus Detachment occurrence - CAN bus detachment - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Vehicle This parameter indicates failure - Not occur
Collision or Collision Signal occurrence - vehicle collision or
Unreasonable collision signal unreasonable - Occurred

Failure Occurrence - Exhaust
occurrence - exhaust control valve
Control Valve Signal - Occurred
signal
occurrence - pressure relief valve
Pressure Relief Valve Signal - Occurred
signal
1.0 1426
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Failure Occurrence - Water This parameter failure occurrence - - Not occur

Pump Signal water pump signal - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - A/C This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Pressure Sensor occurrence - A/C pressure sensor - Occurred

Electronic Thermostat occurrence - electronic thermostat - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Cooling This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Fan Control occurrence - cooling fan control - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Canister This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Solenoid occurrence - canister solenoid - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - P/N This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Gear Hardwire Input occurrence - P/N gear hardwire input - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - Reverse This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Gear Switch occurrence - reverse gear switch - Occurred

Switch occurrence - clutch switch - Occurred

Position Sensor occurrence - brake position sensor - Occurred

Relay Feedback occurrence - starter relay feedback - Occurred

Position Sensor occurrence - clutch position sensor - Occurred
Failure Occurrence - N Gear This parameter indicates failure - Not occur

Switch Sensor occurrence - N gear switch sensor - Occurred

Relay 1 occurrence - starter relay 1 - Occurred
Flywheel Self-learning This parameter indicates the flywheel - Yes

Marking Success self-learning marking success - No
Flywheel Self-learning This parameter indicates the flywheel - Yes

Marking Error self-learning marking error - No
This parameter indicates that the - Yes

Engine Running
engine is running - No
Synchronous Completion of This parameter indicates the - Not completed
Engine Fuel Injection and synchronous completion of engine
Ignition Signal fuel injection and ignition signal - Completed
1.0 1427
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the ignition - Yes

Ignition State - Starting
state - starting - No

Ignition State - Running
state - running - No

Ignition State - Assisting
state - assisting - No
- Engine is OFF
- Engine is Running
This parameter indicates the state of (Default)
Engine State
engine
- Engine has Started
Throttle Limp Home This parameter indicates the state of - Not Activated
Activation State throttle limp home activation - Activated
Engine Full Load Working This parameter indicates the state of - Yes
Condition engine full load working condition - No
Engine Stall and Fuel Cut-off This parameter indicates the state of - Yes
Stage engine stall and fuel cut-off stage - No
This parameter indicates the state of - Yes

Engine Stall Stage
engine stall stage - No

Engine Idling Stage
engine idling stage - No

Engine Post Startup Stage
engine post startup stage - No

Engine Startup Stage
engine startup stage - No
Conditions for Downstream This parameter indicates if the - Not positioned
Oxygen Sensor Fully Heated conditions for downstream oxygen
Reached sensor fully heated has been reached - Positioned

Conditions for Downstream - Not positioned
conditions for downstream oxygen
Oxygen Sensor Catalyst
sensor catalyst beyond dew point has - Positioned
Beyond Dew Point Reached
been reached
Conditions for Upstream - Not positioned
conditions for upstream oxygen
Oxygen Sensor Catalyst
sensor catalyst beyond dew point has - Positioned
Beyond Dew Point Reached
been reached
1.0 1428
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates if the - Yes
downstream oxygen sensor is ready
Ready to Run - No
to run
upstream oxygen sensor is ready to
Ready to Run - No
run
Closed-loop Allowed by This parameter indicates the state of - Not Available

Air-fuel Ratio closed-loop allowed by air-fuel ratio - Available
This parameter indicates the reverse - Disconnected

Reverse Gear Switch State
gear switch state - Connected
This parameter indicates the clutch - Disconnected

Clutch Switch State
switch state - Connected
This parameter indicates the state of - Disconnected

brake switch 2 - Connected
This parameter indicates the state of - Disconnected

brake switch 1 - Connected
This parameter indicates the fuel - Disconnected

Fuel Pump Relay State
pump relay state - Connected
This parameter indicates the main - Disconnected

Main Relay State
relay state - Connected
This parameter indicates if the VCT - Yes

exhaust actuator is ready - No
This parameter indicates if the VCT - Yes

VCT Intake Actuator Ready
intake actuator is ready - No
Impact CAN Signal Input This parameter indicates the state of - Not Received
State impact CAN signal input - Received
This parameter indicates the state of - OFF

Canister Solenoid State
canister solenoid - ON

P/N Gear Switch State
P/N gear switch - ON
Downstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the state of - Not heated
Heater State downstream oxygen sensor heater - Heating
Upstream Oxygen Sensor This parameter indicates the state of - Not heated
Heater State upstream oxygen sensor heater - Heating

Oil Indicator Lamp State
oil indicator lamp - ON
1.0 1429
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value

Engine DBW Lamp State
engine DBW lamp - ON

Engine MIL Lamp State
engine MIL lamp - ON
Turbocharger Relief Valve This parameter indicates the state of - OFF

State (Boost Pressure) turbocharger relief valve - ON

Starter Operation
starter operation - No
Switch Type Water Pump This parameter indicates the state of - OFF
Pulley switch type water pump pulley - ON
Anti-theft State - Secret Key This parameter indicates if the secret - Yes
and PIN Code Not Stored key and PIN code are stored - No
Anti-theft State - Immobilizer This parameter indicates if the - Not Activated

Function Activation State immobilizer function is activated - Activated
Anti-theft State - ECU This parameter indicates the ECU - Locked

Locking State locking state - Unlocked
Limp Home - Throttle Motor This parameter indicates the state of - Normal
Failure throttle motor failure - Failure
Limp Home - Throttle This parameter indicates the state of - Yes

Self-adaption Failure throttle self-learning error - No
Limp Home - Camshaft This parameter indicates the - Yes

Sensor Signal Abnormal camshaft sensor signal is abnormal - No
Limp Home - Crankshaft This parameter indicates the - Yes

Sensor Signal Abnormal crankshaft sensor signal is abnormal - No
This parameter indicates the - Yes
Allowable State for
allowable state for transmission
Transmission Starting - No
starting
This parameter indicates the - Yes

Transmission in Gear Shifting
transmission is in gear shifting - No
This parameter indicates if the crawl - Yes
Transmission Crawl Control
control function of transmission is
Function Activation - No
activated
Transmission Non-Emission
non-emission related failure of
Related Failure Activation - No
transmission is activated
This parameter indicates if - Yes
Transmission Emission
the emission related failure of
Related Failure Activation - No
transmission is activated
1.0 1430
TCM-4AT
Unless otherwise specified, the specific condition for following parameters default to: the vehicle is stationary and powered on.
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the current
Gear Shift Control Solenoid
on the gear shift control solenoid 0 ～ 2550 90 mA
Valve (SLC1) Current
valve (SLC1)
on the gear shift control solenoid 0 ～ 2,550 690 mA
valve (SLC2)
Valve (SLB1) Current
valve (SLB1)
Valve (SLU) Current
valve (SLU)
This parameter indicates the output
Output Shaft Speed 0 ～ 16,384 0 Revolution/Minute
shaft speed
This parameter indicates the input
Input Shaft Speed 0 ～ 16,384 0 Revolution/Minute
shaft speed
This parameter indicates the clutch
Clutch Slip Speed -8,192 ～ 8,192 0 Revolution/Minute
slip speed
Transmission Fluid This parameter indicates the Degrees
-40 ～ 215 20
Temperature transmission fluid temperature Celsius
Ignition Switch Circuit This parameter indicates the ignition
0 ～ 26 13 Volts
Voltage switch circuit voltage
Engine Speed 0 ～ 10,240 0 Revolution/Minute
speed
Engine Torque 0 ～ 8,192 0 Nm
torque
Engine Torque Control This parameter indicates the engine
0 ～ 8,192 0 Nm
Request torque control request
Accelerator Pedal Position 0 ～ 100 0 Percentage
Vehicle Speed 0 ～ 255 0 Kilometers/Hour
speed
Transmission Ratio 0～8 0
transmission ratio
Actual Shift Clutch Torque 0 ～ 100 0 Percentage
shift clutch torque
Barometric Pressure 0 ～ 1,275 1010 hPa
barometric pressure
1.0 1431
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Manual Upshift Signal
manual upshift signal activation (shift
Activation (shift lever side) - OFF
lever side)
This parameter indicates the state - ON
Manual Downshift Signal
of manual downshift signal activation
Activation (shift lever side) - OFF
(shift lever side)
This parameter indicates the brake - ON

Brake Pedal Switch Signal
pedal switch signal - OFF
This parameter indicates the winter - ON

Winter Mode State
mode state - OFF
This parameter indicates the sport - ON

Sport Mode State
mode state - OFF

MIL Request
MIL request - OFF
This parameter indicates the current - ON
on the gear shift control solenoid
Valve (S1) Current - OFF
valve (S1)
Shift Lever Position Indicator This parameter indicates the state of - ON

(P gear) shift lever position indicator (P gear) - OFF

(R gear) shift lever position indicator (R gear) - OFF

(N gear) shift lever position indicator (N gear) - OFF

(D gear) shift lever position indicator (D gear) - OFF
This parameter indicates the shift - ON
Shift Lever Position Indicator
lever position indicator (winter
(Winter Mode) - OFF
mode)

pedal switch signal - OFF
- Signal Error
- Park Gear
- Reverse Gear
This parameter indicates the shift
Shift Lever Position - Neutral Gear
lever position
- Drive Gear
- Winter Mode
- Uncertain
1.0 1432
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- High Altitude Mode
- Warm up Mode
- Manual Gearshift
Mode
- Cruise Mode
This parameter shows the shift - Downhill Mode
Shift Strategy Mode
strategy mode
- Uphill Mode
- Overheating Mode
- Winter Mode
- Sport Mode
- Normal Mode
- 4th Gear
- 3rd Gear
Actual Gear - 2nd Gear
gear
- 1st Gear
- None
- Reverse Gear
- 4th Gear
This parameter indicates the desired - 3rd Gear

Desired Gear
gear - 2nd Gear
- 1st Gear
- None
This parameter indicates the actual - ON
Actual State of Transmission
state of transmission hydraulic fluid
Hydraulic Fluid Pump Motor - OFF
pump motor

Cruise Control Activation
cruise control activation - OFF
Manual Upshift Mode This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Activation manual upshift mode activation - OFF
Manual Downshift Mode This parameter indicates the state of - ON

Activation manual downshift mode activation - OFF
This parameter indicates the engine - Engine is Starting

Engine Start/Stop Mode State
start/stop mode state - Engine is Running
- Engine is OFF
1.0 1433
TCM-6AT
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Accelerator Pedal Position 0 ～ 100 0 Percentage
Engine Speed 0 ～ 7,500 0 Revolution/Minute
speed
Engine Torque -848 ～ 32,513 0 Nm
torque
Transmission Ratio
transmission ratio
- Signal Error
- 1st Gear
- Neutral Gear
- Reverse Gear
- Park Gear
Actual Gear - 2nd Gear
gear
- 3rd Gear
- 4th Gear
- 5th Gear
- 6th Gear
- 7th Gear
Valve (SLB1) Current
valve (SLB1)
valve (SLC1)
valve (SLC2)
valve (SLC3)
Valve (SLT) Current
valve (SLT)
1.0 1434
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Valve (SLU) Current
valve (SLU)
Transmission Fluid This parameter indicates the Degrees
-40 ～ 255 25
Temperature transmission fluid temperature Celsius
- Uncertain
- Park Gear
This parameter indicates the shift - Signal Error

Shift Lever Position
lever position - Reverse Gear
- Neutral Gear
- Drive Gear
- Normal Mode
- Sport Mode
- Winter Mode
- Overheating Mode
- Uphill Mode
This parameter shows the shift
Shift Strategy Mode - Downhill Mode
strategy mode
- Cruise Mode
- Manual Gearshift
Mode
- Warm up Mode
- High Altitude Mode

This parameter indicates that the - OFF
gear shift control solenoid valve (S1)
Valve (S1) Commanded ON - ON
is commanded on
This parameter indicates that the - OFF
gear shift control solenoid valve (S2)
Valve (S2) Commanded ON - ON
is commanded on
This parameter indicates the input
Input Shaft Speed 0 ～ 7,500 0 Revolution/Minute
shaft speed
This parameter indicates the output
Output Shaft Speed 0 ～ 7,500 0 Revolution/Minute
shaft speed
Vehicle Speed 0 ～ 255 0 Kilometers/Hour
speed
Brake Pedal Pressure 0 ～ 255 0 Kpa
pedal pressure
This parameter indicates the brake - OFF

pedal switch signal - ON
1.0 1435
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Ignition Switch Circuit This parameter indicates the ignition
9 ～ 16 13 Volts
Voltage switch circuit voltage

Cruise Control Activation
cruise control activation - ON
This parameter indicates the actual - OFF
Actual State of Transmission
state of transmission hydraulic fluid
Hydraulic Fluid Pump Motor - ON
pump motor
- Engine is OFF
This parameter indicates the engine - Engine is Running

Engine Start/Stop Mode State
start/stop mode state - Engine is Starting
Shift Lever Position Indicator This parameter indicates the state of - OFF
(D gear) shift lever position indicator (D gear) - ON
(N gear) shift lever position indicator (N gear) - ON
(P gear) shift lever position indicator (P gear) - ON
(R gear) shift lever position indicator (R gear) - ON
This parameter indicates the clutch
Clutch Slip Speed 0 ～ 7,500 0 Revolution/Minute
slip speed
This parameter indicates the engine - Locked

Engine Start Lock State
start lock state - Unlocked
This parameter indicates the sport - OFF

Sport Mode State
mode state - ON
Manual Downshift Mode This parameter indicates the state of - OFF

Activation manual downshift mode activation - ON

Manual Gearshift Mode
manual gearshift mode - ON
Manual Upshift Mode This parameter indicates the state of - OFF

Activation manual upshift mode activation - ON
1.0 1436
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the winter - OFF

Winter Mode State
mode state - ON
- 1st Gear
- Neutral Gear
- Reverse Gear
- Park Gear
This parameter indicates the desired
Desired Gear - 2nd Gear
gear
- 3rd Gear
- 4th Gear
- 5th Gear
- 6th Gear
1.0 1437
HVAC
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
A/C Controller Voltage at Power
Battery Voltage 9 ～ 16 11.4 Volts
Supply End
Appropriate
User's needs. Set temperature on Degrees
Set Temperature 15.5 ～ 30.5 Panel Set
the appropriate control panel Celsius
Temperature
This parameter is the recorded
value after the actuator self-learning.
It is the voltage value fed back
to the controller by the voltage
Right Front Temperature divider circuit in the actuator
Damper Actuator Voltage - circuit. Reasons for the self-learning: 0～5 1.412 Volts
Initial Position 1. To avoid the air leakage
caused by assembly deviation
and manufacturing tolerance. 2.
Excessive torque is generated when
the damper moves to the end.
Right Front Temperature divider circuit in the actuator
Damper Actuator Voltage - circuit. Reasons for the self-learning: 0～5 3.706 Volts
End Position 1. To avoid the air leakage
It is the voltage value fed back to
the controller by the voltage divider
circuit in the actuator circuit. The All Cold:
Right Front Temperature
current voltage value varies as the 1.412
Damper Actuator Voltage - 0～5 Volts
actuator rotates, but will not exceed
Current Position All Hot: 3.706
the voltage values at the initial
position and the end position after
self-learning.
1.0 1438
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Left Front Mode Damper divider circuit in the actuator
Actuator Voltage - Initial circuit. Reasons for the self-learning: 0～5 1.588 Volts
Position 1. To avoid the air leakage
Left Front Mode Damper divider circuit in the actuator
Actuator Voltage - End circuit. Reasons for the self-learning: 0～5 3.725 Volts
Position 1. To avoid the air leakage
It is the voltage value fed back to
the controller by the voltage divider
circuit in the actuator circuit. The Defrost:
Left Front Mode Damper
current voltage value varies as the 1.588
Actuator Voltage - Current 0～5 Volts
actuator rotates, but will not exceed
Position Face: 3.725
the voltage values at the initial
position and the end position after
self-learning.
This voltage value is the original
voltage value on both ends of
sensor (unfiltered). This sensor is a
thermistor, the voltage value received
by the controller from sensor end
is converted into the temperature
Evaporator Temperature
value inside the controller. It 0～5 1.349 Volts
Sensor Voltage
is used to monitor the interior
evaporator surface temperature,
protect the compressor operation
and aid the automatic A/C operation.
The component is fitted near the
evaporator inside the A/C box.
The supply voltage is supplied to the
5V Supply Voltage sensor or damper actuator inside the 0～6 5.304 Volts
controller.
1.0 1439
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This voltage value is measured on
the voltage divider circuit in the
blower control circuit. It is used
Front Blower Feedback for the closed-loop control of front Defrost:
0 ～ 12V Volts
Voltage blower. Different speeds, speed 10.506
percentage and air distribution levels
are outputted inside the controller
based on different voltage values.
The controller actually collects the
voltage value at the actuator position. - Internal Circulation
Internal/External Circulation
The actuator angle percentage can be - External
Damper Actuator Control
obtained by the internal calculation of Circulation
controller.
Face: 0
Face/Footwell:
31
voltage value at the actuator position.
Left Front Mode Damper
The actuator angle percentage can be 0 ～ 100 Footwell: 56 Percentage
Actuator Control
obtained by the internal calculation of
Defrost/Footwell:
controller.
71
Defrost: 100
voltage value at the actuator position. - All Cold All Cold: 0
Right Front Temperature
The actuator angle percentage can be
Damper Actuator Control - All Hot All Hot: 100
obtained by the internal calculation of
controller.
- Face
- Face/Footwell
- Footwell
- Footwell/Defog
Mode Display A/C Mode Display on Panel
- Defog
- Preserved
- No Specified
Control Mode
It is the backlight signal (switch signal)
from BCM. When the vehicle lamp - Backlight OFF
A/C Panel Backlight is turned on, the parameter indicates
that the backlight is on. Otherwise, - Backlight ON
the backlight is off.
1.0 1440
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This voltage value is measured on
the voltage divider circuit in the
blower control circuit. It is used
Front Blower Air Distribution for the closed-loop control of front Max Air
0 ～ 100 Percentage
Percentage blower. Different speeds, speed Volume: 95
percentage and air distribution levels
are outputted inside the controller
based on different voltage values.
This sensor is a thermistor, the
voltage value received by the
controller from sensor end is
converted into the temperature
The A/C is
value inside the controller. It is used
off, which is
Evaporator Temperature to monitor the interior evaporator Degrees
-40 ～ 85 approximately
Sensor Temperature surface temperature, prevent the Celsius
the ambient
evaporator surface from frosting,
temperature
protect the compressor operation
and aid the automatic A/C operation.
The component is fitted near the
evaporator inside the A/C box.
The signal is monitored by the The engine
engine coolant temperature sensor. does not
Coolant Temperature Signal It is transmitted from ECM to start, which is Degrees
-40 ～ 150
from ECM CAN network. The A/C controller approximately Celsius
receives the signal, and use it for the the ambient
auxiliary calculation of A/C heating. temperature
Signal Output During Button - No Request
Air Conditioner (A/C) Button Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
Operation long press). The button is used to
request the A/C refrigeration. - Long Press
A/C Heated Rear Window Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
Button Operation long press). This button is used to
request the heated rear window. - Long Press
A/C Front Blower Speed Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
Knob Up Operation long press). The button is used to
increase the A/C front blower speed. - Long Press
A/C Front Blower Speed Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
Knob Down Operation long press). The button is used to
reduce the A/C front blower speed. - Long Press
A/C Internal Circulation Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
Mode Button Operation long press). The button is used to
reduce the A/C front blower speed. - Long Press
1.0 1441
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
A/C System On/Off Button Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
turn on/off the A/C system. - Long Press
A/C Defrost Mode Button Operation (no request, short press,
- Short Press
operate the A/C defrost mode. - Long Press
The vehicle speed signal sent to CAN
It is 0 when
from SCS. The signal is calculated
Vehicle Speed Signal from SCS 0 ～ 280 the vehicle is Kilometer/Hour
based on wheel speed. The sensor is
not in motion
a Hall-type electromagnetic sensor.
The engine speed signal sent to CAN It is 0 when
Engine Speed Signal from EMS from EMS. The sensor is a Hall-type 0 ～ 16,383 the engine is Revolution/Minute
electromagnetic sensor. not started
The request signal for AC indicator, - OFF
AC Indicator Request if it is requested successfully, the
indicator on the panel will illuminate. - Run
The request signal for system

System Switch Indicator switch indicator, if it is requested - OFF
Request successfully, the indicator on the - Run
panel will illuminate.
The request signal for heated rear
Heated Rear Window window, if it is requested successfully, - OFF
Indicator Request the indicator on the panel will - Run
illuminate.
1.0 1442
TBOX
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
The parameter indicates the TBOX Degrees
TBOX Temperature 0 ～ 60 30
temperature Celsius
Display
This parameter indicates the TBOX according
TBOX System Time 0 ～ 4,294,967,295 Second
system time to actual
conditions
Secret Key Interacts with This parameter indicates whether the - Not Completed
Background or Not secret key interacts with background - Completed
- Not Done
- Waiting or In
Progress
- Failure: No
Network
- Failure:
Secret Key Interaction This parameter indicates the secret Communication
Results key interaction results Failure
- TSP Connection
Failure
- New Secret Key

Invalid
- TBOX ID Null
- Successful
- Free State
Remote Configuration This parameter indicates the remote
Information State configuration information state - Waiting or In
Progress
Key Learning Successful Or This parameter indicates if the key - Not Stored
Not learning is successful or not - Stored and Locked
1.0 1443
TPMS
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Left Front Tyre Pressure This parameter indicates the left - Valid
Validity front tyre pressure validity - Invalid
This parameter indicates the left
Left Front Tyre Pressure 0 ～ 508 220 Kpa
front tyre pressure
Right Front Tyre Pressure This parameter indicates the right - Valid
Validity front tyre pressure validity - Invalid
This parameter indicates the right
Right Front Tyre Pressure 0 ～ 508 220 Kpa
front tyre pressure
Right Rear Tyre Pressure This parameter indicates the right - Valid
Validity rear tyre pressure validity - Invalid
Right Rear Tyre Pressure 0 ～ 508 220 Kpa
rear tyre pressure
Left Rear Tyre Pressure This parameter indicates the left rear - Valid
Validity tyre pressure validity - Invalid
This parameter indicates the left rear
Left Rear Tyre Pressure 0～508 220 Kpa
tyre pressure
Standard Left Front Hot Tyre This parameter indicates the
0 ～ 510 210 Kpa
Pressure standard left front hot tyre pressure
Standard Right Front Hot This parameter indicates the
0 ～ 510 210 Kpa
Tyre Pressure standard right front hot tyre pressure
Standard Right Rear Hot Tyre This parameter indicates the
0 ～ 510 210 Kpa
Pressure standard right rear hot tyre pressure
Standard Left Rear Hot Tyre This parameter indicates the
0 ～ 510 210 Kpa
Pressure standard left rear hot tyre pressure
Left Front Tyre Temperature This parameter indicates the left - Valid
Validity front tyre temperature validity - Invalid
This parameter indicates the left Degrees
Left Front Tyre Temperature -60 ～ 194 30
front tyre temperature Celsius
Right Front Tyre Temperature This parameter indicates the right - Valid
Validity front tyre temperature validity - Invalid
This parameter indicates the right Degrees
Right Front Tyre Temperature -60 ～ 194 30
front tyre temperature Celsius
Right Rear Tyre Temperature This parameter indicates the right - Valid
Validity rear tyre temperature validity - Invalid
1.0 1444
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
This parameter indicates the right Degrees
Right Rear Tyre Temperature -60 ～ 194 30
rear tyre temperature Celsius
Left Rear Tyre Temperature This parameter indicates the left rear - Valid
Validity tyre temperature validity - Invalid
This parameter indicates the left rear Degrees
Left Rear Tyre Temperature -60 ～ 194 30
tyre temperature Celsius
Left Front Tyre Low Pressure
front tyre low pressure alarm 0 ～ 510 164 Kpa
Alarm Threshold
threshold
Right Front Tyre Low
front tyre low pressure alarm 0 ～ 510 164 Kpa
Pressure Alarm Threshold
threshold
Right Rear Tyre Low Pressure
rear tyre low pressure alarm 0 ～ 510 164 Kpa
Alarm Threshold
threshold
Left Rear Tyre Low Pressure This parameter indicates the left rear
0 ～ 510 164 Kpa
Alarm Threshold tyre low pressure alarm threshold
Front Axle High Pressure This parameter indicates the front
0 ～ 510 310 Kpa
Alarm Threshold axle high pressure alarm threshold
Rear Axle High Pressure This parameter indicates the rear
0 ～ 510 310 Kpa
Alarm Threshold axle high pressure alarm threshold
High Temperature Alarm This parameter indicates the high Degrees
-60 ～ 450 84
Threshold temperature alarm threshold Celsius
Rapid Pressure Drop Alarm This parameter indicates the rapid
0 ～ 510 30 Kpa
Threshold pressure drop alarm threshold.
Alarm Threshold for Pressure This parameter indicates the alarm
Imbalance Between Right and threshold for pressure imbalance 0 ～ 510 30 Kpa
Left Tyres between right and left tyres
- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Air Leakage

This parameter indicates the left - High Pressure
Left Front Tyre Condition
front tyre condition
- High Temperature
- Pressure Imbalance
between Right and
Left Tyres
- Low Sensor Voltage
1.0 1445
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Air Leakage

This parameter indicates the right - High Pressure
Right Front Tyre Condition
front tyre condition
- High Temperature
between Right and
Left Tyres

- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Air Leakage

This parameter indicates the right - High Pressure
Right Rear Tyre Condition
rear tyre condition
- High Temperature
between Right and
Left Tyres

- Normal
- Unknown
- Low Pressure
- Rapid Air Leakage

This parameter indicates the left rear - High Pressure
Left Rear Tyre Condition
tyre condition
- High Temperature
between Right and
Left Tyres

- Normal Mode
This parameter indicates the system - Learning Mode

System Operation Mode
operating mode - Sensor Not Fitted
- Factory Mode
1.0 1446
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Default
- Self-learning in
Left Front Tyre Sensor This parameter indicates the left Progress
Operating Mode front tyre sensor operating mode
- Rolling Mode
- Stop Mode
- Default
- Self-learning in
Right Front Tyre Sensor This parameter indicates the right Progress
Operating Mode front tyre sensor operating mode
- Rolling Mode
- Stop Mode
- Default
- Self-learning in
Right Rear Tyre Sensor This parameter indicates the right Progress
Operating Mode rear tyre sensor operating mode.
- Rolling Mode
- Stop Mode
- Default
- Self-learning in
Left Rear Tyre Sensor This parameter indicates the left rear Progress
Operating Mode tyre sensor operating mode
- Rolling Mode
- Stop Mode
- Learning
ID Learning State of Left This parameter indicates the ID Unsuccessful
Front Tyre Sensor learning state of left front tyre sensor
- Learning Successful
This parameter indicates the ID - Learning

ID Learning State of Right Unsuccessful
learning state of right front tyre
Front Tyre Sensor
sensor - Learning Successful
This parameter indicates the ID - Learning

ID Learning State of Right Unsuccessful
learning state of right rear tyre
Rear Tyre Sensor
sensor - Learning Successful
- Learning
ID Learning State of Left Rear This parameter indicates the ID Unsuccessful
Tyre Sensor learning state of left rear tyre sensor
Loss of Left Front Tyre Sensor This parameter indicates the left - Not Lost
Signal front tyre sensor signal lost - Lost
Loss of Right Front Tyre This parameter indicates if the right - Not Lost
Sensor Signal front tyre sensor signal is lost - Lost
1.0 1447
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Loss of Right Rear Tyre This parameter indicates if the right - Not Lost
Sensor Signal rear tyre sensor signal is lost - Lost
Loss of Left Rear Tyre Sensor This parameter indicates if the left - Not Lost
Signal rear tyre sensor signal is lost - Lost
According
This parameter indicates the left 00000000 ～
Left Front Tyre Sensor ID FFFFFFFF to actual
front tyre sensor ID
conditions
According
This parameter indicates the right 00000000 ～
Right Front Tyre Sensor ID FFFFFFFF to actual
front tyre sensor ID
conditions
According
This parameter indicates the right 00000000 ～
Right Rear Tyre Sensor ID FFFFFFFF to actual
rear tyre sensor ID
conditions
According
This parameter indicates the left rear 00000000 ～
Left Rear Tyre Sensor ID FFFFFFFF to actual
tyre sensor ID
conditions
This parameter indicates the ambient Degrees
Ambient Temperature -40 ～ 87.5 14
temperature Celsius
1.0 1448
ESCL
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Unlocked
ESCL Lock Switch State If ESCL is in lock state
- Locked
- Unlocked
ESCL Unlock Switch State If ESCL is in unlock state
- Locked
The module is locked due to
excessive times of mistyped PIN,
calculated from the third mistyped
Times for Locking Due to
PIN, after the time reaches the 0～15 0
Mistyped PIN
threshold, the times continue to
increase until reaching the max
threshold of 15.
After the module is locked due to
Remaining Time to Unlock
excessive times of mistyped PIN, the 0～960 0 Minute
PIN Lock Error
remaining time to the next unlock
speed
Engine Speed 0～7500 0 Revolution/Minute
speed
For the results of ESCL module's
- Default
anti-theft learning, the initial state
is the default value, 01 indicates - Supplier Offline
Results of Anti-theft Learning
the supplier delivery state, 02 State
indicates the state after the successful
anti-theft learning.
1.0 1449
SDM
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- Factory Mode
To prevent the airbag module from (Airbag Controller
collision during the transportation, Not Locked)
Airbag Control Module
the module is locked in the factory
Working State - Normal Mode
and will be unlocked after being
installed on the vehicle. (Airbag Controller
Locked)
- Passenger Airbag
Disabled Switch at
"Enabled" Position
- Passenger Airbag
Passenger Airbag Disabled Passenger Airbag Disabled Switch Disabled Switch at
Switch State State "Disabled" Position
- Not Detected
- Failure
- Not Configured
- Fastened (Locked)
- Not Fastened (Not

State of Passenger Seat Belt Locked)
Determine if the seatbelt is fastened
Buckle - Failure
- SNA /Not
Configured
- Fastened (Locked)
- Not Fastened (Not

State of Driver Seat Belt Locked)
Determine if the seatbelt is fastened
Buckle - Failure
- SNA /Not
Configured
- OFF
The airbag module detects and
Airbag Warning Lamp State determines the state of the airbag - ON
warning lamp
- Flash
If the vehicle's VIN has been written - VIN Not Locked

VIN Lock State
in - VIN Locked
Airbag Control Module Determine if the airbag module is - Not Activated

Activation State activated - Activated
1.0 1450
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
- OFF
The airbag module detects and - ON
Passenger Airbag On
determines the state of the airbag
Indicator State - Failure
indicator
- Invalid signal
- OFF
The airbag module detects and - ON
Passenger Airbag Off
determines the state of the airbag
Indicator State - Failure
indicator
- Invalid signal
- OFF
Output State of Driver Seat The airbag module detects and - ON

Belt Reminder determines the state of the seatbelt - Flash
- Invalid signal
- OFF
Output State of Passenger The airbag module detects and - ON

Seat Belt Reminder determines the state of the seatbelt - Flash
- Invalid signal
Display
Accumulated time since the airbag
Use Time of Airbag Control according to
control module is fitted on the 0～1159641 Hours
Module actual vehicle
vehicle
conditions
Display
Operating Time of Airbag
Accumulated time after a single according to
Control Module after Ignition 0～65535 Second
startup of airbag control module actual vehicle
Key ON
conditions
The airbag control module internally
Ignition Circuit Resistance detects the airbag circuit resistance
1.2～6.5 2.8 Ohms
Value of Driver Airbag (DAB) to determine when to deploy the
airbag
Ignition Circuit Resistance
detects the airbag circuit resistance
Value of Passenger Airbag 0.9～5.8 2.2 Ohms
to determine when to deploy the
(PAB)
airbag
0.9～5.8 2.3 Ohms
Value of Left Side Curtain to determine when to deploy the
airbag
0.9～5.8 2.3 Ohms
Value of Right Side Curtain to determine when to deploy the
airbag
1.0 1451
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Value of Driver's 1.0～5.8 2.3 Ohms
Pre-tensioned Seat Belt
airbag
Value of Passenger's 1.0～5.8 2.3 Ohms
Pre-tensioned Seat Belt
airbag
0.9～5.8 2.2 Ohms
Value of Right Side Airbag to determine when to deploy the
airbag
0.9～5.8 2.3 Ohms
Value of Left Side Airbag to determine when to deploy the
airbag
Display
Vehicle speed signal transmitted via according to
Vehicle Speed 0～220 Kilometer/Hour
network actual vehicle
conditions
1.0 1452
EPS
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
It is 0 when
The parameter indicates the driving
Driving Torque -8～8 in middle Nm
torque
position
- Normal Mode
This parameter indicates the EPS - Reduction Mode

EPS System Mode
system mode - Failure Mode
- Ignition OFF Mode

It is 0 when
The parameter indicates the motor
Motor Drive Current -128～128 in middle Ampere(s)
drive current
position
Battery Voltage 9～16 12±0.5V Volts
voltage
- Both main and
auxiliary relays ON
- Main relay ON and

This parameter indicates the EPS auxiliary relay OFF
EPS Motor Relay State
motor relay state - Main relay OFF and
auxiliary relay ON
- Both main and

auxiliary relays OFF
This parameter indicates that the - Yes

Engine Running
engine is running - No
Torque Sensor Signal 1 Cycle 0～750 473 Microsecond
sensor signal 1 cycle
Torque Sensor Signal 2 Cycle 0～750 473 Microsecond
Torque Sensor Signal 1 Duty This parameter indicates the torque
Ratio sensor signal 1 duty ratio
Torque Sensor Signal 2 Duty This parameter indicates the torque
This parameter indicates the angle
Angle Sensor Signal 1 Cycle 0～1500 974 Microsecond
This parameter indicates the angle
Angle Sensor Signal 2 Cycle 0～6553 5004 Microsecond
Angle Sensor Signal 1 Duty This parameter indicates the angle
1.0 1453
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
Angle Sensor Signal 2 Duty This parameter indicates the angle
This parameter indicates the ECU Degrees
ECU Temperature -256～256 0
temperature Celsius
Torque Sensor Voltage 4.5～5.5 5 Volts
sensor voltage
This parameter indicates the auxiliary
Auxiliary MCU Voltage 4.5～5.5 5 Volts
MCU voltage
Learning Value for Left This parameter indicates the learning
Steering Wheel End value for left steering wheel end -560～-520 -527 Degrees
Protection protection
Learning Value for Right This parameter indicates the learning
Steering Wheel End value for right steering wheel end 520～560 525 Degrees
Protection protection
End Protection Calibration This parameter indicates the end - Calibrated

State protection calibration state - Not Calibrated
1.0 1454
SCS
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
speed
Left Front Wheel Speed 0～255 0 Kilometers/Hour
front wheel speed
Right Front Wheel Speed 0～255 0 Kilometers/Hour
front wheel speed
This parameter indicates the left rear
Left Rear Wheel Speed 0～255 0 Kilometers/Hour
wheel speed
Right Rear Wheel Speed 0～255 0 Kilometers/Hour
rear wheel speed
Battery Voltage 9～16 12±0.5V Volts
voltage

Brake Lamp Switch State
lamp switch state - OFF
It is 0 when
The parameter indicates the master the brake
Master Cylinder Pressure 0～425 Bar
cylinder pressure pedal is no
depressed
It is 0 when
the steering
wheel is
in middle
position, and
This parameter indicates the steering it is positive
Steering Wheel Angle -540～540 Degrees
wheel angle when the
steering
wheel
rotates in
counterclockwise
direction
0
Yaw Rate This parameter indicates the yaw rate -2.1～2.1 It is positive in radian/second
left direction
The parameter indicates the lateral
Lateral Acceleration -21.6～21.6 0 M/S²
acceleration
The parameter indicates the
Longitudinal Acceleration -21.6～21.6 0 M/S²
longitudinal acceleration
1.0 1455
IPK
Specific
Parameter Value
Range
Value
The total mileage traveled by the
vehicle in kilometers, which is Display as per
Actual Mileage calculated by the instrument pack 0～16777215 actual vehicle km
based on the signals from wheel state
speed sensors
Display as per
Remaining Fuel in Fuel Tank Calculated from fuel sensor 0～65535 actual vehicle Liter
state
The instrument pack needs to be
switched to the normal mode after - Factory Mode
Operating State of
the vehicle delivery to a customer,
Instrument Pack - Normal Mode
and the factory mode is to prev

ZS11 Overseas ISRAEL Troubleshooting Measuring DTC Manual en 20171212

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZS11 Overseas ISRAEL Troubleshooting Measuring DTC Manual en 20171212

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Troubleshooting & Measuring Manual

SAIC Motor Passenger Vehicle Co.

All Rights Reserved.

Information is due in August, 2017.

Appendix ........................................ 1397

• Disconnect the connector. 5. Temperature Sensitivity

• Visually check if connector is contaminated. Once component/connection reaches normal working

Still occurs during coast down in Tyres and Wheels

Vibration Symptoms that are Heard

Vibration Diagnostic Aid Specific Conditions Affects the Condition

Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load – Incorrect Fluid Type in Accessory Systems -

If the same set of pedals were fitted properly- isolated

Most vibration concerns are corrected or eliminated through

Components which can generate a lot of energy and are

• You carefully followed the steps indicated through

When moving at highway speeds, air pressure inside the vehicle

Wind roar occurs when air passes over or through an opening

Use the following inspections in order to aid in diagnosing wind

Air Pressure Test Soap Suds or Bubble Test

Use proper chassis ear or leak detector for auxiliary diagnosis.

• Attach the component that squeaks or clicks securely.

Water Leak 5. Cross Fitting, Right Stand Only

3. Have an assistant inside of the vehicle during the test in

Aim the water towards the corner of the windshield.

1. Have an assistant inside of the vehicle in order to locate

6. In order to check the side windows for leaks, position

Forward motion of the vehicle can create a slight vacuum which

In order to determine the location of dust leaks, perform the

1. Remove the carpet from the floor.

Dust in the shape of a small cone or slit will usually be found

7. Mark the points of leakage.

Caution: Keep the vehicle dark inside in this step.

9. Have an assistant mark any points inside of the vehicle

• Inspect the weld joints.

Air Hose Test

1. Using a liquid detergent, diluted with water in a spray

Bubbles will form in the soap solution at the location of the

If the substance is burning or overheating, handle with great

After use, clean and handle with the gloves immediately.

Warning: Avoid excessive skin contact with mineral oil.

Safety Precautions Cooling System Caps and Plugs

Ensure the lift is standing on level ground during the lifting or

Apply hand brake and wedges to fix the wheels.

Warning: Do not work on or under a vehicle supported

Dispose of waste in accordance with the following guidelines:

Always disconnect the battery before removing or draining the

When handling, draining or storing the fuel, or removing the

Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

Warning: Do not remove fuel system components while

The capacity of the container must be larger than the fuel to

Additional attention: A warning sign of "Gasoline Vapour" shall

Electrical Precautions Disconnecting the Battery

If any assembly fails:

Traction - SRS Component Non-deployment • Before commencing deployment procedure, ensure

When replacing components in the A/C system, drain the

Warning: Refrigerant must always be recycled before

Warning: Recycling should always be carried out with

Fuse Box Information

FL3 F12 F2 F6 F15 F8 F27 F4 F13 F5

NO. Specs Function Resistance

F3 F10 F17 F26

F4 F11 F18 F27

F5 F12 F19 F28

F6 F13 F20 F29